US ISSN 0013-872X

ENTO

January ft February, 1985

iiTiTHTBv

NEWS

ficrotityus dominicanensis: a new scorpion from the Dominican
Republic, West Indies (Scorpiones: Buthidae)

Jorge A. Santiago-Blay \

| A new Nearctic species of Pelina (Diptera: Ephydridae)

Philip J. Clausen 1

| A new steirodont katydid from Colombia (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae)

David A. Mckle 11

| A new species of Nyct iophylax (Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae)

from Alabama and Mississippi P. K. Logo, S.C. Harris 16

[Two new species of Cryptorhopalum (Coleoptera: Dermestidae)

from the Virgin Is. R.S. Beal, Jr. 19

\Thoracochaeta cubita (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae), a new species of

seaweed fly from California S.A. Marshall, A.L. Norrbom 24

First record of Odontella bayeri (Collembola; Hypogastruridae)

in North America P.B. Kannowski, B.L. Benner 27

Nests of Dolichovespula norwegica and D. norvegicoides in

North America (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) R.D. Akre, D. P. Bleicher 29

Erebomastridae: replaced by Cladonychiidae (Arachnida:

Opiliones) James C. Cokendolpher 36

Field behavior and sound production by the grasshopper
Sphingonotus rubescens (Orthoptera: Acrididae) on
Tenerife, Canary Is.

R.C. Bland 37

Notes on distribution and habitat of Sperchopsis tessellatus

(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) in Kentucky Melvin L. Warren, Jr. 43

Longevity of adult Calosoma sayi (Coleoptera: Carabidae)

under laboratory conditions

Orrey P. Young 45

Collops hirtellus (Coleoptera: Melyridae) males and Formica spp.
Hymenoptera: Formicidae) attracted by a wood preservative

S.M. White 49

ERRATUM
ANNOUNCEMENTS

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 14, 1984

BOOK REVIEW

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

28

35, 44

10

26
15

THK AMERICAN KMO\1OLO<;i<;\L SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July-A ugust by The American
Entomological Society at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1983-1984: President: Charles E. Mason; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester, Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Amett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non- members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Si, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard"?'. Boyd; 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 68~088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the" society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8172 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

MICROTITYUS DOMINICANENSIS: ANEW

SCORPION FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC,

WEST INDIES (SCORPIONES: BUTHIDAE)1

Jorge A. Santiago- Blay2

ABSTRACT: Microtityus dominicanensis is described from the Dominican Republic.
West Indies. A single adult female is the first member of the genus Microtityus to be reported
from the island of Hispaniola.

The genus Microtityus Kjellesvig- Waering, 1 966 is known from eight
species: M. vanzolinii Lourenco and Eickstedt, 1983 from Brazil; M.
biordi Gonzalez- Sponga, 1970 and M. joseantonioi Gonzalez- Sponga
1982 from Venezuela; M. rickyi Kjellesvig- Waering, 1966 (type species)
from Trinidad, (see also Vachon, 1977); M. waeringiPranke and Sissom,
1980 from the U.S. Virgin Islands; and M. fundorai Armas, 1974, M.
jaumei Armas, 1974 and M. trinitensis Armas, 1974 from Cuba. The
report of an undescribed Microtityus from Puerto Rico (Armas, 1974) is
incorrect (Armas, pers. comm., Gonzalez- Sponga, pers. comm.).

In this paper a new species of Microtityus is described from the
Dominican Republic.

Morphological nomenclature is modified from that used by Francke
and Sissom (1980), Stahnke (1970), and Williams (1980) especially on
pedipalp keels; except for trichobothriotaxy which follows Vachon
(1974).

Microtityus dominicanensis n. sp.

(Figs. 1-12, Map. Fig 13)

Type data: Female holotype from Cajuelito Alto, Dominican Republic, Hispaniola (date
and collector unknown) deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences
(C.A.S.).

Etymology: Named after the Dominican Republic, Hispaniola.

Diagnosis: Adult female about 17 mm in total length; coloration pale yellowish brown
with browh mottlings throughout. Pedipalp with eleven femoral trichobothria; prolateral keel
on pedipalp tibia irregularly serrato-crenulated. Pedipalp movable finger with 10 primary
denticle rows plus one apical subrow; fixed finger with 10 rows and no apical subrow.
Mesosomal terga tricarinated. Pecten with 8 teeth. Telson bearing 5 moderately developed
crenulated keels; subaculear tooth well developed.

Description: Based on adult holotype 9. Measurements in Table 1 .

Prosoma. Carapace pale yellowish-brown with brown mottlings throughtout; small and

1 Received November 15, 1983. Revision received June 8, 1984. Accepted August 1 1, 1984.

^Museo de Biologia, Departamento de Biologi'a, Universidad de Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras,
Puerto Rico 00931. Present address: Department of Entomological Sciences, University of
California, Berkeley, CA 94720.

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 1-6 January & February, 1985

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

moderately sized tubercles abundant throughout; anterior margin subtly crenulated; antero-
median and posteromedian keels poorly developed, superciliary keels moderately developed,
all bearing small tubercles; anterior, medianocular, laterocular, posteromedian, posterior, and
posterolateral furrows relatively shallow and wide. Details of carapace as in Fig. 3.

Chelicera basal piece dorsally pale yellowish-brown, distally brown in mottled pattern,
bearing several small tubercles; fingers pale yellowish-brown except basal fourth of movable
finger with brown mottling dorsally. Dentition typical of the family, as in Fig. 4.

Pedipalp femur brown with pale yellowish-brown mottlings except ventrally with pale
yellow throughout; bearing five poorly to moderately developed keels ventroprolaterally,
prolaterally, dorsoprolaterally, dorsoretrolaterally, and retrolaterally, ventroprolateral keels
relatively smooth, others crenulated; dorsal interkeel area with small tubercles, others only
finely granulated. Dorsal and retrolateral trichobothriotaxy and femur details as shown in Fig.
5. Tibia coloration as femur; bearing six poorly developed keels prolaterally, dorsally (2),
dorsoretrolaterally, retrolaterally, and ventroretrolaterally, ventroretrolateral smooth, prolateral
irregularly serrato-crenulated, others regularly crenulated; interkeel areas finely granulated.
Dorsal and retrolateral trichobothriotaxy and details of tibia as in Figs. 6-7. Chela palm pale
yellow except for a transversal interrupted medial brown band, absent ventrally; bearing seven
smooth to repand, moderately developed keels (exterior ventral, inner infradigital, digital,
exterior infradigital and three exterior secondary). Fingers slightly darker than palm; movable
finger wth 10 primary denticle rows and one apical subrow; fixed finger with 10 rows, apical
subrow lacking. This specimen has a malformation consisting of a slight concavity close to the
base of the movable finger (Fig. 8, arrow head). Trichobothriotaxy and chela details as in Figs.
8-10.

Legs pale yellowish-brown mottled with brown except retrolaterally; distal prolateral
condyle of femur and tibia pale brown; femora and tibiae with poorly developed keels, keels
absent retrolaterally.

Sternum brown, except pale yellow at posterior medial section, coinciding with a furrow.

Mesosomal terga pale yellowish-brown with brown mottling especially abundant on
digital half; tergum I monocarinated, II- VI tricarinated, VII pentacarinated; all keels visible on
tergal distal half. Genital opercula, pectinal marginal lamellae, and posterior margin of basal
piece with brown mottlings; posterior margin of basal piece not spatulated; pectinal teeth count
8-8 (Fig. 11). Sterna pale yellowish-brown with brown variegated pattern; III- VII granulated;
VI- VII tetracarinated, laterals keels bearing about five tubercles, submedial keels with about
10 tubercles.

Metasoma pale yellowish-brown, variegated with brown; slightly wider anteriorly;
metasomal segment I and II bearing 10 keels located ventrally, ventrolaterally, laterally,
dorsolaterally and dorsally, in pairs, III and IV bearing 8 keels located ventrally, ventrolaterally,
dorsolaterally and dorsally, in pairs; V bearing 5 keels located ventrally ( 1 ), ventrolaterally,
and dorsolaterally, both in pairs, all keels moderately developed and serrated; interkeel areas
moderately granulated. Telson pale yellow with brown macules; with five moderately
developed, crenulated keels; subaculear tooth well developed (Fig. 12).

REMARKS AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION

Microtityus dominicanensis can be distinguished from M. vanzolinii,
M. rickyi and M. biori by having 3 dorsal mesosomal keels instead of 5;
from M. fundorai, M. jaumei, M. trinitensis and M. joseantonioi by
having 1 1 instead of 10 femoral trichobothria; and from M. waeringi, to
which it will key out in a key to the species published earlier (Lourenco and
von Eickstedt, 1983), by having 10 primary denticle rows plus one apical
subrow on the pedipalp movable finger, 8 pectinal teeth, and a well

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

Figs. 1-12. Microtityus dominicanensis 9 holotype. 1-2 Overall views: 1. Dorsal, 2.
Ventral. 3. Carapace. 4-6 Dorsal aspects of right side: 4.Chelicera. 5. Pedipalp femur,
6. Pedipalp tibia. 7. Retrolateral aspect of right pedipalp tibia. Figs. 1 ,2, scale line = 5 mm;
3-12, 14, scale line = 0.5 mm.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

74°

72°

70°

100 km

12

68'

13

Figs. 8-10. Right pedipalp chela manus aspects: 8. Ventral (arrow head points malforma-
tion) 9. Dorsal, 10. Retrolateral. 11. Pectinal area. 12. Telson.

Fig. 13. Map of Hispaniola showing location of collection site (Cajuelito Alto).
Fig. 14. Microtityus waeringi Francke and Sissom. Telson.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

developed subaculear tooth, instead of 9 primary denticle rows plus one
apical subrow, 9-1 1 pectinal teeth (female), and a less developed subaculear
tooth (Figs. 12, 14).

Table 1. Measurements of Microtityus dominicanensis 9 Holotype.

Character Measurements (mm)

Prosoma

Carapace

Anterior, median, posterior widths

Diad width

Median, diad-front margin lengths

Chelicera

Basal piece width, fixed finger length

Pedipalp

Femur length, width, depth
Tibia length, width, depth
Palm length, width, depth
Underhand, movable finger lengths

Sternum

Length, anterior, posterior widths

Terga

Mesosoma

I Length, width

II Length, width

III Length, width

IV Length, width
V Length, width

VI Length, width

VII Length, anterior, posterior widths

Overall length

Metasoma

Segments
I

II
III

rv
v

Length, width, depth
Length, width, depth
Length, width, depth
Length, width, depth
Length, width, depth

Telson

Vesicle length, width, depth
Aculeus length

1.12, 1.60,2.30

0.40
2.18,0.74

0.48,0.10

1.81,0.55,0.56

2.17,0.80,0.68

1.32,0.78,0.71

1.02, 2.17

0.60, 0.30, 0.40

0.30, 2.20
0.35, 2.15
0.48, 2.20
0.65, 2.30
0.70, 2.30
0.80, 2.20
1.12, 2.02, 1.20

4.80

0.87,

.26, 1.28

1.36,

.26, 1.20

1.32,

.18, 1.20

1 66

.18, 1.18

2.41,

.06, 1.06

1.39,0.83,0.76
0.66

Total length

16.65

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Microtityus dominicanensis is known only from Cajuelito Alto,
Dominican Republic. This region, located at 0-100 m above sea level, is
characterized by a 1 000- 1 500 mm mean annual precipitation, and 24-26 °C
mean annual temperature (Fig. 13). The single specimen was not labeled
with details regarding collection habitat.

The efforts to decipher the almost unreadable original label almost
failed. However, a comparison of the interpretation done by an expert in
doubtful documents of the government of Puerto Rico with perfectly legible
labels from lots of the same batch almost coincide. Therefore, the collection
place was assumed to be the same. Original label and additional documenta-
tion deposited at the C.A.S.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank the experts in the analysis of documents, S. Rivera, O. Colon, and
M. Maeso, and other individuals who tried to decipher the original label, Oscar F. Francke and
James C. Cokendolpher (Texas Tech University), and two anonymous reviewers who read
the manuscript and provided valuable criticism. J. Carrasquillo and M. Hernandez typed the
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Armas, L. F. de. 1974. Escorpiones del Archipielago Cubano. II. Hallazgo del genero

Microtityus ( Scorpionida: Buthidae) con las descripciones de un nuevo subgenero y tres

neuvas especies. Poeyana (Acad. Ciencias Cuba) 132: 1-26.
Franke, O.F. and W.D. Sissom. 1980. Scorpions from the Virgin Islands (Arachnida,

Scorpibnes). Occas. Papers Mus., Texas Tech Univ. 65: 1-19.
Gonzalez- Sponga, M.A. 1970. I. Record del Genero Microtityus para Venezuela. II.

Microtityus biordi( Scorpionida: Buthidae) Nueva especie para el Sistema de la Costa en

Venezuela. Monogr. Cient. "Augusto Pi Suner" 1: 1-18.
Gonzalez- Sponga, M.A. 1982. Un nuevo genero y dos neuvas especies de la familia

Buthidae en Venezuela (Arachnida, Scorpiones). Monogr. Cient. "Augusto Pi Suner"

13: 3-24.
Kjellesvig- Wearing, E.N. 1966. The scorpions of Trinidad and Tobago. Carib. J. Sci.

6: 123-135.
Lourenco, W.R. and V.R.D. von Eickstedt. 1983. Presence du genre Microtityus

(Scorpiones, Buthidae) au Bresil. Description de Microtitus vanzolinii sp. n. Rev.

Arachnol. 5: 65-72.

Stahne, H.L. 1970. Scorpion nomenclature and mensuration. Entomol. News 81: 297-316.
Vachon, M. 1974. Etude des caracteres utilises pour classer les families et les genres de

Scorpiones (Arachnides). I. La trichobothriotaxie en Arachnologie. Sigles trichobothriaux

et types de trichobothriotaxie chez les Scorpions. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris 3e Ser.

No. 140. Zool 104: 857-958.
Vachon, M. 1977. Contribution a 1' etude des scorpions Buthidae du Nouyeau Monde. I.

Complement a la connaissance de Microtityus rickyi Kj. - W. 1 966 de 1 ' ile de la Trinite.

II. Descripton d' une nouvelle espece et dun nouveau genre Mexicains; Darchenia

bernadettae. III. Cle de determination des genres de Buthidae du Nouveau Monde. Acta

Biol. Venez. 9: 283-302.
Williams, S.C. 1980. Scorpions of Baja California, Mexico, and adjacent islands. Occas.

Papers Cal. Acad. Sci. no. 135: 1-127.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

A NEW NEARCTIC SPECIES OF PELINA
(DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)1 2

Philip J. Clausen3

ABSTRACT: A new species ofPelina from Mexico is described and the existing species key
is modified for its inclusion.

During the course of a revision of the genus Parydra for the Neotropical
Region, I had the opportunity to examine a number of specimens of other
genera from Mexico. Among a small sample of specimens from the
collection of the University of Kansas, I found the first new species of
Pelina since my revision of the genus. Therefore, this paper should be
considered as a supplement to my revision (Clausen, 1973).

No species ofPelina are known to occur in the Neotropical Region and I
still believe this to be true. Though the following species is described from a
single specimen from Patzcuaro, the state of Michoacan in Mexico, I
consider this as being within the southernmost extension of the Nearctic
Region.

Pelina mexicana n. sp.

Type: Holotype o* from Patzcuaro, Michoacan, Mexico, IX-1-38, L. J. Lipowsky,
deposited in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas.

Diagnosis: Apex of scutellum truncate, apical scutellar tubercules large, length R4+5
1.70 mm, and length Mj+2 !-02 mm. Male with short, broad surstyli with pointed apices;
gonites short, broad, recurved and blunt at apex; aedeagus short, broad, truncate at apex.

Description: MALE. Total body length 3.06 mm; shining black with brassy, coppery and
grayish pruinosity.

Head shining black with brassy pruinosity except as noted; length 0.5 1 mm; 1 large and 2
slightly smaller pairs of orbital setae; vertex with brassy pruinosity above, becoming grayish
below; gena black with grayish pruinosity. Face shining black with grayish pruinosity;
parafacial setae convergent and arranged in 2 more or less distinct rows, top row with 1 large
and 1 small seta, bottom row with 1 large and 2 small setae. Clypeus and mouthparts with
grayish pruinosity. Antennae dark with brassy to grayish pruinosity; arista dark brown, very
slightly plumose.

Thorax shining black with coppery pruinosity between acrostichal seta! rows and laterally
along dorsocentral seta! rows, faint grayish pruinosity between acrostichal and dorsocentral
setal rows, cuticle beneath grayish stripes with distinct, transverse, ripple-like, sculpturing;
scutum length 0.82 mm; pleura shining black with brassy pruinosity above, becoming grayish
anteriorly, posteriorly and below. Scutellum shining black with coppery pruinosity, length

'Received April 16, 1984. Accepted July 12, 1984.

Paper No. 13,905 Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St.
Paul, Minnesota 55108.

Department of Entomology. University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108.
ENT. NEWS 96(1): 7-10 January & February, 1985

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

0.27 mm, truncate at apex, apical tubercules large, lateral tubercules absent, apical and lateral
scutellar setae large. Legs black except tarsi reddish, all covered with grayish pruinosity;
prothoracic tibiae with long yellow setae at apex; apex of mesothoracic tibiae each with black
spur and 4 small, yellow, anterior setae; apex of metathoracic tibiae with yellow anterior setae
and yellow posterior comb. Wing length from humeral crossvein 2.52 mm; width 0.99 mm;
distance from h to Rj 0.58 mm; Rj to R2+3 1-39 mm; Ro-M to ^4+5 0.58 mm; R4+5 to
Mj+2 0-31 mm; length R4+5 1.70 mm; length MJ+J 1-"^ mm' costal section from Rj to
R2+3 2.4 times distance from h to Rj ; Rj to R2+3 2.4 times distance from R2+3 to ^4+5<
and R2+3 to R4+5 1.9 times distance from R4+5 to Mj +2-

Abdomen as in Fig. 1 ; shining black with sparse brassy pruinosity; tergites 1 through 4
deeply sculptured dorsally, tergite 5 sculptured only along anterior dorsal margin. Sternite 1
absent; sternite 5 reduced to small, widely separated, round, lateral fragments.

Gen Italia (Fig. 2). Note tergite 9 + surstyli, tapering to rather pointed apices. Paired
gonites, short, broad, recurved and blunt at apices, fused anteriorly to sternite 6; gonal arch
absent. Aedeagus large, short, broad, blunt with truncate apex.

FEMALE: Unknown.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Specimens examined. The holotype cf with data as listed previously.

TERGITE 1
SPIRACLE 1
STERNITE 2

STERNITE 5

SPIRACLE 6
TERGITE 9
CERCUS

SURSTYLI

1.0 mm

Fig. 1 Male abdomen — Pelina mexicana Clausen

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

on

JS

u

CM

a
:

.2
"w

'S
u

00
JU

w

<N

QC

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

To include mexicana in Pelina, the key in Clausen ( 1 973) should be modified as follows:

7. Surstyli long, somewhat slender with bilobed apices; gonites long with pointed, somewhat
hooked, posterior-projecting apices; aedeagus long, cylindrical and blunt at apex;
abdomen and genitalia as in Figs. 10 and 26 (Clausen, 1973) uncata Clausen

Surstyli short, broad, with pointed apices; gonites and aedeagus short, variously shaped
7A

7 A. Gonites short, broad, recurved and blunt at apex; aedeagus short, broad, truncate at apex;
abdomen and genitalia as in Figs. 1 and 2 mexicana n.sp.

Gonites short, usually with pointed anterior and posterior projections; aedeagus short,
somewhat scoop-shaped, with pointed apex truncatula Loew 8

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

For providing the single specimen of this species, I wish to thank George W. Byers of the
University of Kansas.

LITERATURE CITED

Clausen, P.J. 1973. A revision of the Nearctic species of the genus Pelina (Diptera:
Ephydridae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 99(2): 119-156.

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 14, 1984

The second regular meeting of The American Entomological Society was held on
Wednesday evening, November 14, at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, PA. The meeting was called to order by President Mason. Ten members and one
guest were present.

Under notes of entomological interest, Roger Fuester mentioned that two Pennsylvania
counties had received serious 1984 defoliation from a double punch attack — gypsy moths in
June and fall webworms later in the season.

The major items of business from the preceding Council meeting were reviewed by
Secretary Roger Fuester. A substantial increase in the assets of the society was noted due, in
large part, to the C.P. Alexander bequest. The nominating committee report was presented.
The slate of officers for 1985 includes President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice President: Joseph
K. Sheldon, Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary; Harold B.
White; Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Under new business, Sam Roback noted that the Academy is selling old issues of the
Monographs of the Academy of Natural Science, plus large plate illustrations, from the
1800's.

The guest speaker, Dr. Richard Frederickson of St. Josephs University brought a most
interesting slide presentation on collecting arthropods from Mexico to Alaska with particular
reference to mites. Emphasis was on mites associated with microcommunities, lichens in
particular. The fungus/ alga interaction was described as a case of benign slavery of the alga by
the fungus. In a geographical overview of several field expeditions, numerous "habitat" slides
of typical microcommunities and their inhabitants were shown. The scenery was very nice in
the "habitat" slides.

Joseph K. Sheldon
Vice President

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 11

A NEW STEIRODONT KATYDID FROM COLOMBIA
(ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE)1

David A. Nickle2

ABSTRACT: Stilpnochlora acanthonotum, new species, an unusual steirodont katydid
from Colombia, is described and figured. Although sharing most generic characters with the
genus Stilpnochlora, this species has several discordant features, including large thornlike
spines on the lateral carinae of the pronotum, bilaterally symmetrical inflated tympana!
shields, and large thornlike spines on the dorsal margins of the hindtibiae.

Emsley (1969) revised the phaneropterine katydid tribe Steirodonti in
which he recognized 50 species in 3 genera. Stilpnochlora, Steirodon, and
Cnemidophyllum. Characters he used to define the genera included the
presence or absence of a procoxal spine, the shape and configuration of the
frontal and vertexial fastigia, and various modifications of the external
female genitalia (see Table 1 ). This arrangement compromised the previous
recognition of several genera which were reduced to subgenera. The merits
and problems of Emsley 's hierarchical arrangement will not be discussed
here, but the new species of steirodont katydid described below has
characters that are intermediate among the three genera. Unfortunately,
this otherwise distinctive species is known only from three males and a
female without an abdomen. If an intact female were available, the generic
affiliations of this species would be clarified. Interestingly, the species was
recently illustrated by Linsenmaier(1972: 105, Fig. 2) but not identified. I
tentatively place it in the genus Stilpnochlora since it shares more
characters with that genus than the other two genera.

The holotype and one paratype have been donated from my personal
collection to the National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
(NMNH). I thank Drs. Francisco Cerda, Institute de Zoologia Agricola,
U.C.V., Maracay, Venezuela (IZA) and David Ragge, British Museum
(Natural History) (BMNH) for loan of the other specimens.

Stilpnochlora acanthonotum, new species

Holotype. cf Colombia: Narino. Tuquerres XI, 20-26, 1969 (Coll. A. Wolffhuegel)
[NMNH].

Description. Head. Eyes globose, prominent, protrusive, situated high on face about one
eye diameter above genal suture. Interocular width equal to one eye diameter. Vertexial
fastigium laterally compressed, anteriorly bluntly rounded, dorsally sulcate. Frons weakly

Deceived June 21, 1984. Accepted July 23, 1984.

2Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, 1IBIII, c/o National Museum of Natural
History, Washington, D.C. 20560

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 11-15 January & February, 1985

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

inflated in lateral aspect. Frontal fastigium trigonal in frontal aspect; apex bluntly rounded,
nearly in contact with vertexial fastigium (Fig. 1).

Thorax. Lateral carinae of pronotal disc strongly dentate, elevated, and dorsolaterally
flared; in dorsal view, dentition of lateral carinae consisting of 3 large thornlike spines: anterior-
most spine short, stout, directed anteriorly; second spine 1.3X longer than spine 1, directed
posterolaterally; spine 3 very prominent, arising just posterior to midpoint of lateral carina,
3.0X longer than spine 1, directed dorsolaterally, its trailing edge studded with a series of
about 6 sharp, narrow spines. Pronotal disc divided by a shallow anterior sulcus between
spines 1 and 2 and across posterior quadrant by a deep posterior sulcus. Posterior margin of
disc nearly truncate, armed with one median and two small lateral nodes (Fig. 2). Lateral lobe
of pronotum deeper than long ( Fig. 3 ). Meso- and metasternal lobes apically arcuate, bluntly
pointed; mesosternal lobes not extending to anterior margin of metasternum.

Legs. Procoxal spine absent. Anterior and posterior tympana equally concealed beneath
bilaterally symmetriccal auritate shields (Fig. 4). Legs slender, lacking foliaceous or expanded
lobes; metatibia in cross-section forming an isosceles triangle. Ventral margins of fore and
midfemora unarmed; of hindfemora armed with 5-7 small spines. Apex of midtibia armed with
two medial and one lateral spurs. Hindtibia prominently armed with about 20 sharp triangulate
spines on each posterior margin (Fig. 7). Lateral genal lobes of hindfemur armed with a large,
sharp, dorsal spine and slightly shorter ventral spine.

Wings. Tegmen ca. 4.3X longer than wide; costal margin weakly inflated anteriorly;
otherwise sides subparallel, apically rounded. Stridulatory file with 1 70 teeth; 37.7 teeth/ mm.
Veins bordering posterior area of tegmen variegated, a network of many cross-veins.
Hindwings in repose barely exposed apically, if at all.

Abdomen. Tenth tergite truncate, not at all produced. Cercus cylindrical, gradually
incurved, terminating in a single tooth (Fig. 5). Subgential plate spatulate, with a shallow
median keel, apical margin bearing two nonarticulating pseudostyles (Fig. 6). Internal
genitalia membranous, lacking sclerotized structures.

Coloration. Two features are distinctive in the coloration of this species. The tegmina are
glossy or waxy chlorophyllous green with black highlight surrounding several of the
crossveins. The pronotal disc is tricolored: the area from the anterior margin to the posterior
lateral sulcus is green, while the area extending from the large spine to the posterior margin of
the disc is reddish brown. The large spine and its accessory spines are piceous.

Etymology. (Gr.) akantho, thorn and noton, back; referring to the prominent thornlike
spines on the disc of the pronotum.

Paratypes. 2 cftf, 1 9. COLOMBIA: Narino, Ipiales( frontier with Ecuador) XI, 15-20,
1969 (A. Wolffhuegel) 1 cf [NMNH]; Valle, Central Anchicaya 400 mts. XII-27-1978
(V.A. Lattke) 1 cr [IZA|. ECUADOR: Paramba 1898 (Purch. from Rosenberg) 99-268 1 9
[BMHN].

Measurements, (means). Length (head to apex of tegmen) 79mm; length pronotal disc
llmm; posterior width pronotal disc 8mm; length posterior femur 34mm; width posterior
femur 3mm; length tegmen 69mm; width tegmen 16mm.

Relationships. In Emsley's (1969) key to the genera of the Steirodontini,
acanthonotum keys out to Stilpnochlora, although the male cercus is
apically armed with only one tooth, not two as in all other species of
Stilpnochlora. Like other Stilpnochlora species, it lacks the procoxal spine
and foliacious expansions on the mid- and hindtibiae, characters which are
well developed in the other steirodontine katydids. One useful character not
cited by Emsley is the number of apical spurs on the midtibia. In
Stilpnochlora species (including acanthonotum), only one lateral and two

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

13

•

7 X

Figures 1-7. Morphological features of Stilpnochlora acanthonotum, holotype. 1-3 head
and pronotum, 1 frontal aspect, 2 left lateral aspect, 3 dorsal aspect. 4 tympanum, left
foretibia, frontal aspect. 5 left cercus, dorsal aspect. 6 subgenital plate, ventral aspect 7
spines, midsection of dorsolateral margin of hindtibia, lateral aspect.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

medial spurs are present All other steirodontine katydids have two lateral
and two medial spurs.

Stilpnochlora acanthonotum is different from other Stilpnochlora
species in several major respects, however, and in its general appearance,
acanthonotum is not easily recognized as belonging to the genus. Table 1
reflects some of the differences. Unlike species of Stilpnochlora, acanthono-
tum has a unifid, rounded fastigium, large protrusive eyes (eye length is
greater than the length of the subocular gena); the apex of the tegmen is
rounded, not angulate, and the hindwing does not extend beyond the
tegminal apex; the spines on the dorsal margins of the hindtibia are large; and
the tympanal shields are inflated and bilaterally symmetrical. The most
conspicuous feature of acanthonotum is the pronotum. The spines on the
lateral carinae are more reminiscent of species of Cnemidophllum or
Steirodon. The only species of Stilpnochlora to have lateral carinae with
teeth is incisa (Serville), but these are only weakly or bluntly toothed. The
pigmentation on the posterior margin of the disc is characteristic of
Stilpnochlora species, but similar coloration occurs on the pronotum of
Steirodon validum Stal.

TABLE 1. Characters of the steirodonl katydids.
character acanthonotum Stilpnochlora Steirodon Cnemldophyllum

TasHglum/f rons

c*D\

procoxal spine absent absent present present

tympanal shields symmetrical, asymmetrical symmetrical symmetrical

Inflated

# apical spurs on
lateral side of apex

of fore-and mldtlbla 1 122

spines on lateral
carlna of pronotal
disc present absent absent/present present

* apical teeth on

o*cercus 1 211

processes on tergltes

VTTI/IX, o. abdomen ?? absent present present

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February. 1985 15

In spite of these differences, it seems most practical for the present to
associate acanthonotum with Stilpnochlora. Characters on the abdomen
of female steirodontine katydids are useful in generic assignments. When a
complete female of this species is found, these characters should clarify the
generic affinities of acanthonotum.

LITERATURE CITED

Emsley, M.G. 1969. A revision of th Steirodontine katydids (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae:
Phaneropterinae: Steirodontini). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 122: 125-248.

Linsenmaier, W. 1972. Insects of the World. McGraw-Hill Book Company. New York. 392
pp.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

FUNGUS-INSECT RELATIONSHIPS. Perspectives in Ecology and Evolution.
Q. Wheeler & M. Blackwell, eds. 1984. Columbia Univ. Press. 514 pp. $60.00.

A significant addition to the field of fungus-insect relationships, this book presents an
interesting array of approaches to the subject of evolutionary and ecological associations of
insects and fungi, presented by both mycologists and entomologists who attended a
symposium on the subject.

THE ROTHSCHILD COLLECTION OF FLEAS. THE CERATOPHYLLIDAE: Key to

the genera and host relationships. R. Traub, M. Rothschild, & J.F. Haddow. 1983. Pub.
privately by Rothschild & Traub. Distributed by Academic Press. 299 pp. $93.00.
This volume provides a key to the genera, illustrated with line drawings and photomicrographic
plates, a list of specimens in the Rothschild and British Museum collection, and an account of
the zoogeography of the ceratophyllid fleas and that of their hosts.

FLIES OF THE NEARCTIC REGION. Vol. VIII, Part 2. Numbers 2 & 3. Anthomyiidae.
1983 & 1984. E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart. 128 & 120 pp.
These two small paperback volumes continue the series previously noted.

ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. Vol. 17. M.J. Berridge. J.E. Treheme& V.G.
Wigglesworth, eds. 1983. 318 pp. $50.00.

Four additional contributions on mechanism of sclerotization in dipterans, physiology of
insect tracheoles, endocrine control of flight metabolism in locusts, and the neuro-secretory-
neurohaemal system of insects.

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW SPECIES OF NYCTIOPHYLAX

(TRICHOPTERA: POLYCENTROPODIDAE)

FROM ALABAMA AND MISSISSIPPI1

Paul K. Lago2, Steven C. Harris3

ABSTRACT: A new species of Nyctiophylax, N. serratus, is described from Alabama and
Mississippi, bringing to nine the number of known Nearctic species. The sclerotized lateral
lobes of tergum X are serrated apically, a feature unique among members of the genus.

Eight species of the genus Nyctiophylax have been described from the
Nearctic region. Morse (1972) clarified taxonomic confusion, described
two additional species and presented a key to the seven species then known
to occur in North America. The eighth species was described from
Alabama and Florida by Lago and Harris (1983). An additional species
has been discovered in material collected during a general survey of the
caddisflies of Alabama and is herein described. Terminology for genitalia
follows Schmid (1980). Abbreviations refer to structures labeled in Fig. 1.

Nyctiophylax serratus n. sp.

Male. Length 5 mm. Head light brown, abdominal tergites medium brown, remainder of
body testaceous. General structure typical for genus. Genitalia as in Fig. 1. Tergum IX
membranous. Sternum IX reduced on meson, triangular in lateral view with subacute
transverse ventral ridge. Tergum X membranous with pair of subdorsal, trapezoidal,
moderately and uniformly sclerotized blades (1.1 .X). Apical margins of blades oblique, slightly
sinuate and distinctly serrate in lateral view (Fig. 1 D). Preanal appendages (pr.) broad,
rounded. Intermediate appendages (int) evenly decurved, tapered and relatively thin. Inferior
appendages (inf.), viewed caudally, quadrate, not shouldered mesally, apical lobes parallel,
mesal lobe about twice the length of lateral lobe, all lobes rounded apically. Aedeagus with a
pair of dorsal sclerotized rods, rods elongate and acute, slightly sinuate near apex.

Holotype, male. ALABAMA, Baldwin Co., Farris Creek x Hwy 59, 1 1 May 1982. S.
Harris.

Paratypes. ALABAMA, Baldwin Co., same data as holotype, 1 cf; Red Hills Creek x
Hwy 59, 18 Aug 1983, Harris and O'Neil, 5 cf; Sandy Creek x Hwy 98, 23 Jun 1982, Harris
and O'Neil, 2 cf; Nelson Branch junction Perdido River, 3 mi. E. Gateswood, 23 Jun 1982,
Harris and O'Neil, 5 cf; Blackwater River x Hwy 87, 23 Jun 1982, Harris and O'Neil, 4 cf;
Pine Log Creek x Hwy 59,11 May 1982, S. Harris, 2 cf ; Hall Creek x Hwy 59, 1 1 May 1 982,
S. Harris, 4 cf; Little River x Hwy 59, 1 1 May 1982, S. Harris, 1 cf. Choctaw Co., Middle
Tallawampa Creek x Co. Rd. 23, 1 1 May 1982, S. Harris, 2 cf. Escambia Co., Escambia
River at Flomaton, 6 Aug 1982, S. Harris, 3 cf. Franklin Co., Dismal Branch at falls. Dismal
Wonders Garden, 29 May 1983, S. Harris, 1 cf . Green Co., Trussels Creek x Co. Rd. 23, 22

1 Received April 7, 1984. Accepted August 24, 1984.

^Department of Biology, The University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677

3 Environmental Division, Geological Survey of Alabama, P.O. Drawer O, University, AL
35486

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 16-18 January & February, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

17

Jun 1 982, Harris & O'Neil, 2 cf ; Brush Creek x Co. Rd 1 4, 22 Jun 1 983, Harris and O'Neil, 1
cf. Lauderdale Co., Threet Creek x Co. Hwy 5, 18 Jun 1983, S. Harris, 1 cf. Shoal Creek x
Co. Rd. 8, 18 Jun 1983, S. Harris, 2 cf; Little Cypress Creek x Co. Rd. 8, 18 Jun 1983, S.
Harris, 1 cf. Marion Co., Buttahachee River, 9 mi. E. Hamilton off Hwy 278, 28 Jun 1983, S.
Harris, 3 cf; same locality, 29 May 1983, S. Harris, 1 cf. Mobile Co., Cedar Creek, 6 mi. E.
Citronelle, 24 Jun 1982, Harris and O'Neil, 4 cf; same locality, 4 Aug 1982, S. Harris, 1 cf;
Little Creek, 3 mi. E. Citronelle, 4 Aug 1982, S. Harris, 1 cf; Escatawpa River, 7 mi. W.
Citronelle, 25 Jun 1982, Harris and O'Neil, 1 cf; same locality, 13 May 1982, S. Harris, 4 cf;
Indian Grave Creek at junction Cedar Creek, 6 mi. E. Citronelle, 24 Jun 1982, Harris and
O'Neil, 1 cf. Monroe Co., Brushy Creek at Peterman, 15 May 1982, S. Harris, 1 cf; Beaver
Creek x Hwy 41,15 May 1982, S. Harris, 2 cf. Sumter Co., Jones Creek x Hwy 39, 6 Jun
1983, Harris and O'Neil, 1 cf. Washington Co., Pond Creek x Co. Rd. 9, 13 May 1982, S.
Harris, 5 cf. MISSISSIPPI, Neshoba Co., 4 mi. N. Dixon, 9 May 1979, P.K. Lago, 2 cf.

The holotype and three paratypes are deposited in the United States National Museum of
Natural History. The remaining paratypes are deposited at Clemson University, the Illinois
Natural History Survey, The Royal Ontario Museum, and in the collections of the authors.

Etymology. Latin adjective, serratus, meaning "provided with a saw," referring to the
serrate apices of the lobes of tergum S.

I.I.X

Fig. 1. Nyctiophylax serratus n. sp., male genitalia. (A) Lateral view: (B) left inferior
appendage, caudal aspect; (C) aedeagus, lateral view; (D) apex of lateral lobe of tergum X,
lateral view (250x).

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Nyctiophylax serratus does not closely resemble any described species.
The serrated apex of the lateral lobes of tergum X is unique among North
American species; however, the serrations are not large and are easily
overlooked when observed under a dissecting microscope. They are best
seen under compound microscope (at least lOOx). The lateral lobes are
conspicuously sclerotized throughout but the apex is not nearly as acute as it
is in banksi or denningi, so it is difficult to proceed past couplet 2 in the key
presented by Morse (1972). Choosing the first option, specimens will key to
banksi. These species share the straight mesal margin of the inferior
appendages, but are easily separable on the basis of the general shape of the
lateral lobes of tergum X (trapezoidal and serrate in serratus, acute in
banksi) and the relative shape of the mesal lobe of the inferior appendages
(as broad as lateral lobe in serratus, narrow and finger-like in banksi). The
shape of the lateral lobes of tergum X is actually most similar to that of ./V.
uncus Ross; however, the long curved median lobe of the inferior
appendages in uncus (see Ross, 1944, Fig. 263 B) is sufficient to separate
the two species.

Disregarding the sclerotization of the lobes of tergum X, and choosing
the second option in couplet 2 (Morse, 1972), specimens will key to affinis
(which was our initial determination). The two species differ as follows: in
serratus the lateral lobes of tergum X are elongate and blade-like,
conspicuously sclerotized (appearing uniformly yellow) and serrate, affinis
lacks blade- like lateral lobes, tergum X appearing membranous, entire and
shorter than the preanal appendages; the inferior appendages in serratus are
not shouldered mesaily as they usually are in affinis; and the intermediate
appendages in serratus are evenly decurved (as in banksi) instead of being
hooked apically as in affinis. We have examined series of both affinis and
serratus from various localities in our study area and have not seen
specimens that could be considered intermediate.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank P.E. O'Neil for his assistance in obtaining the specimens used during
this study. B.P. Stark and J.C. Morse provided valuable comments concerning the preparation
of this manuscript

LITERATURE CITED

Lago, P.K., and S.C. Harris. 1 983. New Species of Trichoptera from Florida and Alabama.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 76: 664-667.
Morse, J.D. The genus Nyctiophvlax in North America. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 45: 1 72-

181.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Natur. Hist Surv.

23: 1-326.
Schmid, F. 1 980. Les Insects at Arachnides du Canada, Partie 7 . Genera des Trichopteres du

Canada et des Etats adjacents. Agriculture Canada, Ottawa. 296 pp.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 19

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTORHOPALUM
(COLEOPTERA: DERMESTIDAE) FROM THE

VIRGIN ISLANDS1

R.S. Beal, Jr.2

ABSTRACT: Two new species, Cryptorhopalum quadrihamatus and C. preschi from the
Virgin Islands, are described and illustrated.

The genus Cryptorhopalum includes 120 described Neotropical
species ( Mroczkowski, 1968) and about 1/6 as many Nearctic species. A
recent study has been published on species of the genus occurring in
California (Beal, 1979), but no revisions of the Neotropical fauna have
been made since those of Reitter in 1 880 and Sharp in 1 902. In 1 9 1 5 Arrow
described 3 Neotropical species, 1 of which, C. scutellarefrom Mustique in
the Grenadines, is the only named species from the West Indies. From
1915 to 1954 numerous additional Neotropical species were described,
mostly by the late Maurice Pic, but their identities cannot be determined
from the published descriptions. A revision of Neotropical forms is needed,
particularly one using characters available in the male terminalia. The
following descriptions are published at this time to make them available for
a paper being prepared by M.A. I vie of the Ohio State University on the
beetle fauna of the Virgin Islands. It is the author's hope that the
accompanying descriptions of the interesting genital structures of these
insects will stimulate others to investigate the systematics of this large,
poorly known genus.

Cryptorhopalum quadrihamatus n. sp.

Adult male. Dorsal and ventral pubescent recumbent, entirely light golden. Integument of
head, pronotum, basal 1/15 of elytra and narrow line along basal 1/3 of suture black with
elytra otherwise uniformly brick red; integument of ventral surfaces black except for brick red
antennae and legs. Antennal club ovate.

Head with diameter of punctures of frons equal to about 1 2/3 times diameter of facet of
eye and separated by 1 /4 to 3/4 times diameter of single puncture. Pronotum with punctures of
disc about 1 1/2 times diameter of facet of eye and separated by 1 to 3 times diameter of single
puncture. Antennal club with ratio of width to length of segment 10, 1:1.30; ratio of length of
segment 11 to segment 10, 1:1.36; ratio of length of club to length of lateral margin of
pronotum, 1 : 1 .67. Antennal fossa at lateroposterior margin not attaining margin of hypomeron
but plane of hypomeron continued narrowly behind fossa with plane at narrowest point behind
fossa about 2/3 as wide as width of segment 3 of antenna. Prosternal process transversely flat,
without median carina. Metastemum with very fine, short, diagonal stria originating at margin

Deceived February 4, 1984. Accepted September 10, 1984.

2 Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, AZ 86011.

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 19-23 January & February, 1985

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

behind mesocoxa. Visible abdominal sternum 1 with 2 oblique striae on each side extending
from anterior margin of segment beneath trochanters for 5/6 length of segment. Tibia of front
leg widest at middle and tapering more or less evenly toward apex.

Sternum of abdominal segment 8 with anterior process relatively short; posterior median
process short and extending obliquely downward somewhat thumb-like with numerous, short,
peg-like setae on posterior face and with 4 stout, recurved setae arising from dorsal part of face
(Figs. 3, 4). Phallus as illustrated (Fig. 1); phallotreme of aedeagus with anteriorly directed
spine; bridge of parameres relatively broad and not arcuate. H

Length of holotype (pronotum plus elytra): 2.1 mm; width (across humeri): 1.3 mm.

Adult female. As male except that antennal fossa and club about 1/2 size of male. Visible
abdominal sternum 5 without glabrous maculae (the more or less circular patches of pores,
presumably for release of pheromones, found in females of many species within the genus).
Length of allotype: 2.2 mm; width: 1.4 mm.

Range of observed variations. Dorsal pubescence unicolorous light golden, or light
golden on pronotum and elytron with few dark brown hairs forming indistinct submedian and
subapical bands on elytron, or pronotum and elytron with light golden hairs except elytron with
large subbasal round spot and pronounced, irregular, submedian and subapical bands formed
by dark brown hairs, or pronotum with light golden hairs and elytron with all dark brown hairs.
Dorsal integument entirely brick red with somewhat darker brown pronotal disc to entirely
black; most specimens with black pronotum and elytra brick red with suffused blackish area at
base and along basal 1/2 of suture. Antennal club with ratio of width to length of segment 10
varying from 1:1.15 to 1:1.45; ratio of length of segment 1 1 to length of segment 1 0 varying
from 1:1.55 to 1:1.94; ratio of length of club to length of pronotal margin varying from 1:1.51
to 1:1.85. Length of males ranging from 2.0 mm to 2. 8 mm; of females from 2.1 mm to 2. 9 mm.
Ratio of width to length of males and females varying from 1:1.53 to 1:1.65.

Types. Holotype male, allotype female and 21 paratypes: British Virgin Islands: Anegada,
23-VIII-80 (M.A. Ivie). Additional paratypes as follows: BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS:
Anegada, Windlass Bay, 22-VIII-80 (2, M. A. Ivie); Anegada, East end, 24-VIII-80 ( 1 , M. A.
Ivie); Norman, 7-VI-79 (1, M.A. & L.L. Ivie). U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS: Saba, 2 mi, south
of St. Thomas, 24-111-79 (2, M.A. & L.L. Ivie); St. Thomas, Brewers Bay, 6-IV-80(l, M.A.
Ivie); St. Thomas, Frenchmans Bay Estate, elev. 750 feet, ll-VI-79 (1, M.A. Ivie); St
Thomas, East Bordeaux, 6-VIII-80 (1, M.A. Ivie). St John, Lamesure Bay, ll-IV-79 (5,
M.A. Ivie); ibid, 15-VIII-80 ( 1 , M.A. Ivie). Holotype and allotype deposited in the collection
of the U.S. National Museum of Natural History; paratypes in the collections of the British
Museum (Natural History), M.A. Ivie, the Ohio State University, the University of
California, Davis, and the author.

Diagnosis. Arrow's description of C. scutellare suggests that it is a similar insect although
a different species, since he referred to the segments of the antennal club as nearly equal. In C.
quadrihamatus the first segment is 1 1/2 to almost 2 times as long as the second. For those
respects in which this species differs from C. preschi, see the diagnosis of that species below.

Etymology. Quadrihamatus is a Latin nominative singular masculine noun standing in
apposition to the generic name and meanig "fourhooked," a reference to the peculiar structure
on abdominal sternum 8.

DISCUSSION
The range of variation in color of the integument and of the elytral

^/Descriptions of terminalia of this and following species are based on specimens in same
series as the holotype. The latter have not been dissected.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 21

pubescence is unexpected in a single species from such a restricted locality.
All of the forms, however, except the all black one, are included in the
relatively long series taken the same day on Anegada. The entirely black
forms were found in association with the others on St. John but are the only
forms seen from St. Thomas. Male terminalia of each form were dissected
and found to differ in no significant respect In other species of Cryptorhopalum
that have been carefully studied, male terminalia differ somewhat markedly
from species to species, but the form is quite stable within each species
(Beal, 1979). Male antennal characters were also uniform in all specimens
collected. Existing evidence thus points to one highly polymorphic species.

Cryptohopalum preschi n. sp.

Adult male. Dorsal and ventral pubescence recumbent, uniformly dark golden brown
above, golden below. Integument brownish black except for brown legs and light yellowish
brown antennae. Antennal club ovate.

Head with diameter of punctures of frons 1 1/2 to 2 times diameter of facet of eye and
separated by 1/4 to 3/4 times diameter of single puncture. Pronotum with punctures of disc
about equal in diameter to facet of eye and separated by 1 to 2 times diameter of single
puncture. Antennal club with ratio of width to length of segment 10, 1:0.91; ratio of length of
segment 1 1 to length of segment 10, 1:1. 06; ratio of length of club to length of lateral margin of
pronotum, 1:1.48. Antennal fossa at lateroposterior margin attaining posterior margin of
hypomeron so that plane of hypomeron not continued entire length behind fossa. Prosternal
process transversely flat without median carina. Metasternum with very fine, short, diagonal
stria originating at margin behind mesocoxa. Visible abdominal sternum 1 with distinct
oblique stria on each side extending from anterior margin of segment beneath trochanter to
posterior margin and much finer, interrupted stria lateral to each. Tibia of front leg about as
wide at apex as at middle.

Sternum of abdominal segment 8 with median process consisting of ventral, broad, nearly
flat plate and dorsal lobe; plate with row of about 26 short, peg-like setae inserted along
transverse apical margin; dorsal lobe with 2 stout, ventrally recurved setae inserted on dorsal
side; sockets for insertion of large setae contiguous (Fig. 5). Phallus with anteriorly directed
spine on phallotreme of aedeagus; bridge of parameres broad, trans verse ; parameres narrowed
apically (Fig. 2).

Length of holotype (pronotum plus elytra): 1.6 mm; width (across humeri): 0.9 mm.

Adult female. As male except as follows: dorsal pubescence light golden brown.
Integument of pronotum brownish black with faint metallic green cast. Antennal fossa and club
about 1/2 size that of male. Visible abdominal sternum 5 without glabrous maculae (more or
less circular patches of pores). Length of allotype: 2.0 mm; width: 1.2 mm.

Range of observed variations. Integument of elytra brownish black to medium brown,
with or without metallic green cast. Ratio of length of male club to length of pronotal margin
varying from 1:1.48 to 1:1.54. Ratio of width to length of males and females varying from
1:1.68 to 1:1.81. Length of females ranging from 1 .7 mm to 2.0 mm.

Types. Holotype male and 1 paratype: U.S. Virgin Islands, St. Thomas, Frenchmans
Bay Estate, 750 feet elev., ll-VI-79 (M.A. Ivie); allotype female: St. Thomas, Estate
Dorothea, 800 feet elev., 6-IV-79 (M.A. Ivie). Additional paratypes as follows: U.S.
VIRGIN ISLANDS: St. Croix, Sandy Point southwest of Frederikstad, 25-30- VI-81 (2,
J.A. Yntema). St. Thomas, Estate Bordeaux, 6-VII-80 (1, M.A. Ivie). Holotype and
allotype deposited in the collection of the U.S. National Museum of Natural History;
paratypes in the collections of M.A. Ivie and the author.

22

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

©

©

Figs. 1-2. Male phalli, ventral view. 1, Cryptorhopalum quadrihamatus. 2, C. preschi. Figs.
3-5. Sterna of abdominal segment 8. 3, C. quadrihamatus, lateral view of median process. 4,
C. quadrihamatus, dorsal view of midline. 5, C. preschi, dorsal view of midline and right
lobe. Each line = 0.1 mm.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 23

Diagnosis. This differs from the preceding species in its narrower form, subequal lengths
of the antennal segments and remarkably different structure of the median lobe of abdominal
sternum 8. C. preschi differs from C. scutellare, as far as can be determined from Arrow's
description, by its narrower form and darker color of the integument. Arrow says of C.
scutellare that the hairs at the base of the pronotal lobe are divided, "so as to present the
appearance of two tufts." This is not true of specimens of either C. preschi or C.
quadrihamatus, but it may or may not be an accident of preservation of specimens of C.
scutellare.

Etymology. The species is named in honor of Dr. William Presch of the Department of
Biological Sciences of California State University, Fullerton, in recognition of his contributions to
systematic zoology, particularly in the field of cladistic theory.

Biology. Collecting data suggest that adults feed on decaying vegetable matter. Yntema
took the St. Croix specimens "ex vane trap, ETOH bait." Ivie took a specimen on St. Thomas
at a fresh wound on the legume Bursera.

DISCUSSION

Based on the presence of a somewhat elaborately modified median lobe
of abdominal sternum 8 of the male and lack of 2 clusters of pores opening
onto the last visible abdominal sternum of the female, both this and the
preceding species belong to the Triste group of species (Beal, 1979). The
presence of a pair of striae on each side of visible abdominal sternum 1 is
not, however, a character associated with Nearctic members of the Triste
group. Whether the existing separation of species of the genus into 3 groups
can be sustained will not be known until a great many more Neotropical
species have been critically examined.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank M.A. Ivie of the Ohio State University for making the material on which
this paper is based available to me and also for a critical reading of the manuscript. I also thank
C.D. Johnson of Northern Arizona University and 2 anonymous reviewers for a critical
reading of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Arrow, G. J. 1915. Notes on the Coleopterous Family Dermestidae, and descriptions of some

new forms in the British Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 10, 20: 101-113.
BeaL, R.S., Jr., 1979. Systematics of the species of Cryptorhopalum (Coleoptera: Dermestidae)

occurring in California. Contrib. Sci. Natur. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County 306: 1-22.
Mroczkowski, Maciej. 1968. Distribution of the Dermestidae (Coleoptera) of the world with

a catalogue of all known species. Ann. Zool., Polska Akademia Nauk 24(3): 15-191.
Reitter, E., 1880 (1881). Die aussereuropaischen Dermestiden meiner Sammlung. Mit 70

Diagnosen neuer Arten. Verh. Nat. Ver. Briinn 19: 27-60.
Sharp, David. 1902 Dermestidae. In Biologia Centrali- Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera

2(1): 642-669, plate 19.

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THORACOCHAETA CUBITA (DIPTERA:

SPHAEROCERIDAE), A NEW SPECIES OF

SEAWEED FLY FROM CALIFORNIA1

S.A. Marshall^, A.L. Norrbom^

ABSTRACT: The puparium and adult of Thoracochaeta cubita n.sp. are described from
specimens collected in Marin Co., California.

Marshall (1982) revised the North American species of Thoracochaeta
Duda, then recognized as a subgenus ofLeptocera Olivier. Using his key,
specimens with 4 pairs of dorsal mid tibial bristles, a mid- ventral mid tibial
bristle, and costal sector 2 longer than sector 3, will key out to
Thoracochaeta arnaudi Richards. T. arnaudi occurs along the Pacific
coast from Mexico to British Columbia. Thoracochaeta cubita n.sp. keys
to T. arnaudi and was collected from coastal California, but it differs
markedly from T. arnaudi in the shape of its surstylus (Figs. 1 and 3),
paramere, and distiphallus. Additionally, these species differ in size
(arnaudi is over 2.2 mm), male sternite 5 (arnaudihas fewer stout bristles),
katespisternal setation (arnaudi has only one bristle), and wing venation
(in arnaudi the second costal sector is twice as long as the third). Despite
these differences, the basic structure of the surstylus, sternite 5, head, and
midleg suggest that these two species are very closely related.

Thoracochaeta cubita n.sp.

Description (male): Body length 2.0 mm. Light brown, pruinoise.

Head: Interfrontal area 0.8x as high as wide, bordered by 3-4 equal interfrontal bristles
(usually 3, one paratype has 4 on one side), 2 lower interfrontal setulae, and 2 setulae lateral to
interfrontal bristles. Interfrontal height 1 .6x interocellar distance. Antennae widely separated,
interantennal distance equal to interfrontal width. Eye height 2. Ox genal height Vibrissa and
anterior genal bristle stout, subequal, both 2.0x as long as subvibrissa, gena setulose along
margin and with 4 small bristles behind anterior genal bristle.

Thorax: 4 pairs of dorsocentral bristles, anterior pair inclinate and preceded by small
inclinate setae. Acrostichal setulae in 8 or 9 irregular rows, prescutellar acrostichal bristles as
long as prescutellar dorsocentral bristle, prescutellar acrostichal setulae present between these
bristles. Scutellum usually with 4 marginal bristles as in congeners, but one specimen with an
additional minute basal pair. Katepistemum with long posterodorsal bristle reaching three-
quarters of way to wing base, one or two small anterodorsal bristles less than one-third as long as

1 Received May 30, 1984. Accepted September 3, 1984.

^Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario NIG 2W1

^Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA
16802

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 24-26 January & February, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985

25

posterodorsal, strongly setulose ventrally and with a few weak anterior setulae. Mid tibia with
4 pairs of dorsal bristles, strong apical bristle and strong mid ventral bristle. Hind tibia with
short, straight, stout apicoventral spur, otherwise with only short, uniform setulae. Wing with
second costal sector 1 .4x as long as third; crossvein r-m very short, separated from crossvein
dm-cu by 3.0x length of dm-cu.

Abdomen: Fifth sternite with horizontal row of 7-8 stout bristles anterior to setulose, tab-
like, posteromedial process with 2 thin bristles (Fig. 2). Epandrium uniformly short-setose.
Cercus simple, setulose, with single long bristle. Hypandrium very broad, flat Surstylus

Figs. 1-3. 1. Terminaliaofmale T. cubita, left lateral; 2. Detail of sternite 5 of male T. cubita;
3. Left surstylus of T. arnaudi. Abbreviations: disti-distiphallus; pm-paramere; sur-surstylus.

Figs. 4-5. Pupariumof T. cubia. 4. Abdominal segment 6 ventral creeping welt. 5. Abdominal
segment 3 large median spines. Left bar = 10 jum.

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

concave ventrolaterally, with setose lateral ridge, long, thin, pointed anterior lobe, and broad,
blunt posteroventral lobe with short stout bristle; anterior lobe with long basal bristles and
small dorsal setulae (Fig. 1 ) Paramere S-shaped, with abrupt bend in distal half, usually visible
below surstylus (Fig. 1). Basiphallus short, frame-like. Distiphallus long and slender basally,
distally expanded into ring-like sclerite supporting membranous mass (Fig. 1). Ejaculatory
apodeme well developed.

Puparium: Length 3.8-4.0 mm.

Thorax: Anterior spiracle palmate, parallel to body, with 8-9 papillae. Mesothorax with
only minute spinules (not visible using light microscope); metathorax bare ventrally.

Abdomen: Segment 1 with ventral creeping welt of 5-8 irregular rows of tiny, simple
spines. Segments 2-7 with 5-8 irregular rows of tiny simple spines anteriorly, 1 row of 15-22,
evenly spaced large spines medially, and 2-3 irregular rows of simple spines posteriorly ( Fig.
4); large spines of middle row blunt and single pointed to more elongate and 2-3 pronged (Fig.
5). Segments 2-7 with faint, paired, transverse, scar-like dorsolateral depressions. Segment 8
with 4-6 irregular rows of tiny, simple spines on welt and 3-4 rows of tiny, simple spines
anterior to anal opening. Posterior spiracular processes directed laterally; peritreme collar-
like, deep, almost circular in posterior view, with 3 broadly oval spiracular openings.
Spiracular hairs not readily visible.

Holotype: o* and 3 o* paratypes, California, Marin Co., Bolinas Pt. (1.6 mi. due W.
Bolinas), pupae collected 9. vi. 1974. Adult emerged 15/16.vi. 1974, Vincent F. Lee. All types
with associated puparia. Two paratypes have labels noting that the wings were fully
developed, presumably on emergence. All types in the California Academy of Science.

Etymology: The specific epithet cubita is from the Latin for elbowed, and refers to the
abruptly bent paramere, a feature not found in any other known Thoracochaeta.

LITERATURE CITED

Marshall, S.A. 1982. A revision of the nearctic Leptocera (Thoracochaeta Duda) (Diptera:
Sphaeroceridae). Can. Ent. 114: 63-78.

BOOK REVIEW

A FIELD GUIDE TO THE MOTHS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA. Charles V.
Covell, Jr. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 1984. 1- XV, 1-496 pp. 64 plates(32 color, 32 black
and white - all photographs), 74 text line drawings. $13.95,

This is the newest volume in the Peterson Field Guide series, and, in all respects, lives up
to the standard of excellence associated with that series. It is the first general, comprehensive
work on our moths to appear since publication of The Moth Book by W.J. Holland in 1903.
While not as complete in its coverage of our North American fauna, it brings forward by a
quantum leap the quality of illustration, and knowledge of the biology, distribution, and
taxonomy of the moths found from northern Canada to the Rio Grande in Texas east of the
100th meridian. All families known to occur within the area are represented, and more than
1300 species are treated: description of imago, larval food plants, distribution, flight season
and more, with illustrations) of nearly all. Selection of species most likely to be encountered
has taken precedence over more local, rarer, less noticeable species in many cases, and
families and other groupings of the larger and more popular moths among collectors have been

(Continued on page 48)

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 27

FIRST RECORD OF ODONTELLA BAYERI

(COLLEMBOLA: HYPOGASTRURIDAE) IN

NORTH AMERICA1

Paul B. Kannowski^, Barbara L. Benner^

ABSTRACT: Odontella bayeri, previously known only from Europe, Asia and Australia, is
recorded from 24 localities in 14 counties of southwestern North Dakota.

The subgenus Xenyllodes of Odontella has been represented in the
North American collembolan fauna solely by O. armata (Axelson), a
species known from Alaska and Montana to Massachusetts and North
Carolina (Christiansen and Bellinger 1980). This species also is widespread
in Europe, from the USSR to Ireland and Finland to Italy (Salmon 1964).

In July and August of 1 976 and May of 1 977 we collected soil samples
to a depth of 25 cm from 100 sites representing 17 habitats in southwestern
North Dakota and identified the collembolans (Benner and Kannowski
1984). Included in our specimens were two different species of Odontella.
One was characterized by five eyes on each side and was identified as O.
armata; the other had only two eyes on each side. Kenneth Christiansen of
Grinnell College examined representative specimens of the latter and
identified them as O. bayeri (Kseneman), a species previously known only
from Europe (Salmon 1964), central Asia (Utrobina 1976) and Australia
(Greenslade and Greenslade 1973).

Of the 17 habitat types studied in southwestern North Dakota, O.
armata was collected in 14, but common only in 5 (ridge and steep slope
grasslands, gentle slope grasslands, upland deciduous forests, wooded
draws, and shelterbelts). On the other hand, O. bayeri was collected in 12
habitats, but common only in 4 (ridge and steep slope grasslands, wooded
draws, stripmine spoils, and cultivated fields). Therefore, the two species
tend to occur in the same habitats but each is more numerous where the
other is absent. Of the Odontella specimens collected, 62% were O.
armata,

Odontella armata was found at all sampling levels from the litter to 25
cm below the surface; it was rare in the litter and most frequent in the deeper
samples. The mean depth for all samples was 1 1.5 cm. Odontella bayeri
also was found from the litter to 25 cm and also was rare in the litter.
However, it was not common in the deeper samples. The mean depth for all
O. bayeri samples was 7.3 cm.

1 Received July 7, 1984. Accepted August 27, 1984.

Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202

3 Plant Biology Department, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 27-28 January & February, 1985

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The widespread distribution of O. bayeri in southwestern North
Dakota and its sympatric distribution with its close congener, O. armata,
suggest that it is not a recent introduction. Rather, it seems probable that O.
bayeri occurs elsewhere in North America but has not been collected
previously because few studies of the total collembolan fauna have been
undertaken.

Locality records for O. bayeri are as follows: Adams Co. T131N,
R97W, S19; T130N, R98W, S26; T131N, R98W, S24. Billings Co.
T142N, R101W, S30; T137N, R102W, S12. Bowman Co. T131N,
R104W, S20. Dunn Co. T147N, R93W, S35; T145N, R97W, S27.
Golden Valley Co. T140N, R104W, S35; T143N, R103W, S12. Hettinger
Co. T135N, R97W, SI; T136N, R93W, S9. McKenzie Co. T147N,
R100W, S12; T145N, R98W, S12. McLean Co. T146N, R81W, S3;
T148N, R83W, SI 8. Mercer Co. T146N, R85W, S23. Morton Co.
T138N, R88W, S21; T138N, R88W, S22. Sioux Co. T129N, R81W,
S20; T132N, R83W, S34. Slope Co. T135N, R102W, S32. Stark Co.
T139N, R95W, S8; T139N, R99W, S21.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Kenneth A. Christiansen for the identification, Karen Nolan, Jim Burdine, Nile
Fellows and Amy Haakenstad for field and/or laboratory assistance, and Omer R. Larson and
Wiliam J. Wrenn for reviewing the manuscript. This research was carried out through
contract number 6-02-4 from the North Dakota Regional Environmental Assessment
Program.

LITERATURE CITED

Benner, B.L. and P.B. KannowskL 1984. Collembola of southwestern North Dakota: Species

composition and habitat distribution. Prairie Nat. 16(2): 79-90.
Christiansen, K. and P. Bellinger. 1980. The Collembola of North America North of the Rio

Grande. A taxonomic analysis. Grinnell College, Grinnell, Iowa. 1322 pp.
Greenslade, P.J.M. and P. Greenslade. 1973. Epigaeic Collembola and their activity in

southern Australia during summer. Pedobiologia 13: 227-235.
Salmon, J.T. 1964. An index to the Collembola. Bull. R. Soc. N.Z. 7: 1-651.
Utrobina, N.M. 1976. Einfluss von Ammoniakwasser auf den Bodertierbesatz unter
-Kartoffeln. Pedobiologia 16: 206-218.

ERRATUM

A last minute printer's error occurred on line 26 of the Sites and Akre paper on
Multicolored 35 mm Slides for Data Presentation (Nov. - Dec. 1984, 95(5): 229). The
reference to Kodalith Ortho film, 6556, should have specified type 3, but the '3' was omitted.
The error was caught in time to be corrected on the reprints which are available from the
authors. We regret this error.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 29

NESTS OF DOLICHOVESPULA NORWEGICA

ANDD. NORVEGICOIDES IN NORTH AMERICA

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE)1 2

Roger D. Akre3, David P. Bleicher4

ABSTRACT: This study reports on nests of rarely found Boreal species of yellowjackets.
Nests of both species were either supraterrestrial (half buried in the soil) or were suspended
from vegetation very near to the ground. Both species produce envelope paper of a very loose,
coarsely woven texture, suggesting that colonies usually build their nests in protected
locations. Colony sizes were much smaller than that reported for other Dolichovespula
species.

In February 1978 a compendium of data on the biology of yellowjackets
of North America was submitted to USDA for publication as a handbook
(Akre et al. 1981). Included was informatin on identification and nesting
biology of the 18 species of yellowjackets occurring in North America.
However, there was little to report concerning the biology of Dolichovespula
norwegica (P. )[=D. albida(S\aden), seeEck, 1981] andD. norvegicoides
(Sladen). D. norwegica in North American is restricted almost entirely to
the Hudsonian Zone of the Boreal Region, while D. norvegicoides occurs in
the Hudsonian and Canadian Zones (see figs. 34 and 41, Akre et al. 1981).
Thus, both species occur in areas where there have been few investigations
or collections of yellowjacket colonies. Indeed, only two nests of D.
norwegica had ever been found; one was reported as being subterranean,
the other "partly subterranean" (Bequaert 1931). Recently, two additional
colonies of D. norwegica were collected in the Canadian arctic ( Yamane et
al. 1980). Both nests were "supraterrestrial" (half buried in the soil, see
Wagner 1978), and each contained about 170 cells. Similarly, only two
nests of D. norvegicoides have been collected, and the single nest analyzed
had two empty combs with a total of 234 cells (Akre et al. 1981).
Unfortunately, only 23 dead workers were present when it was collected in
October long after the colony had died. Both nests were attached to shrubs
10-15 cm above the ground.

1 Received June 4, 1984. Accepted September 6, 1984.

2 Scientific paper number 6854, Washington State University, College of Agriculture and
Home Economics Research Center, Pullman. Work conducted under project 0037.

3 Entomologist, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, WA
99164-6432.

^Research Technician, University of Alaska, Palmer Research Center, Box AE, Palmer,
Alaska 99645.

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 29-35 January & February. 1985

30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The purpose of this paper is to describe one additional nest of D.
norwegica and three of D. norvegicoides.

Dolichovespula norwegica

The nest of Dolichovespula norwegica was collected 21 August 1983
on Fern Mine Road, 0.8 km southeast of Fern Mine, in Hatcher Pass,
Talkeetna Mountains, near Palmer, Alaska. The collection site is approxi-
mately 975m (3200 ft) elevation. This elevation is above tree line at those
high latitudes, and the vegetation consisted mainly of dense willow (Salix
sp.) cover about 1 .2 m tall. The nest was fastened to a 1 .9 cm diam willow
branch with the main attachment at the top. It also had a 1 cm diam
attachment to a side branch just below the top of the nest. The nest was
suspended 15 cm above ground.

The nest was nearly spherical, 10.5 cm high by 10.5 cm diam at its
widest point. The nest entrance was located 3 cm from the bottom of the
nest and measured 1.75 by 2.5 cm. There were 11 envelope layers
completely enclosing the combs, while several additional layers extended
from the attachment point to the edge of the top comb, where they were
fastened to cells along the edge. In addition, several cells along the edge of
comb two were papered over, a characteristic of colony decline.

The envelope paper was coarse in texture, with frequent holes left in the
weaving (see Yamane et al. 1980). A number of sources were obviously
used for the fibers. Some were finely ground grey fibers, others varied from
black to rust to occasional, very coarse, straw-colored fibers. Pieces of
leaves from a broadleaf plant 2 to 10 mm diam were incorporated into the
outer envelope.

The nest was devoid of brood, but 4 workers were present A single fly
maggot (either a sphaerocerid or an anthomyiid) was collected from the
inner surface of the envelope.

The nest was composed of 3 combs. The attachment fastening the nest
to the branch obscured any suspensoria between the top comb and the
envelope, and in this area the envelope was broadly joined to the comb in an
area 1 by 2.5 cm. Suspensoria on combs two and three were buttresslike.
Comb two had a 2 cm long Y-shaped suspensorium in the center, and a 1 cm
long suspensorium on one side nearly extending to the edge of the comb.
Twelve measurements of height taken at 2-4 mm intervals showed the
center suspensorium averaged 6 mm tall (range 4-8 mm, S.D. = 1. 35), while
that to the side averaged 4.6 mm (n=5, S.D.=2.01). Comb three had a
single T-shaped suspensorium 1.2 by 0.5 cm, 6.2 mm average height (n=5,
S.D. = 1.84).

There was a total of 357 cells in the 3 combs (Table 1 ). Cell sizes were
also measured so they could be compared to values given for other species.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 31

Since the cells were not all even hexagonals (especially along the edge of the
comb), each cell was measured in two directions across the opening and the
figures averaged. Worker cells from comb 1 averaged 5.17 mm (n=12,
S.D.=0.59), while the reproductive cells of combs 2 and 3 averaged 6.33
mm (n=24, S.D.=0.36, 12 from each comb).

Unfortunately the colony was too far into decline when discovered to
make any meaningful assessment of productivity (total workers, production
of new males and queens).

Dolichovespula norvegicoides

Colony 1 was found 10 August 1979 in the St. Joe National Forest, 9
miles northeast of Harvard, Latah County, Idaho, adjacent to the Palouse
River Road. The nest site was located in a mature, closed-canopy forest of
grand fir, Douglas-fir, and western red cedar ( Thuja plicata-Pachistima
myrsinites habitat type, Daubenmire and Daubenmire 1968). The nest was
inside a decayed log of about 10 cm diam in a shaded area of the forest. The
colony had been attacked by an animal, and all combs of the nest were gone.
The nest had probably been initiated within the log in a cavity that was
expanded as the nest was enlarged. The envelope that remained fastened to
the top of the cavity showed the nest was 7.5 cm diam at its upper
attachment to the log. In addition, there was a smooth depression in the log
duff, where the base of the nest had been, 6 by 6.5 by 3 cm deep. Thus, the
nest had been approximately 10 cm tall. The workers had obviously
excavated into the rotten log to expand the nest downward since the
depression was so smooth and cone-shaped. An entrance tunnel 5 cm long
went from near the base of the log directly through the log and into the nest
cavity.

Although all the combs were gone, 1 8 workers and the foundress queen
( age spots on abdominal terga, frayed wings) were collected inside the nest
remnants. Since neither construction of new combs nor repair of the
envelope was evident, it was assumed that the animal attack was very
recent.

Several abdominal terga of a D. norvegicoides queen were found in the
nest cavity. This suggests that a conspecific fight for the nest occurred, and
that the loser was killed (see Akre et al. 1976). Several dipterous maggots
were also present in the nest cavity, but since it was impossible to positively
verify them as associates, they were discarded.

Colony 2 was collected 14 August 1982 near Weld, Maine. The nest
was built into the side of a hillock, with half the nest underground
(supraterrestrial). Thirty-one workers and 21 males were present when the
nest was collected, but no queen.

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The nest was composed of 3 combs with a total of 263 cells (Table 2).
The roof of the nest was a dense mat of envelope layers (15-20) 20 mm
thick, into which were woven multiple strands of moss gametophytes.
Unfortunately, the suspensoria were crushed when the nest was received for
analysis, so no information is available on them, nor on cell diameters
except for a notation that all were — 5mm.

Colony 3 was collected 28 July 1983 at the University of Alaska
Agricultural Experiment Station, Matanuska-Susitna Borough, Palmer,
Alaska. The nest was attached to the underside of a 45 cm square, 3/4 in.
plywood sheet supported off the ground by 1 in. angle iron. The nest was
fastened to the plywood by a 2 by 2.5 cm attachment area and extended
down into a shallow depression. This depression did not appear to be
excavated by workers but was cleared of leaves and debris. An entrance
hole 7 mm diam was located laterally near the bottom of the nest. Probably
because space for expansion under the plywood was limited, the nest was
flat on the top and bottom, and shaped much like a doughnut or tire viewed
from the side. The nest was 85 mm diam by 35 mm deep. Cottonwood
leaves were abundant at the nest site, and two leaves were woven into the
envelope layers, as was a small pebble. The envelope layers were not
continuous under the combs. An area 25 by 35 mm at the bottom of the nest,
directly in contact with the soil, was left open. The envelope was comprised
of 9 more or less distinct layers, each ending further down the side of the
nest. Inside the nest the envelope layers at the top of the petiole returned to
the edge of the comb where it was fastened in 4 places.

Collected with the nest were 5 workers, one male, and 3 queens. An
additional 4-6 workers were flying around the nest site but not collected,
and 6 workers were found under cottonwood leaves adjacent to the nest. No
foundress was present, as would be expected from the empty cells present in
the combs.

The nest was composed of 2 combs with 122 cells (Table 2). The top
comb was connected to the substrate with a single pedicel 5 mm wide by 7
mm tall. It was highly glazed with secretions and very flexible (see Yamane
et al. 1 980). Comb 2 had a single pedicel off-center so it was 5 mm from the
edge of the comb. The pedicel was 1 mm thick, with no glazing.

The cells in the center of comb 1 were 5 mmdiam(n=5, S.D.=0.12).
However, there were large cells added to the periphery of the comb of 6.0 to
6.5 mm diam (n=5, S.D.=0.21). A section of 25 cells on one edge of the
comb was tilted upward at a 45 degree angle from the main plane of the
comb, perhaps indicating that the nest was damaged at one time, or that the
available space under the plywood severely limited expansion. Eleven of
the capped cells of comb 1 contained males, and the new queens must also
have emerged from the large cells on the edge of this comb.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 33

Two muscoid fly larvae were present in a cell of comb 1 . These were
identified as Piophilidae, cheese skippers, a family of general scavengers.

The envelope paper of all three nests had a very loose weave, with many
small holes, and was comprised of very small fibers. It would appear that the
workers malaxate the fibers very little before they are applied to the
envelope. The only notable difference between these envelopes and that of
D. nonvegica is that the latter used much larger fibers.

DISCUSSION

Worker cell size in D. norwegica averaged 5. 17 mm and reproductive
cells averaged 6. 3 3 mmdiam, while in D. norvegicoides these values were 5
mm, and 6.0 to 6.5 mm. These are comparable to the values given for D.
arenaria (F.) of 4.5 to 5 mm (worker) and 6.0 to 7.0 mm (reproductive or
queen cells) (Greene et al. 1 976). However, colony sizes of both species are
much smaller than reported for other Dolichovespula species. For example,
Greene et al. ( 1 976) reported that 60% of D. arenaria colonies investigated
in Washington and Idaho had nests of over 2,000 cells. Similarly, D.
norwegica nests in Europe have a reported maximum cell number of
approximately 1,400 (Spradbery 1973).

D. arenaria has a strong tendency to use the upper combs for
reproductives (Greene et al. 1976). This may also be true of D.
norvegicoides since 1 1 capped cells on comb one of colony 3 contained
males. Other cells probably also contained males, but these were indistin-
guishable as larvae and eggs. Obviously the 3 new queens found with the
nest also emerged from cells on comb 1 , as comb 2 was so small it did not
have any capped cells.

None of the 4 colonies investigated contained parasites such as
Sphecophaga vesparum burra (Cresson) (Hymenoptera; Ichneumonidae)
even though Greene et al. ( 1 976) reported that 7 of 20 D. arenaria colonies
collected in 1974 in Washington harbored this parasite. However, even in
D. arenaria colonies the rate of parasitism was very low. It is surprising
that few scavengers were found, especially in nests of colonies in decline.
Perhaps this is related to the relatively short period of colony existence,
since both D. norwegica and D. norvegicoides peak early in the season with
their very small colonies, then rapidly decline.

The loose, coarsely woven texture of the envelopes produced by both
D. norwegica and D. norvegicoides in North America suggests that most
colonies of these species are probably supraterrestrial or in some sort of
protected location. Indeed, perhaps this is the reason so few colonies have
been found. Even nests of D. arenaria in mountainous situations are
probably very commonly supraterrestrial or subterranean (Greene et al.

34

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1976, Roush and Akre 1978). The nest envelopes of these species are
certainly much less durable than envelope produced by either D. arenaria
or D. maculata (L.) and would certainly sustain major damage in exposed
locations. In addition, they would appear to be much less efficient at
thermoregulation since they are so coarsely woven, with numerous holes.

Table 1. Size and composition of combs of the Dolichovespula norwegica nest

Comb

1

2

3

Total

Size in mm

60x75
75 x75
50x50

CELLS

type

empty

larvae

capped

Total

worker

91

0

0

91

reprod.

146

5

3

154

reprod.

102

4

6

112

—

339

9

9

357

Colony

1

Table 2. Nests of D. norvegicoides
Nest Site Comb Size mm type empty eggs larvae capped Total

Harvard, ID "Subterranean"

decayed log
2
Weld, ME Supraterrestrial

Palmer, AK Supraterrestrial

al

68 x57
55 x75
17 x 18

47 x38
21 x27

worker
reprod.
reprod.

mixed
reprod.

bl

29
32

14
0

15

7

25
0

141

106

16

83
39

al eaten by animal, possibly bear
bl unavailable

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank R.M. Leiner for the collection of the nest of D. norwegica, and H.C. Reed for
helping to excavate the colony of D. norvegiocoides in northern Idaho. Special thanks are due
B. Heinrich for the colony and data for the nest of D. novegicoides from Maine.

We thank H.C. Reed, A. Greene, RS. Zack, and RW. Sites for their critical reviews of the
manuscript. R.S. Zack is also thanked for identification of the fly maggots found within the
nests.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre, R.D., W.B. Garnett, J.F. MacDonald, A. Greene and P. LandolL 1976. Behavior
and colony development of Vespula pensvlvanica and V. atropilosa ( Hymenoptera:
Vespidae). J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 49: 63-84'

Akre, R., A. Greene, J.F. MacDonald, P.J. Landolt and H.G. Davis. 1981. The
yellowjackets of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agric. Handb. No. 552. 102 p.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 35

Bequaert, J. 1931. A tentative synopsis of the hornets and yellowjackets of America. Ent.

Amer. 12: 71-138.
Daubenmire, R., and J.B. Daubenmire. 1 968. Forest vegetation of eastern Washington and

northern Idaho. Wash. Agric. Exp. St Tech. Bull. 60. 104 p.
Eck, R. 1981. Zur Verbreitung und Varabilitat \or\Dolicho\-espulanorH>egica (Hymenoptera,

Vesoidae). Ent Abh.. Dresden. 44: 133-152.
Greene, A., R.D. Akre, and P. LandolL 1976. The aerial yellowjacket Dolichovespula

arenaria (Fab.): Nesting biology, reproductive production and behavior ( Hymenoptera:

Vespidae). Melanderia 26: 1-34.
Roush, C.F. and R.D. Akre. 1978. Nesting biologies and seasonal occurrence of yellowjackets

in northeastern Oregon forests (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Melanderia 30: 57-94.
Spradbery, J.P. 1973. Wasps. An account of the biology and natural history of solitary and

social wasps. Univ. of Wash. Press, Seattle, 408 p.
Wagner, R.E. 1 978. The genus Dolichovespula and an addition to its known species of North

America. Pan-Pac. Ent. 54: 131-142.
Yamane, Sk., S. Makino, and M.J. Toda. 1980. Nests of Dolicovespula albida from the

arctic Canada (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Low Temp. Sci., Sen B 38: 61-68.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE

Zoological nomenclature is the basic grammar of scientific communication. More than
ever, modern biology requires proper identification and the consistent use of scientific names
to provide the foundation for laboratory and field studies and their application to society's
needs. The organization of rules of nomenclature into the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature is based on voluntary adherence to the rules and is an outstanding example of
international cooperation in science.

The code has been interpreted and revised, as needed, by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature. Like a living organism, the Code has evolved through time. The
prospect of a new edition of the Code makes this an appropriate time to form the American
Association for Zoological Nomenclature, to promote understanding of this basic professional
tool and to encourage scientific literacy in this area.

The AAZN will provide an opportunity for those who use the names of animals to support
the mechanism that governs the application of those names. It will offer an annual newsletter to
exchange views on the status of nomenclature and focus on future concerns. It will help
financially support the International Commission, and will assist in the wide distribution of the
new edition of the Code. Other contemplated activities will depend on support from members
and contributors.

The Society has four levels of annual support: Members, $20.00: Patrons, $100.00:
Society and Institutional Members, $50.00-$ 150.00; and Society and Institutional Patrons,
$1,000.00. Individuals, societies, and institutions who wish to support zoological nomencla-
ture should contact:

Dr. F.C. Thompson, Treasurer - AAZN

U.S. National Museum of Natural History

Smithsonian Institution NHB-168

Washington, D.C. 20560

The current Council of the Association is comprised of individuals representing a variety
of disciplines which employ zoological nomenclature in both theoretical and practical studies.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

EREBOMASTRIDAE: REPLACED BY
CLADONYCHIIDAE (ARACHNIDA:
OPILIONES)12

James C. Cokendolpher^

ABSTRACT: The Cladonychiinae is raised to family status. Erebomastridae Briggs, 1 969 is
replaced by Cladonychiidae Hadzi, 1935 in accordance with article 40 of the International
Code of Zoological Nomenclature.

Briggs (169) synonymized Cladonychium corii Hadzi, 1935 under
Erebomaster acanthina (Crosby and Bishop, 1924), and chose Erebo-
master Cope, 1872 to be the type genus for the family Erebomastridae
Briggs. He also noted that the monotypic genus Cladonychium Hadzi,
1935 was the type and only genus in Hadzi's subfamily Cladonychiinae.
According to article 40 of the International Code of Zoological Nomencla-
ture the family group name of Hadzi has priority over that of Briggs. The
fact that Cladonychium is a junior synonym of Erebomaster does not alter
the status of the family group names. For these reasons Cladonychiidae,
new status, is restored to replace the Erebomastridae.

Members of the Cladonychiidae are Holarctic in distribution, being
represented by five genera: Holoscotolemon Roewer, Erebomaster Cope,
Cryptomaster Briggs, Theromaster Briggs, and Speleomaster Briggs.
Taxonomic keys for identification of these genera and their included species
can be found in papers by Briggs (1969) and Martens (1978).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Oscar F. Francke, James W. Johnson, and R. Jeffrey Whitworth for
their comments on the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Briggs, T.S. 1969. A new Holarctic family of laniatorid phalangids. Pan-Pacific Entomol.

45: 35-50.

Cope, E.D. 1872. On the Wyandotta Cave and its fauna. Amer. Nat. 6: 406-422.
Crosby, C.R. and S.C. Bishop. 1924. Notes on the Opiliones of the southeastern United

States with descriptions of new species. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 40: 8-26. pi. 1-3.
Hadzi, J. 1935. Ein eigentiimlicher neuer Hohlen-Opilionid aus Nord-Amerika, Cladonychium

corii g. n. sp. n. Biologia Generalis. 1 1: 49-79.
Martens, J. 1978. Spinnentiere, Arachnida, Weberknechte, Opiliones, Die Tierwelt Deutsch-

lands, Gustav Fischer, Jena, 64: 1-449.

1 Received August 11, 1984. Accepted October 1, 1984.

^Contribution No. T-10-155. College of Agricultural Sciences, Texas Tech University.

•^Department of Entomology and The Museum, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX
79409.

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 36 January & February, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 37

FIELD BEHAVIOR AND SOUND PRODUCTION

BY THE GRASSHOPPER SPHINGONOTUS

RUBESCENS (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE)

ON TENERIFE, CANARY ISLANDS1

R.G. Bland2

ABSTRACT: Males and females of the oedipodine grasshopper Sphingonotus rubescens
crepitate by producing a click-buzz sound. Males have 3 types of stridulation: ( 1 and 2) a
common whistle-click combination lasting less than 1 sec and often followed by a hop-turn or
very short flight, and (3) a buzzing lasting ca. 1/2 sec when 2 or more males are less than 1 m
apart. Male courtship behavior is described

Sphingonotus rubescens (Walker) is an ubiquitous oedipodine grass-
hopper generally found below 300 m in the desert sublittoral scrub zone
along the coastline of Tenerife, one of the Canary Islands (Holzapfel 1970,
Gangwere 1 972). It also occurs in Afro- Asia, India and the Mediterranean
(Mistshenko 1936). This paper reports on field observations of adult S.
rubescens habitats, behavior and sound production during the unusually dry
winter and spring seasons of Tenerife in 1975.

Tenerife is a 2,057 km2, subtropical, volcanic island with a narrow
precipitous coastline and central mountain range. The mountains, rising to
3,7 16 m above sea level, extend the length of the island. The coastal scrub
zone is windy, hot, and dry whereas the more humid northern coastal zone
has more rainfall, lush vegetation and is covered by low clouds during the
summer. The mountains support laurel and pine forests, a subalpine scrub
zone and alpine barrens. Of the nearly 2,000 plant species on Tenerife,
approximately 91 are endemic (Lems 1960). There are 28 species of
acridoids and 2 are endemic (Gangwere et al. 1972).

The genus Sphingonotus consists of slightly over 100 species and
subspecies (Mistshenko 1936, Huang 1982) but only 5 occur on Tenerife
(Holzapfel 1970, Gangwere et al. 1972). Although there is some taxonomic
confusion as to whether S. rubescens is in reality the same as S. caerulans
(L.) (= coerulans) on Tenerife (Holzapfel 1970), all but 2 of the hundreds
of individuals I observed or collected conformed to the description of S.
rubescens in the keys of Holzapfel (1970) and Johnsen (1974) and
generally matched the description by Mistshenko ( 1936). Essentially it is a
dull brownish-gray grasshopper with occasional brown or reddish-brown
color variants that tend to match the soil color. The tegmina have fascia
and/or spots and the hindwings are clear. The basal half of the hindwings of

Deceived May 7, 1984. Accepted August 31, 1984.

2Biology Department, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, MI 48859

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 37-42 January & February, 1985

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the 2 nonconforming specimens were pale blue and the individuals
appeared to be S. caerulans based on Holzapfel's key (1970). One was
captured in a coastal scrub zone and the other in the pine forest zone at ca.
1500 m near Vilaflor. A third species, S. savignyi Saussure, was collected
in small numbers in very localized pumice and outwash plains near El
Medano.

METHOD OF STUDY

I observed grasshoppers in the field by remaining inanimate for long
periods of time in their habitat until normal activity resumed. A stopwatch
was used to time specific behavior. Individuals were also confined in an 8
liter aquarium with an incandescent light placed above. However, behavior
was relatively subdued under these conditions resulting in a minimal
amount of useful data.

Habitat The habitats most frequented by the geophilous S. rubescens
are flat, sandy, dry river beds, outwash plains, fields of small, gray pumice
and crushed rock, and vacant sandy or gravely sites between widely-spaced
buildings in villages along the western and southern coasts. Gravel, pebbles
and sometimes rocks up to 9 cm across are strewn abundantly across these
sites and often the greatest number of S. rubescens (0. 1 - 0.3/m2) occurs in
areas containing the most rubble. The population density more commonly
averaged 1 grasshopper/ 125 m2 in habitats where the species occurred.
Nymphs were rarely observed during the collecting periods of January to
May.

Common plants in these xeric habitats include sparse growths of
Nicotianaglauca Graham (Solanaceae), Betapatellaris Moq. (Chenopodiaceae),
and Mesembryanthemum crystallinum L. ( Aizoaceae), and several species
of unidentified grasses growing in patches. S. rubescens may also be
collected on old hillside terraces of sandy, reddish-brown volcanic soils
containing pumice 2 to 9 cm in size scattered at densities up to 100/m2.
Vegetation is very sparse on the terraces during the dry winter and spring
and consists of short, dry grasses and occasional Euphorbia and Opuntia
spp.

Grasshoppers were more likely to occur between clumps of vegetation
rather than on or in vegetation. During the evening they moved into grass
and debris or sought shelter under rocks. Individuals were observed to feed
on dead grass blades on the ground, dead leaves of B. patellaris, and green
leaves of Calendula arvensis L. (Compositae) growing at 1500 m
elevation. Adults survived in captivity on C. arvensis leaves, flowers, and
stems up to 50 days and one female oviposited 26 eggs on the side of the
container.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 39

Crepitation: S. rubescens flights (n = 25) are 0.5 to 2 m above the
ground and cover a distance of 3 to 9 m for males and up to twice this
distance for the larger females. Flight time ranges from 1.5 to 6 sec for
males. There is no hovering or display by this clear-winged species.
Crepitation begins about 1 sec prior to landing when the male produces a
single-pulse "click" sound which is immediately followed by a "buzz,"
each portion lasting 1/3 to 1/2 sec. The more active males crepitate
commonly and females are occasionally heard. Male flights with crepitation
may bring the male closer to a male or female, but the same grasshopper
might also fly again a few minutes later to a site more distant from other
grasshoppers without any interaction having occurred. Crepitation did not
serve as a male aggregating signal. S. rubescens will also crepitate due to
human disturbance. Johnsen (1972) reported that the tegmen of S.
rubescens has a raised longitudinal ridge that grips the costa of the hind
wing. When the tegmen is manipulated upward it releases the costa which
causes an audible click. The mechanism causing the buzz is unknown.

Stridulation: Three non-graded types of stridulation occur in the
Oedepodinae (Otte 1 970): ordinary and vibratory stridulation and ticking.
Stridulation by male S. rubescens approximates these 3 types. The louder
and more common sounds (ordinary stridulation and ticking) are heard
from males widely scattered (usually more than 5 m apart) on the ground or
on small rocks. The presence or absence of nearby females seems to have no
effect on the initiation or continuation of the sounds which suggests that
they are calling rather than courtship signals, since pair formation has not
yet occurred The male simultaneously rubs both hind legs against the
tegmina and rapidly vibrates his body from side to side. He may also move
several cm forward on his front and middle legs while stridulating. The
sound consists of a soft, high-pitched "wheet-wheet" (2-pulse whistle)
lasting about 1/2 sec. A single "wheet" increases in pitch by ca. 1 Vi octaves
(estimation by ear) between initiation and termination. The whistle is
typically followed by ticking which consists of 4 rapid ticks (i.e., clicks)
lasting a total of ca. 2/3 of the whistle's duration. A short burst of activity
usually follows the whistle-ticking combination and consists of (1) a 1-cm
or less hop followed by a 1 5 to 45 ° turn in a seemingly random direction and
then a forward movement of ca. 1 cm or (2) an occasional short flight of ca. 1 m.

The closest approximation of the whistle may be made manually by
rubbing the spined inner side of the hind tibia against the area (flap)
bounded by the intercalary vein and the leading edge of the tegmen. This
flap flexes near the intercalary vein when displaced by tibial spines.
Johnsen (1972) also noted this whistle but believed that is is caused by

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tegmino-femoral stridulation. However, my observations indicate that the
femur may not be involved in this particular sound production since the tibia
can be manipulated to mimic the whistle and the femur's inner surface bows
slightly outward causing it to miss the wing flap.

To produce a tick rather than a whistle, the tibia is not brought up as
high or as far forward as it rubs against the tegmen. Johnsen ( 1 972) theorized
that the ticking (his "kneck-kneck" sounds) is caused by a tegmino-alar
mechanism because the tegmen has a longitudinal ridge on its inner surface
which may grip and then release the hindwing. When manipulated upward
the tegmen produced the "kneck" sound. I was unable to detect tegmino-
hindwing movements during ticking, whereas the hind legs always vibrated
indicating the tegmino-tibial opposition is more likely the cause of this
sound. Otte (1970, 1972) noted that ticking is caused by the tibia striking
the end of the tegmen in some oedipodines that he studied in No. America
and Australia. In these cases the ticking was usually part of courtship
behavior. Haskell (1957) also commented on repetitive clicks during
courtship in a common European acridine. In the case of S. rubescens
ticking is part of the calling signal and a component of courtship.

The third type of stridulation involves male-male interaction (aggression)
when two males are within ca. 0.6 m of each other. One individual initiates a
soft buzzing sound (vibratory stridulation) lasting about 1/2 sec as both
hind legs move rapidly up and down. The femur appeared to be rubbing
against the tegmen but the sound could not be duplicated by hand
manipulation. The buzzing may be followed by a rapid forward movement
of ca. 1 cm in the general direction of the second grasshopper. Within
seconds after completion of the stridulation by the first male, the second
individual repeats the sound and movement which are then repeated by the
first male. As many as 5 repetitions were recorded for each grasshopper and
one or both males may wander up to 30 cm during a group of repetitions.
There is a silent period of 30 sec to 5 min (x = 1.5 min) between groups of
repetitions and some femur-tipping occurs during this time. On one
occasion a third male approached and for about 1 min a three-way
communication occurred although an individual's buzzing would sometimes
overlap another's. There is no contact between males and they eventually
disperse by walking or flying.

Buzzing has been heard in various acridines (e.g., Arphia spp. in No.
America) during various male-female encounters ( Willey and Willey 1 969,
Otte 1970). Male chorusing has been reported in European Acridinae
(Haskill 1957) and certain No. American Oedipodinae (Otte 1970).

Stridulatory activity was also observed during male-female pair
formation although copulation was rarely encountered during the winter
period. The following example of courtship behavior is typical of the 5

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 41

male-female interactions observed, where the male eventually attempts to
copulate with an unreceptive female. The female was foraging by crawling
on soil and rocks and periodically stopping for several minutes to bask in the
sun. A male was following ca. 30 cm away and every 1 to 2 min he made the
common "wheet-wheet" (whistle) sound followed by 4 to 9 ticks. He
followed the female for 3 m and although he would lose sight of her behind a
rock on occasions, he made no immediate effort to move closer and relocate
her. Each short walking period on the ground was preceded by the whistle-
tick combination or, rarely, 2 to 3 ticks without a whistle. In the latter case,
observations of other males showed that as the male approached to within 4
to 5 cm the number of ticks increased to 4 or more and were then preceded
by the usual whistle.

After nearly 1 5 min had pased the male approached the female several
times to within 2 to 3 cm. His antennae began slowly waving synchronously
and when he was close to making contact (but did not) and still stridulating,
the female kicked at him with a hind tibia forcing him to back up 5 to 8 cm.
He made two half-circles around the female while stridulating and then
continued following behind her or moved parallel to or ahead of her until she
again kicked at him. Attempted mounting of males on females is almost
always from the side. After several retreats he maintained a 10 to 15 cm
distance from the female. She made no sound nor any femur-raising or
femur- vibration movements during the 20 min observation and finally went
out of his sight behind a rock. The male made a few whistle-ticks during the
next few minutes but did not follow and finally settled into a shallow
concavity on top of a rock.

DISCUSSION

Communicative behavior has been studied with only a few species of
Sphingonotus (Faber 1936, Jacobs 1953, Uvarov 1966, Otte 1972). S.
erythropterus Sjost, an Australian species, has hindwings and inside
femoral surfaces that are bright orange and a simple repetoire of courtship
sequences (Otte 1972). S. savignyi, an African species also found on
Tenerife, lacks colorful wings but has light or dark contrasting body
markings. It utilizes three methods of sound production: wing crepitation,
rubbing the tegmen against the hindwing, and rubbing the femur against the
tegmen (Uvarov 1966). S. caerulans, a European species apparently
confused with S. rubescens on the Canary Islands, has pale blue wings but,
unlike S. rubescens, it does not have a crepitation display (Faber 1936,
Jacobs 1953). Although males produce trill- whistle sounds very similar to
those of S. rubescens, Faber (1936) and Jacobs (195 3) do not mention any
associated ticking sounds.

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

I recently observed the legs and wings of S. rubescens with a scanning
electron microscope. The femora have a non-serrated, acute scraper ridge
but the tibial spines have no surface modifications that might indicate any
unusual sound-producing ability. No serrated veins were present on the
hindwings and only the intercalary veins of the tegmina were serrated. The
non- articulated teeth on the veins of males averaged 3 jum high and 30 jam
apart. They appear nearly identical to the intercalary teeth on the tegmina of
S. caerulans illustrated by Jacobs (1953).

S. rubescens lacks morphological specializations to enhance visual and
audio signals. For instance, although it crepitates, the wings are clear rather
than brightly colored. The inner surface of the femora has 2 pale bands
which are inconspicuous when femur-raising occurs. The anal veins of the
hindwing are not unusually thickened which otherwise have been shown to
produce a loud chorus in a few oedipodine species (Otte 1 970). The whistle,
ticking and buzzing sounds of males with the associated body movements
are not unusually complex for oedipodines but apparently convey sufficient
signals to ensure male-female interaction.

LITERATURE CITED

Faber, A. 1 936. Die Laut- und BewegungsauBerungen der Oedipodinen. Z. wissensch. Zool.

149: 1-85.
Gangwere, S.K., M. Morales Martin and E. Morales Agacino. 1972. The distribution of

the Orthopteroidea in Tenerife, Canary Islands, Spain. Contrib. Amer. Ent. Inst. 8: 1-40.
Haskell. P.T. 1957. Stridulation and associated behavior in certain Orthoptera. I. Analysis of

the Stridulation of, and behaviour between, males. Anim. Behav. 5: 139-48.
Holzapfel, C.M. 1970. Zoogeography of the Acridoidea (Insecta: Orthoptera) in the

Canary Islands. Univ. Mich. doct. diss. 213 pp.
Huang, Chun-Mei. 1982. Spingonotus and 3 new species from Xinjiang, China. Acta

Entomol. Sin. 25: 296-302.
Jacobs, W. 1953. Verhaltensbiologische Studien an Feldheuschrecken. Z. Tierpsychol.

Suppl. 1. pp. 1-228.
Johnsen, P. 1972. Alar-notal and tegmino-alar sound production in the African Glauia and

Acinipe (Acridoidea: Pamphagidae), with notes on other behaviour. Nat. Jutlandica

16: 61-80.
Johnson, P. 1974. Contributions to the knowledge of the Dermaptera, Orthoptera and

Dictyoptera of the Canary Islands. Nat. Jutlandica 17: 26-57.
Lems, K. 1960. Floristic botany of the Canary Islands. Sarracenia 5: 1-94.
Mistshenko, L, 1 936. XII. Revision of palaearctic species of the genus Sphingonotus Fieber

(Orth. Acrid.) Eos Madr. 12: 65-192.
Otte, D. 1970. A comparative study of communicative behavior in grasshoppers. Misc. Publ.

Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. No. 141.
Otte, D. 1972. Communicative aspect of reproductive behaviour in Australian grasshoppers

(Oedipodinae and Gomphocerinae). AusL J. Zool. 20: 139-52.
Uvarov, B. 1966. Grasshoppers and locusts. A handbook of general acridology. Vol. 1.

Cambridge Univ. Press, London. 481 pp.
Willey, R.B. and R.L. Willey. 1969. Visual and acoustical social displays by the grasshoper

Arphia conspersa (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Psyche 76: 280-305.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 43

NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT OF

SPERCHOPSIS TESSELLATUS (COLEOPTERA:

HYDROPHILIDAE) IN KENTUCKY1

Melvin L. Warren, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: An adult and larva of the hydrophilid Sperchopsis tessellatus were collected
from two widely separated counties during extensive stream surveys within Kentucky. Reports
of this species across eastern North America are sporadic, and its distribution in Kentucky
conforms to this pattern. It has not been previously reported from the state.

The hydrophilid beetle Sperchopsis tesselatus (Ziegler) has been
reported only from the eastern half of the United States, where it is
considered rare ( Spangler 1961). Reported here is the first record of this
beetle in Kentucky, this based on an adult and larva collected from two
streams in western and eastern Kentucky, respectively. The specimens
were obtained during extensive stream surveys (Harker et. al 1979, 1980,
1 98 1 ) across major physiographic regions of Kentucky. This beetle prefers
undercut, gravelly and sandy banks with overhanging roots (Spangler
1 96 1 ), and this habitat was routinely sampled at 1 75 sites. The rarity of this
species in collections in appropriate habitat and the distance (350 km)
between collection sites suggests S. tessellatus is extremely sporadic and
localized within Kentucky.

The adult was collected 5 Aug 1980 from West Fork Pond River,
Christian County, at the KY 813 crossing, and the larva on 8 June 1978
from Road Fork Creek, Knox County, at the KY 223 crossing. West Fork
lies on the Dripping Springs Escarpment of the Interior Low Plateaus
Physiographic Province and Road Fork in the highly dissected Cumberland
Plateau. Both streams are of moderate gradient with sandy to gravelly
undercut banks and overhanging roots or vegetation. Comprehensive
descriptions of the sites, associated fauna, and water-quality parameters are
presented in Harker et al. (1979, 1981).

The specimens are deposited in the National Museum of Natural
History. No additional Kentucky specimens were found in the collections
housed at the University of Kentucky, Lexington; the University of
Louisville, Louisville; Morehead State University, Morehead, Kentucky;
the Eastern Kentucky University Insect Collection, Richmond; the Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; the University of Michigan Museum of
Zoology, Ann Arbor, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale; and the
Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana.

1 Received July 2, 1984. Accepted August 24, 1984.

2 Department of Zoology, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Carbondale, IL 62901

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 43-44 January & February, 1985

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Gratitude is expressed to P.J Spangler(NMNH) for confirming the identifications and the
following curators and institutions for searching their collections: D. Azuma ( ANSP), C. V.
Covell, Jr. (UL), G.E. DeMoss (MSU), W.E. LaBerge (INHS), J.E. McPherson (SIUC),
B.M. O'Conner (UMMZ), and G. Schuster (EKU). J.E. McPherson suggested editorial
improvements to the draft. This study was partially supported by funds from the Kentucky
Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort. Samuel M. Call, Division of Environmental
Services, Frankfort, provided field and laboratory assistance.

LITERATURE CITED

Harker, D.H., Jr., S.M. Call, M.L, Warren, Jr., K.E. Camburn and P.E. Wigley. 1979.
Aquatic biota and water quality survey of the Appalachian Province, eastern Kentucky.
Ky. Nature Preserves Comm. Tech. Rep., Frankfort.

_, M.L. Warren, Jr., K.E. Camburn, S.M. Call, G.J. Fallo, and P.E. Wigley.
1980. Aquatic biota and water quality survey of the upper Cumberland River basin. Ky.
Nature Preserves Comm. Tech. Rep., Frankfort.

M.L. Warren, Jr., K.E. Camburn, and R.R. Cicerello. 1981. Aquatic biota and

water quality survey of the western Kentucky coalfield. Ky. Nature Preserves Comm.
Tech. Rep., Frankfort

Spangler, P.J. 1961. Notes on the biology and distribution of Sperchopsis tessellatus
(Ziegler) (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Coleop. Bull. 15: 105-112.

3rd EDITION

INTERNATIONAL CODE OF ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE

The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature has indicated that the 3rd
edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature will soon be available. The book
consists of parallel English and French texts, totaling about 320 pages. World- wide, it will be
for sale for 15 pounds, plus 1.50 pound for postage and handling, through the Publications
Sale, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD England In the
U.S.A., it will be available through the American Association for Zoological Nomenclature,
Room W-l 15, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Individuals
and organizations may purchase it for $21.50, postage and handling included.

In order that the Code will be widely available, a prepublication price of $1 8.75, postage
and handling included, for individuals, is in effect until March 31,1 985. Delivery of the Code
will be in spring, 1 985 . Checks drawn on a United States bank or International Money Orders
should accompany all U.S. orders! Please make checks payable to American Association for
Zoological Nomenclature.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 45

LONGEVITY OF ADULT MALE CALOSOMA SAYI

(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE) UNDER

LABORATORY CONDITIONS1

Orrey P. Young2

ABSTRACT: Ten adult male Calosoma sayi beetles, captured in early summer and
maintained under laboratory conditions with food and water, survived an average of 1 1 5 days.
The presence or absence of soil in the cage environment did not significantly affect the mean
life span.

Calosoma sayi DeJean is an important predator on lepidopterous
larval pests in agroecosy stems of the southeastern United States (Price and
Shepard 1978a). When this species has been brought into the laboratory,
the cage environment for rearing, feeding, and longevity experiments
typically includes a soil substrate (e.g. Burgess and Collins 1917). Recent
experiments that have produced meaningful results utilized laboratory cages
without soil (Price and Shepard 1978b, Young and Hamm in prep.) Since
C. sayi adults are normally active on the soil surface and routinely burrow
into the soil (pers. obs.), the effect of the absence of soil on experimental
results becomes a relevant question. I chose to address this problem by
considering the effect of cage substrate on longevity. This parameter was
likely to demonstrate possible differences since it represented a summation
of many other parameters.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Calosoma sayi adult males were captured during the period 1 9 June to
3 July 1981 in a walk-in UV-light trap 6km NW of Tifton, Tift Co.,
Georgia. These individuals probably had overwintered as adults and were
actively reproducing and dispersing (Price and Shepard 1978a). In the
laboratory, they were maintained at ambient conditions (ca. 25 °C, 75%
RH) and exposed to the local photoperiod. Ten male beetles were
individually placed in 17 x 12 x 6cm clear plastic containers with tight-
fitting lids. A sheet of paper toweling cut to cover the entire bottom was
placed in five of the containers. The other five containers were packed to a
depth of three centimeters with soil from the agrici Jtural fields surrounding
the light trap where the beetles were captured At 3-5 day intervals for the
next 1 70 days, each container was opened, food debris removed, condition

'Received May 30, 1984. Accepted August 11, 1984.

2USDA-ARS-SGIRL, P.O. Box 748, Tifton, Georgia 31793. Present address: USDA-
ARS-SFCIML, P.O. Box 225, Stoneville, MS 38776.

ENT. NEWS 96(1): 45-48 January & February, 1985

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

of the beetle determined, the paper towel replaced or the soil surface
smoothed and repacked, fresh food added, and a water mist added if
necessary to maintain high moisture levels. The food utilized initially was
an assortment of live and dead fall armyworm[Spodopterafrugiperda ( J.E.
Smith)] larvae, pupae, and adults. Observations during the first 45 days
post-capture indicated that C. sayi preferred fall armyworm larvae.
Consequently, 2-4 fifth instar (ca. 30mm) larvae killed by immersion in 80° C
water were offered during each feeding period for the remainder of the
experiment. Time of death for a beetle was considered to be the mid-point
between the last day seen alive and the first day seen dead. Beetles were
dissected at death to determine a possible cause of mortality.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

When this experiment was terminated on 15 December, two beetles
were still alive and active, one on each substrate type (Table 1). The mean
longevity for all ten males was 1 14.7 days, with no significant difference in
mean longevity between the groups of five beetles on each type of substrate
(t-test, P>0.9). Dissection of beetles after death provided no evidence of
pathogen-induced mortality. Under the given experimental conditions, the
presence or absence of container soil thus appears to have minimal impact
on the longevity of male C. sayi.

Values obtained in this experiment without soil are similar to those
obtained previously when C. sayi was maintained on an exclusively larval
fall armyworm diet (Young in prep.), suggesting that the variable diet

Table 1. Longevity of adult male Calosoma sayi with and without soil.

Capture Survival

Date Post-capture

With Soil

# 1 29 June >170 days*

2 29 June 147 x= 117.4 days

3 29 June 120

4 19 June 89 s= 39.1

5 19 June 61

Without Soil

# 6 3 July > 166 days*

7 3 July 133

8 25 June 107 H = 112.0

9 19 June 77 s = 35.4
10 19 June 77

*Experiment terminated on 1 5 December,

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 47

provided in the first 45 days had no positive or negative effect on subsequent
longevity. The amounts of food provided each beetle appeared to be more
than adequate, as some food remained after each feeding period. The
possibility that C. sayi merely takes a long time to starve to death under
these laboratory conditions regardless of diet has already been discounted,
as death would usually occur within 29 days of capture if food was not
provided (Young in prep.).

Considerable differences were observed in the behavior of beetles in the
two substrate groups. Those individuals in the soil containers routinely
burrowed in a corner at the start of each feeding period and stayed in it for
most of each day and some of each night. Although feeding usually occurred
on the soil surface, food items were sometimes dragged down the burrow
and consumed. When on the soil surface, disturbances outside the
containers would usually lead to rapid burrow descent. These behaviors
were not possible in the containers without soil, but beetles in soilless cages
consistently demonstrated much higher levels of locomotor activity.

Higher activity levels in containers without soil may be a function of
light levels perceived by each beetle. All cages were in a rack that provided
shade from laboratory and natural light during the day, with artificial light
absent at night. Beetles in burrows under these lab conditions probably
detected a minimal amount of light during the day, whereas beetles without
soil were in atypically high daytime light levels. Since C. sayi is diurnally
phototaxic negative as an adult (Price and Shepard 1978b), these high
daytime light levels may have triggered increased activity related to
avoiding light and searching for non-existent burrowing sites.

The observed difference in activity levels between the two substrate
groups suggested that individuals in the more active group — without soil —
would die sooner than those in the less active group. The fact that this did
not occur suggests that food intake was adequate to allow increased activity
without detrimental effects, and that C. sayi males possess considerable
adaptability to environmental conditions.

The successful laboratory maintenance of a predatory ground beetle
such as C. sayi for long periods of time without soil may be important for
certain types of investigations. Studies in which photography is required are
made easier if colored paper substrates are possible. Research that requires
the frequent obtaining of body weights could be facilitated if soil was not
present to adhere to body surfaces. Situations in which excreta must be
observed and/or collected usually require the absence of soil. Since
copulation, fighting over food and mates, predatory sequences, and other
behaviors routinely occur in laboratory containers without soil (pers. obs.),
for some investigations the additions of soil may only complicate the
situation and make the observing and recording of behavioral events more
difficult.

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The technical assistance provided by Charon Sharp and Dr. John Hamm is appreciated, as
is the manuscript review provided by G. Bernon, J. Hamm, and G. Snodgrass.

LITERATURE CITED

Burgess, A.F., and C.W. Collins. 1917. The genus Calosoma: Including studies of seasonal
histories, habits, and economic importance of American species north of Mexico and of
several introduced species. USDA, Bur. Entomol., Bull. 417: 1-124.

Price, J.F., and M. Shepard. 1978a. Calasoma sayi: Seasonal history and response to
insecticides in soybeans. Environ. Entomol. 7: 359-363.

Price, J.F., and M. Shepard. 1978b. Calosoma sayi and Labidura riparia predation on
noctuid prey in soybeans and locomotor activity. Environ. Entomol. 7: 653-656.

BOOK REVIEW

(Continued from page 26)

treated more completely than the remaining groups. Sphingidae, Saturniidae and the noctuid
genus Catocala, for example, receive almost complete coverage, while many other noctuids,
geometers, and "micros" are omitted.

There are many excellent features of this field guide. All the plates are grouped together at
the center of the book. Each plate is faced by a page of explanation of the numbered figures. At
the top of each explanation page, the size of the moths as pictured on the plate is noted — an
important feature for beginners. Most smaller species are represented life-size, larger are
reduced a third or half as necessary. There is a single excellent color plate of larvae
representing several families but especially Saturniidae. An editor's note by Roger Tory
Peterson, and the preface prepared by the author convey something of the care and expertise
that have gone into this work. Further chapters on how to use this book, moth anatomy, moth
life cycle, collecting and preparing moths, classification of moths, a glossary, a bibliography
and an index are excellent and self explanatory. As a field guide, this book follows their custom
of giving primary emphasis to English or common names, the scientific name of each species
appearing in italics and smaller typeface following the common name. The quality of both
color and black and white plates is state of the art, and the former so excellent one wishes all
plates could have been in color, but expense of this would put the book beyond the reach of
many for whom it is primarily intended. Some of the black and white figures on some of the
plates suffer importantly lacking color, but effort has been made to select species which in life
are gray, black, and white for non-color illustration, and text description invariably mentions
color, especially where diagnostic. No space is wasted — end papers illustrate structural parts,
wing pattern and venation with excellent line drawings, and the last end paper shows silhouette
shapes of moths of various families as they appear at rest in life. Unfortunately, the sphingid
shown is mislabelled and should be Paonias excaecatus, not Ceratomia undulosa.

This field guide is a must for all beginners. Its' overall quality is immediately apparent, it
fills a yawning gap in our field guide series, Peterson or other, and is long overdue. The quality
of work and workmanship make it truly an ornament to the series, and hopefully it will soon
become part of the library of everyone interested in its subject. The book is usual pocket size,
easy to take afield, is a product of much careful research, reliable and beautifully produced.
The author and all who helped him deserve our gratitude for producing, at an affordable price,
a truly fine piece of work.

John W. Cadbury, 3rd
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (retired)

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 49

COLLOPS HIRTELLUS (COLEOPTERA:

MELYRIDAE) MALES AND FORMICA SPP.

(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) ATTRACTED

BY A WOOD PRESERVATIVE.1 2

S. M. White3

ABSTRACT: Experiments using a wood preservative as an attractant for male Collops
hirtellus LeConte and Formica spp. were conducted near Moscow, Idaho in 1982 and 1983.
Male C. hirtellus beetles and alate Formica spp. were attracted to the traps treated with the
wood preservative. Further research is needed to identify the attractant.

On June 17, 1982, aggregations of male Melyridae beetles, Collops
hirtellus LeConte, were reported in northern Idaho, one each in Lewiston
and Moscow. The beetles were swarming around houses so thickly that they
were a nuisance. In June, 1983, beetles aggregated again at Moscow. In all
instances, sun decks or other surfaces had been treated recently with a wood
preservative.

Members of the genus Collops have been reported to be predators of
many economically important insect species. For example, these beetles
feed on eggs of chinch bugs, stink bugs, boll weevils and cotton bollworm
(Walker 1957). However, the effectiveness of these predators is not well
known.

Flint et al. ( 1 979) reported that Collops uittatus ( Say) was attracted to a
terpenoid compound, caryophylene oxide, which is produced by the foliage
of the cotton plant. They believed that C. vittatus used the terpenoid as a
habitat-finding mechanism. Furthermore, in 1981 Flint etal. reported that
male C. uittatus were strongly attracted to a caryophylene alcohol extract.

Experiments were conducted in 1 982 and 1 983, to verify the attractive-
ness of this wood preservative to male C. hirtellus.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

In both 1982 and 1983 four trap sites were located within a six mile
radius of Moscow, Idaho as follows: site 1 , near alfalfa and grass hay fields;
site 2, in an alfalfa field; site 3, on the University of Idaho Parker Farm

'Received March 26, 1984. Accepted July 16, 1984.

Published with the approval of the Director, Idaho Agric. Exp. Stn. as Res. Paper

No. 83727.

^University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.

Clear Wood Preservative, Olympic Stain, a division of Clorox Company.
ENT. NEWS 96(1): 49-52 January & February, 1985

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

which had various crops in small fields; and site 4, in a small grass hay field
on the edge of a wheat field.

In 1982 aphid traps were modified to capture the beetles. The traps
consisted of five 2.8 liter tin cans affixed to an upright 5 x 10 x 243 cm wood
stud. The cans were equally spaced on the stud. Green blotter paper was
taped to each can, completely covering the outer surface. Stickem Special
was applied in four 3.8 cm wide vertical strips, each centered on one of the
ordinal sides of each can. The remainder of the blotter paper (165 1 cm^)
was then saturated with the wood preservative. Control traps were prepared
similarly without the wood preservative, and placed ca. 10 m from the
treatment traps. On June 22, the wood preservative was applied and
observations were made daily over a six day period. The beetles were
removed daily from the traps, then counted and sexed.

In 1983 different traps were used. These traps were scolytid pheromone
traps as described by Furniss (1981). An 855 cm^ circular section of
blotter paper was attached to the trap top to which preservative was applied.
The wood preservative was reapplied on July 1 2 after a rain and insects
were recorded and removed from trays daily until July 18.

On July 12, in a preliminary test, numerous alate male ants, Formica
spp. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) were caught in preservative-treated traps.
After this observation, Formica spp. were counted along with C. hirtellus
during subsequent testing, July 12-18 and July 19-25.

Chi square statistics were computed to estimate the probability that the
observed proportions of beetles and ants collected in treatment traps were
due to chance.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A total of 4068 C. hirtellus were trapped in 1982 and 1983. Of these,
only 16 were female. Furthermore, of the 16 females trapped, no significant
preference for treatment or control traps was detected, whereas the
numbers of male C. hirtellus on the treated traps were significantly higher
than those on the control traps (P < 0.005) (Table 1). More beetles were
caught per trap in 1982 than 1983. This may be due to any of several
factors. The number of beetles caught may be a function of area treated with
the wood preservative, the design of the trap, the behavior of the beetle,
weather during the test, population density or a combination of several of
these factors.

In both years, beetles were observed flying upwind toward the traps.
Many beetles flew into the traps while others landed nearby then started
moving up and down the vegetation in the area. The traps used in 1982
allowed these beetles to walk up the stud and become trapped. However, in
1 983 the traps used were designed as flight traps to be used without Stickem
Special. Few, if any, beetles walked into these traps.

Vol. 96, No. 1, January & February, 1985 51

The total number of beetles trapped per day at all sites indicate that in
1 983 the attractiveness of wood preservative declined very rapidly after the
application (Table 2). However, in 19 82 the beetle catch per day peaked on
day two and then started to decline. In 1983, 0.38 in. precipitation fell on
the 2n" day, which might account for the low numbers trapped after that
date.

Table 1 . Total number of male Collops hirtellus trapped at four sites near Moscow, Idaho
during six one-day periods in 1982 and 1983.

SITE

June 22-27,

1982

July

13-18, 1983

Trt5

Control

Trt5

Control

1

861

3

125

3

2

1025

8

169

2

3

576

4

43

0

4

1206

4

39

0

Total

3668

19

376

5

Table 2. Daily counts of Collops hirtellus trapped at four sites combined during six one-day
periods in 1982 and 1983.

DAY 1982 1983

Trt5

Control

Trt5

Control

1

876

1

351

3

2

1911

6

10

1

3

658

7

8

0

4

122

2

5

1

5

76

2

2

0

6

34

1

0

0

Table 3. Total number of male Formica spp. trapped at four sites near Moscow, Idaho during
two six day periods in 1983.

SITE 7/12/83-7/18/83 7/19/83 - 7/25/83

Trt5 Control Trt5 Control

1

53

5

0

0

2

33

3

8

0

3

77

1

81

6

4

6

0

4

0

Total 169 9 93

All treatments were significantly more attractive according to a Chi- Square test (P<^0.05).

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 3 shows the number of alate male Formica spp. caught in the
treated traps as compared to the control trap during two six day intervals in
1 983. These results indicate that a significantly (P < 0.05) higher number of
Formica spp. males occurred on the treated traps as compared to the
controls. The reason for the Formica catch in 1 983 and not in 1 982 may be
that the later trapping periods in 1983 coincided with their fight period.

At this point, any hypothesis as to the identity of the semiochemical(s)
present in the wood preservative which attracted the Collops and Formica
would be pure speculation. However, the wood preservative contains two
"active" ingredients: Bis (Tributylin) Oxide and N-trichloromethyl thio-
phthalimide. According to the label, these compounds constitute 1 .0% of
the formulation, each at 0.5%. The remaining 99% of the formulation is
considered to be inert by the manufacturer. However, there could be
biologically active compounds in the inert portion of the wood preservative.

More research into this phenomenon is needed. The primary object
should be to identify the semiochemicals present in this wood preservative
for both C. hirtellus and Formica spp. Once this objective is met, important
biological and economic applications involving survey and management of
these insect populations may be possible (Jackson and Lewis, 1981).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I extend my appreciation to M.M. Furniss for the use of the scolytid traps and for his
review, D.R. Scott, H.W. Homan, J.B. Johnson and L.E. O'Keefe for their reviews of this
paper and F.W. Merickel for the ant identification.

REFERENCES CITED

Flint, H. M., J. R. Merkle, and M. Sledge. 1 98 1 . Attraction of male Collops vittatus in the
field by caryophyllene alcohol. Environ. Entomol. 10:301-304.

Flint, H. M., S. S. Salter and S. Waters. 1979. Caryophyllene: An attractant for the green
lacewing. Environ. Entomol. 8:1123-1125.

Furniss, M. M. 1981. An improved nonsticky trap for field testing scolytid pheromones.
Environ. Entomol. 10:161-163.

Jackson, R. D. and W. J. Lewis. 1981. Summary of significance and employment strategies
for semiochemicals. In D. A. Nordlund, R. L. Jones and J. W. Lewis (eds.) Semiochemi-
cals: Their Role in Pest Control. John Wiley & Son, New York, pp. 306.

Walker, J. K. Jr., 1957. A biological study of Collops balteatus Lee. and Collops vittatus
(Say). J. Econ. Entomol. 50:395-399.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vi x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25. 00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

POSITION WANTED: Experienced, energetic, bilingual Medical and Veterinary Entomol-
ogist seeking position. BS in Zoology, MS in Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Willing to
relocate. Salary negotiable. (809) 723-5571, 722-2666 days, (809) 769-8595 evenings; or
write PO Box 1 1501 Fdez. Juncos Sta., Santurce, PR 00910.

WANTED: to exchange Scarabaeidae (especially Rutelinae and Melolonthinae) from the
United States, Mexico, Central and South America. All correspondence welcomed. Delbert
A. La Rue, 3894 McKenzie Street, Riverside, CA 92503.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rates: $5
domestic or$10 foreign. International Specimen Supply, P.O. Box 1066, Golita, CA931 16,
USA.

WANTED — books and papers, information on ants. Also wish correspondence on ants.
Harry Kornberg — 6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth FL 33463.

WANTED: Specimens of the brown recluse spider (Loxosceles) or Australian bulldog ant
(Myrmecia). Will pay top dollar. Gilbert Olivarez, 2220 Harvey Me Allen, Texas 78501.

FOR SALE: Dried Formosan butterflies, moths, beetles and other insects. Also cocoons and
ova of butterflies and moths. P.T. CHANG, P.O. Box 873 Taipei, Taiwan 100, Republic of
China.

MALAISE TRAPS. Design with proven superior efficiency, as described and figured by
Townes in Entomological News (83: 239-247). Complete with stakes. $198, postpaid. Order
from: Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, MD 20653. Phone
(301)863-9253.

Exchange: Cicindelidae and Carabidae of world wanted in exchange for European and
African Coleoptera and other families. Cesare lacovone, via G. Noventa No. 1 2, Scala I - int.
3,00143, Roma, Italy.

WANTED: Photographs for children's science book of life cycle of North American firefly,
prefer Photiinis pyralis. C.W. Billings, 39 Coburn Avenue, Nashua, NH 03063.

ODONATOLOGISTS wanted for correspondence. Francois C. Nantel, 1550 Mgr. Tache,
Ste-Foy. P.Q., Canada Gl W 3G7.

FOR SALE: Butterflies Al Fine Quality (specialists in Ornithopterea, Papilionidae,
Charaxes, Morphidae, Agrias). Coleopteras( special-list in African Cetoninae, Cerambycidae.
Dynastinae, Lucanidae). Many books, entomological material, collection boxes in wood.
Lists on request, for US$ 5., repayable at the first order. HEITZMANN THIERRY- 40, rue
des petits champs - 68120 PFASTATT-FRANCE.

/V/

VOL 96

MARCH & APRIL. 1985

US ISSN 0013-872X

NO. 2

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Developmental stages ofXylocoris sordidus (Hemiptera:
Anthocoridae)

R. T. Arbogast, B.R. Flaherty, R. V. Byrd, J. W. Press 53

Periodical cicada - brood VII revisited (Homoptera:

Cicadidae)

L.L. Pechuman 59

New records of CO/IMS caribeanus & C. subtilis in Florida

and Venezuela (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) J.H. Frank 61

Studies on Australian Cicindelidae IV: a review of the

genus Nickerlea (Coleoptera) William D. Sumlin, III 63

Phylogenetic position of Hyplathrinus (Coleoptera:

Corylophidae)

James Pakaluk 69

New species & new generic synonym of Nearctic caddisfly
genus Homoplectra (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae)

JohnS. Weaver, III 71

Identity of H.G. Scott's Collembola in The Academy of

Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa Peter F. Bellinger 78

Parasite complex of Archips argyrospilus, Choristoneura
rosaceana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), and Anacampsis
innocuella (Lepidoptera: Gelichiidae) in Wyoming
shelterbelts Michael G. Pogue 83

Diptera associated with shelf fungi & other micro- habitats
in the highlands area of western North Carolina

R.C. & A.C.F. Graves 87

ANNOUNCEMENT

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 20, 1985

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

60

77

68,70, 72

Till: AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1 985-1 986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd. Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed /._.• EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1 900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society. 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8''2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

V

G 1985

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 53

'

DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES OF XYLOCORIS
SORDIDUS (HEMIPTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE)1'2

Richard T. Arbogast, B.R, Flaherty, R.V. Byrd, J.W. Press3

ABSTRACT: The developmental stages of Xylocoris sordidus (Reuter), a predaceous bug
that occurs in storage ecosystems, are described. The egg was studied by scanning electron
microscopy, and details of its chorionic sculpturing are characterized.

Xylocoris sordidus (Reuter) is one of several anthocorid bugs that
occur as predators in storage ecosystems (Arbogast, 1979). It was
described in 1871 from two specimens: a female from Brazil which
Carayon ( 1 972) designated the lectotype and a male from Texas. Xylocoris
sordidus is apparently distributed over the Western Hemisphere from at
least as far south as Chile to as far north as Massachusetts (Arbogast et al.,

1983).

Carayon (1972) gave a brief account of its identification and figured the
"ectospermalege" of the female type and the hemelytron. He stated that the
former structure provides a reliable character for distinguishing X. sordidus
from other members of the subgenus Proxylocoris. The biology of X.
sordidus was unknown until Arbogast et al. ( 1 983) published an account of
its demography. The present paper completes the account of its biology by
providing descriptions of its developmental stages.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The insects examined were from cultures that have been maintained at
the Stored- Product Insects Research and Development Laboratory, Savannah,
Georgia, since 1979. The source of these cultures, rearing methods, and
deposition of voucher specimens were described by Arbogast et al. ( 1 9 8 3 ) .
Most observations were made on living insects. Measurements of nymphs
and adults were taken at X 25 from living insects lightly anesthetized with
carbon dioxide. Length was measured from tip of tylus to tip of abdomen;
the width of the head was measured across the eyes. Egg measurements
were taken at X 150 from the screen of a scanning electron microscope

Deceived September 24, 1984. Accepted November 13, 1984.

2 Mention of a proprietary product in this paper does not constitute an endorsement by the
USDA.

•^Stored-Product Insects Research and Development Laboratory, Agricultural Research
Service, USDA, P.O. Box 22909, Savannah, GA 31403.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 53-58. March & April 1985

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

( SEM) or from scanning electron micrographs. All measurements are given
in millimeters as means ± standard deviation with the number of
measurements (n) given in parentheses. For examination of structural
detail nymphs and adults were cleared in potassium hydroxide and mounted
on microscope slides. For examination in the SEM, eggs were mounted on
SEM stubs with double-sided tape and sputter coated with gold. They were
examined in an ISI, M-7(R) SEM at 15 kV.

DESCRIPTIONS

Egg (Figs. 1-2). Length 0.77 ±0.02 mm, diameter at broadest point 0.31 ±0.02 mm(n =
15), ellipsoid, curved near anterior end, with a prominent collar surrounding the operculum
(Fig. 1 A). Chorion marked by a reticulate pattern of polygonal cells, bold near anterior end,
but becoming weaker posteriorly. Cell discs marked by numerous minute perforations ca. 0.3
pirn in diameter (Fig. 2 A). Shallow grooves radiating from each perforation give the total
structure a stellar appearance (Fig. 2B). Operculum circular and concave with convex central
disc (Fig. IB).

Central disc marked by a reticulate pattern of polygonal cells, surrounded by an outer ring
of nearly rectangular cells sloping upward to collar. Discs of opercular cells with an irregular
porous texture (Fig. 2C). Aeropylar openings distributed around inner circumference of outer
ring(Figs. IB, 2D). Micropyles absent as in other Lyctocorinae(Hinton, 1981). Eggs inserted
up to the collar in a moist medium.

Newly deposited eggs are translucent milky. As development proceeds, they become pale
ochreous with a faint reddish cast, and the orange- red eyes and abdominal scent glands of the
nymph become visible through the chorion. The collar and outer ring of the operculum are
opaque white.

Nymph. (Figs. 3A, 3B) - Nymphs shining and sparely setose. Head triangular, about as
broad across the eyes as long. Rostrum three-segmented. Antennae four-segmented with the
two distal segments slender and clothed with long erect setae. Thoracic nota transverse. Tarsi
two-segmented with segment I much shorter than segment II. Abdominal terga III, VIII, and
IX each bearing two long setae, one on each side; those of segment III located near middle;
others situated near lateral margins. Abdominal scent glands appear as two median spots on
abdominal terga IV and V. Four pairs of dorsal abdominal scent gland openings: a pair
between segments III and IV, IV and V, and V and VI, with the openings of each pair joined by
a groove, and a separated pair between segments VI and VII with openings slightly mesad of
the others.

First Instar. ( Fig. 3 A). - Length 0.98 ±0.07 mm, width of head 0.22 ±0.00 mm (n =
13). Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous suffused with orange- red. Eyes and abdominal
scent glands orange-red. Legs, antennae, and rostrum nearly colorless. Head, thorax, and first
three antennal segments tinged with black. Wing pads absent. A long seta (absent in
subsequent instars) near each lateral margin of fourth abdominal tergum.

Second Instar. Length 1.38 ± 0.05 mm, width of head 0.26 ± 0.01 mm (n == 13).
Essentially same color as first instar but with a heavier orange- red suffusion and occasionally
with some black tinting of abdomen. Wing pads barely visible.

Third Instar.- Length 1.71 ± 0.09 mm, width of head 0.31 ±0.01 mm(n= 18). Head,
thorax, and abdomen ochreous, heavily suffused with orange red, especially head and thorax.
Eyes dark orange-red. Abdominal scent glands orange-red to fuscous. Legs, antenna, and

Vol. 96, No. 2. March & April, 1985

55

Fig. 1. Egg of Xylocoris sordidus. Scale lines = 0.10 mm. A. Lateral view. B. Anterior end
showing details of collar and operculum (arrows indicate aeropylar openings.

56

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 2. Egg of Xylocoris sordidus, structural details. Scale lines = 1 /xm (B,C) or 10 /xm
( A,D). A. Section of chorion near equator showing cell disc with microperforations. B. Same
area at higher magnification, showing the stellar appearance of the microperforations and
associated grooves. C. Section of chorion on the operculum showing the texture of an
opercular cell disc. D. Section of operculum showing aeropylar openings ( arrows) on the inner
circumference of the outer ring.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985

57

E

E

Fig. 3. Xylocoris sordidus. A. First instar. B. Fifth instar. C. Adult female.

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

rostrum pale ochreous, nearly colorless. First three antennal segments and femora tinged with
black. Anterior portion of head (frons, tylus, juga) and thorax, (except for mid-dorsal area)
infuscate. Lateral portions of abdominal segments IV - IX sometimes infuscate. Meso- and
metathoracic wing pads evident; tips of mesothoracic wing pads not extending beyond mid-
posterior margin of metanotum.

Fourth Instar.Length2.13± 0.14 mm, width of headO. 38 ±0.01 mm(n=15). Similar
in color to third instar but usually with more extensive infuscation of abdomen, occasionally
extending completely across some abdominal segments. Tips of mesothoracic wing pads
extending well beyond mid-posterior margin of mesonotum but not reaching tips of
metathoracic pads.

Fifth Instar. (Fig. 3B).- Length 2.65 ±0.17 mm, width of headO.44 ±0.01 mm(n= 17).
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, suffused with orange- red. Anterior portion of head
(frons, tylus, juga), pronotum( except, occasionally for median portion), wing pads, and all or
part of abdomen infuscate. Infuscation of abdomen usually lighter or absent on first two
segments, giving the appearance of a light band across the body at this point. Infuscation often
limited to lateral portions of last two segments, giving the appearance of a light patch in this
area. Eyes deep brick red. Abdominal scent glands fuscous. Legs, antennae, and rostrum
ochreous. Wing pads extending to abdominal segment II, tips of mesothoracic pads reaching
tips of metathoracic pads.

Adult (Fig. 3C). -Male: length 2. 83 ±0.13 mm, width of head 0.45 ±0.01 mm(n = 8).
Female: length 2.98 ± 0. 10 mm, width of head 0.48 ± 0.01 mm (n = 8). Males and females
similar in appearance. Head, thorax, and abdomen shining, piceous with sparse pale
pubescence of short appressed setae, a few erect setae of medium length on head and pronotum
and a pair of long setae on ninth abdominal tergite. Eyes dark brown, ocelli red. Rostrum
brown, extending slightly beyond anterior coxae. Antennae brown and ochreous; segments III
- IV slender, clothed with long erect setae; segments I - II more robust, clothed with setae of
medium length. Pronotum slightly convex, sides immarginate, anterior angles rounded.
Scutellum raised anteriorly. Both sexes macropterous; wings covering all abdominal segments
when not distended by recent feeding. Hemelytra pale ochreous, sparsely pubescent;
membrane long and clear hyaline. Cuneus and distal margins of corium and clavus infuscate.
Coxae and femora brown, tibiae and tarsi ochreous; tibiae armed with stout setae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Specimens of X. sordidus were identified by J.L. Herring, Systematic Entomology
Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

LITERATURE CITED

Arbogast, R.T. 1979. The biology and impact of the predatory bug Xylocoris flavipes

(Reuter). Proc. Second Int. Working Conf. Stored- Prod. Entomol. Ibadan, Nigeria.

September, 1978. Pages 91-105.
Arbogast, R.T., B.R. Flaherty and J.W. Press. 1983. Demography of the predaceous bug

Xylocoris sordidus ( Reuter). Amer. Midland Natur. 109: 398-405.
Carayon, J. 1972. Le genre Xylocoris: subdivision et especes nouvelles ( Hem. Anthocoridae).

Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. (N.S.) 8: 579-606.
Hinton, H.E. 1981. Biology of Insect Eggs. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 3 vols., 1125 pp.

Vol. 96, No. 2. March & April, 1985 59

THE PERIODICAL CICADA - BROOD VII
REVISITED (HOMOPTERA: CICADIDAE)1

L.L. Pechuman^

ABSTRACT: The 1984 emergence of Brood VII of the periodical cicada in New York is
reported. Heavy bird predation reduced the population in Cayuga and Livingston counties to
the point where any significant emergence in 2001 in unlikely. The Onondaga County
population was not similarly reduced

In 1968 I reviewed the literature on Brood VII of the periodical cicada,
Magicicada septendecim(L.), and recorded my own observations made in
1 967 . At that time it was noted that the geographical area where the brood is
found had been reduced over the years. The brood was last reported in
Madison County in 1899, in Monroe, Ontario, Tompkins, and Yates
counties in 1916, and in Oswego County in 1933. It is now necessary to
report that apparently two more counties may have been lost and that the
brood probably is now restricted to one county in New York.

Emergence began on schedule: June 1 0 in Livingston County and June
12 in Cayuga and Onondaga counties. Emergence took place at all
localities noted in 1967, and an additional site was found in Livingston
County, two miles north of Geneseo, along Nations Road.

I spent most of my time with the Cayuga and Onondaga populations but
made two trips to Livingston County. However, the Livingston populations
were well monitored by Edward D. Beary, Paul Conklin, Steven Daniel,
David Thorpe, and Carey Vasey, whose cooperation is much appreciated.

All observers noted the large number of birds feeding on the emerging
cicadas. These were mostly grackles, but red-winged blackbirds were also
abundant. Lesser numbers of robins and starlings were also feeding on
cicadas. Cicada wings and other body fragments covered the ground. It is
interesting that Felt (1917) mentioned that the large population at West
Webster, Monroe County was so completely destroyed by birds in 1916
that no evidence of oviposition could be found.

A similar situation developed in both Cayuga and Livingston counties.
By June 20, singing at all five sites in Cayuga County was very faint, and
few cicadas could be found. On June 21, the cicadas were singing in
Livingston County, but volume was much reduced. All sites in both
counties were examined in early July, and very few signs of oviposition
could be found.

1 Received October 1, 1984. Accepted October 26, 1984.
Department of Entomology, Cornell University. Ithaca, NY 14853

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 59-60. March & April 1985

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

It was a different story on the Onondaga Indian Reservation in
Onondaga County. The cicadas occupied a much larger area than in the
other two counties, covering about half of the seven thousand acre
reservation. Singing was still intense on June 27, and few birds were seen
feeding on cicadas. However, numerous cicada fragments indicated bird
activity had been considerable. Oviposition was heavy on 16 species of
trees and shrubs.

On July 3, singing at Onondaga was much reduced and no cicadas were
seen ovipositing. Many apparently intact cicadas were found dead on the
ground, probably the result of natural mortality.

Since almost no oviposition could be found in Cayuga and Livingston
counties, the brood probably is extinct there. Populations were just not high
enough to support "predator satiation." It is possible, of course, that a few
egg nests high in the trees were overlooked, and there will be a small
emergence in 2001. On the Onondaga Indian Reservation, Brood VII
appears safe for now.

Hewitt (1907) gives the meaning of Cayuga as, "the place where
locusts are taken out." It now seems likely that within the next year or two
some of the Cayuga Nation's ancestral ground in Cayuga County will be
restored to them. It is ironic that the insects that gave them their name may
no longer be found there.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank John C. Franclemont and Frank Ramberg for reading the manuscript and
offering suggestions for its improvement.

LITERATURE CITED

Felt, E.P. 1917. Thirty-second report of the state entomologist 1916. N.Y. State Mus. Bull.

198: 7-276.
J.N.B.H. (Hewitt, J.N.B.) 1907. Cayuga, pp. 223-224. In Hodge, F.W., Handbook of

American Indians north of Mexico. Washington.
Pechuman, LL 1968. The periodical cicada. Brood VII (Homoptera: Cicadidae: Magicada).

Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans. 94: 137-153.

1985 ANNUAL MEETING
ASSOCIATION OF SYSTEMATICS COLLECTIONS

The 1985 annual meeting of the Association of Systematics Collections will be held May
23-24, 1985, at the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. The program will be in
the form of a symposium and will focus on the proposed National Biological Survey. For
further information, contact Dr. Ke Chung Kim, Department of Entomology, Pennsylvania
State University, 106 Patterson Building, University Park, PA 16802.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 61

NEW RECORDS OF CAFIUS CARIBEANUS AND

C. SUBTILIS IN FLORIDA AND VENEZUELA

(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)1 2

J.H. Frank3

ABSTRACT: Cafms caribeanus is reported from Florida (USA) and Falcon (Venezuela),
representing new state and national records. Cafius subtilis is reported from Florida, where it
had earlier been recorded as C. sericeus. Collections of adults made by sieving drifted
macrophytic algae on sea beaches on Loggerhead Key (Dry Tortugas, Florida) and Key West
(Monroe Co., Florida) included 1 C. caribeanus, 25 C. subtilis and 82 C. bistriatus.

Three species of the staphylinine genus Cafius were reported from
West Indian sea shores by Blackwelder ( 1 943). Recent collections from sea
shores in southernmost Florida (the Dry Tortugas and Key West) show the
occurrence there of the same three species. This necessitates changes in the
faunal lists for Florida and for the United States of America.

Collections were made by sieving drifted macrophytic algae on
Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas, 30 June 1983 (S.R Sims), and on Key
West, Monroe Co., 1 May 1984 (J.H.Frank). All specimens were
identified to species and sex by reference to Blackwelder (1943) and Orth
and Moore (1980), and are in my collection.

Cafius bistriatus (Erichson), 1840

The 82 specimens collected include 18 males and 31 females from
Loggerhead Key, and 2 1 males and 1 2 females from Key West. The species
was reported from Garden Key in the Dry Tortugas by Wickham ( 1 895 ). A
female specimen with labels: "Dry Tortugas Fla. June 7-13, Wickham/
Garden Key" was borrowed from the American Museum of Natural
History and found to be conspecific with specimens from Loggerhead Key
and Key West.

Cafius caribeanus Bierig, 1934

A male specimen was collected on Key West; none was found on
Loggerhead Key. Although the species is known from several West Indian
islands (Blackwelder, 1943) and from the Pacific coast of Mexico (Orth
and Moore, 1980), it has not previously been recorded from any locality in

1 Received October 29, 1984. Accepted November 30, 1984.

^University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, Journal Series no. 5914.

3Florida Medical Entomology Laboratory, 200 9th St., SE. Vero Beach. Florida 32962.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 61-62, March & April 1985

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the United States. It is conceivable that the individual mentioned by
Wickham (1895, p. 211) "Cafms (?) sp. - One specimen" from Garden
Key belonged to C. caribeanus, but the specimen could not be found at the
American Museum of Natural History where Wickham's other material is
deposited. A series of 9 specimens (3 males, 6 females) from Venezuela
(Estado Falcon, Chichiriviche, 15 August 1983, in seaweed on sea beach,
J.H. Frank) likewise seems to represent the first record from that country.

Cafius subtilis Cameron, 1920

The 25 specimens collected (2 males and 8 females from Loggerhead
Key, 12 males and 3 females from Key West) were conspecific with 3
specimens (2 males, 1 female) with labels "Dry Tortugas Fla. June 7-13,
Wickham/Garden Key /Cafius sericeus Holme" borrowed from the American
Museum of Natural History. The type locality of C. subtilis is Port Royal,
Jamaica, and heretofore the species has been reported only from the West
Indies (Blackwelder, 1943; Orth and Moore, 1980), so the present records
are new for Florida and for the United States. Additional specimens from
Dade, Martin, St. Lucie, and Indian River counties on the mainland of
Florida have been examined.

Orth and Moore ( 1 980) illustrated the aedeagus not only of C. subtilis,
but also of C. aguayoi Bierig, 1 9 34 ( type locality): Woods Hole, Massachusetts)
and C. sericeus (Holme), 1837 (type locality: Scilly Islands, England).
The external structures of adults of these three species are very similar
(Blackwelder, 1943; Orth and Moore, 1980) and, because C. sericeus was
the only one of them described until the present century, Wickham's ( 1 895)
record of " Cafius sericeus Holme (?)" from the Dry Tortugas was
reasonable. Studies since 1940 have not confirmed the presence of C.
sericeus in the Americas (Blackwelder, 1943; Orth and Moore, 1980), and
there is no record of C. aguayoi in Florida.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am indebted to S. R. Sims ( IF AS, Homestead, Florida) for the gift of Cafius specimens
from Loggerhead Key, and to L.H. Herman (American Museum of Natural History) for
lending me Cafius specimens collected by H.F. Wickham on Garden Key. The manuscript
was reviewed by J.S. Ashe (Field Museum, Chicago) and L.H. Herman.

LITERATURE CITED

Blackwelder, R.E. 1943. Monograph of the West Indian beetles of the family Staphylinidae.

U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 182: i-vii, 1-658.
Orth, R.E. and I. Moore. 1980. A revision of the species of Cafius Curtis from the west coast

of North America with notes of the east coast species (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae).

Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 19: 181-211.
Wickham, H.F. 1895. A note on the insects of the Tortugas. Entomol. News 6: 210-212.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April. 1985 63

STUDIES ON THE AUSTRALIAN
CICINDELIDAE IV: A REVIEW OF THE GENUS
NICKERLEA (COLEOPTERA)1

William D. Sumlin, III2

ABSTRACT: The genus Nickerlea W. Horn is reviewed. A key to the two included species
[N. sloanei (Lea) and N. distipsideroides W. Horn] is presented. Both of the species are
redescribed and illustrated. The genus is shown to be a member of the subtribe Iresina Rivalier.
New data is presented that suggests N. sloanei inhabits open woodlands with adult activity
during the late summer or early fall.

The genus Nickerlea was erected by Walther Horn in 1899 to contain
the new species N. distipsideroides W. Horn. The description was based
upon a single specimen collected by Odewahn in northern Australia. Lea
(1897) described Cicindela sloanei from three specimens collected at
Mullewa, Western Australia (W.A.). The species was later moved into
Nickerlea Sloane (1906). Since Sloane's (1906) work, the genus has been
mentioned in various papers dealing with other cicindelid genera or in
checklists: Horn (1909, 1910& 1926); Lawton (1972); Freitag (1979);
and Sumlin (1980).

Rivalier (1971), in his revision of the tribe Cicindelini, was unable to
directly place Nickerlea into his new subtribe Iresina due to a lack of
material. Using Rivalier's characters of maxillary palpi, thoracic sterna and
labral chaetotaxy, Nickerlea fits into Iresina between the genera Rhysopleura
Sloane and Megalomma Westwood.

The genus was given a comprehensive treatment by McCairns (1978),
but the work is part of an unpublished doctoral thesis and is not readily
available to students of the Cicindelidae.

Until now, this rare genus has only been known from the four specimens
mentioned above; no data relevant to adult activity or accurate accounts of
species' habitats have ever been published.

The present paper is the result of a direct comparison of the type
specimens of the two species, a review of the literature and the acquisition of
a freshly collected series of TV. sloanei with collecting data.

Genus Nickerlea W. Horn

Horn, 1899: 135, 1909: 444; 1910: 183; 1926: 107. Sloane, 1906: 334. Rivalier,
1971: 139. McCairns, 1978: 226.

1 Received October 18, 1984. Accepted November 30, 1984.

^Continuing Education Division, San Antonio College, San Antonio, TX 78284.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 63-68, March & April 1985

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Description: Member of the subfamily Cicindelinae, tribe Cicindelini and subtribe
Iresina; eyes large and prominent; clypeus with two sensory setae; frons with two pairs of
supraorbital setae; orbital plates of frons not separated from rest of frons by a sulcus; labrum
nearly as long as wide, six-setose, five- or seven-dentate; galea two-segmented, lacinia with a
digitus; second segment of maxillary palp very explanate; metepisternum without deep
horseshoe-shaped impression; ventral surfaces without setae ( excepting sensory setae); disc of
pronotum only slightly arched; procoxae with sensory setae.

Type Species; N. distipsideroides W. Horn (by monotypy).

Key to Species

1. Ventral surfaces light-testaceous or cupreous in color, maculation consisting of a

marginal line running from the humeral area to near the elytral apex

N. sloanei ( Lea)

1.' Ventral surfaces black with blue or green reflections; maculation consisting of three
distinct spots per elytron N. distipsideroides W.H.

Nickerlea sloanei (Lea)

(Fig. 1)

Cicindela sloanei Lea, 1897: 584. Sloane, 1906: 335.

Nickerlea sloanei (Lea), Sloane, 1906: 335, Horn, 1909: 444; 1910: 184; 1926: 107,
Lawton, 1972: 15. McCairns, 1978: 228. Freitag, 1979: 5. Sumlin, 1980: 22.

Description: Head: Labrum of both sexes testaceous with dark brown border;
labrum of holotype male dark brown with a testaceous median stripe; male labrum seven-
dentate with six setae, anterior pair marginal; female labrum five-dentate with six setae;
antennal segments one to four testaceous in color, remaining segments dark brown; scape with
a single sensory seta; head glabrous except for sensory setae.

Thorax: Entirely glabrous; disc of pronotum finely to coarsely rugose, median sulcus
shallow; female with shallow coupling sulcus.

Abdomen: Entirely glabrous except for sensory setae.

Elytra: Male, nearly parallel-sided, rounded in apical fourth to apex; female, slightly
wider in basal third to apical third, then angling steeply from apical fourth to near apex, then
nearly straight to apex; both sexes with distinct humeri, apical spines and microserrations;
elytral surfaces punctate- granulate with a subsutural row of foveae running from near base to
near apex; maculation consisting of an unbroken marginal vitta running from the humerus to
near the elytral apex.

Legs: Femora and tibiae testaceous, tibiae with dark brown apices; protarsi dark
brown; meso- and metatarsi testaceous with dark brown apices.

Colon Head, thorax and elytra dark metallic cupreous with slight green reflections;
metasternum with testaceous disc; majority of abdomen testaceous; the type, unlike the Badja
specimens, has totally testaceous sterna and pleurae.

Size: Male, 7.8 to 8. 5 mm in length (not including labrum), 2.5 to 2. 8 mm in width, n=4;
female, 9.3 mm in length (not including labrum), 2.8 mm in width, n=l.

Holotype: Male; Mullewa, W. A. ( South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia).

Distribution: Western Australia: Mullewa (type); Cue? (Horn, 1926); 15 km NW
Badja, 28° 31' S., 116° 40' E., 17&18-III-1982, T.F. Houston and B. Hanish(3 cT, 19).

Discussion: In Lea's (1897) original description of N. sloanei he

Vol. 96, No. 2. March & April, 1985

65

Fig. la-lg. Nickerlea sloanei (Lea), la. Dorsal habitus of male, Ib. Dorsal view of left
elytron of female. Ic. Dorsal view of labrum of holotype male. Id. Dorsal view of labrum of
Badjamale. le. Dorsal view of labrum of Badja female. If. Left-lateral view of male head (sans
mandibles, palpi & antennae). Ig. Dorsal view of aedeagus. Scale lines indicate 1 mm.

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

states "Three specimens (one of which is now in the possession of Mr. G.
Masters) were obtained in the bed of a dry creek." This became "sandy bed
of a dry creek" in Sloane (1906) and all papers dealing with the species'
habitat thereafter. Sumlin (1980) pointed out that there is no sandy creek
bed at Mullewa and speculated that N. sloanei is a halophilic tiger beetle.
This is not borne out by the Badja series. Terry Houston (Western
Australian Museum, Perth, W.A., in lift.) states: "The habitat . . . was not
saline. I picked them up on a bush track in heavily grazed mulga [Acacia
aneura] woodland (possibly near puddles of rainwater, but I'm unsure of
this). Nearby was a weak watercourse in and around which was much fresh
growth. The area had received a heavy fall of rain some weeks previously
and a lot of water lay in some low areas about half a kilometer away. There
were no salinas [salt flats] in the region to my knowledge." A temporal
activity period is established with the Badja series that indicates presence of
adults during late summer/early fall.

The location at Cue, W.A. stated in Horn (1926) as a part of the
species' range is not supported by specimens.

Sloane ( 1 906) moved C. sloanei into Nickerlea without seeing the type
of the genus. TV. sloanei males possess a peculiar shaped labrum; the center
is vaulted outward longitudinally which gives the labrum the appearance, in
lateral aspect (Fig. 1 f), of a parrot's beak. Also, the labral dentition of the N.
sloanei female is not the same as the N. distipsideroides female which may
indicate that the two species, although closely related, are not congeneric.
The eventual discovery of the male of N. distipsideroides should clarify this
situation.

Nickerlea distipsideroides W. Horn

(Fig. 2)

Nickerlea distypsideroides W. Horn, 1899: 136 (original misspelling). Sloane, 1906:
334. McCairns, 1978: 231.

Nickerlea distipsideroides W. Horn, Horn, 1909: 444 (emendation); 1910: 184;
1926: 107. Sumlin, 1980: 22.

Description: Head: Labrum of female unicolorous dark, red-brown, seven-dentate
(the anterior-most teeth being quite feeble), with six setae (posterior two pairs submarginal);
head glabrous except for supraorbital sensory setae; antennae missing.

Thorax: Entire thorax glabrous with rounded sides; pronotum finely rugose with very
faint medial sulcus; coupling sulcus shallow.

Abdomen: Entirely missing; replaced with a large blob of glue.

Elytra: Nearly parallel-sided although slightly wider in median third then rounded
from apical fourth to apex; female with distinct humerus and apical spine; microserrations
present, but very small; elytral surface strongly punctate basally becoming punctate- granulate
in apical third to apex; subsutural row of foveae present; maculation consisting of three
marginal spots representing the humeral and apical lunules and the marginal line.

Legs: Femora and tibiae testaceous; pro- and mesotarsi dark brown; metatarsi

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985

67

testaceous.

Colon Head and thorax black with slight reflections of blue and green; elytra blackish-
brown basally fading to lighter brown apically.

Size: Female, 9.9 mm in length (excluding labrum), 2.9 mm in width. Male of species
unknown.

Holotype: Female. Australia (sic) bor. Odewahn (Institut fur Pflanzenforschung,
Eberswalde-Finow, DDR).

Distribution: Unknown.

Discussion: The only known specimen of this species is the holotype
and it is incomplete. The abdomen is missing and probably was so when
described by Horn (1899) as he labelled it a female with a question mark.
The protarsi of the specimen are not expanded and it possesses a coupling
sulcus which, short of aberration, means it is a female.

Fig. 2a-2b. Nickerlea distipsideroides W. Horn. 2a. Dorsal habitus of holotype female. 2b.
Dorsal view of labrum of holotype. Scale lines indicate 1 mm.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to extend thanks to the following people for the loan of specimens and/or data: Eric

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Matthews, South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S.A. (holotype of N. sloanei); Lothar
Dieckmann, Institut fur Pflanzenforschung, Eberswalde-Finow, DDR (holotype of N.
distipsideroides); Terry Houston, Western Australian Museum, Perth, W.A. (specimens and
data of N. sloanei); T.A. Weir, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT(Ar. sloanei data and copy of Ruth
McCairns' work on Nickerlea); G.B. Montieth, Queensland Museum, Fortitude Valley,
Queensland ( Lea's original description of TV. sloanei). Thanks are also extended to E. V. Gage
and J.M. Cicero (both of San Antonio, Texas) for their critical reviews of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Freitag, R. 1979. Reclassification, phylogeny and zoogeography of the Australian species of

Cicin dela ( Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). Aust. Journ. of Zoo. Suppl. Ser. 66: 1-99.
Horn, W. 1899. Nickerlea nov. gen. Euryodinorum. Deutsch Ent. Zeitschr. 135-136.

. 1909. Contribuion a 1'etude des Cicindelinae (Col.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique

53: 443-447.

. 1910. Coleoptera. Adephaga. Family Carabidae, subfamily Cicindelinae.

Genera Insectorum diriges par P. Wytsman. Louis Desmet-Verteneuil, Brussels. Fasc.

82B: 107-208, 10 pis.

. 1926. Carabidae: Cicindelinae. In Junk, W., Coleopterorum catalogus. Berlin.

1: 1-345.
Lawton, J.K. 1972. Translation and condensation of Horn's notes on the habits of the world

genera of Cicindelidae. Cicindela 4(2); 9-18.
Lea, A.M. 1897. Descriptions of new species of Australian Coleoptera. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 22: 584-638.
McCairns, R.F. 1978. Taxonomy and biology of Australian Cicindelinae (Coleoptera:

Carabidae). Ph.D. Thesis. University of Sydney. 3 vol. i-vi, 1-292, 53 pis.
Rivalier, E. 1 97 1 . Remarques sur la tribu des Cicindelini (Col. Cicindelidae) et sa subdivision

en sous-tribus. Nouv. Rev. Ent. 1: 135-143.
Sloane, T.G. 1906. Revision of the Cicindelidae of Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 31:

309-360, 116 figs.
Sumlin, W. D. 1 980. Studies on the Australian Cicindelidae. I. Initial report on expedition to

Australia. Cicindela (12)2: 17-23.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE BIOLOGY OF BUTTERFLIES. R.I. Vane-Wright and P.R. Ackery, eds. 1984.
Academic Press. 429 pp. $60.00

A symposium of the Royal Entomological Society of London .on the title subject.

ATLAS OF NEOTROPICAL LEPEDOPTERA. CHECKLIST: PART I. Micropterigoidea -
Immoidea. Dr. W. Junk Pub. 112 pp. $39.00.

Vol. 1 of 6 that will contain a complete checklist. These 6 will be only a small portion of the
total of 125 volumes anticipated over the next 20 years covering the data for each known
Neotropical species.

INSECT ULTRASTRUCTURE. Vol. 2. R.C. King& H. Akai, eds. 1984. Plenum Press.
624 pp. $85.00.

Thirty-one reviews on gametogenesis, embryonic and pupal development of somatic cells,
functional morphology of tissues and organ systems, and ultrastructure of cells in pathological
states.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 69

PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF HYPLATHRINUS
(COLEOPTERA: CORYLOPHIDAE)1

James Pakaluk^

ABSTRACT: Hyplathrinus, a monotypic genus from South America, is transferred from the
Lathridiidae to the Corylophidae. The taxonomic history of this genus and its phylogenetic
position in the Corylophidae are summarized.

The genus Hyplathrinus was described as alathridiidby Reitter( 1 878)
and included a single species, H. planicollis Reitter. Belon (1895; 1897;
1 899), in his studies of Lathridiidae, placed this genus in the Merophysiini.
In a later work on lathridiids ( Belon, 1 902), Holoparamecus and Hyplathrinus
were transferred to the Holoparamecini. Hetschko (1926) and Dajoz
(1967; 1970) subsequently treated Hyplathrinus as a holoparamecine
lathridiid. Crowson(1955) separated holoparamecines and merophysiines
from the Lathridiidae and erected a new family Merophysiidae. During thf
past thirty years, the status of the merophysiids has been disputed, and
recently Lawrence (1982) included them in an expanded Endomychidae,
but he excluded Hyplathrinus. Including Hyplathrinus in the Corylophidae
is supported by characters that include: fronto-clypeal suture absent,
single maxillary lobe, externally closed procoxal cavities, and a 4-4-4 tarsal
formula.

Dajoz (1970) redescribed a putative Hyplathrinus planicollis female
with procoxae that are partially open, a 3-3-3 tarsal formula, and five
ventrites. These characters, however, are misinterpreted; the procoxae are
externally closed, the tarsal formula is 4-4-4, although segment three is
minute, especially on the protarsi, and six ventrites are present. I am
tentatively placing this genus in the Orthoperini as part of a monophyletic
subgroup which includes Foadia, Conodes, and several undescribed genera
(Pakaluk, in press).

While sorting through undetermined corylophids from the American
Museum of Natural History and Museum of Comparative Zoology, I
discovered five specimens of Hyplathrinus. I do not know if these are
conspecific with H. planicollis, which is known from Chile, Brazil, and
Argentina, since I was not permitted to remove the spermatheca from the
holotype.

1 Received November 16, 1984. Accepted December 1, 1984.
^Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS 66045.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 69-70, March & April 1985

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am indebted to E. Kierych, Polska Akademia Nauk Instytut Zoologii, Warsaw, for
allowing me to examine the holotype, and Robert D. Gordon for his assistance in determining
the present location of the Dohrn collection. I am grateful to John F. Lawrence and Quentin D.
Wheeler for reading a preliminary draft of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Belon, R.P. 1895. A 1'etude des Lathridiens. Annls Soc. ent. Belg. 39: 75-105.

. 1897. Essai de classification generale des Lathridiidae. Revue Ent. XVII: 105-

221.

. 1899. Recapitulation des Lathridiidae de 1'Amerique meridionale. Ann. Soc.

Linn. Lyon. XLVI: 137-192.

. 1902. Genera Insectorum (Lathridiidae). Ease. 3. Desmet-Verteneuil, Bruxelles.

40 pp.
Crowson, R.A. 1955. The natural classification of the families ofColeoptera. Loyd, London.

187 pp.
Dajoz, R. 1 967. Contribution a 1'e'tude de Coleopteres Lathridiidae du Chili, In C. Delamere

Deboutteville and E. Rapoport(eds.), Biologic de 1'Amerique Australe. Volume III: 587-

609.

1970. Coleopteres Lathridiidae nouveaux ou peu connus de la region ne'otropicale

et catalogue des especes de cette region. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. 2nd Series.

42(4): 644-661.
Hetschko, A. 1926. Lathridiidae. Pars 85, In W. Junk and S. Schenkling (eds.),

Coleopterorum Catalogus. Volume 15. Junk, Berlin, 86 pp.
Lawrence, J.F. 1982. Coleoptera, vol. 2: 482-553, In S.P. Parker (ed.). Synopsis and

classification of living organisms. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Pakaluk, J. In press. A new genus and species of Corylophidae (Coleoptera) from Florida,

with a description of its larva. Ann. Entom. Soc. Amer.
Reitter, E. 1878. Coleopterorum species novae. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. XXVII: 165-

194.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

PEST LEPIDOPTERA OF EUROPE with special reference to the British Isles. D.J.
Carter. 1984. Dr. W. Junk Pub. 431 pp. $89.50.

Identification of larvae, pupae, and adults of European pest Lepidoptera, and information on
host range, pest status, distribution and biology. 228 species are dealt with in detail. 1 1 6 more
are included in host plant tabulations.

ANATOMY OF THE HONEYBEE. R.E. Snodgrass. 1984 reprint of 1956 ed. Cornell
Univ. Press. Pbk. $12.95.

A paperback reprint of Snodgrass' well-known work on the anatomy of the honey bee and how
it relates to how bees develop and how and why they function as they do. Both a technical
reference on honey bee anatomy and a treatise on entomology using bees as an example.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 71

A NEW SPECIES AND NEW GENERIC SYNONYM

OF THE NEARCTIC CADDISFLY GENUS

HOMOPLECTRA (TRICHOPTERA:

HYDROPSYCHIDAE)1'2

John S. Weaver IIl3

ABSTRACT: The caddisfly genus Aphropsyche Ross is recognized as a junior synonym of
Homoplectra Ross. Homoplectra flinli n.sp., from Wayah Bald in the Nantahala National
Forest of North Carolina, is described and figured. The male and female adults are compared
with those of other known eastern species of the genus, H. doringa ( Milne), n. comb, and H.
monticola (Flint), n. comb. Female genitalia of eastern North American species of the genus
are figured. A species checklist of Homoplectra is provided.

Examination of caddisflies recently collected in the Nantahala National
Forest in the Appalachian Mountains of North Carolina revealed a new
species of Homoplectra Ross. The discovery of this species and subsequent
comparison of it with the other known members of Homoplectra made
necessary a reconsideration of the genus Aphropsyche Ross.

Homoplectra Ross

Homoplectra Ross 1938: 1 19, pi. 12 fig. 7 (male), type species alseae Ross 1938, original

designation.
Aphropsyche Ross 1941: 78, pi. 8 fig. 60 (wings, male), type species aprilis Ross 1941 (syn.

of doringa Milne 1936) original designation. NEW SYNONYM.

Ross (1938) described the genus Homoplectra, stating that it was
"most closely related to Diplectrona." Since then seven additional species
have been placed in the genus, all from the western Nearctic region (see
species checklist below). Later Ross ( 1 94 1 ) described the genus Aphropsyche,
from the eastern Nearctic region, and also mentioned that Diplectrona was
"its closest ally." An additional species from the East was placed in this
genus by Flint (1965). In an attempt to assign a new species to the correct
genus, I observed that the characters by which Ross defined these two
genera are not unique. The only unique characteristic of each genus was its
Nearctic distribution, being either eastern, for Aphropsyche, or western, for

1 Received July 5. 1984. Accepted October 1, 1984.

^Scientific Contribution Number 1314 from the New Hampshire Agriculture Experiment
Station.

•^The Department of Entomology, The University of New Hampshire, Nesmith Hall,
Durham, NH, 03824, USA.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 71-77, March & April 1985

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Homoplectra. This distinction does not seem adequate when members of
these genera exhibit the following characters:

1. Wing venation (Fig. 5, Ross 1944, fig. 333) has the postcostal cell short and wide, similar
to that of Arctopsychinae (Schmid 1980). 2. The head has the posterior dorsal warts large,
anterior dorsal warts small. 3. Antennae are short and thick, as in Arctopsychinae (Schmid
1 980), not long and slender as in Diplectrona and other hydropsychids. 4. The scent gland of
abdominal sternite V bears a fingerlike lateral process (Fig. IE, Denning 1965, fig. 12A)
which is not long and slender as in Diplectrona (Schmid 1980, figs. 151, 152). 5. Male
inferior appendages are long and slender, as in all other Hydropsychidae except the
Arctopsychinae, but with their second articles reduced. 6. Male abdominal segment IX is
slanted in lateral view, with its sternum recessed anteriorly within segment VIII, its tergum
protruding posteriorly and its pleuron narrow. 7. The male phallus is complex, with several
proceses arising from its phallobase, numbered 1-5 by Ross (1938): (1) a superior pair of
asymmetrical acuminate processes (absent in some species); (2) a dorsal pair of long
spiniform rods; (3) a middle pair of processes sometimes long and slender or reduced to short
barbs; (4) a single central rod bearing the gonopore at its apex; and (5) a ventral process with a
bifid apex and shaped like a trough, holding the other processes in place. The large bulbous
phallobase extends anteriorly beyond the anterior margin of segment VIII.

Currently there is no key available by which the genera Aphropsyche
and Homoplectra can be separated. Ross ( 1 944) did not include the genus
Homoplectra in his key or hydropsychids. Denning (1956) modified Ross's
key for adults by including Homoplectra, but his distinction was based on
an inaccurate wing venation character, Sc2 fused withal, mentioned by
Ross (1938); the wings of Homoplectra were not figured by Ross or
Denning. Furthermore, the larvae of known species of these genera share a
number of morphological characters and occur in similar habitats, mountain
seeps and small streams (Wiggins 1 977, Weaver et al 1 979). It is uncertain
that these genera can be defined by larval characters because not all larvae
of each are known. Thus, there are no reliable characters known that can
uniquely define Aphropsyche and Homoplectra. The homologous condition
of the male phallus clearly suggests that members of these genera together
represent a monophyletic group. However, the evidence needed to suggest
monophyly of each genus is not apparent. Therefore, I believe that the
genus Aphropsyche should be recognized as a junior synonym of Homoplectra

Phylogenetic Considerations. It is also doubtful that Homoplectra
should be included in the subfamily Diplectroninae, as shown in the
following interpretation of the diversification of the Hydropsychidae: The
first hydropsy chid ancestor probably gave rise to: ( 1 ) a lineage ancestral to
the arctopsychins (presently monophyly of the Arctopsychinae cannot be
supported by apomorphies); and (2) a lineage ancestral to the other
hydropsychids, having apomorphic inferior appendages slender and long.
This second lineage gave rise to: (3) the ancester of Homoplectra, having

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 73

plesiomorphic antennae thick and anterior wing with postcostal cell short
and wide, as in the arctopsychins, and apomorphic male genitalia( mentioned
above); and (4) a branch ancestral to other hydropsychids, including
Hydropsychinae, Macronematinae and Diplectroninae (except Homoplectra),
having apomorphic antennae slender and anterior wing with postcostal cell
long and narrow. Hence, the Diplectroninae appear to be paraphyletic.

Species Checklist of Homoplectra

alseae Ross 1938, Oregon.

doringa (Milne 1936) (Diplectrona) Flint 1966 (Aphropsyche), Indiana, Kentucky,
Massachusetts, North Carolina, New Hampshire, Tennessee, Virginia. NEW COMBI-
NATION.
aprilis (Ross 1941) (Aphropsyche): syn., Flint. 1966.

flinti Weaver, new species, North Carolina.

luchia Denning 1966, Oregon.

monticola (Flint 1965) (Aphropsyche), Pennsylvania, Virginia. NEW COMBINATION.

nigripennis (Banks 1911) (Diplectrona), California.

norada Denning 1975, California.

oaklandensis (Ling 1938) (Diplectrona), California.

schuhi Denning 1965, Oregon.

shasta Denning 1949, California.

spora Denning 1952, California.

Homoplectra flinti, new species

This is the eleventh species placed in the genus Homoplectra. It differs
from the other eastern Nearctic species, H. doringa and H. monticola, by
having the apex of the male inferior appendage bilobed in dorsal view and
the anterior margin of the female segment IX shaped like the bow of a boat
in lateral view. However, based on the similarities of the male phallus, it
appears to be more closely related to H. spora from California H. flinti
differs from this species by lacking the posterior dorsal hook of male
segment X in lateral view.

Male (Fig. 1 ). Forewing black, length 9-10 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen with black
sclerites. Abdominal sclerite V with scent gland bearing finger-like process (Fig. IE).
Genitalia (Fig. 1A-D). Sternum IX recessed into segment VIII and tergum IX projected
posteriorly and fused with segment X. Segment X without the posteroventral hook exhibited
by H. doringa in lateral view, instead with a pair of short truncate posterior mesal processes in
dorsal view. Phallus complex (Fig. 1B-C), bearing several processes arising from the
phallobase, numbered according to homologous structures in Homoplectra as noted by Ross
(1938): (1) superior asymmetrical process absent (It is present in several western species.);
(2) long pair of dorsal spiniform rods; (3) short pair of ventral barbs; (4) long central rod
bearing gonopore at its apex; and (5) long ventral trough with deep mesal slit and broader
obtuse mesal notch, lateral corners acute. Inferior appendage long slender, slightly clavate in
lateral view, with a ventromesal apical lobe in dorsal view.

74

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1E

Figure 1. Homoplectra flinti, new species, male: 1 A. genitalia, abdominal segments VIII,
IX, X, lateral view. 1 B. genitalia, segments VIII, IX, X, dorsal view. 1 C. phallus, lateral view.
ID. phallus, dorsal view, process 4 incomplete. IE. scent gland of sternite V, lateral view.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985

75

Figures 2-5. Homoplectra spp. 2-4. Females of eastern Nearctic Homop/ectra, genitalia,
abdominal segments IX, X, lateral view: 2. H.flinti, new species. 3. H. monticola(F\int). 4.
H. doringa (Milne). 5. H. alseae Ross, wings, male.

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Female (Fig. 2). Sternum IX with anterior margin shaped like the bow of a boat, having
dorsal and ventral margins smoothly curved in lateral view. The female genitalia of other
eastern species, H. monticola and H. doringa, can be distinguished from this species: the
anterior margin of sternum IX in lateral view is more acute in H. monticola (Fig. 3) and is
more oblong in H. doringa (Fig. 4).

Material Examined. Holotype o": North Carolina, Macon Co., Wayah Bald, Robin
Branch, elev. 4700', 12 June 1983, sweeping, J.S. Weaver (JSW) & R.W. Holzenthal
(RWS). Paratypes: Same locality as holotype, 1 cf, 4 9, 4-25 June 1983, Malaise trap, JSW
& P.J. Sieburth, 1 cf.49(l dead? under stone). 12 June 1983, sweeping, JSW & RWH; 2 cf,
2 9, 8 June 1984, JSW & J.C. Morse; Wayah Bald, Dirty John Creek, 1 cf, 18 May 1983,
sweeping, B.C. Kondratieff. Holotype cf and paratype 9 deposited at Smithsonian Institution,
Natural Museum of Natural History, 2 cf and 2 9 paratypes deposited at Clemson Insect
Museum, 1 cf and 9 paratypes deposited at the Illinois Natural History Survey and other
paratypes in author's collection.

Habitat Most adults were collected near a small seep of Robin Branch,
Wayah Bald. A predominant vascular plant in the seepage area was grass of
parnassus, Parnassia asarifolia. One dead female specimen was collected
under a stone in the seep, probably after ovipositing its eggs, as a large
eggmass was located on the same stone. Interestingly, several larvae
matching the description of Oropsychel (Wiggins 1977) were collected in
the same seep. This suggests that the larva ofHomoplectraflintimay be the
larva described by Wiggins as Orops yche] ( also collected at Wayah Bald).
However, I also collected adults of Oropsyche howellaeiust below the seep
area at Robin Branch. Thus, the larval identity of these species remains
uncertain and will require further research.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to John C. Morse for his encouragement and advice concerning this
investigation. Also, I wish to thank John D. Unzicker for his comments and for lending me
specimens for the Illinois Natural History Survey. I am very thankful to Peggy J. Sieburth and
Ralph W. Holzenthal for their assistance in field collections, and to Boris C. Kondratieff for
providing additional material.

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, N. 191 1 (1910). Descriptions of new species of North American neuropteroid insects.

Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 37: 335-360, pis. 11-13.
Denning, D.G. 1949. New and little known species of caddis flies. Am. Midi. Nat., 42: 112-

122.
Denning, D.G. 1952. Descriptions of several new species of caddis flies. Can. Entomol.,

84: 17-22.
Denning, D.G. 1956. Trichoptera. pp. 237-270. In Usinger, R.L., ed.. Aquatic insects of

California. Univ. Calif. Press. Berkley.
Denning, D.G. 1965. New Hydropsychidae (Trichoptera). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 38: 75-

84.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 77

Denning, D.G. 1966. New and interesting Trichoptera. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 42: 228-238.
Denning, D.G. 1975. New species of Trichoptera from western North America. Pan-Pac.

Entomol., 51: 318-326.
Flint, O.S., Jr. 1965. New species of Trichoptera from the United States. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Wash., 67: 168-176.
Flint, O.S., Jr. 1966. Notes of certain Nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 118: 373-390.
Ling, S-W. 1938. A few caddis flies in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Pan-Pac. Entomol., 14: 59-69.

Milne, L.J. 1936. Studies in North American Trichoptera. 3: 56-128. Cambridge, MA.
Ross, H.H. 1938. Descriptions of North American Trichoptera. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.,

40: 117-124.
Ross, H.H. 1941. Descriptions of North American Trichoptera. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc.,

67: 35-126, 13 pis.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.,

23: 1-326.
Schmid, F. 1980. Genera des Trichopteres du Canada et des Etats adjacents. pt. VII, 296 p.

In Les insectes et arachnides du Canada. Agric. Can. Publ. Ottawa.
Weaver, J.S., III, E.G. Swegman and J.L. Sykora. 1979. The description of the immature

forms of Aphropsvche monticola Flint (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). Aquat. Insects,

1: 143-148.
Wiggins, G.B. 1977. Larvae of North American caddisfly genera (Trichoptera). Univ.

Toronto Press. Toronto. 401 p.

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 20, 1985

The third regular meeting of The American Entomological Society was held on
Wednesday evening, February 20, at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, PA. The meeting was called to order by President Mason.

The report of the Nominating Committee was given by Bill Day. The following slate of
officers was presented:

President Roger W. Fuester, Vice President: Joseph K. Sheldon, Recording Secretary:

Ronald F. Romig, Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White, Treasurer. Jesse J.

Freese.

Nominations from the floor were requested, but none received. The slate was elected by
unanimous vote to serve for a two-year period.

There was no new or old business to conduct.

The next meeting was announced. It will be held at the University of Delaware on March
20. Dr. T.L. Spillman of the U.S. National Museum will speak on Thomas Say: The Father
of American Entomology and Two Utopias in the Wilderness.

There are no local notes of entomological interest. It seems that winter is still lord of the
environment.

The guest speaker was Mrs. Carol M. Spawn, Academy Manuscript Librarian/ Archivist
who spoke on the archival material of the American Entomological Society in the Academy
library. As the oldest continuously active Entomological Society in North America, our
heritage is rich. Her talk touched on such matters as: What is an archival collection; how is it
prepared; and of what use is it (Archives are the raw material of history). Numerous examples
of old documents and books were displayed in this most interesting and informative talk.

Joseph K. Sheldon
Vice President

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THE IDENTITY OF H.G. SCOTT S COLLEMBOLA

IN THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA1

Peter F. Bellinger2

ABSTRACT: The identity of types of 30 species of North American and Japanese
Collembola is discussed; the reliability of other determinations in this collection is evaluated.

From 1958 to 1965, Dr. H.G. Scott published a series of papers in
Entomological News, giving new records and descriptions of Collembola
from New Mexico, several other states, and Japan. Several genera and
many species were described as new in these papers, and virtually all the
state records given were new.

During preparation of the Collembola of North America (Christiansen
& Bellinger, 1980-81) we were able to examine types of a few of Scott's
species, either through the kindness of Dr. Scott or from study of museum
collections. The remaining types and other material recorded by Scott were
not available at that time. In the work mentioned, we were able only to state
the identity of the species whose types we had seen; other new species were
included on the basis of Scott's descriptions, or were omitted, and in the
absence of confirmation from actual specimens, records of previously
described species were also omitted.

A large part of the material on which Dr. Scott's papers were based has
now been deposited in the Academy of Natural Sciences (Roback, 1981).!
have been able to study this collection and to remount specimens (including
types) when necessary. In the following, species are listed by Scott's
determinations, in alphabetical order, with my opinion of their identity.

Type Material

Anurida violacea Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: holotype, no data, but collection code 1 IOC.
Specimen is a Xen ylla, probably humicola (O. Fabricius).

Biacanthella neomexicana Scott, 1961, Ent. News 72: 93, 94; holotype and 27 paratypes,
all with locality and date as in original description and/or collection code 35C. All are
Hypogastrura (Hypogastrura) sp., apparently in first instar. Biacanthella is a synonym
of Hypogastrura, as stated by Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980; B. neomexicana appears
more like maynardi Christiansen & Bellinger than oregonensis Yosii, as stated there, but
in view of their age the specimens cannot be precisely determined.

Bourletiella caeruleacauda Scott, 1 965, Ent. News 76: 50; holotype without data, paratype
from listed type locality, both with collection code 154C. Both are Bourletiella
(Deuterosminthurus) sp., not clearly visible and not more precisely determined.

Bourletiella hoffi Scott, 1965, Ent. News 76: 52; holotype, without data, with collection

1 Received October 1, 1984. Accepted November 13, 1984.

2Department of Biology, California State University, Northridge, CA 91330.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 78-82, March & April 1985

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 79

code 268C. Identified as B. (Deuterosminthurus) cf. validentata Snider, 1978; characters

are not sufficiently clear to establish the synonymy.
Bourletiella multimaculata Scott, 1965, Ent. News 76: 53; holotype, without data, with

collection code 405 C. Identified also as Bourletiella (Deuterosminthurus) cf. validentata

Snider, 1978, with same reservation.
Drepanura annulicornuta Scott, 1963, Ent. News 74: 11; holotype, without data, with

collection code 217C. Identified as Entomobrya (Drepanura) sp., somewhat shrivelled

(which may explain the reported subsegmentation of the fourth antennal segment); pattern

different from that described for other Nearctic species, but not suitable for redescription.
Drepanura neomexicana Scott, 1963. Ent. News 74: 12; holotype, without data, with

collection code 1 32C. Identified as E. ( Drepanura) sp., possibly dark californica Schott.

"Paratypes," one with different locality data and both with different collection codes

(contrary to statement in original description), are E. (D. ) californica, a distinctive color

form, as noted in Christiansen & Bellinger, p. 825.

Drepanura socorrensis Scott, 1963, Ent. News 74: 12; holotype, without data, with
collection code 383C. Identified as E. (Drepanura) sp., probably juvenile; = E. (D.)
californica?

Folsomia hoffi Scott, 1961, Ent. News 7 2: 264; holotype, without data, with collection code
103C. Folsomia sp. cf. duodecimoculata Ford, 1962, not F. hoffi sensu Christiansen &
Bellinger, pp. 644-645. "Paratypes" (4) with three different locality codes (contrary to
original description) appear to be F. hoffi sensu Christiansen & Bellinger. Pending a
revision, with fresh material, of the group of species which includes hoffi in these two
senses, it seems best not to attempt a more precise determination of the holotype.

Hoffia robusta Scott, 1961, Ent. News 72: 63; holotype and paratype from stated type
locality, with collection code 17C. Identified as Tafallia sp., as in Christiansen &
Bellinger, p. 246. Hoffia is a synonym of Tafallia; robusta is a good species of Tafallia.

Hypogastrura albamaculata Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: 55; holotype and paratype, from
given type locality, with collection code 175C. Specimens are Xenylla, probably
pallescens ( Scott), 1 960. The name albamaculata has priority overpallescens and should
replace it if the synonymy can be confirmed.

Hypogastrura japonica Scott, 1961, Ent. News 72: 122; holotype and paratype from type
locality with collection code 1 1 1C. Identified as Hypogastrura (Hypogastrura) sp. not
fitting the description of any species recorded from Japan.

Hypogastrura punctata (Coleman), 1941, "neotype," Ent. News 71: 58; from locality as
given by Scott with collection code 26C. Specimen is Hypogastrura (Hypogastrura) cf.
nivicola (Fitch). Scott's specimen resembles Coleman's description in pattern but not in
structure (contrary to Scott's statement) and is from New Mexico rather than southern
California. In my opinion it does not qualify as neotype and has no significance in
nomenclature.

Isotoma louisiana Scott, 1962, Ent. News 73: 68; holotype, from type locality. This is a
striking species which resembles Agrenia (tuberculate dentes) and Isotomurus (abdominal
bothriotrichia) but which does not fit in any recognized genus.

Neanura pseudornata Scott, 1961, Ent. News 72: 124; holotype, from type locality,
collection code 1 1 5C. Identified as a species of Lobelia or Crossodonthina, not matching
any species recorded from Japan; mouthparts not visible.

Neanurodes neomexicanus Scott, 1 960, Ent News 71: 1 90; holotype, from type locality,
collection code 372C. Specimen is a Brachystomella but does not match any known
Nearctic species. Neanurodes Scott is a new synonym of Brachystomella Agren.

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Neosminthurus purpureus Scott, 1964, Ent. News 75: 260; holotype and paratype from
type locality, collection code 5 1 C. Both are Neosminthunis cla\~atus( Banks) as stated by
Christiansen & Bellinger, p. 1 185.

Orchesella rubra Scott. 1963, Ent. News 74: 250; holotype and three paratypes, all with
locality code 148C and one paratype with data corresponding to type locality. The
specimen labelled "holotype" is Isotoma viridis Bourlet; two paratypes are Enlomobrya
(Entomobry aides) guthriei, to which O. rubra was sunk by Christiansen & Bellinger, p.
877; one paratype is E. (Entomobn-a) sp. The supposed seven antennal segments are
perhaps suggested by shrivelling and local constrictions on one antenna of one of the E.
guthriei specimens, but otherwise all antennae are normal (with four segments).

Pararrhopalites neomexicanus Scott. 1964, Ent. News 75: 264; holotype and paratype,
without data, with collection code 187C; two paratypes with a different collection code,
1 7 1 C, but from the described type locality. All are juvenile specimens ofSminthurus and
not further determinable (though two of the paratypes might belong to S. eiseni).

Proisotoma hoffi Scott, 1962, Ent. News 73: 20; holotype, without data, with collection
code 5C. This appears to be Folsomia hoffi( Scott) as noted by Christiansen & Bellinger,
p. 645, except for having 2 + 1 ventral manubrial setae.

Proisotoma subsegmentata Scott, 1 959, Ent. News 77: 1 3; holotype, from type locality as
given in original description, code 129C. Specimen is an Isotoma (Desoria) sp. of the
"olivacea" group, in the process of molting; the supposed 7-segmented abdomen is the
result of constriction of the third abdominal tergite by part of the exuviae.

Sminthurides pseudoviolaceus Scott, 1964, Ent. News 75: 50; holotype, without data, with
collection code 400C. Specimen is a first instar sminthurid, molting to the second instar,
belonging to the subfamily Sminthurinae but not determinable further.

Sphyrotheca binoculata Scott, 1964, Ent. News 75: 263; holotype, without data, and three
paratypes, one from stated type locality, all with collection code 1 89 C. The holotype is an
immature Arrhopalites, undeterminable; two paratypes are also Arrhopalites, of two
species; the third paratype is Collophora sp.

Spinachorutes krafti Scott, 1962, Ent. News 73: 238; holotype? and paratype from
described type locality. Specimens have been obscured by deterioration of the medium,
but visible characters are consistent with placement in Hypogastrura (Ceratophysella)
(Christiansen & Bellinger, pp. 1 69- 1 70). Spinachorutes is ajunior synonym of Ceratophysella.

Spinifacies oregonensis Scott, 1963, Ent. News 108; holotype from described type locality.
The two specimens on the type slide are an adult male and a juvenile of Hypogastrura
(Michellania) virga Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980. The name oregonensis Scott is a
junior secondary homonym of Hypogastrura (H.) oregonensis Yosii, 1960, but is senior
to virga, and valid, if Mitchellania is regarded as a good genus distinct from Hypogastrura.

Tullbergia neomexicana Scott, 1961, Ent. News 72: 64; holotype, from described type
locality, with collection code 28C. The specimen is a juvenile Onychiurus cf. folsomi
(Schaffer), and neomexicana appears to be ajunior synonym of folsomi. Of eight
"paratype" slides, not certainly from the same locality, four have locality code 2 C; three of
these have juvenile, undeterminable specimens of Hypogastrura s.l. (this is the basis for
the placement of neomexicana in H. (Schoettella) by Christiansen & Bellinger, p. 478).
The other four "paratype" slides have the locality code 4C; two have undeterminable
specimens of Onychiurus s.str. No specimens could be found on three of the "paratype"
slides.

Xenylla neomexicana Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: 60; holotype, without data, with
collection code 327C. Specimen is a Xenylla, cf. humicola, not further determinable.

Xenyllodes alpinus Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: 184; paratype slide from described type
locality, with collection code 1C; second "paratype" slide without data, with collection
code 414C. The five specimens on the first slide and four on the second all appear to be
Xenylla pallescens (Scott), sensu Gama, 1974, to which alpinus was sunk by Gama.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 81

Xenyllodes hoffi Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: 185; two paratypes, from type locality, code
3 1 C. One specimen, here selected as lectotype, is an adult female Xenylla humicola (O.
Fabricius); hoffi is therefore a synonym of humicola. The second paratype is a
Hypogastrura, cf. copiosa (Folsom).

Xenyllodes pallescens Scott, 1960, Ent. News 71: 186; two paratypes, one from type
locality, remounted and labelled " Xenylla pallescens Scott, 1960 s. Gama, 1974;" the
second paratype slide has ten specimens, all apparently the same as on the first slide, plus a
specimen of Janetschekbrya sp.

Other Material

In addition to the types, the collection contains 420 slides with
specimens ( and a few others on which no specimen could be found). These
slides, from their labels, include representatives of most of the species
recorded by Scott in his papers in Entomological News, and a few others.
However, this is only part of the material seen by Scott, since he gives more
localities for many species than are represented by specimens. A few slides
are in the Oregon State University collection. According to Scott (personal
communication) the balance of his collection of Collembola should be in the
Vector-Borne Disease Museum, U. S. Center for Disease Control, Atlanta,
GA 30333. Since I have not seen this material, it is not possible to correct
all of Scott's original records. But since this series of papers has provided
part of the data base for two studies on biogeography (Blackith & Blackith,
1975; Franz, 1975), and provide the only published information on the
Collembola of some localities, it seems important to call attention to the
questionable nature of these records. Twenty-four of the specimens are
certainly, and another 20 possibly, correctly determined; of the remainder.
109 are placed in the wrong genus and seven others in the wrong family.

LITERATURE CITED AND OTHER REFERENCES

Blackith, R.E. & R.M. Blackith. 1975. Zoogeographical and ecological determinants of

collembolan distribution. Proc. R Irish Acad. B 75: 345-368.
Christiansen, K., & P. Bellinger. 1980-81. The Collembola of North America North of the

Rio Grande. 1322 pp. Grinnell, IA: Grinnell College.
Franz, H. 1975. Die Bodenfauna der Erde in biozonoticcher Betrachtung. Vol. I, II.

Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Roback, S.S. 1981. Collembola described by Dr. H.G. Scott in the collections of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Ent. News 92: 209-210.
Scott, H.G. 1958. New locality records for Proisotoma frisoni (Collembola, Isotominae).
Ent. News 69: 202.

_. 1959. Collembola from Colorado. Ibid. 70: 13-16.

_. 1959. Collembola from Pennsylvania. Ibid. 70: 81-83.

— 1959. Collembola from Japan. I. Onychiurinae. Ibid. 70: 161-163.

1959. Collembola from Japan. II. Isotominae. Ibid. 70: 241-243.

. 1960. The Collembola of New Mexico. I. Podurinae and Hypogastrurinae Ibid
71: 53-62.

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

_. 1960. The Collembola of New Mexico. II. Neanurinae. Ibid. 71: 183-191.
. 1961. The Collembola of New Mexico. III. Onychiurinae. Ibid. 72: 57-65.

1961. The Collembola of New Mexico. IV. A new genus of Isotominae

(Entomobryidae). Ibid 72: 93-96.

1961. Collembola from Japan. III. Hypogastrurinae and Neanurinae. Ibid.

72: 121-126.
1961. The Collembola of New Mexico. V. Isotominae: Anurophorus, Isotomodes,

Folsomia. Ibid. 72: 262-267.
1962. The Collembola of New Mexico. VI. Isotominae: Guthriella, Proisotoma,

Isotomurus. Ibid. 73: 17-23.
1962. The Collembola of New Mexico. VII. Isotominae: Metisotoma, Isotoma.

Ibid. 73: 45-51.

1962. Collembola from Louisiana. Ibid. 73: 67-68.

1962. The Collembola of New Mexico. VIII. Tomocerinae (Entomobryidae).

Ibid. 73: 141-145.

. 1962. Collembola from Oregon. Ibid. 73: 237-241.
1963. The Collembola of New Mexico. IX. Entomobryinae: Drepanura,

Entomobryoides, Isotogryoides, Sinella, Ibid. 74: 9-18.

... 1963. Collembola from Oregon. II. Ibid. 74: 107-111.

1963. The Collembola of New Mexico. X. Entomobryinae: Drepanocrytus,

Willowsia, Lepidocyrtus, Pseudosinella. Ibid. 74: 225-231.

. The Collembola of New Mexico. XI. Entomobrya, Orchesella, Lepidocyrtinus.

Ibid. 74: 243-251.

. 1 964. The Collembola of New Mexico. XII. Neelinae and Sminthuridinae. Ibid.
75: 47-53.

. 1964. The Collembola of New Mexico. XIII. Sminthurinae: Sminthurini. Ibid.
75: 259-266.

. 1965. The Collembola of New Mexico. XIV. Sminthurinae: Bourletiellini. Ibid.
76: 49-55.

. 1965. The Collembola of New Mexico. XV. Dicyrtominae Ibid. 76: 129-131.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECT COMMUNICATION. T. Lewis, ed. 1984. Academic Press. 414 pp. $55.00.

A symposium of the Royal Entomological Society of London on diverse aspects of insect
communication.

CATALOGUE OF PALAEARCTIC DIPTERA. Vol. 9 Micropezidae- Agromyzidae and
Vol. 10 Clusiidae - Chloropidae. A. Soos & L. Papp, eds. 1984. Elsevier Science Publ Co.,
P.O. Box 1663, Grand Central Sta. N.Y., N.Y. 10163.

Catalogue of main taxonomic, nomenclatorial and distribution data of 25,000 fly species
described from the Palaearctic Region. Complete series will comprise 14 volumes.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April. 1985 83

PARASITE COMPLEX OF ARCHIPS
ARGYROSPILUS, CHORISTONEURA ROSACEANA

(LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE) AND

ANACAMPSIS INNOCUELLA (LEPIDOPTERA:

GELECHIIDAE) IN WYOMING SHELTERBELTS1

Michael G. Pogue^

ABSTRACT: Immature stages ofArchips argyrospilus (Walker), Choristoneura rosaceana
(Harris), and Anacampsis innocuella (Zeller) were collected from foliage of shelterbelt
plantings and held for parasite emergence. Eleven hymenopterous parasite species were
reared from each of the three pest species, with Itoplectis conquisitor( Say) being parasitic on
all three species. Parasitation rates for larvae ranged from 36-41% (a single parasitized larva
of A. innocuella was collected) and 4 1-5 2% of the pupae were parasitized. New parasite hosts
and state distribution records are presented.

Shelterbelts are artificial plantings of trees and shrubs around farm and
ranch houses. In eastern Wyoming, shelterbelts give protection from high
winds and increase snow accumulation which prevents drifting against
buildings. Surveys for shelterbelt pests near Wheatland, Platte Co.,
Wyoming during 1979 yielded three Lepidoptera species. All were leaf
rollers, Archips argyrospilus (Walker) and Choristoneura rosaceana
(Harris) (Tortricidae), and Anacampsis innocuella( Zeller) (Gelechiidae).
Larvae of all three are foliage feeders within rolled terminal leaves of their
hosts. A. argyrospilus was polyphagous, being collected on 1 2 species of
deciduous trees and shrubs in the shelterbelts surveyed ( Pogue and Lavigne
1981). C. rosaceana larvae were collected principally on American elm
( Ulmus americana L.) and A. innocuella larvae on the plains cottonwood
(Populus sargentii Dode).

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Immature stages of A. argyrospilus, C. rosaceana, and A innocuella
were hand collected from foliage of host plants in several shelterbelts during
June and July, 1979. Larvae and pupae were placed in individual 4 dram
shell vials and held until either adult moths or parasites emerged. Larvae
were fed foliage of the host on which they were collected.

Parasites were identified by R.W. Carlson (Ichneumonidae), S.R.

1 Received August 25, 1984. Accepted October 15, 1984.

2 Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institute, U.S. National Museum of Natural
History, NHB 127, Washington, DC 20560.

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 83-86. March & April 1985

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Shaw(Braconidae), P.M. Marsh (Braconidae), A.S. Menke(Bethylidae),
and E.E. Grissell (Eulophidae, Pteromalidae, Chalcididae), Insect Identifi-
cation and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, U.S.D.A., Beltsville,
MD. Moth determinations were made by the author. Krombein et al.
(1979) was used to determine new host and distribution records for
parasites that were collected during this study.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Eleven species of hymenopterous parasites were reared from three pest
species (Table 1). Only Itoplectis conquisitor (Say) was parasitic on all
pests. All Icheumonidae species were pupal parasites, whereas all Braconidae
species were larval parasites. The other larval parasite was Goniozus
floridanus (Ashmead) (Bethylidae) and additional pupal parasites were
Pediobius sp. (Eulophidae), Pteromalus sp. (Pteromalidae), and Spilochalcis
leptis Burks (Chalcididae).

No known hosts have been recorded previously for Goniozus floridanus
which was parasitizing A argyrospilus. Other new host records include C.
rosaceana for /. conquisitor and Meteorus trachynotus Viereck; and A.
innocuella for 5". leptis. New distribution records for Wyoming included
Phaeogenes cacoeciae Viereck and S. leptis (Krombein et al. 1979).

Most common parasites of A. argyrospilus included /. conquisitor
attacking pupae and Macrocentris cerasivoranae Viereck attacking larvae.
Larvae of C. rosaceana were most commonly attacked by M. trachynotus.
Pupae of A. innoceulla were parasitized by I. conquisitor and Phaeogenes
sp.

The immature stages of the leafrollers were moderately parasitized.
Density was estimated to be about one per square meter of surface foliage.
Of 42 larvae and 56 pupae of A. argyrospilus, each were parasitized 41%.
In C. rosaceana, 36% of 1 1 larvae and 44% of 16 pupae were parasitized.
A single parasitized larva of A. innocuella was collected, and of 23 pupae,
52% were parasitized.

An obligate secondary parasite, Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Girault),
was reared from pupae of A. argyrospilus and C. rosaceana. Atkins et al.
(1957) reared C. aeneoviridis from a parasite, Goniozus platynotae
Ashmead, that was commonly attacking larvae of Platynota stultana
Walsingham, a tortricid feeding on cotton. C. aeneoviridis was reared from
pupae ofEvora hemidesma(ZQ\\er), a tortricid feeding on Spirea spp., and
was considered a hyperparasite (Roberts 1966). Krombein et al. (1979)
records G. platynotae, Macrocentrus sp. and Meteorus sp. as hosts of C.
aeneoviridis. In the larval samples collected during this study, C. aeneoviridis
could have been parasitizing any of the Braconidae or G. floridanus based

Vol. 96. No. 2, March & April. 1985 85

on the cited literature.

No Diptera were reared during this study. Several species of Tachinidae
parasites have been reared from these lepidopterous pests (Raizenne 1952;
Schaffner 1959). Density of tachinid parasites may have been too low to be
included in such a small sample size of the pest species. A major factor
contributing to the success of a parasite in locating a suitable host is habitat
preference. Many hosts are parasitized because they are found in a certain
habitat and are acceptable to the parasite, not due to being a preferred host of
the parasite (Vinson 1976). Shelterbelts, being artificial plantings, may not
be an attractive habitat in which certain parasites might search for hosts.

The parasite complex of these lepidopterous pests may play a major
role in suppressing their numbers.

Table 1. Parasites reared from A. argyrospilus, C. rosaceana, and A. innocuella larvae and
pupae from shelterbelt plantings in southeastern Wyoming.

A. argyrospilus C. rosaceana A. innocuella

Parasite

Larva Pupa Larva Pupa Larva Pupa

Hymenoptera
Ichneumonidae

lloplectis conquisitor (Say) X X^ X

Ilopleclis quadricingulata (Provancher) X

Phaeogenes cacoeciae Viereck3 X

Phaeogenes sp. X

Braconidae

Macrocemrus cerasivoranae Viereck X X

Macrocentrus iridescens French X

Meteorus trachynotus Viereck X X'3

Eulophidae

Pediobius sp. X

Pteromalidae

Pleromalus sp. X

Chalcididae

Spilochalcis leptis Burks3 X Xb

Bethylidae

Goniozus floridanus (Ashmead) X"

aNew Wyoming record
"New parasite host record

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank William E. Miller of the Department of Entomology, University of
Minnesota and Robert J. Lavigneofthe Entomology Department, University of Wyoming for
critically reviewing this manuscript. Appreciation is also extended to R.W. Carlson, S.R.
Shaw, P.M. Marsh, A.S. Menke, an E.E. Grissell for parasite determinations.

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Atkins, E.L., Jr., M.L. Frost, Jr., L.D. Anderson, and A.S. Deal. 1957. The "Omnivorous

Leaf Roller," Platynota stultana Wishm., on cotton in California: Nomenclature, life

history, and bionomics ( Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 25 1-259.
Krombein, Karl V., Paul E. Hurd, Jr., David R. Smith, and B.D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington,

D.C., 2735. pp.
Pogue, Michael and Robert Lavigne. 1981. The Tortricinae ( Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) of

Wyoming. Univ. of Wyoming. Agr. Exp. Sta. Science Monograph 41, 321 pp.
Raizenne, Henri. 1952. Forest Lepidoptera of southern Ontario and their parasites received

and reared at the Ottawa Forest Insect Survey Laboratory from 1937 to 1948. Canada

Dept. Agr. Sci. Ser. Div. Forest Biology, Ottawa, Canada, 277 pp.
Roberts, Donald W. 1966. Life history and parasites of Evora hemidesma (Zeller)

(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae). Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst. 23: 165-170.
Schaffner, J. V., Jr. 1 959. Microlepidoptera and their parasites reared from field collections in

the northeastern United States. U.S.D.A. Forest Service, Misc. Pub. No. 767, 97 pp.
Vinson, S. Bradleigh. 1976. Host selection by insect parasitoids. Annu. Rev. Entomol.

21: 109-133.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY),
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD.

ITZN 11/5 A.N.(S.) 132 3 December 1984

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 4 1 , part
4, on 30 November, 1984 and will welcome comments and advice on them from interested
zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if possible
within six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Case No.
2115 Report on Glyphipterix Hubner, [1825] (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

2318 Aphodius rufus Moll, 1782 andAegialia rufa Fabricius, 1792 (Insecta,

Coleoptera): proposed conservation under the plenary powers by suppres-
sion of Aphodius scybalarius Fabricius, 1792.

(Continued to page 92)

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April. 1985 87

DIPTERA ASSOCIATED WITH SHELF FUNGI

AND CERTAIN OTHER MICRO- HABITATS IN

THE HIGHLANDS AREA OF WESTERN

NORTH CAROLINA1 2

Robert C. Graves, Anne C.F. Graves-^

ABSTRACT: Diptera collected primarily from species of woody fungi in western North
Carolina (Macon, Jackson, and Transylvania counties) are discussed. The families represented
include Ceratopogonidae, Chironomidae, Mycetophilidae, Sciaridae, Cecidomyiidae,
Lonchopteridae, Phoridae, and Drosophilidae.

This is the seventh in a series of papers on the arthropods associated
with the sporocarps of woody shelf- or bracket-fungi ( chiefly Polyporaceae)
in the Blue Ridge Mountains area near Highlands, North Carolina ( Graves
and Graves 1966a, 1966b, 1968, 1969, 1970, Graves et al. 1977). A
bibliography of publications on mycophagous insects has been published by
Fogel(1975).

Information on the Highlands area, collecting methods (extraction
funnel), and detailed habitat and collection data may be found in Graves
and Graves (1966a). The paired code numbers (e.g., 120-1) refer to this
information, the second number in each pair being the number of individuals
collected. Collection numbers beginning with "C" refer to non-fungus
habitats (data listed in Graves and Graves 1 969). In the following checklist,
the general types of microhabitats in which each species was collected are
indicated as follows: F - fungi, L - rhododendron leaf litter, M - moss, S -
sawdust pile, and T - tree-hole debris.

Checklist of Diptera

Ceratopogonidae

Atrichopogon sp. (M) (C101-1)

Forcipomvia (new subgenus near Lepidohelea) new species 1 (F)(120-l. 121-1, 125-1,

130-f, 134-1,141-6, 147-15,149-1,151-1,159-6, 180-1. 2 13- 1,21 5-1, 21 7-1, 218-

1)

F. (Forcipomvia) bipunctata(L.) (F) (147-1)
F. (Forcipomvia) fuliginosa(Meigen) (F) (141-1)
F. (Forcipomvia) sp. (F.S.M) (156-1, 158-1, C110a-l. C115-1)

Deceived April 9, 1984. Accepted November 3, 1984.

^Collecting supported by NSF G- 1 7005 made to the Highlands Biological Station, Highlands,
NC

^Department of Biological Sciences, Bowling Green State University. Bowling Green, OH
43403

ENT. NEWS 96(2): 87-92. March & April 1985

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Dasyhelea oppressa Thomsen (F) (146-1. 189-7 adults, 4 pupae, 15 larvae)

Culicoides obsoletus (Meigen) (F) (116-1)

C. sanguisuga(Coqm\\el)(F)( 119-1, 129-1, 130-2, 133-1, 141-2, 142-1. 159-1, 164-1,
170-1, 190-1)

C. debit ipalpis Lutz ( F) ( 1 4 1 - 1 )

Culicoides new species, piliferus group (F) ( 149-1 )

C. snowi ( F) Wirth and Jones ( 1 30- 1 )

C. haematopotus Malloch (M) (Cl 18-1)

Culicoides spp. (F) (141-1 larva, 189-2 larvae)

Monohelea johannseni Wirth (F) (159-1 )

Palpomyia sp. (M) (Cl 18-1)
Chironomidae

Genus undetermined (104-1, 105-1, 106-2, 107-2, 108-2, 109-1, 111-1, 115-1, 125-13,
126-1, 129-4, 132-1, 133-6, 134-6, 135-1, 136-2, 140-1, 141-17, 142-2, 145-5, 146-
1. 147-2, 148-1, 155-3, 156-1, 158-1, 159-5, 189-2, 204-1, Clll-1, C127-1)

Polypedilum sp. (M) (C101-1 )
Mycetophilidae

Svnapha bicolor Shaw and Fisher (F) (159-1 )

Genus undetermined (larvae) (F) (105-1, 131-5, 141-10, 158-25, 171-5,204-1,208-2)
Sciaridae

Sciara sp. (F)( 200-1)

Brady sia species (F.M) ( 107-1, 150-1, 168-1, 204-1, 213-1, C 106-1 )
Cecidomyiidae

Didactylomyia longimana (Felt) (M) (C106-1)

Porricondyla species (F.M) (1 10b-l, Cl 1 1-1)

Lesfod/p/asw species (F,M) (adults: 107-2, 1 10b-4, 1 14-2, 144-2, 145-3, 150-3, 157-1,
163-1. 210-2. Clll-2) (larvae: 108-2, 151-1, 188-10. C 100-2)

Genus undetermined (larvae) (108-8, 137-50, 141-25, 142-4, 158-25, 166-1, 172-

4, 180-2, 210-100, 213-50, 215-10, 219-100)
Lonchopteridae

Lonchoptera furcata (Fallen) (F) (145-1)
Phoridae

Dohrniphora sp. (F.M) (102-1, C 106-1)

Genus undetermined (larvae) (156-25, 205-15)

Drosophilidae (undetermined) (F) ( 141-1, 162-2, 201-1, 214-2, 219-1)
Family undetermined ("all larvae - either Phoridae, Drosophilidae or possibly Chironomidae")

(111. 112, 114. 122. 125, 128, 129, 136, 138. 139, 140, 141. 144, 146, 149, 155, 158,

159, 163, 169, 171, 173. 178, 180, 183, 188. 189,200,201,207,208,209,214,215,

217, 219b, 220, C100, C101, C102, C105, C106, C107, C108, C109, Clll, C114,

C115, C116,C117, C118, C119)

DISCUSSION

Nearly a quarter-century ago one of us (RCC) stated that the study of
fungus-inhabiting Diptera has virtually been ignored ( Graves 1960). More
than a decade later Ackerman and Shenefelt (1973) remarked that "even
today very little is really known about these insects, their specific biologies
and the types of associations they enter into with fungi; even their taxonomy
is not well worked out." This is still true today, and the study of

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 89

mycetophagous Diptera remains in its pioneer stages.

Ceratopogonidae are minute flies (1-4 mm.) and are poorly known
(Wirth 1965 a). The adults of most species suck the blood of vertebrates or
other insects, and the larvae are found in a variety of aquatic, semiaquaticor
terrestrial habitats (Wirth 1 965 a). Although a few species have been reared
from polyporoid fungi (Jamnback and Wirth 1 963), these fungi do not seem
to be an important habitat for ceretopogonid larvae — none were found by
Ackerman and Shenefelt (1973) in Wisconsin, for example. However, the
rainfall in the areas collected around Highlands, NC, averaged more than
76 in to more than 84 in. in places (USDA 1 94 1 ). As the decaying sporocarps
tended to remain constantly moist, the habitat was more suitable for
semiaquatic larvae.

The Atrichopogon was found in Sphagnum-\\\ae moss on rocks beneath
rhododendrons, a semiaquatic habitat typical of this genus (Wirth 1965 a).
Of particular interest was the "Forcipomyiafaew subgenus near Lepidohelea)
new species 1" which W.W. Wirth (in litt.) plans to describe in a future
publication. This was the commonly collected ceratopogonid in this study,
and was found at 13 sites, all of which were fungi. However, only a single
specimen was obtained from each site, except for a sporocarp of Polyporus
gilvus (Schw.) Fries which was riddled with the tunnels of termites,
Reticulitermes virginicus Banks (Graves and Graves 1968) and contained
15 Forcipomyia n.sp. 1. Many ceratopogonids are predaceous on other
insects (Wirth 1965a) but any attempt to associate this new species with
termites would be pure speculation.

Dasyhelea oppressa has been reared from moist tree- hole debris and
slime fluxes on tree bark ( Waugh and Wirth 1 976 ). All stages of this species
were found in a decayed Polyporus sulphureus sporocarp on the ground
and soaking wet at an altitude of 3 200 ft. This is a new record of woody fungi
as a habitat of D. oppressa larvae, but it is a habitat little different from those
previously mentioned.

The larvae of the biting midges, Culicoides, inhabit wet, decomposing
plant material and leaf compost (Wirth 1965 a). C. sanguisuga is the most
abundant and important species of biting midge as a pest of humans in the
forested areas of eastern North America (Jamnback and Wirth 1963). C.
debilipalpus larvae are found in stump holes and tree-holes, and C. snowiin
tree-holes (Battle and Turner 1971). The unidentified Culicoides larvae
were collected from two species of Polyporus in late decompositional
stages.

As it was not possible to obtain determinations on Chironomidae. little
can be discovered about the species in this family. Most chironomid larvae
are aquatic but some are found in moist terrestrial habitats. Seventeen
adults were found on Polyporus in late stages of decay, broken up and fallen

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

on the ground, with phalangids and chironomids resting on the surface. The
Polypedilum was collected from Sphagnum-Yike moss on rocks beneath
rhododendrons. Associations between Chironomidae and shelf fungi are
apparently incidental, and adults were probably resting or hiding in crevices
in the fungi when collected.

Both the Mycetophilidae and the closely related Sciaridae contain
many species that are closely associated with fungi. Synapha bicolor is
recorded only from New York and Rhode Island in Laffoon ( 1 965). Sciara
were also collected from polypores in Michigan and Illinois by Graves
(1960) and in Quebec by Pielou( 1966), and Brady sia from several species
of woody fungi in Wisconsin (Ackerman and Shenefelt 1973) and Canada
(Pielou and Verma 1968).

Although Cecidomyiidae are found in a great variety of ecological
niches, the larvae of many species are fungus feeders (Cole 1969) and are
known to inhabit the sporocarps of several species of woody fungi
(Ackerman and Shenefelt 197 3, Graves, 1960, Pielou 1966). The larvae of
the eastern species of Lestodiplosis are thought to be predatory on other
insect larvae (Cole 1969). The larvae of Lestodiplosis were found in
several species of fungi, and also in moss on the forest floor. Both
Lestodiplosis and Porricondyla were collected from Polyporus in Canada
(Pielou and Verma 1968). Didactylomyia longimana is recorded only
from Massachusetts and New York by Foote (1965).

The larvae of Lonchopteridae are found under leaves and decaying
vegetation andLonchopterafurcata is a worldwide species (Wirth 1965b).
Its occurrence in fungi is probably incidental.

The Phoridae have diverse larval habits, but many have been reared
from fungi (Schmitz and Bayer 1965) and have been collected previously
from shelf fungi (Graves 1960, Ackerman and Shenefelt 1973). In the
present study, however, phorid larvae were determined only from softer
fungi (Boletus).

Several species of Drosophilidae have been collected from shelf fungi,
but that family is much more closely associated with mushrooms and other
soft fungi. The few specimens of Drosophilidae were sent for identification
and were lost.

The Diptera are certainly a major group of fungus inhabiting insects, but
the ecology of most species of mycetophilous Diptera is still very poorly
known. This is due in part to the technical difficulties of obtaining species
determinations of several families, and especially in the case of larval
stages, which are most common in moist fungi. It is hoped that systematic
and ecological researchers will continue to broaden and deepen our
knowledge of the inter-relationships between fungi and Diptera.

Vol. 96, No. 2, March & April, 1985 91

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank W. W. Wirth and R.J. Gagne, USDA Systematic Entomology Laboratory, and
W.N. Mathis, Smithsonian Institution, for their determinations of Diptera. We are especially
grateful to W. W. Wirth for his interest and helpful comments, and to Jong S. Yoon. Bowling
Green State University, for critically reading the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Ackerman, J.K. and R.D. ShenefelL 1973. Organisms, especially insects, associated with

wood rotting higher fungi (Basidiomycetes) in Wisconsin forests. Wisconsin Acad. Sci.

Arts Letters 61: 185-206.
Battle, F. V. and E.C. Turner, Jr. 1971. The insects of Virginia: No. 3. A systematic review

of the genus Culicoides ( Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) of Virginia with a geographic catalog

of the species occurring in the eastern United States north of Florida. Research Div. Bull.

44. Virginia Polytech. Inst., Blacksburg. 129 pp.
Cole, F.R. 1969. The flies of western North America. Univ. California Press. Berkeley. 693

pp.
Fogel, R. 1975. Insect mycophagy: a preliminary bibliography. USDA Forest Service

General Tech. Report PNW-26. 21 pp.
Foote, R.H. 1965. Family Cecidomyiidae, pp. 241-295. In Stone, A., C.W. Sabrosky.

W.W. Wirth, R.H. Foote, and J.R. Coulson. A catalog of the Diptera of American north

of Mexico. USDA Agriculture handbook no. 276. Washington, D.C. 1696 p. (Reprinted

1983 by Smithsonian Institution Press. Washington).
Graves, R.C. 1960. Ecological observations on the insects and other inhabitants of woody

shelf fungi (Basidiomycetes: Polyporaceae) in the Chicago area. Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Am. 53: 61-78.
Graves, R.C., and A.C.F. Graves. 1966a. The insects and other inhabitants of shelf fungi in

the southern Blue Ridge region of western North Carolina. I. Introduction, description of

the habitat, and the host fungi. Ibid. 59: 381-90.

1 966b. The insects and other inhabitants of shelf fungi in the southern Blue Ridge

region of western North Carolina. II. The parasitic Hymenoptera. Ibid. 59: 391-2.

1968. The insects and other inhabitants of shelf fungi in the southern Blue Ridge

region of western North Carolina. III. Isoptera, Lepidoptera, and ants. Ibid. 61: 383-5.

1969. Pseudoscorpions and spiders from moss, fungi, rhododendron leaf litter,

and other microcommunities in the Highlands area of western Northern Carolina. Ibid.
62: 267-9.

_. 1 970. The insects and other inhabitants of self fungi in the southern Blue Ridge of

western North Carolina. IV. The Thysanoptera. Ibid. 63: 96-98.
Graves, R.C., A.C.F. Graves and D. L. Wray. 1977. Collembola associated with shelf fungi

(Polyporaceae, etc.) and some other microcommunities in the Highlands area of western

North Carolina. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 70: 890-892.
Jamnback, H. and W.W. Wirth. 1963. The species of Culicoides related to obsoletus in

eastern North America (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 56:

185-198.
Laflbon,J.L. 1965. Family Mycetophilidae, pp. 196-229. In Stone. A., etal. A catalog of the

Diptera of America north of Mexico. USDA Agr. handbook no. 276. Washington, D.C.

1696 p.
Pielou, D.P. 1966. The fauna of Polyporus betulinus (Bulliard) Fries (Basidiomycetes:

Polyporaceae) in Gatineau Park, Quebec. Canadian Entomol. 98: 1233-1237.
Pielou, D.P. and A.N. Verma. 1968. The arthropod fauna associated with the birch bracket

fungus, Polyporus betulinus in eastern Canada. Canadian Entomol. 100: 1 179-1 199.

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Schmitz, H. and E. Bayer. 1965. Family Phoridae, pp. 531-546. In Stone, A., et al. A

catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. USDA Agr. handbook no. 276.

Washington, D.C. 1696 p.
USDA. 1941. Climate and Man. Yearbook of Agriculture, 1941. U.S. Dept. Agric.,

Washington, D.C. 1248 pp.
Waugh, W.T. and W.W. Wirth. 1976. A revision of the genus Dasyhelea Kieffer of the

eastern United States north of Florida (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Amer. 69: 219-247.
Wirth, W.W. 1965a. Family Ceratopogonidae, pp. 121-142. In Stone, A. et al. A catalog of

the Diptera of America north of Mexico. USDA Agr. handbook no. 276. Washington,

D.C. 1696 p.

1965b. Family Lonchopteridae, pp. 530-531. In Stone, A. et al. (ibid).

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

(Continued from page 86)

ITZN 59

The following opinions have been published by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 4 1 , part 4, on
30 November, 1984:

Opinion No.

1277 (p. 212) Ptilium Gyllenhal, 1827 and Ptenidium Erichson, 1845 (Insecta,

Coleoptera): conserved.

1279 (p. 218) Chrysolina Motschulsky, 1860 (Insecta, Coleoptera): conserved.

1283 (p. 227) LYMANTRIIDAE Hampson, [1893] given nomenclatural precedence

over ORGYIIDAE Wallengren, 1861 and DASYCHIRIDAE Packard,
1864 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1284 (p. 231) Peggichisme Kirkaldy, 1904(Hemiptera, Heteroptera): designation of

type species.

1286 (p. 235) Chermes fusca Zetterstedt, 1828 (Insecta, Homoptera): conserved.

1287 (p. 238) Sesia andrenaeformis Laspeyres, 1801 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): conserved
The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

R.V. MELVILLE, Secretary

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vi x 6}A inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $22.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
"ubmitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED — books and papers, information on ants. Also wish correspondence on ants.
Harry Kornberg — 6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth FL 33463.

WANTED: Specimens of the brown recluse spider (Lomsce/es) or Australian bulldog ant
(Myrmecia). Will pay top dollar. Gilbert Olivarez, 2220 Harvey McAllen, Texas 78501.

FOR SALE: Dried Formosan butterflies, moths, beetles and other insects. Also cocoons and
ova of butterflies and moths. P.T. CHANG, P.O. Box 873 Taipei, Taiwan 100, Republic of
China.

MALAISE TRAPS. Design with proven superior efficiency, as described and figured by
Townes in Entomological News (83: 239-247). Complete with stakes. $198, postpaid. Order
from: Golden Owl Publishers, Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, MD 20653. Phone
(301) 863-9253.

Exchange: Cicindelidae and Carabidae of world wanted in exchange for European and
African Coleoptera and other families. Cesare lacovone, via G. Noventa No. 1 2, Scala I - int.
3,00143, Roma, Italy.

WANTED: Photographs for children's science book of life cycle of North American firefly,
prefer Photinus pyralis. C.W. Billings, 39 Coburn Avenue, Nashua. NH 03063.

ODONATOLOGISTS wanted for correspondence. Francois C. Nantel, 1550 Mgr. Tache.
Ste-Foy. P.Q., Canada G1W 3G7.

FOR SALE: Butterflies Al Fine Quality (specialists in Ornithopterea, Papilionidae,
Charaxes, Morphidae, Agrias). Coleopteras( special-list in African Cetoninae, Cerambycidae,
Dynastinae, Lucanidae). Many books, entomological material, collection boxes in wood.
Lists on request, for US$ 5., repayable at the first order. HEITZMANN THIERRY - 40, rue
des petits champs - 68120 PFASTATT-FRANCE.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: Early stages of Heliothinae and Stirriinae ( Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae), preserved in alcohol, and/or adults, preserved dry, for a cladistic analysis of
relationships between species, groups, and genera. All known biological and ecological data
also solicited. Marcus Matthews, Entomology, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Rd.,
London SW7 5BD, England.

JOURNALS WANTED: Annals of the Entomological Society of America, Vols. 76 & 77
(1983 & 1984). Please write stating condition & price. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Dep't.,
Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, NJ 07043.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rates: $5
domestic or $10 foreign. International Specimen Supply, P.O. Box 1066, Golita, CA93I 16,
USA.

US ISSN 0013-872X

MAY & JUNE 1985

ENTOM

NEWS

Observations on Anacharis melanoneura (Hymenoptera:
Figitidae), a parasite of Hemerobius stigma (Neuroptera:
Hemerobiidae) G.L. Miller, P.L. Lambdin 93

New introduction of a European cockroach, Ectobius
lapponicus (Dictyoptera: Blatellidae)

DonaldS. Chandler 98

A New Oopterinus from Arkansas (Coleoptera:

Cuculionidae) Charles W. O'Brien 101

Pitfall trapping Cicindelidae (Coleoptera) & abundance of
Megacephala virginica & Cicindela unipunctata
in the pine barrens of New Jersey Howard P. Boyd 105

Biology & subgeneric placement of Osmia pikei

(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) C. Cripps, R.W. Rust 109

Air-dry method for studying chromosomes of insects and

arachnids J. C. Cokendolpher, J.D. Brown 114

A case of albinism in Ephemeroptera

W.P. McCajferty, D.W. Bloodgood 119

Parasitism of European corn borer by Lydella thompsoni
(Diptera: Tachinidae) and Macrocentrus grandii
(Hymenoptera: Pyralidae) in southeast Pennsylvania
& Delaware R.F. Romig, C.E. Mason, P.P. Burbutis 121

ANNOUNCEMENTS , fyte?> 97,113,120

(s
MAY 2 r /qpr 10°

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 20. 1985

108

TIIK \MI;HK:\N ENTOMOLOGICAL

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July-A ugust by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985-1 986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd. Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, l900RaceSt., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: S7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8' 2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 96. No. 3 May & June. 1985 93

OBSERVATIONS ON ANACHARIS MELANONEURA

(HYMENOPTERA: FIGITIDAE), A PARASITE OF

HEMEROBIUS STIGMA (NEUROPTERA:

HEMEROBIIDAE)1

Gary L. Miller^, Paris L. Lambdin^

ABSTRACT: Hymenoptera of the figitid genus Anacharis Dalman are frequently recorded
as parasites of hemerobiids, but little is known about their biology. Figitid wasps, tentatively
identified as Anacharis melanoneura Ashmead, were reared from field-collected larvae of
Hemerobius stigma Stephens at Knoxville, TN. Wasps were allowed to parasitize H. stigma
larvae from a laboratory colony. Developmental time from oviposition until adult emergence
was20days(19-21,n=5). Adult longevity was 15.5 days (6 and 25. n=2) for field-collected
specimens and 10.5 days (4-23. n=5) for laboratory-reared specimens. Oviposition behavior
was noted and illustrations of the lateral habitus of the parasite female, last instar larva, and
pupa are provided.

Literature pertaining to larval parasites of the Hemerobiidae is not
extensive. Killington (1936) summarized much of the early work relating
to the species in Great Britain. In the Nearctic region, most references to
parasites of hemerobiids (Muesebeck et al. 1951, Krombein et al. 1 979 a, b)
lack specific identification of either the parasite or both parasite and host.
Wegenek (1950) reared figitid wasps (Anacharis spp.) from Hemerobius
neadelphus Gurney, H. ovalis Carpenter, and H. pacificus Banks.
Anacharis sp. has also been reared from Micromus posticus Walker and
M. subanticus Walker (Selhime and Kanavel 1968). Deyrup and Deyrup
(1978) reared Charitopes spp., Anacharis sp., Aegilips spp., and an
unidentified ceraphronid from Hemerobius cocoons. Despite the records of
parasites reared from hosts, it is not always possible to distinguish a parasite
as a primary or hyperparasite (Killington 1936).

In the few references to biologies of these parasites, Deyrup and
Deyrup (1978) noted that Charitopes spp. oviposited on mature hemerobiid
larvae (prepupal) within the cocoon. Wegenek (1950) provided general
observations on Anacharis spp. host, pupation, and emergence of the adult.
Later, Selhime and Kanavel (1968) recorded the developmental time and
host preference for Anacharis sp. on M. subanticus and M. posticus. They

1 Received July 17, 1984. Accepted December 4, 1984.

^Department of Zoology-Entomology, Auburn University, Auburn, AL 36849.

3 Department of Entomology- PI ant Pathology, The University of Tennessee. Knoxville. TN
36901.

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 93-97, May & June 1985

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

considered Anacharis sp. to be a possible major factor in limiting
populations of M. subanticus in Florida. Hymenoptera of the genus
Anacharis Dalman are the most frequently recorded parasites of the
hemerobiids (New 1982).

MATERIAL AND METHODS

During a study of Hemerobius stigma Stephens at the University of
Tennessee, Knoxville, two female Anacharis melanoneura Ashmead
emerged from two larvae on 17 and 22 April 1982. The parasitized larvae
had been collected as third instars on white pine, Pinus strobus L. Adult
parasites were placed in 3.5 X 9.5 cm petri dishes lined with a 9.0 cm disk of
coarse filter paper. Small droplets of honey were placed on the filter paper
as a food source for adult parasites, and a 1/2-dram vial filled with distilled
water and plugged with cotton was placed in a container. All specimens
were maintained at 20-22°C under an approximate 12h photophase. After
parasites were allowed to oviposit in H. stigma larvae, parasitized larvae
were removed and placed in Falcon™ 1.0 X 5.0 cm culture dishes. Larvae
were fed white pine aphids, Cinara strobi( Fitch), and allowed to develop.
Data were recorded as averages, followed by ranges and number of
observations in parentheses.

Tentative identification of A. melanoneura in this paper was made by
A.S. Menke. Voucher material was deposited in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
D.C., and the insect collection of Auburn University, Auburn, AL.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

Anacharis melanoneura was strictly a larval parasite that oviposited in
late second and third instar H. stigma larvae. The parasite occasionally
palpated an early second or late first instar with its antennae, but did not
oviposit. Early first instars were ignored. Selhime and Kanavel (1968)
reported that Anachris sp. readily parasitized first instar M. subanticus.
We observed that A melanoneura occasionally palpated parasitized larvae
without ovipositing. Prepupae^ and pupae removed from cocoons did not

last instar is quiescent for a time before ecdysis to a pupa. This quiescent time has been
referred to as the prepupa by Killington ( 1936) and occasionally as a quiescent third instar
(e.g. Selhime and Kanavel 1968). Two molts are required for the metamorphosis of a larva
with internal wings to an adult with functional wings (Hinton 1963). We are aware that this
prepupal stage does not represent a separate morphological stage. We use Killington's
( 1 936 ) terminology in order to associate the parasite's actions with a particular time during
third instar development prior to the larval-pupal molt.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 95

become parasitized, but the parasite would often palpate these potential
hosts. This antennal palpation often elicited a wriggling response from the
prepupa and pupa. Parasitized prepupae were also palpated and exhibited
the wriggling response.

After a potential host was placed into the cage, the parasite responded
quickly by increasing its activity and rapidly tapped the substrate with its
antennae. When the parasite neared an H. stigma larvae, it palpated the
hemerobiid a few times, then held its wings aloft, bent its abdomen between
its legs, and inserted the ovipositor into the center of the hemerobiid' s
dorsum. One H. stigma larva was observed to rear back and "snap" at the
parasite, then run off with the female ovipositing as it moved.

Laboratory parasitized larvae appeared to develop normally. They still
readily fed on C. strobi, molted into a third instar, entered the prepupal
stage and spun the typical two-layered hemerobiid cocoon. After 7.5 days
(6-9, n=6), the larval parasite ate its way through the ventral or lateral
portion of the host's abdomen. The larval stage outside the host (Fig. 1 A)
lasted 3.5 days (3-8, n=6). During this time, the host was completely
consumed, including sclerotized areas such as the head capsule and
mandibles. Handlirsch (1896, cited in Killington 1936) noted that A.
ensifera Walker and A. typica Walker exited the host betwen the legs,
sucked it dry and finally ate the entire remains. Anacharis spp. required two
days to consume the entire prepupa and an additional 24h before it entered
its own prepupal stage (Wegenek 1950). The larva of A. melanoneura
remained within the host's cocoon and eventually pupated. This exarate
pupal stage (Fig. IB) lasted 7. 3 days (4- 10, n=6), but has been recorded as
lasting up to 14 days for Anacharis spp. (Wegenek 1950). Pupae of A.
melanoneura changed from cream color immediately after pupation to
fuscous prior to adult emergence. The adult remained in the hemerobiid
cocoon until it hardened and darkened, then chewed a hole through the silk
and exited. The total time from oviposition until adult emergence for
laboratory specimens was 20 days ( 1 9-2 1 , n=5 ). A similar developmental
time (18-19 days) was recorded for Anacharis sp. reared from M.
subanticus by Selhime and Kanavel (1968).

Newly emerged females (Fig. 1C) reared from field collected larvae
oviposited into H. stigma larvae within a day. None of the laboratory reared
progeny of these females were observed to oviposit; they probably were all
males. Attempts were made to mate the progeny with the parents in order to
establish a colony, but no contact or mating behavior was observed. Adult
longevity for specimens reared from field-collected hemerobiid larvae was
15.5 days (6 and 25, n=2), whereas that for laboratory-reared specimens
was 10.5 days (4-23, N=5). Adults of A. melanoneura readily fed on the
honey and visited the water that was provided in the rearing containers.

96

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

B

Fig. 1. Larval, pupal, and adult stages of Anacharis melanoneura Ashmead; A, Last stage
larva after it consumed its host; B, Pupal stage; C, Lateral habitus of adult female.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June. 1985 97

Because H. stigma may be useful as a biocontrol agent for C. strobi,
additional studies on the biology of A. melanoneura and its impact on the
predator population are needed.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank A.S. Menke, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBII, USDA,
Washington, DC, for tentatively identifying Anacharis melanoneura Ashmead. Grateful
appreciation is extended to M.A. Foster, Auburn University, Auburn. AL; and A.G.
Wheeler, Jr., Bureau of Plant Industry. Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg,
for reviewing this manuscript and making helpful suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Deyrup, M and N. Deyrup. 1978. Pupation of Hemerobius in Douglas-fir cones. Pan-Pac.

Entomol. 54: 143-146.
Hinton, H.E. 1963. The origin and function of the pupal stage. Proc. R Entomol. Soc. Lond.

A.38: 77-85.

Killington, F.J. 1 936. A monograph of the British Neuroptera. The Ray Soc. Vol. I. 269 pp.
Krombein, K.V., P.O. Hurd, Jr., D.R. Smith and B.D. Banks. 1979a. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. I. Smithsonian Inst. Press. 1 198 pp.
Krombein, K.V., P.O. Hurd, Jr., and D.R. Smith. 1979b. Catalog of Hymenoptera in

America north of Mexico. Vol. III. Smithsonian Inst. Press. 2735 pp.
Musebeck, C.F.W., K.V. Krombein and H.K. Townes. 1951. Hymenoptera of America

north of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog U.S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. #2, 1420 pp.
New, T.R. 1982. A new synonymy in Anacharis Dalman (Hymenoptera: Figitidae). New

Zealand Entomol. 7: 320-321.
Selhime, A.G. and R.F. Kanavel. 1 968. Life cycle and parasitism ofMicromusposticus and

M. subanticus in Florida. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61: 1212-1215.
Wegenek, E.G. 1 950. Studies of the brown lacewings of California, with special emphasis on

the genus Hemerobius Linnaeus (Order Neuroptera, Family Hemerobiidae). Ph.D.

Thesis, Univ. of Calif, Berkeley. 168 pp.

EDITOR'S ANNOUNCEMENT

The September- October 1985 issue of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS may be late. It
may not get published until sometime late in October or early November. This will mean.
hopefully, a mailing around the middle of November. Please allow extra time for deli\ er\ ot
this issue before thinking your copy either was not addressed or was lost in the mail, and before
writing a note of inquiry and/or a request for a duplicate copy. Thank you.

It is expected the November - December issue will be mailed late in December.

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW INTRODUCTION OF A EUROPEAN

COCKROACH, ECTOBIUS LAPPONICUS

(DICTYOPTERA: BLATELLIDAE)1

Donald S. Chandler2

ABSTRACT: A new introduction of a European cockroach, Ectobius lapponicus is
recorded from southeastern New Hampshire. Although not considered a house-infesting
roach in Europe, this population was collected both inside and on the outside walls of a house
in a rural setting near Sanbornville, New Hampshire. The time and mode of introduction could
not be determined. A description of the adult is given, and the male abdominal glandular
depression is illustrated.

During the course of legal action by a tenant, a small series of
cockroaches from Sanbornville, New Hampshire, was delivered to me for
identification. The specimens could not be identified using the manual of
Heifer (1963). Fortunately, Dr. Frank W. Fisk was able to determine the
material as Ectobius (Ectobius) lapponicus (L.), a European species never
before recorded from North America. I confirmed this determination by use
of the key and figures in Princis' (1965) work on the European Blattariae.

This species is widespread in Europe, and is known as the "Dusky
Cockroach" (Cornwell 1968). It is not considered to be a pest, and is found
on low vegetation or in leaf litter and decaying wood in several types of
forests (Roth and Willis 1960: 46). In England the species requires two
years to mature, with adults appearing in May or June and dying by
September (Cornwell 1968: 91).

This species was of initial interest since the individuals collected were
found inside a house, rather than in the forest. However, most of the
specimens seen by the tenant were on the outside of the house near cracks or
crevices in the siding and edges of the roofing, and were only seen from
June to mid-July. A visit to the house on July 26, 1984, produced two
females from piles of abandoned wood, and several specimens (one a
female with an ootheca) found entangled in spider webs beneath and around
the house.

The mode of introduction into New Hampshire is not known. The
tenants have not visited Europe, and the cockroaches have been present the

'Received November 5. 1984. Accepted December 8, 1984.

2 Scientific Contribution Number 1324 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment
Station.

^Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire. Durham, NH 03824.

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 98-100. May & June 1985

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985

99

two years they have lived in the house. Several loads of old wood from
southern Maine have been deposited at points around the house, and it is
possible that the species has been introduced into New Hampshire from a
Maine source. This population of E. lapponicus appears to prefer living on
the outside of the house, but it of worth some note that a number of
specimens were collected inside the house.

Ectobius lapponicus (L.)

Males 13-14 mm long, females 9.5-10 mm long. Pronotum with dark median circular
blotch, with pale transparent margins widest laterally; tegmina brown to grey-brown, with
numerous small brown flecks, tegmina fully developed in male, in female barely reaching
abdominal apex; legs, abdomen and cerci dark brown. Males with large rounded-triangular
impression in basal half of tergite VII. center of impression with pair of rounded close-set
tubercles densely covered with golden setae (Fig. 1), only asymmetrical left stylus present.

This species is similar in appearance to another introduced cockroach in New York,
Ectobius sylvestris (Poda) (Hoebeke and Nickle 1981). E. lapponicus is somewhat larger,
9.5-14 mm, and the male structures of tergite VII are quite different from those of E. sylvestris
and the other introduced species of the genus, E. pallidus(O\ivier). The male structure of the
seventh tergite of these other introduced species consist of a large (sylvestris) or small
(pallidus) circular to oval impression at the base of the tergite. In both cases the impression
lacks any tubercles, while the triangular impression of E. laponicus contains paired tubercles.
The specimens of E. lapponicus collected in New Hampshire have 1-2 spines on the ventral
margin of the profemora, while 3 spines are found on the profemora of the other two species of
Ectobius.

Specimens examined, 20: New Hampshire: Carroll Co: 6 males, 2 females, 1 mi S
Sanbornville, VII-3-1984, D. Ganjy; 4 males, 5 females, same data except, VII-26-1984; 3

1

Fig. 1. Ectobius lapponicus, male, dorsal view seventh tergite.

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

females, same data except, J.S. Weaver and D.S. Chandler. Specimens are deposited in the
insect collections of the U. S. National Museum, the Ohio State University, and the University
of New Hampshire.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Frank W. Fisk, Ohio State University, for the identification of the
cockroach, and for other information he furnished. A.F. Newton, Jr., Harvard University,
aided greatly by furnishing a copy of the article by Princis, and John S. Weaver, III, University
of New Hampshire, APHIS, assisted in our collecting trip to the site. R Marcel Reeves and G.
Thomas Fisher, University of New Hampshire, are thanked for checking the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Cornwell, P.B. 1968. The Cockroach. Vol. 1, 391 pp. Hutchinson & Co., Ltd., London.
Heifer, J.R. 1963. How to know the grasshoppers, cockroaches and their allies. Wm. C.

Brown, Dubuque, Iowa, v + 353 pp.
Hoebeke, E.R. and D.A. Nickle. 198 1 . The forest cockroach, Ectobius sylvestris (Poda), a

European species newly discovered in North America (Dictyoptera: Blattodea; Ectobiidae).

Proc. Soc. Wash. 83: 592-595.
Princis, K. 1965. Ordnung Blattariae. In Bestimmungsbucher zur Bodenfauna Europas. Ed.,

M. Beier, Lieferung 3. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin. 50 pp.
Roth, L.M. and E.R. Willis. 1960. The biotic associations of cockroaches. Smithsonian

Miscellaneous Collections 14: vi + 470, 37 plates.

BOOK REVIEW

INSECT CONSERVATION - an Australian perspective. T.R New.
1984. Dr. W. Junk pub. 184. pp.

In this day when most people think of wildlife conservation in terms of vertebrates, it
should be interesting to entomologists to discover a new offering on the conservation of insect
populations. The basic theme of this small book is that despite widespread public feeling that
'the only good insects are dead insects,' the enormous diversity and biomass of insects (and
other arthropods) in most terrestrial and fresh water ecosystems indicates that they play
central roles in ensuring the continued well being of those systems. Thus, this itself is a vital
enough reason to ensure their conservation. The author states that when aesthetic, economic,
and moral considerations also are included, the case becomes overwhelming.

Although written against the background of the Australian insect fauna, much of the
subject matter in this book is universal in application: the scope of conservation in general and
as applied to insects; the diversity of insects and their ecological roles; insect decline due to
natural and, particularly, to unnatural fluctuations as habitat destruction, overcollecting,
introduction of exotic species, pesticide use, urbanization, forest clearing, and pollution,
draining, and impoundment of water bodies. The author goes on to discuss the habitat
approach to insect conservation and compares this to the more narrowly targeted species
approach. Finally, he offers a program of integration management for insect conservation
including maintenance and management of natural habitat areas, the roles of both amateur and
professional entomologists, and possible land acquisition and management for refuge reserves.

— H.P.B.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 101

A NEW OOPTERINUS FROM ARKANSAS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)1 2

Charles W. O'Brien3

ABSTRACT: A new species, Oopterinus distinctus, is described, and a key to the two U.S.
species is included. A generic diagnosis is presented, O. perforatus (Horn) is redescribed, and
the setation of the sutural interval of the elytra of both species is figured, as well as a dorsal and
lateral outline illustration of the new species.

Specimens of the New World genus Oopterinus are quite scarce in
collections, probably in part because of their apterous state and their habit
of staying close to the ground. However, in recent years they have been
taken in numbers in pitfall traps. Pierce (1916) reported that Oopterinus
perforatus (Horn) breeds in cynipid galls on the roots of oak. Extensive
collecting in Mexico and Central America has indicated that members of
this genus are primarily nocturnal.

The key in Kissinger ( 1 964) will readily separate the U. S. genera of this
small subfamily, Myrmecinae (now Otidocephalinae).

Oopterinus Casey

Oopterinus Casey, 1892, p. 438.

Broadly to elongate oval; sides of elytra strongly rounded, lacking humeri: apterous.
Rostrum relatively short, not as long as prothorax, male without dorsal excavation. Head
with eyes small and with strong ocular grooves. Scutellum minute or not visible. Venter with
fore coxae inserted near middle of prosternum; abdominal sterna 1 and 2 subconnate. Legs
with femora moderately clavate, unarmed or at most with minute tooth.
Type species: Otidocephalus perforatus Horn, by monotypy.

Key to the U.S. species of Oopterinus

1. Body and elytra moderately to sparsely clothed with long, recumbent to sub-
recumbent, moderately coarse setae (scalelike on elytra) [fig. 4|; striae scarcely
evident; strial punctures fine; intervals much more than twice diameter of strial
puncture; with moderately slender, evenly convex elytra perforatus (Horn).

1'. Body and elytra densely clothed with long, erect to suberect, fine setae |fig. 3); striae
distinct; strial punctures coarse, large, deep; interv.-ls ca. twice diameter of strial
puncture; with broadly oval, basally sub- gibbous, strongly convex elytra | figs. 1 .2 1 . .

distinctus, new species.

1 Received November 5, 1984. Accepted December 14, 1984.

^This research was supported by a research program (FLAX 79009) of the SEA/CR.
USD A.

3 Professor, Department of Entomology, Florida A&M University, Tallahassee, FL 32307.
ENT. NEWS 96(3): 101-104. May & June 1985

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Oopterinus perforatus ( Horn)

(Fig. 4)

Otidocephalus perforatus Horn. 1873. p. 451.

Oopterinus perforatus (Horn), Casey. 1892. p. 439.

Oopterinus perforatus iowaensis Sleeper. 1953. p. 118. NEW SYNONYMY.

Elongate oval, brownish red to piceous. clothed with long, recumbent to subrecumbent,
moderately curved, coarse to fine, often scalelike, non-metallic setae.

Female. - Rostrum ca. 2/3 as long as prothorax, weakly curved, dorsally weakly
convex; with broad, median, nearly impunctate line, remainder strongly punctate- striate; apical 1/3
strongly depressed: punctures with moderately long, subrecumbent. slightly curved, fine setae.
Head strongly convex: dorsal area coarsely, moderately densely punctate: lateral and ventral
areas nearly impunctate; frons slightly less wide than transverse diameter of eye. nearly
impunctate. with median fovea. Prothorax less than 1 /5 longer than wide, broadest in apical
2/3. with sides strongly, sinuately. narrowed behind: strongly convex towards middle;
coarsely, unevenly, densely punctate: each puncture with moderately long, subrecumbent.
curved, fine seta. Scutellum not visible. Elytra moderately convex, disc not flattened, sides
evenly, moderately convex; ca. 2/5 longer than wide; finely striate-punctate, striae not or
scarcely evident; punctures small, shallow, usually separated by more than own diameter;
intervals flat, broad, much more than twice diameter of strial puncture (often 4 or 5 times
broader): each interval with single row of long, recumbent to subrecumbent, moderately
curved, coarse, scalelike, acute setae ( fig. 4 ) Venter with moderately sparse, fine, simple setae
on pro-, meso- and metastemum. sparser on abdominal sterna: mesepimeron and metepisternum
with very dense covering of coarser, pectinate setae: abdominal sterna 1 and 2 very weakly,
evenly convex, nearly flat. Legs long, clothed with moderately long, moderately dense,
subrecumbent. fine setae: femora weakly clavate. with evident, blunt, small tooth; tibiae
weakly sinuate internally. Length, pronotum and elytron: 3.60 mm.

Male. - Very similar to female except: Rostrum strongly convex. Venter with
abdominal sternum 1 broadly, strongly, medially concave; sternum 2 medially, weakly
concave in basal 2/3. flattened behind. Length, pronotum and elytron: 4.00 mm.
Range. — Widespread through eastern and central United States.

Material Examined. — On hand for this study were 15 specimens of this species from the
following states: AR. GA. IA. MD. MI. MO. OH. PA. TN. and VA.

Sleeper (1953) described the subspecies iowaensis with 4 specimens
from Iowa and Missouri. He believed that it was confined west of the
Mississippi. Not only have I found specimens with intermediate color
forms, but I have compared his holotype with 4 specimens, 2 from Arkansas
and 1 each from Tennessee and Virginia, and found them to be identical.
This is no more than a color form and is not restricted to west of the
Mississippi and typical color forms of perforatus have been collected in
adjacent areas in Arkansas, Tennessee and Virginia. A similar color variant
is present in the new species described below. O. perforatus iowaensis
Sleeper is clearly not a subspecies and is therefore synonymized with
perforatus (Horn).

The species varies in color from pale reddish brown, to piceous, to deep
black and its elytral setae may be white, yellowish, brown, or a mix of these.

Vol. 96. No. 3 May & June, 1985

103

Oopterinus distinctus, new species

(Figs. 1-3)

Broadly oval (fig. 1); piceous; densely clothed with long, erect, curved, fine, mainly
bronze-metallic (and few white) setae.

Holotype Female — Rostrum ca. 3/4 as long as prothorax, nearly straight: dorsally
broadly flattened; with broad, median, nearly impunctate line, remainder strongly striate-
punctate; punctures with long, suberect, curved, fine setae. Head strongly convex; dorsal area
coarsely, moderately densely punctate; lateral and ventral areas nearly impunctate; frons ca.
as wide as transverse diameter of eye, coarsely and unevenly punctate, with median fovea.
Prothorax ca. 1/5 longer than wide, broadest in apical half, with sides strongly, sinuately,
narrowed behind; strongly convex on apical half; coarsely, cribrately punctate; each puncture
with long, erect, curved, fine seta. Scutellum not visible. Elytra moderately convex, disc
slightly flattened, laterally strongly convex (fig. 2); slightly more than 1/4 longer than wide;
strongly striate-punctate, striae distinct, punctures large, deep, separated by own diameter or
less; intervals slightly convex, broad, more than twice as wide as strial punctures: each interval
with single row of long, erect, strongly curved, fine setae (fig. 3 ). Venter with pro-, meso- and

H a

H b

Figures 1-3. Oopterinus distinctus O'Brien, new species: 1 . habitus, dorsal view; 2, habitus,
lateral view; 3, setae on basal portion of sutural interval, lateral view.

Figure 4. Oopterinus perforatus (Horn); setae on basal portion of sutural interval, lateral
view.

Lines = 1 mm.; a, figures 1 and 2; b, figures 3 and 4.

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

metasternum moderately densely clothed with pectinate and simple, recumbent to suherect.
fine setae, mesepimeron and metepisternum with dense covering of pectinate setae: abdominal
sterna 1 and 2 broadly evenly convex; all abdominal sterna moderately densely clothed with
short, subrecumbent to erect, fine setae. Legs long, clothed with long, moderately dense.
suberect to subrecumbent. fine setae: femora moderately clavate. with nearly obsolete, blunt,
toothlike process: tibiae (especially foretibiae) internally expanded, strongly sinuate. Length,
pronotum and elytron: 3.80 mm.

Allotype Male. — Very similar to female except: Venter with abdominal sterna 1 and 2
strongly concave on median 1/3. Length, pronotum and elytron: 3.65 mm.

The erect setae of this species will readily separate it fmmperforatus( Horn) and from the
eight other described species of Oopterinus from Mexico and Central America as well. In
addition, the large coarse strial punctures are diagnostic. It is unlikely that this very distinct
species will be confused with any other. It has been compared with the types of all described
species of Oopterinus. The lack of humeri and presence of minute femoral teeth will readily
separate it from the numerous Myrmcx that it resembles, e.g., jloridanus (Casey), kniilli
Sleeper, scrobicollis (Boheman). etc.
Range. — Known only from Arkansas.

Material Examined. — On hand for this study were 4 specimens of this species.
Holotype: USA Ark.jansas). Stone Co. |unty). 33.1 mi. W. Inters. jection] H[iehwa|ys. 65 &
27. Coll. D. Carlyle. Lot No. 73-725. Line No. 6. Pitfall Traps. 26- VII- 1973 (2). Allotype:
Arkansas. Polk County. 16-VI-1970. ex. Tallmena Tr. (cf). Paratypes. Arkansas. Yell
County. 1 1.4 mi. N.E. Intersection of National Forest Roads 18 & 67 on 67. Lot No. 73-357.
Line No. 29. Pitfall Traps. 26- VI- 1973 (1 9): Arkansas. Van Buren Co.. 23.6 mi. W.
Intersection Highways 65 & 1 6. Lot No. 73-689. Line No. 8. Pitfall Traps. 1 2-VII- 1973(19)
D.. Carlyle. All specimens in author's collection.

LITERATURE CITED

Casey, T.L. 1892. Coleopterological notices. IV. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 6(7-12): 359-712.
Horn, G.H. 1873. Contributions to a knowledge of the Curculionidae of the United States.

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 13: 407-469.
Kissinger, D.G. 1964. Curculionidae of America north of Mexico. A key to the genera, v -t-

143 pp.. illus. S. Lancaster. MA.

Pierce, W.D. 1916. Notes on the habits of weevils. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 18( 1 ): 6-10.
Sleeper, E.L. 1953. New genera and species of Curculionidae with a new species of

Anthribidae (Coleoptera). Ohio J. Sci. 53(2): 1 13-120. illus.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 105

PITFALL TRAPPING CICINDELIDAE

(COLEOPTERA) AND ABUNDANCE OF

MEGACEPHALA VIRGINICA AND CICINDELA

UNIPUNCTATA IN THE PINE BARRENS OF

NEW JERSEY1

Howard P. Boyd2

ABSTRACT: Successful pitfall trapping of two species of Cicindelidae that have been
infrequently collected in New Jersey is reported. Three other cicindelid species also were
taken in pitfalls. Both Megacephala virginica and Cicindela unipunctata are more common
in New Jersey than previously reported.

Although it has been known for a long time that both Megacephala
virginica (Linnaeus) and Cicindela unipunctata Fabricius occur in New
Jersey, there have been only three collection records of M. virginica and
only limited records of C. unipunctata (Boyd, 1978). Since that publication,
the collection of one additional specimen of M. virginica has become
known, this by Joseph Dinardo of Levittown, PA on July 16, 1977, under a
piece of old, scrap plywood 3/4 mi. south of Whiting, Manchester Twp.,
Ocean Co., NJ.

Megacephala virginica is known to be a nocturnal species, often
collected around lights at night in southeastern United States (Graves &
Pearson, 1973). The few daytime collections have been limited to
specimens that have been exposed by lifting up or turning over rocks, logs,
boards, etc. (Graves & Pearson, 1973; Whitehead in Boyd, 1978; Dinardo,
above; N. Elliott, pers. comm.).

Several reports of C. unipunctata indicate it often is found in the late
afternoon, sitting motionless, sometimes partially hidden under dry leaves
(Thompson, 1915; Graves & Pearson, 1973; Boyd, 1978). From these and
other reports, it is believed that C. unipunctata may be crepuscular.

Many collectors have spent endless hours searching for these two
species in New Jersey during daylight, late afternoon, and dusk hours,
mostly to no avail. During the late summer of 1984, pitfall trapping was
proven to be a successful method to collect these species.

Pitfall trapping of Amblychila sp. (Dunn. 1980), and Omus sp. in
western United States has been done with success for years, but pitfall
trapping of either Megacephala sp. or Cicindela sp. has not been reported

1 Received October 13. 1984. Accepted November 1. 1984

^Editor, Entomological News. Honorary associate. Department of Entomology, The

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, PA. Home address: 232 Oak Shade Road,

Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, NJ 08088.

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 105-108, May & June 1985

106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

from eastern United States. This paper reports that pitfall trapping is the
best means to locate and collect both Megacephala virginica and Cicindela
unipunctata in the pine barrens of New Jersey.

Leading up to this project, on the weekend of July 2 1 & 22, 1 984, Mark
Schreader of Pottsville, PA collected four C. unipunctata on open sand in
areas of mottled sunshine and shade, along the edges of white sand and
gravel trails through the scrub oak ( Quercus illicifolid) and black-jack oak
(Q. marilandica) and pitch pine (Pinus rigida) pygmy forests in the west
plains area of the pine barrens. Woodland Twp., Burlington Co., NJ. Two
of these C. unipunctata were a mating pair walking among some leaves at
4:15 p.m. on July 22. The other two were sitting, each solitary and
motionless, on the sand between 5:00 and 5:30 p.m. On August 7, 1984,
shortly after 4:00 p.m., Boyd collected one C. unipunctata running on the
sand along the edge of the pygmy woods. One other specimen was taken,
sitting motionless on the sand, around noon on a cloudy day, August 12,
1984, by Robert Tebin of Pottsville, PA.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

On Saturday, August 11, 1984, with the intent of trying to collect
specimens of C. unipunctata, Schreader and Tebin set out eight barrier type
pitfall traps in small clearings in edges of the pygmy woods, just off sand and
gravel trails. These traps consisted of shallow, wide- mouth, glass jars, one
third filled with an ethylene-glycol base anti-freeze solution, set in the
ground with the top of the jar at ground level. Barriers, usually four in
number, of 1 0 cm. high, green, plastic lawn edging were installed and staked
in a cross formation, each barrier extending outward from ajar for 60 to 90
cm. along the ground. A glass cover was placed on stakes above the jar to
keep out rain.

RESULTS

The next day, August 1 2, Schreader collected two C. unipunctata in his
eight traps. Six days later, on August 1 8, Schreader, accompanied by Boyd,
visited his traps and collected one C. unipunctata in each of two traps, and,
to their surprise, 14 M. virginica, two of which were in one trap, one in a
second trap, and 1 1 more in a third trap.

Boyd then set out 1 2 more traps, at widely scattered sites throughout an
approximately 2.6 sq. km. section of the west plains, and visited these and
Schreader's eight traps (total 20 traps) at intervals of two to six days,
depending on weather and temperatures. These visitations resulted in the
collection of 19 more M. virginica and 8 more C. unipunctata. Also taken

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985

107

were 4 C. patruela consentanea, 6 C. punctulata, and 2 C. rufiventris. No
tiger beetles were taken after September 14 and trap visitations were
terminated October 5, 1984. The collection record shows that M. virginica
specimens were collected only when the mean of the average daily high and
low temperatures remained above 19° C. See table 1.

Whereas only four specimens of M. virginica were known ever to have
been collected through 1 978 in the state of New Jersey, 33 specimens were
collected during a 34 day period in the late summer of 1984 as a result of
pitfall trapping in a very small portion of the west plains sections of the pine
barrens. Of the 20 traps in operation, one or more M. virginica specimens
were taken in ten widely separated traps. This species now should be
considered common in the pine barrens of Burlington, and probably Ocean,
counties, NJ.

In the case of C. unipunctata, the 12 specimens collected via pitfall

Table 1 . Pitfall trap collections, August 1 2 - September 1 4, 1 984, in the west plains of the
pine barrens. Woodland Twp., Burlington Co., NJ.

Coll.
date

Coll.
per'd.

(days)1

Aug.

12

1

18

6

23

5

25

2

27

2

29

2

31

2

Sept.

4

4

7

3

9

2

11

2

14

3

34

Temperatures

No. and species taken

Av.
min.

Av.
max.

mean
of av.
temps.

No.
traps

Meg.
vir.

C.

uni.

C.p.

cons.

C.

punc.

20.0

28.0

24.00

8

2

18.7

30.7

24.70

8

14

2

13.1

26.6

19.85

15

1

1

11.4

26.9

19.15

19

2

1

11.9

28.6

20.25

20

1

1

16.1

28.6

22.35

20

3

17.5

30.3

23.90

20

7

13.6

28.7

21.15

20

6.3

22.4

14.35

20

4.7

26.1

15.40

20

16.1

27.2

21.60

20

15.6

27.6

21.60

20

1

33

3
2

12

2

1

1
1
1

1
1
4

C.

ruf.

'All collections made between 8 a.m. and 1 2 noon on day recorded, thus reflecting minimum
temperature of that date and maximum temperature of previous date.

^Centigrade temperatures converted from Fahrenheit temperatures taken at official U.S.
weather observation station, Pemberton Twp., Burlington Co., NJ, the nearest point to the
west plains for which daily temperatures are recorded. Fahrenheit temperatures courtesy of
Philip E. Marucci, Blueberry/Cranberry Research Center, Rutgers University, Chatsworth,

NJ.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

trapping in these same west plains in 1984 exceed the total that records
indicate had been collected in the entire state over the past 69 years, or
since Thompson collected his 21 specimens back in 1915. C. unipunctata
also is widespread in the pine barrens, having been taken in seven widely
separated traps. Further, when the six specimens taken on the surface by
Schreader, Tebin, and Boyd during the daytime between July 21 and
August 12 are added to the 12 taken in pitfall traps, the total of 18
specimens taken indicates that C. unipunctata is more common in the pine
barrens of New Jersey than previously realized.

Clearly, pitfall trapping is an improved method of collecting these two
species, especially Megacephala virginica.

ACKNOWLEGMENTS

The author acknowledges and compliments the initiative taken by Mark Schreader in
setting out his pitfall traps, and expresses appreciation to him for allowing the author use of
these traps after August 18, 1984. Appreciation also is expressed to Robert E. Acciavatti,
David W. Brzoska, Robert C. Graves, and John Stamatov for their reviews of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Boyd, H.P. 1978. The tiger beetles (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) of New Jersey with special

reference to their ecological relationships. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 104 (2): 191-242.
Dunn, G.A. 1980. Taking Amblychila cylindriformis Say by barrier-type pitfall trap

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). Ent. News. 91 (4): 143-144.
Graves, R.C. and D.L. Pearson. 1973. The tiger beetles of Arkansas, Louisiana, and

Mississippi (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 99(2): 157-203.
Thompson, W.C. 1915. Cicindela unipunctata Fbr. at Seaville, New Jersey (Col.) Ent.

News XXVI (9): 425-426.

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 20, 1985

The fourth regular meeting of the American Entomological Society was held on
Wednesday evening, March 20, 1985, in the Entomology/ Applied Ecology Department of
the University of Delaware, Newark, DE.

The meeting was called to order by President Fuester. A brief report of business transacted
at the preceding Council meeting included: 1985-86 budget preparations, a review of the
Society's tax status, solicitation for speakers and programs at the 1985-86 meetings,
advertisement of the Society, and the reception of a grant by Sylva Baker to be used for
cataloging and maintenance of the Society's library and archives.

President Fuester called for notes of entomological interest. Paul Schaeffer reported on
the geographical distribution of a newly established predator on aphids, Coccinella septempunc-
tata. Howard Boyd displayed several specimens of an ichneumonid Theronia sp. currently
appearing in large aggregations around dwellings in the New Jersey Pine Barrens.

The guest speaker, Mr. Theodore L. Spilman, USDA (retired) was introduced by Bill
Day. Mr. Spilman presented an in-depth review of the sociological, economic, and scientific
aspects of two early American communal societies, focusing on their relationships to scientific
and educational scholars, particularly Thomas Say, the "Father of American Entomology."
The talk was well illustrated with slides taken by the author, and was of considerable interest to
members and guests in the audience because of Thomas Say's early role in the American
Entomological Society.

Ronald F. Romig
Recording Secretary

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 109

BIOLOGY AND SUBGENERIC PLACEMENT OF

OSMIA PIKEI (HYMENOPTERA:

MEGACHILIDAE)1

C. Cripps2, R.W. Rust3

ABSTRACT: Osmia pikei nests were obtained from trap nests located on downed, dead
trees. Cells were placed in a linear series separated by mud partitions. Pollen provisions were
of Arctostaphylos (Ericaceae) or Ribes (Saxifragaceae) pollen, with some Brassicaceae
pollen. Bees overwinter as adults in the nest.

Based on sex association and morphology, Osmia pikei is placed in the subgenus
Monilosmia.

The field biology of Osmia pikei Cockerell was determined from 14
nests collected over a three year period from Little Valley, Washoe Co.,
Nevada. Osmia pikei is a very distinctive species within the genus in North
America. The mandibles and hamate bristles on the fore tarsus of the female
and the tridentate mandibles and shape of the genitalia in the male permit
easy identification (Sandhouse 1939). It is found on higher elevations in
western North America, from British Columbia to California and eastward
to Wyoming and Colorado (Sinha and Michener 1958).

Little Valley is located 27.3 km (17 miles) south-southwest of Reno,
NV, along the eastern edge of the Sierra Nevada escarpment at an elevation
of 2,000 m and is a portion of an approximately 1,200 hectare natural area
controlled by the University of Nevada, Reno. The area is characterized as
a mid-elevation Sierran montane meadow complex. Dominant trees are
Jeffrey pine, Pinus Jeffrey! Grev. and Balf., and lodgepole pine, Finns
murravana Grev and Balf. (Pinaceae), with quaking aspen, Populus
tremuloides Michx. (Salicaceae) in the wetter areas. Forested areas are
interspersed with extensive meadows of grasses, sedges, and herbs. Drier
meadow areas contain fewer grasses and large populations of mulesears,
Wyelhia mollis Gray, balsam root, Balsamorhiza sagittata (Pursh)
(Asteraceae), and shrubs of bitter brush, Purshia tridentata (Pursh)
(Rosaceae), tobacco brush or snowbrush ceanoihus, Ceanothus velutinus
Dougl. (Rhamnaceae), and greenleaf manzanita, Arctostaphylos panda
Green (Ericaceae). Growing season begins in May and depends on the
amount of the winter snow pack. The season typically extends until mid-

deceived September 24, 1984. Accepted January 14, 1985.

2Present address: Department of Biochemistry. University of Nevada, Reno, NV 89557

Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, NV 89557

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 109-113. May & June 1985

1 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

September with the potential of a frost during any month.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Trap nests ( 1 8 X 1 8 X 1 50 mm pine) with drilled holes of 4, 6, 8 and 1 1
mm diameter, and approximately 1 30 mm deep were placed in the valley
area in 1980, 1981, and 1983. Approximately 1,000 nests were placed
annually in selected areas. Nests were opened in the laboratory where
measurements and pollen slides were made and bees, parasites and
predators were reared.

RESULTS

Nest Placement. All 14 O. pikei nests were from trap nests placed on
top of large ( > 60 cm diameter) downed, barkless trees in some state of
decay. The trees were all located in dry meadow areas. Eight nests were
from the same location with 3, 2, and 3 nests taken in the three years. The
remaining 6 nests were from three other areas in the valley.

Nest Architecture. Osmia pikei constructed nests of mud partitioned
cells in linear series in the bottom of existing holes. Eight nests were in 4 mm
holes and six in 6 mm holes. Cells per nest averaged 6.5 ± 3. 1 (S.D.) and ranged
from 3 to 1 4 with 46 cells from the 4 mm holes and 45 from the 6 mm holes.
The last finished cell (outermost in hole) was followed by one or two open
cells averaging 27.2 + 14.9 mm long; 9 nests contained 2 open cells. Nests
were plugged at the nest opening in all but one nest. Female cells averaged
9.0 ± 1.6 mm(n = 23, range 7-12 mm) and male cells averaged 8.0 ±1.3
mm(n= 18, range 6- 10 mm) long. In eleven nests the first cell (innermost in
hole) was a female, in 2 nests the second cell was a female, and in 1 nest the
first cell was a male.

Cell Partition and Nest Plug. Cell partitions were constructed of mud
and small pebbles (2 to 2.5 mm). Centrally, partitions were 0.3 to 0.5 mm
thick and along edges they were 1 .0 to 1 .2 mm thick. The inner surface was
rough and the spiral construction pattern was visible while the outer surface
was smooth and concave. Partitions were easily broken when teased with a
needle. Nest plugs and open cell partitions were thicker (2. 5 to 4. Omm) and
composed of compacted mud and small pebbles.

Provision. The pollen nectar mass was whitish-yellow in color and
fairly dry but not crumbly. It was located posteriorly in the cell against the
cell partition and filled 1/3 to 1/2 of the cell. The anterior surface sloped
dorso-ventrally giving the surface a slant. Analysis of pollen from 10 nests
(59 cells) showed 4 nests (19 cells) with 100% Arctostaphylos patula

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June. 1985

pollen, 2 nests (10 cells) with 100% Ribes spp. (Saxifragaceae) pollen. 1
nest (6 cells) with a mixture of Ribes andArctostaphylos pollen. 3 nests ( 1 7
cells) with 85 to 99% Arctostaphylos pollen and minor percentages of
unidentified Brassicaceae (Arabis, Descruainia or Draba) pollen.

Egg Placement. Eggs were laid on the anterior surface of the pollen
mass with the posterior ends embedded and the anterior ends free of the
pollen mass. Embedding scars were clearly visible on masses where the
eggs failed to hatch.

Fecal Material. Feces of Osmia pikei were whitish yellow to tan and
ranged from 0.7 to 0.8 mm long and from 0.2 to 0.3 mm wide. They were
cylindrical and without surface grooves or ridges. Most of the pellets were
packed into the anterior end of the cell and held there by the cocoon; some
pellets were found in the posterior.

Cocoon. The cocoon was thin, translucent and parchmentlike and had
an anterior collarlike spacer that was easily removed from the rest of the
cocoon. Under the collar was a white, raised, anterior nipple about 0. 1 mm
high and 0.7 mm in diameter. Two layers were separable over most of the
cocoon surface; the outer was clear with fine ( 1 ju,m) white silk threads
running through the matrix and the inner was tannish to clear with fewer silk
threads in the matrix.

Overwintering. Osmia pikei overwinters as an adult in the nest.

Predators, Parasites and Population Structure. Thirty-five percent
of the 9 1 cells examined were destroyed by predators or parasites. Stelis
deprensa Timberlake (Megachilidae) attacked 15 cells (16.4%). Dioxys
pomonae Cockerell (Megachilidae) 3 cells (3.2%), Sapyga angustata
Cresson(Saphygidae) 12 cells (13.1%), and an unidentifiable clerid larva
(Cleridae) 3 cells (3.2%) Twelve of the Stelis attacks were in the outer two
cells of 7 nests, 3 of the Sapyga attacks were in outer cells, and 7 attacks in
the 3rd or 4th cells. All Dioxys attacks were in one nest as was the clerid
attack. Of the remaining Osmia pikei, 5 (5.4%) died in the egg stage, 9
(9.8%) in the larval stage and 3 (3.2%) in the pupal stage. Adult production
was 34 (25.2%) females and 18 (19.7%) males.

DISCUSSION

Osmia pikei females were placed in the subgenus Centrosmia (Sinha
1958, Sinha and Michener 1958) and the described male (Osmia vallicola)
Cockerell) was not assigned. Hurd (1979) correctly identified O. vallicola
as the male of O. pikei. The male described by Sinha and Michener ( 1958)
is not O. pikei. We have reared males from trap nests and also from reared
material loaned to us by F.D. Parker from another Nevada location
(Mustang, Washoe County). Osmia pikei is placed in the subgenus

1 1 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Monilosmia based on morphology. The female's basal mandibular protuber-
ance and hypostomal carina are similar to the following Monilosima: Osmia
pagosa Sandhouse, O. rawlinsi Sandhouse, O. rostrata Sandhouse, O.
sculleni Sandhouse, and O. sirnillima Smith. The mid-tarsal segments,
abdominal sterna and genitalia of the male are not similar to the following
Centrosmia: O. bucephala Cresson or O. nigriventris ( Zetterstedt) but are
similar to these Monilosmia: O. densa Cresson, O. juxta Cresson, and O.
brevis Cresson. Both sexes key to Monilosmia Sinha 1958.

The correct synonymy for O. pikeiis O. pikeiCockere\\, 1907, female
and O. vallicola, Cockerell, 1907, male. The remaining synonyms given for
O. pikei (Hurd 1979) are all correctly placed with Osmia universitatis
Cockerell, 1907, male and include O. integrella Cockerell, 1907, male; O.
amala Cockerell, 1907, male; and O. metitia Cockerell, 1909, male. The
above is based on the examination of the holotypes.

Biologically, O. pikei differs from O. bucephala in the use of mud in cell
partition and nest plug construction, whereas O. bucephala uses double
macerated leaf partitions (Krombein 1967). Osmia pikei appear not to
modify the burrow shape as done by O. bucephala. Pollen masses and egg
placement appear similar in both species as do the cocoons, except for the
lack of an anterior nipple in O. bucephala. Both species overwinter as adults
in the nest.

Other Monilosmia biologies are Osmia seclusa Sandhouse (Bohart
1955), Osmia iridis Cockerell (Torchio and Tepedino 1982), and Osmia
sculleni (Parker and Tepedino 1982). These species use existing holes for
nests and, unlike O. pikei, they use macerated leaf material for cell partitions
and nest plugs. Osmia seclusa used the main burrows of Diadasia
diminuta Cresson, a ground nesting bee, and O. iridis and O. sculleni used
drilled trap nests. Osmia sculleni modified the existing burrow in elderberry
stem trap nests. Osmia sculleni fecal pellets differ by possessing an
impressed longitudinal line on one side. The cocoons of O. pikei and O.
sculleni are quite similar. Osmia sculleni collects boraginaceous pollens
and O. seclusa collects both Penstemon and legume pollens for nest
provisions.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank F.D. Parker for the identification of the bee parasites and loan of
other trap nest reared specimens, R.C. Bechtel for Sapyga identification and review of the
manuscript, and R.J. McGinley for loan of the holotypes. This research was supported by
grants from the Research Advisory Board, Graduate School, University of Nevada, Reno and
the Society of Sigma Xi.

Vol. 96. No. 3 May & June, 1985 113

LITERATURE CITED

BoharL, G.E. 1955. Notes on the habits of Osmia (Nothosmia) seclusa Sandhouse. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 57: 235-236.
Hurd, P.O. 1979. In Krombein, K.V., P.D. Hurd, Jr., and D.R Smith, eds. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Apoidea. Pp. 1741-2209. Smithson. InsL,

Wash., D.C. 2735 p.
Krombein, K.V. 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees. Life histories, nests, and associates.

Smithson. Inst., Wash., D.C. 570 p.
Parker, F.D., and V.J. Tepedino. 1982. A nest and pollen-collection records of Osmia

sculleni Sandhouse, a bee with hooked hairs on the mouthparts (Hymenoptera; Mega-

chilidae). Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 55: 329-334.
Sandhouse, G.A. 1939. The North American bees of the genus Osmia (Hymenoptera:

Apoidea). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 1:1-167.
Sinha, R.N. 1958. A subgeneric revision of the genus Osmia in the Western Hemisphere

(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 39: 211-261.
Sinha, R.N., and C.D. Michener. 1958. A revision of the genus Osmia, subgenus

Centrosmia (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 39: 275-303.
Torchio, P.P., and V.J. Tepedino. 1982. Parsivoltinism in three species of Osmia bees.
Psyche 89: 221-238.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD

ITZN 11/5 A.N.(S.) 133 2 April 1985

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in the Bulletin oj 'Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part
1 , on 2 April 1 985 and would value comments and advice on them from interested zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if possible
within six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Case No.

2374 Humerobates Sellnick, 1928 (Arachnida, Acari): misidentification of

the type species Notaspis humeralis Hermann, 1 804.

1481 Argyrodes Simon, 1864 and Robertus O. Pickard-Cambridge. 1879

(Arachnida, Araneae): proposed conservation by the suppression of
Argyrodes Guenee, 1845 and Ctenium Menge, 1871.

2484 Olpium L. Koch, 1873 (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Olpiidae):

proposed designation of type species and related problems.

2480 Erigone Audouin, 1 826 ( Arthropoda, Araneae): proposed designation of

type species.

2491 /Irt/aRobineau-Desvoidy, 1830(Insecta,Diptera): request for designation of

type species.

RV. MELVILLE, Secretary

1 14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

AIR-DRY METHOD FOR STUDYING

CHROMOSOMES OF INSECTS AND

ARACHNIDS12

James C. Cokendolpher^, Judy D. Brown'*

ABSTRACT: A rapid air-drying technique with giemsa staining is described for use on
insects and arachnids. Time-saving steps have been made to result in a relatively fast, easy
method which can be performed in the field. Both meiotic and mitotic cells can be successfully
treated with colchicine to increase the number of metaphase cells, although some polyploid
nuclei are sometimes produced.

We present a simple and rapid air-drying technique for preparing
chromosomes of different arthropods for karyotypic analysis. It has been
used sucessfully with ants, beetles, moths, spiders, harvestmen, and
scorpions. Advantages of the present method are numerous and lead to a
relatively fast, simple method suitable for field use: ( 1 ) numerous specimens of
a single population or species can be simultaneously prepared up to the
point of cell dissociation, (2) nicely spaced cell preparations are obtained
without the use of enzymes, centrifuging, or resuspending of cells, (3) cover
slips, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen are not needed, (4) preparations when
protected from dust and held at room temperature are relatively stable for at
least one year, (5) preparations prior to staining can be treated for banding
patterns.

MATERIALS

Equipment:

Dissection microscope (optional, depending on tissue studied)

Watch glasses or depression slides

Disposable pipets

Stainless steel rod: smooth, flat bottomed, 5-7 mm diameter

Microscope slides: pre-cleaned in acid-alcohol ( 10 ml cone. HC1, 1000 ml 70% ethanol

in FbO), rinsed in two changes of absolute ethanol, flame dried
Fine-tipped forceps

Iris scissors, microscalpels, teasing pins (optional)
Solutions:

Ringer's solution: 14.0 gmNaCl, 0.2 gm KC1, 0.2 gmNaHCOs, 0.4 gmCaCl2, 1000

'Received August 29, 1984. Accepted December 10. 1984.

^Contribution No. T-10-158, College of Agricultural Sciences, Texas Tech University.
^Department of Entomology, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409.
^Department of Biology, Midwestern State University. Wichita Falls, Texas 76308.

ENT. NEWS 96( 3 ): 114-118, May & June 1 985

Vol. 96, No. 3 Mav & June. 1985 115

ml distilled H20

Colchicine solutions: 0.01% or 0.005% w/v colchicine. Ringer's solution. Keep frozen
and protected from light until ready to use, or on ice for a few days in the field.
Alternatively, sterilized solutions can be prepared, which are stable for at least six
months if protected from light (see Todd, 1967: 411).
Hypotonic solution: 5.6 gm KC1. 1000 ml distilled H^O
Fixative: 1:3 glacial acetic acid, absolute methanol. Mix fresh batch for each series of

preparations, making sure reagents are water-free (see Baker et al.. 1982).
Dissociation solutions: (1)6:1:1 glacial acetic acid, lactic acid, distilled H2O:or(2) 60%

v/v glacial acetic acid, distilled FbO

Staining solution: 1:20 giemsa stain (Fisher Scientific SO-G-28 or equivalent), buffer
Buffer: 15 M Sorensen's pH 6.8 buffer. 4.54 gm KH2PO4 4.75 gm Na2HPC>4, 1000ml

distilled FbO
Tissues:

As in other techniques, the tissue of choice is one in which numerous
dividing cells can be found (Smith, 1943). Although other organs/tissues
are suitable for study, we have concentrated on testes and ovaries of
subadult (penultimate instar) and adult insects and arachnids, and cerebral
ganglia of ant prepupae (last instar larvae ready to pupate).

PROCEDURE

All steps below should be carried out at room temperature unless
indicated otherwise.

1. Treat living specimen with colchicine solution, preferably at or near
the animal's optimum temperature. The concentration and time of
treatment is dependent on age and type of tissue being studied - see
Results and Discussion.

2. Dissect desired tissue from specimen into Ringers solution. Repeat the
process if more tissue is desired.

3. Pipet off Ringers solution, replacing with two rinses of hypotonic
solution. If working with large samples, the tissue can be moved
through the rinses by using fine-tipped forceps.

4. Treat with hypotonic solution for 15 minutes.

5. Rinse tissue twice (as in step 3) in freshly mixed fixative.

6. Treat with fixative solution for 15 minutes.

7. Place tissue (by use of forceps or dissecting needles, etc.) in one drop of
dissociate solution on center of microscope slide, and rapidly smash
with metal rod. The type of dissociate solution used depends on tissue -
see Results and Discussion.

8. Immediately following dissociation (before the cell suspension dries
or the dissociate solution destroys the preparation), two or three drops
of freshly mixed fixative are used to spread the dissociated cells and
to rinse the slide of dissociate solution. Cell spreading is aided by tilting
slides back and forth.

116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

9. Drain any excessive solutions from slides and allow to dry at a near

vertical position for 24 hours.

10. Stain in freshly diluted giemsa stain for 9 minutes, then rinse slide by
dipping two or three times in standing tap water and allow to dry.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Tissues treated with this method should result in preparations in which
individual cells are dissociated, and spacing of chromosomes is such that
they may be counted (Fig. 1 ).

Colchicine in the proper concentrations should produce an accumulation
of meiotic and mitotic metaphase cells (c-metaphase of Levan in Kihlman,
1966). When working with adult arachnids (unless recently molted)
treatment with colchicine is almost certainly required, whereas tissues from
stages with active cell divisions may not require treatment, and in these
situations colchicine should be avoided. Colchicine can cause problems in
chromosome analysis: The arms of some chromosomes contract differen-
tially ( Smith, 1 965 ) and polyploids can result (Fig. 2, 3 ). As the method of
administering the colchicine also varies, some experimentation is needed.
For ants, start with aO.0 1 % solution and follow methods of Crozier ( 1 968).
We have also found that prepupae and pupae can be treated by placing the
punctured animal between sheets of Kimwipes® which are saturated with a
colchicine solution. For spiders and other soft-bodied arachnids the entire
animal can be dipped in a colchicine solution (start with 0.01%) and then
allowed to drink the solution. Hard, large- bodied insects and arachnids can
be injected with colchicine (start with 0.05 ml at 0.01% for medium-sized
scorpion). Rocchi et al. ( 1 984) report using a 0.05% solution for one hour
on the isopodAsellus aquaticus(L'mne). Colchicine does not affect all cells
identically, so that concentrations and treatment times will vary. Some
authors report no apparent effects of the drug on the cells (Cokendolpher
andFrancke, 1985; Mehlhop and Gardner, 1982). We have noted varying
degrees of success in accumulating metaphase cells.

Under the "solutions" heading we list two . different dissociation
solutions. The one composed in part by lactic acid is very caustic to cells
and often results in chromosomes that appear hazy. It is recommended
when either hard or large masses of tissue are to be dissociated. Soft, small
tissues are best treated in 60% acetic acid.

For field preparations of tissues from active subadult stages, treatment
with colchicine can be omitted. Further, the slides can be stained upon
returning to the laboratory. With these two steps deleted it takes only 30
minutes, plus time of dissection, to produce chromosome preparations. If
the relative humidity in the field is high, slides will not dry rapidly. To aid

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985

117

'•• •'*'•'• X' •* " • * •' ••• -.

«'.-••. V -M • •/..•• • • • •

? -. -/.\tf**' i- • •• • V •

•.:***# •?'••• *..$ .."•• •-*-••

• \ /0- • ,• *• .• V *. '

. • Bk • ' L « . . •

• /

Fig. 1 . Chromosome preparation from testis of the pholcid spider Physocyclus sp: cell
spacing after 60% acetic acid dissociation.

Fig. 2, 3. Chromosome preparations from testis of the pholcid spider Physocyclus sp. 2,
karyotype of polyploid (diakinesis), tissue treated 24 hours with 0.005% colchicine. 3.
karyotype (metaphase, 2n=15), without colchicine treatment. Asterisks indicate X chromo-
somes.

1 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

drying, ignite the fixative at the end of step 8 (see Mehlhop and Gardner,
1982).

We have not experimented with banding to any extent, but some spider
cells in metaphase show faint banding patterns without further treatment.
Those desiring to attempt chromosome banding should consult Steiniger
and Mukherjee (1975). The present procedure can be modified to follow
theirs by altering the fixative and fixing time: 3:1 glacial acetic acid,
absolute methanol for 5-8 minutes.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Nobuo Tsurusaki of Hokkaido University and Jorge Santiago-Blay of University of
Puerto Rico are sincerely thanked for their advice and discussions on chromosome
preparation methods. Oscar F. Francke, Frederick B. Stangl, Jr., Stephen W. Taber(all of
Texas Tech University), and Norman V. Horner (Midwestern State University) kindly
reviewed the manuscript.

The senior author was supported by the Texas Department of Agriculture Interagency
Agreement IAC (83-84)-0853.

LITERATURE CITED

Baker, R.J., M.W. Haiduk, L.W. Robbins, A. Cadena, and B.F. Koop. 1982. Chromosomal

studies of South American bats and their systematic implications. Spec. Publ. Pymatuning

Lab. Ecol., No. 6, pp. 303-327.
Cokendolpher, J.C. and O.F. Francke. 1985. Karyotype of Conomyrma flora (McCook)

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc., 92(4): 349-351.
Crozier, R.H. 1 968. An acetic acid dissociation, air-drying technique for insect chromosomes,

with aceto-lactic orcein staining. Stain Technol., 43: 171-173.
Kihlman, B.A. 1 966. Actions of chemicals on dividing cells. Prentice-Hall, Inc.: Englewood

Cliffs. New Jersey, 259 pp.
Mehlop, P. and A.L. Gardner. 1982. A rapid field technique for preparing ant chromosomes

for karyotypic analysis. Stain Technol., 57: 99-101.
Rocchi, A., G. Prantera, V. Lanza, and M. Di Castro. 1984. Incipient sex chromosome

differentiation in an isopod crustacean species, Asellus aquaticus. Chromosoma,

89: 193-196.
Smith, S.G. 1943. Techniques for the study of insect chromosomes. Canadian Entomol.,

75: 21-34.
Smith, S.G. 1965. Heterochromatin, colchicine, and karyotype. Chromosoma, 16: 162-

165.
Steiniger, G.E. and A.B. Mukherjee, 1975. Insect chromosome banding: Technique for G-

and Q-banding pattern in the mosquito Aedes albopictus. Canadian J. Genet. Cytol.,

17: 241-244.
Todd, R.G. (ed. ) 1967. Extra Pharmacopoeia. The Pharmaceutical Press: London. 25th ed.,

xxviii + 1804 pp.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 119

A CASE OF ALBINISM IN EPHEMEROPTERA1 2

W.P. McCafTerty, D.W. Bloodgood3

ABSTRACT: A large sample of several hundred Hexagenia bilineata adults from Lake
Blackshear, Georgia, yielded one female albino. This is the first reported case of albinism in
the order Ephemeroptera.

An albino adult female of the burrowing mayfly Hexagenia bilineata
( Say) was collected from Georgia: Sumter Co., Marina on Lake Blackshear
at Hwy. 280, VIII-19-1983. The abnormal individual was taken with a
sample of several hundred normal individuals of the same species. The
albino differed from the remainder of this population only in color.
Hexagenia bilineata is a highly distinct, relatively dark, well-patterned
species of Ephemeridae. It possesses black eyes, extensive brown to black
body maculation, anterior and discal crossveins in the fore and hind wings
broadly marginated with brown to black infuscation, and a diffuse band of
color (ranging from brown to purplish black) along the distal margin of the
hind wing(Spieth 1941 ). Our albinic specimen is totally devoid of pigment
throughout the body, head (including compound eyes), legs, and caudal
filaments. Its wings show the only indication of any pigments, with veins
ranging from white to light yellow-tan and a light infuscation at the distal
margin of the hind wing. The wing membrane is clear and crossveins are not
marginated.

True albinism is rare among Insecta in general. Full or partial albinic
mutants and variants, however, continue to be reported in the Lepidoptera
(e.g., Gall and Schweitzer 1983, Shapiro 1977) and have been well-
documented in some Orthoptera species (e.g., Chamberlain 1982, Dearn
1 977). Albinism has been very rarely reported in Coleoptera and Hemiptera.
Although albinism is presumed or demonstrated to be genetically based,
there is some evidence of pathological induced albinism, at least in some
Lepidoptera (Sellier 1978).

To the best of our knowledge this report represents the first known case
of albinism in mayflies. Our discussions with other ephemeropterists
confirm this. The basis of this albinism is unknown, but may be an
individual genetic abnormality, obviously occurring with little frequency. It
is not related to postembryonic ecdysial events. Although mayflies are

Deceived May 16, 1984. Accepted December 17, 1984.

^Purdue Agricultural Experiment Station Journal No. 9887.

^Dept. of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 1 19-120, May & June 1985

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

often temporarily colorless as larvae immediately after each larval ecdysis,
adult color patterns are set to a certain degree even prior to emergence from
the subimago, with little molt-related variation. We have never seen a
white, white-eyed "teneraP adult.

LITERATURE CITED

Chamberlain. D.J. 1982. Albinism in Melanoplus sanguinipes (Orthoptera: Acrididae).
Entomol. Mon. Mag. 117: 63-64.

Dearn, J.M. 1977. Pleiotropic effects associated with the albino mutation in the desert locust
Schistocerca gregaria and their relationship to phase variation. Acrida. 6: 43-53.

Gall, L.F. and D.F. Schweitzer. 1983. Albinic variants of Chlosyne nycteis from
Connecticut. U.S.A. (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 37: 85-86.

Sellier, R. 1978. L'albinisme pathologique chez les Lepidopteres: observations en micro-
scopic electronique a balayage. Alexanor. 10: 201-204.

Shapiro, A.M. 1977. An a\binicPierissisymbrii(Pieridae) from California. U.S.A.. Sierras.
J. Lepid. Soc. 31: 134.

Spieth, H.T. 1941. Taxonmic studies on the Ephemeroptera. II. The genus Hexagenia.
Amer. Midland Natural. 26: 233-280.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD

ITZN 59 2 April 1985

The following Opinions have been published by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part 1, on
2 April, 1985:

Opinion No.

1288 (p. 17) Sphinx tipuliformis Clerck, 1759 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): conserved.

1290 (p. 21) Leptinotarsa Chevrolet, 1837 (Insecta, Coleoptera): conserved.

1293 (p. 29) Scolia quinquecincta Fabricius, 1793 is the type species of Hetere Us

Costa, 1887 (Insecta, Hymenoptera).
1297 (p. 39) Xenocrepis pura Mayr, 1904 designated as type species of Xenocrepis

Foerster, 1856 (Insecta, Hymenoptera).
Direction 1 1 6

(p. 41) PAPILIONDDAE Latreille, [1802] (Insecta, Lepidoptera): revision of

Official List entry.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

R.V. MELVILLE, Secretary

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985 121

PARASITISM OF EUROPEAN CORN BORER BY
LYDELLA THOMPSONI (DIPTERA: TACHINIDAE)
AND MACROCENTRUS GRANDII (HYMENOPTERA:

PYRALIDAE) IN SOUTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA

AND DELAWARE1

Ronald F. Romig2, Charles E. Mason3, Paul P. Burbutis3

ABSTRACT: After Lydell thompsoni (Diplera: Tachinidae), aparasitoidofthe European
corn borer (ECB), Ostrinia nubilalis(LepidopteTa: Pyralidae), disappeared in the 1960's,it
was successfully reintroduced in Delaware in the mid-1970's as a potential regulating agent
against populations of this very important pest. In 1981 and 1982, the flies were recovered
from ECB larvae at 15 different sites in six southeast Pennsylvania counties. This species,
along with Macrocentrus grandii ( Hymenoptera: Braconidae), were found to exert an
average of 17.5% parasitism of ECB. Of the two parasitoids, M. grandii had the higher
percentage parasitism. A correlation analysis of the data, on a site by site basis, revealed a
significant negative interaction (r=-0.86) between populations of these two parasitoid spp.

The European corn borer (ECB) Ostrinia nubilalis (Hiibner) (Lepidop-
tera: Pyralidae) is an important pest of corn and other crops in Pennsylvania
and other regions. In Delaware it is considered the most important pest
(MacCreary and Rice 1949, Milliron 1958, Van Denburgh et al. 1962).
According to annual surveys in Delaware it has had a sporadic increase in
numbers since 1934 reaching 707 borers/ 100 corn plants in 1977 (Burbutis
et al. 1984). In Pennsylvania, ECB is considered a threatening insect (J.
McGehan, personal communication).

Efforts to control the ECB biologically in the U.S. are documented by
Burbutis et al. (1984). Of the 6 parasitoids considered "permanently
established" by Baker et al. (1949), Lydella thompsoni Herting (=
Lydella stabulans grisescens Robineau-Defroidy) (Diptera: Tachinidae)
was described as the most effective and widely spread. L. thompsoni was
established in many states, including Pennsylvania (Rolston et al. 1958,
Cory et al. 1952, Van Denburgh et al. 1962) but has experienced
population declines requiring reintroduction several times. Peairs and Lilly
(1975) reported that L. thompsoni disappeared from other northeastern
states.

L. thompsoni was introduced into Delaware in 1974-76, and recent

Deceived April 2, 1984. Accepted December 22, 1984.

^Department of Biology, West Chester University. West Chester, PA 19383

^Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology. University of Delaware, Newark DE
19717-1303.

ENT. NEWS 96(3): 121-128, May & June 1985

122

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

recoveries indicate its successful establishment in all three counties
(Burbutis et al. 1981, 1984).

This study was initiated to evaluate the presence of L. thompsoni in
Pennsylvania, its possibe dispersal from the original release sites in
Delaware, and to assess its status, along with other parasitoids, relative to
control of ECB in the areas surveyed.

METHODS

In late 1981 ECB larvae were collected from corn by hand dissection of
stalks in fields from five Pennsylvania townships bordering New Castle
County, DE. Approximately 40 larvae from each site were incubated in the
laboratory and percentage parasitism data were calculated on the basis of
the number of emerged adult parasites. In 1 982, ECB larvae were collected
from sites about 10-20 miles apart along three transects running north,
northwest, and west into Pennsylvania from a point near Wilmington, DE.
(Fig. 1) ECB larvae were either dissected or incubated in the laboratory.
An earlier study showed that there is no significant difference between
dissection or incubation for monitoring L. thompsoni parasitism (Burbutis
et al. 1984). The laboratory data plus the number of live field-collected L.
thompsoni puparia were used to calculate percentage parasitism. Larvae
were collected through the fall and winter of 1982 and into the spring of

AU-EMTOWTM

MARYLAND

Fig. 1. Map of southeast Pennsylvania showing transects from Wilmington, Delaware, and
sites sampled for European corn borer parasites in 1982-83. Numbers indicate sampling
sites: 1 ) West Chester, 2) Lionville, 3) Pottstown, 4) Allentown, 5) Unionville, 6) Kinzers,
7) Schaefferstown, 8) Lickdale, 9) Selinsgrove, 10) Strickersville, 11) Wakefield, 12)
Stewartstown, 13) Hanover. 14) Gettsburg. 15) Waynesboro.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985

123

1983. Similar methods were used for ECB larvae collection and parasitism
monitoring in southeastern Pennsylvania during the fall of 1969 and winter
of 1970.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Parasitism data for 1981 (Table 1) showed the two prominent insect
parasitoids of ECB in this region to be L. thompsoni and Macrocentrus
gmndii Goidamich (Hymenoptera: Broconidae), with the highest combined
parasitism (36.3%) in London Britain Township, PA, located west of
Wilmington, DE. Of the two, M. grandii showed the greater percentage
parasitism in all five townships sampled. L. thompsoni was recovered from
all sites except one, and appeared to be well established.

Results from the 1982 growing season (Table 2) revealed both M.
grandii and L. thompsoni to be established throughout the transects, with
M. gra/7^/7 continuing to average a higher level of parasitism. This was also
the case in the study by Burbitis et al. in Delaware ( 1 98 1 ). M grandii was
present in all but one of the 13 sites surveyed. The maximum percentage
parasitism (28.3%) by M. grandii was found at Gettysburg in Adams
County, PA. The higher level of parasitism by M. grandii may be because
L. thompsoni has not become fully adapted since its reintroduction. Also, it

Table 1. Lydella thompsoni and Macrocentrus grandii in overwintering European corn
borer larvae from Pennsylvania locations adjacent to Delaware; fall 1981 /winter
1982 and fall 1969/winter 1970.

Parasitism by:

1981/82

London Britain
New Garden
Kennett
Birmingham
Thornbury

1969/70
New London
Lenape
West Chester
Parkesburg
Little Britain

Number of ECB
larvae collected

55
29

37
41
42

95

88

117

124

117

L. thompsoni
No. %

M. grandii
No. %

8

2
1

2
0

0
0
0
0
0

14.5
6.9
2.7
4.9
0

12
3
3
8
4

32
12
23
31

32

21.8
10.3

8.1
19.5

9.5

33.7
13.6
19.7
25.0

27.4

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

may not be able to successfully compete with M. grandii which has been
established in the area for considerable time. The relatively high level of
parasitism by M. grandii in the absence of L. thompsoni in southeastern
Pennsylvania during fall 1969/winter 1970 also lends support to this idea
(Table 1).

L. thompsoni was found 30 miles north of Wilmington, but was not
recovered from two collection sites (nos. 3 and 4) north of the Schuylkill
River in Berks or Lehigh counties in 1982. Along the west transect, this
insect was recovered from four sites, two of which were west of the
Susquehanna River, but it was not collected at either the Gettysburg or
Waynesboro sites (nos. 14 and 15). L. thompsoni was found at all
collecting sites along the northwest transect as far as Selinsgrove ( site no. 9)
in Snyder County, a site about 100 miles from Wilmington. Greater
precision in establishing the distribution of L. thompsoni in Pennsylvania
will require more thorough sampling in future years.

While the percentage of parasitism of L. thompsoni from the last two
sites in the Northwest transect appear relatively low (3.5% and 2.0%), we
note that both of these sites represented late (April 23 and 29) collection of
larvae, and in both cases the data are from L. thompsonipuparia. It is likely that
some adult flies had already emerged and therefore the real parasitism rate
was actually higher than found in those sites in 1982.

Although documentatin of the presence of L. thompsoni in southeastern
Pennsylvania does not prove that these populations resulted from the
reintroductions made in Delaware in recent years, circumstantial evidence
strongly suggests that the source is most likely from the release made in that
state during 1974-76 (Burbutis et al. 1981, 1984). Extensive surveys in
Delaware, involving the collection of about 16,000 mature overwintering
ECB larvae, resulted in no L. thompsoni recovery during the years 1 96 1-77
(Burbutis et al. 1984). If a latent population had occurred in southeastern
Pennsylvania during this time, it is likely that some L. thompsoni would
have been recovered in Delaware, especially since the state average ECB
fall population peaked at 707 borers/100 plants in 1977 (Burbutis et al.
1984) thus providing an abundant resource for parasites. Furthermore,
ECB larvae collections during fall 1969/winter 1970 in southeastern
Pennsylvania corn fields resulted in no recoveries of L. thompsoni (Table
1). Also, L. thompsoni is known to have disappeared elsewhere (i.e.,
Connecticut during October 1978- April 1981 (Andreadis 1982), in
Nebraska during fall 1966-fall 1976 (Hill et al. 1978) and the Corn Belt
States, Hill et al. (1973)). It appears most likely that the population of L.
thompsoni sampled in southeastern Pennsylvania during this study originated
from the 1974-76 reintroductions in Delaware.

L. thompsoniwas first recovered from overwintering ECB at the 1 974-

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June, 1985

125

B-a

.23 2 • •

— C^J OO If) ^^ OO O4 f^l ^^ V^

/S O f} ^O O

^ r~^ ^o o v~> O c**i r^- Tf \o oo o r*-

00 j— — —

^^rN(N^^(N -H — . — , rsj r^l ^*

« *

— ^fl . .

^N ^^ ON <**"} ^^ OO O^ l/~i *^i ^^ ^^

^ V; CNJ (N O

^tO«^<NOO OO^-^OOOO^

c

o

C ^i

>-^ CN| ^^ ^^ ^-* r^ r^4 ^~*

0)

1

^ »^ VO <N

^— •— > rO v~j ^^ v^i ^O O^ t^~- ^O

W5

rr-i ^ "1 C~3 <"*"J C~ J

— *•— •

O fN^O^rocN <N^O<N ON O O I"*-

ca

o

"O

u

^

CO .^

fN

03 ° .ti "S
fa £ % K

03 XI en S ^ ^

r — ^^ *-^ r^~ ON ^^ "~^ ^^ *»o ^^ ^^

"8

'S E fe ^o

^H ^^ m — H

o

TO 3 ^ •

II

CA

— z .2 •§

IX

'•5

en

<u

C

*O

5

[ .

<U ' —

o

cu |

c

C 0) O "S

•o

2 t"S ^ <N VO O

O — r*->r*-iOO uot^r-ioOO

1

^ _°. 03 co

o

.23 *" u "^

^

5 »j

K

en

g

03

o, .__

u.' . .

2i ^

w o E

^ K •»-

o S tP ^2

*xO

J5 fef1 4)

: 03 vn o — o

»-H Q *r^

O O O O r^ — • O-^O^tOO

O ^

s •* * .s

c/i ^— ^

Q. *~ D.""

C^ QQ

Z *i%.

•a .E

D

*-^ A

c S

fc±J

3 >-

*° .a

S •§

^ '^

E *

CO ^ C/5

03 '-^

E 2 -5 o — • o

O OOOO^ O*oO^DOO

C2 fs . ... ^^

FH

Q. "c ^

3 J. T3

30^

O

^C C

f^i ^^

00 Z

•go .2

ON

°J 0 0

^^

UJ o o

en en

CD

•0 -23 .23

C Tl

--o-o

•> O "°

c >-. >.

•^ CO <U

O ^f^

<N ^ a ^ ^22

PO r^* ON ON [""- ^^ ^^ ^O ^^ ON ^O ^^
O Tj-rJ-'OiOiO TtrNlioOO1^*

• -— "Q «^j
T*1 O O

OO H O ~~ ^^ ^^

«^ — -• ^H ^^

r™ C C

o\ c .0 o

111

"03

•— iJ S

U-

o -a TJ

•o

Ci en eo

0>

O.S

"7^

O d ^

ed

psj

| c

•5" rt c^

rt ?3

<u ~ SJ
.ti O en r^, '

S - '§ «

j- (D Q *-»

1 ~f J-st I'lllsll

cn>CtS^55b P W IS * >«'U
ti cuCojcu-T-jcn ?3^:(U03Q;^C
S ^.$N=S3c i; u ^ ;t g $ >.

= a S .S •§ .2 •§ —'h^2in!a>>

>> S £

coo

Cx, Ci,

S 5 S
-a o o

3 -C -C

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

76 release sites in Delaware during September 1978 and some were
collected 33 miles from the release site (FRS) in March 1979 (Burbutis et
al. 1981). The most distant Delaware collection in the fall of 1979 was
Summit Bridge (55 miles FRS) and in 1 980 it was Newark (66 miles FRS)
(Table 3). L. thompsoni was well established in the southeastern corner of
Pennsylvania (78 miles FRS) by the fall of 1981 (Table 1). The most
distant site in 1 982 was Selinsgrove (Table 2). In the fall of 1 983, an empty
puparial case was found in an ECB cavity in field corn at a site near
Hancock, Maryland (Romig and Mason unpublished data), indicating the
presence of L. thompsoni'm that state. These latter two findings are about
190 air miles from the 1974-76 release site in Delaware. Based on the
assumption that L. thompsoni collected in this study originated from the
1974-76 releases in Delaware, the aforementioned information suggests
that the dispersal rate of this fly over an 8-year period is an average of at
least 20 miles/year. This is about 1 0 times greater than that reported by Van
Denburgh et al. (1962) and Mac Creary and Rice (1949). However, they
were working in areas within a few miles of the release sites and reported on
data taken within 1 or 2 years after releases. These and our studies suggest
that dispersal rate is limited to a few miles within the first two years
following release, but after L. thompsoni populations become well established,
dispersal rate can increase to more than 25 miles/year.

An analysis of the 1982 data suggested a possible negative interaction
between populations of M. grandii and L. thompsoni. At sites where the
population of M. grandii was high, fewer L. thompsoni were recovered.
When pairing the data in a step- wise fashion from each site, a significant
(p < 0.01) negative correlation value (r=-0.86) was found). Analysis of
the Delaware parasitism data ( Table 3 ) fails to confirm the strong negative
correlation observed in Pennsylvania. Of 5 1 samples where one or both
parasitoids were present, only 1 1 have percentages amounting to greater
than 50% of its paired variate and 19 showed the presence of one species
but the absence of the other. This degree of variation in the Delaware data
could bias the correlation analysis and it is possible that increased sample
size would reveal the same kind of relationship observed in the Pennsylvania
data. Environmental differences between Delaware and Pennsylvania may
be responsible for the observed differences, but the strength of the negative
relationship is too great to be ignored. Further field and laboratory tests
should be made to determine if such an interaction is real and if so, whether
it involves agonistic behavior, competition for accessible food resources
(ECB larvae), or other ecological factors. Also it would be interesting to
determine if this interaction may have contributed to the supression of L.
thompsoni populations (i.e. competitive displacement) in the past several
decades.

Vol. 96, No. 3 May & June. 1985 127

Table 3. Percent parasitism of European corn borer by Lydella thompsoni and Macrocentrus
grandii in Delaware, fall 1979 and fall 1980.

Percent Parasitism

1979 1980

Location L. thompsoni M. grandii L. thompsoni M. grandii

New Castle Co.

N. Smyrna 6 24 2 0

Townsend 2 20 14

Armstrong 10 9 4 2

Bay View 14 30 2 0

Summit Bridge 7 18 2 0

Tybouts Corner 3 0

Newark 0 24 6 0

S. Yorklyn 0 0

Montchanin 0 0

Arden 0 0

Kent Co.

Felton 5 8 7 11
Hollandsville 17

Farmington 3 10 0 6

Milford 5 14 0 2

Thomsonville 8 0 3 15

Postles Creek 17 23 2 15

Little Creek 27 33 5 20

Pearsons Corner 11 11 4 2

Clayton 15 13 5 0

Woodland Beach 2 17 26 0

Sussex Co.

Bridgeville 3 17 2 0
Seaford 5300

Mt. Pleasant Church 3 9 2 12

Pepper 0 16 0
Gumboro 2202

Roxanna 5 14 0 0

Angola 0 15 14 10
Reddin 3524

Milton 3 16 0 6

Lincoln 3 16 0 0

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CONCLUSIONS

In 1982, both M. grandii and L. thompsoni were established widely
throughout southeast Pennsylvania, with combined parasitism averaging
17.5%. M. grandii is the predominant insect parasite of ECB in this region,
averaging 12% and ranging up to 28.3% parasitism. L. thompsoni
parasitism averages 7.6% in this region with a high of 12.9%.

Pennsylvania counties in which L. thompsoni were found are: Chester,
Lancaster, York, Delaware, Lebanon, and Snyder. It is likely that they are
to be found also in Berks, Cumberland, and Dauphin Counties as well as
others. Combined percentage parasitisms, running frequently in the teens
and twenties, show that these two parasitoids are probably important
biological control agents of an important pest in this region.

LITERATURE CITED

Andreadis, T.G. 1982. Current status of imported and native parasites of the European corn

borer in Connecticut. J. Econ. Entomol. 75: 626-629.
Baker, W.A., W.G. Bradley, and C.A. Clark. 1949. Biological control of the European corn

borer in the United States. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 983. 185 p.
Brindley, T.A., and F.F. Dicke. 1963. Significant development in European corn borer

research. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 8: 155-76.
Burbutis, P.P., N. Erwin, and L.R. Ertle. 1981. Reintroduction and establishment of

Lydella thompsoni and notes on the parasites of European com borer in Delaware.

Environ. Entomol. 10: 799-81.
Burbutis, P.P., C.E. Mason, and R.F. Romig. 1984. European corn borer ( Lepidoptera:

Pyralidae) and its parasiotid Lvdella thompsoni (Diptera: Tachinidae) in Delaware. J.

Kans. Entomol. Soc. 57(3): 394-399.
Cory, E.N., H.S. McConnell, K.D. Arbuthnot, and D.W. Jones. 1952. Parasites of the

European corn borer in Maryland. Maryland Agric. Exp. Res. Bull. A72. 13 p.
Hill, R.E., D.P. Carpino, andZ.B. Mayo. 1978. Insect parasites of the European corn borer,

Ostrinia nubilalis, in Nebraska from 1948-1976. Environ. Entomol. 7: 249-253.
Hill, R.E., H.C. Chiang, A. Keaster, W.B. Showers, and G.L. Reed. 1973. Seasonal

abundance of the European corn borer, Ostrinia nubilalis, within the North Central

States. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 255. 82 p.
MacCreary, D., and P.L. Rice. 1949. Parasites of the European corn borer in Delaware.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 42: 141-53.
Milliron, H.E. 1958. Economic insect and allied pests of Delaware. Del. Agric. Exp. Res.

Bull. 321, 87 p.
Peairs, F.B., and J.H. Lilly. 1975. Parasites reared from larvae of the European corn borer,

Ostrinia nubilalis (Hbn). in Massachusetts, 1971-73. J.N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 83: 36-37.
Rolston, L.H., C.R. Neiswander, K.D. Arbuthnot, and G.T. York. 1958. Parasites of the

European corn borer in Ohio. Ohio Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 819. 36 p.
Van Denburgh, R. S., P. P. Burbutis, and G.T. York. 1962. The reintroduction and recovery

of Lydella stabulans grisescens, a parasite of the European corn borer in Delaware. J.

Econ. Entomol. 55: 11-14.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vi x 6l/i inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $22.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

-Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED — books and papers, information on ants. Also wish correspondence on ants.
Harry Kornberg — 6299 Summer Sky Lane. Lake Worth FL 33463.

WANTED: Specimens of the brown recluse spider (/.omscr/rs) or Australian bulldog ant
(\i\rmccia). Will pay top dollar. Gilbert Olivarez. 2220 Harvey McAllen. Texas 78501.

FOR SALE: Dried Formosan butterflies, moths, beetles and other insects. Also cocoons and
ova of butterflies and moths. P.T. CHANG. P.O. Box 873 Taipei. Taiwan 100. Republic of
China.

MALAISE TRAPS. Design with proven superior efficiency, as described and figured by
Tovvnes in Entomological News (83: 239-247). Complete with stakes. SI 98. postpaid. Order
from: Golden Owl Publishers. Inc.. 182 Chestnut Rd.. Lexington Park. MD 20653. Phone
(301) 863-9253.

Exchange: Cicindelidae and Carabidae of world wanted in exchange for European and
African Coleoptera and other families. Cesare Iaco\ one. \ ia G. No\ enta No. 1 2. Scala I - int.
3. 00143. Roma. Italy.

WANTED: Photographs for children's science book of life cycle of North American firefly,
prefer Photinus pyralis. C.W. Billings. 39 Coburn Avenue. Nashua. NH 03063.

ODONATOLOGISTS wanted for correspondence. Francois C. Nantel. 1550 Mar. Tache.
Ste-Foy. P.Q.. Canada G1W 3G7.

FOR SALE: Butterflies Al Fine Quality (specialists in Ornithopterea. Papiliomdae.
Charaxes. Morphidae. Agrias). Coleopteras (special-list in African Cetoninae. Cerambycidae.
Dynastinae. Lucanidae). Many books, entomological material, collection boxes in wood.
Lists on request. forUSS 5.. repayable at the first order. HEITZMANN THIERRY- 40. rue
des petits champs - 68120 PFASTATT-FRANCE.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: Early stages of Heliothinae and Stirriinae (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). preserved in alcohol, and/or adults, preserved dry. for a cladistic analysis of
relationships between species, groups, and genera. All known biological and ecological data
also solicited. Marcus Matthews. Entomology. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Cromwell Rd..
London SW7 5BD. England.

JOURNALS WANTED: Annals of the Entomological Society of America. Vols. 76 & 77
(1983 & 1984). Please write stating condition & price. Paul P. Shubeck. Biology Dep't..
Montclair State College. Upper Montclair, NJ 07043.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rates: $5
domestic or $10 foreign. International Specimen Supply, P.O. Box 1066. Golita, CA 93 I 16.
USA.

US ISSN 0013-872X

OL. 96

SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER 1985

NO. 4

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Diverse populations and subspecies in Eschatocrepis

(Coleoptera: Dasytidae) Charles D. Howell 129

• ;

Revision of Gymnusini and Deinopsini of world (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae). Supp. 4. New distribution data and
description of female Adinopsis bicornis Jan Klimaszewski 142

New species of Heteromurus from Puerto Rico (Collembola:

Entomobryidae) Jose A. Mari Mutt 145

Fungal and insect participation in red bullet stem

galls of white oak 5. J. Loring, D. R. Duncan 148

Notes on Oconoperla (Plecoptera: Perlodidae) Bill P. Stark 151

Simple, safe packaging for mailing specimens in alcohol

William D. Shepard 156

Age effects on drumming behavior of Pteronarcella badia

(Plecoptera) males D.D. Zeigler, K. W. Stewart 157

Karyotype of Augochlora pura (Hymenoptera: Halictidae)

W.L. Brown, Jr., F.B. Ramberg 161

Orientation of carrion beetles to carrion buried under
shallow layers of sand (Coleoptera: Silphidae)

Paul P. Shubsck 163

Predatory status of Conocephalus longipennis (Orthoptera:
Tettigoniidae) in rice fields of West Malaysia

Gary V. Manley 167

New collection records of Ohio mayflies (Ephemeroptera)

Richard L. Hall 171

OBITUARY
ERRATUM
BOOK REVIEW
SOCIETY MEETIN

162
174

175
141

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985- 1986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmiederf 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $ 18.00 per rear postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'72 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster. Ifundeliverable, please send form 35 79 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 129

DIVERSE POPULATIONS AND SUBSPECIES IN
ESCHATOCREPIS (COLEOPTERA: DASYTIDAE)1

Charles D. Howell2

ABSTRACT: A detailed study of variation in many populations ofEschatocrepis throughout
California reveals at least 13 different color and form morphs found in at least 12 different
combinations in different populations. Male genitalia are believed to be identical, and most, if
not all, morphs are sometimes found together in one population. Therefore they are believed to
represent but one species, Eschatocrepis constrictus. This is an extremely polytypic species,
in which the three previously named species are designated subspecies and a new subspecies,
E. c. riversidensis is described.

A major problem confronting the systematist is the identification of
intermediate forms from which he is tempted to name new species. This is
particularly a problem in the Dasytidae, beetles common in more xeric
regions of the western hemisphere, and also found in the old world.
Collections are full of specimens which defy classification using existing
keys. Added to the confusion is the fact that many species have been
described from a single specimen. Casey (1895) named 41 species in the
genus Trichochrous, each from one specimen.

To what extent a superfluity of species names exists is not precisely
known, but needs serious attention. In my collections, some populations of
Dasytidae are very variable, while others are quite uniform. Eschatocrepis
is a genus in which variation has been reported, and is a good subject for
study since only three species have been described in it. Blaisdell (1931)
wrote of Eschatopcrepis, "the intra-specific variations have a moderately
wide range."

I find this a modest statement, for in some parts of southern California
the variation in populations ofEschatocrepis is so great as to baffle efforts
to consign them to one of the described species. Such is the case on Mount
Pisgah, near Yucaipa, San Bernardino County, California, where I have
collected over five hundred specimens of Dasytidae in a dozen years. They
include at least eight species in seven different genera. One fifth of the
collections consists of Eschatocrepis, and is composed of at least ten
different color morphs, including all of the named species.

The discovery of this extraordinary variation in so limited an area led to
a series of questions to which this paper is addressed. Are all the
populations of Eschatocrepis as variable as this one? Are the described
species of the genus well-defined? Can geographical ranges be ascribed to
any of the species or any of the morphs? Are any of them reproductively

Deceived January 24, 1983 and December 3, 1983. Accepted January 19, 1985.
2 The University of Redlands and the San Bernardino County Museum, Redlands, CA 92374
ENT. NEWS 96(4): 129-141. September & October, 1985

1 30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

isolated?

To obtain the precise information needed to answer these questions and
to expand knowledge of systematists and collectors, a detailed study of the
genus Eschatocrepis was undertaken.

The study is based on over 1 500 specimens collected in California, with
the exception of three specimens from Yuma, AZ, and two found in a
collection at the University of California at Berkeley, CA and labelled
"Jalapa, Mex." I have collected in all of the other contiguous western states
without finding representatives of the genus. Likewise, Hatch (1962) does
not record it in his studies of beetles of the Pacific northwest.

I have thoroughly examined Dasytidae collections from expeditions of
the San Diego Museum to Baja California, and expeditions of entomologists
of the University of California at Riverside throughout Mexico as far south
as the State of Santa Cruz and have not found any Eschatocrepis among
them. The Jalapa provenance is therefore questionable. My California
collections range from sea level to over 6000 feet, from Solano and Marin
counties southward, west and south of the Sierra Nevada Mountains to the
Mexican border.

The Genus Eschatocrepis Le Conte

I recognize seven divisions of Dasytidae and place Eschatocrepis in the
Dasytes Division along with Daystes, Amphivectura, Enallonyx, Leptovec-
tura, Dasytellus, and Hoppingiana. Members of this division have a
longitudinal ridge near the dorso-lateral borders of the pronotum, a feature
variously described as "submarginal" after Casey (1895) in spite of its
supramarginal position. They also possess ungual appendages, but with
vary ing size combinations. Eschatocrepis (R\aisde\\, 1938) has a pronotum
with a transverse subapical constriction, like several of the genera, but is
distinguished from the others by having ungual appendages that are slender,
free from, and as long as the claws.

The body and elytra in my collections are black, except for two totally
testaceous specimens, one found in the northern range, and one in the
southern range, presumably the expression of a rare mutation, and not
included in the study. I have not found a totally testaceous population.

Blaisdell (1931) recognized three species in the genus. E. constrictus
Leconte (1852, Dasytes) is elongate, with cinereous pubescence, and
testaceous legs, antennae and mouth parts. E. nigripes Blaisdell (1921) is
also elongate and has brownish pubescence, and blackish legs, antennae
and mouth parts. E. desertus Blaisdell (1931) is stouter, with pale
pubescence and legs.

All the morphological features described by Blaisdell (1921 and 1931)
were carefully studied. Two features he found useful for separating the

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 131

species, antennal shape and characteristics of the fifth abdominal segment
in males, I found too obscure to use. Therefore they are not discussed in this
report.

Separating males from females can be done quite easily in most genera
of Dasytidae on the basis of the structure of the fifth abdominal sternum.
However, in Eschatocrepis I have found this feature unreliable. Males can
be identified if they have reached a stage at which they rotate the curved
aedeagus vertically causing the posterior segments of the abdomen to bend
ventrally in a pronounced arch. This occurs before the organ is extruded.
Otherwise sex may be uncertain, unless the genitalia are exposed. The
shape and the large body of females are relative and not absolute criteria for
separating them from males.

The characteristics selected for study are listed in the headings of Table
1. They are: body shape (elongate or less elongate), and colors of elytral
pubescence, procoxae and legs.

The color of pubescence was recorded as either pale or brownish. Pale
includes cinerous, whitish and luteous. Brownish ranges from ruddy brown
to pale brownish or fuscous. Blaisdell missed this color in his first
description of E. nigripes (1921) but corrected it later (1931). This is
understandable because reflection from surfaces of curved hairs is often
bright, obscuring a dark color. All specimens with a broad longitudinal area
of brownish pubescence on each elytra were classified as brownish.

Procoxal colors are relatively easy to distinguish as black or pale
(testaceous). There is a correlation between procoxal color and color of
mouth parts, but it is more certain to identify procoxal color than to
distinguish shades of colors of mouth parts.

Leg colors were first classified in five categories. The three paler
categories (pale testaceous, testaceous, and ruddy testaceous) were finally
combined into one, testaceous. (Test., Table 1). Two others were used:
testaceous with dorsum of femora black, and black. This reduced the
original ten color morphs to eight, but does not deny the existence of more
variation than is shown in Table 2.

Body Shape

At the beginning of these studies, collections were separated on the basis
of the apparent length- width (L/W) ratio, with elongate being defined as
greater than 3.2, and less elongate as under 3.0. The discovery of
populations with L/W ratios ambiguously between these extremes led to a
detailed study of body shape. For this purpose the standard deviations of
arithmetic means of body measurement were calculated for populations
used as standards, and for those populations in which problems arose.
The results are shown in Table 2. Populations numbered 39-42, from

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the high desert, are clearly less elongate than the others, and represent
Blaisdell's concept of E. desertus. The northern and southern populations
are obviously more elongate, overlapping, but only in the extremes with the
desert race.

Populations nos. 43 and 44 are small populations consistently between
the defined extremes. They were collected on the high desert, but some
distance from the other desertus populations to which they are regarded as
belonging. This adds to the complexity of the genus and suggests hybridization
between the more and less elongate forms.

In these calculations, usually, the apparent length was measured.
Occasional specimens which were noticeably flexed were not measured.
However, if a population contained many bent specimens a corrected length
was calculated for the bent specimens by adding the length of the elytra to
the combined lengths of the head and pronotum. Populations in which a
corrected length was used are marked with an asterisk in Table 2. From the
data in Table 2 it can be deduced that stouter specimens from an elongate
population could not be distinguished from more elongate ones from the
stouter populations.

Populations

In Table 1 the characteristics studied are tabulated for 44 populations
of Eschatocrepis. ''Population" designates a collection from a well-defined
local area, sometimes based on only one collection, sometimes on several
collections recorded over a period of many weeks or years. Those that appear
to be similar are grouped consecutively. The morphs of the more elongate
specimens are identified by the letters B, C, D, E, L, M, N and O, and the
less elongate by G, H, I, J, P, R and S. The actual number of each morph in
each population is indicated in the body of the table. These 14 morphs have

Table 1. The number of each of 13 morphs found in 44 different populations or counties in
California. An asterisk indicates collections tabulated by counties of the middle and northern
range of the genus and not shown on the map. Fig. 2. Key to locations: 1 . Junction, Wildwood
Cyn. and Oak Glen Rds.; 2. Rock Creek Station; 3. L. Mathews; 4. L. Elsinore; 5.
Strawberry Creek at 4000 feet elevation; 6. Menifee Valley; 7. Univ. of Calif., Campus hills,
Riverside; 8. Pine Bench Rd., Oak Glen, elevation 5000 feet; 9. Whitewater Cyn; 10. Big
Morongo Cyn.; 11. Devil's Cyn.; 12. Railroad Cyn.; 13. Palm Springs; 14. Moreno
Valley, Ferris; 15. Mt. Pisgah, Oak Glen, elevation 5000-5480 ft.; 16. Welk's Village;
17. Yaqui Pass; 18. L. Henshaw; 19. Deep Cyn. and its tributaries, Palm Desert; 20. San
Timeteo Cyn.; 21. Fort Tejon; 22. Murietta; 23. Yorba Linda; 24. Millard Cyn.;
25. *Monterey Co.; 26. *San LuisObispoCo.;27. *Santa Barbara Co.; 28. Barton Flats;
29. Sunshine Ranch, Greenspot; 30. *MaderaCo.; 31. *Stanislaus Co.; 32. *Santa Clara
Co.; 33. *San Mateo Co.; 34. *Alameda Co.; 35. *San Joaquin Co.; 36. *Marin Co.;
37. *Contra Costa Co.; 38. Death Valley; 39. Kramer Junction; 40. Johannesburg;
41. Inyokern; 42. Trona; 43. Piute Cyn.-Kelso area; 44. Joshua Tree Natl. Mon.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

133

ELONGATE VARIETIES OF ESCHATOCREPIS

Color:
Elytra:

Pale

pubescence

Brownish

pubescence

Pro-
coxae:

PALE

DARK

PALE

DARK

Legs:

Test.

Test.

Black
Dorsm Black

Test.

Test.

Black
Dorsm

Black

MORPH

B

c

D

E

M

N

O

Pop.#

1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

13

23
7
15
15
26
40
4

0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1

0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

1

0
0
0

0
0
0
0

1

0
0
0

9
10
11

0
0
0

23
11
11

6
0
4

1
1

0

0
0
0

3
2
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

12
13

8
0

4

5

17

25

1

0

0
0

0
0

0

5

0

0

14
15

14
41

2
2

0
6

0
9

0
3

7
18

4
13

0

4

16
17
18
19

0
1
0
12

9
5
11
136

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

14
6
20
110

0
0
0

4

0
0
0
0

20
21

22
23

1
0
0
0

0
0
0

2

2
9
7
12

0
3
0

1

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
1

9

5
13
12

0

2
3
2

24

1

4

8

2

0

9

7

2

25*
26*

27*

8
2
0

0
1

1

0
4
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0

1
3

2

1
8
6

28

0

0

0

0

0

8

5

1

29

0

0

0

0

0

0

5

13

30*
31*
32*
33*
34*
35*
36*
37*

MORPH

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

G

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LESS
H

0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
ELONGATE
I J

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VARIETIES
P

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

o

0
0
4

5
1

1
13
1

R

10
14
54
98
10
6
73
20

S

38
39
40

41
42

1
2
0
0
0

2
31
11
16
16

0

1

0
0
0

0

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

43
44

8
9

0

3

0

3

0
0

0
0

0

3

0

1

0
0

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

been found to occur in different combinations in different populations.
Twelve different types of populations are singled out for discussion. They
are illustrated in Fig. 1, showing graphically the frequencies of the morphs
in each population. No specimens of morphs J and P were found.

Two of the named species stand out clearly in the graphs in Fig. 1 . The
H type population is E. desertus, and the 0 type is E. nigripes. The third
species, E. constrictus does not stand out in a single graph. Leconte's type
specimen came from San Diego County, probably from a CM type
population, which is now common there (Figs. 1 and 2, nos. 16-19).

The collections from the northern range of the genus, nos. 30-37 in
Table 1 , all belong to population type 0 (Fig. 1 ). Fewer than ten percent of
the specimens in these populations belonged to a paler morph, morph N. It
is of interest that there is a complete absence of any of the other morphs in
these populations, even though morphs L and M technically might, with
their dark pubescence, be related to them. In addition to specimens listed in
Table 1, additional specimens fitting type 0 populations were found in
scattered collections in Napa, Solano, and San Benito counties. This is one
of the largest collections of one type of Eschatocrepis in my possession.

The collections in the middle counties of the range of the genus are not
so uniform (nos. 25-27 in Table 1). They represent scattered collections
rather than populations, and are therefore not included in the population

Table 2. Body shape studies of a selected group of populations. In those populations indicated
by an asterisk (*) the length of bent specimens was corrected for bending (see text).

Pop.
no.

L/W

Ratio

Average Average
length width
(mm) (mm)

Range-length
(mm)

Range- wideth
(mm)

High Desert Populations

39

2.90±.13

2.46±.17 0.82±.05

2.12-2.86

0.77-0.90

40

2.89±.15

2.42±.22 0.82±.05

2.32-2.59

0.77-0.89

41

2.89±.ll

2.37±.14 0.81±.04

2.26-2.63

0.77-0.89

42*

2.91±.15

2.49±.16 0.86±.06

2.29-2.70

0.75-0.93

43*

3.12±.15

2.73±.25 0.86+.08

2.42-3.11

0.79-1.02

44*

3.13±.05

2.62±.17 0.84±.05

2.32-2.90

0.73-0.93

Southern Populations

7

3.26±.09

2.54±.18 0.78±.04

2.13-2.92

0.68-0.87

2

3.17±.09

2.54+.14 0.80±.06

2.33-2.84

0.74-0.90

3

3.30±.10

2.54±.17 0.77±.06

2.30-2.90

0.68-0.89

13

3.23+. 12

2.56±.16 0.79+.04

2.32-2.91

0.72-0.93

15*

3.32±.13

2.70±.23 0.82±.06

2.22-3.17

0.66-0.92

29*

3.22±.08

2.54±.21 0.79±.06

2.26-2.84

0.68-0.87

Northern Populations

31

3.33±.19

2.61±.17 0.78±.04

2.27-2.86

0.70-0.86

32

3.36±.13

2.94±.15 0.88±.05

2.58-3.09

0.78-0.94

36

3.32±.ll

2.70±.20 0.81±.06

2.32-3.06

0.69-0.93

37

3.36±.18

2.82±.22 0.83±.05

2.46-3.22

0.76-0.91

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

135

loof

B.C.D.B.L.M.M , 0

B . C . D . B . L . M . N .0

100*

b ' C ' D^ B 'IT* M II

B ' 0 D B L M K 0

Fig. 1. Graphic representation of the data in Table 1, showing the percentages of each morph
in each population type represented. In each graph, numerals indicate the numbers of
populations in Table 1 from which the percentages were compiled. The letters on the
horizontal coordinate indicate the morphs ( G, H, I, Q and R are identical with B, C. D, M and
N respectively, except for body shape).

136

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

study illustrated in Fig. 1 . However, the record shows an occurrence of
mixed pale and dark morphs, a situation that does not occur in the northern
range, but suggests similarity to what we find discussed below, in the
southern range.

The collections from southern California include the remaining twenty-
two populations listed in Table 1 . Although a typical 0 type population is
not found here, all 1 3 morphs, and eleven of the twelve population types are
found here (Fig. 1). The geograhical distribution of the eleven population
types in southern California is shown on the map, Fig. 2. From this it can be
seen that the population types are distributed randomly. What appear to be
similar ecological situations within a few miles of each other may contain
entirely different types of populations.

Two dark colored populations deserve special attention because of their
similarity to the northern race. The ON population type (no. 29), while
suggestive of nigripes, is by no means as uniform as the 0 type in northern

Son Bernordino County

•;,, --ft

Fig. 2. Map of southern California showing the geographic locations of different population
types of Eschatocrepis constrictus Lee. D B type; A C type; B D type; •& G type ( a typical
desertus); (9 H type (typical desertus); • BM type; A CM type; O DMN type; * DN
type; ® MN type; • ON type. Typical O type (nigripes) has not been found in southern
California.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 137

counties. It was found at an elevation of 2,800 feet in chaparral on the south
facing slope of the San Bernardino Mountains.

The second dark colored population (no. 28) was found at an elevation
of 6,000 feet in the transition forest area of the San Bernardino Mountains.
This is of interest because, if altitude and northern latitude have a similar
effect on the selection of morphs, I would expect to find a typical 0
population at this altitude. However, no. 28 is an MN type, with very few 0
morphs. This fails to support a simple climatic explanation for the presence
of the nigripes races in the north.

Populations of type B comprise the third largest group in my collection.
Morph B may have been included in the minds of previous workers as part of
the E. constrictus complex, but heretofore, populations of this type have not
been recognized as existing. These populations are unique in that they recur
in isolated pockets of over 90 percent B morphs (see Fig. 1). Among them
are specimens with extremely pale legs which I, at first, designated as A
morphs. Later, A morphs were included in the B designation, because they
were never found separately from B morphs. The B type population is the
extreme pale type, contrasting with all other types, and therefore deserves a
subspecies status.

The population types, BM, C, CM, D, DMN, DN, G, MN and ON
appear to be mixed or hybrid combinations with more internal variation
than is found in O, H or B population types.

Male Genitalia

The occurrence of many, if not all morphs in one population, as in nos.
14 and 15, suggests that all morphs interbreed freely. Certain proof of this
would require in vitro laboratory culture and breeding of specimens. This is
impossible at the present, since developmental stages and their feeding
habits are totally unknown. However, significant differences in male
genitalia would indicate reproductive isolation. Therefore investigations of
male genitalia were undertaken.

Since published figures of genitalia of Dasytidae do not exist, studies
began with comparing genitalia of different genera, and then proceeded to
studying differences between readily distinguishable species in the same
genus. These studies revealed some intrageneric species are separable on
the basis of genital morphology. Such differences were then sought between
various morphs of Eschatocrepis, especially between morpns which are
geographically or morphologically most extreme.

In Fig. 3 the variations in morphology of male genitalia of Eschatocrepis
are illustrated. The greatest variation is in size, not in specific morphology.
No unique structural feature was found differentiating one morph or
population from another. It is concluded, therefore, that the genital
morphology of males does not support reproductive isolation of any of the

138

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

named species or morphs of Eschatocrepis.

AED

PMF
CSD

c.

MO

Fig. 3. Illustrations of the variation in male genitalia in Eschatocrepis. A-D represent
extremes of appearance and of size. The largest are found in B morphs, the smallest in H
morphs. The differences shown in the shape of the tube of the aedeagus occur in all
populations. AED, aedeagus; CSD, common sperm duct; MF, median foramen; MO, median
orifice; PMF, prominence of the median foramen; TS, tegminal strut; VB, ventral brace. A. H
morph, from population no. 39; B. B morph from population No. 1; C. O morph from
population no. 33; D. B morph from population no. 15.

CONCLUSION

The picture that emerges from this study is that of an extremely
polytypic species, Eschatocrepis constrictus in California. It is far more
varied than has been heretofore conceived, and includes many color and
form morphs, of which thirteen are delineated in Table 1 .

Populations differ from each other in their combinations of morphs and
are often separated by only a few miles from different population types. It is
believed that all populations are capable of breeding with each other, since
many or all morphs are sometimes found in one population, and since male
genitalia of different populations show no distinctive differences. The
named species are therefore regarded as belonging to a single species. To
affirm significant features of B type populations, which are very uniform in

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

139

spite of being surrounded by differing populations, they are recognized as
constituting a new subspecies.

Eschatocrepis constrictus riversidensis. New subspecies.

Elongate Eschatocrepis distinguished from all others by these pale features: cinereous
pubescence, and testaceous (sometimes almost straw-colored) procoxae, legs, antennae and
mouth parts. Populations of Eschatocrepis with from 90 to 100% of specimens fitting this
description occur in Riverside and southern San Bernardino counties, CA, region D of the
map, Fig. 4. Eight populations of this, the B type, are indicated in the map. Fig. 2. In addition,
specimens fitting this description occur in lesser frequencies throughout region A, Fig. 4, in

CALIFORNIA (£)
COUNTIES V£r

Fig. 4. Map of California showing the geographical distribution of the populations of
Eschatocrepis. A - Variable population types; B - E. c. nigripes; C- E.c. desertus; D -location
of E.c. riversidensis populations among other diverse populations; E - E.c. constrictus.

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

populations containing an abundance of darker morphs of Eschatocrepis.

Type collection made by F.A. Andrews, June 1 1, 1969, by malaise net set in the hills
above the campus of the University of California at Riverside, CA. Numerous specimens have
since been collected, especially from flowers ofEncelia in the same area. The holotype, a male
no. 1560, and an allotype no. 1567 are designated for the California Academy of Sciences in
San Francisco. Over 150 paratypes from B type populations are in my possession, and many
more B morphs from other populations, as can be seen from the data in Table 1 .

Eschatocrepis constrictus constrictus L«c. New designation.

Eschatocrepis constrictus Leconte (1852).

Leconte's type species of the genus is recognized as a subspecies, typical of the major
morphs found in CM population types of San Diego County. Other morphs may occur in this
area, region E in Fig. 4, and C and M morphs in turn occur throughout region A of this map.

Eschatocrepis constrictus nigripes Blaisdell. New designation.

Eschatocrepis nigripes Blaisdell (1921).

This is a subspecies composed of O type populations in the northern range of the genus
(region B, Fig. 4). These populations are composed exclusively of dark specimens. O morphs
also occur scattered throughout region A, where rarely populations somewhat resembling O
type populations also occur.

Eschatocrepis constrictus desertus Blaisdell. New designation.

Eschatocrepis desertus Blaisdell (1931).

This subspecies is recognized typically as composed of H morphs. A variant of it, a G type
population, is recognized. The H type populations are more uniform than the G type. Both are
less elongate and are found on the high desert regions of San Bernardino and Riverside
counties, CA, region C in Fig. 4.

Mechanisms at Work and Future Prognosis

Much of the area in which the greatest diversity of these populations
occurs is subject to brush fires. It is conceivable that a fire occurring during a
sensitive phase of the life cycle could decimate a local population of
Dasytidae. The population might then be reconstituted from a parentage
lacking in some of the genetic variation of the original. No doubt in the past,
as regenerating vegetation filled in the gaps, the exchange of genes could
occur unhampered, and the original diversity would be restored. However,
in recent years, burgeoning growth of freeways, housing developments,
agriculture and industry, have caused a more permanent isolation of
populations of insects, such as these which lack strong mobility.

The effect of this enforced isolation needs to be followed in the future.
For this purpose, this study establishes a unique basis from which future
changes in this variable species may be critically examined.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 141

Genetic drift alone is not offered to explain the existence of uniform
races in the north (O type populations) and certain areas of the high desert
(H type populations). In these two instances it appears as if factors, not
identified at the present, are exerting a selective influence. The evolution of
these populations toward reproductive isolation is a possibility in the
distant future.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Although the large majority of specimens studied were collected by me, I am grateful for
collections loaned to me by Evert Schlinger of Berkeley, who initiated my interest in
Dasytidae; by A.R Moldenke of the University of Oregon at Corvallis; by Adrian Mayor of
the University of California at Riverside; by L.G. Bezark and Fred Andrews of the
Department of Food and Agriculture in Sacramento, California; and by Saul Frommer,
Curator of the Entomological Museum, University of California at Riverside, who loaned me
the entire dasytid collection for studies.

For assistance in various stages of drafting this paper,! wish to thank especially John Pinto
of the University of California at Riverside, whose constructive assistance on many occasions
was invaluable to me. I am also grateful to Gordon Gordh, and Jack Hall, also at Riverside,
and to James Malcolm of the University of Redlands, and John D. Goodman of the University
of Makerere in Uganda for critical assistance.

LITERATURE CITED

Blaisdell, Frank E., Sr. 1921. Four new species of Melyridae. Canad. Ent. 53: 15-19.
Blaisdell, Frank E., Sr. 1931. Studies in the Melyridae (Coleoptera) number ten. Trans. Am.

Ent. Soc. 57: 325-337, 1 plate.
Blaisdell, Frank E., Sr. 1 938. A generic synopsis and generic revision of the tribe Dasytini of

North American north of Panama. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 64: 1-32, 2 plates.
Casey, Thomas. 1895. Coleopterological Notices VI. NY Acad. Sci. 8: 435-838.
Hatch, Melville H. 1962. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Univ. Wash. Publ in Biol.

Vol. 16, Part III, 503 pp.
LeConte, John L. 1852. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI, 163-171.

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 17, 1985

The fifth regular meeting of the American Entomological Society was held on Wednesday
evening, April 17, 1985 in the meeting room of the Academy of Natural Science in
Philadelphia, PA.

The meeting was called to order by President Roger Fuester. After a brief report on the
events of the Society's Council meeting by Recording Secretary Romig, Mr. Fuester asked for
local notes of entomological interest. Gypsy moth egg masses were reported hatching in the
Newark, DE area on April 15, 1985. Approximately 5-10% of the overwintering egg masses
were seen to have hatched larvae by that date.

The guest speaker, Ms. Mitsie Toland of Malvern, PA was introduced by Dr. Joseph
Sheldon. Ms. Toland's topic was, "Spreading the Good News About Insects." The talk
presented a variety of ways to introduce entomologically naive people to inserts, and to
eventually build people's comfort and interest levels about insects to a point where insects
become as well understood and appreciated as other aspects of natural history. Ms. Toland's
presentation was followed by a lively sharing of ideas and questions about how other members
of the audience approach the teaching of entomology.

Ronald F. Romig,
Recording Secretary

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

REVISION OF THE GYMNUSINI AND

DEINOPSINI OF THE WORLD (COLEOPTERA:

STAPHYLINIDAE). SUPPLEMENT 4. NEW

DISTRIBUTION DATA AND DESCRIPTION

OF FEMALE ADINOPSIS BICORNIS1

Jan Klimaszewski^

ABSTRACT: New distribution data for Deinopsis illinoisensis, D. rapida, Adinopsis
bicornis and A. myllaenoides are presented and discussed. A description of the previously
unknown female of A. bicornis is provided and its genitalic structures illustrated.

This is the fourth supplement since the publication of my revision of
Gymnusini and Deinopsini of the world (Klimaszewski 1979). It is based
on an examination of additional specimens sent to me for identification by
Drs. J.H. Frank, Florida Medical Entomology Laboratory, Vero Beach,
Florida, and RT. Allen, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas.
These represent four species collected from new localities and the
previously unknown female of A. bicornis.

The terminology and methods used here are the same as in my previous
contributions (Klimaszewski 1979, 1980, 1982, 1985).

The abbreviations of Institutions used in the text are:

FMEL -Florida Medical Entomology Laboratory, Vero Beach, Florida, Dr. J.H.

Frank
UAC -University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas, Dr. R.T. Allen

Deinopsis illinoisensis Klimaszewski

New distribution data: United States, Florida, Liberty Co., Torreya State Park, September
3, 1983, J.H. Frank and M.C. Thomas (FMEL) 1 cf.

This species is known to occur in the eastern part of the United States,
ranging from northern Illinois, Michigan and Massachusetts to southern
Illinois and Kentucky and then reappearing in Louisiana and south-eastern
Texas (Klimaszewski 1979, 1982). The present new state record from
Florida suggests that it is almost certainly continuously distributed in the
entire eastern United States. The single male specimen was collected on the
bank of a woodland stream.

Deceived February 12, 1985. Accepted March 16, 1985.

^Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, and Department of Entomology,
Macdonald College Campus of McGill University, 21,111 Lakeshore Road, Ste.-Anne de
Bellevue, Quebec, Canada, H9X ICO.

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 142-144, September & October, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 143

Deinopsis rapida Casey

New distribution data: United States, Arkansas, Benton Co., 5 miles south Gallatin,
Fid. Pin. Illinois River, August 3, 1976, R Chenowith and R Thompson (UAC) 1 9.

Deinopsis rapida has a very similar distribution to that of the previous
species. It ranges from northern Iowa, New York and Maine to Tennessee,
northern Georgia and South Carolina, then reappearing in Louisiana and
eastern Texas (Klimaszewski 1979, 1982). It is here reported from
Arkansas for the first time. It most probably occurs also in Mississippi,
Alabama and Florida, where it has not yet been reported. The single female
was collected in damp gravel.

Adinopsis bicornis Klimaszewski

Description of female

Similar externally to the male (see Klimaszewski 1979). Tergum and sternum VIII as in
the male. Tergum IX consisting of two separated, elongate and finely pubescent valvulae, each
terminated with a spine and bearing a few longer lateral setae (Fig. 1 b). Sternum IX appearing
as a broadly oval plate bearing two elongate, and slightly narrowing apically lobes (Fig. 1 c).
Tergum X with apical part divided into two acutely pointed lobes, each terminated with a long
seta (Fig. 1 a). Spermatheca not found.

Distribution: New data: United States, Arkansas, Crittenden Co., 1 mile south Mound
City, Dacus Lake, R Chenowith (UAC) 1 9.
Bionomics
The female specimen was collected in June using an ultraviolet light-trap.

Adinopsis bicornis has been described from a single male specimen
collected in unspecified locality in Michigan (Klimaszewski 1979). This is
the second record of this species from North America, suggesting that A.
bicornis may be widely distributed in the eastern United States.

Both sexes of this species may be readily distinguished from other
species of the genus by the division of the apical portion of tergum X into
two lobes. The latter, in the female are more sharply produced than in the
male (Fig. 1).

Adinopsis myllaenoides (Kraatz)

New distribution data: United States, Arkansas, Polk Co., Shady Lake near recreation
area, July 1 976, R Chenowith (UAC) 1 cf, Georgia, Charlton Co., Okefenokee NWR Billy's
Island, August 15, 1975, R. Chenowith (UAC) 1 cf, 1 sex?. Panama: Canal Zone, Albrook
Forest Site, Fort Clayton, May 23-24, 1968, R Hutton (UAC) 1 9. Venezuela: Miranda,
Panaquire, August 1-13, 1983, J.H. Frank (FMEL) 1 cf, 1 sex?.

Adinopsis myllaenoides is a widely distributed species ranging from
southern Brazil through Central America and the West Indies to the
southeastern United States (Klimaszewski 1979, 1980, 1982). It has not,
however, been hitherto reported from Venezuela or Panama. The new state
records for Arkansas and Georgia extend its known distribution in the
United States farther to the north.

144

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

0.1 mm

Fig. 1 . Female terminalia ofAdinopsis bicornis Klimaszewski: a - tergum X, b - valvula ( half
of tergum IX), c - sternum IX.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I sincerely thank Dr. D.K.McE. Kevan, Director of the Lyman Entomological Museum
and Research Laboratory, for reviewing the manuscript of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Klimaszewski, J. 1979. A revision of the Gymnusini adn Deinopsini of the world

(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Can. Dep. Agric. Publ. 25: 169 pp.
Klimaszewski, J. 1980. Two new species of Deinopsini from the Afrotropical and Nearctic

regions, with notes on two other species of this tribe (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Bull.

Ent. Pol. 50: 109-120. [This paper is considered Supplement 1.]
Klimaszewski, J. 1982. A revision of the Gymnusini and Deinopsini of the world

(Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Supplementum 2. Can. Ent. 114: 317-335.
Klimaszewski, J. and F. Genier. 1985. Title as above. Supplement 3. Col. Bull. 39(1):

60-66.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 145

A NEW SPECIES OF HETEROMURUS FROM

PUERTO RICO (COLLEMBOLA:

ENTOMOBRYIDAE)1

Jose A. Mari Mult2

ABSTRACT: Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) tihuiensis n.sp. is described based on
specimens collected in the Caribbean National Forest, Puerto Rico. The species is very close
to H. (//.) echinatus Mari Mutt 1983 from Venezuela, but differs by the absence of the
mucronal spine and its somewhat shorter dental spines. A study of the postembryonic
development of various characters revealed, among other things, that the dental spines of H.
tihuiensis appear when specimens reach a length of about 1.45 mm.

RESUMEN: Se describe la nueva especie Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) tihuiensis con
base en ejemplares colectados en el Bosque Nacional del Caribe, Puerto Rico. La especie es
muy parecida a H. (H.) echinatus Mari Mutt 1983 de Venezuela pero se distingue por no
poseer espina mucronal y por la menor longitud de sus espinas dentales. El estudio del
desarrollo postembrionario de varies caracteres revelo, entre otras cosas, que las espinas
dentales de H. tihuiensis aparecen cuando los ejemplares alcanzan cerca de 1.45 mm de
longitud.

During a recent visit to the Caribbean National Forest, I collected
specimens of a Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) with dental spines. Only
one member of this subgenus was known to possess these spines, H.
echinatus Mari Mutt 1983, described from a cloud forest in Merida,
Venezuela. The Puerto Rican specimens are very similar to those from
Venezuela but seem to differ enough to warrant the erection of a new
species.

Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) tihuiensis n.sp.

Length to 2.3 mm. Background white with scarce light orange pigment evenly dispersed
over head and body. Scales absent from last two antennal segments, collophore, and tibiotarsi
of pro- and mesothoracic legs. Apex of fifth antennal segment with bifurcated pin seta and a
conspicuous, thick, hooked seta (Fig. 4). Head macrochaetotaxy as in Fig. 1. Eyes 2+2 on
dark patches. Prelabral and labral setae smooth. Outer labral papillae domelike, inner papillae
conelike. Setae of anterior labial row smooth. Posterior labial row to seta e with one smooth
seta and 1-4 ciliated setae; e and \2 smooth, \[ ciliated. Setae of maxillary palp smooth,
lanceolate, subequal in length. Differentiated seta of outer labial papilla does not reach apex of
its papilla Along cephalic groove 2+2 smooth setae (post-labial quadrangle) and near
posterior margin of head 2 +2 very finely ciliated setae, other setae on venter of head smooth or
ciliated Body macrochaetotaxy as in Fig. 2. Tibiotarsi without smooth setae except for
supraempodial seta (opposite seta) of metathoracic legs. Tenent hairs lanceolate. Unguis with
large basal pair of teeth and no unpaired teeth. Unguiculus with conspicuous outer tooth.
Tenaculum with 1 seta. Dorsum of manubrium with many ciliated setae, scales, and two
parallel longitudinal rows of 3+3 or 4+4 smooth erect setae, a pair of smooth setae also on
base of denies. Inner margin of denies with a row of up to 1 1 spines (Fig. 3). Mucro withoul

Deceived February 9, 1985. Accepled April 6, 1985.
2Department of Biology, University of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez, P.R. 00708
ENT. NEWS 96(4): 145-147, September & October, 1985

146

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

8

Fig. 1-6. Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) tihuiensis n.sp., Fig. 7-8. H. (H.) echinatus Mari
Mutt. 1 . Head macrochaetotaxy, 2. Distribution of body macrochaetae and pseudopores (x),
3. Distribution of dental spines, 4. Apex of fifth antennal segment, 5-7. Mucrones, 8.
Distribution of dental spines.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 147

basal spine(Fig. 5) or exceptionally with a very slender, needlelike, inconspicuous spine(Fig
6).

Type Locality: Puerto Rico, Sierra de Luquillo, Caribbean National Forest, Rd. 191,
near the swimming pools, wet leaf litter, 12. VIII. 1984, J.A. Mari Mutt, holotype and 26
paratypes (22 on slides). All specimens are deposited in my collection.

Diagnosis. As stated in the introduction, the new species is very close
to H. echinatus. Specimens of the latter, however, possess a conspicuous
mucronal spine ( Fig. 7 ) seen easily even at low ( 200x) magnifications. Only
two of the 23 specimens studied of//, tihuiensis possess a mucronal spine,
and it is invariably slender, needlelike, scarcely visible even under oil
immersion. In addition, the dental spines of H. echinatus are somewhat
longer than those of//, tihuiensis (cf. Fig. 3. 8). Some specimens of//.
echinatus, particularly those over 1 .6 mm long, possess an inner anterior
macrochaeta on the fourth abdominal segment but no Puerto Rican
individual has this seta. My description of//, echinatus states that seta 1 1 is
smooth but it is really ciliated as in H. tihuiensis.

Comments. The head and body macrochaetotaxy is identical in all
specimens, including those measuring only 0.95 mm. These small specimens
possess 5-7 An setae (setae along the base of the antenna), 1 + 1 setae near
the posterior ventral margin of the head, one ciliated seta internal to labial
seta e, and 5-9 setae on the trochanteral organ. They lack dental spines and
scales on the dorsum of the manubrium, all tibiotarsi, and the femur of the
first pair of legs.

The number of An setae increases to a maximum of 10-12 by the time
specimens are about 1.4 mm long. The second seta near the posterior
ventral margin of the head appears when specimens reach 1 . 1 mm. The
number of ciliated setae internal to labial seta e increases with size of the
specimens but occasionally, smaller individuals with more ciliated setae are
found. The number of setae on the trochanteral organ also increases with
age to a maximum of 28 setae in specimens over 2.0 mm long. Dental spines
appear when specimens reach 1.45 mm, but intermediate, somewhat
pointed, finely ciliated setae are found in the position of the dental spines
when specimens reach 1.2 mm. Scales appear on the femur of the
prothoracic legs when specimens reach 1 .2 mm and on the tibiotarsi of the
metathoracic legs when specimens attain 1 .0 mm.

The species name is based on the native indian (taino) word tihui,
meaning mountain, in reference to the habitat occupied by this species.

LITERATURE CITED

Mari Mutt, J.A. 1 983. Four new species ofDicranocentrus and Heteromurus from the State
of Me'rida, Venezuela (Collembola: Entomobryidae). J. Agr. Univ. P.R. 67(2): 148-
164.

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

FUNGAL AND INSECT PARTICIPATION IN
RED BULLET STEM GALLS OF WHITE OAK1

Steven J. Loring^.S^ David R. Duncan2>4

ABSTRACT: The relationship between fungi and gall wasps in red bullet stem galls of white
oak (Quercus alba) was investigated. Ten fungal species were isolated from the galls with a
Penicillium sp. and a sterile hyaline form predominating. The Penicillium sp. was associated
with gall breakdown, while the sterile hyaline fungus was found in the gall's trophic phase.
Larvae of the cynipid gall wasp DisHolcaspis quercusglobulus and the chalcid parasitoid
Torymus racemariae were reared to adults on agar plates with the Penicillium sp.

Naturally occurring plant galls are a tissue outgrowth stimulated by the
presence within the gall of a foreign parasitic organism such as an insect
larva, bacterium, fungus, or virus. Gall tissue is unique only because it is
unusually abundant, unusually placed, and unusually timed compared to
"normar plant development (Mani, 1964). The theoretical significance of
the gall is "that the plant has successfully restricted the parasite ... in space
and time" (Mani, 1964). This restriction gives the plant means to reduce
damage from its many potential parasites.

Mechanisms for gall formation are largely unknown. Elm leaf aphid
galls seem to be induced to form not by some special stimulatory substance
but by hypernutrition in the region of the parasite ( Mani, 1 964). It also may
be that a parasite causes the secretion of plant growth hormones.

Oak stem galls can form in any part of a stem where the wasp's
ovipositor can reach the vascular cambium. Cynipid wasp galls have a
central capsule lined with schlerenchyma cells within which the parasite
resides (Mani, 1964). Agamic females emerge from the galls in late fall
(Krombein et al., 1979).

A gall's life has been divided into three phases: 1 ) gall formation; 2) a
trophic phase where parasite feeding and gall formation have stopped and
the gall complex is dormant; and 3) post-maturity, where the gall breaks
down to allow the parasite to escape.

Preliminary investigations of red bullet stem galls by one of us (D.R.D.)

1 Received October 26, 1984. Accepted February 7, 1985.

2Department of Biological Sciences, DePauw University, Greencastle, Indiana 46 135

^Current address: Department of Biology, New Mexico State University, Box 3AF, Las
Cruces, New Mexico 88003

4Current address: Department of Agronomy, Turner Hall S332, University of Illinois, 1 102
South Goodwin Ave., Urbana, Illinois 61801

^ Corresponding Author

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 148-150, September & October, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 149

demonstrated that certain fungi were consistently present within the gall at
certain phases of its history. While rearing gall wasp larvae, we observed a
possible trophic relationship between the larvae and some of the fungi.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

The galls used in this study were the trophic phase of the red bullet stem
gall of white oak (Quercus alba L.), formed by the cynipid wasp
Disholcaspisquercusglobulus (Fitch) (Fe\t, 1940; Weld, 1959). Healthy
galls range from 10-20 mm diameter, averaging 13 mm.

Whole trophic phase galls were collected from an infected white oak tree
on the campus of DePauw University, Greencastle, Indiana in the fall and
winter of 1975-1976 and kept refrigerated until used. The galls were
washed in 100% ethanol, cut in half and placed on Petri plates containing a
mixture of 5 g glucose, 1 g yeast extract, 20 g agar, and 1 1 distilled water.

Uninjured larvae were removed from the gall's central chamber and
placed on the agar plates to observe their interaction with the fungi
contained within the galls. Plates were kept at room temperature (24-
25°C).

RESULTS

Ten different fungi were isolated from the gall interiors. Two fungi
(Penicillium sp. [70% of examined galls] and sterile hyaline form 1 [92% of
galls]) were consistently present The sterile hyaline fungus (probably a
phycomycete) was isolated mainly from the interior of young galls while the
Penicillium sp. was found primarily in older, more degenerate galls.

Larvae from the galls were successfully reared to normal adulthood on
the dominant Penicillium sp.. Even though the larvae probably were in
diapause when collected (fall and winter), fecal material was found on the
agar plates and larvae were observed to eat the fungus. Larvae placed with
the sterile hyaline form 1 survived, although there was no evidence of their
having ingested the fungus. Larvae placed on the agar plates in November
emerged in February, while those placed on the agar plates in February
emerged in March and April.

Of 22 larvae reared to adult, four were Cynipidae [two D. quercusglobulus -
the gall instigator, and two Synergus campanula (O.S.) - a gall inquiline
(Krombein etal, 1979)]. The remaining wasps were Torymus racemariae
(Ashmead) (Torymidae), a parasitoid on stem galls. Both cynipid and
chalcid wasp larvae ingested Penicillium sp.

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DISCUSSION

Many plant galls are known to support complex trophic interactions
between gall makers, inquilines, parasitoids, predators, and symbionts
(Askew, 1961; Mani, 1964; Weis, 1982). Only two types of cynipid wasp
galls, out of 43 different types inspected by Batra and Lichtwardt (1963),
contained any fungi. Grundmann and Evans (1952) and Evans and
Grundmann (1954) suggested that many cynipid wasp galls are also
bacteriologically sterile. In contrast, we found that Penicillium sp. and
sterile hyaline form 1 are an integral part of the red bullet stem gall complex,
and the appearance of these fungi varied with the gall's age. The healthier a
gall, the more likely it was to contain the sterile hyaline form 1 fungus. More
degenerate looking galls contained mostly Penicillium sp.. As the gall must
allow the parasite to leave in the post-maturity phase, perhaps the
Penicillium sp. helps break down the gall so as to enable D. quercusglobulus
to escape the gall's confinement. Batra and Lichtwardt (196 3) commented
that fungi from within hard galls frequently are saprophytic on insect
excretia and may parasitize the gall tissues. Because wasp larvae ingested
the Penicillium sp., perhaps the Penicillium sp. can serve as a supplemental
food source. Such an arrangement would be easy to perpetuate as the
developing female wasps need only incorporate the fungal spores in their
reproductive tract and pass them along with the eggs during oviposition.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank John C. Zak and James R Zimmerman, New Mexico State University, and an
anonymous reviewer for criticism, and the Department of Biological Sciences, DePauw
University, for support of this project.

LITERATURE CITED

Askew, R. R. 1 96 1 . On the biology of the inhabitants of oak galls of Cynipidae ( Hymenoptera)

in Britain. Trans. Soc. Brit. Entomol. 14: 237-268.
Batra, L.R. and R.W. LichtwardL 1963. Association of fungi with some insect galls. J. Kan.

Entomol. Soc. 36: 262-278.
Evans, F.R. and A.W. Grundmann. 1 954. Further observations on bacteriological sterility

of the chamber of Cynipid-induced galls on QuercusgambeliiNutt. J. Kan. Entomol. Soc.

27: 148-151.

Felt, E. 1940. Plant Galls and Gall Makers. Comstock Publishers, New York. 364 pp.
Grundmann, A.W. and F.R. Evans. 1 952. A study of the bacteria flora of certain gall wasps

(Hymenoptera: Cynipidae) affecting scrub oak (Quercus gambelii Nutt.). J. Kan.

Entomol. Soc. 25: 66-68.
Krombein, K. V., P.O. Hurd, Jr., D.R. Smith, andB.D. Burks(eds.). 1979. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in American North of Mexico. Vol. 1 Smithsonian Institution Press.

Washington, D.C. 1198 pp.

Mani, M.S. 1964. Ecology of Plant Galls. W. Junk. The Hague, Netherlands. 434 pp.
Weis, A.E. 1982. Use of a symbiotic fungus by the gall maker Asteromyia carbonifera to

inhibit attack by the parasitoid Torymus capite. Ecology 63: 1602-1605.
Weld, L.H. 1959. Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States. Ann Arbor, Michigan

(privately printed). 124 pp + 30 pi.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 151

NOTES ON OCONOPERLA (PLECOPTERA:

PERLODIDAE)1

Bill P. Stark2

ABSTRACT: Collections of Oconoperla made in mountainous areas of North and South
Carolina during May, 1983, included the first gravid females known for the genus. The female
description, originally based on a dissected, pre-emergent nymph is modified and the chorionic
fine structure of the egg is described from scanning electron photomicrographs. These data
support the Stark & Stewart (1982) hypothesis that Oconoperla is most closely related to the
Yugus-Malirekus group of genera. Study of the Needham & Claassen ( 1 925 ) Perla innubila
holotype suggests the placement of O. weaveri in the synonymy of this species.

Stark & Stewart ( 1982) proposed Oconoperla for a single male and five
unique nymphal specimens. Female terminalia were described from a
dissected nymph but recent collections of female imagoes indicate this
earlier description was inadequate since the subgenital plate was not fully
expanded. Additionally, examination of the holotype of Perla innubila
Needham & Claassen, a species currently placed in Yugus (lilies 1966;
Zwick 1973), has revealed Oconoperla weaveri Stark & Stewart to be a
synonym. The systematic changes resulting from these new data are
indicated below.

Oconoperla innubila (Needham & Claassen) NEW COMB.

Perla innubila Needham & Claassen (1925). Holotype 9, Sunburst, NC (CU # 1 142).

Isogenus innubilus. Ricker (1952).

Yugus innubilus. lilies (1966).

Oconoperla weaveri Stark & Stewart (1982). New synonymy.

Female.-Macropterous. Forewing length 14-15 mm; body length 12-13 mm. Subgenital
plate covering most of sternum 9, apex truncate; margins and ventral surface of plate densely
covered with short setae (Fig. 1).

Egg.-Cross section triangular. Collar absent. Narrow opercular line present in apical
third. Irregularly hexagonal follicle cell impressions composed of erect clusters of scales
covering entire chorion; additional scale clusters scattered within follicle cell impressions.
Micropyles grouped in short rows of ca. 3 per side near opercular line; orifices surrounded by a
thin lip. Follicle cell impressions surrounding micropyles larger, some forming irregular
rosettes (Figs. 2, 3).

Material examined.-NC: Haywood Co., trib. Cove Crk. off Rt 1395, 16-V-83, B.
Kondratieff & F. Kirchner, 5cr, 3 9. Macon Co., 1 mi N Scaly Mountain Hwy 106, 20-V-83,
B. Stark, 1 nymph; Robin Branch, Wayah Bald, 18/19-V-83. BS, BK, FK, 3 cf, 2 9 (reared),
10 nymphs; Dirty John Crk, Wayah Bald, 18-V-83, BS, BK, FK, 2 cf (reared), 2 nymphs;
Upper Wayah Crk, Berties Falls, 23-V-84, BS, 1 nymph. SC: Oconee Co., small spring at

'Received January 7, 1985. Accepted February 1, 1985.
2DepL of Biology, Mississippi College, Clinton, MS 39058.

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 151-155, September & October, 1985

152

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1 . Oconoperla innubila, female subgenital plate.

Figs. 2-3. O. innubila egg. 2. Entire egg, 240X. 3. Micropylar detail, 2000X.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

153

Upper Wash Branch, Tamassee Rd, 20-V-83, BS, 1 cf. TN: Sevier Co., small spring 1 mi
SW Newfound Gap, Clingman's Dome Rd, 18-111-82, J. Weaver & R. Holzenthal, 1 nymph.

Discussion.-This synonymy was suggested by the rather distinctive
spur vein near the origin of Rs in the forewing (Fig. 4). Both Needham &
Claassen (1925) and Ricker (1952) illustrate this feature. Ricker (1952)
noted Rs spur veins are not unique to this species; among perlodine
stoneflies they are known to occur in Isogenoides varians (Walsh),
Helopicus subvarians (Needham & Claassen), Cultus decisus (Walker)
and Chernokrilus misnomus( Claassen). In other species (except possibly
/. varians), however, Rs spur veins are rare whereas in the available sample
of Oconoperla specimens they are always present. In South Carolina
specimens examined to date, the tendency is toward short, multiple spur
veins (Fig. 5). Several other venational features noted by Needham &
Claassen (1925) such as number of Rs branches are highly variable ( Figs. 4
& 5). In the Wayah Bald specimen (Fig. 4), both Rsl and Rs4 are forked to
give 5 total branches while in the South Carolina specimen (Fig. 5) only
Rsl is forked and Rs5 arises near the cord. These specimens also differ in
the number of M branches and in the origins of A3 along with other minor
variations.

Figs. 4-5. O. innubila wings. 4. Female, Wayah Bald, NC. 5. Male, Wash Branch, SC.

154

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 6-7. Intersegmental area of Ab 9-10, dorsal 6. Oconoperla, 330X. 7. Malirekus, 330X.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 155

The holotype specimen of Perla innubila (Cornell Univ. # 1 142) is in
such poor condition that a completely reliable determination of the species
status likely can never be made, however, I am satisfied on the basis of
similarities in the head, thorax and wings and on the basis of range proximity
that Oconoperla weaveri and Yugus innubilus represent a single species.

Stark & Stewart( 1 982) suggested on the basis of male genitalic features
that Oconoperla is most closly related to the Malirekus- Yugus generic
cluster. This hypothesis would appear to be supported by egg data. Among
Nearctic genera with triangular- cross sectioned eggs only Yugus and
Malirekus share the elaborate scale structures which form the follicle cell
impression boundaries in Oconoperla. However, it seems likely, as Stark &
Stewart suggested, that this relationship is remote and Oconoperla
probably represents the specialized sister group for the Yugus-Malirekus
lineage.

Based on field collection of the original series of specimens, Stark &
Stewart ( 1 982) suggested Oconoperla nymps were associated with " splash
zones of small spring seeps." This generalization also applies to the larger
sample now available, and it is interesting to note that Oconoperla nymphs
share a number of "terrestrial adaptations" with gripoterygid nymphs
(McLellan 1 977). These include loss of leg and cereal hair fringes ( Stewart
& Stark 1984) and a reduction in cereal length relative to Malirekus and
Yukus nymphs. Additionally, Oconoperla nymphs have fewer chloride
cells (Figs. 6 & 7) on comparable body regions than nymphs of either of
these related genera from the same drainage basins. These data suggest
Oconoperla nymphs spend much of their developmental period in moist
splash zones which are not influenced by current.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Boris Kondratieff and Fred Kirchner for assistance in field work and for the
loan of material. James K. Liebherr, Cornell University, assisted in locating the Perla
innubila holotype and Sarah Faison, University of Mississippi Dental School, assisted in
preparing SEM photomicrographs. Richard W. Baumann and Stanley W. Szczytko made
helpful suggestions during a pre-publication review. This study was supported in part by NSF
Grant* DEB 78- 12565 to K.W. Stewart andB.P. Stark and byNSFGrant#BSR-8407455.

LITERATURE CITED

lilies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera Das Tierreich, 82. Walter de Gruyter and

Co., Berlin, 632 pp.
McLellan, I.D. 1977. New alpine and southern Plecoptera from New Zealand, and a new

classification of the Gripopterygidae. N.Z. Jour. Zool. 4: 1 19-147.
Needham, J.G. & P.W. Claassen. 1925. A monograph of the Plecoptera or stoneflies of

America north of Mexico. Thomas Say Found. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 2: 1-397.
Ricker, W.E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Indiana Univ. Publ. Sci. Ser. 18: 1-

200.
Stark, B.P. & K.W. Stewart 1982. Oconoperla, a new genus of North American Perlodinae

(Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 84: 746-752.
Stewart, K.W. & B.P. Stark. 1984. Nymphs of North American Perlodinae genera

(Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Great Basin Natur. 44: 373-415.
Zwick, P. 1973. Insecta: Plecoptera. Phylogenetisches system und Katalog. Das Tierreich,

94. Walter de Gruyter and Co., Berlin. 465 pp.

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SIMPLE, SAFE PACKAGING FOR MAILING
SPECIMENS IN ALCOHOL1

William D. Shepard2

ABSTRACT: Heat-sealed plastic bags provide protection during mailing for wet biological
samples.

When mailing specimens in vials of alcohol, a frequent problem is how
to package them to prevent drying while, at the same time, retaining any
alcohol that might leak. The most common solution involves placing the
vials in a wide- mouth jar which contains alcohol or alcohol-soaked cotton.
This generally is workable but the extra alcohol and the jar often outweigh
the specimens, thus increasing the postal fee, and, also important, the jar
may leak.

Recently I had need to mail many samples of aquatic organisms in
alcohol over a long distance. Regarding both specimen safety and economics,
one packaging method has proven superior to all others tried. Instead of
placing vials in ajar, I packaged them using a Dazey®3 "Seal- A- Meal."
This small kitchen appliance is readily available and inexpensive. The
plastic bags it uses come in a variety of sizes. Also, tubular plastic is
available with which one can manufacture a bag of any desired length. The
plastic has proven durable enough to hold unprocessed samples containing
sticks and sharp stones without puncturing. Prior to sealing, most of the air
in the bag should be pressed out to reduce homogenation of the sample due
to constant shifting of position. The bags add no appreciable weight to the
specimens and have the added advantage of being flexible, thereby allowing
one to more efficiently box them for mailing. Boxes used for mailing should
still be of strong, corrugated cardboard.

After more than a year of use, I can report this packaging method has
survived the rigors of both cross-country and international mail and has also
proven useful for packaging other types of biological specimens.

Deceived October 29, 1984. Accepted January 18, 1985.
2Dept. Biol. Sci., California St. Univ., Sacramento, CA 95819
3Dazey Products Co., PO Box 25, Industrial Airport, KS 66031

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 156, September & October, 1985

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 157

AGE EFFECTS ON DRUMMING BEHAVIOR OF
PTERONARCELLA BADIA (PLECOPTERA) MALES1

David D. Zeigler2, Kenneth W. Stewart2

ABSTRACT: Drumming behavior was compared between two age groups (1-2 and 4-5 days
of age since emergence) of Pteronarcella badia males. Six males of each age group were
monitored separately for two hour periods. The two age groups showed a significant difference
(Mann- Whitney U-test) in drumming tendency (drumming signals per hour) but not in signal
structure. The noted difference seems to be age related, however differences in nutritional state
could have had an effect

Age effects on various reproductive-related behaviors have been
uncovered in many insects, including female attractiveness to males in
Drosophila melanogaster(Cook and Cook 1975), mating behavior of the
pink bollworm moth (Henneberry and Leal 1979), and courtship and
copulation duration in Drosophila melanogaster (Long et al. 1980). No
work to date has dealt quantitatively with possible age-related effects on
the drumming signals and/ or drumming tendencies of stoneflies. Drumming
behavior in the Plecoptera is an intersexual calling behavior for mate
location and identification. Drumming signals of most species are produced
by tapping the substratum with the posteroventral surface of the abdomen.
The number and spacing of the resultant pulses provide the necessary
information for species and sex indentification. In most species the male
initiates an exchange by calling. Nearby virgin females usually answer with
their own drumming signal. Many variations and complexities have been
uncovered since quantification of drumming behavior began in the late
sixties (Rupprecht 1967, 1969, 1972, 1977, 1981, 1982; Zeigler &
Stewart 1977; Snellen& Stewart 1979; Szczytko& Stewart 1979; Stewart
et al. 1982a,b; Maketon& Stewart 1984a,b; Stewart & Zeigler 1984a,b).
This experiment was designed to examine potential age effects in the
drumming behavior of male Pteronarcella badia (Hagen). The relatively
simple signal exchanges of this species (Fig. 1) have been previously
described and characterized (Zeigler & Stewart 1977; Stewart et al.
1982a).

MATERIALS

Pre-emergent nymphs of P. badia were collected from the Conejos
River, Conejos Co., Colorado in May, 1983. Nymphs were transported to

1 Received February 11, 1985. Accepted March 11, 1985.

2Department of Biological Sciences, North Texas State University, Denton, TX 76203

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 157-160, September & October, 1985

158

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the laboratory in chilled styrofoam ice chests and reared to adulthood in a
Frigid Unit LSW-700 living stream where light and temperature simulated
natural habitat conditions. Virgin adults were collected shortly after
emergence and housed individually in clean shell vials with cotton plugs
which were wetted every 24 h. The vials were kept in an environmental
chamber at 16±1°C with light and dark periods approximating natural
conditions.

Six males from each of two age groups (1-2 and 4-5 days of age since
emergence) were selected randomly for analysis. Males were allowed 1-2 h
to adjust to laboratory lighting and temperature (60-80 fc and 23-24°C)
before being monitored for a 2-h period. The period of monitoring was done
from two to four P.M. on separate days for each of the 12 males involved.
Three drumming signals were recorded from each male using a Sony ECM-
250D electret condenser microphone and a Superscope C-202LP cassette
recorder for later analysis of signal characters. The number of beats per
signal and beat interval lengths were measured by playing the recorded
signals into a Tektronix 5111 storage oscilloscope for analysis. Comparisons
(Mann- Whitney U-test) were made between the two age groups for
drumming tendency (calls per hour), number of beats per signal, and length
of beat intervals. Longevity data were also collected and compared for both
males (n=46) and females (n=50).

Fig. 1 . Pteronarcella badia male-female exchange at 25 C.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 159

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

No significant difference was found between the two age groups for
number of beats per signal (1-2 days of age— 6.8±0.9 beats, 4-5 days of
age — 5.8±0.6 beats) or beat interval length. These results are not
surprising since females, who mate only once (supported hypothesis),
choose which calls to answer and thus establish communication contact.
The call is presumably her only means of evaluating the male's fitness
before tactile contact is made. Females may therefore choose to answer
only those calls which fall within a narrow range of variation which is
characteristic for her species.

A significant decrease was found between the two groups in drumming
tendency, with the 1-2 day-old males producing 6 3. 3 ± 26. 1 signals per hour
and the 4-5 day old males producing only 1 4.2 ± 1 6.5 signals per hour. This
difference probably means that younger males have a greater chance for
locating females since more "exploratory" calls are sent out per unit time
than for older individuals.

This difference in drumming tendency could result from a direct aging
effect or from a difference in energy stores. Adult stoneflies in general are
thought to feed little or not at all in nature. If this is the case for P. badia,
then energy stores in the emergent adult must decrease steadily with age. It
is unknown whether P. badia adults do feed in nature. If they normally do,
the noted difference in drumming tendency could be due to a difference in
nutritional state rather than to a direct age effect, since the experimental
groups were not fed. However, Finni (1975) reported that in Allocapnia
granulata(C\aassen), a winter emerging stonefly, adults supplied with only
water lived just as long as those given both food and water, which was
significantly longer than those given nothing. The P. badia in this study
were observed resting with their mouthparts in contact with the wet cotton
plugs as if drinking, especially so after each wetting of the plugs. The plugs
remained moist for several hours after each wetting, so at least water was
available to the individuals used in this study. The males lived 1.2+ 3.1
days which was significantly shorter (Mann- Whitney U-test) than for
females who lived for 8.6±2.1 days.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This study was supported in part by National Science Foundation Grants DEB 78- 1 2565
and BSR 83- 1 4846 and also by the Faculty Research Fund of North Texas State University.

LITERATURE CITED

Cook, R. and A. Cook. 1975. The attractiveness to males of female Drosophila melanogasten

effects of mating, age and diet. Anim. Behav. 23: 521-526.
Finni, G.R. 1975. Feeding and longevity of the winter stonefly. Allocapnia granulata

(Claassen) (Plecoptera: Capniidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 68: 207-208.

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Henneberry, T.J. and M.P. Leal. 1 979. Pink bollworm: effects of temperature, photoperiod
and light intensity, moth age, and mating frequency on oviposition and egg viability. J.
Econ. Entomol. 72: 489-492.
Long, C.E., T.A. Markow and P. Yaeger. 1980. Relative male age, fertility, and competitive

mating success in Drosophila melanogaster. Behav. Genetics 10: 163-170.
Maketon, M. and K.W. Stewart 1984a. Drumming behavior in four North American
Perlodidae (Plecoptera) species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 77: 621-626.

. 1984b. Further studies of the drumming behavior of North American Perlidae
(Plecoptera). Ann Entomol. Soc. Amer. 77: 770-778.
Rupprecht R. 1967. Das trommelm der Plecopteren. Z. Vergl. Physiol. 59: 38-71.

. 1969. Zur artspezificitat der trommelsignale der Plecopteren (Insecta). Oikos
20: 26-33.

1972. Dialektbildung bei den trommelsignalen von Diura( Plecoptera). Oikos

23: 410-412.

1977. Nachweis von trommelsignalen bei einem Europaischen vertreter der

steinfliegen-familie Leuctridae (Plecoptera). Ent. Germ. 3: 333-336.

. 1 9 8 1 . A new system of communication within Plecoptera and a signal with a new

significance. Biol. of Inland Waters No. 2: 30-35.

. 1982. Drumming signals of Danish Plecoptera. Aquatic Insects 4: 93-103.

Snellen, R.K. and K.W. Stewart. 1979. The life cycle and drumming behavior of Zealeuctra

classeni ( Prison) and Zealeuctra hitei Ricker and Ross ( Plecoptera: Leuctridae) in Texas

USA. Aquatic Insects 1: 65-89.
Stewart,K.W., S.G. SzczytkoandB.P. Stark. 1982a Drumming behavior of four species of

North American Pteronarcyidae (Plecoptera): dialects in Colorado and Alaska Pteronar-

cella badia. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 75: 530-533.
Stewart, K.W., S.G. Szczytko, B.P. Stark and D.D. Zeigler. 1982b. Drumming behavior

of six North American Perlidae (Plecoptera) species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.

75: 549-554.
Stewart, K.W. and D.D. Zeigler. 1984a. Drumming behavior of twelve North American

stonefly ( Plecoptera) species: first descriptions in Peltoperlidae, Taeniopterygidae, and

Chloroperlidae. Aquatic Insects 6: 49-61.

1984b. The use of larval morphology and drumming in Plecoptera systematics,

and further studies of drumming behavior. Annls. Limnol. 20: 105-114.
Szczytko, S.W. and K.W. Stewart 1979. Drumming behavior of four western Nearctic

Isoperla (Plecoptera) species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 72: 781-786.
Zeigler, D.D. and K.W. Stewart 1977. Drumming behavior of eleven Nearctic stonefly

(Plecoptera) species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 70: 495-505.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 161

KARYOTYPE OF AUGOCHLORA PURA
(HYMENOPTERA: HALICTIDAE)1 2

William L. Brown, Jr., Frank B. Ramberg^

ABSTRACT: The halictid beeAugochlorapura was determined to have n = 1 1 chromosomes (2
large submetacentrics, 9 smaller metacentrics).

Ramberg, Kukuk and Brown (1984) reviewed earlier findings and
reported karotypes for 3 species of Halictidae (in Dialictus andAgapostemon),
bringing the karyotype descriptions then known up to 5 genera and 7 species
representing the family. We here add information on the sixth genus
(Augochlora) and eighth species, A. pura (Say). The material studied
consisted of two different small nests (cell clusters) collected from rotten
wood during late June and early July in the vicinity of Etna (Ithaca), New
York by Roberta Gibson.

Brain preparations were made from prepupae and stained by the acetic
acid dissociation, air-drying techniques of Imai, Crozier, and Taylor
(1977), and photographed with the same equipment and conditions as
described in Ramberg etal (1984). Countable spreads were obtained from
only two specimens, one from each nest. The first specimen yielded 6
countable spreads of 11 chromosomes each (Fig. 1), comprising 2 large
submetacentrics (arm ratio 2. 5-3:1) and 9 smaller metacentrics, ranging in
size from about 1/3 to 2/3 the length of the large ones. Several additional
spreads on this slide were not precisely countable, but seemed to have about
1 1 chromosomes. The second specimen yielded 2 spreads having clear
counts of 22 chromosomes each, plus several additional spreads with
indistinctly countable numbers at or near 22 (Fig. 2). The relative sizes and
shapes of the chromosomes are in accord with an interpretation of the two
specimens as haploid (male) n = 11 and diploid (female) 2n = 22,
respectively.

1 Received December 10, 1984. Accepted March 13, 1984.

2 A report of research from the Cornell Agricultural Experiment Station.
^Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14853

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 161-162, September & October, 1985

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*m

%

,

i
I

Figs. 1 and 2. Representative chromosome spreads from Augochlora pura prepupal brains.
Fig. 1 (left) male. Fig. 2 (right) female. Scale bars equal 5 micra.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Roberta Gibson for the live nest samples and Penelope Kukuk and George
Eickwort for determining the bees.

LITERATURE CITED

Imai, H.T., R.H. Crozier and R.W. Taylor. 1977. Karyotype evolution in Australian ants.

Chromosoma 59: 341-393.
Ramberg, F.B., P. Kukuk and W.L. Brown, Jr. 1984. Karyotypes of three species of

Halictidae (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 57: 159-161.

Dr. Charles Hodge IV, 1900 - 1985

Dr. Charles Hodge IV, a long-time member of the American Entomological Society, died
at the age of 85, on February 7, 1985, after a short illness. Dr. Hodge was a direct descendant
of Benjamin Franklin and at the time of his death was an emeritus Professor of Entomology at
Temple University.

He received his BA degree in 1922 and his PhD in 1932 from the University of
Pennsylvania in the field of entomology. In 1931 he started his teaching career at Temple
University and remained there until his retirement in 1 965 . He believed that teaching was the
most important duty of a college professor and he was greatly admired by his students.

Dr. Hodge was a research associate of the Entomological Department of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and participated in several expeditions including the
Academy's 1947 expedition to Mexico. He was interested in grasshoppers and published an
anatomy and histology. He was a member of the American Entomological Society since 1 928.
In addition, he was a fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science,
Sigma Xi and other professional and social organizations.

He is survived by his wife, Ruth Patrick Hodge and son, Charles Hodge V, MD.

Selwyn S. Roback

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 163

ORIENTATION OF CARRION BEETLES TO

CARRION BURIED UNDER SHALLOW LAYERS

OF SAND (COLEOPTERA: SILPHIDAE)1

Paul P. Shubeck2

ABSTRACT: Experiments were conducted to determine if Oiceoptoma noveboracense and
other carrion beetles were able to orient to carrion under shallow layers of sand. Six baited
traps were set with carrion buried as follows: 2 under 1 cm, 2 under 3 cm, and 2 under 5 cm of
sand. Eighty-seven % of 68 O. noveboracense was taken in the 1 cm traps, 1 3% in the 3 cm
traps, but no individuals were taken in the 5 cm traps. Fourteen other silphids also were taken
in the 1 cm traps. The ability of carrion beetles to orient to carrion under shallow layers of sand
was limited to depths of 1 cm and 3 cm. The possible forensic value of using carrion beetles to
locate hastily-buried carcasses, including human cadavers, seems to be quite limited.

In a recent paper Shubeck & Blank (1982) reported on carrion beetles
attracted to buried fetal pig carrion in Maryland. They found that pig
carrion under 1 cm of sand was not more difficult for Necrophila americana
(L.) and other silphids, to locate than was exposed carrion. Carrion under 2
and 3 cm of sand was more difficult for them to locate, and carrion under 4
cm of sand was virtually impossible for N. americana and other silphids to
locate. Payne ( 1 968) had earlier reported that pig carrion buried in boxes at
depths from 50 cm to 100 cm, in clay soil, had not attracted carrion beetles.

Because of the surprising results in the Maryland study (limited ability
by carrion beetles to locate carrion under shallow layers of sand) it was
decided that additional experiments should be conducted at considerable
distance from the original site with other populations of Silphidae to confirm
(or minimize) the earlier findings. The present study was conducted in the
Great Swamp National Wildlife Refuge (GSNWR), Basking Ridge, NJ.
The collecting station was located in a red oak forest about 2 km northeast
of the original refuge headquarters building.

The purpose of both studies (Maryland and Great Swamp) was to
explore the possibility that there might be forensic value in using carrion
beetles to locate hastily buried carcasses, including human cadavers.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The beetles were trapped in six No. 10 food cans (3.78 liter), each of
which was suspended from a crosspiece between 2 stakes. These traps have
been described elsewhere by Shubeck (1984). They were situated along a
north to south line at intervals of 5 meters. Carrion bait in each trap

1 Received January 19, 1985. Accepted April 6, 1985.

^Department of Biology, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, NJ 07043
ENT. NEWS 96(4): 163-166, September & October, 1985

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

consisted of one chicken leg weighing about 90 gms. Chicken legs were used
for carrion bait because they are so readily available and because the kind of
carrion used seems to be of minor significance to carrion beetles. In a
previous study Shubeck (1976) found that only 1 of 5 carrion beetle species
studied, Nicrophorus orbicollis Say, manifested a significant difference in
preference when cold-blooded carrion (fish) and warm-blooded carrion
(chicken) was available in respective traps. It is probable, if fact, that the
preference for fish (much stronger odor) was related to the nocturnal
behavior of N. orbicollis when olfactory clues would be more important
than visual clues. The other species were diurnal.

Two traps containing chicken legs were buried under 1 cm of sand, two
containing chicken legs under 3 cm of sand, and two containing chicken legs
under 5 cm of sand. They were arranged so that the first trap, at the north
end of the base line, had bait under 1 cm of sand, the second under 3 cm of
sand, the third under 5 cm of sand, the fourth under 1 cm, etc. A circular
piece of VS" (0.63 cm) mesh hardware cloth, cut to fit the inner diameter of the
trapping can, was placed upon the sand in each can to discourage the beetles
from getting under the sand to reach the carrion. By doing this I did not have
to disturb the sand in search for trapped beetles when collections were
made.

Three tests were run between 25 June and 29 July 1 983 to determine if
Oiceoptoma noveboracense (Forster), and other carrion beetles, were
able to orient to carrion under shallow layers of sand. Collections were
always initiated 3 days after fresh bait was set and continued until the 1 1 th
day. Although collecting was done daily during the first experiment, it was
done every second day (because of the small numbers of carrion beetles)
during the second and third trials.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The results of field work in GSNWR during the summer of 1983 are
shown in Table 1 . In order to obtain a graphic view of these results the
numbers were converted to percentages, for each trial, and plotted in Figure
1 . It is clear from the figure and table that the ability of the carrion beetle
Oiceoptoma noveboracense to locate carrion under shallow layers of sand
is limited. Eighty-seven % of 68 individuals of this species was taken in the
1 cm traps, 1 3% of the specimens were taken in the 3 cm traps, but not one
individual was taken in the 5 cm traps. Fourteen other silphids, representing
5 species - Oiceoptoma inaequale (F.) Necrophila americana (L.),
Nicrophorus tomentosus Weber, Nicrophorus orbicollis Say, Nicrophorus
pustulatus Herschel - were also taken (all in the 1 cm traps). The ability of
carrion beetles to orient to carrion under shallow layers of sand was limited
to depths of 1 and 3 cm.

A gradual decline in numbers of O. noveboracense from the end of June

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

165

through July was noted. This seasonal decline had previously been
observed in GSNWR by Shubeck, Downie, Wenzel, and Peck ( 1 98 1 ) and
it appears to be a normal seasonal occurrence.

Although the Maryland paper ( Shubeck & Blank, 1 982) dealt primarily

*

100
90
80
70

60
50
40
30
20

10

First run

Second run

Third run

1 cm 3 cm 5 cm

1 cm 3 cm 5 cm

1 cm 3 cm 5 cm

Fig. 1. Results of 3 experiments in 1983. The numbers of Oiceoptoma noveboracense are
converted to % trapped in 1 cm, 3 cm, and 5 cm traps for each trial.

Maryland, 1981

New Jersey, 1993

100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10

1 cm 3 cm 5 cm

5 cm

Fig. 2. Total results of experiments conducted in Maryland (1981) and New Jersey (1983).
The numbers of Oiceoptoma noveboracense are converted to % trapped in 1 cm, 3 cm, and 4
cm traps in Maryland and 1 cm, 3 cm, and 5 cm traps in N. J. throughout entire study periods.

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

with N. americana, data on "other silphids" were also included. By
examining the original data sheets I was able to obtain the numbers of O.
noveboracense that were trapped in 1 cm, 3 cm, and 4 cm traps. A total of
39 individuals (none under 4 cm of sand) was taken and these numbers were
converted into percent and plotted in Figure 2. The total numbers from the
N. J. study were also converted into percent trapped in 1 cm, 3 cm, and 5 cm
traps and likewise plotted in Figure 2 for comparison. The results were
strikingly similar in the 2 studies — 87% or more were taken in the 1 cm
traps, 1 3% or less in the 3 cm traps, and none was taken in the 4 cm or 5 cm
traps. Furthermore, no individual of any other species of family Silphidae
was ever taken from traps where carrion was buried under 5 cm of sand in
N.J. and only one silphid (out of 1 ,017 collected) was taken when carrion
was buried under 4 cm of sand in Maryland.

The results in both studies (Maryland and Great Swamp) seem to make
clear the fact that carrion beetles would be of limited forensic value in
locating hastily buried carcasses.

Table 1. Results of 3 trials during 1983. Two traps contained chicken carrion under 1 cm of
sand, 2 contained carrion under 3 cm of sand, and 2 contained carrion under 5 cm of sand.
Results show the total numbers of Oiceoptoma noveboracense collected in the respective
traps.

Number of Oiceoptoma noveboracense collected

Sand level

1 cm 3 cm 5 cm

25 June -6 July 41 3 0

6 July -17 July 13 5 0

18 July- 29 July 5 1 0

Total 59(87%) 9(13%) 0

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Dr. Helen M. Roberts (statistician) of the Mathematics Department
of Montclair State College for reading this paper and for making valuable comments on the
table, figures, and conclusions (abstract).

LITERATURE CITED

Payne, J.A. 1968. Arthropod succession and decomposition of buried pigs. Nature 219:

1180-1181.
Shubeck P.P. 1976. Carrion beetle responses to poikilotherm and homoiotherm carrion

(Coleoptera: Silphidae). Ent. News 87: 265-269.
Shubeck, P.P., N.M. Downie, R.L. Wenzel, and S.B. Peck. 1981. Species composition and

seasonal abundance of carrion beetles in an oak-beech forest in the Great Swamp National

Wildlife Refuge (N.J.). Ent. News 92: 7-16.
Shubeck, P.P. and D.L. Blank. 1982. Carrion beetle attraction to buried fetal pig carrion

(Coleoptera: Silphidae). The Coleopterists Bulletin 36: 240-245.
Shubeck, P.P. 1984. An inexpensive carrion beetle trap (Coleptera: Silphidae). Ent. News.

95: 63-64.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 167

THE PREDATORY STATUS OF CONOCEPHALUS

LONGIPENNIS (ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE)

IN RICE FIELDS OF WEST MALAYSIA1

Gary V. Manley^

ABSTRACT: Conocephalus longipennis is widespread and common in rice fields. After the
rice flowers, this grasshopper feeds on flowers and later on young grains, but early in the
growing cycle it is an active biological control agent. C. longipennis was the only arthropod
predator in West Malaysia observed to destroy egg masses of Scirpophaga incertulas
(Pyralidae) and Leptocorisa oratorius (Coriscidae), both important rice pests in Southeast
Asia. Field density was estimated at about 20,000 per hectare.

Conocephalus longipennis (Dehaan) is widespread throughout south-
east Asia, and was found during the present study to be the most common
orthopteron in West Malaysian rice fields. Early in the growing season the
species is a general predator, but as the plants mature, feeding takes place
on flowers and young grains (Rothschild, 1971). While being a general
predator the present study suggests that C. longipennis fills a unique niche
as a predator on egg masses of various insects; most importantly Scirophaga
incertulas (Walker) (Lepidoptera) and Leptocoriza oratorius (F.) (Hem-
iptera). Both insects are important rice pests over large regions of southeast
Asia, [Kamran and Raros, (1969) and Rothschild (1970)]. The ability to
destroy egg masses of moths which cover their eggs with protective hairs,
and also break open relatively large, hard surface eggs such as Hemiptera
egg masses, suggests that C. longipennis and related species are important
predators in a variety of crops which they inhabit. They also may help
control pest populations during the off-season and in the margins of rice
fields.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

C. longipennis nymphs and adults were collected in rice fields
throughout West Malaysia, but most of the research was conducted at the
Malaysian Rice Research Station at Bumbong Lima in the state of Province
Wellesley.

Density was monitored by means of weekly samples taken over a two
year period from a one hectare area that was untreated with any pesticide.
One hundred randomly selected rice hills were sampled each week by visual
searching during both wet and dry seasons. Specimens collected were

Deceived March 22, 1984. Accepted February 16, 1985.
Department of Zoology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824.
ENT. NEWS 96(4): 167-170, September & October, 1985

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

placed in vials of alcohol.

In order to establish that C. longipennis would feed on leafhoppers and
to develop an understanding of feeding on the various instars and relative
numbers eaten per day, feeding evaluations on the leafhopper, Nephotettix
virescens (Distant), (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) were made in glass tubes
22 cm high and 3 cm diameter. The bottom 2 cm of the tube was placed in a
plastic vial 7.5 cm high and 3.3 cm in diameter. The plastic vial was filled
one- third with tap water. A fresh rice tiller was placed in the plastic vial and
held in place by a 5 mm thick layer of wax that was poured when hot on the
water surface. After the wax had cooled and hardened, a thin layer of
additional liquid was added to the vial. The glass tube was placed over the
rice tiller, set on the waxed surface, and became fixed firmly in place as the
wax hardened. One predator and ten leafhoppers were placed in each tube
which was then covered with a cloth screen secured by a rubber band.

Tubes were checked daily to determine the number of live leafhoppers
and predators. If a predator died, it was replaced by a live one collected in
the field. Leafhoppers were obtained from rearing cages. Leafhopper
mortality was recorded for 3 days.

Evaluations of grasshopper feeding on leaves and young grains were
conducted in cages with potted plants. One grasshopper was placed in each
cage with a potted rice plant. Visual observations were made of feeding,
growth and longevity.

Observations of field predation and behavior were made by watching
specimens in untreated areas for extended periods of time at different parts
of the day ranging from just before daylight until shortly after dark.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Based on previous studies (Rothschild, 1970 and Rothschild, 1971),
plus observation during the present study , the feeding of C. longipennis may
be described as opportunistic. Nymphs and adults eat a mixture of plant
material, decaying matter and living arthropods. Observations in West
Malaysia would suggest the primary contribution to pest control is made at
night when they move over the plant surface feeding on a variety of insects
such as aphids, leafhoppers, and eggs of various arthropods. Since they are
relatively large insects with strong mandibles, they can destroy hard-shelled
eggs or break through the hard covering of egg masses.

During field collections partly eaten egg masses of Scirpophaga
incertulas were seen in the field. Visual observations in the field showed
that C. longipennis was eating the egg masses of both S. incertulas and L.
oratorius. Frequently C. longipennis would destroy all the eggs in the mass,
but in breaking open the egg mass other insects could feed on the remaining
eggs. The larvae of Exochomus nigromaculatus Goose (Coleoptera:

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985

169

Coccinellidae) and adults of Apalochrus rufofasciatus Pic. (Coleoptera:
Melyridae) and Paederus fuscipes Curt. (Coleoptera: Straphylinidae)
were observed in the field feeding on eggs of S. incertulas in egg masses
which had been opened.

Laboratory feeding evaluations suggested that adults and nymphs of
C. longipennis would feed on a variety of arthropods. WhenC. longipennis
were caged for 3 days with ten N. virescens nymphs, all instars were
consumed equally. In 3 days 65 percent of second-instar nymphs were
eaten compared with 62 percent of third- instar nymphs and 65 percent of
fourth-instar leafhopper nymphs. Since grasshoppers were caged with only
one size nymph at a time, preference was not determined, but all sizes of
leafhoppers were acceptable as food.

Laboratory evaluations indicated C. longipennis does not readily feed
on the leaves of rice plants. When forced to feed on leaves alone nymphs did

25-

.20H

0
Q_

CO

*E

C
0)
Q.

c .10
o

.05

r ^ Wet Season

. — + Dry Season

nymphs

/*.-*

•M. x

/ >

adults

— A-

• _ ^^^'

1

6

i

10

24 6 8 10 12

Weeks After Transplanting

Fig. 1: Density of C. longipennis nymphs and adults in an untreated rice field at Bumbong
Lima, West Malaysia. Average of two years.

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

not complete their development. When nymphs fed on developing seeds
from flowering until near harvest, they appeared to develop normally.

Populations of C. longipennis were observed to invade rice fields
shortly after transplanting by flying and walking from nearby areas. Adult
density was relatively stable throughout the crop period (figure 1 ), and was
about the same during both wet and dry seasons during the two years
studied. Nymphs are more abundant than adults (figure 1). Nymph density
increased during the first half of the growing season, and then remained
rather stable until harvest. Adults plus nymphs may reach levels of over
0.14 specimens per plant (figure 1). This represents a population of over
20,000 per hectare.

C. longipennis is one of the largest and most abundant arthropods seen
in rice fields, and so it represents a major component of the arthropod
biomass. Since this species is primarily a predator during most of the rice
growing season, its food requirements represent a significant part of the
predator intake of the community. Its role is further enhanced because it fills
a unique niche unfilled by other arthropods in the environment. Considering
mobility, population density, and feeding behavior, it would seem that C.
longipennis may make an important contribution to pest control in rice
fields during the first half of the growing season.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author expresses gratitude to the following individuals who made contributions to
various aspects of this study: Ho Yuen Tong, Shamsulmajidi bin Abdual Majid, Julia
Kintzley and Elinar Manley.

Gratitude is also expressed to the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, U.K., for help
with insect identification.

LITERATURE CITED

Kamran, Mervyn A. and Edwin S. Raros. 1969. Insect Parasites in the Natural Control of
Species of Rice Stem Borers on Luzon Island, Philippines. Annals. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol
62, No. 4, pp. 797-801.

Rothschid, G.H.L. 1970a. Some Notes on the Effects of Rice Ear-bugs on Grain Yields
Trop. Agriculture, Trin.. Vol. 47, No. 2 pp. 145-149.

... 1970b. Observations on the Ecology of the Rice-Ear Bug Leptocorisa oratorius
(F) (Hemiptera: Alydidae) in Sarawak (Malaysian Borneo). J. Appl. Ecol, 8, 287-322.
. 1971. The Biology and Ecology of Rice- Stem Borers in Sarawak (Malaysian
Borneo). J. Appl. Ecol. 8, 287-322.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 171

NEW COLLECTION RECORDS OF OHIO
MAYFLIES (EPHEMEROPTERA)1

Richard L. Hall2

ABSTRACT: Twenty-eight new state collection records were obtained by field collection
and rearing of mayflies in southeastern (unglaciated) Ohio. Previously, there were published
Ohio collection records for 60 mayfly species. Discovery of four males of a primarily
parthenogenetic mayfly, A meletus ludens Needham, is reported. Males of this species are not
known to have been collected since 1924.

There have been 60 mayfly species collected in Ohio. Most of these
were found in the glaciated parts of Ohio (Allen and Edmunds, 1963, 1965;
Beckett, 1977; Bednarik and McCafferty, 1979; Burks, 1953; Edmunds,
1962; Lewis, 1974; McCafferty, 1975; McDunnough, 1926; McElravy
and Foote, 1975; Morihara and McCafferty, 1979; Robertson, 1984; and
Traver, 1935, 1962).

Twenty-eight new state collection records were obtained by field
collection and rearing of mayflies in southeastern Ohio (Hall, 1976).
Especially notable in the collections were four males of A meletus ludens
Needham. A single male of this primarily parthenogenetic mayfly was
described by Needham (1924).

Traver (1935) stated that only two males had been reported, and
evidentially no other males had been known since then (Burks, 1953;
McCafferty and Huff, 1974; Carle, 1978).

All collections reported in this paper have been deposited in The Ohio
State University Insect Collection except one Ameletus ludens Needham
male, which has been placed in the Purdue University Insect Collection.
Names following species and author are county names. New state
collection records are indicated by an asterisk.

Order Ephemeroptera
Family Siphlonuridae

Ameletus lineatus Traver - Belmont, Carroll, Guernsey, Hocking, Jackson, Meigs, Noble,

Vinton.
* Ameletus ludens Needham - Belmont, Carroll, Guernsey (2 adult males, 1 subimago male

with nymphal exuviae), Jackson, Lawrence, Meigs, Muskingum, Vinton ( 1 adult male),

Washington.
*Siphlonurus typicus (Eaton) - Carroll, Coshocton, Guernsey, Harrison, Holmes.

1 Received December 10, 1984. Accepted February 15, 1985.

Department of Entomology, Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH
43210

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 171-174, September & October, 1985

172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Family Baetidae

*Baetis frondalis McDunnough - Guernsey, Lawrence, Noble.

*Baetis ochris Burks - Guernsey, Noble, Washington

*Baetis propinquus (Walsh) - Hocking, Scioto.

*Callibaetis ferrugineus (Walsh) - Guernsey.

*Callibaetis fluctuans (Walsh) - Guernsey, Noble, Scioto.

Cloeon alamance (Traver) - Guernsey, Noble.

Cloeon rubropictum McDunnough - Guernsey.

*Pseudocloeon Carolina Banks - Guernsey, Washington.

*Pseudocloeon veteris McDunnough - Guernsey, Monroe, Washington.

Family Oligoneuriidae

Isonychia bicolor (Walker) - Adams.

Isonychia rufa McDunnough - Belmont, Columbiana, Monroe, Ross.

Family Heptageniidae

*Epeorus namatus (Burks) - Guernsey, Pike, Ross, Scioto, Washington.

*Leucrocuta aphrodite (McDunnough) - Belmont, Monroe.

Leucrocuta maculipennis (Walsh) - Gallia, Muskingum, Pike.

Leucrocuta walshi (McDunnough) - Monroe.

*Nixe perfida (McDunnough) - Guernsey, Meigs, Noble.

Stenacron candidum (Traver) - Ross.

Stenocron interpunctatum (Say) - Adams, Ashland, Belmont, Gallia, Guernsey, Hocking,

Jefferson, Monroe, Morgan, Muskigum, Noble, Ross, Vinton, Washington.
Stenonema exiguum Traver - Adams, Belmont, Columbiana, Coshocton, Guernsey,

Hocking, Pike, Ross.
Stenonema femoratum (Say) - Adams, Guernsey, Lawrence, Meigs, Muskingum, Noble,

Vinton.

Stenonema integrum (McDunnough) - Morgan, Muskingum.
Stenonema mediopunctatum (McDunnough) - Ashland, Belmont, Coshocton, Hocking,

Muskingum.

Stenonema pulchellum (Walsh) - Belmont, Coshocton, Guernsey, Hocking, Pike.
Stenonema terminatum (Walsh) - Athens, Guernsey, Hocking, Morgan, Muskingum, Pike,

Ross.
Stenonema vicarium (Walker) - Adams, Belmont, Gallia, Guernsey, Hocking, Jackson,

Meigs, Monroe, Noble, Ross, Washington.

Family Leptophlebiidae

*Habrophlebiodes americana (Banks) - Hocking, Morgan, Ross.

Leptophlebia cupida (Say) - Ashland, Belmont, Coshocton, Guernsey, Harrison, Holmes,

Lawrence, Meigs, Noble, Pike, Scioto, Tuscarawas.
* Leptophlebia nebulosa (Walker) - Ross.

* Paraleptophlebia moerens (McDunnough) - Guernsey, Meigs, Morgan, Noble.
Paraleptophlebia Ontario (McDunnough) - Meigs.
* Paraleptophlebia strigula (McDunnough) - Guernsey, Morgan, Noble.

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 173

Family Ephemeridae

* Ephemera varia Eaton (triplex var.) - Noble (identified by W.P. McCafferty, 1976).
Hexagenia limbata (Serville) - Guernsey, Hocking, Morgan, Noble.

Family Ephemerellidae

*Dannella lita (Burks) - Adams, Ashland, Coshocton.

Ephemerella dorothea Needham - Carroll, Hocking, Vinton.

*Ephemerella excrucians Walsh - Columbiana.

*Ephemerella needhami McDunnough - Ashland, Columbiana, Coshocton, Knox.

*Ephemerella rotunda Morgan - Ashland, Columbiana, Knox.

*Eurylophella bicolor (Clemens) - Guernsey, Meigs.

Eurylophella funeralis (McDunnough) - Guernsey, Pike, Ross, Scioto.

*Eurylophella temporalis (McDunnough) - Jackson, Knox, Muskingum.

* Eurylophella verisimilis( McDunnough)- Adams, Carroll, Columbiana, Guernsey, Jefferson,

Noble, Washington.

*Serratella deficiens (Morgan) - Ashland.
*Serratellafrisoni (McDunnough) - Belmont.

Family Tricorythidae

*Tricon'thodes atratus (McDunnough) - Muskingum, Ross.

Family Caenidae

*Caenis gigas Burks - Guernsey.

Caenis jocosa McDunnough - Carroll, Guernsey.

Caenis simulans McDunnough - Hocking.

Family Baetiscidae

Baetisca lacustris McDunnough - Guernsey, Knox, Meigs, Morgan, Ross, Tuscarawas.

ACKNOWLEGMENTS

The field work for this study was supported by a travel grant from the Ohio Biological
Survey. N. Wilson Britt, my Master's thesis advisor, and Charles C. King, OBS Director,
expressed interest and gave encouragement in this research. Ralph A. Vanzant and Bill
Loebickgave permission to collect in State Parks. R.F. Elisar gave access to Wayne National
Forest property. W.P. McCafferty and Arwin W. Provonsha, Purdue University, gave advice
on mayfly rearing techniques and looked at the Amelelus ludens Needham specimens. W.P.
McCafferty identified the Ephemera varia Eaton specimen. I thank Lewis Berner, University
of Florida, and Donald Tarter, Marshall University, for reviewing this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R.K., and G.F. Edmunds, Jr, 1963. A revision of the Genus Ephemerella
(Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae) VII. The Subgenus Eurylophella. Can. Ent. 95(6):
597-623.

1965. A revision of the Genus Ephemerella( Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae)

VIII. The Subgenus Ephemerella in North America. Misc. Publ. Ent. Soc. Amer.
4(6): 244-282.

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Beckett, D.C. 1977. Discovery of a rare mayfly (Anepeorus sp.) in the Ohio River. OhioJ. of

Sci. 77(5): 240-242.
Bednarik, A.F. and W.P. McCafferty. 1979. Biosystematic revision of the genus Stenonema

(Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae). Can. Bull. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 201: 1-73.
Burks, B.D. 1953. The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv.

26(1): 1-216.
Carle, F.L. 1 978. A new species of A meletus (Ephemeroptera: Siphlonuridae) from western

Virginia. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 71(4): 581-584.
Edmunds, G.F., Jr. 1962. The type localities of Ephemeroptera of North America north of

Mexico. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser. 12(5): 1-39.
Hall, R.L. 1 976. A Faunistic Survey of the Mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of Unglaciated Ohio.

Unpublished M.S. Thesis, The Ohio State University. 71 pp.
Lewis, P. A. 1974. Taxonomy and Ecology of Stenonema mayflies (Heptageniidae):

Ephemeroptera). Environmental Protection Agency, Technical Report No. EPA-670/4-

74-006, Environmental Monitoring Series. 89 pp.
McCafferty, W.P. 1975. The burrowing mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeroidea) of the

United States. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 101: 447-504.

_, and B.L. Huff, Jr. 1974. Parthenogenesis in the mayfly Stenonema femoratum

(Say) (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae). Ent. News 85: 76-80.
McDunnough, J. 1 926. Notes on North American Ephemeroptera with descriptions of new

species. Can. Ent. 58: 184-196.
McElravy, E.P., and B.A. Foote. 1975. Range extension and new state record for Arthroplea

bipunctata (McDunnough) (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.

68(2): 310.
Morihara, O.K., and W.P. McCafferty. 1979. The Baetis larvae of North America

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 105(2): 139-221.
Needharn, J.G. 1924. The male of a parthenogenetic mayfly, Ameletus ludens. Psyche 31:

308-310.
Robertson, D.J. 1984. The aquatic insect community in Penitentiary Glen, a Portage

escarpment stream in Northeastern Ohio. Ohio J. of Sci. 84(3): 1 13-1 19.
Traver, J.R. 1935. Systematic section in: J.G. Needham, J.R Traver, and Y. Hsu. The

Biology of Mayflies. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New York. 759 pp.

1962. Cloeon dipterum(L.) in Ohio (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Bull. Brooklyn

Ent. Soc. 57(2): 47-50.

ERRATUM

In the title of the article on parasitism of European corn borer by Romig, Mason, and
Burbutis(May & June, 1985, Vol. 96, No. 3, page 123, and in listing on table of contents on
cover), an error was made in identifying the family for Macrocentrus grandii. The family
should have been Braconidae. The entire correct title of the article should read:

PARASITISM OF EUROPEAN CORN BORER BY

LYDELLA THOMPSONI (DIPTERA: TACHINIDAE)

AND MACROCENTRUS GRANDII (HYMENOPTERA:

BRACONIDAE) IN SOUTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA

AND DELAWAREl

Vol. 96, No. 4, September & October, 1985 175

BOOK REVIEW

NORTH AMERICAN GRASSHOPPERS. Volume II, Acrididae:
Oedipodinae [the band-winged grasshoppers], by Daniel Otte, Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Cambridge: Harvard University Press,
$60.

A MILESTONE IN ENTOMOLOGICAL LITERATURE: This exciting volume is
without question the finest handbook ever published in entomology. Its magnificent colored
plates, ingenious graphs, abundant maps, detailed figures, and terse, clear comparisons should
greatly facilitate the identification of these conspicuous and beautiful but taxonomically very
difficult grasshoppers.

But make no mistake, this is far more than a handbook despite its small size of 336 pages. It
is the first major revision of the Oedipodinae of North America, done with remarkable skill,
honesty, and brevity, and with the first use of cladistic principles at the subfamily level in the
Orthoptera. Add a chapter on communication (Otte's specialty), and for each species short
sections on behavior, habitat, life cycle, as well as a few selected references, and you have a
compendium that should stimulate the study of these fascinating animals. Even at $60 this is a
bargain for the 22 colored plates alone. It deserves an honored place on the bookshelves of
every person even remotely interested in grasshoppers, from high school amateurs through
naturalists to specialists for whom it should be an absolute necessity.

The book covers 1 79 species in 35 genera that range from Alaska and Canada to Panama
and the Greater Antilles. This is a biologically meaningful geographic unit within which the
oedipodine fauna becomes depauperate toward the south, strikingly so beyond the Mexican
Plateau and in the Antilles. With this revision, reliable biogeographic analysis can be made for
the first time.

The North American Oedipodinae has been growing by haphazard accretion of species
and by generally superficial revision of individual or small groups of genera. Otte's work is the
first critical treatment of the group as a whole, with considerable rearrangement of the genera,
much synonymy at the species level, the description of one new genus and 16 new species, and
the rescue of many species from the obscurity of their inadequate original descriptions. Of
particular note is the clear and honest appraisal of relationships and geographic variation. In
the oedipodines, there are suprisingly few distinctive characteristics and the differences
between taxa are often subtle and obscured by variation. Otte has candidly re-evaluated old
characters and has placed no undue emphasis on any one. In a refreshing change from the usual
comparison, many of them have been analyzed quantitatively for the first time by the use of
ingenious scatter diagrams which often include a figure delineating the characters used on the
axes. Not only are these diagrams much easier to use than ratios, but they may be used to
evaluate the reliability of the separation of the taxa. Internal femoral color and genitalic
structures are used for the first time.

Many species have been synonymized or shifted to other genera, but ony a few genera have
been so treated (Aerochoreutes, Rehnita and Scirtetica). Species and subspecies that Otte
could not distinguish were ruthlessly discarded, while others are synonymized on the basis of
variation or intergradation and the application of modern species and subspecies concepts. His
taxonomic sections are unusually interesting statements of problems, and here unresolved
issues have been laid out and suggestions made for further studies. There will undoubtedly be
objections to some of his changes but most are useful and have been long overdue. Otte has
generally clearly stated the nature of each problem and the reason for the change which is
usually based on the examination of much material. Change rather than acceptance tradition is
particularly heuristic at this relatively primitive stage in oedipodine taxonomy because it
forces reevaluation of characters and concepts. One healthy controversy has already been
sparked by his shifting of two Trimerotropis species into Microtes. Otte considers the

ENT. NEWS 96(4): 175-176, September & October, 1985

176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

morphological similarities among these species phyletic, and chromosomal similarity of one
species to Trimerotropis an independent development. Weissman (1984) on the other hand
claims the morphological similarities among them are convergent adaptations to sandy
habitats and the chromosomal characters are more reliable indicators of relationship of one
species to Trimerotropis.

The many innovations in this book (as in the first volume, and not necessarily Otte's
inventions) might well be adopted by taxonomists. Distribution is placed first, enabling a
worker to do rapid sorting. Tabulation of differences among congeners and related genera
make identification and evaluation of characters much easier than through keys, although
some keys are used. Otte follows the Roberts tradition of using only brief but remarkably clear
comparisons and avoiding the long Rehn and Hebard descriptions; this is probably justified
because of the few differences among the taxa and the presence of whole body illustrations, but
more information would have been useful in places. Synonyms, type localities, etc., that are of
interest to only a few specialists are placed in an appendix at the end of the book where they do
not clutter the text yet can be easily found. Another appendix summarizes all the taxonomic
changes. Cladograms are included in the text, but the data for them are presented in an
appendix, again reducing clutter in the text. The index is unusually useful in identifying valid
names by boldface and synonyms by normal type and in designating the original and new
generic assignment of the synonyms. Figures of the aedeagus and epiphallus of all species are
presented in columns on four adjacent pages, thus facilitating comparison of structures with
only slight differences.

The colored figures, all drawn by Otte, are so lifelike and so close to life-size that they seem
ready to jump off the page, yet they are stylized enough that the taxonomic features can be seen
more clearly than on any photograph. For almost every species side view and wings are shown
in color, and for many, the inside of the femur and distinctive variants or ranges of variation as
well. Color variants are often indicated by small colored circles or squares, another innovation
saving much space and eliminating the need to fumble around in the text. Some plates appear
to be faded, but the originals were light and close examination indicates that virtually nothing
has been lost. Plates 1 7 and 1 8 must be used with caution because the background color of the
body, tegmina, and wings reproduced bluish rather than the natural clear or whitish brown
color. The numerous black and white shaded pencil sketches are unusually effective in
conveying the feel of the fastigium and pronotum, structures that are devilishly hard to
illustrate in oedipodines because of their irregular surfaces. The state boundary maps are
excellent despite their small size: the spots are small and clear enough to give detailed
information without being cluttered, and various insets and partial maps conserve space that is
usually wasted. Only in Mexico, with its immensely complex physiography, does the
information appear to be inadequate, partially because the state boundaries are too light or
have been lost.

Harvard University Press has done a splendid (and apparently very difficult) job in
reproducing the colored plates and black and white figures and in making an unusually clear and
crisp printing and layout job. Bold face italics for all species names and lines and spaces
separating the taxa make it very easy to find what one is looking for in this superb little book.

Theodore J. Cohn,
San Diego State University

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4^ x 64 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $22.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: Early stages of Heliothinae and Stirriinae ( Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae), preserved in alcohol, and/or adults, preserved dry, for a cladistic analysis of
relationships between species, groups, and genera. All known biological and ecological data
also solicited. Marcus Matthews, Entomology, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Rd..
London SW7 5BD, England.

JOURNALS WANTED: Annals of the Entomological Society of America, Vols. 76 & 77
(1983 & 1984). Please write stating condition & price. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Dep't.,
Montclair State College. Upper Montclair, NJ 07043.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rates: $5
domestic or $10 foreign. International Specimen Supply. P.O. Box 1066, Golita, CA931 16,
USA.

ANNOUNCEMENT - FOR SALE: The Permanent Committee of the International
Conferences on Ephemeroptera has copies of the Proceedings of the Fourth International
Conference held in Czechoslovakia, 1983. Copies are U.S. $35.00 post paid. All checks
should be payable to the International Ephemeroptera Scholarship Fund. All proceeds will be
used for travel scholarships to future conferences. Orders or inquiries should be addressed to
Dr. William L. Peters, Dep't. of Entomology & Structural Pest Control, Florida A&M
University, Tallahassee, Florida 32307.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless
steel. Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide
butterflies, moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned
collector. Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Titanus giganteus from French Guyana. List requested to Mr. Lestrade, 53 rue
Legendre, 75017 Paris, France.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Kornberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth, Florida 33463.

°L96

US ISSN 0013-872X
NOVEMBER Er DECEMBER, 1985 NO. 5

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Brief review of Cicindela fulgida with descriptions
of three new subspecies from New Mexico

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae)

Jens W. Knudsen ill

Genus Odontomachus in southeastern United States
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae)

M. Deyrup, J. Trager, N. Carlin 188

Comments on a water strider, Rheumatobates meinerti,
from Antilles & a checklist of species in genus
(Hemiptera: Gerridae)

P.J. Spongier, R.C. Froeschner, J.T. Polhemus 196

A colony of \Villiamsoniafletcheri (Odonata: Corduliidae)
discovered in Massachusetts Ralph T?. *

A new species of Tipula (Sinotipula) from Wew Mexico ^'4ty
(Diptera: Tipulidae) / Stephen A. Teale 20?

^. DEC 1*1985

An Alaskan record for mountain midges (ftiptera:
Deuterophlebiidae) with notes on larval n

Habitat characteristics of Palaeodipteron
(Diptera: Nymphomyiidae)

P.H. Adler, R.W. Light, E.A. Cameron 211

Nitidulids (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) associated with

Chinese chestnuts R.N. Williams, H.R. Kreuger 214

A new state record ofAlabameubria starki (Coleoptera:

Psepheniidae) from Tennessee Wendell Pennington 219

ANNOUNCEMENTS
BOOK REVIEW

200,210, 222

223

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED 204, 213

MAILING DATES: VOL. 96 and PUBLISHER'S STATEMENT 224
INDEX: VOL. 96 225

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985-1986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon:
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig: Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd. Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society. 1 900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society. 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia. Pa.. 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular): $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8172 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp. , Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December. 1985 177

A BRIEF REVIEW OF CICINDELA FULGIDA

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW

SUBSPECIES FROM NEW MEXICO

(COLEOPTERA: CICINDELIDAE)1

Jens W. Knudsen^

ABSTRACT: The proposed new Cicindelafulgida subspecies from saline habitats of New
Mexico include three populations that have minimal gene flow because of hydrographic
isolation. This isolation has promoted sufficient genetic change and expression within the
three separate populations to produce geographically recognizeable subspecies. Two populations
reside on saline soils along marshes and river beds; the third site is a natural sink, a remnant of
the most recent glacial retreat. These three populations described below are C. fulgida
williamlarsifrom San Ysidro, C. fulgida winonae from Grants, and C. fulgida rumppihom
Willard, New Mexico.

Rumpp (1961) described three new species of Cicindela from the
southwestern United States, along with notes on prehistoric and present
physiography, migration, isolation, and evolution. He listed a total of 12
species and subspecies of Cicindela from the Estancia Valley of New
Mexico (including the new taxa), and concluded, in part (p. 172), "C.
fulgida is superficially different from northern New Mexico and midwest
populations by the broadening of the maculation so that the lunules and
bands are confluent as in C. parowanaplattiofihe Death Valley System of
California. " The following year (summer of 1962) I collected C. fulgida at
the Estancia site and immediately became interested in the populations
within New Mexico.

Taxonomic considerations. C. fulgida was described by Say (1823)
from "near the mountains of the Platte and Arkansas Rivers." Ron Huber
informs me (pers. comm.) that the expedition (on which Thomas Say was
the naturalist) proceeded from the Platte River to the Arkansas River by
way of Fountain Creek in eastern Colorado. Huber thinks the type locality
can thus be fixed along that route and he is currently working on the
problem.

Almost exactly one century later, Calder ( 1 922a) named the Westbourne,
Manitoba population as C. fulgida elegans, but then found the name
preoccupied and replaced it with C. / westbournei (1922b). That same
year, Calder (1922a) also named the enigmatic Lincoln, Nebraska
population as C. fulgida subnitens, based upon the black form occurring
there. Finally, W. Horn (1938) named the broadly maculated population

1 Received May 16. 1983. Accepted May 3. 1985.

^Dep't. of Biology. Pacific Lutheran University. Tacoma, WA 98447

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 177-187, November & December. 1985

178

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

from Lake Como, Wyoming as C. fulgida pseudowillistoni.

The most recent revision of the group, by Willis (1967), recognizes only
the nominate race (no attempt was made to fix the type- locality) and C.
fulgida westbournei as valid subspecies, based upon slight differences in
the apex of the aedeagus, and differences in seasonal color change.

Norman Rumpp, using innovative techniques which he has perfected in
recent years, was kind enough to subject several of the C. fulgida
population samples to measurement of the alpha angle of the descending
portion of the middle band (Fig. 1A).

These measurements clearly indicate that C. fulgida has a primary
separation into eastern (middle band nearly right-angled) and western
(middle band obtusely angled towards the elytral suture) components.
These can then be further separated into smaller, localized subcomponents.
A brief discussion is in order.

The eastern component consists of the nominate race and C. /
westbournei. I include under the nominate race, for the present, the

Fig. 1 A. Descending angle and length of the middle band. a. depicts the middle band of the
western C. fulgida. those at edge of, or within the bounds of the Rocky Mtns. (western
component), b. depicts the middle band of the Great Plains C. fulgida (eastern component).
Courtesy of N.L. Rumpp.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December, 1985 179

enigmatic C. / subnitens. Willis (1967) dismissed subnitens as simply a
color variant of the nominate race, which it may be. However, if the
Lincoln, Nebraska area proves to be a refugium for relict forms, subnitens
may defy conventional taxonomic analysis and require cytologic and/or
genetic studies (obviously beyond the scope of this paper) to clarify its
"true" status. Because Willis (1967) has given detailed analysis of the
nominate fulgida and the subspecies westbournei, I see no need to
elaborate further on the characters he used. However, for purposes of
comparison, several samples of both races have been examined with respect
to the middle band and apical lunule. The Kansas and Manitoba popula-
tions (eastern component) are typified (Figure lAb) by the mid-band
beginning at the margin, moving directly towards the suture, extending
posteriorly at mid-elytron, descending approximately parallel to the suture,
then the terminal knob reaches toward the suture where it ends. The mid-
band is strongly rightangular. The apical lunule also typifies the eastern
population: beginning at the suture, narrowing laterally, and ending in a
non-dilated terminus.

The western component is of greater significance to the scope of this
paper. The primary characteristic is the alpha angle of the middle band, as
shown in Fig. lAa. Noticeable differences also exist between the various
subcomponents, and examination of these will be the major thrust of this
paper. Only one of these subcomponents has been formally named as of this
writing: C. fulgida pseudowillistoni W. Horn (1938), from southern
Wyoming. Willis ( 1 967) suggested that the sporadic occurrence of broadly
maculated individuals in various western populations relegated the name
pseudowillistoni to synonymy as merely a polytope. Perhaps he might have
interpreted this differently had longer series been available to him from a
greater number of western localities (particularly the three under study
here). Another subcomponent, from southcentral Colorado (in the San Luis
Valley) is currently under study by the Reverend Bernard Rotger. The three
subcomponents from New Mexico are examined in detail in the following
pages.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Diagnostic characters useful at the species level, but of little value in
New Mexico subspecies determination, include anatomy and maculations
of sexually dimorphic mandibles; labrum imperfectly tridentate; setal
placement on antennal segments one and two; head hairy (see Wallis,
1961:51, Fig. 1), and male genitalia, determined by Rumpp( unpublished
study, 1979) to be "exactly alike," although Willis (1967) illustrates
variations in the apex of the aedeagus.

180

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Characters used to separate the three new subspecies from New
Mexico and to help segregate them from the Kansas and Nebraska samples
(Tables 1 & 2) include length, width, and configuration of elytral
maculations ( Fig. 1 B) and their relative length when measured as a percent
of the suture length (Tables 1 & 2); the length of gaps or spaces between
maculations, and the length of two overlapping maculations represented as
a percentage of the elytral suture length; the scutellum; and body coloration.

Methods used for measuring elytral maculations as a percent of the
suture length are as follows: elytral margins are levelled laterally and
longitudinally, in order to avoid distortion when viewing elytral macula-
Table 1. A COMPARISON OF TWO POPULATIONS BY SEX, OF MACULATION
LENGTH, GAP, AND OVERLAP

Numbers express mean percent of elytral length at suture

• = longer (a -- e) measurement per character of two populations

* = longest length, > = shortest length of all four populations. See text.

<f a

cf b

cf c.

cf d.

cf e.

cf f.

8 a.
8b.

9c.
Sd.
9e
9f.

cf e.

San Ysidro Grants

40.776 • 40.708

04.5 10 i 04273

33.569 \ 33.862

( 04.642)/ ( 04.159)

25.7871 X25.316

100 000 \/l 00.000

39.405 f 39.899

05.005 I 05718

34.336 ^ 33 450

( 03.542) \( 04.451)

24.796 1 25.384

100.000 100.000

40.088 t 40282

04.757 > 05.032

33.955 / 33.645

( 04.089) \( 04 310)

25.289 i 25.351

100000 100.000

Willard

Mid West

Grants

Willard

San Ysidro

40.650 «^

> 38 188 <

40.708

00.917

06814 •«

04.273

38.140 f

30632 <

33.862

( 06.460)1

( 00.751) <

( 04.159)

26.753 1

25.117 <

25.316

100000

100000

100000

40718 v

> 37. 782 <

39899

01.943

07.341 •«

05.718

37.247 f

29902 <

33450

( 06.499)

( 00.397) <

( 04451)

26.591 i

25.372

25.384

100000

100.000

100.000

40683 «^

> 38002 <

40.282

01 431

07056 «

05.032

37.752 rx

30296 <

33645

06.539)1

( 00.589) <

( 04.310)

26.673 1

25.235 'J

25.351

100.000

100000

100.000

40650 f
00917 JL
38 140 ^
06.460)1 (
26.753 I
100.000

40.718
01 943
37.247
06.499)4
26.591
100000

40.683
01.431
37.752
06.539)|
26.673
100000

40.776
04.510
33.569
04.642)
25.787
100.000

39.405
05.005
34.336
03.542)
24.796
100.000

40.088
04.757
33.955
04.089)
25.289
100.000

Table 1. Any two C.fulgida populations of substantial numbers may be clearly separated by
plotting the longest a-f measurement, by males, females, and combined sexes, where elytral
length equals 100% at suture.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December, 1985

181

tions. Using a stereo microscope with an ocular micrometer, the actual
elytral length is adjusted to fit 100 ocular units. The advantage of this
method is the uniformity of measurements which allows any two or more
populations to be compared to each other, as if all were the same length.

Table 2. ELYTRAL MEASURING POINTS (1-5), USED TO MEASURE LENGTH
OF MACULATIONS, GAP, AND OVERLAP (a-e)

S»n Ysidro

Grants

Willard

Midwest

Mean

Mean

%

Mean

Mean

%

Mean

Mean

%

Mean

Mean

%

a

20697

40776

a

21 457

40708

a

18884

40650

a

18494

38 188

1 20697

1 21.457

1 18884

1 18494

b

02289

04510

b

02252

04273

b

00426

00917

b

03 300

06814

2 22 986

2 23 709

2 19 310

2 21 794

c

17039

33 569

c

17 848

33862

c

17 718

38 140

c

14835

30632

3 40025

3 41 557

3 37 028

3 36 629

d

(02 356)

(04642)

d

(02 192)

(04 159)

d

(03001)

(06460)

d

(00 364)

(00751)

4 37 669

4 39 365

4 34 027

4 36 265

e

13089

25.787

e

13 344

25 316

e

12428

26753

e

12 164

25 117

5 50758

5 52 709

5 46 455

5 48 429

a

20 125

39405

a

21 408

39899

a

19698

40718

a

19007

37782

1 20125

1 21 408

1 19698

1 19007

b

02 556

05 005

b

03068

05 718

b

00940

01 943

b

03 693

07 341

2 22681

2 24 476

2 20638

2 22 700

c

17536

34336

c

17948

33450

c

18019

37247

c

15043

29902

3 40217

3 42 424

3 38 657

3 37 743

d

(01 809)

(03542)

d

(02 388)

(04451)

d

(03 144)

(06499)

d

(00200)

(00 397)

4 38408

4 40036

4 35 513

4 37 543

e .

12.664

24796

e

13620

25 384

e

12.864

26591

e

12 764

25 372

5 51 072

5 53656

5 48 377

5 50 307

a

20411

40088

a

21 431

40282

a

19282

40683

a

18 726

38002

1 2041 1

1 21 431

1 19282

1 18726

b

02422

04757

b

02677

05032

b

00678

01 431

b

03477

07056

2 22 833

2 24 108

2 19 960

2 22 203

c

17.288

33955

c

17900

33645

c

17893

37752

c

14929

30296

3 40 121

3 42008

3 37.853

3 37 132

d

(02082)

(04089)

d

(02 293)

(04 310)

d

(03099)

(06539)

d

(00290)

(00589)

4 38039

4 39 715

4 34 754

4 36 842

e

12876

25 289

e

13487

25 351

e

12642

26673

e

12435

25235

5 50915

5 53 202

5 47 396

5 43 277

EXPLANATION OF TABLES 1 & 2. San Ysidro and Grants populations lend
themselves well in introducing Tables 1 and 2, and describing their functions. To the left are
sex symbols for male, female, and combined sexes. The black dot denotes the longer (a-e)
expression for each character of the two chosen populations. If the dot is on the left ( San
Ysidro), the expression is longer than the Grants specimens on the right. But. if the dot is
located on the right, that character is greater than the one on the left. San Ysidro males (a-e)
have four characters. Grants exhibits one (c). San Ysidro females have only the dot, c, while
Grants females possess four longer expressions. San Ysidro males and Grants females, placed
opposite each other, produce a mirror image of each other. The crossed arrows indicate the
"mirror image." The combined sexes alternate. Black triangles and white triangles denote the
longest and shortest measurements respectively for the combined four populations to the
left. San Ysidro and Grants combined populations receive 2 triangles: Willard and Kansas
combined populations show 28 longest and shortest expressions.

In Tables 1 & 2, lower case letters a-e (see Fig. IB) show the length of these characters
which are used to compare onefulgida population with any other fulgida population.

182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

As a means of presenting these data, I have developed a "new" method
of presentation which I think more clearly shows the "mirror image" of
certain characters when comparing these populations. This new method
probably requires a brief explanation (page 181).

Cicindela fulgida williamlarsi, new subspecies, Fig. 2

Medium size, fairly robust, dorsal color a rich burnt-copper red.

Head: Head setose though not diagnostic for the subspecies level; vertex with interocular
striae pronounced longitudinally between and behind eyes, flanked laterally by gold-orange or
partially green lines; angles of eyes and epicranium metallic purple, extending posteriorly to
occiput. Genae blue-green, turning green posteriorly. Labrum length 50% of width,
imperfectly tridentate; mandibles strongly sexually dimorphic. Antennal segments 1-2 all
green in color, segments three and four red and bronze above, green below.

Thorax: Thorax slightly narrower than eyes at widest point, then narrowing posteriorly;
disc color burnt-copper red; anterior and posterior impressions fairly deep, median impression
shallow, finer impressions radiate away from deep impressions.

Elytron: Elytron elevated anteriorly between suture and humeral lunule; ground color
including suture metallic-burnt-copper red; maculations whitish-tan. Humeral lunule narrower at
shoulder, the inner notch borad (= maculation width narrow) reaching to edge of shoulder,
then expanding posteriorly towards suture. Middle band very wide at margin (70.6%), but
narrows, extending towards suture, not expanding at "knee" 77.7%, then turning parallel to
suture, terminating in an oval "foot." In the sample of 72 specimens measured, 1 1 specimens
were fused between humeral lunule and mid-band, at knee. Apical lunule, ( see Fig. 2) begins at
suture, extends laterally along posterior margin, then anteriorly forming a laterally concave
terminus, 67.4%.

Ventral Surface: The pro-, meso- and metepisterna light green with yellow or golden
tints, abdominal color shifting to blue-green posteriorly. Legs green anteriorly, with red tinges
on tibia and tarsus when seen from a posterior view. Setal placement is not diagnostic.

Dimensions: Fairly uniform in size, 23 males average 1 1. 46mm x 4. 58mm; longest male
12.42mm; shortest male 10.42mm; 25 females average 11.68mm x 4.75mm, the longest
12.85 and the shortest 10.70mm.

Summary of Diagnostic Characters: Dorsal ground color burnt-copper red; maculations
whitist tan; humeral lunule very narrow at shoulder; middle band very wide at margin 70.6%,
narrow 29.4%; 22.3% of male San Ysidro specimens widened at knee, 77.7% not expanded at
knee. Referring at Tables 1 & 2, San Ysidro males have humeral lunule ( a) longer than Grants
and Willard specimens; gap between tip of humeral lunule and mid-band (b) longer than
Grants; length of descending mid-band ( c) shorter than Grants; overlap of mid-band and apical
lunule (d) longer than Grants; apical lunule (e) longer than Grants, but shorter than Willard
specimens. In San Ysidro females (a) humeral lunule shorter than both Grants and Willard
populations; gap (b) between tip of humeral lunule and mid-band shorter than Grants; length
(c) of descending mid-band longer than Grants specimens; overlap (d) of mid-band and apical
lunule shorter than Grants; apical lunule shorter than Grants specimens. Male and females
combined exhibit a humeral lunule (a) shorter than Grants; gap between tip of humeral lunule
and mid-band ( b) shorter than Grants; length of descending mid-band ( c) longer than Grants;
overlap of mid-band and apical lunule shorter than Grants, apical lunule shorter than Grants
specimens.

Type Locality: San Ysidro, Sandoval Co., NM; specimens found on salt marshes and
alkaline soil that flank Rio Salado River, then joining the larger north-south drainage, the

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December, 1985

183

>O

b

%r " '

B

o
^

«

S
m

b

o

O

"

.2PJI-0

U, ~ =

0*0 *
D« Q

S gl

c -

^ .« M
^ 3 c

111

CO

b

.

_

ab c 4>

;— ' CO _

U. . co

Q. 00 D.
'

0 -a

"O <u oo

CN

b

CD

b

o

c/5 CO QJ)

ca -c ;—

^

— ' ^ C

Cu . co i_

— CX c 3

£ C'O i

184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Jemez River; MontCazier, VI-26-1948; Norman L. Rumpp; VI-12-55, X-10-1975, IX-27-
80; Walter N. Johnson, V-24-1983, collectors.

Etymology: Thisfulgida subspecies is named for my son, William Lars, who is ten at this
writing.

Type Series: Holotype male, and 20 paratypes to Norman L. Rumpp. Allotype female
collected by N.L. Rumpp, and 4 paratypes to the Calif. Acad. Sci.; 4 each to L.A. Co. Mus.,
U.S.N.M., 6 to R.L. Huber, 6 to D.L. Pearson; 4 to Walter N. Johnson, plus 19 returned to
him; 4 to Howard P. Boyd; the remaining are in the author s collection.

Discussion: The San Ysidro population at first glance appears to be
similar to the Grants population, with the exception of colors. However,
upon closer examination, they are uniquely different, as the alternating
measurements show in Tables 1 & 2.

Cicindela fulgida winonae, new subspecies. Fig. 3.

Medium in size; robust; dorsal color metallic red, dark wine, burnt copper, bright green,
dull green, dark blue, dark purple, or dark brown; elytral maculations narrow, rarely fused.

Head: Head setose, though not diagnostic at subspecies level; interocular striae
pronounced longitudinally between and behind eyes. Frons with many setae. Head color
metallic red, dark wine, burnt copper, bright green, dull green, dark blue, dark purple, or dark
brown. Great variety of head colors occur inconsistently, but the pattern of colors remains
true. Labrum length 50% of width, imperfectly tridentate; mandibles sexually dimorphic.
Antennal segments 1-4 metallic in color, but inconsistent as to location of color.

Thorax: Thorax slightly narrower than eyes at widest point, then narrowing posteriorly.
Disc colors usually same as head. Lateral impressions fairly deep, usually green in color.
Median impression shallow with finer impressions extending laterally.

Elytron: Elytron expanded between suture and humeral lunule; ground color brown or
red metallic 86%, blue or green 14%, often with a narrow green margin; suture bright metallic
wine-red; maculations tan in color. Humeral lunule weakly expanded at margin, inner notch
usually broad (= maculation width narrow), reaching edge of shoulders, then expanding and
extending posteriorly towards suture. Middle band narrow at lateral margin 53.8%; 46.2%
wide; middle band widens anteriorly at turn, rarely fusing with humeral lunule, posterior
extension angles toward suture, forming an oval terminus; apical lunule begins at suture,
extends laterally along posterior margin, turns up and inward toward suture 70.7%, straight,
(the reverse of San Ysidro) Fig. 4.

Ventral Surface: Pro- and metepisterna usually light green, mesepisterna vary in color;
legs green dorsally and ventrally. White hairs numerous on thorax and legs. Setal placement is
not diagnostic.

Dimensions: Average male length 12. 00mm x 4. 56mm; longest male 12. 42mm; shortest
male 10.70mm. Female: average 12.49mm x 4.47mm; longest female 13.28mm; shortest
female 1 1.28mm.

Summary of Diagnostic Characters: Ground color expressed in many metallic colors
dorsally; maculations whitish tan; humeral lunule narrow below shoulder; middle band usually
narrow at margin, and very narrow from bend to terminus; apical lunule moves laterally, turns
forward toward suture. Referring to Tables 1 & 2, male humeral lunule (a) shorter than San
Ysidro (S.Y.); gap between tip of humeral lunule (b) and mid-band shorter than S.Y.: length of
descending mid-band (c) longer than S.Y.; overlap of mid-band and apical lunule (d) shorter
than S.Y.; apical lunule (e) shorter than San Ysidro and Willard specimens; Grants female
humeral lunule (a) intermediate of the three N.M. subspecies; gap between tip of humeral

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 185

lunule and mid-band(b) longer than S.Y.; length of descending mid-band(c) shorter than S.Y.;
overlap of mid-band and apical lunule (d) longer than S.Y.; apical lunule (e) longer than S.Y.
Grants combined male-female measurements (a) longer than S.Y.; gap between tip of the
humeral lunule and mid-band (b) longer than S.Y.; length of descending mid-band (c) shorter
than S. Y.; overlap of mid-band and apical lunule (d) longer than S. Y.; apical lunule longer than
S.Y. specimens.

Type Locality: Grants, Valencia Co., N.M., along the Rio San Jose, on salt marshes, and
in the town (according to Rumpp, private conversation).

Type Series: Holotype male and 43 paratypes to Norman Rumpp. Allotype female and
six paratypes to the Cal. Acad. Sci.. 4 to the A.M.N.H., 4 to L.A. Co. Mus., 30 to J.A.
Shetterly, 19 to Walter N. Johnson, and 6 to the author's collection.

Etymology: This rainbow-hued subspecies is named for my wife, Winona.

Discussion: The Grants population appears in many dorsal colors,
which is unique in itself. The mid-band is narrow where it enters at the
margin, while San Ysidro specimens are expanded laterally; the knee swells
anterio-medially. The apical lunule turns inward, in contrast to the San
Ysidro population.

Cicindela fulgida rumppi, new subspecies. Fig. 5.

Medium to small in size; head and thorax metallic red-copper or bronze with green; elytral
maculations usually confluent and expanded; smallest of the New Mexico fulgida subspecies.

Head: Head setose, though not diagnostic for subspecies level, interocular striae
pronounced longitudinally between and behind eyes. Frons with numerous setae. Head color
metallic copper-red extending posteriorly to pronotum; forward medially to clypeus, and
laterally to inner angle of eyes, separated by lines of green from anterior corners of eyes to
vertex. Gena greenish at mandible, shifting to blue at pronotum. Labrum length 50% of width,
imperfectly tridentate; mandibles strongly sexually dimorphic (for all fulgida specimens
examined), maculation on left mandible extends to mid-base of distal tooth of males, to middle
tooth only in females. Antennal segments 1-4 metallic-green above and below, coppery near
distal end of segments 3 and 4.

Thorax: Thorax slightly narrower than eyes at widest point, then narrowing posteriorly.
Disc copper, impressions fairly deep, median impression shallow, finer impressions extend
laterally to sides. Transverse sutures green, occasionally blue.

Elytron: Moderately expanded between anterior part of suture and humeral lunule.
Ground color burnt copper- red; maculations tan. Markings very wide, occupying up to 50% of
the surface area. Initial study population consisted of ninety Willard specimens. Twelve
specimens (13%) are confluent for humeral, mid-band, and apical lunule; 59 (65.5%) have
humeral lunule fused with mid-band; and 19 (21%) are non-confluent. Inner margin of
humeral lunule not broken by a small notch for 64% of population; 36% broken by small
notch; terminal portion broad. Mid-band extremely wide at lateral margin, with a very wide
extension towards suture, then descending, and terminating in a broad oval turned towards
suture. Apical lunule massive, angular, with a "V"-notched anteriorly.

Ventral Surface: Color metallic blue or green laterally, dark blue to purple in mid-
surface. White hairs numerous on thorax and legs; white hairs dense on abdominal
surfaces: setal placement of no taxonomic importance.

Dimensions: Average male length 10.30mm x 4. 42mm; longest male 1 1.56mm; shortest
male 9.28mm. Female: average 10. 49mm x 4.47mm; longest 1 1.42mm, shortest 10.14mm.

Summary of Diagnostic Characters: Longest elytral maculations relative to elytral
length except male humeral lunule. which is shortest of three N.M. populations; unique
maculation configuration; high percentage of maculation fusion.

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Type Locality: New Mexico, Torrance Co., 7.2 mi. E. of Willard, Laguna del Perro;
only locality known. The habitat of C.fulgida consisted of an alkaline crust, often elevated on
vegetation so that cicindelids could hide underneath. The wide maculations against the white
sand crust makes detection difficult.

Etymology: This subspecies is named for Norman L. Rumpp, whose studies have
advanced our knowledge of the Cicindelidae in the west by including in his studies geology,
uplifting, paleoclimate and migration routes.

Type Series: Holotype male and 3 1 paratypes to Norman L. Rumpp. The allotype
female, and 5 paratypes to the Calif. Acad. Sci.; remaining paratypes: 4 each to L.A. Co.
Mus., A.M.N.H.; 30 returned to J.A. Shetterly, 22 returned to Walter N. Johnson, 3 to R.
Huber, 4 to D. Pearson, and 14 in the authors collection.

Discussion: Willard specimens are uniformly smaller in body size,
yet elytral maculations are longer relative to body size. It is suggested that
maculations genetically remained constant in size, while natural selection
favored a reduced body size. Therefore, the relatively longer maculation
surface- area should (1) reflect relatively more light (thus reducing heat
absorption), and (2) render them less visible to predators when seen against
the salt crust. Willis (1967) concluded (p. 264-65) that the Willard sample
he examined was the only clear grouping that could be called a subspecies,
based upon his computer analysis. He interpreted this, however, as an
artifact caused by lack of comparative material from South Dakota,
Wyoming and Montana.

Key to the Subspecies of Cicindela fulgida

la. Middle band right-angled, with descending portion essentially parallel to the elytral
suture 2

Ib. Middle band obtuse- angled, with descending portion angled towards the elytral
suture 3

2a. Larger ( avg elytral length of males 6.92mm or greater); bright metallic red in autumn &
early spring, turning darker red in mid-summer (Lincoln, Nebraska population may
have 40% black morphs); central Great Plains north to se Alberta, sw Saskatchewan,
s/sw North Dakota fulgida

2b. Smaller (avg elytral length of males 6.91mm or less); dark, greasy red-violet (80%)
with occasional bright blue or green (20% or less) individuals (Manitoba, nc North
Dakota, nw Minnesota westbournei

3 a. Middle band not expanded at margin, and often slightly narrowed there (Fig. 3). . .
winonae

3b. Middle band expanded at elytral margin 4

4a. Middle band moderately expanded at margin, but not approaching contact with
humeral lunule along margin (Fig. 2) williamlarsi

4b. Middle band broadly expanded along elytral margin, usually approaching humeral
lunule (and often connected to it along elytral margin 5

5a. Avg elytral length of males 12.1mm, females 1 2. 6mm maculation broad (s Wyoming)
pseudowillistoni

5b. Avg elytral length of males 10.8mm, females 1 1.2mm maculation broader to confluent
(c New Mexico) (Fig. 5) rumppi

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December, 1985 187

SUMMARY

C. fulgida can be clearly divided into two "major" components. The
eastern or Great Plains component is characterized by having the descend-
ing portion of the middle band parallel to the elytral suture (Figs. 1 Ab and
6) and includes the nominate race and C. fulgida westbournei. The western
or montane component is characterized by having the descending portion of
the middle band angled towards the elytral suture, (Fig. 1 Aa) and includes
C.f. pseudowillistoni, C.f. williamlarsi, C.f. winonae, and C.f. rumppi.
The population from southern Colorado currently under study by the
Reverend Bernard Rotger will probably also fall within this component. It is
noteworthy that Gaumer ( 1977) has similarly found that C. formosa Say
has major eastern and western components which he then subdivides
further into more localized geographic races. Perhaps this phenomenon
extends to other Nearctic species as well.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank David W. Brzoska, John Stamatov, and Walter Johnson, all of whom loaned for
review a large number of specimens from the midwestern United States. Ronald Huber kindly
loaned 24 specimens of the rare C. fulgida pseudowillistoni from a series captured by
C.D. Ferris (1969: 10). Howard P. Boyd did much to coordinate information from several
sources. David Pearson and anonymous individuals critically reviewed various drafts.
Finally, I acknowledge the very substantial contributions that both Ronald Huber and
Norman Rumpp have made to this manuscript and thank them for the same. I am especially
thankful for Norman Rumpp's friendship over the years, and for our many discussions of the C.
fulgida complex, measurement techniques, etc. I also thank him for sharing with me his 50-
page unpublished study of the C. fulgida group. Encouragement and support from all of the
above finally brought this paper to its completion.

LITERATURE CITED

Calder, E.E. 1922a. New Cicindelas of the fulgida group ( Coleop. ) Can. Ent. 56: 62.
Calder, E.E. 1922b. Change of names in Cicindela. Can. Ent. 54: 191.
Ferris, C.D. 1969. Notes on collecting early Cicindela in eastern Wyoming. Cicindela 1(2): 10.
Gaumer, G.C. 1977. The variation and taxonomy of Cicindela formosa Say (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae). Ph.D. Thesis, Texas A&M Univ. College Station, Texas. 253 pp.
Horn, W. 1938. 2000 Zeichnungen von Cicindelindae. Entomologische Beihefte, Berlin-

Dahlem5: 13.
Rumpp, N. L. 1 96 1 . Three new tiger beetles of the genus Cicindela from southwestern United

States. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 60(3): 165-187.
Rumpp, N.L. 1979. North American tiger beetles of the genus Cicindela: the role of male

genitalia in systematics and phylogeny. (unpublished study).
Say, T. 1823. Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected in the expedition to the Rocky

Mountains. Joum. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 3: 139-216.

Wallis, J.B. 1961. The Cicindelidae of Canada. Univ. Toronto Press. 74 pp.
Willis, H.L. 1967. Bionomics and zoogeography of tiger beetles of saline habitats in the

central United States (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). Univ. Kansas. Sci. Bull. 47(5): 145-

313.

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THE GENUS ODONTOMACHUS IN THE
SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1

Mark Deyrup^, James Trager^, Norman Carlin^

ABSTRACT: The ants Odontomachus brunneus, O. clams, and O. ruginodis are reported
from Florida. O. clarus was not previously known from the eastern U.S., and probably
represents a relic population confined to former islands in southern Florida. O. ruginodis is
removed from synonymy with O. brunneus. O. brunneus is sympatric with O. clarus and O.
ruginodis. The species can be distinguished by morphological differences in workers and
males. Large flights of O. clarus occur from July to November during several nights around the
full moon.

Species of the genus Odontomachus are among the most distinctive of
southeastern ants. They are large ants, about 8 mm long, with porrect
mandibles and converging dorsal furrows on the head (Fig. 1 ). The workers
are able to convulsively snap their mandibles, thus dismembering arthropods.
If the mandibles strike a solid object they may fling the ant into the air.
Southeastern Odontomachus are probably exclusively predatory. The
workers can both bite and sting, but are shy and unaggressive toward
humans, even when the nest is disturbed.

The purpose of this paper is to confirm the presence of three species of
Odontomachus in the southeastern United States and to provide a few
details on the ecology of one of these.

Creighton ( 1 950), in his manual on ants, included a single southeastern
species, O. haematodus insularis Gue'rin, from Florida, southern Georgia,
and Cuba, and stated that it also was distributed by commerce through
many parts of the tropics. Brown ( 1 976) revised Odontomachus and stated
that the southeastern species, called insularis, haematodus insularis,
ruginodis, and haematodus ruginodus by various workers, was a northern
population of a widespread Neotropical species. He called this species
brunneus (Patton), placed ruginodis Wheeler in synonymy with brunneus,
and separated it from haematodus (L.) and insularis, both distinct
Neotropical species. According to Brown (1976) insularis is confined to

1 Received November 29, 1984. Accepted June 3, 1985.

2Archbold Biological Station, P.O. Box 2057, Lake Placid, FL 33852.

3 Archer Road Entomology Lab., University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611.

^Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Univ., Cambridge, MA 02138

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 188-195, November & December 1985

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 189

the West Indies, haematodus is widespread in South America east of the
Andes, while brunneus occurs from the southeastern United States to
Paraguay and Bolivia, including the West Indies. These nomenclatural
changes were published too late to be included in the Catalog of
Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico (Smith, 1979), which lists a
single eastern species, insularis, found in Georgia, Florida, Alabama,
Mexico to Brazil, West Indies, Cocos Island, and Clipperton Island.

In the course of studying the ants of the Archbold Biological Station
(Highlands Co., Florida) we found two species of Odontomachus living in
the area, O. brunneus (Patton) and O. clams Roger. A third species was
found at the southern tip of the Florida Peninsula and in the Florida Keys.
This species has workers superficially similar to those of O. clams, but has
highly distinctive males. This species appears to be O. ruginodis Wheeler, a
form which was synonymized (Brown, 1976) with O. brunneus at a time
when only workers were available and there were no known sympatric
populations of ruginodis and brunneus. O. ruginodis was described by
Wheeler as a variety of a subspecies, O. haematodus insularis var.
ruginodis, and was referred to as O. ruginodis by Wilson in 1964. The
identifications of the three species for this paper were kindly provided by
Dr. William L. Brown, Jr., of Cornell University.

The precise geographic distribution of the three species remains
unclear. O. ruginodis is known from extreme southern Florida and from the
West Indies, where Wheeler's specimens originated (Brown, 1976).
O. ruginodis is not known from the Archbold Biological Station and was not
found by Van Pelt in his intensive surveys (1958) of the Welaka and
Gainesville areas. It is probable that O. ruginodis is a relatively recent
West Indian immigrant or introduction. We have examined specimens from
Martin Co. (Jonathan Dickinson St. Pk.), Broward Co. (Davie), Monroe
Co. (Flamingo, Key Largo, Saddlebunch Key), and Collier Co. (Monroe
Station). The distribution of O. brunneus in the Neotropics is presently
unclear, but it is widespread in Florida. It is the only species known from
northern Florida. We have examined specimens from Martin Co. (Jonathan
Dickinson St. Pk.), Broward Co. (Davie), Highlands Co. (Archbold
Biological Station), Alachua Co. (Gainesville), Marion Co. (Juniper
Springs), and Leon Co. (Tall Timbers Research Station). O. clams occurs
in xeric areas of Mexico and the southwestern U.S. (Brown, 1976). In
Florida it is known only from xeric upland habitats of the Archbold
Biological Station. This species was not found in Van Pelt's exhaustive
survey (1958) of ants of Welaka scrub habitats, and may well be isolated on
one or more small areas of scrub in subtropical Florida. A number of
Florida orthopterans (Hubbell, 1965) and beetles (Woodruff, 1973)

190

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1mm

Figure 1 . Dorsal view of Odontomachus clarus

Figure 2. Dorsal view of gaster of Odontomachus brunneus

Vol. 96, No. 5. November & December 1985

191

appear to be derived from Western or Central American species that were
stranded on islands in central Florida during periodic inundations of the
Peninsula, and remain restricted to habitats found on the deep well-drained
sand of these relic islands. O. clarus seems to fit this pattern, as do certain
other ants inhabiting the Florida scrub.

The three species of southeastern Odontomachus may be recognized
by the following characters:

O. brunneus. Worker: gaster densely covered with fine, almost
contiguous appressed hairs (fig. 2); striations of pronotum not transverse
posteriorly; petiolar node faintly rugose at extreme base only; inner side of
hind femur at base finely pubescent; color piceous in n. Florida, body
(except gaster) frequently lighter in s. Florida. Male: each ocellus as wide
as the ocello-ocular space, ocelli on a conspicuous turret (fig. 5); petiole
smooth; head and body entirely yellowish orange.

O. clarus. Worker: gaster sparsely covered with fine appressed hairs,
separated by at least 1/4 their length (fig. 1); striations of pronotum
transverse posteriorly; petiolar node slightly rugose basally on sides,
smooth in back; inner side of hind femur at base virtually glabrous; color

130

120

1 10

100

z
<

m

JULY

AUG

SEPT

OCT

NO V

DEC

Figure 3. Male O. clarus captured in Malaise traps, 1983, Archbold Biological Station.
Collections made on alternate days.

192

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

reddish brown, gaster black. Specimens examined from two sites in
Chihuahua and two sites in Texas differ from Florida specimens in having
much larger dorsal punctures along the inner edge of the mandible, and the
petiolar spine relatively short and blunt. Male (Florida): each ocellus
wider than the ocello-ocular space, ocelli on a conspicuous turret (fig. 6);
petiole smooth; head and body entirely brown.

O. ruginodis. Worker: gastral hairs, pronotal striation, inner side of
hind femur approximately as in O. clarus; petiole conspicuously transversely
striate on sides and back; color reddish brown to piceous gaster black.
Male: each ocellus less than two-thirds as wide as ocello-ocular space,
ocelli not on a turret (fig. 7); petiole strongly rugose laterally; propodeum

eoo

moon

Dark of the moon

DEC.

Figure 4. Male O. clarus captured during fortnights centered on the full moon and fortnights
centered on the dark of the moon.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985

193

Figures 5 and 6. Frontal views of head of male: 5. O. brunneus (top), 6. O. clarus (bottom).

194

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 7. Frontal view of head of male. O. ruginodis.

and lateral pronotal spot black, remainder of thorax and head yellow, gaster
brown.

Specimens of workers and males of all species have been deposited in
the collection of the Archbold Biological Station and in the Florida State
Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville.

At the Archbold Biological Station the two species seem to show a
difference in habitat preference. O. clams usually occurs in well-drained
sites such as sandhill and sand pine scrub (16 collections). O. brunneus
usually occurs in wet areas such as hammock and ditches (23 collections).

In addition to habitat differences and some distributional differences,
there is probably a temporal separation in male flights of clarus and
brunneus. Males of brunneus fly in spring, those of clarus in summer and
fall. This is documented by a rather small series of brunneus taken at lights
and a very large series of clarus taken in Malaise traps in sand pine scrub. O.
brunneus males were collected in May and June of 1983 and 1984 and
December of 1983. Fig. 3 shows seasonal flight data of O. clarus.

Flights of O. clarus are not correlated with fluctuations in temperature or
rainfall. Monthly peaks in numbers of captured males seem to be associated

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 195

with the full moon (Fig. 4). Various groups of nocturnal insects have flights
synchronized by the full moon (Johnson, 1969), but we have found no
reports of lunar cycles affecting flights of ants. Most species of night-flying
ants at the Archbold Biological Station seem to fly during or just after rain
on warm nights. The flight pattern of O. clarus suggests that production of
adult males occurs over a period of several months. This long flight period
might be attributed co the relatively equable climate of south Florida, which
does not impose strong seasonal restraints on phenology. The long flight
period might also be construed as a primitive condition, as opposed to the
condition in which large numbers of alates are reared synchronously and
restrained in the nest until there is the proper alignment of environmental
cues.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This work would not have been possible without the help of Dr. William Brown Jr.
(Cornell) who identified the three species. The work of James Trager at the Archbold
Biological Station was supported in part by a grant from Archbold Expeditions, Inc. Nancy
Deyrup prepared figures 3 and 4. Edward Seling, Harvard Univ., prepared the photographs.
Helpful suggestions were provided by anonymous reviewers. Todd Coleman, Richard
Shepard, and Edward Fabian assisted in tabulation of flight data.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, W.L. 1976. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae. Part VI.

Ponerinae, tribe Ponerini. subtribe Odontomachiti. Section A. Introduction, subtribal

characters. Genus Odontomachus. Studia Entomol. 19: 67-171.
Creighton, W.S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Harvard Mus. Comp. Zool.

104: 1-583.
Hubbell, T.H. 1 96 1 . Endemism and speciation in relation to Pleistocene changes in Florida

and the southeastern coastal plain. Eleventh Int. Congr. Entomol., Wien. 1960, 1: 466-
469.
Johnson, C.G. 1 969. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen and Co., London.

xxii + 763 pp.
Smith, D.R. 1979. Family Formicidae. Pp. 1312-1467, in K.V. Krombein, P.D. Hurd, Jr.,

D.R. Smith, and B.D. Burks (eds.), Catalogof Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico.

Vol. 2, pp. i-xvi, 1199-2209.
Van Pelt, A.F. 1958. The ecology of the ants of the Welaka Reserve, Florida (hymenoptera:

Formicidae). Part II. Annotated list. Amer. Midi. Natur. 59: 1-57.
Wilson, E.O. 1964. The ants of the Florida Keys. Breviora 210: 1-14.
Woodruff, R.C. 1973. Arthropods of Florida and neighboring land areas. The scarab beetles

of Florida. Gainesville, Fla. Dept. Agric. Consum. Serv. Div. Plant Indust. iv + 220 pp.

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

COMMENTS ON A WATER STRIDER,

RHEUMATOBATES MEINERTI FROM THE

ANTILLES AND A CHECKLIST OF THE SPECIES

OF THE GENUS (HEMIPTERA: GERRIDAE)1

Paul J. Spangler^, Richard C. Froeschner^,
John T. Polhemus3

ABSTRACT: The first record of the gerrid Rheumatobates meinerti is reported from the
Dominican Republic and its known distribution is summarized A checklist of species and
subspecies in the genus is provided.

During a fieldtrip, 5-19 November 1 984, to the Dominican Republic to
collect aquatic Coleoptera, numerous aquatic Hemiptera were also collected
Among them was a series of 634 specimens of the gerrid Rheumatobates
meinerti Schroeder. The neotropical species of these small water striders
are reported infrequently. For example, a review of the 33 species presently
described in the genus shows that 81% of them are reported only from one
country (or island) and 33% are from the type- locality. Consequently,
these comments were prepared to summarize briefly the distribution data
available for this species; to report several new locality records; and provide
some information on the number of adults versus nymphs, winged versus
apterous specimens, and males versus females in the sample collected. A
checklist of the species in the genus Rheumatobates also is provided.

Schroeder (1931) based his description of R. imitator var. meinerti
on six specimens from Aux Cayes, Haiti, collected 14 June 1894 by H.
Nepperschmidt; holotype, allotype, and four paratypes are in the Snow
Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. The
few distribution records published since the original description are
discussed below.

Rheumatobates meinerti is very similar to R. bergrothi Meinert and
some records for it were given under the latter name. The records for
Jamaica given under the name R. bergrothi by Barber (1939) were
transferred to R. meinertiby Drake and Harris ( 1 942), who also raised it to
species level from the varietal status under R. imitator as originally
assigned by Schroeder (1931). Apparently the Dominican Republic
records from Bajos de Haina, as given by Drake and Maldonado Capriles

Deceived March 28, 1985. Accepted June 3, 1985.

^Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. 20560.

331 15 So. York, Englewood, Colorado 801 10.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 196-200, November & December 1985

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 197

(1956), were also based on a misidentification; our examination of the
Drake collection found that these specimens were now correctly identified
with a Drake determination label as R. meinerti. More recently, Alayo
(1967, 1974a, 1974b) reported R meinerti from Cuba.

In comparing NMNH specimens of R. m ein erti with R. bergrothi, we
found a single slightly damaged male oiR. meinerti which apparently is one
of the same series Nepperschmidt collected but which somehow became
separated from the six specimens Schroeder had available when he
described this species. The old, yellow, handwritten locality label reads: " Aux
Cayes (Hayti) 3. 5. 94 H. Nepperschmidt leg ded. 14.6.1894." Beneath the
locality label is an identification label that reads: "Rheumatobates bergrothi
Meinert [male sex sign] det. Kirkaldy '01."

The specimens recently collected in the Dominican Republic are
labeled Dominican Republic, Distrito Nacional, Guerra (4 km north), 1 5
Nov 1984, P. & P. Spangler, R. Faitoute. The specimens, part of a very
large aggregation estimated to consist of several thousand individuals, were
collected from a narrow, open but shaded area between the shore of a large
freshwater pond and large patches of emergent vegetation growing about 1
or 2 meters from the shore. A summary of the stage and sex of 634
individuals collected is given in Table I. Specimens from this collection will
be deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian
Institution; the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Santo Domingo,
Republica Dominicana; and the collection of John T. Polhemus, Englewood,
Colorado.

The body length of adult females ranged from 2.89 to 2.97 mm and
exceeded that of the males, which ranged from 2.54 to 2.66 mm.

The sexes of the fourth-instar and fifth-instar nymphs may be readily
determined by the differences in the length versus the width of the last
abdominal segment (measured dorsally). Male nymphs have the last
segment almost as long as the basal width; female nymphs have the last
segment twice as long as the basal width. The instar of the nymphs was
determined by the comparative sizes of the fourth and fifth instar reported
by Silvey ( 1 93 1 ) in his life history study of & rileyi Bergroth, a species only
slightly larger in body length than that of R. meinerti

Because no recent checklist is available for the species and subspecies
in the genus Rheumatobates and new distribution records are available for
many of them, the following checklist has been prepared. The previously
unpublished locality records indicated by an asterisk were provided by John
T. Polhemus.

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Checklist of the species and subspecies

in the Genus Rheumatobates

(Hemiptera: Gerridae)

RHE UMA TOBA TES Bergroth 1892:321

aestuarius Polhemus 1969:509 Mexico

bergrothi Meinert 1895:1 El Salvador*, Grenada, Honduras*,

Panama, Venezuela

bonariensis (Berg) 1898:5 Argentina, Brazil, Peru

syn. wrighti Drake & Harris 1937:360

carvalhoi Drake & Harris 1944:269 Brazil

citatus Drake & Hottes 1951:150 Mexico

clanis Drake & Harris 1932:157 Cuba, British Honduras, Florida,

Guatemala*, Jamaica*

crassifemur crassifemur Esaki 1926:149 Argentina, Paraguay

crassifemur esakii Schroeder 1931:77 Brazil, British Guiana, Peru*

crassifemur schroederi Hungerford 1954:556 Brazil

creaseri Hungerford 1936:146 Mexico

curracis Drake & Carvalho 1954:223 Brazil

drakei Hungerford 1954:541 British Guiana, Suriname*, Peru*

hamatus Drake & Chapman 1954:151 Brazil

hungerfordi Wiley 1923:202 Belize*, Mexico, Texas to Utah

imitator (Uhler) 1894:214 Grenada, Martinique*. Puerto Rico,

Trinidad, Virgin Islands

klagei Schroeder 1931:75 Brazil

mangrovensis (China) 1943:77 Trinidad

meinerti Schroeder 1931:70 Cuba, Dominican Republic, Haiti,

Jamaica

mexicanus Drake & Hottes 1951:152 Mexico

minimus Drake 1958:109 Peru

minutus minutus Hungerford 1936:147 Costa Rica*, Florida, Mexico,

Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad
minutus flavidus Drake & Harris 1942:401 Bolivia*, Brazil, Costa Rica*,

Peru

ornatus Polhemus & Cheng 1977:321 Costa Rica

palosi Blatchley 1926:982 E. U.S.A.

petilus Drake & Hottes 1951:147 Mexico

praeposterus Bergroth 1908:376 Guatemala

prostatus Polhemus 1975:243 Costa Rica

rileyi Bergroth 1892:321 E. U.S.A.

spinosus Hungerford 1954:562 Bolivia*, Brazil

tenuipes Meinert 1895:1 E. U.S.A., Belize*

trinitatis (China) 1943:72 Trinidad

trulliger Bergroth 1915:63 SE. U.S. A to Oklahoma

vegatus Drake & Harris 1942:401 Cuba, Florida, Puerto Rico

syn. crinitus Herring 1949:160

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 199

Table 1 . Composition of collection of Rheumatobates meinerti Schroeder from the
Dominican Republic.

MALES FEMALES

ADULTS

Apterous 227 135

Winged 2 3

FOURTH INSTARS 37 22

FIFTH INSTARS

Without wing pads 113 77

With wing pads 16 2

TOTALS 395 239

LITERATURE CITED

Alayo, A.D. 1967. Catalogo de la fauna de Cuba. XVI. Los Hemipteras Acuaticos de Cuba.

Museo Felipe Poey Academia Ciencias Cuba Trab. Divulg. 38: 1-68.
1974a. Los Hemipteras Acuaticos de Cuba Torreia, Nueva Series, no. 36: 1-

65.
1974b. Guia Elemental de las Aquas Dulces de Cuba. Torreia, Nueva Serie no.

37: 1-79, 19 pis.

Barber, H.G. 1939. Insects of Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands. Hemiptera and Heteroptera in:
Scientific Survey of Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands 14(3): 263-441.

Berg C. 1898. Descriptions Hydrometridarum novarum. Communicaciones del Museo
Nacional de Buenos Aires T.I (1): 5-6. T.I. (1), 3-6.

Bergroth, E. 1892. Note on the Water Bug found by Rev. J.L. Zabriskie. Insect Life, 4: 321.
1908. Family Gerridae. Subfamily Halobatinae in: On the Aquatic and Semi-
aquatic Hemiptera Collected by Prof. James S. Hine in Guatemala. The Ohio Naturalist
8(8): 370-382.

1915. A New Species of Rheumatobates Bergr. (Hem. Gerridae). Bulletin

Brooklyn Entomological Society 10(3): 62-64.
Blatchley, W.S. 1926. Heteroptera or True Bugs of Eastern North America. Indianapolis:

Nature Publishing Company. 1116 pp.
China, W.E. 1943. A New Genus and Two New Species of Gerridae, Subfamily

Halobatinae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) from Trinidad. Proceedings Royal Entomological

Society London 12 (pts. 5-6, Ser. B): 71-80.
Drake, C.J. 1958. Two species of water striders from Peru (Hemiptera: Gerridae). Bulletin

Brooklyn Entomological Society 53(5): 109-1 1 1.
Drake, C.J. and C. Carvalho. 1954. New water striders from Brazil (Hemiptera).

Proceedings Biological Society of Washington 67: 223-226.
Drake, C.J. and H.C. Chapman. 1954. New American water-striders( Hemiptera). Florida

Entomologist 37(3): 151-155.
Drake, C.J., and H.M. Harris. 1932. An undescribed water-strider from Honduras

(Hemiptera, Gerridae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 8(4): 157-158.

. 1937. Notes on some American Halobatinae (Gerridae, Hemiptera) Revista de

Entomologia, Rio de Janeiro 7(4): 357-362.

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1942. Notas sobre Rheumatobates, com descricao de una nova especie

(Hemiptera, Gerridae). Revista Brasil Biologia 2(4): 399-402.

1944. A new Rheumatobates from Brazil, with a note on R imitator (Uhler)

(Hemipt. Gerridae). Revista de Entomologia, Rio de Janeiro 15(3): 269-272.
Drake, C.J. and F.C. Hottes. 1951. Notes on the genus Rheumatobates Bergroth

(Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 64:

147-158.
Drake, C.J. and J. Maldonado Capriles. 1956. Some pleids and water-striders from the

Dominican Republic (Hemiptera). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

51(2): 53-56.
Esaki, T. 1 926. The Water-Striders of the Subfamily Halobatinae in the Hungarian National

Museum. Annales Musei Nationalis Hungarici 23: 117-164.
Herring, J.L. 1949. A New Species of Rheumatobates from Florida (Hemiptera: Gerridae)

The Florida Entomologist 32(4): 160-165.
Hungerford, H.B. 1936. XIV Aquatic and Semiaquatic Hemiptera collected in Yucatan and

Campeche. In: The Cenotes of Yucatan, a zoological and hydrographic survey. Carnegie

Institution of Washington Publication no. 457: 145-150.

1954. The Genus Rheumatobates Bergroth (Hemiptera-Gerridae). University

of Kansas Science Bulletin 36, Pt. I (7): 529-588.

Meinert, F. 1895. Rheumatobates Bergrothi asp. Saertryk af Entomologisk Medd. 5: 1-8, 2 pis.
Polhemus, J.T. 1969. A new Rheumatobates from Mexico (Hemiptera: Gerridae). Journal

Kansas Entomological Society 42(4): 509-5 1 1 .

1975. New Estuarine and intertidal water-striders from Mexico and Costa Rica

(Hemiptera: Gerridae, Mesoveliidae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 51(3):243-247.
Polhemus, J.T., and L. Cheng. 1976. A new Rheumatobates from Costa Rica ( Hemiptera:

Gerridae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 52(4): 321-323.
Schroeder, H.O. 1931. The Genus Rheumatobates and Notes on the Male Genitalia of

Some Gerridae (Hemiptera, Gerridae). University of Kansas Science Bulletin 20(2): 63-98.
Silvey, J.K.G. 1931. Observations on the Life- History of Rheumatobates rileyi Bergroth

(Hemiptera-Gerridae). Papers, Michigan Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters

13: 433-446.
Uhler, P.R, 1894. On the Hemiptera- Heteroptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies.

Proceedings Zoological Society of London, 1894: 167-224.
Wiley, G.O. 1923. A new Species of Rheumatobates from Texas (Heteroptera, Gerridae).

The Canadian Entomologist 55(9): 202-205.

FURTHER REDUCTION IN PAGE CHARGES

Due to continued favorable financial operating experience, and good budget control
procedures, ENT. NEWS is pleased to announce a further reduction in page charges down to
$20.00 per page, effective with papers received after January 1, 1986.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 201

A COLONY OF WILLIAMSON1A FLETCHERI

(ODONATA: CORDULIIDAE) DISCOVERED

IN MASSACHUSETTS1

Ralph E. Charlton2

ABSTRACT: A population of Williamsonia fletcheri is described from the vicinity of
Brooks Pond located in central Massachusetts. This represents the second record of this
species from this state and the only colony reported from the United States; all previous U.S.
records represent isolated individuals. Mature adults were found on or near the ground in sunlit
areas within the forest surrounding the pond. A summary of the known North American
distribution of W. fletcheri is provided.

Wiliamsonia fletcheri Williamson is one of the smallest North
American corduliids and certainly one of the rarest. Adults are normally
encountered in the vicinity of select bogs during their brief spring flight
period. The known distribution of this species embraces a considerable
territory with published records from the Canadian provinces of New
Brunswick, Quebec, Ontario and Manitoba (Walker and Corbett, 1975). In
the United States, specimens exist from New York (Beatty and Beatty
1969), Michigan (Foley 1966, Gloyd 1932), Maine (Montgomery 1943,
White and Morse 1973), New Hampshire (White 1978) and Massachusetts
(Davis 1940). However, within this extensive range W. fletcheri apparently
is extremely restricted in habitat with extant records represented almost
exclusively by single individuals and many capture dates occurring prior to
1940. The only locality where W. fletcheri has been encountered with
regularity is the Mer Bleue, a peat bog in Ontario, Canada (Walker and
Corbett 1975). The sole specimen of W. fletcheri stemming from
Massachusetts is ateneral male captured in Shirley, Middlesex Co. on May
19, 1939 (Davis 1940). This individual was misidentified as Williamsonia
lintneri (Hagen) in the original reference and subsequently reassigned to
W. fletcheri by Montgomery (1943). After a 45 year hiatus, I report here
the discovery of a new population of W. fletcheri from a site in central
Massachusetts.

Habitat Description

Adult W. fletcheri were observed in wooded areas abutting Brooks
Pond(42°30'N; 72°12'E; elev. 230m) located in the Harvard Forest near
Petersham, Worcester Co. MA. Brooks Pond is a typical boreal pond about

1 Received March 7, 1985, accepted June 3, 1985.

^ Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01003.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 201-204, November & December 1985

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

50 ha in area with boggy margins. Clumps of leatherleaf (Chamaedaphne
calyculata) and highbush blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum) dot the
southern end of the pond and grade progressively into an extensive thicket
which overlies a sphagnum mat and envelops most of the northern portion of
the pond. An open sphagnum bog supporting isolated clumps of American
larch and black spruce lies to the north of a dirt road which cuts across the
northern end of the pond. The surrounding forest consists primarily of
eastern hemlock, red maple and various oak species with a sparse,
predominately herbaceous understory. During early to mid June the pond
and associated bog areas are cohabited by a diverse array of Anisopterans
including Tetragoneuria canis Maclachlan, Leucorrhinia hudsonica (Selys),
Gomphus borealis Needham and a large population of Libellula julia
Uhler. As well, three teneral Aeshna mutata Hagen were observed flying
along the edge of a clearing located near the S.E. corner of the pond. It is not
known whether a breeding population is established at this site.

Behavioral Observations and Population Size

Three mature male W.fletcheri were observed on June 4, 1984 perched
on the ground beneath trees at the edge of a sand pit located near the S.E.
corner of Brooks pond. One of these individuals was captured and positively
identified using the keys of Needham and Westfall (1955). A thorough
search of this area as well as the pond margins and bog failed to divulge any
additional individuals. However, on June 7, 1984 an intensified search of
the wooded areas adjacent to the open bog at the northern end of the pond
revealed the presence of a number of W. fletcheri. Here mature adults of
both sexes perched in small sunlit areas within the forest, usually on low-
lying foliage or on the ground and more rarely on tree trunks. Individuals
that were not disturbed tended to remain in these areas for several minutes
occasionally engaging in short flights to investigate or capture small insects
and then either returning to the original spot or moving a few meters to
another sunlit area. Conversely, disturbed individuals would fly rapidly and
erratically over the forest floor for distances upwards of 20m or fly up into
the trees. Under these conditions their small size, dark coloration and
erratic movements rendered observation extremely difficult.

To obtain an estimate of population density, a ca. 4 ha., approximately
triangular area delimited on two sides by dirt roads and on the other by the
open bog was visually censused on foot at midday. On June 7, 8 and 10,
1984 between 20 and 25 W. fletcheri were noted each day in this area.
Since the dragonflies were not captured it was not possible to determine
whether certain individuals were counted more than once although an effort
was made to avoid areas where flushed individuals had flown. This area was
surveyed once more on June 1 8 but inexplicably and despite ideal warm,

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 203

sunny conditions, no adults were found. Several individuals were also
sighted in other scattered wooded locations surrounding the pond although
no attempt was made to census these areas. Three males were captured on
June 7, 1984 and donated to museum collections^; the male collected on
June 4, 1984 and a female captured on June 7, 1984 remain in the author's
private collection.

Discussion

Because superficially suitable habitat is scattered over much of central
and western Massachusetts and New England, it is conceivable that
additional populations of W. fletcheri will be discovered within this region,
particularly if search efforts focus on wooded areas surrounding bog
habitats. The challenge will lie in determining the particular aquatic
microhabitats necessary for successful larval development as the availability
of such conditions probably is a major factor limiting the distribution of this
species.

The existence of a colony of W. fletcheri provides a singular opportunity
to add to our scant knowledge of its life history, virtually all aspects of which
remain undescribed. As well, the larval form and its habitat requirements
await discovery. In fact, it was only as recently as 1970 that the larva of
Williamsonia lintneri, the only other representative of this genus, was
described by White and Raff (1970) from specimens collected in a bog in
Norfolk, Co. Massachusetts. As in W. fletcheri, adult W. lintneri typically
are encountered in wooded areas and on paths adjacent to suitable bogs.
Mating occurs in these areas and gravid females fly alone into the open bog
and oviposit there unattended by males (Charlton, unpublished). Given the
propensity for mature W. fletcheri to remain for prolonged periods in
forested sites, it is possible that a similar mating system is operative for this
species. Further detailed studies of adult reproductive and population
biology as well as ecological data on the immature stages are prerequisite to
implementing meaningful conservation programs for this rare and potentially
threatened species.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I wish to thank J. Tang and RP. Webster for their invaluable field observations.

•^These specimens have been distributed to the following institutions and investigators: The
U.S. National Museum, Washington D.C., c/o Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr.; The Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, c/o Dr. Deane Bowers; G.H. and A.F. Beatty.
State College, Pennsylvania.

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Beatty, G.H. and A.F. Beatty. 1969. United States records of Williamsonia fletcheri

(Odonata: Corduliidae). Mich Entomol 2: 13.
Davis, E.M. 1940. Dragonfly collecting in eastern Massachusetts: 1939. (Odonata).

Entomol. News 5 1 : 61-64.
Foley, D.F. 1966. Another record of Williamsonia fletcheri in Michigan (Odonata: Corduliidae).

Mich. Entomol. 1: 90.
Gloyd, L.K. 1932. Four new dragonfly records for the United States. Entomol. News

43: 189-190.
Montgomery, B.E. 1943. Williamsonia fletcheri Williamson (Odonata: Corduliidae) from

New England. Entomol. News 54: 1-4.
Needham, J.G. and M.J. Westfall, Jr., 1955. A manual of the dragonflies of North America

(Anisoptera). Univ. California Press, Berkeley. 615p.
Williamson, E.B. 1923. A new species of Williamsonia (Odonata-Corduliinae). Can. Ent.

55: 96-98.
Walker, E.M. and P.S. Corbet 1975. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska, Vol 3. Univ.

Toronto Press, Toronto. 308 p.
White, H.B.,III. 1978. Three notable records of Odonata from northern New England.

Cordulia 4: 63-64.
White, H.B.,III and R.A. Raff. 1970. The nymph of Williamsonia lintneri (Hagen)

(Odonata: Corduliidae). Psyche 77: 252-257.
White, H.B.,III and W.J. Morse. 1973. Odonata (dragonflies) of New Hampshire: an

annotated list. Res. Report 30, N.H. Ag. Exp. Sta., Durham, iv + 46 p.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECTA MUNDI, Vol. 1. No. 1, Jan. 1985.

A new serial publication. First issue contains six papers in a total of 52 pages. Publisher
promises 288 text pages per volume. Subscription $25 per vol. Flora & Fauna Pub's., 4300
NW 23rd Ave., Suite 100, Gainesville, FL 32606.

CATALOGUE OF CICADOIDEA (HOMOPTERA: AUCHENORHYNCHA) 1956-
1980. J.P. Duffels & P.A. van der Laan. Dr. W. Junk Pub. 414 pp. $65.00.

A supplement to fascicle VTII of Z.P. Metcalfs "General Catalogue of the Homoptera,"
dealing with Cicadoidea.

ABSTRACTS, REFERENCES, & KEY WORDS OF PUBLICATIONS RELATING
TO THE COTTON LEAFWORM, Alabama argillacea (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). S.
Gravena, W. Sterling & A. Dean. 1985. Ent. Soc. Amer. 136 pp. $22.00.

DEVELOPMENTAL ECOLOGY OF MANTISPA UHLERI (NEUROPTERA:
MANTISPIDAE) K.E. Redborg & E.G. MacLeod. 1985. Univ. Illinois Press. 130 pp.
$15.00.

Field & laboratory investigations to discover how the larvae of this species locate food, to
identify the kinds of spiders used, and to provide a model for the mantispid's seasonal cycle.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 205

A NEW SPECIES OF TIPULA (SINOTIPULA) FROM
NEW MEXICO (DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE)1 2

Stephen A. Teale^

ABSTRACT: A new species of Tipulidae, Tipula(Sinotipula) tesuque, from New Mexico is
described and figured.

The subgenus Sinotipula Alexander (1935) consists of 53 species
distributed in the western Nearctic, eastern Palearctic and Oriental
Regions. Savchenko (1961) suggested that Sinotipula (as Bellardina) is
closely related to Nippotipula, Yamatotipula and Acutipula, based on
shared possession of a bifurcate ninth tergum set with black tack-like
bristles, and aquatic larvae with well developed anal papillae. I agree with
this based on examination of several nearctic species and the literature,
except that in several members of these groups, the ninth tergum is not
bifurcate. The phylogenetic relationships of these subgenera remain
unknown. The characters Alexander (1935, 1965) gave for Sinotipula are
plesiomorphic, occurring in several other genera and subgenera, or
apomorphic for species groups within Sinotipula. There are no known
apomorphies to indicate that Sinotipula is monophyletic. Within Sinotipula,
the male and female genitalia are morphologically very diverse but often
relatively uniform within groups of species. The male genitalia of T.
(Sinotipula) aspersa share apparent apomorphies with those of

T. (Yamatotipula) jacintoensis and T. (Yamatotipula) spernax and have a
general form similar to most species of Yamatotipula, yet possess body
coloration, wing veination and wing pattern of Sinotipula. This suggests
that Sinotipula may be paraphyletic to Yamatotipula. The above three
species have an inner gonostylus with a broad, prolonged main body and
beak, a long, narrow, dorsal process parallel to the main body, and a small
posterior lobe with short, fine setae. Phylogenetic relationships within
Sinotipula are unknown.

Deceived March 15, 1985. Accepted May 13, 1985.

Contribution number 1909 from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas.

3 Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 205-208, November & December 1985

206

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Tipula (Sinotipula) tesuque, new species

(Figs. 1-7)

Body length about 14mm.

Rostrum brown dorsally, lighter ventrally; nasus distinct, distal setae slightly longer than
basal setae; palpi light brown. Vertex with a broad, median brown stripe, with grayish brown
pruinosity and short lateral setae; vertical tubercle with short, narrow median brown stripe.
Scape and pedicel yellowish; flagellomeres brown, subcylindrical; verticels .5-1.5 length of
flagellomeres. Antennal length, male, about 4 mm.

Pronotum brown; prothorax dorsolaterally light gray, sublaterally very dark brown and
laterally light gray and pruinose. Prescutum light brown with four longitudinal stripes; median
pair brown, lateral pair gray and narrowly bordered with brown, border broader medially.
Scutum with two broad gray stripes longitudinally bordered with brown. Scutellum brown,
darker anteriorly. Postnotum pruinose, brown anteromedially, gray posterolaterally, with a
narrow median brown stripe.

Wing (fig. 1 ) mostly brown, with pale spots before and after stigma, just after midlength of
cell bm, at beginning and at midlength of cell CuA, in cells near cord, at wing margin in middle
of cells Rf to Cuaj, just before AI at margin and just before and after A2 at margin; dark
brown spot at origin of Rs; stigma dark brown. Venation: R2 entire, Rs twice as long as m-cu;
m-m and distal section of M\ +2 subequal. Wing length, male, 15- 16mm.

Pleura light brown with light gray pruinosity; darker brown areas on anepisternum,
anepimeron and lower halves of meron and katepisternum. Bases of haltere yellowish; stem
brown, knob darker brown.

Coxae dark brown basally, pale brown distally; trochanters yellowish brown, femora and
tibiae yellowish brown, very dark brown apically, basitarsi yellowish brown near base, rest of
tarsi dark brown. Tibial spur formula, 1-1-2.

Abdominal terga 2-7 orange brown medially, darker brown sublaterally, narrowly gray to
pale brown laterally. Eighth sternum simple. Posterior margin of ninth tergum( fig. 2)bearinga
median process with short, dark setae dorsally and giving rise to two smaller, simple blades
lateroventrally. Ninth sternum (fig. 3) with moderately long setae adjacent to median
membranous area; median sclerites giving rise to a lyriform structure (fig. 6). Ninth tergum and
sternum separated by a distinct but partial suture (fig. 4); gonocoxite fused to ninth sternum.
Outer gonostylus (fig. 5) large, curved dorsomedially about one- third from base, with
numerous setae on lateral surface, sparse setae on mesal surface, bifurcate at tip, each half of

1

Figure 1. Tipula tesuque, right wing.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985

207

6

Figures 2-7; Tipula tesuque, male genitalia. Figure 2; dorsal view. Figure 3; ventral view.
Figure 4; lateral view. Figure 5; outer gonostylus, mesal view. Figure 6; lyriform structure of
ninth sternum, ventral view. Figure 7; inner gonostylus, lateral view.

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

bifurcation short and blade-like; a small pale process with very fine setae at base of style. Inner
gonostylus (fig. 7) slightly smaller than outer gonostylus, short setae on lower edge of beak,
posteromedial surface with longer, blunt setae and a small polished knob; basally a small pale
cushion with two kinds of setae: some long and fine, some very short, dense and fine.
Adminiculum simple, conical. Posterior apodemes of vesica small; aedeagus stout

Holotype - male, New Mexico, Santa Fe Co., Big Tesuque Forest Service Campground,
1 2 mi NE Santa Fe, 23 June 1981, 9700ft, G. Byers, E. May, S. Teale. Paratypes - two males,
topotypic, 22 June 1981. All types are in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of
Kansas.

Etymology - The specific epithet is a noun in apposition based on the Big Tesuque River
where the types were collected

The type series was collected on the banks of the Big Tesuque River
which at that point is a fast flowing mountain stream amidst a forest of
predominantly aspen with fewer spruces. Vegetation along the banks is
mostly willows, alder, sedges and grasses. The larvae are unknown, but
those of other species of Sinotipula are aquatic (Gelhaus, 1983).

This species keys to Sinotipula in Alexander and Byers (1981).
Similarities of the male genitalia suggest that T. tesuque is most closely
related to T. catalinensis Alexander of Arizona. They are the only
members of this holarctic subgenus with a lyriform structure on the ninth
sternum and with the ninth tergum as described below. The primary
genitalic differences are as follows: T. catalinensis with posterodorsal
projection of inner gonostylus long, lower beak present, outer gonostylus
gently curved, and lyriform structure of ninth sternum with slender stems;
T. tesuque with posterodorsal projection of inner gonostylus short, lower
beak absent, outer gonostylus abruptly curved, and appendage of ninth
sternurh with robust stems.

LITERATURE CITED

Alexander, C.P. 1935. New or little-known Tipulidae from eastern Asia (Diptera). XXV.

Philippine J. Sci., 57: 94-100.
1965. New subgenera and species of crane-flies from California

(Diptera: Tipulidae). Pacific Insects, 7: 333-386.
Alexander, C.P. and G.W. Byers. 1981. Tipulidae. Chapt 7, pp. 153-190. In McAlpine,

J.F. et al., Manual of Nearctic Diptera. Volume 1 . Research Branch, Agriculture Canada,

Monogr. No. 27.
Gelhaus, J.K. 1983. Larvae of the crane fly genus Tipula in North America (Diptera:

Tipulidae). Master's Thesis, Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 189pp.
Savchenko, E.N. 1961. Fauna USSR. Diptera, 2(3): 132-133. (in Russian).
Teale, S. A. 1 983. The genus Tipula (Diptera: Tipulidae) in the Southern Rocky Mountains.

Master's Thesis, Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 120 pp.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 209

AN ALASKAN RECORD FOR MOUNTAIN

MIDGES (DIPTERA: DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE)

WITH NOTES ON LARVAL HABITAT1 2

Jonathan M. Babcock^

ABSTRACT: Larvae of Deuterophlebia sp. are reported for the first time from Alaska. The
larvae were found adhering to quartz boulders in an isolated interior Alaskan muskeg-black
spruce associated creek. The preceding winter conditions at the collection area were extremely
harsh with water flow restricted at times to movement through the substrate and considerable
anchor ice formatioa

The family Deuterophlebiidae is represented by a single genus

Deuterophlebia Edwards, comprised of eight described species, four in

North America and four in northern Asia. Distribution of the genus is

sporadic with larvae typically restricted to fast-moving mountain streams.

On June 7, 1982, 18 third instar larvae of Deuterophlebia were
collected from Champion Creek Alaska (142° 08' 00" lat., 64° 33' 10"
long.). The locality lies 56 km west 7.5° north from Chicken, Alaska, at an
elevation of 600 m. One additional larva was collected in a Surber sample
from the Middle Fork of Forty Mile River, 15 km southwest of the
Champion Creek site. Both areas are accessible only by long overland trek
or by air.

Courtney (1985) determined that, due to the stage of the larvae, positive
identification was difficult, but that they are most closely associated with D.
coloradensis complex larvae. The specimens have been deposited in the
James Entomological Collection at Washington State University.

Larvae were found adhering to smooth quartz boulders protruding into
the upper layers of the water column in Champion Creek. The predominant
components of the substrate were metasedimentary and glacially transported
cobble. On 7 June the water course was 30 to 45 cm deep with a velocity of
0.3 to 0.6 m/sec. The water source was primarily snow melt and run-off
from muskeg-black spruce bog.

In April 1 982 holes were augered through the ice, but no unfrozen water
was found. During these times some water flow continues through
subsurface layers of gravel. From 44 additional holes augered in frozen
creeks within the same drainage system, no unfrozen water was detected.

1 Received November 29, 1984. Accepted May 11, 1985.

2 Scientific Paper No. 7065, Agricultural Research Center, College of Agriculture and
Home Economics, Washington State University, Pullman, WA. Work was conducted
under Project 1291.

^Research Assistant, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman,
WA 99164-6432.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 209-210, November & December 1985

2 1 0 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Large air spaces were typically found between the ice formed at the fall
surface water level and the frozen substrate. Harsh winter creek conditions
are responsible for considerable mortality resulting in low spring density of
invertebrates (Clifford, 1969). This was likely the cause of the low
invertebrate density (6 per standard Surber sample) at Champion Creek on
the collection date.

How mountain midges overwinter in this area is unknown as Champion
Creek is typically ice bound from October until May and minimum air
temperatures may approach -50°C. It was suggested by Pennak (1951) that
larvae of D. coloradensis overwinter although whether the water and/or
substrate freezes in the area was not reported. Life history studies on D.
nielsoni by Kennedy (1958) suggest that the eggs are deposited in the
summer and overwinter to produce early-state larvae the following spring.
This may be the same overwintering strategy used by the Alaskan species to
survive extreme winter conditions.

LITERATURE CITED

Clifford, H. 1 969. Limnological features of a northern brown water stream with reference to

the life history of the aquatic insects. Amer. Midi. Natur. 82: 578-597.
Courtney, G. 1985. Personal communication. Department of Entomology, University of

Alberta, Canada.
Kennedy, H.D. 1958. Biology and life history of a new species of mountain midge,

Deuterophlebia nielsoni from eastern California (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae). Trans.

Amer. Microsc. Soc., 77: 201-228.
Pennak, R.W. 1951. Description of the imago of the mountain midge Deuterophlebia

coloradensis Pennak (Diptera, Deuterophlebiidae). Amer. Mus. Novit. 1534: 1-11.

ERNST MAYR GRANTS

The Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University is pleased to announce that
a generous gift permits us to endow a program for grants in systematics, known as the Ernst
Mayr Grants. These grants will be awarded to systematists who need to make short visits to
museums in order to undertake research needed for the completion of taxonomic revisions and
monographs.

Typical expenses that may be covered by these grants include travel, lodging, and meals
for up to a few months while conducting research at the museum, services purchased from the
host institution, research supplies, etc.

Applications will be reviewed biannually, and should consist of a short proposal, budget,
curriculum vitae and, if possible, some letters of support. Deadlines for submission are 15
September and 15 April. Announcements of awards will be made within one month of these
dates. Application and correspondence related to these grants should be addressed to the
Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, 26 Oxford Street,
Cambridge, MA 02 138.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 211

HABITAT CHARACTERISTICS OF

PALAEODIPTERON WALKERI
(DIPTERA: NYMPHOMYIIDAE)1 2

Peter H. Adler3, Robert W. Light4, E. Alan Cameron5

ABSTRACT: The southernmost collection of a Nearcticnymphomyiid(Diptera) is recorded
from central Pennsylvania, U.S.A. Immatures occurred in a cold, forested stream of
circumneutral pH and low alkalinity. The associated insect fauna included other northern
elements such as the caddisfly, Psychoglypha subborealis, and the black fly, Prosimulium
fontanum.

Nyphomyiids are minute, nematocerous flies with aquatic immature
stages. Four species are known worldwide, one of which, Palaeodipteron
walkeri Ide, is Nearctic. Previous records show P. walkerito be common in
parts of New Brunswick and Quebec, Canada (Back and Wood 1979; Eidt
and Weaver 1983). Collections from Maine represent the only previously
published record for the United States (Mingo and Gibbs 1976). We record
here a 450-km southward extension of the previously known range of a
North American nymphomyiid.

During a study of the aquatic fauna in Smays Run (40° 53' 48" N x 78°
01' 13" W), Moshannon State Forest, Centre County, Pennsylvania, our
drift nets (500-jum mesh) collected one nymphomyiid pupa on 30 June
1983 andonepupalexuviumon6 July 1983. On 6 October 1983, 1 1 larvae
and one pupa were collected by washing stones in 95% ethanol (method of
Back and Wood 1979). All specimens were deposited in the Frost
Entomological Museum, The Pennsylvania State University. Although
adults were not collected, immatures conform to the description of P.
walkeri (Kevan and Cutten 1981 ). Evidently, at least two generations are
produced annually in central Pennsylvania.

Smays Runs is a well-shaded stream originating as a series of springs
approximately 1 km upstream from the sampling station. The streambed is
composed of sand, gravel, and stones covered with moss (Fontinalis) and

1 Received February 15, 1985. Accepted May 2, 1985.

2 Authorized for publication as paper No. 7127 in the Journal Series of the Pennsylvania
Agricultural Experiment Station, University Park. PA 16802.

^Department of Entomology, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29631.

4
Department of Biology. Behrend Campus. The Pennsylvania State University. Erie, PA

16563.

5 Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University. University Park. PA
16802.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 211-213, November & December 1985

2 1 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

aquatic macrophytes (Callitriche). Chemical and physical parameters of
Smays Run indicate a cold, low- alkalinity stream with circumneutral pH
(Table 1). Vegetation along the watercourse is characterized by Pinus
strobusL., Tsugacanadensis(L.),Alnus rugosa(DeRoi), Rhododendron
maximum L., Prunus virginiana L., P. serotina Ehrh., Amelanchiersp.,
Crataegus spp., and Acer rubrum L.

The dominant aquatic insect taxa and their relative densities^ in Smays
Run were Paraleptophlebia spp. ( 1.7%), Ephemerella dorothea Needham
(4.8%), Eurylophella sp. (4.6%) [Ephemeroptera]; Amphinemura nigritta
(Provancher) and A. WMJ (Claassen) (1.3%), Leuctra duplicata Claassen
and L. ferruginea (Walker) (9.4%) [Plecoptera]; Promoresia tardella Fall
(3.1%) [Coleoptera]; Simulium venustum Say cytospecies CC (6.7%),
Chironomidae (40%), Chelifera sp. (2.7%) [Diptera]; and Lepidostoma
spp., including L.frostei (Milne) andL. Ontario Ross (1.7%) [Trichoptera].

The Moshannon State Forest is a region with numerous northern floral
and faunal elements. Like the nymphomyiids, other insects characteristic of
northern streams are found in Smays Run. These include Psychoglypha
subborealis (Banks) [Trichoptera], previously known from Ontario,
Newfoundland, Maine, and Michigan, and Prosimulium fontanum Syme
& Davies [Diptera], with its southernmost record in central Pennsylvania.

We predict the occurrence of nymphomyiids still farther south along the
Appalachian Cordilleras in environments similar to that of Smays Run.

Table 1 . Chemical and physical parameters for Smays Run, Centre County, Pennsylvania
(26 April to 17 August 1983).

Minimum Median Maximum Sample Size

Temperature (°C) 5 10 13 25

Alkalinity 2.7 5.2 9.5 40

(mgCaCOs/l)

Specific Conductance 28 36 45 40

(MS)
Dissolved Oxygen 9.6 10.6 11.2 18

(mg/1)

Nonfilterable Residue 1 3 10 37

(mg/1)

pH 6.4 6.9 7.8 42

Velocity (m/sec) 0.04 0.10 0.30 9

Width (m) 2.2 3.2 4.9 45

Discharge (m3/sec) 0.023 0.080 0.159 10

6Determinedfrom20(0.1 m^) benthic samples taken on each of 19 dates (1 June- 17 August
1983), with a 500-ju.m mesh collecting net.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 213

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This report is part of a larger study. "The effects of Alsystin" on aquatic organisms."
supported by a grant-in-aid of research from Mobay Chemical Corporation. Agricultural
Chemicals Division, to EAC. We thank F.D. Fee and C.R.L. Adler for reviewing the
manuscript and RF. Surdick for identifying the stoneflies.

LITERATURE CITED

Back, C. and D.M. Wood. 1979. Palaeodipteron walkeri (Diptera: Nymphomyiidae) in

northern Quebec. Can. Entomol. Ill: 1287-1291.
Eidt, D.C. and C.A.A. Weaver. 1983. Threshold concentration of Aminocarb that causes

drift of stream insects. Can. Entomol. 115: 715-716.
Kevan, D.K. McE. and F.E.A. Cutten. 1981. Nymphomyiidae. pp. 203-207. In Manual of

Nearctic Diptera. Vol. I. (coords. J.F. McAlpine. B.V. Peterson. G.E. Shewell. H.J.

Teskey. J.R Vockeroth and D.M. Wood). Agric. Can.
Mingo, T.M. and K.E. Gibbs. 1976. A record of Palaeodipteron walkeri Ide (Diptera:

Nymphomyiidae) from Maine: a species and family new to the United States. Entomol.

News 87: 184-185.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECT ECOLOGY. 2nd ed. E.G. Matthews & R.L. Kitching. 1984. Univ. Queensland
Press. 211 pp. $15.95.

An evolutionary approach to natural history and ecology of Australian insects.

LABORATORY GUIDE TO INSECT PATHOGENS AND PARASITES. G.O. Poinar.
Jr., & G.M. Thomas. 1984. Plenum Press. 392 pp. $49.50.

Includes all types of biotic agents found inside insects and which cause then injury or disease.

CERAMBYCIDAE OF NORTH AMERICA Part VII, No. 1 : Taxonomy & Classification
of subfamily Lamiinae. tribes Parmenini through Acanthoderini. E.G. Linsley & J.A.
Chemsak. 1984. Univ. Calif. Press. 258 pp.

First number of the seventh part of a continuing series of studies intended to comprise a
monograph of the Cerambycidae of America.

DYNASTIDAE OF THE WORLD. S. Endrodi. 1985. Dr. W. Junk Pub. 800 pp. XLVI
plates. $153.50.

An identification handbook designed to facilitate access, through a number of keys, to the
name of the species to be identified.

BIOLOGY OF THE MUSCIDAE OF THE WORLD. P. Skidmore. 1985. Dr. W. Junk
Pub. 550pp. $105.00.

The biology and immature stages of some 440 species of Muscidae, with emphasis on the
better investigated coprophagous and saprophagus species. Many larvae and puparia are
described for the first time.

2 1 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NITIDULIDS (COLEOPTERA: NITIDULIDAE)
ASSOCIATED WITH CHINESE CHESTNUTS1 2

Roger N. Williams, Harvey R. Kreuger^

ABSTRACT: An unusual growing season in 1977 caused many Chinese chestnuts,
Costarica mollissima Blume, to split open at harvest time in NE Ohio. This allowed easy
access by sap beetles ( Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) and enabled them to enter open burs and feed
on nuts with split shells. Fifteen species of sap beetles, including three subfamilies, were
encountered feeding on nuts and causing extensive damage. Subsequent tests proved that
Chinese chestnuts are attractive to one species of sap beetle encountered in this study.

Sap beetles (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae), that are general feeders, are
often attracted to ripe, overripe and decomposing fruits and vegetables
(Williams et al. 1983). Payne and Johnson (1979) do not mention sap
beetles as pests of Chinese chestnuts, Castanea mollissima Blume, and we
cannot find any other publication which does. Nuts and peanuts are listed as
hosts of Carpophilus hemiptems ( L.), but no reference to chestnuts is made
(Hinton 1945). Dr. J.A. Payne of the Southeastern Fruit and Tree Nut
Research Station at Byron, GA (pers. com. 1978) mentioned that sap
beetles are often found in weevil- infested chestnuts; however, they are
secondary pests following weevil infestations.

Prompted by complaints from several chestnut growers in NE Ohio in
the fall of 1977, investigations were launched to determine the cause of
feeding damage to the nuts.

Survey of sap beetles

Fifty bur samples of Chinese chestnuts were collected from the orchard
floor in both Wayne and Medina Counties. Burs were gently picked up and
quickly placed in double plastic bags, to prevent fast moving arthropods
from scampering away in the ground cover. As soon as samples were
collected, plastic bags were sealed. Samples were returned to the laboratory
and examined for insects. As insects were encountered, they were placed in
vials containing 70% alcohol. Due to the difficulty of removing insects from
the nuts inside the burs, entire burs were shaken vigorously in a shallow pan

Deceived October 26, 1984. Accepted June 3, 1985.

2 Salaries and research support provided by State and Federal Funds appropriated to the Ohio
Agricultural Research and Development Center, The Ohio State University. Journal Article
No. 172-84.

3 Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Ohio Agricultural Research and
Development Center, Wooster, Ohio 44691.

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 214-218, November & December 1985

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 215

to agitate and dislodge all insects. Collections were labeled and sent to
specialists for identification of the nitidulids in this study (Table 1).

The first group of nuts examined showed signs of insect feeding only in
nuts with split shells which were in partially opened burs. When the burs
were intact, there were no insects and no damage. Insect feeding on nuts
with split shells made them unfit for sale. The gnawed areas of the nuts
resembled mouse damage. There was a sawdust-like powder in the bottom
of the container recognizable as frass from insect feeding.

August and September of 1977 were unseasonably wet, with over 4
inches more rain than usual. This exceptionally wet period was followed by
a dry spell, apparently causing fruits and nuts to split open, thereby allowing
insects easy access.

Samples were comprised of a diverse group of sap beetles. Among them
were specimens of Stelidota geminata ( Say), an important strawberry pest
that currently is being studied. A wide range of nitidulids from diverse
habitats responded to fallen Chinese chestnuts under field conditions.

Most of the species of sap beetles represented in Table 1 are common to
woodland habitats (Dorsey and Leach 1956) but several, such as Carpophilus
hemipterus, C. lugubris Murray, Stelidota geminata(Say), Omositacolon
(L.) and Glischrochilus quadrisignatus Say, occur in a variety of habitats.
For example, C. hemipterus, O. colon and Glischrochilus fasciatus
( Olivier) are recognized as stored product pests ( Hinton 1 945 ). Only seven
species of sap beetles (C. hemipterus, C. lugubris, C. corticinus, C.
brachypterus, G. quadrisignatus, G. fasciatus, and S. geminata) have
been regularly collected in our traps of decomposing fruit or fermenting
baits in orchards and fruit growing areas in northeastern Ohio. Chinese
chestnuts attracted twice that many species in a single season in the same
area of Ohio.

The three most abundant nitidulids accounting for 85% of the
specimens are all established pest species. The dusky sap beetle, Carpophilus
lugubris, has been responsible for the refusal of sweet corn by canners
(Luckmann and Hibbs 1959). The picnic "sap" beetles, Glischrochilus
fasciatus and G. quadrisignatus, severely attack the fruit of everbearing
strawberries and raspberries as well as being nuisance pests at picnics and
other outdoor gatherings where food is served (Williams et al. 1981).
Glischrochilus quadrisignatus has recently been incriminated in
transmission of corn ear rot (Attwater and Busch 1983).

Attractance of nuts and extract to
S. geminata (Say)

To determine comparative attractancy of Chinese chestnuts to Stelidota
geminata, an experiment was set up in the laboratory. Six treatments

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

consisted of five possible attractants (banana the standard) and a control.
Treatments were as follows: (1) whole nuts (composed of ground whole
nuts in water without shell (pericarp) andbur(involcure)), (2) water extract
of nut (liquid portion only), (3) whole banana (banana pulp blended in
water), (4) water plus sugar, (5) hexane extract of nut, and (6) water
(check). Each candidate was placed in an inverted plastic vial lid 2.5 cm in
diameter. One ml of each potential attractant was used. The hexane and
water extracts of the nut were applied to a disc of germination paper in the
lid and allowed to air dry before testing. Water plus sugar and water were
applied to germination paper just prior to testing as were whole nut and
whole banana. Thus, the latter four were moist/ wet when tested. The arena
used for the tests was a plastic container 25.5 cm in diameter by 9 cm deep
covered with a vented plastic lid. All six treatments were placed in an arena
in the form of a circle, 9 cm from the center and equidistant from each other
(ca. 7 cm apart). Thus, looking at the configuration of the treatments from
above it appeared as a 6-pointed star. This experiment was replicated 10
times with the treatments being positioned randomly. Fifty beetles of
unknown age and sex from laboratory cultures were placed in the center of
the arena in an open shell vial and allowed free choice for 24 h. Arenas were
placed in a lighted environmental chamber at 70 ± 5% RH and 23 + 2°C.
At the termination of the test the number of beetles on or within 1 cm of a lid
were recorded.

Data analyses for all catches were analyzed by analysis of variance and
means separated using Duncan's new multiple range test (Duncan 1955).

In a laboratory experiment, attraction to the nuts of Chinese chestnuts
was evaluated for Stelidota geminata which we had in culture. Whole nut
and water extract of nut were significantly more attractive than other
treatments (Table 2). Portions of the attractant were present in the water
extract but apparently not in the hexane extract. Banana is a superior
nitidulid lure and was chosen as the standard in this research. McMullen
and Shenefelt (1961) collected more than 10,000 specimens in a forested
area of Wisconsin in a single growing season using banana bait. It is
interesting that we did not observe more response to whole banana in our
tests. This study indicates that S. geminata is strongly attracted to Chinese
chestnuts.

Rearing 5. octomaculata on Chinese chestnuts

Stelidota octomaculata (Say), which was not encountered in our
studies, is common to northeastern woodland habitats. This species has not
been taken at fruit baits in Ohio, and Frost and Dietrich (1929) did not
collect S. octomaculata in Pennsylvania, but it is commonly collected from
leaf litter in Ohio in early spring. This species was reared with difficulty

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 217

until we offered Chinese chestnuts as a food. The colony, which had been on
a decline, responded immediately with the addition of chestnuts. S.
octomaculata was reared successfully for over a year with Chinese
chestnuts as the only food.

We do not wish to infer that all species of sap beetles mentioned herein
are injurious to exposed chestnuts. Laboratory feeding studies did confirm
that C. hemipterus, S. geminata, and S. octomaculata were able to feed on
chestnuts as adults and their larvae fed and prospered on this food source. It
is inferred that such field collected nuts did contain a wide variety of sap
beetles when sampled. We would hypothesize, based on laboratory
experiments with one of the group, that Chinese chestnuts contain a water
soluble attractant which appears to be attractive to a wide range of
Nitidulidae in three subfamilies.

Table 1. Nitidulids found with Chinese Chestnuts in Medina and Wayne Counties, Ohio
October 19771.

Subfamily Number Specimens Sciciitific Name

CAROPHILINAE

1 Colopterus niger (Say)

2 Colopterus semitectus ( Say)

1 Colopterus truncatus (Randall)
13 Carpophilus corticinus Erichson

2 Carpophilus hemipterus (Linne)
59 Carpophilus lugubris Murray

1 Carpophilus savi Parsons
NITIDULINAE

1 Omosita colon (Linne)

1 Epuraea rufa (Say)

4 Stelidota geminata (Say)

7 Amphicrossus ciliatus (Olivier)
CRYPTARCHINAE

1 Cryptarcha concinna Melsheimer

30 Glischrochilus fasciatus (Olivier)

128 Glischrochilus quadrisignatus (Say)

4 Glischrochilus sanguinolentus (Olivier)

255 TOTAL

1 Other families of Coleoptera represented in the collections were: 1 specimen
of Cryptophagidae; 3 specimens of Staphylinidae; and 1 specimen of Curculionidae.

2 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 2. Laboratory evaluation of attractancy of nuts of Chinese chestnuts to Stelidota
geminata, Ohio 1978.

Mean number
Lures beetles attracted after 24 h^

Whole nut (ground nut in water) 31.3 a

Water extract of nut 13.5 b

Whole banana in water^ 1.0 c

Water + sugar 0.5 c

Hexane extract of nut 0.0 c

Water (check) 0.0 c

1 Banana is one of the better attractants for S. geminata in field studies.

2 Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different according to Duncan's New
Multiple Range Test (P < 0.05 level).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. Walter A. Connell, University of
Delaware and Dr. Larry E. Watrous, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, for
identification of the nitidulids in this study.

LITERATURE CITED

Attwater, W.A., and L.V. Busch. 1983. Role of the sap beetle Glischrochilusquadrisignatusin

the epidemiology of gibberella corn ear rot. Canadian J. Plant Path. 5: 158-163.
Dorsey, C.K., and J.G. Leach. 1956. The bionomics of certain insects associated with oak

wilt with particular reference to the Nitidulidae. J. Econ. Entomol. 49: 219-30.
Duncan, D.B. 1955. Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics. 1 1: 1-42.
Frost, S.W., and H. Dietrich. 1929. Coleoptera taken from bait-traps. Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Am. 22: 427-37.
Hinton, H.E. 1945. A monograph of the beetles associated with stored products. Brit. Mus.

Natur. Hist. 1: 1-433.
Luckmann, W.H., andE.T. Hibbs. 1959. Present status in the North Central States of some

nitidulids known to damage sweet corn. Proc. North Central Branch, Entomol. Soc.

Amer. 14: 81-2.
McMullen, L.H. and R.D. ShenefelL 1961. Nitidulidae collected from banana bait traps in

Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts & Letters. 50: 233-237.
Payne, J.A. and W.T. Johnson. 1979. Plant pests. Pages 314-395 in RA. Jaynes, ed. Nut

Tree Culture in North America. The W. F. Humphrey Press Inc., Geneva, New York. 466

pp.
Williams, R.N., D.S. Fickle, M. Kehat, D. Blumberg, and M.G. Klein. 1983. Bibliography

of the genus Carpophilus Stephens (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae). Ohio State Univ./Ohio

Agr. Res. Dev. Ctr., Res. Circ. 278. 95 pp.
Williams, R.N., K.V. Miller, and M.J. Weiss. 1981. Parasitism of the picnic beetle,

Glischrochilus fasciatus (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae), by the tachinid, Hyalomyodes

triangulifer(D\ptera: Tachinidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 54: 521-522.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 219

A NEW STATE RECORD OF ALABAMEUBRIA

STARKI (COLEOPTERA: PSEPHENIIDAE)

FROM TENNESSEE1

Wendell Pennington^

ABSTACT: The eubriine dryopoid coleopteran A labameubria starki, known only from four
larval specimens, is herein reported from Tennessee. This first Tennessee specimen was
discovered while processing a qualitative benthos sample from West Fork of Obey River, a
fourth order Cumberland Plateau stream. A brief description of the systematics and additional
information on the ecology of the larvae is also presented.

On 1 May 1980, during a survey of the benthic populations in select
streams of the Cumberland Plateau in Tennessee, a single larval specimen
of Alabameubria starki Brown (1980), a recently described species of
false water penny, was collected from the West Fork of the Obey River. The
site where the specimen was taken is just upstream of the Tennessee
highway 52 bridge in Overton County, Tennessee (Lat. 36° 23' 49", Long.
85° 10' 28"). This the third of only four specimens of A. starki to be
collected, and the only known individual from Tennessee (H.P. Brown,
pers. comm.). The specimen has been deposited at the National Museum of
Natural History.

The holotype of Alabameubria starki was collected from Murphy
Creek (Mountain Brook) in Blount County, Alabama on 13 June 1973
approximately 1 km west of Blount Springs (Brown, 1980). The second
specimen was collected from the Paint Rock River in Jackson County.
Alabama on 26 August 1978 about 3.2 km north of Estill Fork (Brown,
1980). Another specimen was collected subsequent to the specimen
reported herein on April, 1 98 1 from a small tributary of Big Canoe Creek in
St. Clair County, Alabama about seven miles northeast of Springville (H.P.
Brown, pers. comm.).

Alabameubria starki is placed in the subfamily Eubriinae ( Psephenidae)
and according to Brown (1980) the North American genera most closely
related to Alabameubria are Acneus and Dicranopselaphus. Acneus
occurs in the western coastal states while most species of Dicranopselaphus
are restricted to Mexico and Central America (Brown, 1976). One species
of Dicranopselaphus (D. variegatus Horn. 1880) is found in the United
States and is known from Illinois to New York. Both genera are very
uncommon (Brown, 1 976). The most commonly collected eubriine genus in
Tennessee is Ectopria,

'Received April 15. 1985. Accepted June 3, 1985.

^Graduate Program in Ecology, 69 1 Dabney, University of Tennessee. Knoxville. Tennessee
37996

ENT. NEWS 96(5): 219-221, November & December 1985

220

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

B

Figure 1. Larva of Alabameubria starki, dorsal view (A), and ventral view (B).

Vol. 96. No. 5, November & December 1985 221

The most distinctive taxonomic character which immediately separates
Alabameubria starki from the other eubriine genera is the presence of
curving spine-like processes bordered by setae on the lateral margins of the
abdominal and thoracic segments of the larvae (Figure 1 ). There are other
major differences and these are described in detail by Brown (1980) in his
original description of the larva.

Ecology

The specimen of Alabameubria starki from the West Fork of the Obey
River was laden with silt as were the specimens collected from Alabama
(Brown, pers. comm.), suggesting the larvae spend most of their lives in
areas of reduced flow such as the undersides of rocks. According to Brown
(1980) morphological characters suggest that A. starki feeds on detritus
and sessile algae as do other eubriine larvae. Since the specimen from
Tennessee was collected qualitatively using a kicknet and not discovered
until analysis of the sample, its exact location in the substrate could not be
ascertained.

The West Fork of the Obey River where Alabameubria starki was
discovered has a bottom substrate of rounded sandstone cobbles and
boulders with silt adhering to the rocks (Pennington, 1980). At the time of
collection the river was about fourteen meters wide and averaged 0.6 meters
deep. The flow was calculated to be 3 .4 cubic meters per second. The banks
were shaded but the main channel was exposed to direct sunlight. Other
dryopoid beetles taken from the site included: Dryopidae - Helichus
lithophilus (adults); Elmidae Microcylloepus pusillus (adults and
larvae), Dubiraphiasp. (larva), Optioservusovalis( adults and larvae), and
Stenelmis sp. (larva); Limnichidae - Lutrochus laticeps (larvae); and
Psephenidae - Psephenus he rricki (larvae).

Since only the larva is known for this monotypic genus the capture and
or rearing of pupal and adult stages would be a valuable contribution to the
knowledge of this genus and its relationship to the other eubriine species.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, H.P. 1976. Aquatic Dryopoid Beetles (Coleoptera) of the United Staes. Biota of
Freshwater Ecosystems Identification Manual No. 6. Water Pollution Control Research
Series, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, 82 pp.

Brown, H.P. 1980. A new genus and species of water beetles from Alabama (Psephenidae:
Eubriinae). Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., 99 (2): 187-192.

Pennington, W.L. 1980. Benthic populations of thirty-three stream location draining coal
reserves of Tennessee. Final Report, U.S. Geological Survey, Nashville. TN. 299 pp.

222

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ITZN59

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD

3 July 1985

The following Opinions and a Direction have been published by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature,
volume 42, part 2 on 27 June 1985:

Opinion No.

1299 (p.128) Athyreus Macleay, 1819 and Glyptus Brulle, 1835 (Insecta, Coleoptera):
conserved.

1 302 (p. 1 37) Nabis capstfbrmis Germar,[ 1 838] (Insecta, Heteroptera, Nabidae): conserved.

1303(p.l39) Coccus Linnaeus, 1758 and Parthenolecanium Sulc, 1908, (Insecta),
Hemiptera, Homoptera): type species designated.

1305 (p. 144) Bapta candidaria Leech, 1897 is the type species of Lambrocabera Inoue,
1958 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1307(p.l48) Ptinella Motschulsky, 1844 and Nephanes Thomson, 1859 (Insecta,
Coleoptera): conserved.

1308 (p. 150) Aphis callunae Theobald, 1915 (Insecta, Hemiptera): conserved.

1310 (p. 154) Eutermes exitiosus Hill, 1925 (Insecta, Isoptera): conserved.

1311 (p. 156) Corisella Lundblad, 1928 and Krizousacorixa Hungerford, 1930 (Insecta,

Heteroptera): conserved.

1312 (p. 158) Heliothis Ochsenheimer, 1816 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): gender and stem

designated.

1314 (p.162) Hydrophorus nebulosus Fallen, 1823, is the type species of Hydrophorus
Fallen, 1823 (Insecta, Diptera).

1317 (p. 169) Tupus Sellards, 1906 (Insecta, Protodonata): conserved.

1319(p.l73) Nomioides Schenck, 1866 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): designation of type
species.

1321 (p.177) Grant of nomenclatural precedence to EPHYDRIDAE Zetterstedt, 1837

over HYDRELLIIDAE Robineau-Desvoidy, 1830 (Insecta, Diptera).

1322 (p.180) Buprestis nana Paykull, 1799, non Gmelin, 1790 (Insecta, Coleoptera):

conserved.

1323 (p. 182) Byrrhus semistriatus Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta, Coleoptera): conserved.

1325 (p.188) Capsus ater Jakovlev, 1889 (Insecta, Hemiptera, Heteroptera): notrejected

as a junior homonym of Cimex ater Linnaeus, 1 758.

1326 (p. 190) Cimex quadripunctatus Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta. Hemiptera, Heteroptera):

conserved.

1327 (p.192) Holocentropus McLachlan, 1878 (Insecta, Trichoptera): conserved.
Direction No.

118 (p. 1 95 ) Corrections to three entries in the Official List of Family-Group Names in
Zoology: ARGYNNIDAE, APATURIDAE, LIMENITIDINAE (Insecta,
Lepidoptera).

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

(Continued to page 223)

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985 223

BOOK REVIEW

THE PLEASURES OF ENTOMOLOGY. PORTRAITS OF INSECTS
AND THE PEOPLE WHO STUDY THEM. H.E. Evans. 1985.
Smithsonian Inst. Press. 238 pp.

This enjoyable and interesting little book on the lighter side of insect study contains four
different, yet connected, themes. In one, the author sketches, historically, the developing
fascination for the observation and study of insect behavior, using Kirby, Spence, Reaumur,
Fabre, Von Frisch,and T.H. Morgan as outstanding contributors.

In a second theme, he takes a dozen well known insects, each having some type of intimate
association, usually of a pest nature, with man, and describes some of the more interesting
features of their life cycles and their relationships with the human species, along with reviews
of the research work that has been undertaken and the mostly marginally successful methods
that have been employed for control. Insects discussed are: lovebugs, fleas, boll weevils,
Mormon crickets, gypsy moths, "killer" bees, blister beetles, medflies, bee-wolves, marsh
flies, milkweed bugs, and tobacco hornworms. In many cases, Evans spices up his narratives
with references to the writings of early naturalists, or literary persons, or to modem day
applications as "boll weevil" congressmen.

A third is restricted to a single, interesting chapter on enjoying insects in the home garden.
Here, among other subjects, he discusses plant-insect relationships, and converses about
'generalist' vs. 'specialist' feeders, and the importance of host plant toxins to the specialists.
Evans unabashedly admits to being one of those rare human beings who plant home vegetable
and flower gardens as much to enjoy the insects attracted to them as for the vegetables and
flowers they produce. Shades of Edwin Way Teale!

Finally, in his closing theme, the author sketches some portraits of a few early American
entomologists, with emphasis upon Frederick V. Melsheimer, Thomas Say, William D. Peck,
and Thaddeus W. Harris; of two more modern entomologists: Theodore D.A. Cockerell and
Francis X. Williams; and concludes with some autobiographical episodes, all with the intent
of convincing the reader that insects are enjoyable, are worthy of our interest and are a
challenge for us to discover their beauty, interrelationships and value.

One can only wish a more complete narration of both the developmental aspects of
entomology and the lives of early entomologists for, written in Evans' light and pleasant style,
these surely would enhance an already interesting book.

In summary. The Pleasures of Entomology is interesting and informative and should
provide light, pleasurable reading for both entomologists, professional and amateur alike, and
those simply interested in insects.
H.P.B.

(Continued from page 222)

ITZN11/5 A.N.(S.)134 3 July 1985

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following case, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part 2
on 27 June 1985 and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested
zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to secretary at the above address, if possible within
six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Case No.

2210 Folsomia Candida Willem. 1902 (Insecta, Collembola): proposed conserva-
tion by the suppression of Enlomobrya cavicola Banks. 1897.

R.V. MELVILLE

Secretary

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 96, 1985

No. Date of Issue Pages Mailing Date

1

Jan. & Feb.

1

- 52

Jan. 30, 1985

2

Mar. & Apr.

53

- 92

Apr. 30, 1985

3

May & June

93

- 128

May 15, 1985

4

Sept. & Oct.

129

- 176

Oct. 15, 1985

5

Nov. & Dec.

177

-228

Dec. 1, 1985

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT & CIRCULATION

1. Title of oublication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2. Date of filing: September 20, 1985

3. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August

4. Location of known office of publication: 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088

5. Location of the headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19103

6. Name and addresses of publisher, editor and managing editor:

Publisher. American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
PA, 19103. Editor: Howard P. Boyd,232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey, 08088

7. Owner: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103

8. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one
percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None

9. For optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed

10. For completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates: The
purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for
Federal income tax purposes:

Have not changed during preceding 12 months (checked)

Average No. Actual Number of
Copies Each Copies of Single
Issue During Issue Published
Preceding 12 Nearest to
Months Filing Date

1 1 . EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION

A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED 800 800

B. PAID CIRCULATION

1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CARRIERS, 0 0
STREET VENDORS AND COUNTER SALES

2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 686 693

C. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION 686 693

D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR 0 0
OTHER MEANS, SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY,

AND OTHER FREE COPIES

E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION 686 693

F. OFFICE USE, LEFT-OVER, UNACCOUNTED, 114 107
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING

G. TOTAL 800 800

12. I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. Signed:
Howard P. Boyd, editor.

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985

225

Acrididae, 37

Adinopsis bicornis, new distrib. data &
descript. of female, 142

Adler, P.H., R.W. Light, E.A. Cameron, 21 1
Range extension & habitat characteris-
tics of Nymphomyiidae

INDEX: VOLUME 96

Blatellidae, 98

Bleicher, D.P., 29

Bloodgood. D.W.. 119

Book Reviews, 26, 100, 175, 223

Books rec'd. & briefly noted, 15,68, 70, 82

Air-dry method to study chromosomes of
insects, 1 14

Akre, R.D., D.P. Bleicher, 29

Nests of D. nonvegica & non-egicoides
inN.A.

Alabameubria starki, new Tenn. record,
219

Albinism in Ephemeroptera, 1 19
Am. Assoc. Zool. Nomenclature, 35

Am. Ent. Soc. Meet, reports, 10, 77, 108,
141

Anacampsis innocuella, parasite in
Wyoming shelterbelts, 83

Anacharis melanoneura, parasite of H.
stigma, 93

Announcements, 60, 97
Anthocoridae, 53
Arachnida, 36

Arbogast. R.T., B.R. Flaherty, R.V. Byrd,
J.W. Press, 53
Develop, stages of X. sordidus

Archips argyrospilus, parasite in Wyoming
shelterbelts, 83

Babcock, J.M., 209

Alaskan record for mt. midges, with
notes on larval habitat

Beal, R.S., Jr., 19

Two s.sp. Cn'ptorhopalum from Virgin
Is.

Bellinger, P.P., 78

Identity of Scott's Collembola in ANSP

Benner, B.L., 27

Bland, R.G., 37

Field behavior & sound production by
grasshopper S. rubescens on Tenerife,
Canary Is.

Boyd. H.P.. 105

Pitfall trapping Cicindelidae & abun-
dance of M. virginica & C unipunctata
in pine barrens of N. Jersey

Brown, J.D., 114

Brown, W.L., Jr., F.B. Ramberg, 161
Karyotype of Augochlora pura

Burbutis, P.P., 121
Buthidae, 1
Byrd, R.V.. 53

Cafius caribeanus & subtilis in Fla. &
Venezuela, 61

Calosoma savi, longevity of adult male in
lab., 45

Cameron. E.A.. 21 1
Carabidae, 45
Carlin, N., 188

Carrion beetles, orientation to carrion
buried in sand, 163

Chandler, D.S., 98

New introd. European cockroach, E.
lapponicus

Charlton, R.E. 201

Colony of Williamsoni fletcheri
discovered in Mass.

Choristoneura rosaceana, parasite in
Wyoming shelterbelts, 83

Cicadidae, 59

Cicindela fulgida, rev. & 3 n. ssp.,177

Cicindela unipunctata, abundance in pine
barrens of N. Jersey, 105

Cicindelidae, 63, 105, 177
Cladomychiidae, 36

Clausen, P.J., 7

New Nearctic sp. of Pelina

226

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Cokendolpher, J.C., 36

Erebomastridae: replaced by
Cladonychiidae

Cokendolpher, J.C., J.D. Brown, 1 14
Air-dry method to study chromosomes
of insects

Coleoptera 19, 43, 45, 49, 61, 63, 69,
101, 105, 129, 142, 163, 177, 214,
219

Collembola, 27, 78, 145

Collembola, identity of Scott's in ANSP, 78

Collops hirtellus attracted by a wood
preservative, 49

Conocephalus longipennis, predatory status
in rice fields of W. Malaysia, 167

Corduliidae, 201
Corylophidae, 69

Cripps, C., R.W. Rust, 109

Biol. & subgeneric placement of O. pikei

Cryptorhopalum, 2 n.sp. from Virgin Is., 19
Curculionidae, 101

Dasytidae, 129
Deinopsini, rev. of world, 142
Dermestidae, 19
Deuterophlebiidae, 209

Deyrup, M., J. Trager, N. Carlin, 188
Genus Odontomachus in so. east U.S.

Dictyoptera, 98

Diptera, 7, 24, 87, 121, 205, 209, 211

Diptera assoc'd. with shelf fungi in west.
No. Carolina, 87

Dolichovespula nests in No. Amer., 29
Duncan, D.R., 148

Ectobius lapponicus, new introd'd. European
cockroach, 98

Entomobryidae, 145
Ephemeroptera, 119, 171
Ephydridae, 7
Erebomastridae, 36

Erratum, 174

Erschatocrepis, pop's. & ssp. of, 129

Figitidae, 93
Flaherty, B.R., 53

Formica spp. attracted by a wood preser-
vative, 49

Formicidae, 49, 188

Frank, J.H., 61

New records C. caribeanus & subtilis
in Fla. & Venezuela

Froeschner, R.C., 196

Gelechiidae, 83
Gerridae, 196

Graves, R.C. & A.C.F., 87

Diptera assoc'd. with shelf fungi &
other micro-habitats in west. No. Car.

Gymnusini, rev. of world, 142

Halictidae, 161

Hall, R.L.. 171

New collection records, Ohio mayflies

Harris, S.C., 16
Hemerobiidae, 93

Hemerobius stigma, parasitized by A.
melanoneura, 93

Hemiptera, 53, 196

Heteromurus, n.sp. from Puerto Rico, 145
Homoplectra, n.sp. & generic synonym of, 7 1
Homoptera, 59

Howell, C.D., 129

Diverse populations & subspecies in
Eschatocrepis

Hydrophilidae, 43
Hydropsychidae, 7 1

Hymenoptera,29,49,93, 109, 121,161, 188
Hyplathrinus, phylogenetic position of, 69
Hypogastruridae, 27

Internat'l. Commiss. Zool. Nomenclature
44,86,92, 113, 120, 222

Vol. 96, No. 5, November & December 1985

227

Kannowski, P.B., B.L. Benner, 27

1st record of O. bayeri in No. Amer.

KJimaszewski, J., 142

Rev. Gymnusini & Deinopsini of world;
New distrib. data & descrip. female
Adinopsis bicornis

Knudsen, J.W., 177

Brief rev. Cicindelafulgida with descrip.
3 n.ssp. from N. Mex.

Kreuger, H.R., 214

Lago, P.K., S.C. Harris, 16

N. sp. Nyctiophylax from Ala. & Miss.

Lambdin, P.L., 93
Lepidoptera, 83
Light, R.W., 211

Loring, S.J., D.R. Duncan, 148

Fungal & insect participation in red
bullet stem galls of white oak

Lydella thompsoni, parasite of ECB in so.
east Penn., 121

Macrocentrus grandii, parasite of ECB in
so. east Penn., 121

Mailing dates. Vol. 96, 1985, 224

Manley, G.V., 167

Predatory status ofConocephalus long-
ipennis in rice fields of W. Malaysia

Mari-Mutt, J.A., 145

N.sp. Heteromurus from Puerto Rico

Marshall, S.A., A.L. Norrbom, 24

/. cubita, n.sp. seaweedk fly from Calif.

Mason, C.E., 121

McCafferty, W.P., D.W. Bloodgood, 1 19
Case of albinism in Ephemeroptera

Megacephala virginica, abundance of
in pine barrens of N. Jersey, 105

Megachilidae, 109
Melyridae, 49

Microtityus dominicanensis, new scorpion
from Dominican Rep., W. Indies, 1

Midges, mt., in Alaska, 209

Miller, G.L., P.L. Lambdin, 93

Obs. on A. melanoneura, a parasite of
H. stigma

Neuroptera, 93

Nickerlea, rev. of genus, 63

Nickle, D.A.. 1 1

New steirdont katydid from Columbia

Nitidulidae, 214

Norrbom, A.L., 24

Nyctiophylax. n.sp. from Ala. & Miss., 16

Nymphomyiidae, 21 1

Obituary, 162

O'Brien, C.W., 101

New Oopterinus from Ark.

Oconperla, notes on, 151

Odonata, 201

Odontella bayeri, 1st record in N.A., 27

Odontomachus genus in so. east U.S., 1 88

Oopterinus, n. sp. from Ark., 101

Opiliones, 36

Orthoptera. 11, 37, 167

Osmia pikei, biol. & subgeneric placement,
109

Packaging, simple, safe, for mailing speci-
mens in alcohol, 156

Pakaluk, J., 69

Phylogenetic position of Hyplathrinus

Pecuman, L.L., 59

Periodical cicada: brook VII revisited

Pelina, new Nearctic sp. of, 7

Pennington, W., 219

New Tenn. record for Alabameubria
starki

Periodical cicada: brood VII revisited, 59
Perlodidae, 151
Plecoptera, 151, 157

Pogue, M.G., 83

Parasite complex of A. argyrospilus,
C. rosaceana, &.A. innocuella \r\Wyo.
shelterbelts

Polhemus, J.T.. 196
Polycentropodidae, 16

228

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Press, J.W., 53
Psepheniidae, 219

Pteronarcella badia, age effects on drum-
ming behavior of males, 157

Publisher's statement, 224
Pyralidae, 121

Ramberg, F.B., 161

Rheumatobates, cklist of sp. & R.
meinerti in Antilles, 196

Romig, R.F., C.E. Mason, P.P. Burbitis, 121
Parasitism of ECB by L. thompsoni &
M. grandii in so. east Penn.

Rust, R.W., 109

Santiago-Blay, J.A., 1

M. dominicanensis, new scorpion from
Dominican Rep., W. Indies

Scorpiones, 1

Shepard. W.D., 156

Simple, safe packaging for mailing spec-
imens in alcohol

Shubeck, P.P., 163

Orientation of carrion beetles to carrion
buried under shallow sand

Silphidae, 163
Sinotipula, 205

Spangler, P.J., R.C. Froeschner,
J.T. Polhemus, 196
Comments on water strider, Rheuma-
tobates meinerti from Antilles & ckJist
of sp. in genus

Spherchopsis tessellatus, distrib. & habitat
of in KY, 43

Sphaeroceridae, 24

Sphingonotus rubescens, field behavior &
sound production of, on Tenerife,
Canary Is., 37

Staphylinidae, 61, 142

Stark, B.P., 151

Notes on Oconoperla

Stewart, K.W., 157

Stilpnochlora acanthonotum, n.sp. steirodont
katydid from Columbia, 1 1

Sumlin, W.D. Ill, 63

Rev. of genus Nickerlea

Tachinidae, 121

Teale, S.A., 205

N.sp. Tipula (Sinotipula) from New
Mex.

Tettigoniidae, 11, 167

Thoracochaeta cubita, n. sp. of seaweed
fly from Calif., 24

Tipulidae & Tipula, 205
Tortricidae, 83
Trager, J., 188
Trichoptera, 16, 71

Vespidae, 29

Warren, M.L., 43

Distrib. & habitat of S. tessallatus in
KY

Weaver, J.S., 111,71

N.sp. & generic synonym of Nearctic
Homoplectra

White, S.M., 49

C. hirtellus & Formica spp. attracted
by a wood preservative

Williams, R.N., H.R. Kreuger, 214

Nitidulids assoc'd. with Chinese chestnuts

Williamsonia fletcheri colony discovered
in Mass., 201

Xylocoris sordidus, develop, stages of, 53

Young, O.P., 45

Longevity of adult male C. sayi in lab.

Zeigler, D.D., K.W. Stewart, 157

Age effects on drumming behavior of
Pteronarcella badia males

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4!/2 x 6M; inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of S7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $22.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services lor sale are accepted at SI. 00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, an<\ when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: Early stages of Heliothinae and Stirriinae (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae). preserved in alcohol, and/or adults, preserved dry. for a cladistic analysis of
relationships between species, groups, and genera. All known biological and ecological data
also solicited. Marcus Matthews. Entomology. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Rd..
London SW7 5BD. England.

JOURNALS WANTED: Annals of the Entomological Society of America. Vols. 76 & 77
(1983 & 1984). Please write stating condition & price. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Dep't..
Montclair State College. Upper Montclair. NJ 07043.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rates: $5
domestic or $10 foreign. International Specimen Supply. P.O. Box 1066. Golita, CA 93 116.
USA.

ANNOUNCEMENT - FOR SALE: The Permanent Committee of the International
Conferences on Ephemeroptera has copies of the Proceedings of the Fourth International
Conference held in Czechoslovakia, 1983. Copies are U.S. $35.00 post paid. All checks
should be payable to the International Ephemeroptera Scholarship Fund. All proceeds will be
used for travel scholarships to future conferences. Orders or inquiries should be addressed to
Dr. William L. Peters, Dep't. of Entomology & Structural Pest Control, Florida A&M
University, Tallahassee, Florida 32307.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless
steel. Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide
butterflies, moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned
collector. Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises. P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Titanus giganteusfrom French Guyana. List requested to Mr. Lestrade,53 rue
Legendre. 75017 Paris, France.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Kornberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth. Florida 33463.

FOR SALE: Coleoptera of the world. Rare and common species, foreign and domestic.
Specializing in rarities and varieties of Africa & South America. Large price list free. Send 65<t
in postage. INSECT COLLECTING SUPPLY, 25422 Trabuco Road #105, Suite 294, El
Toro, CA 92630.

US ISSN 0013-872X

I. 97

JANUARY €r FEBRUARY, 1986

No. 1

INTO

EWS

New species of Rheotany tarsus from subarctic Quebec

(Diptera: Chironomidae) L. Cloutier, P.P. Harper 1

Note on mantispid Climaciella brunnea in a coastal

marsh habitat (Neuroptera: Mantispidae) MarkW.LaSalle 1

Host relationships of Diabrotica cristata (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae) N. Yaro, J.L. Krysan 11

Two new records of stoneflies from South Carolina

(Plecoptera: Perlodidae) B.C. Kondratieff, W.E. Painter 17

Rate of food passage and fecal production in Calosoma
sayi (Coleoptera: Carabidae) O.P. Young, J.J. Hamm 21

Soil nutrient effects on goldenrod galls formed by
Eurosta solidaginis (Diptera: Tephritidae)

G.S. Gilbert, F.E. Kurczewski 28

Lectotype designations for species of Copromyzinae

described by Costa and Rondani (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae)

A.L. Norrbom, K.C. Kim 33

Annotated species list of insect herbivores commonly
associated with black locust, Robinia pseudoacacia
in southern Appalachians William W. Hargrove 36

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY N0TC& ^ X20

MAR 1 1

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCI]

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academy of Natural Sciences. 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985-1986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White:
Treasurer Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926): 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898- 1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Amett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per vear postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia.
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on S1^ x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3 579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February. 1986

A NEW SPECIES OF RHEOTANYTARSUS

FROM SUBARCTIC QUEBEC
(DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE)1

Louise Cloutier, P.P. Harper^

ABSTRACT: The adult male and female of Rheotanytarsus magninin.sp. from northwestern
Quebec are described. The species is closely related to the Palaearctic R. nigricauda.

During a preimpoundment study on Riviere Desaulniers, in the
drainage of James Bay in northwestern Quebec, conducted by the Service

Environnement and the Laboratoire d'ecologie de la Socie'te'd'energie de la
Baie James (S.E.B.J.) (Cloutier and Dufort, 1979), a new species of
Rheotanytarsus was discovered. Although only the adult stages have been
collected in emergence traps, the species is sufficiently distinctive, particularly in
the genitalia of the male, to warrant description at this time. The
terminology follows Saether (1980).

Rheotanytarsus magnini, new species
Adult Male

Color: (in alcohol): head, antennae, palpi and thorax pale yellowish. Legs, abdomen and
hypopygium, except anal point, pale; anal point very dark.

Head: length of antenna: 1.26 - 1.36 mm (x = 1.31, n = 7); antenna! ratio (AR) 1.25 -
1.52 (x = 1.41); postoculars 9 - 10, uniserial.

Thorax: pronotals 0; dorsocentrals 9-10 uniserial; humerals 3; scutellars 6-7, uniserial.

Legs: fore tibia with a short spur; combs of middle and hind tibiae narrowly separated and
occupying almost half the apical circumference, but without spurs; pulvilli absent.

Leg measurements (mm)
fe ti taj ta2 133 134 135 LR n

PI

1.23

0.90

1

,57

0.80

0.64

0.49

0.20

1

,72

5

?2

1.21

1.06

0

68

0.39

0.29

0.18

0.12

0

65

7

P3

1.48

1.40

0

99

0.61

0.47

0.31

0.15

0

,74

2

Wing: wing length (WL) 2.65 - 2.96 (x = 2.81, n = 8); densely 3nd uniformly covered
with macrotrichis; all veins except Aj with setae; C not produced beyond R4+5; R2-I-3
evanescent.

Deceived September 7, 1985. Accepted October 24. 1985.

^Departement de sciences biologiques, Universite de Montreal, C.P. 6128. Succ. "A,"
Montreal, QC, Canada, H3C 3J7.

ENT. NEWS 97( 1 ): 1 -6. January & February'. 1 986

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hypopygium: anal tergite with four small median setae between the anal bands; bands of
the V-type slightly diverging at base of anal point (Fig. 1 ). Anal point with conspicuous dorso-
lateral ridges forming a medial trough-like depression, and finely but irregularly scalloped
along its interior and exterior margins (Figs. 2-3); two setae at base of the anal point.

Superior volsella (Fig. 4) composed of two lobes. The dorsal part, "flask-shaped," with
two apical setae, three median aligned setae, and four basal setae. The ventral process digitate
and distally incurved; surface less sclerotized with two small distal setae; its margin crinkly.
Digitus absent, or at most, represented by a small knob between the lobes of the superior
volsella.

Inferior volsella capitate with a subapical ventral crest. Median volsella relatively long,
slightly outcurved, and with a series of distal lamellar bristles (Fig. 5) on its outer surface in
addition to normal setae.

Gonostylus distally attenuated, but not abruptly.

Adult Female

Same coloration and morphological characters as in the male, except the following
peculiarities.

Head: length of antenna 0.59-0.65 mm(x =0.61,n = 3). Last antennal segment clavate.

Fig. 1. Rheotanytarsus magninin. sp., male genitalia, dorsal (stippled areas represent inner
struts).

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986

o
o.

o

T3

O
O.

I

5

a
§

-s:

U-. —

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 4-5. Rheoanytarsus magnini n. sp., male: 4. superior volsella, dorsal, 5. median
volsella, dorsal.

Fig. 6. Rheotanytarsus magnini n. sp., female genitalia, ventral.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986

Leg measurements (mm)
fe ti tai ta2 133 134 135 LR

PI

1.28

1.03

1.60

0.75

0.65

0.51

0.20

1.55

3

?2

1.30

1.12

0.71

0.40

0.32

0.19

0.14

0.63

3

P3

1.35

1.38

0.97

0.52

0.41

0.23

0.12

0.70

3

Wing: WL 3.00 - 3.27 mm (x = 3.15, n = 3).

Genitalia: typical of the genus (Fig. 6) as described by Saether ( 1977). The gonocoxapodeme
VIII is nearly straight. Gonopod VIII is divided into a large quadrate dorsomesal lobe (DmL)
covered with spinules and a slightly smaller ventrolateral lobe (VL) with macrotrichia.
Seminal capsules ovoid, without conspicuous necks; spermathecal ducts broadly curved at
right angle.

Immature Stages unknown.

Type material: Holotype: adult male, in alcohol, labelled "Holotype, Rheotanytarsus
magnini Cloutier & Harper, Riviere Desaulniers (53C 35' N; 77 35' W), Quebec.
2.VIII.1978, C. Harvey (Station G2-1 17)."

Allotype labelled as holotype, except Station G2-107 and date 15. VII. 1977.

Paratypes: 11 males labeled as holotype but with different collection dates: 28. VI. 1976.
6-61. VIII. 1976, 5-24.VIII. 1977, 23.VIII. 1978. 2 females, 15. VIII. 1977, 28.VIII. 1978. All
from station G2-107.

The types have been deposited in the Collection Ouellet-Robert, Departement de sciences
biologiques, Universite de Montreal. Two paratypes were sent to the Canadian National
Collection of Insects, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa.

Derivation of specific epithet: for Professor Etienne Magnin, our friend and teacher, in
recognition for his pioneering studies on the ecology of subarctic lakes and rivers in Quebec.

Diagnosis: the darkened anal point with its finely scalloped dorso-
lateral ridges will distinguish this species from all other Rheotanytarsus,
except the Palaearctic R. nigricauda Fittkau. The new species can be
separated from the latter by the lack of spurs on the tibial combs, by the
squattier anal point, by the bilobed and chelate superior volsella, and by the
lamellar bristles along the outer margin of the median volsella rather than
just at its apex. The female genitalia differ from those of/?, nigricauda as
illustrated by Saether(1977, Fig. 67 a-c) by having quadrate (VL) smaller
than (DmL) and ducts forming a wider angle.

DISCUSSION

R. magnini is obviously akin to the Palaearctic R. nigricauda
described by Fittkau ( 1 960) and considered by him as a new type within the
genus. However, Lehmann (1970) suggested the existence of affinities
between R. nigricauda and R. curtistylus Goetghebuer and united them
both in a distinct group within the Palaearctic Rheotanytarsus on the basis
of the following characters: ( 1 ) the gonostylus is not as abruptly narrowed
as is usually the case, (2) the superior volsella is rounded, and (3) the

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

median volsella is relatively short and carries terminal lamellar bristles.
Rheotany tarsus magnini can doubtless be inserted into this group despite
its rather peculiar superior volsella, but should probably be isolated with/?.
nigricauda in the genus Rheotany tarsus.

The lack of spurs on the combs of the middle and hind tibiae is unusual
in Rheotany tarus; however, Lehmann ( 1 970) does mention the absence of
spurs on the outer combs of a Spanish population of R. nigricauda. All
other characters of venation and genitalia (of both sexes) are typical.

Ecology: the species was collected from Riviere Desaulniers [station
G2-107 (one specimen from G2-117) in the SEBJ station identification
scheme], a small meandering river flowing through the Eastmain Lowlands
on the eastern shore of James Bay. The river formerly drained into La
Grande Riviere, a major tributary of the Bay. Since 1977, dams on the La
Grande Riviere have impounded the lower reaches of the Desaulniers
River, without however affecting the type locality which lies just upstream
(G2-117 is occasionally flooded).

The substrate is composed of silt and sand and is covered with detritus;
the surrounding vegetation is open boreal forest (Picea mariana) with an
understory of mosses and heath. The water temperature reaches 1 8°C in mid-
summer.

The emergence period extends from August 2 to 28, with one exception
(June 28).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to Professor Etienne Magnin, the former director of the Laboratoire
d'e'cologie de la Societe d'e'nergie de la Baie James, who allowed us to study this material. We
thank Guy Boivin, now of Agriculture Canada, and the others who set up studies on the aquatic
insects in the Desaulniers Reservoir Project and who collected the material. Bohdan Bilyj from
the Freshwater Institute (Winnipeg) and Karl W. Simpson of the New York State Department
of Health (Albany) commented on the manuscript. The Universite de Montreal has provided
financial assistance through its internal research fund (CAFIR).

LITERATURE CITED

Cloutier, L. and F. Dufort. 1979. Effets de la mise en eau du Reservoir Desaulniers sur les

communautes benthiques et les insectes adultes. Programmes SEBJ nos 75 et 84, lere

partie. Laboratoire d'e'cologie de la SEBJ, Universite de Montreal, Rapport de recherche

no 51, 132 pp.
Fittkau, EJ. 1960. Rheotanv tarsus nigricauda n.sp., Chironomidenstudien VI. Abh.

naturw. Ver. Bremen 35(3): 397-407.
Lehmann, J. 1970. Revision der europ'aischen Arten (Imagines cfcf und Puppen tfcf) der

Gattung Rheotanvtarsus Bause (Diptera, Chironomidae). Zool Anz. 185(5-6): 344-

378.
Saether, O.A. 1 977. Female genitalia in Chironomidae and other Nematocera: morphology,

phylogenies and keys. Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can. 197: 1-209.
Saether, O.A. 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology (Diptera: Chironomidae).

Ent. Scand. Suppl 14: 1-51.

Vol. 97, No. 1. January & February. 1986

NOTE ON THE MANTISPID CLIMACIELLA

BRUNNEA (NEUROPTERA: MANTISPIDAE)

IN A COASTAL MARSH HABITAT1

Mark W. LaSalle2

ABSTRACT: The mantispid Climaciella brunnea was observed in coastal marshes of
Mississippi where eggs were deposited on the black needJerush Juncus roemerianus. Egg
batches, collected from several marsh localities, contained from 733 to 2912 eggs and were
deposited in a straight band near the top of the Juncus leaf. The lycosid spider Lycosa watsoni
was found to serve as a host for the larvae of C. brunnea. A single adult mantispid emerged
from an egg sac and a mantispid larva was seen clinging to a juvenile spider from field
collections.

The mantispid Climaciella brunnea (Say) is a rather large insect which
mimics polistine wasps (Smith 1934;Batra 1972;Opler 1981). It is part of
what appears to be a complex of morphs or subspecies occurring throughout
North America, Mexico and Central America (Oliver S. Flint, pers comm;
Opler 1981; Redborg and MacLeod 1983). Adults are predaceous on
insects (Horror et al. 1 976) while larvae feed on spider eggs (Redborg and
MacLeod 1983). This report documents the occurrence of C. brunnea in
brackish marshes of Mississippi with some observations on oviposition and
host record for the juvenile of the species.

Climaciella brunnea was first noted by the capture of an adult male in a
pure stand of the black needlerush Juncus roemerianus Scheele on 15
October 1 982 near the mouth of the Jourdan River, St. Louis Bay, Hancock
Co., Mississippi. No further observations were made until a female was
seen laying eggs in the same area on 26 June 1983. Attempts were then
made to determine the extent to which C. brunnea used Juncus to deposit
eggs and to determine if any of the spiders found in this habitat were host to
this species. Host observations were restricted to Lycosa watsoni Gertsch
because it was believed to be the only abundant spider in the marsh habitat
producing an egg sac of appropriate size to support C. brunnea larvae. This
conclusion was based on the size of the adult Climaciella cited above. Kurt
E. Redborg (pers. comm.) has suggested that my conclusion is probably
correct based on his observations of Climaciella in Illinois but smaller
spiders cannot be ruled out. Lycosa watsoni can reach densities as high as
18.6 spiders/m2 in Juncus stands and 34.0 spiders/m^ in adjacent stands of
Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Roth and reproduces from March through
November (LaSalle and de la Cruz, unpublished data).

1 Received April 20, 1985. Accepted September 28. 1985.

^Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC
28403

ENT. NEWS 97(1): 7-10, January & February, 1986

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Searches for C. brunnea egg batches were made in several Juncus
marshes along the Mississippi coast during the summer of 1983. No
attempt was made to collect in other types of marshes. Egg batches were
collected in the following localities:

Hancock County: 1 ) marsh at mouth of Jourdan River, St. Louis Bay.

2) marsh 3 km south of Lakeshore.

Jackson County: 3) marsh at mouth of Fort Bayou, Ocean Springs,

4) marsh at Gravaline marsh, 10 km se of Ocean Springs.
All egg batches observed were deposited on Juncus leaves in a straight band
along one side of the leaf beginning about 3-4 cm below the tip (Figure 1).
Egg batches from two localities and from different dates were measured and
the eggs counted (Table 1 ). Mean values of eggs per batch were calculated

1cm

Figure 1. Climaciella brunnea egg batch deposited on a leaf of Juncus roemerianus.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986

for each collection date to account for temporal differences. Mean number
of eggs per batch from Fort Bayou was 2004.8 and batches averaged 4.4 cm
in length. Fewer batches were collected from St. Louis Bay later in the
season and contained fewer eggs. Without associated female size, these
data on fecundity are difficult to interpret but do provide information on
range of egg batch size. Smith (1934), Hoffman (1936) and Batra (1972)
reported single egg batch sizes, ranging between 250 and 1350 eggs per
batch.

Six female L. watsoni, carrying egg cases, were collected from the
Jourdan River marsh on 26 June 19"83 and returned to the lab. A single
mantispid emerged from a case after 2 days and was quickly attacked by the
female spider. A search for larvae associated with L. watsoni was also
conducted during the course of sorting and counting spiders from a study of
the spider faunas ofJuncus and Spartina marshes in St. Louis Bay (LaSalle
and de la Cruz, in press). A single larva, assumed to be C. brunnea, was
observed clinging to the venter of an immature female L. watsoni collected
in the St. Louis Bay Juncus marsh on 1 1 September 1982.

Redborg and MacLeod ( 1 983) observed larvae of C. brunnea clinging
near the edge of the host spider's carapace. They report that C. brunnea
larvae are obligate spider boarders and enter egg sacs only as the latter are
being formed. Batra (1972) tested several potential insect and spider hosts
with C. brunnea occidentalis larvae and reported that larvae clung to
workers of the bumblebee Bombus morrisoni Cresson and the wasp
Polistes fuscatus utahensis Hayard. Whether C. brunnea larvae feed on
these insects or their young was not determined. Redborg and MacLeod
(1983) collected larval C. brunnea in Illinois from three species of lycosid
spiders: Schizocosa saltatrix (Hentz), Lycosa punctulata Hentz and
Schizocosa sp., while George and George (1975) reported the emergence
of an adult C. brunnea from the egg sac of Tarantula sp. Although C.

Table 1 . Length of batch and number of eggs for egg batches of Climaciella brunnea
collected from Mississippi Juncus marshes.

Locality and Date Length (cm) No. Eggs

Fort Bayou, 16 July 1983 5.8 2912

5.1 2335
6.0 2314
4.8 2279
3.3 1912
3.8 1678

4.2 1667
2.2 941

St. Louis Bay, 17 August 1983 8.1 2606

24 September 1983 2.1 733

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

brunnea has been successfully reared from the egg sacs of spiders in other
families, the larvae are probably associated largely with lycosids (Redborg,
pers. comm.).

Newly hatched C. brunnea larvae were obtained on 1 7 August and 24
September 1983 from the St. Louis Bay marsh. The larvae became very
active when stimulated by the passage of any object above them. Larvae
responded by positioning the terminal end of the abdomen against the substrate
and extending their waving legs toward the object. This behavior has been
previously described by Hoffman (1936) and Batra (1972) and more
recently by Redborg and MacLeod (1983) who suggest that, unlike other
species of mantispids, C. brunnea larvae do not actively seek hosts but
board passing hosts.

The seemingly common occurrence of this mantispid in coastal
marshes makes it a prime candidate for further study, particularly with
respect to its hostL. watsoni. The spiders and mantispid eggs and larvae are
easily collected, permitting easy experimentation with both host and
predator.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Thanks are extended to John C. Schneider and Samuel P. Faulkner for help in the field.
Oliver S. Flint confirmed the identity of adult C. brunnea and Kurt E. Redborg identified the
larva. Single male and female specimens are deposited in the National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution. The larva collected from L. watsoni is deposited in the
entomological collections of the Thames Science Center. Specimens of C. brunnea larvae and
L. watsoni are deposited in the Mississippi Entomological Museum, Mississippi State
University (voucher series 23). Thanks also to Oliver S. Flint, Kurt E. Redborg and two
anonymous reviewers for critical review and comment of this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Batra, S.W.T. 1972. Notes on the behavior and ecology of the mantispid, Climaciella

brunnea occidentalis. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 45: 334-340.
Borror, D.J., D.M. Delong and C.A. Triplehorn. 1976. An introduction to the study of

insects. 4th ed. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. 852. p.
George, L.D. and N.L. George. 1975. Notes on the three hundred and fifty-eighth

meeting: a new record of mantispid reared from spider. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 51: 90.
Hoffman, C.H. 1 936. Notes on Climaciella brunnea var occidentalis Banks ( Mantispidae -

Neuroptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 31: 202-203.
LaSalle, M.W. and A.A. de la Cruz. In press. Seasonal abundance and diversity of spiders in

two intertidal marsh plant communities. Estuaries.
Opler, P.A. 1981. Polymorphic mimicry of polistine wasps by a neotropical neuropteran.

Biotropica. 13: 165-176.
Redborg, K.E. and E.G. MacLeod. 1983. Climaciella brunnea (Neuroptera: Mantispidae):

a mantispid that obligately boards spiders. J. Nat. Hist. 17: 63-73.
Smith, R.C. 1934. Notes on the Neuroptera and Mecoptera of Kansas, with keys for the

identification of species. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 7: 120-145.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 11

HOST RELATIONSHIPS OF DIABROTICA
CRISTATA (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE)1

Niamoye Yaro2,3, James L. Krysan^/*

AJ3STRACT: Observations were made on host relationships of a natural population of
Diabrotica cristata in pure stands of perennial grasses in eastern South Dakota. The larval
host was determined by placing traps to capture adults which might emerge from soil under
three species of grass, Bromus inermis Leyss (smooth brome grass), Panicum virgatum L.
(switchgrass) and Andropogon gerardi Vitman (big bluestem). Beetles were captured only in
traps over big bluestem. Sticky traps were deployed among plants of all three species;
significantly more D. cristata were captured in plots of big bluestem than in plots of the other
two plant species. Sampling the soil for eggs revealed no clear pattern of distribution of eggs
among the three grasses, but did establish that D. cristata overwinters in the egg stage.

Diabrotica cristata (Harris) is a rather inconspicuous occupant of
relict prairie ecosystems east of the Rocky mountains in northern Mexico,
the United States, and Canada (Douglas, 1929; Hendrickson, 1929;
Smith, 1 966). It is a member of the virgifera species group along with three
pests of corn, D. barberi Smith and Lawrence (the northern corn
rootworm), D. virgifera virgifera LeConte (the western corn rootworm),
and D. virgifera zeae Krysan and Smith (the Mexican corn rootworm).
Larvae of Diabrotica are known to feed on the roots of plants, and the larvae
of the above pest species are known to be oligophagous in that they feed only
on the roots of certain grasses (Branson and Krysan, 1981). It has been
inferred that D. cristata feeds on the roots of perennial grasses in the larval
stage because of the host range of the relatives and the fact that adult D.
cristata are collected in association with native perennial grasses (Smith,
1966; Krysan and Branson, 1981). Furthermore, adult D. cristata have
been produced in the laboratory from larvae reared on the roots of corn
(Branson and Krysan, 1981). Additionally, the adults of the two other
species of the virgifera group which occur in the United States, D.
lemniscata LeConte and D. longicornis (Say), are also collected in
ecosystems characterized by perennial grasses (Krysan, 1982). Grasses
may be the primary larval host for this species group.

Our attempts to identify larval hosts of D. cristata have been foiled by a

'Received May 13, 1985. Accepted September 28, 1985.

2Northern Grain Insects Research Laboratory, USDA-ARS, RR 3. Brookings, SD 57006.

3Present address: C.N.R.F., B.P. 30, Bamako (Mali) West Africa.

"^Present address: USDA-ARS, Yakima Agricultural Research Laboratory, 3706 W. Nob
Hill Blvd., Yakima, WA 98902.

ENT. NEWS 97( 1 ): 11-16. January & February, 1 986

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

combination of low larval populations and the complexity of prairie sod;
any one spot contains roots of many plant species, which precludes
meaningful interpretation of catches in emergence traps placed over such
sod and makes larvae, even if one could find them, difficult to associate with
the roots of any specific plant. However, in 1 982 a large population of adult
D. cristata was discovered in a nursery of native prairie grasses which
included extensive monocultural plots ofAndropogongerardiVitman (big
bluestem), and Panicum virgatum L. (switch grass), species found in relict
prairies. The area also has a monoculture ofBromis inermis Leyss (smooth
brome grass), an incursive species which is one of the most common grasses
of disturbed, unfilled, areas of eastern South Dakota. Another plot has a
mixture of switch grass and Indian grass (Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash).
For this population of D. cristata we determined the overwintering stage,
established a larval host and estimated the distribution of adults among the
three grass species present.

METHODS

The study area was on the farms of the South Dakota State University
Experiment Station at Brookings, SD. The dimensions of the plots used
were: big bluestem, 16 by 23 M; switch grass, 20 by 10 M; smooth brome
grass, 82 by 82 M.

Soil in plots containing each of the three grass types was sampled for
eggs. In September, 1983, three soil samples were taken from each often
randomly selected plants in the plots of both big bluestem and switch grass
and a plot containing a mixture of switch grass and Indian grass. The
absence of discrete plants in the brome grass plot required that 30 soil
samples be taken randomly. In May of 1984, ten soil samples were taken
from each of the three plots. Samples were taken to a depth of 15 cm using
the bulb setter method of Howe and Shaw ( 1 972); eggs were separated from
the soil by the method of Shaw, et al. ( 1 976), identified to species based on
the sculpturing of the chorion (Rowley and Peters, 1972), and counted. A
sample of eggs collected in the field in May was incubated in the laboratory
at 25 °C; hatchlings were fed on the roots of corn and allowed to pupate
using the method of McDonald, et al. (1982).

Cages to catch newly emerged beetles were made of plastic screen (1
mm square mesh) and were pyramidal in shape, about 1 m high and 1 m on a
side with a plastic skirt about 1 5 cm wide around the bottom. The skirt was
buried in the soil to a depth of about 1 3 cm. The cages were set out when
beetles were first detected using traps baited with a sex attractant (Guss et
al., 1983); the dates were July 18 in 1983 and July 12 in 1984. Four cages
were placed on randomly selected plants, or areas, of big bluestem, switch

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 13

grass, and smooth brome. No cage was closer than 3 meters to the edge of a
plot. The grass under each cage was clipped at the time of caging to a height
of circa 12 cm. The cages were examined daily from the date of placement
until September 1. All emerged beetles were removed and counted.

The relative numbers of beetles present among the three grass species
was estimated by use of sticky traps (see Guss, 1 983 , for a description of the
traps). In a preliminary experiment we found that most beetles were
captured in sticky traps placed at the height of the grass canopy (Yaro,
1 984) so we used that height. As the grass grew during the season, the height
of the traps was adjusted. The traps were placed randomly 7 m apart and 2-
1/2 m from the edge of the plots, nine traps per grass species.

The data were analyzed by analysis of variance and the means were
separated by the Waller Duncan K ratio t test.

RESULTS

The data in Table 1 reveal that eggs of D. cristata were present in the
fall, after beetles were no longer present, and in the spring, long before any
beetles were found. However, there was no defmitie pattern of distribution
of eggs among the various grass species. Some eggs which had passed the
winter in the grass plots hatched in the laboratory and ultimately yeilded 4
adult D. cristata. These data establish that D. cristata adults oviposited in
these plots and that eggs survived there over the winter.

Of the three species of grass over which emergence cages were placed,
adult D. cristata were found only in those cages over big bluestem; the mean
number of beetles caught per trap was 18,SD 16.6, with a range of 0 to 52
(N = 8). Only one trap had no beetles. We conclude that larvae of D,
cristata feed on the roots of big bluestem but apparently not on those of
switch grass and brome grass, despite the fact that eggs were found among
these other grasses.

Table 1 . Occurrence of eggs ofD. cristata among different grass species near Brookings, South
Dakota in 1983 and 1984.

No. of soil Total Mean eggs per
Year Grass species samples eggs soil sample Range

September 1983 Big Bluestem 30 20 0.66 0-19

Switch Grass 30 1 2 0.40 0-6
Switch Grass +

Indian Grass 30 91 3.03 0-22

Brome Grass 30 6 0.20 0-4

May 1984 Big Bluestem 10 59 5.90 0-27

Switch Grass 10 10 1.00 0-4

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The catch of D. cristata on sticky traps revealed that in both years
significantly more beetles were captured in the big bluestem plots than in the
plots of the other two grass species. The mean catches per trap, averaged
over all dates, were 6.6 ( 1 983) and 1 8.9 ( 1 984) in big bluestem, 0.6 (1983)
and 1.4 (1984) in switch grass, and 0.1 in both years in brome grass.
Compared with that in switch grass and brome grass, the catch in big
bluestem was significantly greater at the 0.05 level; the minimum significant
differences were 1.62 and 2.82 in 1983 and 1984, respectively. The
temporal pattern of catch is summarized in Figure 1 . It is clear that adults
associated more with big bluestem than the other two grasses.

DISCUSSION

The data establish that D. cristata overwinters in the egg stage and is
univoltine in South Dakota, as inferred earlier by Krysan (1982). Clearly,
D. cristata has the same life cycle as its well known relatives, D. barberi
and D. virgifera (Chiang, 1973).

The association of D. cristata with big bluestem merits further
comment. Adults are generally collected not on grasses but from the
succulent flowers of forbs which live among the grasses. This condition
prevailed in mixed plots near our study area. However, the plots where
sticky traps were placed were completely free of other plants. Thus, the
relative trap catch suggests a strong affinity for big bluestem compared with
the other two grass species, despite the difficulty in interpreting such trap
data on a biological basis . Our observation that big bluestem is a larval host
forZ). cristata does not preclude the possibility that other prairie grasses, or
other plants, may serve as a larval host for the insect; indeed, Wiesenborn
and Krysan ( 1 980) found D. cristata in places where big bluestem was
relatively scarce. The key fact is that we now know a larval host and it is a
prairie grass, which validates the early speculation on the host of D.
cristata.

Our observation that eggs of D. cristata were present among all three
species of grasses, but that larvae apparently fed only on the roots of big
bluestem, indicates further study is warranted to establish more clearly the
oviposition behavior and larval host range.

For us, a primary reason for studying D. cristata is the indirect
contribution it can make to our understanding of the host relationships of the
pest species in this group; as pests they have been refractory to classical
approaches attempting to exploit host plant resistance phenomena so new
information concerning host relationships might be useful. The demonstration
that big bluestem is a larval host in a natural population of D. cristata
provides a solid basis for constructing and testing hypotheses on the

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986

15

60

50

40

30

UJ 20

cc
ui
a. 10

£ o

a.

O 60

o

I 50

40

30

20

10

BIG BLUESTEM 1983
..... SWITCH GRASS
_ . _- BROME GRASS

BIG BLUESTEM
..... SWITCH GRASS
— • — - BROME GRASS

1984

22 25 27 2f|l 3 5 8 10 12 15 17 19 22 24 26 30 I 1 5 13

JULY

AUG.
DATE

SEPT.

Fig. 1 . Mean numbers of D. cristata captured on sticky traps placed in plots of three species of
grasses during 1983 and 1984.

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

mechanisms of host plant specificity in this species group. Furthermore, the
adults of Diabrotica species in general have a predeliction to feed on the
flowers of cucurbits (Metcalf, 1979); by contrast!), cristata andD. barberi
are unique among Diabrotica in that they feed as adults on the flowers of a
great variety of prairie forbs (Branson and Krysan, 1981) so comparative
studies of these two species would be especially appropriate.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Leann Dobratz and Max Provacek, Northern Grain Insect Research
Laboratory, USDA-ARS, Brookings, South Dakota for excellent technical assistance and
Arvid Boe, Plant Science Department, South Dakota State University (SDSU) for access
to the grass plots. This paper is from a thesis submitted to the Plant Science Department,
SDSU, by the first author.

LITERATURE CITED

Branson, T.F., and J.L. Krysan. 1981. Feeding and oviposition behavior and life cycle

strategies of Diabrotica: An evolutionary view with implications for pest management.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 10: 826-831.
Chiang, H.C. 1973. Bionomics of the northern and western corn rootworms. Ann. Rev.

Entomol. 18: 47-72.

Douglas, J.R. 1929. Chrysomelidae of Kansas. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 2: 2-15.
Guss, P.L., R.L. Carney, P.E. Sonnet, and J.H. Tumlinson. 1983. Stereospecific sex

attractant for Diabrotica cristata (Harris) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Environ.

Entomol. 12: 1296-1297.
Hendrickson, G.O. 1929. Studies on the insect fauna of Iowa Prairies. la. State Coll. J.

Science 4: 49-179.
Howe, W.L. and J.T. Shaw. 1972. Soil sampling techniques for estimating rootworm egg

populations. Proc. N.C. Branch. Entomol. Soc. Am. 18: 83.
Krysan, J.L. 1982. Diapause in the Nearctic species of the virgifera group of Diabrotica:

Evidence for tropical origin and temperate adaptations. Annals Entomol. Soc. Am.

75: 136-142.
McDonald, I.C., J.L. Krysan, and O.A. Johnson. 1982. Genetics of Diabrotica

(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae): Inheritance of xanthine dehydrogenase, hexokinase,

malate dehydrogenase, and esterase allozymes in two subspecies of D. longicornis. Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Am. 75: 460-464.
Metcalf, R.L. 1979. Plants, chemicals, and insects: Some aspects of co-evolution. Bull.

Entomol. Soc. Am., 25: 30-35.
Rowley, W.A., and D.C. Peters. 1972. Scanning electron microscopy of the eggshell of four

species of Diabrotica (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am.

65: 1188-1191.
Shaw, J.T., Ellis, R.O., and W.H. Luckmann. 1976. Apparatus and procedure for

extracting corn rootworm eggs from soil. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 96, 4 pp.
Smith, R.F. 1966. Distributional patterns of selected western North American insects: The

distribution of Diabroticites in western North America. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am.

12: 108-110.
Wiesenborn, W.D., and J.L. Krysan. 1980. A survey for Diabrotica cristata (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae) on relict prairies of eastern South Dakota and southwestern Minnesota.

Proc. S.D. Acad. Sci. 59: 130-137.
Yaro, N. 1984. Host-plant interactions of Diabrotica cristata (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

and prairie grasses in east-central South Dakota. Unpublished MS thesis, South Dakota

State Univ., Brookirrgs, SD, 86 pp.

Vol. 97, No. 1. January & February, 1986 17

TWO NEW RECORDS OF STONEFLIES

(PLECOPTERA: PERLODIDAE) FROM

SOUTH CAROLINA1

Boris C. Kondratieff2,3, William B. Painter2

ABSTRACT: Hydroperla phormidia from the Savannah River, South Carolina-Georgia
state line, and Helopicus bogaloosa from South Carolina are newly recorded. An illustration
of the head and pronotum of the nymph of//, phormidia is presented to aid the identification of
the immature stage of this species. Ecological information for both species is included.

During ecological studies by Environmental & Chemical Sciences, Inc.
(ECS) of the Savannah River and several of its tributaries on the
Department of Energy's Savannah River Plant ( SRP) located in southwest-
ern South Carolina, two species of perlodid stoneflies were collected which
represent new state records and interesting range extensions. The SRP lies
within the Atlantic Coastal Plain Physiographic Province.

Unzicker and McCaskill (1982) listed about 130 species of stoneflies
known or likely to occur in North and South Carolina. Their compilation
included Helopicus subvarians (Banks) and Hydroperla fugitans (Needham
and Claassen), and these two species were incorporated in their keys to the
perlodid nymphs. Recently Ray and Stark (1981) reviewed the Nearctic
genus Hydroperla, and described a new and unusual species, H. phormidia
Ray & Stark from northwestern Florida. The two other species included in
this genus, H. fugitans and H. crosbyi (Needham and Claassen), are known
from the Mississippi River drainage region (Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, Tennessee, and Texas).

Two mature nymphs of H. phormidia were collected on multiplate
samplers taken from two sections of the Savannah River. These records
represent a substantial northeastern range extension for this species, and
apparently the first verifiable records of the genus for South Carolina or
Georgia (see Ray and Stark 1981, Stewart and Stark 1984). Patrick et al.
(1966) described the Savannah River, including the sections where we
collected this species. Hydroperla "nr. harti (Prison)" (harti is a synonym
of H. fugitans) was listed from the river by these authors near where our
specimens were collected. The Savannah River, at the collecting site, has

1 Received May 14, 1985. Accepted October 10, 1985.

Environmental & Chemical Sciences, Inc.. P.O. Box 1393, Aiken, South Carolina 29802.

^Present address: Department of Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins,
Colorado 80523.

ENT. NEWS 97(1): 17-20, January & February, 1986

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

generally a shifting sand bottom with few submerged snags and macrophyte
beds. The river has a heavy to moderate silt load. Patrick et al. records may
be assignable to H. phormidia, but these specimens were not available for
study. There are no verifiable records ofH.fugitans from North or South
Carolina (Ray and Stark 1981, Stewart and Stark 1984). Additional
collecting in early spring from larger streams and rivers of the Coastal Plain
of Georgia, South Carolina, and North Carolina may produce additional
records of H. phormidia.

Stark and Ray (1983), in their revision of Helopicus, described H.
bogaloosa Stark & Ray from several southeastern states (Georgia, Florida,
Louisiana and Mississippi). Large populations of this species were
discovered in several shifting sand streams on SRP. Nymphs were collected
from woody substrate or snags. The life cycle of H. bogaloosa was
univoltine with early instars present in late-October to early November.
Nymphs reached maturity as early as January and as late as April. Peak
emergence of adults occurred in late March. Other stoneflies associated
with H. bogaloosa included Pteronarcys dorsata (Say), Paragnetina
fumosa (Banks), Perlesta placida complex, Acroneuria abnormis (Newman),
and A. arenosa (Pictet). Nymphs of H. bogaloosa have been collected as
far north as Black Creek near Hartsville, South Carolina. This species was
reported as H. subvarians by Stark ( 1 980) from Upper Three Runs Creek.

Since Hydroperla phormidia, Helopicus bogaloosa and H. subvarians
may occur sympatrically, we present an illustration (Fig. 1) of the nymphal
head and pronotum of H. phormidia to assist identification for regional
workers. Of the perlodine genera occurring in the southeastern U.S., only
Hydroperla and Helopicus nymphs have the combination of the occiput
with a row of short, stout setae and a dark transverse band of pigment across
the frons. In Hydroperla, the transverse dark band is interrupted laterally
and in the median ocellus by circular yellow areas (Fig. 1), whereas in
Helopicus, this band is continuous across the frons. The original illustration
of the nymph of//, phormidia presented by Ray and Stark (1981) does not
show the characteristic color pattern of the nymphal head. Stark and Ray
( 1 983) present excellent illustrations of the nymphs of//, bogaloosa and //.
subvarians.

Material examined: Hydroperla phormidia, South Carolina (Barnwell County)-
Georgia (Burke County), Savannah River, river mile 152, 9 April 1984, W.B. Painter, 1
nymph: same but river mile 141.5, 11 April 1984, 1 nymph. Helopicus bogaloosa. South
Carolina, Barnwell County, Steel Creek, SRP, January-March 1984, B.C. KondratiefT, 16
males, 1 1 females (reared); Aiken County, Upper Three Runs Creek, SRP, 23 March 1 984,
B.C. KondratiefT, 1 male, 1 female (reared); Darlington County, Black Creek, Route 15,6
December 1984, B.C. KondratiefT, 3 nymphs.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986

19

Fig. 1. Hydroperla phormidia nymph head and pronotum.

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Bill P. Stark, Mississippi College, for confirming the identification of H.
phormidia and Carolyn G. Mercer, Medical College of Georgia, for the illustration. The
information contained in this article was developed during the course of work under Contract
No. DE-AC09-76SR00001 with the U.S. Department of Energy.

LITERATURE CITED

Patrick, R., J. Cairns, and S.S. Roback. 1 966. An ecosystematic study of the fauna and flora

of the Savannah River. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 118: 109-407.
Ray, D.H. and B.P. Stark. 1981. The Nearctic species of Hydroperla (Plecoptera:

Perlodidae). Florida Entomol. 64: 385-395.
Stark, B.P. 1980. Plecoptera. In: Morse, J.C., J.W. Chapin, D.D. Herlong, and R.S.

Harvey. Aquatic insects of Upper Three Runs Creek, Savannah River Plant, South

Carolina. Part I. Orders other than Diptera. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 5: 73-101.
Stark, B.P. and D.H. Ray. 1983. A revision of the genus Helopicus ( Plecoptera: Perlodidae).

Freshwat. Invertebr. Biol. 2: 16-27.
Stewart, K.W. and B.P. Stark. 1984. Nymphs of North American Perlodinae genera

(Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Great Basin Nat. 44: 373-415.
Unzicker, J.D. and V.H. McCaskill. 1982. Plecoptera, pp. 5.1-5.50. In: A.R. Brigham,

W.U. Brigham, and A. Gnilka, eds. Aquatic Insects and Oligochaetes of North and South

Carolina. Midwest Aquatic Enterprises, Mahomet, Illinois.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. 8th ed. V.B. Wigglesworth. 1985. Chapman & Hall - Methuen.
191 pp. $35.00 cloth. $15.95 paper.

A new edition of a well known, standard text.

APHID ECOLOGY. A.F.G. Dixon. 1985. Chapman & Hall - Methuen. 157 pp. $39.95.

Ecology of aphids and their association with plants. Modes of feeding and reproduction of
aphids have led to a close, specific association with plants.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 21

RATE OF FOOD PASSAGE AND FECAL

PRODUCTION IN CALOSOMA SAYI

(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)1

Orrey P. Young2, John J. Hamm^

ABSTRACT: Adult Calosoma sayi beetles were allowed to feed in the laboratory on fall
army worm (FAW) (Spodopterafrugiperda) larvae. The interval between feeding and the first
appearance of FAW material in beetle feces varied from 7.5-23 hours depending upon when
feeding occurred within the diel activity cycle. The first 24 hours of fecal production was at a
high level, but decreased rapidly through the fifth day post-feeding. A subsequent slow
decrease in fecal production occurred until death at 24-42 days post-feeding. These findings
may have significance in relation to the dissemination of entomopathogens by C. sayi and in
developing a technique for estimating the recency of food consumption in natural populations
of this predatory species.

Calosoma sayi DeJean may have an important role in the dissemination
of entomopathogens to lepidopterous pests in agroecosystems (Young and
Hamm 1985). By consuming diseased prey and subsequently defecating
infective material for several days, C. sayi fulfills several requirements for a
successful pathogen disseminator. An additional requirement is the production
of infective feces at a time in the diel cycle when potential target hosts are
active and/or when environmental conditions associated with rapid pathogen
inactivation are minimal. It was unknown if C. sayi satisfied this requirement,
because the literature on rates of food passage in carnivorous beetles is
virtually non-existent (e.g., House 1974). Therefore, we initiated a
laboratory investigation to determine the relative amount of fecal material
produced by C. sayi after feeding, and the pattern of that production through
time.

Considerable difficulty is usually encountered in determining when
ingested food is voided in excreta (Waldbauer 1968). The usual method is
to place an indicator substance in the food to be consumed and monitor its
subsequent appearance in excreta. This method, however, involves several
potentially complicating factors, such as the toxicity of the material and its
possible absorbtion or retention by the gut (Southwood 1978). We
observed during two years of maintaining colonies of C. sayi in the
laboratory that the feces of C. sayi consistently changed color from brown
or white to pink within 24 hours after consuming fall armyworm (FAW)

'Received March 16, 1985. Accepted September 27, 1985.

2Southern Field Crop Insect Management Laboratory, ARS, USDA. Stoneville, MS 38776.

^Southern Grain Insects Research Laboratory, ARS, USDA, Tifton, GA 31793.

ENT. NEWS 97(1): 21-27, January & February, 1986

22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

[Spodoptera frugiperda J.E. Smith (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)] larvae,
and remained this color for an additional 24 hours. Other noctuid prey,
though less frequently tested, usually also produced this pink color. Feeding
experiments with diseased FAW as prey indicated that the pink fecal
material of C. sa yi contained infective pathogen particles within 24 hours of
prey ingestion (Young and Hamm 1 985 ). When beetles starved for 4-6 days
were fed FAW larvae, the first fecal material to subsequently appear was
also pink. Considering these observations, we have no doubt that the
occurrence of pink fecal material is directly related to prior ingestion of
FAW or other noctuid larvae, and thus can be used as a natural indicator of
the passage of some types of food through the gut of C. sayi.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Beetles used in these experiments were obtained on 23-24 July 1981
from a walk-in black-light trap surrounded by row crops 6 km NW of Tifton,
Tift Co., Georgia. They were brought into the laboratory, placed in
individual containers and subsequently maintained under the local photoperiod
at ambient laboratory conditions. All beetles were not fed for the first four
days after capture, and the fecal production of one group consisting of two
males and two females was monitored during this period. On the fifth day
after capture, members of the monitored group were each allowed to feed on
two healthy fifth instar (30 mm) FAW larvae, monitored at least once daily
for the next 14 days for fecal production, and subsequently on alternate
days until death. Five other starved groups of beetles, consisting of two
males each, were allowed to feed at different times on the fifth or sixth day
post-capture and then monitored at 2-5 hour intervals until pink fecal
material was detected. Previous experiments had demonstrated that C. sayi
adults readily consumed live or dead larvae, pupae, and adults of the FAW
and could survive in the laboratory on an exclusive diet of FAW larvae for
more than 129 days (Young, Unpubl. Data). All beetles, when exposed to
an active FAW larva, immediately attacked, captured, and consumed the
prey. Total consumption time was less than 20 minutes, with only portions
of the larval skin remaining.

To estimate crudely the relative amount of fecal material produced by
adult C. sayi under experimental conditions, the following procedure was
employed. Each beetle was placed inal7x!2x6cm plastic container with
a tight-fitting lid. A piece of white filter paper (Whatman No. 3) was cut to
fit the bottom of the container and saturated with water. Much of this
moisture evaporated into the atmosphere of the cage within one hour, after
which more water was added. An attempt was made to keep the substrate

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 23

moist throughout the experiment to minimize variations in the degree of
absorption of the feces, to maintain high humidity in the container, and to
provide consumable water for the beetle. Because the fecal material
produced by C. sayi was in a liquid form, a single defecation produced a
spot on the filter paper of varying size. This spot ranged in color from pink to
beige to black and was easily detectable. At no time was a beetle observed to
defecate on the container substrate without the fecal spot being subsequently
detected. Each sheet of filter paper was periodically removed from the
container and the circular fecal spots and the entire sheet measured to
determine respective surface areas. Overlapping spots were each assumed
to be circular and measured accordingly, as were spots at the edge of the
paper. The total surface area of fecal spots was then expressed as a
percentage of the surface area of that particular sheet. These percentages
were then used to compare the relative amount of feces produced by the
various test groups through time. This general procedure should be
considered inadequate as an absolute measure of the amount of fecal
material produced by each beetle per unit time. However, when used as a
relative measure it has the virtues of simple design and ease of execution, as
well as avoiding the critical assumptions that would be necessary for its use
as an absolute measure.

RESULTS

There was a rapid decline in fecal production for the first four days when
wild C. sayi adults were retained in the laboratory without food (Fig. 1).
Fecal production from starved beetles increased at least four-fold on the
first day post-feeding, then decreased rapidly over a four-day period (rate of
decrease per day = 33.8%, range = 8-61%). Fecal production in male C.
sayi reached a plateau at five days post-feeding that remained relatively
constant for the next seven days, then decreased to a lower level which was
maintained until death. Fecal production by female C. sayi also decreased
rapidly in the period 2-5 days post-feeding, but subsequent production
fluctuated more than for males. Sexual differences were not significant,
however, thus the data is combined in Fig. 1 . The presentation of these
results as average daily values also obscured the fact that once low levels of
fecal production occurred (> five days post-feeding), some individual
beetles defecated less than once daily.

The rate of passage of ingested FAW larvae through the digestive tract
of adult C. savi appeared to be influenced by the time of consumption in the
diel cycle (Table 1). If larvae were consumed in the early (0530 hrs) or
mid-morning (0930 hrs), the first defecation of that material occurred the
same evening. When feeding occurred in the afternoon (1430 hrs) or
evening ( 1 930 hrs), defecation of that material began late the same night or

24

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

16

15

14

13

12

S11

§1*

0 8
8 7

c

I6

35

If 4'

3

2

1

0

A- FIRST 24 HOUR PERIOD IN CAPTIVITY, AFTER
OBTAINING IN B L TRAP 23- 24 JULY, 1981

B = EACH BEETLE ALLOWED TO FEED ON 2 FAW
LARVAE (30mm)

C- START OF BI-DAILY SAMPLING

DEAD FIMALI

OK AD MALI

Of 3 f 6 9 12 15 18
A B C

22 26 30 34

DAYS

38

42 46

Figure 1. Relative daily amount of fecal material produced by two male and two female C.
sayi, expressed as percent surface area of cage floor covered by fecal spots.

Table 1. Passage rate of FAW larvae through digestive tract of Calosoma sayi.

First defecation

Interval-posl feeding

7.5 - 9.5 hrs
9.5 - 11.5

10- 15
10- 15

10- 14
10- 14

14- 19
19-23

9- 14
14- 18

*Each of two male beetles allowed to feed on two FAW larvae (30 mm). Beetles starved for the
four previous days.

Feeding time

Beetle No.

w/FA

W materiel*

0930 hrs*

1

2

1700
1900

- 1900 hrs
-2100

1430

3
4

0030
0030

-0530
-0530

1930

5
6

0530
0530

-0930
-0930

0030

7
8

1430
1930

- 1930
-2330

0530

9
10

1430
1930

- 1930
-2330

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 25

early the next morning. Feeding that occurred in the middle of the night
(0030 hrs) generated feces late in the next afternoon or early evening. The
first appearance of FAW material in beetle feces may thus range from 7.5 to
23 hours after consumption. These data are consistent with the available
information indicating that C. sayi adults are crepuscular-nocturnally
active (Price and Shepard 1978b) and that defecation should occur at the
start of an activity period after long periods of inactivity (Wigglesworth
1972).

DISCUSSION

In situations where entomopathogens are decimating a prey population,
predators such as C. sayi may consume a high proportion of diseased prey
and the abundance of that prey may decline rapidly. To survive under those
conditions, C. sayi must (A) be unaffected by pathogens infecting their prey
or be able to detect and avoid diseased individuals if the pathogens do have
an effect, and (B) ( 1 ) be able to survive long periods without food, (2) switch
to alternative prey, and/or (3) disperse to areas with more abundant food.
Previous research has demonstrated that the longevity of C. sayi individuals is
unaffected by consumption of at least two entomopathogens associated
with lepidopterous larval prey, and that diseased prey are not avoided
(Young and Hamm 1985). Calosoma sayi also appears to be capable of
utilizing all three strategies for coping with a decline in its preferred food
items. Rapid colonization of areas with abundant food has been demonstrated
(Price and Shepard 1 978a), and C. sayi is known to consume a wide variety
of lepidopterous larvae as well as other soft-bodied living and dead prey
(Burgess and Collins 1917, Young 1984). The data presented herein
document the capability of C. sayi to withstand long periods of starvation
(>23 days). This period of time would permit either considerable dispersal
to abundant food supplies or a recovery of local prey populations to
adequate densities and may be an important component of the feeding
strategy for this species.

The rate of passage of food through the alimentary tract of Calosoma
species apparently has not been previously investigated (e.g. Thiele 1 977).
For other carnivorous carabids the rate of passage has been estimated at
approximately 24 hours (Kullmann and Nawabi 1971). The data presented
here indicate that passage in C. sayi may occur as rapidly as 7.5 hours and
can be influenced by the time of consumption relative to the diel activity
pattern of the individual. This has significant implications for the possible
role of C. sayi in disseminating entomopathogens (Young and Hamm
1985). If a C. sayi individual consumed a FAW larva infected with nuclear
polyhedrosis virus (NPV) at dawn, by sunset the feces produced by that
individual would contain infective NPV polyhedra. Fall armyworm larvae

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

are active in the early evening (Leppla et al. 1979), and could consume
foliage contaminated with C. sayi feces. NPV polyhedra are relatively
stable when protected from sunlight (Couch and Ignoffo 1981 ); thus they
would remain potentially infective for FAW larvae for a considerable
period of time, if they were deposited on leaf surfaces in the early evening.
However, if NPV-infected FAW larvae are consumed by C. sayi in the
early evening, infective feces would be produced at the next dawn. This
would result in the subsequent rapid inactivation of the virus by sunlight and
minimal consumption by FAW larvae. The absence of data on the relative
foraging rate of C. sayi at dawn and dusk prevents a determination of which
situation is more likely to occur.

One unanticipated byproduct of these experiments is the discovery of a
possible method of estimating the time interval between feeding and trap
capture in predatory Calosoma species. The beetles represented in Fig. 1
were captured in a large walk-in light trap sometime during the night of 23-
24 July 1981. During their stay in the trap (removed 0830 hrs, 24 July),
they probably defecated and may have consumed some prey. When placed
in cages on paper at 0930 hrs, 24 July, their fecal production declined over
the next four days in a pattern very similar to that demonstrated after
feeding on 28 July (Fig. 1). It can be estimated, by superimposing the pre-
and post-feeding patterns, that the four beetles had fed on the night of
capture or the previous night. If this is a consistent pattern - four days of
decreasing fecal production before reaching a low-level plateau on the fifth
day - then a very simple technique is now available for indirectly estimating
the recency of food consumption for a local population. It is easy to
envisage situations where, due to environmental disturbances such as
prolonged rain, drought, or selective control applications for prey species,
predators such as C. sayi may be faced with a shortage of food. A sampling
of individuals at those times may indicate that many are at the lower end of
the fecal production curve, i.e., four or more days post-feeding. In more
normal times, few if any individuals would be expected to occur in that
range. By placing beetles in individual cages and depriving them of food for
five days while monitoring relative fecal production, then providing food
with subsequent deprivation and fecal monitoring for 7-10 days, considerable
information could be obtained relevant to levels of food consumption
through time and space in a population or its subgroups.

Investigations that deal with the relation of a predator species with its
food supply usually attempt to estimate the availability of prey by direct
monitoring of the prey population (e.g., Holling 1966). However, the
predator could also provide this information, since the amount and
frequency of food obtained by a predator is a function of the availability of
food. Thus, the non-lethal, inexpensive, and technically simple method

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 27

herein described may be of particular value to research on relatively host-
specific predators of lepidopterous larvae. Testing of more prey taxa and
predators, and refinements in technique, may permit this method to be
applied more widely in insect ecology.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We appreciate the technical assistance provided by Joanne Denham and Charon Sharp,
and the manuscript review provided by A.C. Cohen, W.H. Cross, R. Howard, and G.L.
Snodgrass.

LITERATURE CITED

Burgess, A.F., and C.W. Collins. 1917. The genus Calosoma: Including studies of seasonal

histories, habits, and economic importance of American species north of Mexico and of

several introduced species. USDA, Bur. Entomol., Bull. 417: 1-124.
Couch, T.L., and C.M. Ignoffo. 1981. Formulation of insect pathogens. Chap. 34 (pp. 621-

634) In: H.D. Burges (ed.), Microbial Control of Pests and Plant Diseases 1970-1980.

New York: Academic Press.
Hulling, C.S. 1966. The functional response of invertebrate predators to prey density. Mem.

Entomol. Soc. Can. 48: 1-86.
House, H.L. 1974. Digestion. Chap. 2 (pp. 63-1 1 7) In: Rockstein, M. (ed.). The Physiology

of Insecta (2nd ed.), Vol. 5. New York: Academic Press.
Kullmann, E., and S. Nawabi.1971. [Studies on the role of carrion-eating beetles

(Silphidae, Carabidae) as carriers of Trichinella spiralis] (in German) Z. Parasitenk. 35:

234-240.
Leppla, N.C., E.W. Hamilton, R.H. Guy, and F.L. Lee. 1979. Orcadian rhythms of

locomotion in six noctuid species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 72: 209-215.
Price, J.F., and M. Shepard. 1978a. Calosoma sayi: Seasonal history and response to

insecticides in soybeans. Environ. Entomol. 7: 359-363.
Price, J.F., and M. Shepard. 1978b. Calosoma sayi and Labidura riparia predation on

noctuid prey in soybeans and locomotor activity. Environ. Entomol. 7: 653-656.
Southwood, T.R.E. 1978. Ecological Methods, with Particular Reference to the Study of

Insect Populations (2nd ed.). London: Chapman and Hall.

Thiele, H.U. 1977. Carabid Beetles in Their Environments. New York: Springer- Verlag.
Waldbauer, G.P. 1968. The consumption and utilization of food by insects. Adv. Insect

Physiol. 5: 229-288.
Wigglesworth, V.B. 1972. The Principles of Insect Physiology (7th ed.). London: Chapman

and Hall.
Young, O.P. 1984. Prey of adult Calosoma sayi (Coieoptera: Carabidae). J. Georgia

Entomol. Scjc. 19: 503-507.
Young, O.P. 1985. Longevity of adult male Calosoma sayi (Coieoptera: Carabidae) under

laboratory conditions. Entomol. News 96: 45-48.
Young, O.P., and J.J. Hamm. 1985. The compatibility of two fall armyworm pathogens with

a predaceous beetle, Calosoma savi (Coieoptera: Carabidae). J. Entomol. Sci.

20: 212-218.

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOIL NUTRIENT EFFECTS ON GOLDENROD

GALLS FORMED BY EUROSTA SOUDAGINIS

(DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)1

Gregory S. Gilbert, Frank E. Kurczewski^

ABSTRACT: The soil nutrient effects on single and multiple (double, triple) goldenrod galls
made by Eurosta solidaginis were studied at four sites in upstate New York. Negative
correlations between the percentage of multiple galls sampled and the amounts of nitrogen and
magnesium in the soil were noted. No significant correlations were found between galls and the
amounts of potassium, phosphorus, or calcium. Of the galls collected, 79.6% were on the
variety Solidago canadensis scabra, and 20.4% on the variety S. c. canadensis.

The biology and ecology of goldenrod galls formed by Eurosta
solidaginis Fitch have been investigated by several authors (Ping 1915;
Hughes 1934; Uhler 1951, 1961; Miller 1959). Milne (1940) studied the
biotic potential of E. solidaginis, and Cane and Kurczewski (1976)
reported on some mortality factors, including predation and parasitism, in
single and multiple galls. More recently, Hartnett and Abrahamson (1979)
and Stinner and Abrahamson (1979) have treated the resource allocation
patterns and energy budgets, respectively, associated with Solidago
canadensis (L.) L. gall insects. No study has addressed the soil fertility
factors that affect the formation of multiple versus single galls. This paper
deals with the effects of soil nutrients on multiple ball gall formation.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Solidago canadensis galls were collected from four study plots in
Onondaga County, NY in September and October 1983, using a square
meter grid random sampling method. The specimens were compared with
mounts in the SUNY-CESF Herbarium, separated into the varieties
canadensis (L.) L. and scabra (Muhl.) T. & G., and further divided into
single and multiple (double, triple) types.

Four sites of varied topographies and soil qualities were selected for
study. Each site is naturally delimited from surrounding habitats and covers
an area of approximately 2000 sq m. The sites are as follows:

Site A. Once a city garbage dump, this site lies on a gently sloping flood
plain on the southeastern side of Syracuse. The soil is yellow-brown with a
sticky, clay-like texture. Within the site Solidago canadensis is the most
abundant species, with frequent Rumex spp.,Daucus carota L.,Hieracium

Deceived April 2, 1985. Accepted September 27, 1985.

2Department of Environmenal and Forest Biology, S.U.N.Y. College of Environmental
Science and Forestry, Syracuse, NY 13210.

ENT. NEWS 97(1): 28-32, January & February, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 29

spp., and scattered grasses, sedges, and other wastebed species.

SiteB. Also in the southeastern side of Syracuse, this site is in a shallow
basin. The soil is dark and loose, with a large amount of gravel. Solidago
canadensis, Aster simplex L.,A. novae-angliae L., and various Compositae
dominate the herbaceous growth. Rhamnus cathartica L., Cornus sp., and
Rubus sp. are scattered throughout the site.

Site C. This site is in a depression at the base of a drumlin in DeWitt,
NY. Parts of the site have standing water and the soil is dark and loamy.
There is a large, well developed stand of Rhamnus cathartica on one side,
several large Populus tremuloides Michx., and many Rosa multiflora
Thunb. Grasses are abundant and there is a small stand of Phrag mites
communis Trin. Solidago canadensis is the dominant plant.

Site D. This site is along railroad tracks adjacent to a wooded cemetery
just south of the SUNY-CESF campus, Syracuse. The soil is gray and
gravelly with a noticeable amount of petroleum mixed in. Solidago
canadensis is abundant but patchy. Other common herbs include Asclepias
syriaca L., Verbascum thapsus L., Dipsacus sylvestris L., and scattered
grasses. The site contains A cernegundo L.,Acersaccharum Marsh, Acer
saccharinum L., Ulmus americana L.,Rhus typhina L.,Juglans nigra L.,
Quercus alba L., Catalpa speciosa Warder, and Rhamnus cathartica.

Three rooting-depth core samples were collected from each site and
analyzed for phosphorus and nitrogen as per Wilde et al. (1979), and for
potassium, magnesium, and calcium by atomic absorption (Analytical
Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry 1976).

The mean element values were plotted against the percentage of
multiple galls for each site. The best fitting line was drawn using the least
squares method, and statistical significance was determined through the
application of F distribution and R square testing (Sokal and Rohlf 1969).
Null hypothesis rejection was set at the 95% level of confidence.

RESULTS

S. canadensis specimens with galls (N = 2036) were determined to be
79.6% var. scabra and 20.4% var. canadensis (Table 1). Individual site
percentages were as follows: Site A - scabra, 83.6%, canadensis, 16.4%;
Site B - scabra, 81.6%, canadensis, 18.4%; Site C - scabra, 80.0%,
canadensis, 20.0%; Site D - scabra, 73.9%, canadensis, 26.1%.

The mean amounts of soil nutrients (N, P, Ca, Mg, K) found at the four
study sites are shown in Table 2. A negative correlation exists between the
percentage of multiple galls collected and the amount of nitrogen in the soil
at three of the four sites(Fig. 1). Petroleum at Site D interfered with soil
nitrogen testing, nullifying the test. Regression by least squares of %

30

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

325

300
275
250
225

c 200

0)

0)

0 175

L

u

2? 150

/ 125
.100
075

1

I 2

16

20

28

32

40

48

% Multiple Galls Collected

Fig. 1 . Percent nitrogen plotted against percent multiple galls collected at three study sites ( A-
C) in Onondaga County, NY.

425
400
375
350
325
300

0) 250
ff "5

200
E

g ^
150

125

\

D

2

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54

% Multiple Galls Collected

Fig. 2. Ppm magnesium plotted against percent multiple galls collected at four study sites ( A-
D) in Onondoga County, NY.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 31

multiple galls against % nitrogen gives the equation Y = .00659 x + .388,
with R2 = .9999996. A negative correlation exists between the percentage
of multiple galls collected and the amount of magnesium in the soil (Fig. 2).
Regression by least squares of % multiple galls against ppm magnesium
gives the equation Y = 6.606 x +480.635, with R2 = .978. No significant
correlations exist between the percentages of multiple or single galls and the
amounts of potassium, phosphorous, or calcium.

DISCUSSION

Essentially nothing is known about the influence of soil magnesium on
the development of phytophagous insects. However, magnesium is a
constituent of chlorophyll and a cofactor of nearly all enzymes which act on
phosphorylated substrates, and thus is important in energy metabolism.
Epstein ( 1 972) notes that magnesium deficiency affects every aspect of the
metabolism of the plant. Clearly, an element with such widespread effects
on plant vigor would in turn affect the survival rates of gall forming insects.

Table 1. Number of single (S) and multiple (M) galls, with percentages, on Solidago
canadensis vars. scabra and canadensis at four sites in Onondaga Co., NY.

scabra canadensis Total

Site N % N % N %

Site A S 247 51.7 53 56.4 300 52.4

M 231 48.3 41 43.6 272 47.6

Site B S 217 56.9 68 79.1 285 61.0

M 164 43.1 18 20.9 182 39.0

SiteC S 287 87.5 74 90.2 361 88.0

M 41 12.5 8 9.8 49 12.0

SiteD S 213 49.1 70 45.8 283 48.2

M 221 50.9 83 54.2 304 51.8

Subtotals S 964 59.5 265 63.9 1229 60.4

M 657 40.5 150 36.1 807 39.6

Totals 1621 79.6 415 20.4 2036 100.0

Table 2. Amounts of soil nutrients in pet N, or ppm P, Ca, Mg, K at four study sites in
Onondaga Co., NY expressed as mean values ± S.D.

Site

Site A Site B Site C Site D

N 074 ± .065 .131 ± .025 .309 ± .051

P 19.80 ± 6.70 1570 ± .989 15.67 ± 4.04 I4.50± .707

Ca 5962.00 ±429.06 4527.93 ±553.03 3562.02 ±406.90 3889.16 ± 609.68

Mg 132.00 ± 27.50 228.36 ± 38.46 403.26 ± 4321 165.44 ± 2442

K 97.40 ± 43.48 103.50 ± 35.36 129.12 ± 29.02 14956 ± 32.31

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Increased soil nitrogen appears to provide some resistance to multiple
gall formation in S. canadensis. High soil nitrogen can limit proteolysis in
the plant, which decreases the amounts of soluble amino acids, thus
reducing the levels of sap nitrogen (Tingey and Singh 1980). Depleted sap
nitrogen levels may limit the number of larvae each stem can support.

The literature contains numerous conflicting results of studies on the
influence of nitrogen on reproduction of phytophagous arthropods. Harries
(1966) found that nitrogen deficient plants were less favorable for
reproduction of two-spotted spider mites, Tetranychus urticae Koch. In
contrast, Rodriguez (1951) found lower populations of T. urticae associated
with high nitrogen levels in tomato plants. Painter (1951) compiled a list of
studies that show that high soil fertility, especially high nitrogen levels,
results in decreased plant injury by some insect species and increased injury
by others.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We are grateful to Donald H. Bickelhaupt, SUNY-CESF, for assistance in soil analysis.

LITERATURE CITED

Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. 1976. Perkin-Elmer,

Norwalk, CT.
Cane, J.H. and F.E. Kurczewski. 1976. Mortality factors affecting Eurosta solidaginis

(Diptera: Tephritidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 84: 275-282.
Epstein, E. 1972. Mineral nutrition of plants: principles and perspectives. John Wiley &

Sons. New York.
Harries, F.H. 1966. Reproduction and mortality of the two-spotted spider mite on fruit

seedlings treated with chemicals. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 501-506.
Hartnett, D.C. and W.G. Abrahamson. 1979. The effects of stem gall insects on life history

patterns in Solidago canadensis. Ecology 60: 910-917.
Hughes, G.F. 1934. Two chalcid parasites of the goldenrod gall-fly, Eurosta solidaginis

(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea; Diptera: Trypetidae, et al.). Entomol. News 45: 119-

122.
Miller, W.E. 1959. Natural history notes on the goldenrod ball gall fly, Eurosta solidaginis

(Fitch), and on its parasites, Eurytoma obtusiventris Gahan and E. gigantea Walsh. J.

Tenn. Acad. Sci. 34: 246-251. '

Milne, LJ. 1940. Autecology of the goldenrod gall fly. Ecology 21: 101-105.
Painter, R.H. 1 95 1 . Insect resistance in crop plants. Univ. Kansas Press. Lawrence, Kansas.
Ping, C. 1915. Some inhabitants of the round gall of goldenrod. J. Entomol. & Zool. 7:161-

179.
Rodriguez, J.G. 1951. Mineral nutrition of the two-spotted spider mite. Tetranychus

bimaculatus Harvey. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 44: 511-526.
Sokal, R.R. and F.J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. The Principles and Practice of Statistics in

Biological Research. W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco.
Stinner, B.R. and W.G. Abrahamson. 1979. Energetics of the Solidago canadensis-slem

gall insect-parasitoid guild interaction. Ecology 60: 918-926.
Tingey, W.M. and S.R. Singh. 1980. Environmental factors influencing the magnitude and

expression of resistance, pp. 87-1 1 3. In F.G. Maxwell and P.R. Jennings, [eds.]. Breeding

plants resistant to insects. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Uhler, L.D. 1 95 1 . Biology and ecology of the goldenrod gall fly , Eurosta solidaginis (Fitch).

Cornell Univ. Expt. Sta. Mem. 300: 1-51.

1961. Mortality of the goldenrod gall fly, Eurosta solidaginis, in the vicinity of

Ithaca, New York. Ecology 42: 215-216.
Wilde, S.A., R.B. Corey, J.G. Iyer and G.K. Voigt. 1 979. Soil and Plant Analysis for Tree

Culture. Oxford & IBH Publ. Co., New Delhi, India.

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 33

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATIONS FOR THE SPECIES

OF COPROMYZINAE (DIPTERA:

SPHAEROCERIDAE) DESCRIBED BY

COSTA AND RONDANI1'2

Allen L. NorrboniM, Ke Chung Kim^

ABSTRACT: Lectotypes are designated for Saprobius nigriceps (= Crumomyia nitida),
Borborus limbinervis (= Crumomyia glabrifrons), and Copromyza rufiventris (= Crumomyia
glabrifrons syn. n.). Notes on the type material of these species and.fi. roserii(= Crumomyia
roserii) also are presented.

As part of a taxonomic revision of the sphaerocerid subfamily
Copromyzinae, we are evaluating the status of the included nominal species
by examining their type specimens. In this paper we report lectotype
designations and notes on the types of the copromyzine species described
by the nineteenth century Italian workers Camillo Rondani and Achille
Costa.

Rondani ( 1 880) described three nominal species in the genera Saprobius
Rondani and Borborus Meigen in the Stirps XXV of his Dipterologiae
Italiae Prodromus (see Sabrosky, 1961, regarding its publication), one of
the most important taxonomic works on the family Sphaeroceridae in the
late nineteenth century. On the basis of Rondani's descriptions, all three
nominal species have been placed in the genus Crumomyia Macquart
(Norrbom & Kim, 1985). Currently, Borborus roserii Rondani is recognized
as a valid species of Crumomyia, B. limbinervis Rondani is considered a
junior synonym of C. glabrifrons (Meigen, 1830), and Saprobius nigriceps
Rondani is regarded as a junior synonym of C. nitida (Meigen, 1 830). The
types of these species, however, have not been reexamined by subsequent
workers, except perhaps Villeneuve (1914), who mentioned the "B.
limbinervis type" (actually there is a large syntypic series for this species).
Through the kindness of Ms. Sarah Mascherini and Prof. B. Lanza of the
Museo Zoologico de "La Specola," Firenze, which houses the Rondani
collection, we have examined Rondani's type material and here confirm the
above taxonomic treatment of these names.

Deceived August 2, 1985. Accepted October 23, 1985.

2 Authorized on July 1 6, 1 985 for publication as Paper No. 72 1 9 in the Journal Series of the
Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station as a contribution from the Frost Entomological
Museum (AES Project No. 2594).

•'The Frost Entomological Museum, Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State
University, 106 Patterson Bldg., University Park, PA 16802.

4Present address: Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U.S. National Museum
of Natural History, NHB 168. Washington. DC 20560.

ENT. NEWS 97( 1 ): 33-35, January & February, 1986

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Specimens in the Rondani collection carry oval card labels with red
numbers corresponding to names entered in the collection's catalog. At
least for the sphaerocerids, the specimens rarely have additional labels.

Saprobius nigriceps Rondani, 1880: 10.

This species was listed under Borborus as "sp. 1 B. nigriceps m.," but it
was included in the genus Saprobius Rondani, erected in a footnote on page
1 1 . The type series consists of two males and two females of the species
currently known as Crumomyia nitida (Meigen), confirming Duda's
(1923) synonymy of nigriceps with this name. Each of the syntypes has
only an oval label with "1904." We have designated a male in good
condition as lectotype. Rondani gave only "appennino Italiae superioris"
[upper Italy] as the type locality.

Borborus limbinervis Rondani, 1880: 12.

The type series includes eight males and eight females of the species
now known as Crumomyia glabrifrons (Meigen) and we thus concur with
Duda (1923) that limbinervis is a junior synonym of this name. Each
syntype has an oval label with "1910." One male and one female have an
additional label with "Losoner 1 868. 1 " and "Losoner 1 868.2," respectively,
in writing that is not Rondani's, and a second male has a tiny rectangular
label that is not decipherable. We designated a male in very good condition,
with only an oval label, as lectotype. Rondani gave "tota [all] Italia" as the
source of his specimens.

Borborus roserii Rondani, 1880: 12.

A single male with only an oval label with "1911" is present in
the Rondani collection. It is covered heavily with dust dorsally, but from its
leg color, lack of an anteroventral seta on the hind tibiae, and genal
pruinosity pattern, it is clearly recognizable as the species currently known
as Crumomyia roserii ( Rondani) (Norrbom & Kim, 1985). The emendation
of the epithet to roseri by Papp (1984) is incorrect (see Ride et al., 1985,
Article 3 la). Rondani stated that "marem unicum observavi" [= a single
male was examined], thus the above specimen should be regarded as the
holotype ( Ride et al., 1985, Article 73a(ii)). According to Rondani, Roser
collected the type in Germany.

Copromyza rujiventris Costa, 1854: 88.

Costa described only one species of Sphaeroceridae, Copromyza
rujiventris Costa (1854). Becker ( 1 905 ) listed it as a questionable synonym
of Borborus niger Meigen (currently Crumomyia nigra [Meigen)), probably
based on Costa's statement that the species was very similar to nigra. Costa
also stated, however, that the wing crossveins were infuscated in rujiventris

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 35

("nervi neri, i due transversal! . . . leggermente infumati"), a condition found
in some Crumomyia, but not in nigra.

Prof. E. Tremblay of the Institute di Zoologia, Universita degli Studi di
Napoli, Portici, where the Costa Collection is housed, kindly loaned us the
five specimens placed under C. rujiventris. Four of them are doubtful
syntypes; they are Lotophila atra (Meigen), a species not fitting Costa' s
description, and are unlabelled except for one with a "Copromyza" label. A
fifth specimen, however, appears to be a valid type. It is in poor condition,
missing the head, abdomen, left wing, and mid- and hindlegs, but is still
recognizable as a male of Crumomyia glabrifrons (Meigen) from its
thoracic and leg pruinosity and chaetotaxy and infuscated crossveins. It
bears a hand printed label with "Copromyza rufiventris, A. Cos." and "(R)
Napoli?" in Costa's writing (E. Tremblay, pers. comm.), which roughly
matches the locality data given by him, "assai rara nel regno" [very rare in
the region (of Naples)]. Because Costa did not state the original number of
syntypes, we have designated this specimen as lectotype. C. rufiventris
Costa is thus a junior synonym of Crumomyia glabrifrons (Meigen), not of
C. nigra (Meigen).

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We sincerely thank Sarah Mascherini, Prof. Lanza (Museo La Specola), and Norman
Platnick (American Museum of Natural History) for their special efforts to arrange and
transport the loan of the Rondani specimens. We are also grateful to Prof. Temblay (Univ.
degli Studi di Napoli) for the loan of the Costa material and information about his collection.
Curtis Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, and Karl Valley and A. G.
Wheeler, Jr., Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, kindly
reviewed previous drafts of the manuscript and we thank them for their helpful comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Becker. T. 1905. Borboridae, pp. 23-26. In: T. Becker et al. , eds., Katalogder Pala'arktischen

Dipteren. Band IV. Budapest.
Costa A. 1854. Frammenti di entomologia napolitana, Articula I. Nouve species di Ditteri.

Ann. Scientific; ( Napoli) 1: 88-89.
Duda, D. 1923. Revision der altweltlichen Arten der Gattung Borborus (Cypsela) Meigen

(Dipteren). Archiv. Naturg. 89(A): 35-1 12.
Norrbom, A.L. and K.C. Kim. 1985. Systematics of Crumomyia Macquart andAlloborhorus

Duda (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae). Syst. Entomol. 10: 167-225.
Papp, L. 1984. Family Sphaeroceridae (Borboridae), pp. 68-107. In: A. Soos & L. Papp.

eds.. Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera, vol. 10. Akademiai Kiado. Budapest.
Ride, W.D.L, C.W. Sabrosky, G. Bernardi and R.V. Melville, eds. 1 985. International Code

of Zoological Nomenclature, third edition. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Rondani, C. 1880. Species Italicae ordinis dipterorum (Muscaria Rnd.) collectae et

observatae, Stirps XXV. Copromyzinae Zett. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Ital. 12: 3-43 (also

published the same year as a separate part of Vol. VIII of the Dipterologiae Italicae

Prodromus. Firenze.).
Sabronsky, C.W. 1961. Rondani's "Dipterologiae Italicae Prodromus." Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Am. 54: 827-831.
Villeneuve, J. 1914. Notes synonymiques. Weiner Entomol. Zcit. 33: 207-208.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

AN ANNOTATED SPECIES LIST OF INSECT

HERBIVORES COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH

BLACK LOCUST, ROBINIA PSEUDOACACIA,

IN THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS1

William W. Hargrove^

ABSTRACT: An annotated species list is presented as an aid to identification of phytophagous
insects found on black locust, Robinia pseudoacacia, in the southern Appalachians. The list,
containing 75 species, is annotated regarding host preference, presence in southern Appalachians,
abundance, and host specificity.

This annotated species list (Table 1) is intended for foresters and
ecologists not trained in insect taxonomy as an aid in the identification of
insects causing damage to black locust, Robinia pseudoacacia L. The list is
not claimed to be exhaustive, but includes most insects known to have R.
pseudoacacia as a preferred host as well as those commonly encountered
on R. pseudoacacia. Generalist phytophages that can reach pest abundance
on this host have been included, although generalists that are only
occasional black locust feeders may not be on the list.

Insects associated with R. pseudoacacia trees located at the Coweeta
Hydrologic Laboratory, owned and operated by the United States Forest
Service and located about 25 km south of Franklin, North Carolina, were
studied as representative of the southern Appalachians. The list was
compiled during several concurrent studies (Seastedt et al. 1 983, Hargrove
et al. 1984) as a part of the National Science Foundation Long Term
Ecological Research program at Coweeta.

The list supplements several sources (Craighead 1950, Schaffner
1953, Baker 1972), and includes 75 species. Nomenclature conforms to
recent taxonomic catalogs for the various groups (Van Duzee 1917, Leng
1920, Metcalf 1954-1966, Krombein et al. 1979, Hodges et al. 1983).

Organization of the list

Associated insects are grouped into feeding guilds according to the part
of the host that they affect, facilitating the identification of unknown
insects. Subheadings within feeding guilds appear in phyletic sequence.
Under each subheading, insect families are arranged phyletically. Genus,
species, and author are listed first, then common name, and finally family.
Common names conform to the ESA list of proper common names

'Received May 6, 1985. Accepted October 23, 1985.

^Institute of Ecology and Department of the Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA
30602.

ENT. NEWS 97(1): 36-40, January & February, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 37

(Werner, F.G. 1982) unless they appear in brackets. Common names
appearing in brackets are not recognized by the ESA but have been
included to aid in identification. Because of space limitation, no attempt has
been made to list synonomies for common or scientific names. Genera
appear in alphabetical order within families.

Numbers and letters in superscript refer to footnotes for Table 1.
Sources for host records are referenced by numbers, while short mnemonics
describe annotations concerning presence in southern Appalachians,
abundance, and host specificity. To avoid long annotations, no sources are
listed for insect species which are very common on R. pseudoacacia.
Verification of presence in the southern Appalachians is indicated next.
This verification represents visual recognition with museum specimens,
and does not indicate specific determination by an expert in the group.
Species not showing the verified annotation may or may not be present in
the southern Appalachians. A rough abundance classification is indicated
next, followed by an annotation regarding host preference.

Table 1. An annotated species list of insects commonly associated with black locust,
Robinia pseudoacacia L., in the southern Appalachians. Superscripts refer to
footnotes at the bottom of this table.

borers, bark & phloem -

beetles

Agrilus egenus Gory (Buprestidae)l'3,8

Hypothenemus obscurus (Fabricius) (Scolytidae)°
borer, root -
moth -

Elasmopalpus lignosellus (Zeller), lesser cornstalk borer (PyralidaeJ^P'-i11^
borers, twig & shoot -
moth -

Ecdytolopha insiticiana Zeller, locust twig borer (Olethreutidae)ver-corn-sPc
beetle -

Amphicerus cornutus (Pallas), powderpost bostrichid (Bostrichidae)*
borers, wood -
moth -

Prionoxystus robinae (Peck), carpenterworm (Cossidae)l'ver'm'
beetles -

flathead borers (Buprestidae)l

Lichenophanes bicornis (Weber) (Bostrichidae)l-ver'occ

Lyctus spp., powder post beetles (Lyctidae)'

Cryptarcha ampla Erichson, [sap beetle] (Nitidulidae)3-ver

Megacyllene robiniae (Forster), locust borer (Cerambycidae)^61"-0001-5?0

Hypothenemus obscurus (Fabricius), apple twig beetle (Scolytidae)°

Xyleborus affinis EichhofT(Scolytidae)°
gall insects -
moth -

Ecdytolopha insiticiana Zeller, locust twig borer (Olethreutidae)ver-corn-sPc
Hies -

Dasineura pseudacaciae (Fitch), [locust midge] (Cecidomyiidae)ver<corn'sPc

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Oblodiplosis robiniae (Haldeman), [locust gall midge] (Cecidomyiidae)ver>com»sPc
leaf feeders -

walkingstick -

Diapheromera femorata (Say) (Phasmatidae^-gnl

lepidopterans -

Lagoa crispata Packard, crinkled flannel moth (Megalopygidae^'^inf.gnl
Nephopterix subcaesiella (Clemens), locust leaf roller (Pyralidae)l'sPc

N. virgatella (Clemens) (Pyralidae)1'8'8?0

Archips argyrospila (Walker), fruittree leafroller (Tortricidae)1'000'^1
Agonopterix robiniella (Packard) (Oecophoridae)2,8,10,spc
Chrysaster ostensackenella (Fitch), [Osten Sacken's leafininer] (Gracilariidae)2>3>8,10
Parectopa robinella Clemens, [locust digitate leafminer] (Gracilariidae)2>°,10,spc

P. lespedezaefoliella Clemens (Gracilariidae)-^8?0

Phyllonorycter robiniella (Clemens), [autumnal locust leafininer] (Gracilariidae)2<3>8,10,spc
Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis (Hayworth), bagworm (Psychidae)3>°>occ,gnl
Biston betularia L., [cleft-headed spanworm] (Geometridae)l'8,occ,gnl
Heliomata cycladata Grote, [locust stout looper] (Geometridae)2>sPc
Pero honestarius (Walker) (Geometridae)l'8

Semiothisa ocellinata (Guenee), [locust looper] (Geometridae)2.8,spc
Lophocampa caryae (Harris), hickory tussock moth (Arctiidael^-S11'

L. maculata (Harris), spotted tussock moth (Arctiidae)8'8n'
Euparthenos nubialis (Hubner), [locust underwing] (Noctuidae)ver>com>sPc
Zale undularis (Drury), [locust false looper] (Noctuidae)2.spc
Schizura concinna (I.E. Smith), red-humped caterpillar (Notodontidae)8>occ,gnl
Dasylophia anguina (J.E. Smith), [anguina moth] (Notodontidae)8»ver,occ
Automeris io (F.), Io moth (Saturniidae^'^inf.gnl
Epargyreus clarus (Cramer), silverspotted skipper (Hesperiidae)ver'com'sPc

beetles -

Popilia japonica Newman, Japanese beetle (Scarabaeidae)^1"'0001-^

Agrilus egenus Gory (Buprestidae)l<3,8

Epicauta cinerea (Forster), clematis blister beetle (Meloidae)^

Anomoea laticlavia (Forster), claycolored leaf beetle (Chrysomelidae)8

Derocrepis carinata (Linell), [flea beetle] (Chrysomelidae)*'ver>com
D. erythropis (Melsheimer) (Chrysomelidae)^

Diabrotica spp., cucumber beetles (ChrysomelidaeJ^Pi'S111

Odontota dorsalis (Thunberg), locust leafminer (Chrysomelidae)ver'occ>sPc

O. nervosa (Panzer) (Chrysomelidae)3,spc
sawflies -

Nematus abbottii (Kirby) (Tenthredinidae)ver'com»sPc

N. tibialis Newman (Tenthredinidae)ver'com<sPc
sucking insects -
plant bugs -

Lopidea heidemanni Knight (Miridae)ver>corn'sPc

L. robiniae (Uhler) (Miridae^er'Com'SPC
stinkbug -

Acrosternum pennsylvanicum (DeGeer) (Pentatomidae)2
treehoppers -

Ceresa brevicornis Fitch, (Membracidae)2.ver

Enchenopa binotata (Say), twomarked treehopper (Membracidae)2.9,ver

Micrutalis calva (Say) (Membracidae)2

Spissistilus festina (Say), threecornered alfalfa hopper (Membracidae)1^61"

Thelia bimaculata (Fabricius) (Membracidae)7,ver,com,spc

Vanduzeea arquata (Say) (Membracidae)6,7,ver,com,spc

Vol. 97, No. 1, January & February, 1986 39

leafhoppers -

Empoasca mali (LeBaron) (Cicadellidae)^
E. querci (Fitch) (Cicadellidae)^

E. unica (Provancher) (Cicadellidae)^
planthoppers -

Ormenis pruinosa (Say) (Flatidae)^

Acanalonia conica (Say) (Acanaloniidae)^
aphids -

Aphis craccivora Koch, cowpea aphid (Aphidae)8.ver'com
scales -

Diaspidiotus ancylus (Putnam), Putnam scale (Diaspididae)l'8,inf

Parthenolecanium corni (Bouche), European fruit lecanium (Coccidae)l'°>ir"

Pulvinaria innumerabilis (Rathvon), cottony maple scale (Coccidaejl'^inf
mite -

Tetranychus schoenei McGregor, Schoene spider mite (Tetranychidae)^
seed predators -
beetles -

Spermophagus hoffmannseggi Gyllenhal, [locust pod borer] (Bruchidae)l

Apion spp. (Curculionidae)l
general predators -
assassin bug -

Acholla multispinosa (DeGeer) (Reduviidae)^
ants -

Crematogaster lineolata (Say) (Formicidae)2>6>ver

Formica Integra Nylander (Formicidae)6,ver,com

F. subcericea Say (Formicidae)6<ver<com

1. Schaffner (1953) supplement to Craighead (1950)

2. Rose and Lindquist (1982)

3. Garman (1916)

4. Hoffard and Anderson (1982)

5. Riley (pers. comm.)

6. Fritz (1982)

7. Funkhauser(1915a,b)

8. Baker (1972)

9. Matausch (1912)

10. Weaver and Dorsey (1967)

ver = Verified by author as present on R. pseudoacacia in the Southern Appalachians

com = Common on R. pseudoacacia

occ = Occasional on R. pseudoacacia

inf = Infrequent on R. pseudoacacia

pi = Probably incidental on R. pseudoacacia

spc = Specialist on R. pseudoacacia

gnl = Generalist herbivore whose foodplants include R. pseudoacacia

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Thanks are due Cecil Smith and W.T. Atyeo for help during preparation of this
manuscript. E.G. Riley provided taxonomic expertise in the determination of specimens of
Derocrepis carinata(Line\\). D.A. Crossley, Jr. and Lance Risley provided useful criticism in
review of the final draft. The manuscript was improved greatly by comments ot two

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

anonymous reviewers. This work was supported by National Science Foundation grants
DEB-80 12093 and BSR-8409532 to the University of Georgia.

LITERATURE CITED

Baker, W.L. 1972. Eastern Forest Insects. U.S. Forest Service Miscellaneous Publication
No. 1 175, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 642 pp.

Craighead, F.C. 1950. Insect Enemies of Eastern Forests. U.S. Department of Agriculture,
miscellaneous publication No. 657, United States Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 679

PP-
Fritz, R.S. 1982. An ant-treehopper mutualism: effects of Formica subcericea on the

survival of Vanduzea arquata. Ecological Ent. 7: 267-276.
Funkhauser, W.D. 1915a. Life history of Vanduzea arquata Say (Membracidae). Psyche

12(6): 183-197.

Funkhauser, W.D. 1915b. Life history of Thelia bimaculata Fabricius (Membracidae).

Annals Ent. Soc. Am. 8: 140-151.
Garman, H. 1916. The Locust Borer and Other Enemies of Black Locust. Kentucky

Agricultural Experiment Station bulletin No. 200, University Press, Lexington. 135 pp.
Hargrove, W.W., D.A. Crossley, Jr., and T.R. Seastedt. 1984. Shifts in herbivory in the

canopy of black locust, Robinia pseudacacia L., following fertilization. OIKOS 43: 322-

328. '
Hodges, R.W. (ed.) 1 983 . Checklist of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. Wedge

Entomological Research Foundation, National Museum of Natural History, Washington,

D.C. 284 pp.
Hoffard, W.H. and R.L. Anderson. 1982. A guide to common insects, diseases, and other

problems of black locust. United States Forest Service Forestry Report SA-FR 19,

Southeastern Area, Atlanta, GA. 9 pp.
Krombein, K.V., P.O. Kurd, Jr., D.R. Smith and B.D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington,

D.C. 2735 pp.
Leng, C.W. 1 920. Catalog of the Coleoptera of America North of Mexico. Cosmos Press,

Cambridge. 470 pp.
Matausch, I. 1912. Observations on the life history ofEnchenopa binotata Say. J. N. Y. Ent.

Soc. 20: 58-68.
Metcalf, Z.P. 1954-1966. General Catalog of the Homoptera. North Carolina State College

Press, Raleigh, NC.
Riley, E.G. (pers. comm.) Letter dated 6/1 1/84 reporting ID of specimens as Derocrepis

carinata (Linell); first host report for this species.
Rose, A.H., and O.K. Lindquist. 1982. Insects of Eastern Hardwood Trees. Canadian

Forestry Service Forestry Technical Report 29, Great Lakes Forest Research Centre,

Sault St. Marie, Ontario. 304 pp.
Schaffner,J.V.,Jr. 1953. Supplement to Insect Enemies of Eastern Forests; Index to Insects

by Host Plants. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 29 pp.
Seastedt, T.R., D.A. Crossley, Jr., and W.W. Hargrove. 1983. The effects of low-level

consumption by canopy arthropods on the growth and nutrient dynamics of black locust

and red maple trees in the southern Appalachians. Ecology 64(5): 1040-1048.
Van Duzee, E.P. 1917. Catalog of the Hemiptera of America North of Mexico. University of

California Press, Berkeley. 902 pp.

Weaver, J.E. and C.K. Dorsey. 1967. Larval mine characteristics of five species of leaf-
mining insects in black locust, Robinia pseudoacacia. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 60(1): 172-

186.
Werner, F.G. (Chairman, Committee on Common Names of Insects). 1982. Common

Names of Insects & Related Organisms. Entomological Society of America. 132 pp.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4'/i x f>Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

JOURNALS WANTED: Annals of the Entomological Society of America, Vols. 76 & 77
(1983 & 1984). Please write stating condition & price. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Dep't.,
Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, NJ 07043.

ANNOUNCEMENT - FOR SALE: The Permanent Committee of the International
Conferences on Ephemeroptera has copies of the Proceedings of the Fourth International
Conference held in Czechoslovakia, 1983. Copies are U.S. $35.00 post paid. All checks
should be payable to the International Ephemeroptera Scholarship Fund. All proceeds will be
used for travel scholarships to future conferences. Orders or inquiries should be addressed to
Dr. William L. Peters, Dep't. of Entomology & Structural Pest Control, Florida A&M
University, Tallahassee, Florida 32307.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless
steel. Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide
butterflies, moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned
collector. Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Titanus giganteus from French Guyana. List requested to Mr. Lestrade, 5 3 rue
Legendre, 75017 Paris, France.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Kornberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth, Florida 33463.

FOR SALE: Coleoptera of the world. Rare and common species, foreign and domestic.
Specializing in rarities and varieties of Africa & South America. Large price list free. Send 65<t
in postage. INSECT COLLECTING SUPPLY, 25422 Trabuco Road #105, Suite 294, El
Toro, CA 92630.

NEW ADDRESS for myrmecologists George C. and Jeanette Wheeler 3358 NE 58 Ave.,
Silver Springs, FL 32688.

WANTED: Specimens of Nearctic Drosophilidae. Will reciprocate. P.P. Saitta, 58 Butler
St., Pittston, PA 18640.

US ISSN 0013-872X

MARCH ft APRIL, 1986

History of ailanthus silk moth in Phila., Pa.: a case study in

urban ecology (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) Kenneth D. Frank 41

Seasonal activity & relative abundance of black legged ticks,
Ixodes scapularis, in Miss. (Acari: Ixodidae) Jerome Goddard 52

Gynandromorphism & differential molting in a mayfly

(Ephemeroptera) W. P. McCafferty, D. W. Bloodgoo d 57

Smokybrown cockroaches, Periplaneta fuliginosa (Dictyoptera:
Blattidae), displaced from harborages by red imported
fire ants, Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)

Arthur C. Appel 61

New host association for stilt bug, Jalysus spinosus
(Heteroptera: Berytidae)

A. G. Wheeler, Jr. 63

Collection of Antillocladius pluspilalus & A. arcuatus in eastern

Kansas (Diptera: Chironomidae) L. C. Ferrington, Jr., L.P. Ruse 66

Nesting biology of Ectemnius basiflavus in Trinidad
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)

E. McC. Callan 69

Variation in egg color in Agathymus estelleae (Lepidoptera:

Megathymidae) D.B. Stallings, V.N. Stalling* 71

Apis mell(fera, unusual prey for a paper wasp, Polistes major

castaneicolor (Hymenoptera) P.J. Schmidt, J. O. Schmidt 73

Status of riffle beetle genus Lara & homonymy of
subfamily group name Larinae

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 16, 1985
SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 20, 1985
BOOK REVIEW
BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

Paul J. Spongier 11
56
65

75
68, 72

INTERNAT'L. COMMISS. ZOOL. NOMENCLATURE

76, 79, 80

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July-A ugust by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1 985- 1 986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr, C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $ 18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society. 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 84 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in One of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 41

HISTORY OF THE AILANTHUS SILK MOTH

(LEPIDOPTERA: SATURNIIDAE) IN

PHILADELPHIA: A CASE STUDY IN

URBAN ECOLOGY1

Kenneth D. Frank2

ABSTRACT: Samia cynthia ( Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) is a large and colorful silk moth
indigenous to China. It was first introduced into North America in Philadelphia in 1 860. It
rapidly established itself and extended its range to other urban areas in the eastern United
States, but not to rural or suburban areas. S. cynthia is less common than it once was in
Philadelphia. Birds, parasitoids. pollution, and plants all may have contributed to 5. cynthia's
decline. Changes in Philadelphia's urban landscape have probably reduced the availability of
habitats favorable to S. cynthia. Whether outdoor electric lighting affected S. cynthia is
unclear. S. cynthia may be considered a faunal remnant of nineteenth century urban industrial
America.

The ailanthus silk moth, Samia cynthia (Drury), is a large and colorful
saturniid indigenous to China. In North America it inhabits urban areas
almost exclusively. The story of its introduction into Philadelphia, its
successful establishment here, and its subsequent decline make an interesting
chapter in the history of urban entomology ( Stewardson 1861, Nolan 1892,
Ferguson 1972, Pyle 1975).

The Host Plant

The principal host plant of S. cynthia is Ailanthus altissima (Mille.)
Swingle, known by the common names tree of heaven and paradise tree
(Pyle 1975). This tree is native to Asia and was introduced into Europe by
the French Jesuit botanist Pierre Nicholas le Cheron dTncarville (1706-
57), who shipped ailanthus seeds there from China (Fisher 1 982). The tree
was planted in England about 1751 and soon was brought to North
America where it was first planted around Philadelphia (Illick 1915).
Originally, the tree was selected as an urban tree because of its rapid growth
and tolerance of city conditions; however, it escaped cultivation and is now
distributed over much of the continental United States (Elias 1980).
Although the ailanthus silk moth is confined to cities, the tree flourishes in
both urban and suburban areas, and occasionally in rural areas.

Deceived April 20, 1985. Accepted November 20, 1985.

2Address: 2508 Pine St., Philadelphia, PA 19103. ^^S^ ^

APR 2

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 41-51, Marc\& April. 1986

LIBRARIES

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Its distribution in Philadelphia today is typical of its urban pattern. It
grows throughout the city, in cellar wells, poking up through iron grates in
the sidewalk. Saplings sprout at the edges of parking lots and in cracks in the
walls of old buildings. Specimens over thirty feet high tower over back
alleys, vacant lots, and row house gardens.

Introduction of the Moth

S. cynthia has been cultivated as a silk producer in Asia for centuries
(Gardiner 1982). In 1856 a missionary shipped S. cynthia cocoons from
Shantung Province, China, to Turin, Italy. M. Guerin-Meneville, a
Frenchman interested in sericulture, received progeny from these moths
(Ferguson 1972).

Thomas Stewardson (1861) and Edward Nolan ( 1 892) have described
in detail the events which led to the moth's introduction into North
America. Gue'rin-Me'neville's favorable reports about the potential use of
S. cynthia for producing silk attracted the attention of Stewardson, then
corresponding secretary of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
In 1 860 Gue'rin-Meneville shipped Stewardson a case containing prepared
specimens of the adult, larva, and cocoon, plus various samples of the crude
silk, thread, and woven cloth. Stewardson displayed these before members
of the Academy. In June of that year he received two lots of eggs from Paris.
The first lot failed because the eggs hatched during the voyage, but a second
lot arrived in good condition a few days later. A local silk manufacturer was
able to rear the caterpillars, which spun cocoons in July.

The adults from these cocoons bred and produced eggs the next month.
Stewardson reared the moth in several sites around Philadelphia. Many
eggs set on ailanthus trees in the country failed to produce cocoons because
birds attacked the larvae, but eggs set on an ailanthus tree in a private garden
in Philadelphia produced larvae that matured successfully. Larvae raised
by hand indoors also did well.

Edward Nolan, then Assistant Librarian at the Academy, took over the
responsibility of raising the caterpillars the next spring. He raised them in
glass jars inside the Academy's library. The enterprise was highly
successful but became progressively more arduous as the number of insects
multiplied. Nolan took them with him when he changed jobs and moved to a
chemistry laboratory at the University of Pennsylvania. The laboratory
was located on Ninth Street above Chestnut Street, where a U.S. Post
Office now stands. By chance, a large ailanthus grew next door to the
laboratory, and its branches arched across the property line. With the

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 43

permission of his laboratory director and the neighbor, Nolan released
about two hundred larvae onto the tree. Then he forgot about them.

In the winter of 1 864, a little over a year after the release, Nolan noticed
S. cynthia cocoons dangling from the tree. He counted forty. He concluded
that the insect must have bred successfully in the wild, and that these
cocoons represented the progeny from the individuals he had released. He
stated that this tree represented the first documented point of establishment
of S. cynthia in the area, although he could not rule out the possibility that
some moths might have escaped from the outdoor colonies which Stewardson
had established earlier.

After S. cynthia's introduction into Philadelphia, entrepreneurs interested
in silk manufacturing introduced it into other cities (Pyle 1975), but no
efficient way was found to reel the silk fibers from the cocoon. Although in
China strong fabrics were manufactured from cynthia silk, in the United
States the moth was a commercial failure (Holland 1903). In 1880, S.
cynthia was reported to be feeding on nearly all the trees and shrubs in
Central Park, New York, although only those feeding on ailanthus appeared
to be healthy (Packard 1914). Holland (1903) states that S. cynthia was
responsible for defoliating ailanthus shade trees. The current distribution of
the moth is sporadic and poorly documented, occurring in cities along the
east coast from Massachusetts to Georgia, and west to Indiana (Covell
1984).

The Decline of 5. cynthia in Philadelphia

In the eight years I have lived in Philadelphia, I have yet to find a single
S. cynthia cocoon, although I have searched ailanthus trees in the
uninviting industrial habitats where the moth is supposed to occur
(Ferguson 1972, Pyle 1975). In a telephone survey of Lepidopterists'
Society members residing in the Philadelphia metropolitan area, only one
sighting of a S. cynthia colony turned up. Charles Bergson reported finding
numerous cocoons dangling from an ailanthus tree during 1 968 or 1 969; the
tree was located where the Four Seasons Hotel now stands, directly across
the street from the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. In a
recent survey of members of the American Entomological Society who
were attending a meeting in the Academy, Joseph M. Harrison reported
that in 1970 he found about fifty S. cynthia cocoons on a small ailanthus
tree growing on the property of the American Legion Post located at 34th
and Market Streets. He stated that the insect was common here forty years
ago.

Tietz (1952) reports S. cynthia common in Philadelphia. He cites
Philip Laurent. Laurent's name appears on the labels of two specimens in the

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

collection of Arthur M. Shapiro. One label, identifying a male, states,
"Collected by Philip Laurent at Frankford, Penn, June 10, 1907." The
other label identifies a female and the data are the same except for the date,
July 1 of the preceding year (Shapiro 1985). Frankford is a section of the
city of Philadelphia.

Parasitoids

Shapiro (1984) encountered S. cynthia before he left Philadelphia
twenty years ago. He states:

The moth was apparently quite common early in the century. I heard this from old-timers
when I was a kid. . . By the late 50's - early 60's the cocoons were not at all easy to find, but
tended to be highly clumped. I found them near the Frankford Arsenal, in South
Philadelphia, and along Passyunk Avenue, and occasionally at the foot of Arch Street near
the river and sometimes rather commonly in the old R.R. yard in South Camden, behind
the J.B. Van Sciver Co. warehouse. They would not be in all those places in the same year,
as a rule. The tree of course is nearly ubiquitous in the city. The parasitization rate was
incredible. I believe the parasite was Spilochalcis mariae — check on this, as I am
retrieving stuff through a lot of memory! — and some whole batches were bad — certainly
the average was at least 85% parasitized. I caught single adults once at International
Airport, while waiting for a bus; once on the windows of the main Lit Brothers store; and
once at a shopping center near Norristown, Montgomery County, the only one I ever saw
in the "country" (but downtown Norristown was pretty seedy!)

T. Pergande reared 107 specimens of Spilochalcis mariae Riley
(Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) from 220 S. cynthia cocoons from New
York (Packard 1914). Collins and Weast (1961) list S. mariae as a
parasitoid of S. cynthia. Another S. cynthia parasitoid is Eremotylus
macrurus L. (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) (Hooker 1912), which was
widely distributed in eastern North America including Pennsylvania at the
time of £ cynthia 's introduction (Norton 1863). Joseph M. Harrison
(1980), a local breeder of saturniids, states that constant attacks by
parasitoids over the last forty years have caused S. cynthia colonies to
disappear.

Birds

Heavy infestation by parasitoids is a possible explanation for the
decline in the 5. cynthia population in Philadelphia, but other factors may
also have contributed. Stewardson (1861) and Nolan (1892) stated that
birds destroyed many caterpillars on ailanthus trees in the suburbs during
the early attempts to rear the insect. They reported that birds destroyed
fewer caterpillars feeding on ailanthus in the city, and larval survival to
maturity was consequently higher in the city than in the country. These

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 45

observations suggest a possible reason for S. cynthia's nearly exclusively
urban distribution.

Pyle (1975) noted that S. cynthia larvae are especially vulnerable to
attacks by birds. This is because the larvae are conspicuously colored and
feed together in colonies. Once birds have discovered a colony, they may
hunt for the caterpillars until they have finished them all. He noted that birds
are strikingly absent in the seedy habitat of New Haven's railroad yards
where S. cynthia thrives on ailanthus, yet along railroad tracks where birds
are present the moth is notably absent — even though ailanthus grows there
rampantly. In New York City, the moth is found ''between the bases of the
Manhattan and Brooklyn Bridges, among garbage dumps, abandoned
factories, and warehouses." He concluded that protection from attacks by
birds determines S. cvnthia's predilection for rundown urban habitats ( Pyle
1975).

In Philadelphia, since the turn of the centry, S. cynthia may have lost
some of its old protection from birds. The European starling (Sturnus
vulgaris Linn.) was introduced into North America in 1890 in Central
Park, New York (Bull 1964). By 1928 it had become abundant in
southeastern Pennsylvania (Sutton 1928), and is now common throughout
the Delaware Valley, including urban and suburban areas (Harding and
Harding 1980). The mockingbird (Mimus polyglottos Linn.) became
common more recently. Around the turn of the century it was considered a
"very rare summer resident" (Stone 1894, 1958). By 1950, nesting records
of the mockingbird were still extremely rare (Reynard 1953). Today it is
reported to be common in suburbs all year long throughout the region
(Harding and Harding 1980), and I have found it to be common in center
city, Philadelphia, along railroad sidings and in residential areas. Both the
starling and the mockingbird are omnivorous, with diets containing a
substantial amount of insect larvae (Sutton 1928, Bent 1948).

Although the starling and the mockingbird have clearly increased in
numbers, other insectivorous species may have invaded S. cynthia's
habitat. The list of birds recorded in urban Philadelphia over the past eighty
years is long (Delaware Valley Ornithological Club 1 905 - 1 908, Gillespie
1943, Harding and Harding 1980). I have found the blue jay (Cyanocitta
cristate Linn.), catbird (Dumetella carolinensis Linn.) and robin ( Turdus
migratorius Linn.) to be common during the summer in center city,
Philadelphia. The English sparrow (Passer domesticus Linn.), which
McCook (1891) observed pecking at S. cynthia cocoons, may have
declined in numbers (Bent 1958) but is still plentiful throughout the region.
All four of these species have been observed feeding on caterpillars as well
as on pupa or imagoes (Forbush 1907).

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Plants

The introduction of new species of birds in Philadelphia may have
reduced the number of urban habitats where S. cynthia could avoid
predation. The introduction of new species of plants in the city, however,
could have had a similar effect. Rosa multiflora Thunb. is an example.
Peterson and Peterson (1981) have attributed the northern expansion of the
range of the mockingbird to R. multiflora. This introduced rose is native to
eastern Asia (Gleason 1952). It grows invasively, making dense thorny
thickets. It produces attractive white flowers and copious red fruit. Because
it provides food and shelter for animals, it has been deliberately planted for
wildlife. Gardeners have grown it for its pretty flowers, and soil conserva-
tionists for erosion control (Petrides 1958). Fifty years ago the plant
apparently had not yet widely escaped cultivation, as it was not reported in
local floras (Porter 1903, Benner 1932, Stone 1945). It is now widely
distributed in southeastern Pennsylvania (Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl 1979)
and I have found it to be common in neglected, vacant urban property along
railroad tracks, where it grows with ailanthus. I have found mockingbird
nests in R. multiflora brambles in this location. Rosa multiflora may have
suppressed populations of S. cynthia by providing food and shelter for its
predators.

Pure stands of ailanthus trees are uncommon in the city. Plant species
other than R. multiflora may have reduced S. cynthia' s urban sanctuaries,
but to what extent is unclear. For example, three species of trees commonly
grow with ailanthus. They are white mulberry, Moms alba L., Catalpa
bignonioides Walt., and Paulownia tomentosa (Thunb.) Steud. None of
these is indigenous to Philadelphia, so any one of them might have recently
invaded ailanthus' territory. On the other hand, M. alba and C. bignonioides
were commercially cultivated in Philadelphia two hundred years ago
(Bartram c. 1983; Darlington 1837). C. bignonioides grew abundantly in
Philadelphia by 1818 (Barton 1818). All three species had established
themselves in Philadelphia by the turn of the century (Porter 1903).
Changes in urban flora may have contributed to S. cynthia' s decline, but
much of the city's weedy flora was probably already established at the time
of S. cynthia's introduction (Bartram 1758).

Reproductive Problems

A more challenging question may not be why the moth's population
declined but how it managed to survive in the first place. In 1914 Rau and
Rau found an extraordinary rate of infertility among Philadelphia S.
cynthia moths. These investigators studied S. cynthia as part of their

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 47

research on large North American satumiids, \nc\udingAntheraeapolyphemus
Cram., Callosamiapromethea Drury, Hyalophora cecropia Linn., and H.
euryalus Bdv. They based their S. cynthia studies on specimens obtained
from two lots of cocoons, one sent from Philadelphia and the other from
New York. They conducted their observations in St. Louis.

They studied 27 fertilized 5". cynthia from Philadelphia. These moths
laid 44 1 6 eggs. Almost half of these eggs were infertile, and half of the fertile
(i.e., embryo visible) eggs failed to hatch; caterpillars emerged from only 28
percent of the eggs. Only 5 of the 27 fertilized females produced more than
100 caterpillars; 16 produced none, one or two. The investigators found
that the duration of mating did not influence fertility of eggs, nor did the
number of times a female mated. I quote their conclusion: "Thus we see
this Philadelphia population in a sad plight in regard to their perpetuation."
(Rau and Rau 1914, p. 57)

One is tempted to question these findings on the basis of possible
sampling error or technical artifact. The investigators do not report how
they obtained the cocoons, nor whether the cocoons were collected "in the
wild." However, their studies of New York S. cynthia produced results
which were only marginally better than those from Philadelphia. Rau and
Rau were experienced breeders of Lepidoptera, and S. cynthia is especially
easy to breed (Villiard 1969, Gardiner 1982). The other saturniids they
studied showed no comparable degree of infertility or low egg viability.
Finally, the authors specifically state that their chief interest was the study
of moths obtained from cocoons from their natural habitats, and they
also wanted to compare samples taken in different geographic areas. One
can infer that they did indeed attempt to select cocoons gathered "in the
wild."

Rau and Rau were unable to explain their results. Considering the
industrial habitats where S. cynthia is found, environmental pollution
would appear a possible cause for the infertility and embryonic mortality
(Muller 1972). If such pollution also poisoned S. cynthia's enemies, it
could, paradoxically, have protected S. cynthia; likewise, a decline in urban
pollution could have contributed to S. cynthia's disappearance.

Urban Lighting

Predators, plants, parasites and pollutants may all have contributed to
the decline in the local S. cynthia population in Philadelphia. Urban
lighting, however, warrants consideration as well. Muller ( 1 979) states that
outdoor lighting has been the chief cause for the decline of moths in New
Jersey. Ferguson (1971) blames mercury vapor lighting for the general
decline in saturniids, with the exception of S. cynthia. Pyle (1975)
considered S. cynthia tolerant to urban lighting but pointed out a need for

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

more research on the subject.

Rau and Rau (1929) conducted a series of experiments which clarified
S. cynthia's response to urban lighting. They showed that male S. cynthia
are able to complete long distance mating flights under urban conditions at
night despite the presence of street lights. This is true even though in the
laboratory at night male S. cynthia fly to windows exposed to outdoor street
lamps. The investigators released 80 marked males half a mile downwind
from females enclosed in traps mounted on the roof of an urban dwelling in
St. Louis; they recaptured 44. Recapture rates were much lower when the
females in traps were downwind from the release sites of the males. These
data support the view that S. cynthia tolerates outdoor electric lighting.

Such studies do not consider other possible biological effects of street
lights, such as disturbances in photoperiodism and oviposition, nor do they
consider modern high- intensity vapor discharge lamps, such as mercury or
sodium. Worth and Muller ( 1979) reported large numbers of Hymenoptera
collected in light traps in New Jersey. They pointed out that urban lighting
could increase or decrease saturniid populations, depending on the relative
effects of this lighting on saturniids and parasitoids of saturniids. S.
cynthia's ichneumonid parasitoid Eremotylus macrurus L. flies during the
day and is not attracted to lights ( Hooker 1912). Secondary parasites attack
E. macrurus (Ibid). To what extent urban lighting affects these secondary
parasites, and how such effects might ultimately influence S. cynthia
populations, is a matter of speculation.

Urban Changes

Philadelphia, ecologically, is a different city than it was at the turn of the
century. I have noted changes in the kinds of birds and their distribution,
and changes in the local flora. But changes in the human environment also
may have reduced S. cynthia's habitats. Philadelphia's economic base has
shifted from heavy industry to service. The landscape is no longer filled with
factories. Transportation by air and highway has diverted traffic from urban
railroads and ports. Railroad stations have been torn down and freight yards
abandoned. Oil and gas have replaced coal as fuel. Soot has diminished,
and the air is clearer. The downtown area has experienced an urban revival,
and sections that were rundown since the nineteenth century have been
cleaned up. Bird feeding, urban gardens, and city parks have accompanied a
resurgence of civic pride. In rating desirable cities in which to live, Rand
McNally now ranks Philadelphia number five out of a field of 329
metropolitan areas (Halsey 1985). Philadelphia still has plenty of urban
blight, but it may not be sufficient to provide S. cynthia the urban
sanctuaries it once found here.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 49

Conclusion

S. cvnthia colonies may still exist in the city, but if so the moth must be
considered rare and local. I have pointed out several possible causes for the
moth's decline. These causes may have interacted in complex ways; the net
effects are difficult to predict and may have varied at different points in time
or in different locations within the city. Pollution, for example, mav have
been helpful or harmful to S. cynthia, depending on how it affected S. cynthia's
predators and parasitoids, as well as how it affected S. cynthia itself. Other
factors may have been important but are impossible currently to assess; for
example, nuclear polyhedrosis virus infects S. cynthia (Tanaka 1971), but the
prevalence of this and other microbial organisms in S. cynthia populations here
is unknown.

S. cynthia's early success in Philadelphia represents an opportunistic
invasion of a niche that may no longer exist, or exists only in protected
urban pockets like those in New Haven and New York. Sternburg et al
(1981) have called Hyalophora cecropia L. ( Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) a
fugitive species, because it thrives abundantly in new urban areas but not in
old urban areas or in rural areas. Samia cynthia may be compared to H.
cecropia, in the sense that 5. cynthia thrives in protected urban habitats
until those habitats change and support its enemies. Unlike H. cecropia,
however, S. cynthia survives only in cities in North America; it does not
have a population reservoir in rural or suburban areas (Ferguson 1 972). In
Philadelphia S. cynthia may be considered a fugitive species with nowhere
to go, a faunal remnant of nineteenth century industrial urban America.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank Howard P. Boyd for encouraging me to write this, and Arthur M. Shapiro
for his comments and recollections about S. cynthia.

LITERATURE CITED

Bartram, J. 1758. A brief account of those plants that are most troublesome in our pastures

and fields, in Pennsylvania; most of which were brought from Europe. In Darlington, W..

ed. 1849. Memorials of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall. Lindsay and Blakiston.

Phila., PA. pp. 383-388.
Bartram, J. Jr. c. 1783. Catalogue of American trees, shrubs, and herbacious plants. In: From

Seed to Flower, 1976. The Penn. Horticultural Soc., Phila., PA. p. 36.
Barton, W.P.C. 1818. Compendium Florae Philadelphicae Vol. 1 . M. Carey and son, Phila..

PA. 25 1 pp.
Benner, W.M. 1932. The Flora of Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Pub. by the author. Phila.,

PA. 331 pp.
Bent, A.C. 1 948. Life histories of North American Nuthatches, Wrens, Thrashers, and their

Allies. (Dover reprint 1964) Dover Pub. Co., NY 459 pp., 90 pis.

. 1958. Life Histories of North American Blackbirds, Orioles, Tanagers. and

Allies. (Dover reprint 1965) Dover Pub. Co., NY 549 pp.. 37 pis.

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Bull, J. 1964. Birds of the New York Area. Harper and Row, NY. xiv + 540 pp.
Collins, M.M. and R.D. WeasL 1961. Wild Silk Moths of the United States. Collins Radio

Company, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, iii + 1 38 pp.
Covell, C.V. 1984. A Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America. Houghton Mifflin

Co., Boston, MA. xv + 496 pp., 64 pis.

Darlington, W. 1837. Flora Cestrica. Pub. by the author. Phila.,PA. 640 pp, 1 map.
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. 1905. City ornithology. Cassinia (Proceed. Del. Val.

Ornithol. Club Phila.) Del. Val. Ornithol. Club, Phila., PA. p. 68.
Ibid. 1906, p. 57
Ibid. 1907, p. 80.
Ibid. 1908, p. 65.
Elias, T.S. 1980. The Complete Trees of North America. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., NY.

xii + 948 pp.
Ferguson, D.C. 1971. Bombycoidea. Saturniidae(inpart). In Dominick, RB. etal, editors.

The Moths of North America, fascicle 20. 2A. E.W. Classey, London. 153 pp., 1 1 pis.
. 1972. Bombycoidea. Saturniidae (in part). In Dominick, RB. et at, editors. The

Moths of North America, fascicle 20. 2B., E.W. Classey, London, pp xv- xxi + 155- 275;

22 pis.

Fisher, John. 1982. The Origins of Garden Plants. Constable, London, xvii + 338 pp.
Forbush, E.H. 1907. Useful Birds and their Protection. Mass. State Board of Agric., Boston,

MA. xx + 437 pp., 56 pis.
Gardiner, B.O.C. 1982. A Silkmoth Rearer's Handbook. Third edition. The Amateur

Entomol. Soc., Middlesex, England, xiii + 255 pp.

Gillespie, J.A. 1943. Birds of Rittenhouse Square. Cassinia (Proceed. Del. Val. Ornithol.

Club, Phila.) Del. Val. Ornithol. Club, Phila., PA. pp. 24-26.
Gleason, H.A. 1952. The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the Northeastern

United States and Adjacent Canada. Volume II. Macmillan Pub. Co., NY. 655 pp.
Halsey, A. 1985 (March 13). Wouldn't you rather live in Pittsburgh? The Phila. Inquirer, Vol.

312, No. 72: Section D, pp. 1 +4.
Harding, J.J. and J.J. Harding. 1980. Birding the Delaware Valley Region. Temple

University Press. Phila.. PA. x + 223 pp.
Harrison, J.M. 1980. Unpublished manuscript.

Holland, W.J. 1 903. The Moth Book. Doubleday, Page and Co., NY. xxiv + 477 pp.,26 pis.
Hooker, C.W. 1912. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 38: 1-176.
Illick, J.S. 1915. Pennsylvania Trees. Commonwealth of Penn., Dept. of Forestry,

Harrisburg, PA. 23 1 pp.
McCook, H.C. 1891. Tenants of an Old Farm; Leaves from the Note- Book of a Naturalist.

Sixth Edition. Fords, Howard and Hulbert, New York. 460 pp.
Muller, J. 1 972. Is air pollution responsible for melanism in Lepidoptera and for scarcity of all

orders of insects in New Jersey? Jour. Research Lepidop. 10 (2): 189-190.
Muller, J. 1979. Fourth addition to the supplemental list of macrolepidoptera of New Jersey.

Jour. Lepidop. Soc. 33 (3): 174-178.

Nolan, E.J. 1892. The introduction of the ailanthus silk worm moth. Ent. News, 3: 193-195.
Norton, E. 1863. Catalogue of our species of Ophion, Anomalon, Paniscus, andCampoplex.

Proceed. Entomol. Soc. Phila. 1: 357-368.
Packard, A.S. 1914. Monograph of the Bombycine Moths of the United States, part 3.

Memorial Nat'l. Acad. Sciences Vol. 12. 516 pp., 1 13 plates.

Peterson, R.T. and V.M. Peterson. 1981. Audubon's Birds of America. Abbeville Press, NY.
Petrides, G.A. 1958. Field guide to trees and shrubs. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA.

xxix + 431 pp.
Porter, T.C. 1903. Flora of Pennsylvania. Ginn and Company, Boston, MA. 362 pp.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 51

Pyle, R.M. 1975. Silk moth of the railroad yard Natural History 84 (5): 45-51.

Rau, P. and N. Rau. 1914. Longevity in saturniid moths and its relation to the function of

reproduction. Trans. Acad. Science, St. Louis. 23: 1-77.

1929. The sex attraction and rhythmic periodicity in the giant saturniid moths.

Trans. Acad. Science, St. Louis. 26: 83-221.

Reynard, G.B. 1953. Nesting mockingbirds in the lower Delaware Valley. Cassinia39: 27-32.
Shapiro, A.M. 1984. Letter to Howard P. Boyd, editor, Ent. News.
Shapiro, A.M. 1985. Letter to Kenneth Frank.
Sternburg, J.G., G.P. Waldbauer, and A.G. Scarbrough. 1981. Distribution of cecropia

moth (Saturniidae) in central Illinois: a study in urban ecology. Jour. Lepidop. Soc. 35:

304-220.

Stewardson, T. 1861. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila. 13: 525.
Stone, H.E. 1945. A Flora of Chester County, Pennsylvania. 2 Vol. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Phila., PA. 1470pp.
Stone, W. 1894. The Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Del. Val. Ornithol.

Club, Phila., PA. 185 pp., 2 maps.
Stone, W. 1958. The Mockingbird. Cassinia 43: 13-19.
Sutton, G.M. 1928. An introduction to the Birds of Pennsylvania. J. Horace McFarlandCo.,

Harrisburg, PA. ix + 169 pp., 1 pi.
Tanaka, S. 1971. Cross transmission of cytoplasmic-polyhedrosis viruses In Aruga, H. and

Y. Tanada, editors. The Cytoplasmic Polyhedrosis Virus of the Silkworm. Univ. Tokyo

Press, Tokyo, Japan, pp. 201-207.
Tietz, H.M. (1952?). The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania. The Penn. State College, School of

Agric., State College, PA. 193 pp.
Villiard, P. 1969. Moths and How to Rear Them. (Dover reprint 1975) Dover Pub., New

York, ix + 242 pp., 354 pis.
Wherry, E.T., J.M. Fogg, Jr., and H.A. Wahl. 1979. Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania.

Morris Arboretum, Univ. Penn., Phila., PA. xxx + 390 pp.
Worth, C.B. and J. Muller. 1979. Captures of large moths by an ultraviolet light trap. Jour.

Lepidop. Soc. 33 (4): 261-264.

Editor's Note: Kenneth Frank (MD) is a Philadelphia physician who lives in "old" center
city Philadelphia. He also is an amateur entomologist and a resident member of The American
Entomological Society.

The basis of the above paper is a "popular" article Ken. Frank wrote on the virtual
disappearance of the ailanthus silk moth in Philadelphia, published in a weekly neighborhood
newspaper, The Welcomat, on May 11, 1983. Subsequently, he agreed to research,
document, expand, and rewrite the paper for ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS.

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NOTES ON SEASONAL ACTIVITY AND RELATIVE

ABUNDANCE OF ADULT BLACK LEGGED TICKS,

IXODES SCAPULARIS (ACARI: IXODIDAE),

IN MISSISSIPPI1 2

Jerome Goddard^'^

ABSTRACT: For two years (October- May 1983-84, 1984-85), Ixodes scapularis specimens
were collected weekly by drag cloth in the 42,000 acre Noxubee National Wildlife Refuge in
north central Mississippi, with occasional collecting trips throughout the state for comparison.
A total of 105 drag cloth hours yielded 104 specimens. Additionally, 90 white-tail deer were
examined for specimens in the fall of 1983 at the Noxubee hunter check station. Seasonal
activity and relative abundance of/, scapularis is reported for the study area, including the
Rocky Mountain Laboratory records for this species in Mississippi.

Ixodes scapularis Say, the black- legged tick, is the third most common
ixodid tick affecting livestock in several south central states (Harris, 1959;
Barnard, 1981; and Drummond, 1 967). Adults of this species are relatively
abundant in winter and early spring whereas immatures may be found on
various hosts throughout the year (Bishopp and Trembley, 1945). There
have been three reports on the biology of/, scapularis (Harris, 1959;
Rogers, 1953; Hooker et al. 1912).

Seasonal activity, geographic distribution, and relative abundance of/.
scapularis in Mississippi is mostly unreported. Specimens were collected
from white-tail deer by Kellogg et al. (1971) but locality, seasonal data,
and numbers per host were not given. Smith (1977) reported deer
infestations with ticks (including/, scapularis) in Mississippi but numbers
per deer and seasonal distribution was not included. Also, in an unpublished
study of the stress responses of white-tail deer, Demarais ( 1 984) provided
numbers of/, scapularis per deer bimonthly for three wildlife management
areas in north, central and south Mississippi. The purpose of this current
study was to better define the population levels and seasonal distribution of
adult /. scapularis in Mississippi.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

From October 30 to May 15 in 1983-84 and 1984-85, Ixodes
scapularis specimens were collected by drag cloth in the 42,000 acre
Noxubee National Wildlife Refuge in north central Mississippi. Efforts

Deceived August 15, 1985. Accepted November 10, 1985.

^Entomology Department, Mississippi Agricultural and Forestry Experiment Station.
Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762.

3 Present address: Epidemiology Laboratory, School of Aerospace Medicine, Brooks AFB,
TX 78235.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 52-56, March & April, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 53

were made to collect weekly except when there were no days in a week with
temperatures above 10°C. Noxubee refuge extends from northern Noxubee
County into Winston and Oktibbeha counties in Mississippi and exhibits an
oak-hickory-pine forest with about three fourth's of the area forested. The
majority of drag cloth samples were taken from an area of mature pine-
hardwoods containing dogwood, wild blueberry or huckleberry, sweetgum
and predominantly short leaf pine and southern red oak. Mississippi, as a
whole, and especially the wildlife refuge areas, contain very large white-tail
deer populations.

For comparison, frequent collections were also made from sites in
north, central, and south Mississippi (excluding the Delta region). Additionally,
I. scapularis specimens were removed from white-tail deer at the Noxubee
hunter check station from November 21, 1983 to January 1, 1984.
Representative specimens from all collections were keyed using Keirans
and Clifford (1978). Voucher specimens are deposited in the Mississippi
Entomological Museum at Mississippi State University. In addition to
these new data, the Rocky Mountain Laboratory records for /. scapularis in
Mississippi are reported here.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

In this study 105 drag-cloth-hours yielded 104 /. scapularis specimens
with an overall average of about 1 tick per hour. In 1983-84, 69 drag cloth
hours produced 57 ticks with a peak of 4 per hour in the second week of
February (Fig. 1). In 1984-85, 47 /. scapularis were collected in a total of
36 drag-cloth-hours. The 1984-85 peak in the study area was also 4 per
hour in the third week of February. Adult activity diminished by mid May.

Collecting attempts in other sites throughout Mississippi produced
results similar to that of the study area. Ten trips to northeastern Mississippi
and west central Mississippi on a variety of dates in both years yielded no
ticks. One trip to central Mississippi in January 1985 produced 0.75 ticks
per hour, whereas another trip to the same area in February yielded 5.6
ticks per hour. One trip to southeast Mississippi in February yielded 2
/. scapularis specimens per drag cloth hour.

White-tail deer infestations with /. scapularis ranged from 0-3 ticks per
animal with only 13/90 (14%) deer parasitized. Twenty seven specimens
were removed from 90 deer (avg. 0.3 ticks per animal) from November to
January. Smith (1977) reported that 94% of 143 deer examined from 22
Mississippi counties (18 of which are in south Mississippi) were infested
with /. scapularis. Demarais (1984) found results similar to ours for the
Noxubee Refuge with 1.0 /. scapularis specimens per adult deer in
December and January, and an increase in total prevalence of/, scapularis

54

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1983-84

NOV DEC JAN FEB. MAR

MONTH

APR MAY

Figure 1 . Seasonal distribution oflxodes scapularis in north central Mississippi collected by
drag cloth (Oct-May 1983-84 and 1984-85).

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April, 1986 55

on deer southward with 13, 31, and 50% for his north, central, and south
Mississippi study areas respectively.

There are a total of 15 records of/, scapularis from Mississippi in the
Rocky Mountain Laboratory tick collection records. Collection dates range
from November 5 to May 2 1 from the following south or central Mississippi
counties: Bolivar, Copiah, Forrest, Franklin, Harrison, Holmes, Jackson,
Wilkinson, and Yazoo.

The relative abundance data presented here are basically consistent
with that of the other works cited above; however, these data may indicate
lower population levels of /. scapularis in northern Mississippi than in
Arkansas or eastern Oklahoma, which are on the same latitude and
increasingly larger populations of/, scapularis toward the southern end of
the state. Whether this gradient of/, scapularis prevalence is related to deer
populations, climatic differences, availability of hosts for the immatures, or
interactions of all three, is not clear but warrants further investigation.
Seasonally, these records indicate a peak of activity in mid-February which
is not consistent with that of 4 other studies which reported peaks in October
or November (Barnard, 1981; Lancaster, 1 973; Koch, 1982; and Drummond,
1967); however, it is possible that /. scapularis activity exhibits a bimodal
pattern with reduced activity in mid-winter. These observations suggest that
/. scapularis does not occur in northern Mississippi in sufficient numbers to
cause significant losses in wild or domestic animal populations but may be
an important pest in southern Mississippi.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Dr. H.A. Jacobson, Mississippi State University for coordination of collection
efforts from White-tail deer and Dr. J.E. Keirans, Smithsonian Institution, for the Rocky
Mountain Laboratory records.

LITERATURE CITED

Barnard, D.R. 1981. Seasonal activity and preferred attachment sites of Ixodes scapularis

on cattle in southeastern Oklahoma. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 54(3): 547-552.
Bishopp, F.C. and H.L, Trembley. 1945. Distribution and hosts of certain North American

ticks. Parasitology 3 1 : 1-54.
Demarais, S. 1984. Investigation of stress responses by male and female white-tailed deer in

Mississippi. Unpubl. Ph.D. Dissertation, Mississippi State Univ., 166 pp.
Drummond, R.O. 1967. Seasonal activity of ticks on cattle in southwestern Texas. Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Am. 60(2): 439-447.

Harris, R.L. 1959. Biology of the Black-legged tick. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 32(2): 61-68.
Hooker, W.A., F.C. Bishopp, and H.P. Wood. 1912. The life history and bionomics of

some North American ticks. USDA Bur. Entomol. Bull. 106, 239 pp.

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Keirans, J.E., and C.M. Clifford. 1978. The genus Ixodes in the United States: A scanning

electron microscope study and key to the adults. J. Med. Entomol. Suppl. 2: 1-149.
Kellogg, F.E.,T.P. Kistner, R.K. Strickland, and R.R.Gerrish. 1971. Arthropod parasites

collected from white-tailed deer. J. Med. Entomol. 8(5): 495-498.
Koch, H.G. 1982. Seasonal incidence and attachment sites of ticks on domestic dogs in

southeastern Oklahoma and northwestern Arkansas. J. Med. Entomol. 19(3): 293-298.
Lancaster, J.L., Jr. 1973. A guide to the ticks of Arkansas. Univ. Arkansas Agr. Exp. Sta.

Bull. 779, 39 pp.
Rogers, A.J. 1953. A study of the ixodid ticks of northern Florida including the biology of

Ixodes scapularis. Ph.D. thesis upubl. Univ. Maryland, College Park, MD. 66 pp.
Smith. J. S. 1977. A survey of ticks infesting white-tailed deer in 12 southeastern states. M.S.

Thesis, Univ. Georgia, 59 pp.

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 16, 1985

Roger W. Fuester, president of the Society and Research Entomologist at the USDA
Beneficial Insects Laboratory in Newark, Delaware, was the featured speaker at the first
meeting of the 1985-86 year. Ten members and three guests attended the meeting which was
held in Townsend Hall on the University of Delaware campus. President Fuester's talk was
entitled "Biological Control of the Birch Leafminer."

The larvae of the tenthredinid sawfly Fenusapusilla mine the leaves of birch trees in the
northeastern United States from Minnesota to Maine and in the Pacific Northwest. While this
species is primarily a pest of ornamental trees in the U.S., in Canada, where birches are more
abundant, it is a forest pest. Infestations can exceed 50% of the leaves, causing the leaves to
turn brown and drop. The weakened trees are predisposed for attack by the bronze birch borer,
Agrilus anxius. The birch leafminer was first discovered in Connecticut in 1923 where it had
been accidentally introduced, presumedly from Europe. Recently four parasites with different
life histories and habitat preferences have been introduced to control the miner. Three of these,
Lathrolestes nigricollis, Gn'ptocentrus albipes, and Chrysocharis laricinellae, have become
locally established with the greatest success being with releases in the Pocono mountains of
Pennsylvania. Compared to other release sites, climate of this region more closely matches
that of the region of Europe where the parasites originated. It is hoped that through natural
selection the species will adapt to varied climates and expand their ranges to provide biological
control of the birch leafminer.

President Fuester's illustrated talk not only addressed the specific topic of the control of
the birch leafminer but also provided a good general discussion of the characteristics of
introduced pests, the strategy in obtaining suitable parasites, and the problems associated with
culturing and establishing parasites. The talk also was interspersed with interesting notes on
the history of biological control.

Howard Boyd displayed an intriguing spherical clay ball about 4 cm in diameter that had
been found attached to the thin stem of an ornamental plant in Shamong Township, NJ. From
it had hatched one ichneumid and 7 small vespid wasps. None of the gathered entomologists
had seen such a nest before. The vespids were subsequently determined to be in the genus
Eumenes by Dr. Dewey Caron. The specimens were deposited in the University of Delaware
collection.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 57

GYNANDROMORPHISM AND DIFFERENTIAL
MOLTING IN A MAYFLY (EPHEMEROPTERA)1 2

W.P. McCafferty, D.W. Bloodgood3

ABSTRACT: A gynander of Ephoron leukon is described from the Tippecanoe River,
Indiana, and constitues the first report of the phenomenon in the family Polymitarcyidae. It
is the first non-baetid gynander known to have a male head, the first mayfly gynander known to
have bilateral sexual differentiation of the thorax but not the head, and the first mayfly
gynander known to have complete bilateral sexual differentiation of the abdomen. Differential
molting of the gynander is evident and is related to the fact that females of E. leukon, unlike
males that reproduce as adults, are reproductively mature as subimagos, so that two different
life stages may be represented simultaneously in an individual gynander.

The detection of gynandromorphism in mayflies is generally correlated
with the sampling of great numbers of individuals (Soldan and Landa
1981). Such was the case when our extensive sampling of Ephoron leukon
Williamson in 1984, on the Tippecanoe River in north-central Indiana,
revealed one striking gynander among thousands of normal individuals.

Mayfly gynandromorphism has been documented occasionally in the
literature over the past 63 years. Agnew (1979) indicated that some
gynanders have been erroneously referred to as intersexes. Mayflies with
known deviations of sex-related characters were recently reviewed and
elaborated by Soldan and Landa (1981).

This report of a gynander of E. leukon is significant for several reasons.
It represents the first report of gynandromorphism, or any other sexual
aberrancy, in the family Polymitarcyidae. The phenomenon has been
described previously for the families Siphlonuridae, Baetidae, Oligoneuriidae,
Heptageniidae, Leptophlebiidae, Potamanthidae, Ephemeridae, and
Ephemerellidae. Our discovery is of further interest in this regard because
E. leukon is the only representative, among known gynanders, of a group of
mayflies in which the female, unlike the male, reproduces as a subimago and
does not undergo a molt from the subimago to adult stage. Therefore, in
addition to a description of development and distribution of primary and
secondary sexual characteristics on the individual, the relative degree or
symmetry of molting (or, in essence, adulthood) is of particular interest.
Moreover, the gynander of E. leukon does not fit certain morphological

1 Received July 26, 1985. Accepted October 23, 1985.

^Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 10385.

•^Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 57-60, March & April, 1986

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

mosaic and bilateral patterns that are expressed by other mayflies and that
were elucidated by Soldan and Landa (1981) as typifying mayfly
gynandromorphism.

Our description of the gynander of E. leukon primarily concerns the
deviations from normal bisexual individuals. For comparative descriptions
and figures of normal individuals see Ide ( 1937). Possible causes of mayfly
gynandromorphism have been discussed by Agnew ( 1 979) and Soldan and
Landa (1981). If gynandromorphism in E. leukon is attributable to an X
chromosome being lost in one cell line of the zygote (giving rise to both XX
female and XO male karyotypes), then this loss may have happened in an
early stage of cleavage because of the preponderance of male tissue in our
gynander.

The head of the gynander, viz. the compound eyes, is entirely male. The
thorax and abdomen, however, are fully bilaterally differentiated in sexual
orientation, with right being male and left female.

Differences in the right, male foreleg and left, female foreleg are
illustrated in Figs. 1 and 2. Males and females of E. leukon differ with
respect to the ratio of forewing to hindwing length. The forewings of females
are longer relative to body length and are almost three times the length of the
hindwings; the forewings of males are relatively shorter and only about
twice the length of the hindwings. The right forewing of the gynander is 9mm
and the right hindwing 4mm, whereas the left forewing is 1 1 mm and the left
hindwing 3mm.

The abdomen, as seen dorsally, is curved to the left posteriorly owing to
the right, male side being more elongate than the left, female side. The right
testes is developed, whereas the left ovary is developed. Eggs are held in the
abdomen, but only about half as many as are found in normal females.
Externally (Fig. 3) the egg valve is developed on the left only. Genital
forceps and the subgenital plate are developed only on the right. The right
lobe of the penes is fully developed, but the left lobe is atrophied. The
median terminal filament is reduced as in normal males; however, the right
caudal filament is much thicker and longer than the left caudal filament,
demonstrating again bilateral sexual differentiation.

The gynander of E. leukon demonstrates several exceptions to the
characterization of mayfly gynanders discussed by Soldan and Landa
(1981). Previously, gynanders with a male head had been found only in two
specimens of Baetidae, which were essentially males with ovaries. Also
previously, bilateral differentiation of the thorax had only been found in
individuals with bilaterally differentiated heads. The entire abdomen is
bilaterally differentiated in the E. leukon gynander, whereas other mayfly
gynanders have mosaic-like distribution of sexual characterization or are
non-sexually differentiated with respect to pregenital abdominal segments.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986

59

The combination of male head and median terminal filament and otherwise
fully bilateral sexual differentiation found in the E. leukon gynander is
evidently unique among the approximately 36 or more mayfly gynanders
that have been reported (Soldan and Landa 1981).

The gynander of E. leukon was fixed just as molting from the subimago
to adult had commenced. Although molting was not complete, it is evident

Figures 1-3. Ephoron leukon gynander. 1 . Right foreleg, 2. Left foreleg, 3. Ventral posterior
abdomen.

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

that differential moiling with respect to bilateral sexual orientation was
involved. The head, legs, and abdomen had not begun to slough any
subimaginal pellicle, however, the thoracic nota and wings demonstrated
differential molting, with only the right, male side having sloughed the
subimaginal pellicle. There was no loosening of the subimaginal pellicle on
the left, female side of the thorax. Molted and non-molted sides were clearly
divided by the median notal suture.

The abdomen, although possessing the subimaginal pellicle entirely
(which is characterized by cuticular microtrichia), did differ somewhat
from right to left regarding the cuticle. In the right male pleural area the
subimaginal pellicle was very loose fitting and distinct from the underlying
adult pellicle. In the left female pleural area the subimaginal pellicle was
close fitting and underlying pellicle not evident.

The presence of a subimago in extant insects is restricted to the
relatively small order Ephemeroptera. Within that order only a very small
percentage of species are specialized to reproduce as male adults and
female subimagos, E. leukon being one. Moreover, gynandromorphism is
rare in Ephemeroptera, and possibly even more rare with respect to the
family Polymitarcyidae. Given these rarities, the mayfly described here
could certainly be considered a curiosity of nature.

The combination of gynandromorphism and differential reproductive
maturity depending on sex in E. leukon leads to differential molting in the
individual, as demonstrated, and technically speaking gives rise to the
possibilty of two life cycle stages being represented together in one
individual at one time. The mature individual would be a subimago with
respect to its female portion and an adult with respect to its male portion.
We suggest such an individual may be termed an "interstage." This
biological oddity, as represented by the gynander described here, may,
however, never fully develop, since the abdomen, being devoid of median
longitudinal sutures, may be incapable of differential molting in corres-
pondence to its bilateral sexual orientation. In contrast to thoracic molting,
subimaginal molting of the abdomen may be an all or nothing proposition.

LITERATURE CITED

Agnew, J.D. 1 979. Gynanders and sex determination in Ephemeroptera. Eatonia No. 24: 1-2.
Ide, P.P. 1937. The subimago of Ephoron leukon Will., and a discussion of the imago instar

(Ephem.). Canad. Entomol. 69: 25-29.
Soldan, T. and V. Landa. 1981. Gynandromorphism, intersexuality and teratology of

external genitalia in the order Ephemeroptera. Vest. Cesk. Spol. Zool. 45: 189-203.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 61

SMOKYBROWN COCKROACHES, PERIPLANETA

FULIGINOSA (DICTYOPTERA: BLATTIDAE),

DISPLACED FROM THEIR HARBORAGES BY RED

IMPORTED FIRE ANTS, SOLENOPSIS INVICTA

(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1

Arthur G. Appel^

ABSTRACT: Field observations and experiments revealed that smokybrown cockroaches,
Periplaneta fuliginosa, may be driven from their secluded daytime harborages into direct
sunlight by foraging imported red fire ants, Solenopsis invicta. Ant activity elicited agonistic
behaviors from the cockroaches, but the ants were not repelled.

Cockroaches generally are thought to confine their daily activity to the
scotophase of the photoperiod. During the summer in Houston, Texas, the
smokybrown cockroach, Periplaneta fuliginosa ( Serville), is active from 4-
5 h after sunset until about 1 h before sunrise, with maximum activity near
0000 h (Appel and Rust, 1986). Cockroaches were not observed abroad
during daylight. Laboratory studies with P. fuliginosa also indicate limited
photophase activity and negative phototaxis (Appel, unpublished). It was,
therefore, surprising to find both adult and nymphal stages of P. fuliginosa
abroad in direct sunlight on a north facing stone wall at 1 500 h CDT in
Auburn, Alabama. The cockroaches (n=15) were motionless except for
occasional jerking (rapid vibrations of the body in the saggital plane) and
stilting (elevating the body high off the substrate by full extension of the
legs). Both of these behaviors are considered moderately intensive agonistic
acts (Gorton et al., 1983).

Examination of the wall revealed foraging red imported fire ants,
Solenopsis invicta Buren. Agonistic acts were elicited from the cockroaches
by any physical contact with the ants, particularly from ant bites. Although
nymphal P. fuliginosa exude a sticky, reportedly defensive, secretion from
their tergal glands (Ichinose and Zennyoji, 1980), the predatory S. invicta
were not repelled. Cockroach harborage sites within the wall had 1 0- 1 5 ants
per cm2 that were removing cockroach feces. The ants had driven the
cockroaches out of their harborage sites and into the sunlight. Instead of
seeking new harborages, the cockroaches remained exposed on the wall.
The cockroaches were collected by hand and brought to the laboratory and
held at ca. 24 °C and 45% RH; there was no mortality after 5 days.

'Received November 2, 1985. Accepted December 6, 1985.

^Department of Zoology-Entomology, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station. Auburn
University, AL 36849-4201.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 61-62, March & April, 1986

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

To further investigate the displacement of cockroaches from their
harborages, ten 0.95-1 glass jars, each containing a 7 by 4 cm-diam
cylindrical cardboard harborage, and 10 cockroaches were positioned 0.5-
2.0 m from outdoor fire ant mounds at 0800 h CDT. The inside upper
surface of each jar was coated with a thin 5 to 6 cm wide band of petroleum
jelly to prevent escape of the cockroaches but allow free access to the ants.
Each harborage was contaminated with a two- week accumulation of feces
from 50 cockroaches. Within 1 hr after the jars had been positioned, ant
foragers had found and invaded the jars. The ants readily entered the
cockroach harborages and foraged upon the feces. Ant densities of as low as
1-3 ants per cm2 elicited agonistic acts from the cockroaches and drove the
cockroaches out of their harborages into the light.

Ant predation has been shown to cause significant reductions in prey
populations including ticks, scale insects, cat fleas, houseflies, rootworm
eggs, boll weevils, and at least 32 other arthropod species (see references in
Silverman and Appel, 1984). Predation by the native fire ant, S. geminata
(Fab.), in corn and squash fields in Mexico reduced the number of blattid
cockroaches per 10 plants from 1.83±1.47 (x±SE) to 0 (Risch and
Carroll, 1982).

Cockroach-ant interactions have not been thoroughly investigated. The
unusual occurrence of daytime exposed cockroaches indicates the severity
of ant annoyance and perhaps the importance of ants in cockroach field
ecology. Finally, the lack of movement of exposed cockroaches toward new
harborage sites is problematic and under further investigation.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank James H. Cane and Gary L. Miller for their assistance and reviews of the
manuscript. Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 15-85913.

LITERATURE CITED

Appel, A. G. and M.K. Rust 1986. Time-activity budgets and spatial distribution patterns of

the smokybrown cockroach, Periplaneta fuliginosa (Dictyoptera: Blattidae). Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Am. 79: 104-106.
Gorton, R.E., Jr., K.G. Colliander and W. J. Bell. 1983. Social behavior as a function of

context in a cockroach. Anim. Behav. 31: 152-159.
Ichinose, T. and K. Zennyoji. 1980. Defensive behavior of the cockroaches. Periplaneta

fuliginosa Serville and P. japonica Karny (Orthoptera: Blattidae) in relation to their

viscous secretion. App. Ent. Zool. 15: 400-408.
Risch, S.J. and C.R. Carroll. 1982. Effect of a keystone predaceous ant, Solenopsis

geminata, on arthropods in a tropical agroecosystem. Ecology 63: 1979-1983.
Silverman, J. and A.G. Appel. 1 984. The pupal cocoon of the cat flea Ctenocephalidesfelis

(Bouche) ( Siphonaptera: Pulicidae): a barrier to ant predation. Proc. Entomol. Soc.

Wash. 86: 660-663.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 63

A NEW HOST ASSOCIATION FOR THE STILT BUG

JALYSUS SPINOSUS (HETEROPTERA:

BERYTIDAE)1

A.G. Wheeler, Jr.2

ABSTRACT: The closely related North American stilt bugs Jalysus spinosus and J.
wickhami have dissimilar host ranges, with the former associated with panic grasses and the
latter with "glandular-hairy" dicots in several families, including the Onagraceae(Epilobium,
Gaura, and Oenothera spp). Recent collecting in Arkansas, Maryland, Pennsylvania,
Virginia, and West Virginia has shown that/ spinosus also develops on an onagraceous host,
enchanter's nightshade, Circaea quadrisulcata. The published record of/ wickhami from
this plant in Missouri should be referred to / spinosus.

Wheeler and Henry (1981) clarified host ranges of the berytids Jalysus
spinosus (Say) and /. wickhami Van Duzee, noting that the latter has
been misidentified in nearly all papers treating its biology. The stilt bug
reported as a pest of tomato fruit and released in tobacco fields to help
control aphids and lepidopteran pests was determined to be /. wickhami, a
species preferring flowers and fruits of "glandular-hairy" plants in diverse
families, especially Malvaceae, Onagraceae, Oxalidaceae, Scrophulariaceae,
and Solanaceae. In contrast, J. spinosus was shown to feed on spikelets of
various panic grasses; in a review of berytid host plants. Wheeler and
Schaefer ( 1 982) speculated that this stilt bug might be restricted to grasses
of the genus Panicum.

Although this characterization of hosts is, for the most part, true, recent
collecting indicates that/, spinosus also develops on an onagraceous plant,
enchanter's nightshade, Circaea quadrisulcata (Maxim.) Franch. & Sav.
The Rev. James M. Sullivan collected nymphs and adults on enchanter's
nightshade in Crawford Co., Arkansas (s.e. ofWinslow) in late July 1983.
Because the plant colony was near a Panicum sp. that had dropped its fruit,
it was thought that the bugs were merely "getting by" on an adventitious
host. But during August 1985 I took/ spinosus on fruits of enchanter's
nightshade in Mary land (Carroll Co. w. of Taneytown and Frederick Co.,
n. of Thurmont), Pennsylvania (Adams Co., w. of Hunterstown; Cumberland
Co., s. of Mount Holly Springs; Dauphin Co., Rockville; Franklin Co., w.
of Blue Ridge Summit; Lancaster Co., Conestoga and s. of Marietta;
Lebanon Co., Mount Gretna; Philadelphia Co., Morris Arboretum;

1 Received September 7, 1985. Accepted November 1, 1985.

2 Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
17110.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 63-65, March & April, 1986

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Schuylkill Co., Muir; and York Co., Stewartstown and e. of York), Virginia
(Rockingham Co., n. of Mauzy and Shenandoah Co., Edinburg), and West
Virginia (Hampshire Co., e. of Slanesville and Morgan Co., e. of Berkeley
Springs). Nymphs and adults were collected at all localities except
Conestoga, Pennsylvania (nymphs only), and near Mauzy, Virginia (adults
only). Voucher material from the localities cited has been deposited in the
insect collection of the Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg.

In Europe another metacanthine berytid, Metatropis rufescens (Herrich-
Schaeffer), occurs on Circaea lutetiana L. (see Wheeler and Schaefer
1982). The occurrence of J. spinosus on the related C. quadrisulcata in
Arkansas, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and West Virginia suggests
that this onagraceous plant serves as a common host over much of this
berytid' s range [U.S. and southern Canada east of 100th meridian
(Wheeler and Henry 1981)] and that its use is not a localized population
phenomenon (see Fox and Morrow 1981). Both Circaea and Panicum
serve as late-season hosts; J. spinosus has been taken on panic grasses in
Pennsylvania and West Virginia during August ( Wheeler and Henry 1981)
and during the present survey.

Wheeler and Henry (1981) listed enchanter's nightshade as a host of/
wickhami in Missouri. Because this stilt bug develops on other onagraceous
plants — Epilobium, Gaura, and Oenothera spp. — they assumed that this
was the July 'sus species that the Rev. J.M. Sullivan had observed on Circaea
quadrisulcata. He recently has found Jalysus occurring "with regularity"
on this plant in Missouri (Rev. J.M. Sullivan, in litt.) Even though voucher
material is not available, the record from C. quadrisulcata (Wheeler and
Henry 1981) and subsequent collections from this plant in Missouri almost
certainly pertain to /. spinosus.

Jalysus wickhami thus is associated mainly with viscid-pubescent
dicots of roadsides, fields, and waste places, whereas /. spinosus occurs
mainly on monocots, i.e., Panicum spp., growing in similar habitats. The
latter berytid also develops on enchanter's nightshade, a plant of rich woods
and thickets and a member of the Onagraceae, which contains several
common hosts of/, wickhami. Perhaps a likely evolutionary course leading
to observed host associations in these closely related stilt bugs will become
apparent once phylogenetic relationships in Jalysus are reconstructed and
hosts of other species in the genus are discovered.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to the Rev. James M. Sullivan. St. Louis, Missouri, for sending Arkansas
material of Jalysus spinosus. E. Richard Hoebeke, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, and
Karl Valley, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, provided helpful comments
on the manuscript.

Vol. 97, No. 2. March & April, 1986 65

LITERATURE CITED

Fox, L.R. and P.A. Morrow. 1981. Specialization: Species property or local phenomenon?

Science 211: 887-893.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. and T.J. Henry. 1981. Jalysus spinosus and/ wickhami: Taxonomic

clarification, review of host plants and distribution, and keys to adults and 5th instars.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 74: 606-615.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. and C.W. Schaefer. 1982. Review of stilt bug (Hemiptera: Berytidae)

host plants. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 75: 498-506.

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 20, 1985

The second regular meeting of the 1985-86 year was held at the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. Fifteen members and four guests attended. The featured speaker was
Dr. Douglas M. Kolodny-Hirsch of the Maryland Department of Agriculture. He spoke on
"The Maryland Gypsy Moth Integrated Pest Management Pilot Project."

Despite the fact that the gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar, has been a serious forest pest in
the northeastern U.S. for almost a century, most of the effort to control it could be considered
in the realm of crisis management. The philosophy of the Maryland Gypsy Moth I. P.M.
Project is different. The idea is to develop preventive management strategies which will keep
populations below economically damaging and annoying levels. A large region of Maryland
between Baltimore and Washington, D.C. has been selected as a project area. A survey and
monitoring system has been established on a one kilometer grid for regularly recording
quantitative and qualitative observations of gypsy moths and natural enemy populations along
with other variables indicating change in the forest environment. Since the project began in
1983, a number of management tactics have been assessed on local populations within the
study area. These tactics have included the application of pheromones, release of parasitic
Hymenoptera, release of irradiated eggs producing sterile adults, spraying with Bacillus
thuringiensis, and spraying with chemical insecticides. The large amounts of data from these
studies are being processed in such a way that populations can be evaluated both temporally
and geogaphically with respect to the type of treatment. Although the final evaluations will be
made at the end of the five year project, preliminary results indicate that several management
strategies are promising but may need further refinement.

In reports of local entomological interest Kenneth Frank reported that after eight years a
pipevine. Aristolochia durior, planted in his yard in center city Philadelphia has attracted a
pipevine swallowtail, Battus philenor. He displayed a photograph of a clutch of eggs that were
laid. Unfortunately the first instar larvae were captured by a spider. Although this species has
been reported from Philadelphia, it is quite rare. Hal White displayed a handkerchief from
Japan that was beautifully decorated with Odonata and Neuroptera. A short discussion
followed in which the reverence for insects by Eastern societies was contrasted with the
general dislike of insects by Western societies.

Harold B. White.
Corresponding Secretary

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

COLLECTION OF ANTILLOCLADIUS PLUSPIIALUS
AND A. ARCUATUS (DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE)

IN EASTERN KANSAS1

Leonard C. Ferrington, Jr.2, Leslie P. Ruse^

ABSTRACT: Adult males of A ntillocladius pluspilalus and Antillocladius arcuatus have
recently been collected at two sites in eastern Kansas. Both species were collected from
streams that have intermittent flow, or dry completely, during the summer months. This is the
first record of these two species occurring outside of their type locality in South Carolina.

Recent collections of Chironomidae in Kansas have revealed that
Antillocladius pluspilalus Saether and A. arcuatus Saether occur in the
eastern part of the state. Since the genus Antillocladius has only been
recently described (Saether, 1981) and these two species are currently
known only from collections in South Carolina ( Saether, 1982), it is felt that
a short note documenting the collections in Kansas and summarizing the
type of habitats from which adults were taken is in order. A few comments
regarding the biogeographical implications of these findings are included.

Two adult males of Antillocladius pluspilalus were taken on 12 June
1985 while collecting pupal exuviae from a small stream flowing through
second growth deciduous forest at the University of Kansas Natural
History Reservation, 5.6 miles north, 2.0 miles east of the center of
Lawrence, Douglas County, Kansas (T12S, R20E, Sec. 4). This stream is
a first order stream that is intermittent throughout July and August in years
with typical rainfall, although surface flow usually is apparent in fall
through spring even in drought years. The substrate is gravel mixed with
small quantities of sand and cobble, and considerable amounts of leaf litter
and wood enter the stream in the fall. At the time of collection the stream
width ranged from 0.4 to 0.8 meters and the maximum depth was less than
0.25 meter.

Six adult males of Antillocladius arcuatus were taken on 1 7 May 1 985
while collecting pupal exuviae from a small unnamed stream flowing
through a heavily forested ravine in the southeastern corner of Cherokee
County, 3.1 miles South, 1.3 miles east of the center of Galena (T35S,
R25 E, Sec. 1 ). This stream is first order at the collection site. No records of

1 Received October 21, 1985. Accepted November 22, 1985.

^Kansas Biological Survey and Department of Entomology, University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kansas 66045-2969.

^Anglian Water, Cambridge Division, Clarenden Road, Cambridge, CB2 2BL England.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 66-68, March & April, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 67

the flow regime are available. When the sample site was revisited on 1 9 July
1985 no surface flow was observed and it is presumed that this stream is
regularly intermittent in drier years. The substrate of the stream consists of
large cobble and boulders, with sections where the water flows over
outcroppings of bedrock. There was considerable leaf litter and wood debris
in the stream on both of the above dates. At the time of collection of the
adults the stream width varied from 0.3 to 1 meter and the maximum depth
was approximately 0.33 meter.

The descriptions of the immature stages of Antillocladius pluspilalus
are based upon a single reared larva that was collected from a seep area near
the shore of Jocassee Reservoir, South Carolina ( Saether, 1 984). No larvae
or pupal exuviae similar to the description of A. pluspilalus were collected
from the streams at either Kansas site on either date. A UV light trap
collection on 16-17 May at the Cherokee County site did not yield adult
males of A. arcuatus, and sweeping of vegetation at both sites also did not
result in the collection of additional specimens. No attempts were made to
sample seep areas or riparian habitats at either site, since we were unaware
at the time of collection that Antillocladius adults were contained in our
samples.

While skimming pupal exuviae it was observed that adults collected in
the sieve had been resting at the water's surface on detritus or at the
downstream edges of rocks along the bank of the stream. They did not
readily fly and were easily sieved and preserved along with pupal exuviae. It
is likely that larvae of both species are semiaquatic or riparian. It also
appears that adults congregate at the margin of the stream, do not disperse
far from the point of emergence, and are not attracted to UV light. All of
these factors probably contribute to the lack of collection of Antillocladius
in standard benthic sampling. The occurrence of A. pluspilalus and A.
arcuatus in eastern Kansas suggests that these two species may be
widespread in the eastern U.S. but due to their habits require specialized
collecting efforts in order to be detected.

Ferrington (1983) discussed the distributional patterns of some
Chironomidae known to occur in Kansas and proposed six generalized
patterns. The two species of Antillocladius reported in this note may fit in
distributional category #5 — Species with dense populations in the
southeastern United States, but with marginal populations extending north
and west into or throughout much of the central plains region. This
interpretation would be consistent with the views offered by Saether ( 1 982)
if it is assumed that their presence in Kansas is the result of dispersal north
and west since the Pleistocene.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Carlos de la Rosa and David J. Robertson for reviewing preliminary
drafts of this manuscript. Acknowledgments are extended to Paul Liechti for his comments on
distributional patterns of aquatic insects in Kansas and also for informing me of the stream in
Cherokee County; to Judy Miskimen for typing and proofreading the manuscript; and to
Edward Martinko, Director of the Kansas Biological Survey for support in the preparation and
publication of this paper. Ole Saether verified specimens ofAntillocladiuspluspilalus. Travel
to the United States and participation in this research by the junior author was facilitated by a
grant from the Winston Churchill Travelling Fellowship program.

LITERATURE CITED

Ferrington, L.C.,Jr. 1983. Interdigitatingbroadscale distributional patterns of some Kansas

Chironomidae. Mem. Amer. Entom. Soc. 34: 101-113.
Saether, O.A. 1981. Orthocladiinae (Chironomidae: Diptera) from the British West Indies

with descriptions ofAntillocladius n. gen., Lipurometriocnemus n. gen., Compterosmittia

n. gen., and Diplosmittia n. gen. Ent. scand. Suppl. 16: 1-46.
Saether, O.A. 1982. Orthocladiinae (Diptera: Chironomidae) from SE U.S.A., with

descriptions of Plhudsonia, Unniella and Platysmittia n. genera and Atelopodella n.

subgenus. Ent. scand. 13: 465-510.
Saether, O.A. 1 984. The Immatures of A ntillocladius Saether, 1 98 1 ( Diptera: Chironomidae).

Aquatic Insects 6: 1-6.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

A REVIEW OF THE GENERA DOITHRIX N. GEN., GEORTHOCLADIUS
STRENZJE, PARACHAETOCLADIUS WULKER AND PSEUDORTHOCLADIUS
GEOTGHEBUER (DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE, ORTHOCLADIINAE) Saether,
O.A. and J.E. Sublette 1983. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 20, 100 pp. $19.00

According to the authors the above four genera from a monophyletic group and keys to the
adult males, pupae and larvae of these genera are given. In addition keys are presented to the
males and/or females of the species within each genus and also the pupae and larvae, if known.
A new subgenus of Pseudorthocladius, Lordella is described and keyed.

ARCTIC COLLEMBOLA I - ALASKAN COLLEMBOLA OF THE FAMILIES
PODURIDAE, HYPOGASTRURIDAE, ODONTELLIDAE, BRACHYSTOMELLIDAE
AND NEANURIDAE. Fjellberg. A. 1985. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 21, 126 pp. $20.00.

This paper includes keys to the genera, in some cases subgenera, and species of the
families listed in the title. There are some excellent figures for some characters of each species
and brief discussion of the distributional patterns of Alaskan Collembola.

A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE GENUS BLA TTELLA CA UDELL (DICTYOP-
TERA, BLATTARIA: BLATTELLIDAE) Roth, L.M. 1985. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 22,
221 pp. $40.00.

This is an exhaustive worldwide revision of the genus Blattella which includes the
ubiquitous household pest B. germanica (L.). A key to the males of the species and the
distribution of each species is given. Seventeen new species are described. The illustrations are
entirely excellent photographs including some SEM photos. A fine work by a well-known
authority on the roaches.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April, 1986 69

NESTING BIOLOGY OF ECTEMNIUS
BASIFLAVUS IN TRINIDAD (HYMENOPTERA:

SPHECIDAE)1

E. McC. Callan2

ABSTRACT: The nest and prey of Ectemnius basiflavus are reported from Trinidad, West
Indies. The nest, from which 6 males and 3 females were reared, was in the living stem of
Hyptis sp. (Cruciferae) and was provisioned with Otitidae (Diptera).

Crabronine wasps of the genus Ectemnius nest in diverse situations and
commonly prey on adult Diptera. Ectemnius basiflavus (Brethes) ranges
from Mexico to Argentina. Bohart and Menke (1976) gave synonymy.
Schrottky (1914) described both sexes (as Xylocrabro umbrosus) from
Paraguay, with brief comments by A.W. Bertoni on its biology. The
following account augments Bertoni's notes.

METHODS

In Trinidad, West Indies I took a male of Ectemnius basiflavus on 24
January 1 945 at Preysal, 6 km east of Couva, on the flowers of Borreria
verticillata (L.) Meyer (Rubiaceae), a small unobtrusive plant with
compact white nectar-producing flowers, much frequented by bees and
wasps. My observations were made on a nest found on 1 February 1949 in
the living pithy stem of a common weed Hyptis sp. (Cruciferae) in my
garden at St. Augustine, a residential area 13 km east of Port of Spain.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The nest comprised a linear series of 9 cells within the stem of the plant
separated by transverse partitions made of fine particles of pith. The
partitions were about 1 mm wide and the cells 9 to 12 mm long. Each cell
contained an elongated, cylindrical cocoon, rounded at both ends, and
yellowish brown in color. The cocoon was made of fine silken threads, and
was suspended by a few projecting filaments within the cell. The walls of the
cocoon were thin, soft and delicate with almost the texture of tissue. At the
lower end of each cocoon was the meconium, a dark mass of larval
excrement, visible through the walls of the cocoon. Disposed around the

Deceived June 28, 1985. Accepted November 29, 1985.

213 Gellibrand Street, Campbell, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601, Australia.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 69-70, March & April, 1986

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

cocoons were the remains of the prey, which comprised wings, fragments of
the hollowed out head capsule, thorax and abdomen, and parts of the legs of
Diptera. Many of the body remains were metallic, bluish green to black in
color. The prey was identified as Otitidae, including Physiphora aenea
(Fabricius) and Euxesta sp., the former being a cosmopolitan species, the
larvae of which live in decaying vegetable material.

The lowest or innermost cell in the linear series was clearly the first to
be constructed and the last formed was nearest to the entrance hole in the
plant stem. When the nest was found the entrance was open and it was
apparently unfinished. A final closure would no doubt have been made with
particles of pith. The cocoons were removed from the cells, measured
individually and kept separately in glass vials. The 3 lower cocoons were
distinctly larger than the others, being 10 to 11 mm long and 3 to 3.5 mm
wide, and the 6 higher ones were 7 to 8 mm long and 2.5 to 3 mm wide.
Adults started to emerge 3 weeks after the nest was found. Males emerged
first from the 6 smaller cocoons and females later from the 3 larger ones.
Clearly the developmental period of the males was less than that of the
females. The female wasps were markedly larger, 8 to 9 mm long, than the
males, 3.5 to 6 mm long. In the 9 wasps reared, the females were more than
twice as large as the smallest male.

As in some other stem-nesting wasps, Ectemnius basiflavus built a
linear series of cells, in which upper cells produced smaller males emerging
earlier than larger females from lower cells. Species of the subgenus
Hypocrabro, to which Leclercq (1972) assigned E. basiflavus, nest
commonly in pithy plant stems or sometimes in decaying wood. In the
closely related subgenus Apoctemnius, nests are only known in rotten wood
(Jorgensen 1912; Hook 1982).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to J. Leclercq of Gembloux, Belgium for the identification of Ectemnius
basiflavus, and to D.H. Colless of Canberra, Australia, who kindly identified the prey.

LITERATURE CITED

Bohart, R.M. and A.S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid Wasps of the World. Univ. of California

Press, Berkeley. 695 pp.
Hook, A. 1 982. Notes on nesting behavior of Ectemnius centralis (Cameron) ( Hymenoptera:

Sphecidae). Ent. News. 93: 75-76.
Jorgensen, P. 1912. Los crisididos y los himenopteros aculeatos de la provincia de Mendoza.

Ann. Mus. Nat. Buenos Aires. 22: 267-338.
Leclercq, J. 1972. Identifications des crabroniens du genre Ectemnius trpuve's en Ame'rique

latine (Hymenoptera Sphecidae Crabroninae). Bull. Soc. R. Sci. Liege. 41: 195-226.
Schrottky, C. 1914. Beschreibungeiner neuen crabronide aus Paraguay. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit.

1914: 624-625.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1 986 71

VARIATION IN EGG COLOR IN

AGATHYMUS ESTELLEAE
(LEPIDOPTERA: MEGATHYMIDAE)1

Don B. Stallings, Viola N. Stallings2

ABSTRACT: A fertile female ofAgathymus estelleae lays eggs, some of which are green and
others are various shades of beige. No other species of Megathymidae is known to do this.
Concealment is enhanced when green eggs lodge in the plant or beige eggs falls to the ground.

For a number of years we have been aware that Agathymus estelleae
(Stallings & Turner) produced eggs of different colors. At present we know
of no other species of Megathymidae that do this, although we suspect that
A. remingtoni (Stallings & Turner) and A. valverdiensis Freeman may,
because both are closely related to A. estelleae and no doubt evolved from a
common ancestor.

In prior years when we confined gravid females of A. estellaea we found
that about half of the eggs were green while the others were various shades
of beige, some nearly "pinkish."

On 14 September, 1984 in the area of Saltillo, Mexico, we captured a
female of A. estelleae that had just been fertilized. We placed her in a wire
cage and during the remainder of the day she laid 43 beige eggs. Subsequent
egg production was: September 15, 25 beige eggs, 1 olive green; September
16, 15 beige eggs; September 17, 15 beige eggs; September 18, 7 beige and
9 green eggs; September 19, 9 green eggs; September 20, died with 9 green
eggs in her body.

All of the eggs laid were fertile, hatching on 1 , 2 & 3 October, 1 984. We
do not know whether a female mates more than once, but it is evident from
what we observed that a single mating can be sufficient to fertilize all of her
eggs.

The food plant of A. estelleae is Agave lechuguilla Torr. which has
narrow leaves. The female alights on a leaf of the plant near the tip and
drops eggs one at a time (usually) without affixing them to the plant. The
eggs may lodge at the base of the plant among the leaves or they may bounce
out of the plant and fall to the ground. Observations confirm that green eggs
were concealed better when lodged in the plant while beige eggs had the
cryptic advantage when they fell to the ground. It is assumed that these
colors might also impart some protective advantage against predators and
parasitoids. This could also represent a color polymorphism that is more or

Deceived February 11, 1985. Accepted October 28, 1985.
2P.O. Box 106, Caldwell, KS 67022.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 71-72, March & April, 1986

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

less balanced.

In this paper we have not tried to speculate as to the cause of the colors
of the eggs herein reported. Dr. John C. Downey suggests that a possible
explanation for the cause of this color variation is:

"Possible maternal and/or embryonic contributions to the egg colors
observed are unknown. However, we cannot discount the fact that thin egg
coatings from secretions of the accessory glands may produce the darker
(beige) hue to the egg. Ordinarily these collateral glands produce the sticky
adhesive cement in species where eggs are attached to the foliage. Lesser
amounts of the fluid, or its lack of production in the later part of the cycle,
could result in the visibility of the basic green color. Such an explanation
would account for the increased number of green eggs produced towards the
end of the reproductive cycle in the example herein given."

This idea, coupled with the fact that all known Megathymidae glue their
eggs to the food-plant except the genus Agathymus, suggests a number of
interesting studies of the evolution of the Megathymidae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank John M. Bums of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. and
Paul Grey of Lincoln, Maine for reviewing the manuscript.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

A CATALOGUE OF THE CHIRONOMID GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF THE
WORLD INCLUDING SYNONYMS (DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE). Ashe, P. 1983.
Ent. Scand. Suppl. 17, 68 pp. $17.00.

This is an invaluable paper giving the current status of all the genera and subgenera of the
world chironomid fauna. All synonyms and type-species are given along with very clear
discussions of the various nomenclatorial problems involved in many of the names. It is
particularly valuable when used in conjunction with Ent. Scad. Suppl. 19.

CHIRONOMIDAE OF THE HOLARCTIC REGION. KEYS AND DIAGNOSES.
PART I. LARVAE. Wiederholm, T. (Ed.) 1983. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 19, 457 pp. $73.00.

This is a long needed work giving keys and diagnoses of the larvae of all the Holarctic
genera of Chironomidae. The sections are written by specialists from Europe and North
America. The generic diagnoses including ecology and distribution are arranged in a uniform
format and there is at least one plate of figures for each genus described. The figures on the
plates are arranged in a uniform format, facilitating comparisons. Though some of the keys are
difficult, the excellent diagnoses and figures make it possible for the non-specialist to place his
material to genus. In some cases, where it was felt to be necessary, keys to subgenera and
species groups are also provided.

SCANDINAVIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PSITHYRUS LEPELETIER
(HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE). Loken, A. 1984. Ent. Scand. Suppl. 23, 45 pp. $10.00.

In addition to descriptions of the Scandinavian species of Psithyrus this paper includes a
key to the Holarctic genera of Bombinae and keys to the females and males of the European
species of Psithyrus. The species of Psithyrus are obligate social parasites on Bombus and
distributional maps of each Scandinavian species and its host are given.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 73

APIS MELLIFERA, AN UNUSUAL PREY FOR A

PAPER WASP, POLISTES MAJOR
CASTANEICOLOR (HYMENOPTERA)1

Patricia J. Schmidt2, Justin O. Schmidt2'3

ABSTRACT: A foraging paper wasp, Polistes major castaneicolor, was observed to prey on
a honey bee. Apis mellifera.

While collecting insects from a flowering western soapberry tree
(Sapindus saponaria drummondii) located eight km northwest of the town
of Patagonia in Santa Cruz County, Arizona, we observed a paper wasp,
Polistes major castaneicolor Bequaert, feeding on a freshly captured
worker honey bee, Apis mellifera L. The wasp captured the bee from on or
near an inflorescence at 1 1:25 a.m. 22 June, 1985. The wasp then slowly
descended with it to a dry patch of bare ground several meters from the tree,
and proceeded to dismember and feed upon it. During the five minute
struggle, the bee continued moving and repeatedly extruded and retracted
its sting. Despite difficulty in subduing the prey, the wasp never exposed its
sting or moved its gaster in the direction of the bee. After five minutes, a
single ant forager of Aphaenogaster (—Novomessor) albisetosus Mayr
discovered the pair and quickly, but unsuccessfully, attacked. The ant
returned within seconds and attacked the wasp again; this time the wasp
took flight with its prey. At this point we captured the pair.

The wasp was obtaining both sugars and meat from the bee. This was
clear from behavioral observations of the attack and from measurements of
the ice chilled pair. The fresh remains of the honey bee weighed 44 mg,
about half as much as a normal unladen forager (80-110 mg). The wasp,
which lacked any wear on its wings or mandibles, weighed 200 mg. Microscopic
investigation revealed that both right wings and the right meso- and metathoracic
legs of the bee were removed as well as substantial portions of flight muscle and
the muscles above the coxal areas. The abdomen also had a large opening in the
right second and third segments of the gaster at the interface of the terga and
sterna (Figure 1 ). We could easily see that all of those segments including
the crop had been removed.

Although vespine wasps were well known for preying on Apis (Matsuura

1 Received August 25, 1985, Accepted December 2, 1985.

^Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85721.

3Carl Hayden Bee Research Center, USDA, Agricultural Research Service, 2000 E. Allen
Road, Tucson, Arizona, 85719.

ENT. NEWS 97(2): 73-75, March & April. 1986

74

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and Sakagami, 1973), this is apparently the first report ofPolistes preying
on honey bees. During numerous collecting periods over several years we
had observed that both P. major castaneicolor and A. mellifera were
abundant among foragers on flowers of the Sapindus; yet this was the only
time we observed wasp predation on a bee. We do not know the exact
circumstances leading to the capture, but note that until about the last
hundred years, the two species did not occur together. Moreover, we do not
know if this particular observation just represents an unusual occurrence or
if it represents an expansion of prey types by this slow predator. Certainly
Apis mellifera could represent a new, slowly moving food source for P. m.
castaneicolor.

The wasp and honey bee are deposited in the collection of the
Entomology Department of the University of Arizona as permanent
vouchers.

Figure 1 . Honey bee prey of Polistes. Arrows point to holes chewed into the gaster and thorax
through which the honey crop and flight muscles were removed.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 75

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank James Gillaspy, Robert Jacobson, Robert Jeanne, Arnold Menke, and Floyd
Werner for reviews.

LITERATURE CITED

Matsuura, M. and S.F. Sakagami. 1973. A bionomic sketch of the giant hornet, Vespa
mandarinia, a serious pest for Japanese apiculture. J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ. 19: 125-
162.

BOOK REVIEW

INSECT ECOLOGY, second edition, Peter W. Price. 1984. John Wiley
& Sons, New York, NY, 607 pp., $37.50

Ecologists in general, and insect ecologists in particular, are fortunate to have an updated
edition of this very valuable textbook on insect ecology available to them. Although the
organismic emphasis is on insects, general ecological principles in the broad areas of (1)
trophic relationships, (2 ) populations, and ( 3 ) communities and distributions are covered. The
text is rich in material and many references that can be used on the advanced undergraduate
level. The number of references, in fact, has been almost doubled in the second edition.

Price has brought together and summarized much important information originally
published by Whittaker, Ehrlich and Raven, Janzen, Pianka, and other well-known ecologists.
His writing is clear and the material is presented in a step-by-step fashion which is easy to
follow and understand. Many tables, figures, and black-and-white diagrams complement the
text.

In Chapter 2, Size and Scaling in Moderately Small Organisms, Price discusses insect
flight and ecological success. It is pointed out, for example, that for insects that fly, running is
much more "expensive" than is flying. Most insects are small, and flight is a much more
efficient use of energy for locomotion than is running.

Price also discusses plant and insect herbivore relationships, and the coevolutionary
process that has been going on between these two taxa for millions of years. Much up-to-date
information on chemical ecology is included in this discussion and the entomologist who may
feel somewhat inadequate in this area would do well to read Chapter 3.

Many other relevant topics, important to insect ecology and/or general ecology, are
covered in the text. Especially worthy of note are chapters on predator and prey interactions,
parasite and host interactions, pollination ecology, ecological genetics, behavioral ecology,
niche concept and division of resources, and diversity and stability.

In addition to the excellent bibliography, the volume contains a taxonomic index, author
index, and subject index. The latter may be somewhat incomplete since I found that a number
of items presented in the text were not included in the index. None-the-less, Insect Ecology is
an outstanding textbook for an undergraduate insect ecology course, and it is also a valuable
reference for all entomologists and ecologists.

Paul P. Shubeck,
Biology Department, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, NJ

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

In replying, please quote c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY),

the following reference number: CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 58D

ITZN59 4 October 1985

The following Opinions have been published by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part 3 on
30 September 1985:

Opinion No.

1331 (p. 230) SPHAERIIDAE Jeffreys, 1862 (1820) (Mollusca, Bivalvia) and
MICROSPORIDAE Reichardt, 1976 (Insecta, Coleoptera): placed on
the Official List.

1335 (p. 241) Nepa cinerea Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Heteroptera): conserved.

1338 (p. 251) Thrips rufus Haliday, 1836 (Insecta, Thysanoptera): conserved for the

type species of Aptinothrips Haliday, 1836.

1339 (p. 255) Papilio fatima Fabricius, 1793 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): ruled to be exempt

from the application of the Principle of Homonymy.

1341 (p. 261) Simulium amazonicum Goeldi, 1905 (Insecta, Diptera): neotype designated.

1342 (p. 264) Damalis planiceps Fabricius, 1805 designated as type species ofDamalis

Fabricius, 1805 (Insecta, Diptera).

1347 (p. 277) Anthalia schoenherri Zetterstedt, 1838 designated as type species of
Anthalia Zetterstedt, 1838 (Insecta, Diptera).

1351 (p. 285) Galeopsomyia Girault, 1916 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): conserved.

1352 (p. 287) Eurhinus Schonherr, 1825 (Insecta, Coleoptera): ruled as a justified

emendation of Eurhin Illiger, 1307.

1353 (p. 291) Myzus festucae Theobald, 1917 (Insecta, Hemiptera): conserved.
The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

ITZN 11/5 A.N.(S.) 135

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part
3 on 30 September 1985, and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested
zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Secretary at the above address, if
possible within six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Continued on page 79

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 77

THE STATUS OF THE RIFFLE BEETLE GENUS
LARA AND HOMONYMY OF THE SUBFAMILY

GROUP NAME LARINAE
(COLEOPTERA: ELMIDAE)1

Paul J. Spangler^

ABSTRACT: An homonymy exists between Larinae (Coleoptera: Elmidae) and Larinae
( Aves: Laridae). There is a need to eliminate this homonymy and a name change to Larainae
is being proposed to the I.C.Z.N.

The family Elmidae (Shuckard, 1839), as we recognize it today, has
undergone numerous changes in its classification since its inception.
Although most of those changes involved the family name, another change
involving the name of one of the two subfamilies is now needed. The family
Elmidae is presently divided into two subfamilies, the Elminae and the
Larinae. When LeConte (1852) published his synopsis of the "Parnidae"
of the United States, he described the genus Lara which he placed in a
"Div. 2. Dryopini Er." When LeConte (1861) next referred to the genus
Lara he divided the "Parnidae" into three subfamilies, the "Psephenidae,"
the "Parnidae," and the "Elmidae." At that time he designated and
included a key to two tribes, the "Larini" and the "Parnini." The tribe
Larini was based solely on his genus Lara,

LeConte's tribe Larini was later raised to a family "Lariidae" by
Boving (1929) following his study of the larva of Lara. However, a few
years later in their extensive study of larval Coleoptera, Boving and
Craighead ( 193 1 ) reduced the Lariidae to a subfamily "Larinae" where it
has remained to the present time. However, the use of the homonymous
subfamily group name Larinae cannot be maintained in Coleoptera because
it is currently and correctly used in Aves and has been since Bonaparte
(1831) erected the family name "Laridae" and the subfamily "Larinae"
based on the nominotypic genus Lams Linnaeus (1758).

Neave ( 1 939), in his list of generic and subgeneric names, cited the use
of Lara by Drapiez ( 1 8 1 9) as a generic name for Hymenoptera. However,
Pate ( 1 937) and Bohart and Menke ( 1 976) regarded its use by Drapiez as
either a lapsus calami or a typographical error. Furthermore, because
Drapiez's use of Lara cannot be demonstrated to be an emendation of the

1 Received January 12, 1986. Accepted February 6, 1986.
2Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

generic name Larra Fabricius (1793), it has no standing according to the
Code (Art. 33c) (1985), and Lara LeConte is not preoccupied by Lara
Drapiez.

Because the stems of the similar generic names Lara LeConte ( Insecta)
and Larus Linnaeus ( 1 758) ( Aves), as well as several other generic names
listed by Neave, would be homonymous in forming family group names, I
am submitting a request to the Commission to rule that the stem of Lara, for
the purposes of Article 29, should be changed from Lar- to Lara-.
Therefore, the subfamily name for the elmid beetles would be Larainae.
This would be in agreement with the previous decision ( Opinion 1 40) made
by the Commission in the case of similar generic names, Merops Linnaeus
(1758) (Aves) and Merope Newman (1838) (Insecta), where the stems
were identical and the family group name could not be identical.

Because the name Larinae for the elmid beetles needs to be changed
because of the homonymy, and the change is needed now, I am presently
using the name Larainae in the hope that the Commission eventually will
reach the same decision.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Curtis W. Sabrosky and F. Christian Thompson for their constructive review of
this article.

LITERATURE CITED

Bohart, R.M., and A.S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid Wasps of the World a Generic Revision, viii

+ 695 pp. University of California Press. Berkeley.
Bonaparte, C.L. 1831. Giornale Arcadico, vol. 49, pp. 33. 58.
Bbving, A.G. 1929. On the Classification of Beetles According to Larval Characters.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 24(2): 55-80, 17 pis.
Boving, A.G., and F.C. Craighead. 1931. An Illustrated Synopsis of the Principal Larval

Forms of the Order Coleoptera. Brooklyn Entomological Society, viii + 35 1 pp. The

Science Press Printing Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Drapiez, M. 1819. Description de Huit Especes d'Insectes Nouveaux. Annales Generates de

sciences et Physiques (Bruxelles) I: 45-55.
Fabricius, J.C. 1 793. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta, etc. Vol. 2, viii + 5 1 9 pp.

C.G. Profit, Hafniae.
International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. 1985. International Code of

Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition, xx + 338 pp. H.Charlesworth& Company Ltd.,

Huddersfield, England.
LeConte, J.L. 1852. Synopsis of the Parnidae of the United States. Proceedings of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 6: 41-45.
LeConte, J.L. 861. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Part I. Smithsonian

Miscellaneous Collections, No. 136, (Vol. 3): 1-208.

Vol. 97, No. 2, March & April, 1986 79

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae Secundum classes, ordines.

genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis, ed 10, vol. 1. 823 pp.

Holmiae.
Neave, S.A. 1939. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Volume II D-L. 1025 pp. Richard Clay and

Company, Ltd., Bungay, Suffolk.
Newman, E. 1838. Article XVI. Entomological Notes. The Entomological Magazine

5: 168-181.
Pate, V.S.L. 1937. The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their Type Species.

Memoirs of the American Entomological Society, No. 9: 1-103.
Shuckard, W.E. 1839. The Elements of British Entomology. 240 pp. London.

INTERNAT'L. COMMISS. ZOOL. NOMENCLATURE

(Continued from page 76)
Case No.

2464 Berytus Fabricius, 1 803 (Insecta, Heteroptera, Berytidae): proposed desig-
nation of a type species.

2490 Thylacites Germar, 1817; Brachyderes Schb'nherr, 1823; Cycloderes

Sahlberg, 1823; and Cycloderes Schonherr, 1823 (Insecta, Coleoptera):
proposal to maintain current usage.

ITZN11/5 A.N.(S.) 136 14 December 1985

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part
4 on 6 December 1985, and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested
zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Secretary at the above address, if
possible within six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Case No.

2503 Eugynothrips Priesner, 1 926 ( Insecta, Thysanoptera); proposed designation

of Crytothrips conocephali Karny, 1913 as type species.

2496 HETEROGYNIDAE Rambur, 1866 (Insecta, Lepidoptera) and

HETEROGYNINAE Nagy, 1969 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): proposals to
remove the homonymy.

2345 Drasterius bimaculatus (Rossi, 1790) (Insecta, Coleoptera, Elateridae):

proposed suppression of E later bimaculata Fourcroy, 1785.

2453 Microchrysa Loew, 1 855 ( Insecta, Diptera): proposed conservation by the
suppression of Chrysomyia Macquart, 1834.

2454 Musca trilineata Linnaeus, 1767 (Insecta, Diptera): proposed conservation
by the suppression of Musca graeca Pontoppidan. 1 763.

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ITZN 59 14 December 1985

The following Opinions have been published by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 42, part 4 on 6
December 1985.

Opinion No.

1354 (p. 330) Agrotis redimicula Morrison, 1874 (Lepidoptera): conserved from 1874.

1358 (p. 341) Calaphis Walsh, 1862 and Callaphis Walker. 1870(Insecta, Hemiptera):

a ruling to remove the confusion.

1359 (p. 344) UROPLAT -- as the stem of family-group names in Reptilia, Sauria and

Insecta, Coleoptera: a ruling to remove the homonymy.

1360 (p. 347) Oeciacus vicarius Horvath, 1912 (Insecta) Hemiptera): conserved.

1361 (p. 349) Larentia capitata Herrich-Schaeffer, 1 839, given nomenclatural precedence

over Phalaena posticata Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1362 (p. 351) Phalaena coracina Esper, 1805, given nomenclatural precedence over

Phalaena hirtata Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1363 (p. 353) Ancistroceroid.es Saussure. 1855 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): type species

designated.

1365 (p. 357) Allygus Fieber, 1872 (Insecta, Homoptera): type species designated.
The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

P.K. TUBES

Executive Secretary

NEW JUST PUBLISHED
MEMOIR NUMBER 35

A RECONSIDERATION OF THE MILLIPED GENUS SIGMORIA,

WITH A REVISION OF DELTOTARIA AND AN ANALYSIS OF THE

GENERA IN THE TRIBE APHELORIINI (POLYDESMIDA: XYSTODESMIDAE)

By Rowland M. Shelley
Donald R. Whitehead

Price $16.00 postpaid

Order from the American Entomological Society, at The Academy of Natural Sciences,
19th & Race Sts. - Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 44 x 64 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $20. 00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Call lnU fren BIN) b.'l UM-J Or muil inquiry In.
University MH rulilm* InliTiiiilinlinl. JIN) Nurlh
/it.ilj Rixiil. AIUI Arlxir Ml •IHlOb

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI. 00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless
steel. Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide
butterflies, moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned
collector. Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Titanusgiganteus from French Guyana. List requested to Mr. Lestrade, 53 rue
Legendre, 75017 Paris, France.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Kornberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth, Florida 33463.

FOR SALE: Coleoptera of the world. Rare and common species, foreign and domestic.
Specializing in rarities and varieties of Africa & South America. Large price list free. Send 65<t
in postage. INSECT COLLECTING SUPPLY, 25422 Trabuco Road #105. Suite 294, El
Toro, CA 92630.

NEW ADDRESS for myrmecologists George C. and Jeanette Wheeler: 3358 NE 58 Ave..
Silver Springs, FL 32688.

WANTED: Specimens of Nearctic Drosophilidae. Will reciprocate. F.P. Saitta, 58 Butler
St.. Pittston, PA 18640.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rate at
$5.00 domestic or $10.00 foreign. W.B. Richfield, P.O. Box 1066, Goleta, CA 93116
U.S.A.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: praying mantises, especially species not found in caster U.S.
Live adults, nymphs, or eggcases equally useful. Will purchase or trade. Anxious to
correspond with others interested in mantis biology. David Yager, Neurobiology & Behavior,
W214 Mudd Hall, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY 14853.

FOR SALE. Signed copies of A Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America, with
free errata sheet, available from the author. Paperback, $15; hardbound, $20; includes
shipping costs. Charles V. Covell Jr., Dept. of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville,
KY 40292, U.S.A.

QL
tfrl

US ISSN 0013-872X

ENTOMOL

May & June, 1986

*

No. 3

NEWS

Additions & corrections to genera Unerus & Mattogrossus

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae)

Biology & ecology of Picromerus bidens (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in southeastern Canada

Paul H. Freytag 81
M. Javahery 87

On the distribution of Ceratosmicra meteori & C. paya

(Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) in North America Jeffrey A. Halstead 99

Distribution & seasonality of Megischus spp. (Hymenoptera:

Stephanidae) in California Jeffrey A. Halstead 101

Oviposition & development of Volucella isabellina

(Diptera: Syrphidae) on saguaro cactus, Cereus giganteus

Timothy G. Mvles 104

Primary infestation of sprouting chestnut, red, & white
oak acorns by Valentinia glandulella (Lepidoptera:

Blastobasidae)

Jimmy R. Galford 109

Weevil Barypeithes pellucidus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
feeds on northern red oak, Quercus rubra, seedlings

Jimmy /?. Galford 1 1 3

Lectotype designation & redescription ofAleochara
verberans (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)

J. Klimaszewski, F. Genier 1 1 5

Revision of genus Aleochara (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) of
America north of Mexico. Supplement 3. New
distribution data J. Klimaszewski, V.J. Cervenka 119

First record of Pterodontia flavipes (Diptera: Acroceridae)
larvae in mites Podothrombium (Acari: Trombidiidae) &

Abrolophus (Acari: Erythraeidae)

Nancy J. Sferra 1 2 1

New lacewing-fly (Neuroptera: Planipennia) from Canadian
Cretaceous amber, with analysis of fore wing
characters J. Klimaszewski, D.K. McE. Kevan 124

SOCIETY MEETING of February 19, 1986 98

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985-1986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White:
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett. Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1 900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 84 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3 579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 81

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO THE

GENERA UNERUS AND MATTOGROSSUS

(HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE)1 2

Paul H. Freytag^

ABSTRACT: The deltocephaline genera Unerus and Mattogrossus are reviewed with new
distributions, new combinations and a new species for each genus (Unerus cun'us n.sp from
Chile and Mattogrossus andinense n.sp. from Colombia). Unerus cmciatus is transferred to
the genus Loreta.

The genus Unerus DeLong was revised by Linnavuori (1959) to include
two subgenera Unerus and Mattogrossus. The subgenus Unerus contained
five species, after one species was added by Linnavuori and DeLong ( 1 978)
and one by Freytag (1983). The subgenus Mattogrossus was monotypic.

Additional material has been seen through the kindness of Dr. J. A.
Ramos, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. On the basis of this material the subgenus
Mattogrossus Linnavuori is elevated to generic rank and a new species is
added to both Unerus and Mattogrossus. Also, additional distribution
records are added to several of the known species and one of the species in
Unerus is now transferred to another genus. With these changes Unerus
still contains five species and Mattogrossus contains two species.

These changes are as follows:

Genus Unerus DeLong

Deltocephalus (Unerus) DeLong, 1936, p. 219.
Unerus colon us (Uhler)

Deltocephctlus colonus Uhler, 1895, p. 80.

This is the most abundant and widespread species of this genus. The
Dominican Republic is added to the countries from which this species has
been collected.

Present distribution: United States (Florida), Cuba, Dominican Republic, Haiti, Puerto
Rico, Virgin Islands, Grenada, Trinidad, Panama, Colombia, Surinam. Brazil. Bolivia,

Deceived November 4, 1985. Accepted February 7, 1986.

investigation reported in this paper (85-7-210) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.

^Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40546-0091.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 81-86, May & June, 1986

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Paraguay, Peru and Argentina.

Unerus curvus n. sp. (Figures 1-6)

Length of male 3.5 - 3.75 mm, female unknown.

Resembling colonus but with distinct male genitalia.

Generally pale ochraceous, with distinct dark brown pattern on frontoclypeus (Fig. 2).
Crown with pair of large brown spots behind ocelli and pair of small spots between them near
midline (Fig. 1).

Male genitalia: Pygofer with only small nipple-like process on posterior margin (Fig. 6).
Genital plates triangular with few macrosetae along lateral margin (Fig. 5). Style (Fig. 4) with
apex small and claw-like. Aedeagus and connective (Fig. 3) sickle-shaped in lateral view,
aedeagus slender and evenly curved to sharply pointed apex which is bifed in ventral view.

Holotype male: Chile, Azapa, Tarapaca, Dept. Arica, Nov. 8-10, 1955, Luis E. Pena,
deposited in the Ohio State University collection. Paratypes: two males, same data as
holotype, one deposited in the University of Kentucky collection and one in the J. A. Ramos
collection.

This species is quite different from any known species of this genus by
having a very small pygofer process and lacking any small processes on the
lateral margins of the aedeagus.

Loreta crucial us (Linnavuori), new combination

Unerus cruciatus Linnavuori, 1959, p. 129.

This species was described from Argentina. The male genitalia and the
external color pattern are not of the type characteristic of Unerus. I
therefore transfer this species to the genus Loreta Linnavuori. It is very
closely related to the type of the genus L. ornaticeps Linnavuori.

Genus Mattogrossus Linnavuori, new status

Unerus (Mattogrossus) Linnavouri, 1959, p. 129.

Mattogrossus was described by Linnavuori as a subgenus of Unerus.
This group is not closely related to Unerus on the basis of the male genitalia
and is undoubtedly very close to Amblysellus. The color and external
appearance is very similar in all three genera. However, I feel that there are
enough differences from either of these two genera to warrant elevating this
group to the generic level.

Mattogrossus is similar to Unerus in external appearance in having a
robust body with similar spots on the crown. The male genitalia are similar
to Amblysellus with the style robust, heavily sclerotized at apex and the
aedeagus tubular, with the apex slightly bifid, and the styles are hinged with
the genital plates (Fig. 13 and 16) in Mattogrossus.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June. 1986

83

CURVUS

mm

0.3 mm

Figures 1-6. Unerus cun'us n. sp. 1) head, pronotum and scutellum, dorsal view; 2) head,
frontal view; 3) aedeagus and connective lateral view, with caudal view of apex; 4) style,
ventral view; 5) plate, ventral view; 6) Pygofer, caudal margin, lateral view. Drawn to scale as
indicated.

84

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

7

COLONOIDES

mm

ANDINENSE

Figures 7-8. Mattogrossus colonoides Linnavuori. 7) head, pronotum and scutellum, dorsal
view; 8) head, frontal view. Drawn to the same scale.

Figures 9-10. Mattogrossus andinense n. sp. 9) head, pronotum and scutellum, dorsal view;
10) head, frontal view. Drawn to the same scale.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

85

COLONOIDES

0.3 mm

15

ANDINENSE

Figures 11-13. Mattogrossus colonoides Linnavuori. 1 1 ) male genital segment, lateral view;
12) aedeagus and connective, lateral view, with caudal view of apex; 1 3 ) style and plate, dorsal
view. Drawn to same scale.

Figures 14-16. Mattogrossus andinense n. sp. 14) male genital segment, lateral view; 15)
aedeagus and connective, lateral view, with caudal view of apex; 16) style and plate, dorsal
view. Drawn to same scale.

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Mattogrossus colonoides (Linnavuori), new combination. (Figures 7-8
and 11-13).

Unerus colonoides Linnavuori, 1959, p. 129.
Length of males 3.6 -4.25 mm, females 3.6 - 4.1 mm.

This species was described from Brazil and Bolivia. I have now seen
specimens from Colombia, Venezuela, Ecuador and Peru. This appears to
be a wide spread species in South America. Illustrations (Figs. 7-8 and 11-
13) are presented in order to clarify the placement of this species.

Mattogrossus andinense n. sp. (Figures 9-10 and 14-16).

Length of males 3.75 - 4.25 mm, females 3.6 - 4 mm.

Resembling colonoides but with distinct male genitalia.

Generally pale ochraceous, with distinct dark brown pattern on frontoclypeus (Fig. 10).
Crown with pair of large rectangular brown spots behind ocelli and a pair of small spots
between them near midline (Fig. 9).

Male genitalia: Pygofer rounded at apex with slight thickening on ventral margin (Fig.
14). Genital plates short, robust, thickened and heavily sclerotized on apical margin (Fig. 16).
Style (Fig. 16) fingerlike with apical end heavily sclerotized, extending beyond genital plate.
Aedeagus and connective (Fig. 15) fused, tubular, robust, with gonopore subapical to
bifurcate apex.

Female genitalia: Similar to colonoides. There appears to be much variation in both
species.

Holotype male: Colombia, Sassima, Cund., March 19, 1965, J.A. Ramos. Allotype
female, same data as holotype. Holotype and allotype deposited in the Ohio State University
Collection. Paratypes: Three males and two females, same data as holotype, one male and
one female deposited in the University of Kentucky collection and two males and one female in
the J.A. Ramos collection.

Other material seen, all from Colombia: two males, one female. El Triunfo, Cund., Dec.
1 1, 1965, J.A. Ramos; two males. La Mesa, Cund., Aug. 14, 1965, J.A. Ramos; two males,
two females, Villeta, Cund., Aug. 28, 1965. J.A. Ramos; and two males, one female, Hda. La
Rica, Sonson, Ant., Aug. 12-17, 1965, R. Restrepo, from the J.A. Ramos collection.

This species occurs in the same areas of Colombia as colonoides and
can be separated from colonoides on the basis of the male styles being
longer than the genital plates and much thinner. Also, the aedeagus in
andinense is more robust than that found in colonoides.

LITERATURE CITED

DeLong, D.M. 1 936. Some new genera of leafhoppers related to Thamnotettix. Ohio J. Sci.

36: 217-219.
Freytag, P.H.. 1983. A new species of Unerus from Honduras ( Homoptera: Cicadellidae).

Entomol. News 94: 187-190.
Linnavuori, R.E. 1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and some related

subfamilies (Homoptera). Ann. Zoo. Soc. Vanamo 20: 1-370.
Linnavuori, R.E. and D.M. DeLong. 1978. Some new or little known Neotropical

Deltocephalinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Brenesia 14-15: 227-247.
Uhler, P.R. 1 895. An enumeration of the Hemiptera- Homoptera of the island of St. Vincent,

W.I. [London] Zool. Soc. Proc. 1895: 55-84.

Vol. 97, No. 3. May & June. 1986 87

BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY OF PICROMERUS

BIDENS (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE)

IN SOUTHEASTERN CANADA1

M. Javahery^

ABSTRACT: Biology, ecology, and reproductive potential of the Palaearctic, predatory
pentatomid Picromerus bidens were studied during 1983-85 in southwestern Quebec.
Observations were made during three field seasons, and breeding and rearing were carried out
in both the laboratory and the field. It is concluded that P. bidens was imported accidentally
into North America (possibly in the egg stage and through Maine) more than fifty years ago. It
has become well established in its new environment, both in the U.S. and in Canada. Both
population and distribution are increasing in Quebec and adjacent regions. A comparison of
data from a biological study made in an area where the insect is endemic (southern England)
with results obtained in Quebec indicates many similarities between populations of both
"new" and "old" environments. The preferred habitat, wide range of prey acceptance, and low
rate of reproduction are among the disadvantages if this species is to be considered an
important agent for biological control of insect pests.

This paper, the first of a series on the biology, ecology, and taxonomy of
common Canadian Heteroptera, deals with a relatively unfamiliar species
in North America, Picromerus bidens (L). A common European predatory
pentatomid of the subfamily Asopinae, it is widely distributed in the western
Palaearctic Region and throughout Europe from 64 N latitude southward
to North Africa. It occurs as far west as Ireland and as far east as Siberia
(Mayne' and Breny, 1948; Puchkov, 1961; Southwood and Leston, 1959;
Javahery, 1967).

In the New World, P. bidens was first reported by Cooper ( 1 967) from
Union Village, Vermont. Research, however, reveals that the first known
North American specimen, collected by J.C. Lutz, 22. VII. 1932, in Lincoln
County, Maine, was found among unsorted material at the U.S. National
Museum by R.C. Froeschner and J.L. Herring. In Canada, it was first
reported by Kelton (1972) from specimens collected by D. de Oliveira at
Lennoxille, Quebec, 1968, and at Ascot Corner, Quebec, in 1969.

In 1983, another early Maine record was discovered during rough
sorting of accumulated Hemiptera in the Lyman Entomological Museum;
one male and two females among material collected by the late G.A.
Moore, 28. VII. 1945 at Peaks Island,* near Rockland, Maine. This seems

A

This appears to be an English translation of He Au Haut, which lies off the coast of Maine.
The late G.A. Moore collected extensively on this island.

' Received April 4, 1985. Revision received September 12, 1985. Accepted February 7. 1986.

^Department of Entomology and Lyman Entomological Museum, Macdonald College of
McGill University, Ste.Anne de Bellevue, Quebec, Canada H9X ICO

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 87-98, May & June. 1986

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to be the second earliest Nearctic record but more than a dozen years later
than the first. Further specimens have been examined during 1983-85
among the collection of Heteroptera at the Department of Entomology of
the Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto; in the University of Guelph's
Department of Environmental Biology; and in the Canadian National
Collection of Insects, Ottawa. As there is no record of the importation of P.
bidens for evaluation as a potential biocontrol agent of insect pests by either
the U.S. or the Canadian Departments of Agriculture, it is believed it was
introduced accidentally with nursery stock or other horticultural plants
(possibly in the egg stage, probably into Maine), some time before 1932.
Little has been published on this species in its North American
environment (Cooper, 1967; Kelton, 1972; Larochelle and Lariviere,
1 980; Larochelle, 1 984). The objective of the present work was to study the
biology, ecology, reproductive potential, predatory-prey relationships, and
the possible role of P. bidens in depressing populations of its prey in
southwestern Quebec.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

All stages of P. bidens, eggs, nymphs, and adults, (Figs. 1-3) dealt with
in this paper were collected in southern Quebec and to a lesser extent, in
eastern Ontario. Immature and adult bugs were collected by sweeping or
beating vegetation from May 1 983 to August 1985. A sweep-net thirty cm
in diameter and a beating cloth of 1 m2 were used. Breeding and rearing
experiments were undertaken in the field and in the laboratory under two
temperature regimes (23.0° ± 1C and 28.0°C) at 70-80% R.H. under LD
10.5:13.5.

From these experiments, data on fertility, fecundity, incubation period
and egg hatching, as well as on embryonic and nymphal development were
obtained. Females were dissected for a study of ovarian development and
eggs for determination of embryonic development. Eggs were held in
constant darkness (at 2.0° ± 1 C) in a petri dish placed in ajar of moist sand
prior to use.

Laboratory breeding and rearing were maintained in polystyrene
containers ( 1 1x1 Ix6cm) ventilated by screened holes (each 2.5 cm diam)
on each side.) A tube (2.5 cm in diam) containing water and plugged with
cottonwool was introduced through a hole to provide humidity and drinking
water for the bugs. The bases of containers were covered with paper
toweling and roof-shaped strips (5x4cm) of cardboard, and paper toweling
was placed in each container for oviposition and walking. The insect was
also cultured in rectangular glass cages (30x40x45 cm) covered by a
screened lid. Petri dishes (15cm in diam) with saturated cottonwool

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

89

•

Figs. 1-3. Different stages of Picromerus bidens(L.). 1 . A batch of eggs on twigs. 2. (left to
right) first; second; third; fourth and fifth nymphal instars. 3. A pair of Picromerus (male on
right) Female length 12-14 mm.

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

provided humidity and drinking water. These cages also contained toweling
and strips of cardboard, as well as twigs for oviposition and walking.
Celluloid cylinders (20cm in length, 10cm in diam) used for field breeding
and rearing enveloped live twigs to which the cylinders were secured at
either end by sleeves. Each cylinder also had 4 screened windows (3cm
diam) and a stoppered hole for the introduction of experimental insects and
food and for the removal of dead prey. The bugs were provided with insect
larvae (see "Food").

Data collected during the three seasons were combined and compared
with those obtained in a similar study made in southern England (Javahery,
1967).

RESULTS
The habitat

P. bidens favors damp, shrubby habitats such as those occurring on
riverbanks, isolated bushes growing in meadows, the margins of woods, and
tall sedges. Less frequently it is found in orchards or on coniferous trees. It is
generally found on warm, sunny days, on vegetation usually about one
meter above the ground. In southwestern Quebec and eastern Ontario, it
was found on Ambrosia, Polygonum, Rubus, Solidago, Vaccinium, apple
trees, grasses, and forage legumes.

Food

P. bidens feeds on larvae of many insect species and, to a lesser extent,
on pupae and softbodied, slow-moving adults. It is often found on plants
that are attacked by leaf-eating larvae, particularly of Lepidoptera and
Coleoptera (Strawinski, 1927; Mayne and Breny, 1948). In North
America P. bidens is reported to feed on larvae of Lepidoptera and
Hymenoptera (Cooper, 1967; Lattin and Donahue, 1969 and Kelton,
1972). During the present work in southwestern Quebec, particularly in the
Morgan Arboretum of Macdonald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, P.
bidens was observed to feed on larvae of Lepidoptera (mostly Pieridae,
Geometridae, and Noctuidae), Coleoptera ( C hry some lid ae), and Diptera
(Calliphoridae). Small larvae were most frequently attacked.

P. bidens is attracted by the movement of its prey. The prey becomes
inactive a few minutes after insertion of the predator's stylets into the softer
parts of the body, such as ventral parts of abdominal segments and thorax
(Fig. 4). With large prey, feeding continues for two or even three days,
during which time, adults may occasionally mate. In the laboratory P.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

91

Fig. 4. P. bidens feeding on its prey of greater wax moth (Galleria mellonella (L. )) in the
laboratory.

bidens was fed laboratory-cultured larvae of the Mediterranean flour moth,
Anagasta kuehniella (Zeller), and greater wax moth, Galleria mellonella
(L.), when prey were not easily obtained in the field. P. bidens also
demonstrated cannibalistic behavior when the food supply was low.
Cannibalistic individuals were observed feeding on each other through the
8th and 9th abdominal segments. In the field P. bidens occasionally suck
plant sap to obtain moisture. Under laboratory conditions, however, both
the food and the water provided were sufficient for its culture.

Occurrence and number of adults and nymphal instars

In Quebec and Ontario, P. bidens overwinters in the egg stage.
Embryonic development begins with the rise in temperature during April
and May. Of 300 eggs placed in cages in the field on 18 August 1983.
24 (8%) did not develop; 12 (4%) hatched between 16-28. IX. 1983; and
264 (88%) overwintered and hatched the following year between 5-10
June, 1984. Eighteen field-collected first-instar, 24 second-instar, and 8
third-instar nymphs were collected during the first two weeks in June and
over 1 00 fourth and fifth instars in July and early August in 1 98 3 . 1 984, and
1985. Development of 48 bugs reared in field cages during 1 984 are shown
in Table 1.

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Time of occurrence and durations (days) for nymphal stadia I- V of P. bidens reared
in field cages in 1984 (n=48)

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

instars instars instars instars instars

Occurrence 9-16.VI 17-24.VI 25-VI. to 3-VII 4-12.VII 13-22.VII

Duration (8) (8) (9) (9) (10)

During the first instars and 3-4 days of the second instars, nymphs did
not feed but aggregated and lived close together in groups varying from 3 to
56. This variation in group size was due to the great variabilty in numbers of
eggs in individual batches. Later instars were collected mainly individually
and in low densities. The highest density of third-, fourth- and fifth-instar
nymphs collected in 50 sweeps or beatings were 3 , 6 and 2 respectively. The
greatest numbers of adults taken by 50 sweeps or beatings were 6 in August
1984. A total of 158 adults (87 males and 71 females) were collected in
Morgan Arboretum, Oka, Riguad, Valleyfield, Rougemount and Ste-Jean
sur- Richelieu. Adults of P. bidens were found as early as 11 July 85 (a
female from Oka) and as late as 15 Oct. 84 (a male and female in Baie D'
Urfe).

Reproductive Biology:

Sexual maturation

Mating and oviposition of 18 pairs occurred in the field from fifteen to
twenty days after the last molt. During this period adults of both sexes were
often seen feeding upon their prey or walking. Six pairs kept in field cages
without insect larvae died after 12 days. Twenty-five pairs reared in
laboratory from egg to adult at 23 ° ± 1 C showed a prematuration period of
14-18 days. Extensive feeding was observed during the prematuration and
oviposition period. Neither sex was seen to fly, even in sunny weather or at
high temperatures (up to 32°C) at any of the study areas. (In the laboratory,
when disturbed, one female was observed several times to engage in short
flights of approximately one meter.) It may be flight is not necessary for the
initiation of sexual maturation and dispersal, whereas feeding and walking
are.

Egg diapause

The oviposition period of P. bidens in southwestern Quebec occurred

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June. 1986 93

from the second week of August until 1 5th October in 1 983 and 1 984. The
eggs overwintered in a state of diapause. The results of holding 300 eggs in
the field, as well as keeping 3000 under experimental conditions in the
laboratory, indicate that eggs needed to be subjected to low temperatures
(0-2°C) for approximately 30 days to have embryonic development begin.
Without this chilling period 92% of the eggs did not hatch. Thus, there is an
obligatory diapause that can be terminated only by exposure to low
temperature. In the laboratory the eggs of P. bidens were kept at T ± 1 C in
a refrigerator for about six months. During this period, sufficient humidity
(about 85%) was provided by keeping the egg-dish on sterile sand flooded
with water in jars with wire mesh lids.

Change in weight, reproductive organs, numbers of eggs and colon

In maturation of both sexes of P. bidens weight increased and obvious
changes took place in the reproductive organs. The weight fluctuated
mostly with feeding and, in females, with oviposition. The mean weight of
20 pairs, 2-3 days after final molt, was 58.0 mg for males and 100.0 mg for
females. The mean weight of females increased before first oviposition to
153.7 mg and decreased to 122.3 mg on postoviposition (at death). In
females, changes were marked by the obvious development cf ovarioles,
which filled the abdominal cavity. Up to four eggs developed in each
ovariole before a batch was laid. The eggs were attached by their sides by
means of cementing substance in regular and parallel lines of 2-3 eggs each
on twigs (Fig. 1 ), or in lines of 3 to 6 eggs each on or under paper toweling in
the laboratory. The eggs were barrel-shaped and laid in batches varying
from 2 to 73. Each egg(n=35) measuredO.8 to 1 mm high andO.5 toO.7 mm
wide with a crown of 26-34 micropyles encircling the operculum. The egg is
pale creamy-white in the ovarioles and common oviducts, remaining so for
several hours after oviposition. Subsequently the color changes to a grayish
hue and finally to almost black. Progressive color change after oviposition
was observed both in the field and under laborabory conditions (1-2"C;
80% RH.).

Ovariole development in relation to egg numbers:

The development of ovarioles and their relation to age, length of time
after mating, and the number of eggs per batch in P. bidens were studied in
1983 and 1984. Fema' ; bugs collected in the field from mid- July until the
end of October were lissected weekly. Morphological changes in the
ovarioles during the life of the females, based upon regular dissection of 2
females per week, are indicated in Fig. 5. The changes have been classified
into seven stages, with maximum fecundity during the fourth stage. During

94

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

that stage the female carries more than 50 eggs. Females mated once or
twice before the first oviposition, and once before each subsequent one.

Stage I: Immature ovarioles. Females approximately 3 weeks old (1st-
2nd week in August):

Ovary and oviducts slender; three chambers present in each ovariole,
within which eggs will develop at a later stage.

Stage II: Beginning of development of one egg, one oocyte and
differentiation of second oocyte. Females approximately four weeks old
(2nd week in August):

The first creamy, barrel-shaped egg is distinguished, and one round,
faintly creamy oocyte appears in each ovariole.

Stage III: Development of two eggs and one oocyte. Females approxi-
mately one month old (3rd or 4th week of August):

VI

VII

Fig. 5. Different stages of ovariole development in female P. bidens during preoviposition,
oviposition, and postoviposition. ol-ovariole ligament; g-germarium; o-oocyte; de-third
developed egg; cl-corpus luteum.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 95

Two barrel-shaped, creamy eggs and one round, faintly creamy oocyte
appear in each ovariole. Female becomes ready to oviposit and may lay its
first batch of eggs.

Stage IV: Mature, three to (rarely) five eggs well developed. Females
approximately six weeks old (late August to mid- September):

Usually three barrel-shaped, creamy eggs are developed in each
ovariole. Two faintly creamy, round oocytes are also seen above the three
eggs. Occasionally one of the three mature eggs can be seen in the lateral, or
in the common oviduct. Corpora lutea are not visible. The female is ready to
oviposit and will lay its greatest number of eggs in a single batch. Rarely the
two top oocytes may develop to mature eggs, and the female may lay up to
70 or more eggs in one batch. Batches of 35 to 45 eggs were more common.

Stage V: Two mature eggs and one oocyte. Females approximately two
months old (3rd week in September to early October):

Two developed, barrel-shaped, faintly creamy eggs are present in each
ovariole. One oocyte is also seen below the germarium. This is similar to
stage III, but corpora lutea are faintly visible and characteristic of this stage.
Stage VI: Period of declining oviposition. Females approximately three
months old (October):

One rather small, creamy egg and one round, pale oocyte are present in
each ovariole. Corpora lutea are clearly visible. The number of eggs in each
batch is reduced to 14, 10, 7, or even 2 eggs. Females often die before
depositing all their eggs.

Stage VII: Postoviposition period. Females more than three months old
(late October and possibly early November):

All ovarioles are without eggs or oocytes, corpora lutea continue to be
distinct, and females have laid all their eggs and die within a week.

Fecundity and longevity of P. bidens:

Schumacher (1911) in Germany and Mayne and Breny (1948) in
Belgium reported, respectively, that a female of P. bidens could lay 300 and
200 eggs in an insectary. Javahery (1967), however, indicated that in
southern England the mean fecundity of field-collected bugs fed on insect
larvae was 129. Males lived for 83 days and females for 98. He further
reported that mean fecundity per female was 217 eggs at 20 C, 257 at
23.5°C, but only 109 at 28.5°C in the laboratory. The mean longevity at
20°C was 93 and 1 22 days for males and females respectively. At 23 .5 C it
was 90 days for males and 91 for females. At 28.5 C, both males and
females lived an average of only 73 days. All results were obtained at 75%
RH.

Fecundity and longevity of P. bidens were also studied in Ste. Anne de

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Bellevue, Quebec, both at Morgan Arboretum and in the laboratory during
1983-84. Preliminary data indicated that the mean fecundity of IS P.
bidens was 154 eggs per female. Male bugs lived 78 days and females 87. In
laboratory culture, however, the mean fecundity of 20 P. bidens was 224
eggs per female, and longevity 76 and 98 days for males and females,
respectively, at 23° ± 1C. Two females did not lay eggs, though they had
food and water and copulated several times. When dissected after death, the
ovarioles were found to be filled with eggs. Fecundity and longevity
decreased at 27°C and 28°C, suggesting the distribution of this pentatomid
is limited to cooler climates.

Females were able to mature and to lay ( infertile) eggs in the absence of
males. The mean fecundity of 1 1 virgin females at 20°C was only about half
that of mated ones (107 eggs in 8 batches), though their longevity was
greater (191 days). Copulation increased fecundity and, under all conditions,
females fed extensively and mated before eggs were laid. Each female
mated 3 to 6 times. Only the eggs of mated females developed and produced
progeny. During September of 1983 and 1984, only a few individual eggs
(4% out of 300 eggs) from certain batches developed and hatched, but all
resulting instars died without molting by late September or October.

In southeastern Canada P. bidens is a univoltine pentatomid that
overwinters in the egg stage.

P. bidens and egg parasites

Eggs of laboratory- cultured P. bidens of both native (Javahery 1967,
1968) and immigrant populations placed in the field in June were
parasitized by scelionid wasps. The percentage of parasitism of 136 eggs
was 50% in southern England in 1 965 and of 225 eggs was 1 7% in Quebec
in 1 984. In August, 1 984, however, none of the 286 eggs of P. bidens placed
in the Morgan Arboretum was parasitized. Moreover, the eggs of this
predatory pentatomid were found suitable for culturing a number of species
of scelionid egg parasites of the genera Telenomus and Trissolcus. The data
on these parasitoids will be given in separate papers.

Biological and ecological similarities
in Canadian and European populations of P. bidens

Biological and ecological data obtained in an area where P. bidens is
native (southern England ) (Javahery, 1967, 1968) and where it is
immigrant (Quebec) agree in nearly all characteristics. In both regions, the
bugs are univoltine, overwintering in the egg stage. Egg diapause is

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June. 1986 97

terminated in early winter. Unless eggs are subjected to low temperature for
about 30 days before development begins, the embryo does not develop
successfully and the eggs do not hatch normally. Thus, there is an obligate
diapause that must be broken by low temperature. Maturation and
reproduction begin two to three weeks after the last molt in late July and
August Extensive feeding, walking, and multiple coupling ensure reproduc-
tive activity and egg laying. Fecundity of virgin females was about half that
of the mated ones; unmated females did not produce fertile eggs. Observed
dispersal was always by walking. The bugs therefore are regarded as
nonmigratory pentatomids that have a wide range of prey. Cannibalism has
been observed among nymphs and adults. Nymphs and adults have been
observed to be preyed upon by other pentatomids: Podisus maculiventris
Say and P. modestus Dallas. Eggs of laboratory-cultured P. bidens of both
native and immigrant populations placed in the field were parasitized in
June by scelionid wasps.

P. bidens is presently a useful predator in depressing the population of
its prey species, especially larvae of Lepidoptera from June to October. Its
activities, however, are concentrated in "preferred" habitats containing
adequate prey. Eggs of P. bidens are a suitable host for culturing some
scelionid wasps of genera Telenomus and Trissolcus.

The wide range of prey species, relatively low rate of reproduction, its
slow locomotion, and difficulties of mass multiplications mitigate against P.
bidens being considered a potentially exploitable biological agent for the
reduction of insect pests.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to O.K. McE. Kevan and V.R Vickery for reviewing the manuscript. The
cooperation of Carl W. Schaefer, University of Connecticut, Storrs, and J.E. McPherson.
Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, is sincerely appreciated. Also thanks to the
authorities of the institutions mentioned in the text for allowing me to examine their specimens
and to V.R. Vickery andD. Gordon for assisting in maintaining the culture of greater wax moth
and Mediterranean flour moth, respectively. A.C. Sheppard assisted in finding the translated
name of Peaks Island, Mrs. J.F. Alberti in preparation of the final draft, and P. Langlois in
photography. This research was supported in part by grant A1378 to Dr. Kevan from the
National Science and Engineering Council of Canada.

LITERATURE CITED

Cooper, K.W. 1967. Picromerus bidens (L.), a beneficial predatory European bug
discovered in Vermont ( Heteroptera: Pentatomidae). Ent. News 78: 36-40.

Javahery, M. 1967. The biology of some Pentatomoidea and their egg parasites. Unpublished.
Ph.D. Thesis, University of London. 475 pp.

. 1968. The egg parasite complex of British Pentatomoidea ( Hemiptera): Taxonomy
of Telenominae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae). Trans. R.Ent. Soc. Loud., 120: 417-436.

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Kelton, L.A. 1972. Picromerus bidens in Canada (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae). Can. Ent.

104: 1743-44.
Larochelle, A. 1984. Les Punaises Terrestres (Hemipteres: Geocorises) du Quebec.

Fabreries Suppl. 3. 514 pp.

et M.-C. Lariviere. 1 980. Picromerus bidens L. (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) en

Amerique du Nord: Reaparition geographique, habitat et biologic. Bull. Invent. Ins.

Queb. 2: 10-18.
Lattin, J.D. and J.P. Donahue. 1969. The second record of Picromerus bidens (L.) in North

America (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae: Asopinae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, 71: 567-68.
Mayne, R. and R. Breny. 1948. Picromerus bidens L: Morphologic. Biologic. Determination

de sa valeur d' utilisation dans la lutte biologique centre le doryphore de la pomme de terre. La

valeur economique antidoryphorique des Asopines indigenes beleges. Parasitica,

Gembloux4: 189-224.

Puchkov, V.G. 1961. Fauna of Ukraine. Shieldbugs, 21. Ac. ScL UK. SSR. Kiev. 338 pp.
Schumacher, F. 1911. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Biologic der Asopiden Z. Wiss. Insect.

Biol, 7: 40-47.
Southwood, T.R.E. andD. Leston. 1959. Land and water bugs of the British Isles. Frederick

Warne and Co., London and New York. 436 pp.
Strawinski, K. 1927. Picromerus bidens L. (Hemipt. Heteroptera, Pentatomidae). Polsk.

Pis mo. Ent. 6: 123-151.

SOCIETY MEETING - FEBRUARY 19, 1986

The third meeting of the 1985-86 year was held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in
Philadelphia. Fourteen members and seven guests were present to hear Dr. Clifford Keil speak
on "European Corn Borer: Mating Biology and Quality Control of Laboratory Rearing." Dr.
Keil is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology at the
University of Delaware.

The European corn borer, Ostrinia nubilalis, was first recorded in North America in
Massachusetts about 75 years ago. Since then this agricultural pest has spread from the
Atlantic Coast to the Rocky Mountains, and Southern Canada to the Gulf Coast. The original
population had one generation per year but since 1930 bivoltine and multivoltine races have
appeared and spread over much of the geographic range where the growing season is longest.
Dr. Keil has been interested in the genetic differentiation of various populations of the
European corn borer and has worked on methods of laboratory rearing. Cytological
examination of testes from larvae of four geographic locations indicated that obligate
univoltine populations in the Red River Valley ( Minnesota/North Dakota) have altered timing
of spermatogenesis. The other three populations surveyed (Delaware, Georgia and Iowa)
exhibited the usual timing of eupryene spermatogenesis preceding apryene spermatogenesis.
Ninety percent of individuals from the Red River Valley produced apryene spermatocytes in
large numbers in the 4th and 5th instars. The audience was particularly intrigued by the
observation that inbred females bred to unrelated inbred males produce up to twice as many
eggs as females in intrastrain matings. In contrast, classical hybrid vigor is expressed later in
the offspring of interstrain matings. A considerable portion of the discussion following the talk
focused on the mechanism of this effect.

Midwinter entomological notes of interest dealt with insects associated with man and his
dwellings. There were reports of hibernating lady beetles and cluster flies and a stray
mosquito. Only three of those in attendance had ever seen a live human head louse, a pest that
appears every year on a few children in our local elementary schools.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 99

ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF CERATOSMICRA

METEORI AND C. PAYA (HYMENOPTERA:

CHALCIDIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA1

Jeffrey A. Halstead^

ABSTRACT: New distribution data for Ceratosmicra meteori in California, Arizona, and
Florida (U.S.), and for Ceratosmicra paya in Florida and Kentucky (U.S.), Baja California
Sur, and Jalisco (Mexico), are presented.

While identifying material of the hymenopteran family Chalcididae,
new distribution data for two species in the genus Ceratosmicra Ashmead
were discovered. Ceratosmicra meteori Burks was previously known from
Mexico and in the United States from Massachusetts south to North
Carolina, west to Illinois, Louisiana, Texas and Washington (Burks 1979);
the new data are from California, Arizona, and Florida. Ceratosmicra
paya Burks was previously known in the United States from Georgia,
Illinois, Montana, Kansas, Texas, and California (Burks 1979); the new
data are from Florida, Kentucky (United States) Baja California Sur, and
Jalisco (Mexico).

Depositories for voucher specimens are as follows: California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); California Department of Food and
Agriculture, Sacramento (CDF A); Florida Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Affairs, Gainesville (FDA); Fresno County Agricultural
Commissioner's Office, Fresno, CA (FCACO); University of Kentucky,
Lexington (UKL); Utah State University, Logan (USU).

Locality data for the distribution records are as follows:

Ceratosmicra meteori Burks

UNITED STATES. ARIZONA, Pima Co.: 1 9, Organpipe National Monument,
Williams Spring, 11-15-1970, P.H. Amaud Jr. (CAS). CALIFORNIA, Fresno Co.: 19,
Jose Basin Road, X-15-1982, N.J. Smith and W.F. Peregrin (FCACO). Tulare Co.: 19.
Ash Mountain, Kaweah Power Station #3, X-8-1982, J.A. Halstead( personal collection).
TehamaCo.: 79reared from Schizura concinna, S. Wulfert(CDFA). San Diego Co.: 19.
Borrego State Park, Clark Lake-North end, 111-23-1978, Wasbauer, Slansky. and Adams
(CDFA). FLORIDA, Alachua Co.: 39, Icf, Gainesville, Doyle Conner Building, Malaise
trap. IX-8, 16.23-1973, H.V. Weems Jr.: sweepingJuniperussalicicola. XI-15-1973. E.E.
Grissell (FDA). Alachua Co.: 39, 2cT, Gainesville, Pierce's homestead, S9-T10S-R18E.
Malaise trap, 111-24-1976, 1-5-9-1976, IX-24-1973, XII-21-1973 (FDA). Columbia and

Deceived November 9, 1985. Accepted December 27, 1985.

2California State University Fresno, Department of Biology, Fresno, CA 93740: Present
address: 21 10 N. Hayes, Fresno, CA 9371 1.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 99-100. May & June. 1986

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Baker Co. Line: 19, Osceola National Forest, Malaise trap, X-21-XI-22- 1976, J.R. Wiley
(FDA). Suwannee Co.: 1 cf, Suwannee River State Park, Malaise trap, IV-1 3-25-1977, J.R.
Wiley (FDA). Highlands Co.: 49, Archbold Biological Station, X-8-1964, P.H. Arnaud Jr.
(CAS); insect flight trap, XII- 19-20- 1978, H.V. Weems Jr. and S. Halkin (FDA).

Ceratosmicra paya Burks

UNITED STATES. FLORIDA. Alachua Co. : 1 9, Gainesville, Pierce's Homestead,
S9-T10S-R18E, Malaise trap, X-4-1973 (FDA). KENTUCKY, Fayette Co.: 19, Lexington,
Malaise trap, VI-3-6-1975, P.H. Freytag (UKL).

MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR, 39, Sierra de la Laguna, La Laguna, 17.3 air
mi. ENE. Todos Santos, 6000 ft. Malaise trap, XII- 14- 16- 1979, M. Wasbauer (CDFA).
JALISCO, Iff, 10 mi. N. Guadalajara, VIII-21-1976, W.J. Hansen and M. Schwartz
(USU).

These new data, though not involving large discrepancies from their
previously known spotty distributions, are significant in expanding the
distribution of both C meteori and C. paya.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Thomas E. Esser, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento,
CA, and Norman J. Smith, Fresno County Agricultural Commissioner's Office, Fresno, CA,
for reviewing this manuscript. I also thank the noted institutions and their personnel for the
opportunity to have examined their material.

LITERATURE CITED

Burks, B.D. 1979. Chalcididae. In: Krombein, K.V. el al, ed., Catalog of Hymentoptera in
America North of Mexico. Vol. I. Symphyta and Apocrita(Parasitica). Pages 860-874.
Smithsonian Institution Press. Washington D.C., 1198 pp.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 101

DISTRIBUTION AND SEASONALITY OF

MEGISCHUS SPP. (HYMENOPTERA:

STEPHANIDAE) IN CALIFORNIA1

Jeffrey A. Halstead^

ABSTRACT: New distributional data is presented for Megifchus bicolor sickmanni, M.
californicus, and M. texanus in California. Seasonal data representing three years of
collecting of M. californicus from a hydroelectric - water flume in the lower Sierra Nevada,
Tulare County, California is presented.

Stephanid wasps are represented in America north of Mexico by two
genera and six species (Carlson 1979) though the family attains its greatest
abundance and diversity in the tropics. These wasps are thought to be
parasitoids of wood boring Coleoptera or aculeate Hymenoptera that nest
in wood. Because of their host's association with wood, they are usually
collected on dead or fallen tree trunks. Adults are relatively large (9 to 32
mm), elongate wasps that are slow in their movements and flight, and
awkward in walking. These wasps are not commonly collected and are rare
in collections.

Megischus California Townes, 1 949

Townes (1949) recorded the distribution as California, including
Trinity, Tulare, Contra Costa, Los Angeles, and San Diego counties. In
Tulare County, one female paratype was recorded from the Greenhorn
Mountains, 7 May 1931.

Additional locality data for Tulare County are presented in Figure 1 .
All specimens were collected near Kaweah at Ash Mountain by R.D.
Haines, D.J. Burdick, and J.A. Halstead. The late July, August, and
October collection dates are the latest known to the author. The latest date
Townes ( 1 949) noted in the type material was for a male, 4 July 1 946, from
the Santa Rosa Mountains, San Diego County, California.

As shown in Figure 1, M. californicus is present at the Kaweah site
over a period of several months. In 1982, specimens were collected from
July to October and in 1983 from June to October. In 1984, specimens
were collected only during May and June. The earliest collection date at
this site varies between different years (Figure 1). In 1982 the earliest date
was 3 July, in 1983, 5 June, and in 1984, 20 May.

Deceived October 5, 1985. Accepted December 16, 1985.

California State University Fresno, Department of Biology, Fresno, California 93740.
Present address: 21 10 N. Hayes, Fresno, California 9371 1.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 101-103, May & June, 1986

102

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2-

Q
LJJ
K
O
LU

1982

8 1622

MAY

« 12 16

JUNE

JULY

20 27

MAY

3 10 1 3 15 17 24 30

JUNE

21 28

JULY

4 1 1

AUG

2 8 15 22

SEPT

OCT

MONTH / DATE

Figure 1 . Seasonal data for Megichus californicus collected near Kaweah at Ash Mountain,
Tulare County, California. An asterisk (#) indicates a collecting trip where no wasps were
collected.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 103

Megischus bicolor sickmanni (Schletterer, 1889)

Townes (1949) and Carlson (1979) recorded the distribution of this
subspecies as Ontario to Florida, west to Iowa, Texas, Arizona, Utah, and
southern California.

Two females and three males extend the range in California north to
Tulare County and a single female north to Tehama County. The five
specimens from Tulare County were collected near Kaweah at Ash
Mountain by R.D. Haines. Females were collected 27 August 1 982 and 28
July 1 984; males 27 August 1982,17 June 1 983, and 1 1 August 1 984. The
female from Tehama County was collected by D. L. Wilson at Red Bluff, 1 7
September 1970 from Oak Foothill habitat.

Megischus texanus Cresson, 1872

Carlson (1979) reported the distribution as southern Texas, southwestern
Oklahoma, Arizona, southern California, and northwestern Mexico.

A male in the California State Collection of Arthropods, California
Department of Food and Agriculture, extends the range in California north
to Sacramento County. It was collected by M. S. Wasbauer at Fair Oaks on
26 December 1959, having emerged from Interior Live Oak, Quercus
wislizenii. This is also the first rearing record for a North American
Megischus.

The stephanid specimens collected near Kaweah were from a six mile
long by eight foot wide, hydroelectric-water flume that winds through
Foothill Woodland and Chaparral communities (2800-2200 feet) (Halstead
and Haines, unpublished).

This information is significant in extending the ranges of these species
and showing when the adults are active at the Kaweah location (Figure 1).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank D.J. Burdick, California State University Fresno, Department of Biology, Fresno,
California 93740 and N.J. Smith, Fresno Agricultural Commissioner's Office, 1730 S. Maple
Avenue, Fresno, California 93725 for reviewing this manuscript. I also thank R.D. Haines,
Tulare County Agricultural Commissioner's Office, Visalia. California 93291 and M.S.
Wasbauer, California State Collection of Arthropods, California Department of Food and
Agriculture, Sacramento, California, 95814 for the opportunity to examine their material.

LITERATURE CITED

Townes, H. 1949. The Nearctic species of the family Stephanidae (Hymenoptera). Proc.

U.S. Natl. Mus. Vol. 99, No. 3243, 361-370.
Carlson, R.W. 1979. Stephanidae, pp. 740-741. In Krombein K..V. eta al., eds.. Cat. of

Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. I. Smith. Instit. Press. Wash. D.C. 1 198 pp.

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

OVIPOSITION AND DEVELOPMENT OF

VOLUCELLA ISABELLINA (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE)

ON SAGUARO CACTUS, CEREUS GIGANTEUS1

Timothy G. Myles2

ABSTRACT: Volucella Isabel Una flies were observed ovipositing on green surfaces, callus
tissue, ooze, and mostly on spines of a giant cactus. Only females were found on the cactus at
the time of ovipositing. Egg masses contained up to 198 eggs. Oviposition rate was one egg
every 3. 1 to 5.5 seconds, and hatch time was between 42 and 65 hours. The larval period was
27-28 days and the pupal period 14-17 days. Briefly described are the eggs and an unidentified
(probably undescribed) mite egg predator. Up to 3,000 eggs may have been deposited within
one hour by 1 5 females. The intensity of observed ovipositing suggests that oviposition may be
timed for especially warm morning twilight on saguaro cacti with symptoms of incipient decay.

On June 7, 1985 at 6:05 a.m. ca. 15 female Volucella isabellina
Williston flies were found flying about and intermittently ovipositing on a
diseased and apparently dying saguaro cactus, Cereus giganteus Engelmann.
The female flies were observed for one hour during which no males were
seen. The cactus was located near the top of a prominence on a ridge (elev.
ca. 1 340m = 4400 ft.) between Finger Rock and Box Canyons in the Santa
Catalina Mountains just north of Tucson, Arizona. The saguaro was about
four meters high and had no side branches but had three constrictions at the
one, three, and three and a half meter levels. The plant's eastern side was
thickly encrusted with coin-sized scabs and most of the spines below the
three meter level were missing. Below the one meter level the entire trunk
was brown. Black sap oozed from between several ribs on the western and
northern sides and from near the base.

Ovipositing was observed at several different places on the tree. The
favored site for deposition of egg masses appeared to be the few remaining
cactus spines. Eleven egg masses of varying sizes were found on spines,
eight of which were formed during the observation period. Five other egg
masses were found. Two of these were directly on the black septic ooze,
both of which had been laid before observation began. The three other egg
masses were on smooth green surfaces between ribs; one of these was
formed during the observation period. Numerous flies (up to seven)
congregated in a fist-sized hole. They appeared to be ovipositing in cracks of
the dry black callus tissue in the hole but egg masses could not be seen from
the ground. Numerous eggs were also laid singly or in strings in cracks

1 Journal Paper No. 4076 of the University of Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station.
^Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson AZ 85721.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 104-108, May & June, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 105

around and under scabs. Egg masses may also have been laid under scabs
but if so were hidden from view. Numerous eggs were also found between
ribs in small dense spider webs. Fogleman, et al. (1981) have noted the
importance of oviposition site preference in niche separation of cactophilic
Drosophilidae; such preference may play a similar role in cactophilic
Syrphidae.

Four females were timed for the duration of ovipositing on spines.
These ovipositing bouts lasted about 18, 7, 5 and 2 minutes during which
ovipositing was more or less continuous. Three of the masses, those
produced by the 1 8, 7 and 5 minute bouts, were collected and the eggs were
counted in the laboratory. The egg counts were 198, 135, and 83,
respectively. Thus the egg laying rate varied from one egg every 3. 1 to 5.5
seconds. Close observation of several laying females revealed maximal
rates of one egg per second for short periods. Probing and stroking
movements of the ovipositor frequently interrupted egg laying for several
seconds accounting for the lower sustained rate of laying. Some of the
uncollected masses appeared larger than the largest collected mass.
Extrapolating from these data, the 1 5 females may have laid a total of up to
3,000 or more eggs on the saguaro during the hour of observation.

Females ovipositing on spines always assumed a characteristic position
hanging below the spine with the head toward the cactus so that the egg
masses accumulated on the ventral sides and distal halves of the spines.
Eggs were white immediately after being laid but appeared gray 24 hours
later in the laboratory. Since all observed masses were white, they probably
were laid on the morning of the observation. The eggs were cylindrical to
spindle-shaped, measured ca. 0.6mm x 0. 1 mm, and appeared to be covered
with tiny white diamond-shaped scales or reticulations, though bare in
places. Six yellowish, spherical, gravid(?) mites (ca. 0.2mm dia.) were
found on one of the collected egg masses.

The day before observations, June 6, was the first day of 1 985 to exceed
100°F in Tucson (WSO airport), reaching 103. On the night preceding
observations the low was 77. On the day of the observations the
temperature reached 109. These temperatures exceed the average daily
minimum, 67.3, and maximum,, 98.5, for June (Sellers, et al, 1985).
Sunrise in Tucson occurred at 5 : 1 7 a.m. and light fell on the saguaro at 6:30.
Ovipositing activity seemed to diminish by 7:00 a.m. although eight females
were still present.

To determine whether the cactus was attractive because of its position
on the ridge top or because of its diseased condition other saguaros in the
vicinity were examined. Several other ridge-top saguaros had scabs but no
others had oozing sepsis and no flies were found on the other saguaros. The
intensity of ovipositing activity at the time of observation suggests that

106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

females of V. isabellina may time their ovipositing to some combination of
factors that prevailed at the time. These may include seasonal meteorological,
diel, host plant, or plant condition cues. The congener V. vesicularia also
shows crepuscular activity (Waldbauer, 1963).

No eggs hatched by 42 hours in the laboratory at 84°F. By 65 hours,
however, at least 50% of the eggs had eclosed leaving rips near the
micropylar ends of the chorions. Also by this time one ruptured dry hull of a
mite was found and numerous young mites of at least two instars were
present and all appeared to be feeding on the fly eggs. The first instar fly
larvae burrowed into a slice of moistened prickly pear (Opuntia spp.} fruit
that was provided since no saguaro was available. By the fifth day after
eclosion 7mm larvae were present in the now- rotted fruit. A sliced C.
giganteus fruit was supplied on the sixth day. Larvae measured 10mm by
the seventh, 20mm by the twelfth, and 25mm by the fifteenth day. This was
the maximum length attained but larvae continued to increase in girth. On
about July 1 the mature larvae escaped from the glass rearing container.
Some were found still healthy up to 30m away and two floors down attesting
to the desiccation tolerance and migratory powers noted by Mangan
(1984). Ten recovered larvae pupated, secreting a milky (meconium?)
fluid, by July 7. A pair of posterior respiratory horns and three pair of tiny
anterior appendages were found everted on pupae three days after pupation.
Eight adults emerged between July 22-24 with a sex ratio of 5 9: 3d". Thus
total developmental time was 46-48 days at 76-84°F.

Observations on V. isabellina by Mangan ( 1 984) are generally similar
but differ somewhat from those reported here. Mangan found only 1-3
females per cactus and did not note the absence of males. He estimated egg
masses with from 200-500 eggs, and reported developmental time greater
than 50 days. He noted egg masses on protrusions, spider webs, and spines
but did not indicate that spines were the main oviposition site. He
characterized the larval medium as "old, anaerobic liquid tissue." In this
study, however, the larvae were given fresh moistened cactus fruit which
only became deliquescent as a consequence, not a precondition, of their
feeding. The ability of larvae to survive under a high alcohol concentration
in an environment of microbial fermentation was confirmed by the
observation that four mature larvae remained alive 1 .5 hours after pickling
in 70% ethyl alcohol!

Specimens in the collection of the University of Arizona Entomology
Department indicate that puparia have been taken from "saguaro rot" and
adults have been reared from "saguaro" and "saguaro rot" The flies have
been taken in every month of the year in Arizona. Specimens have been
taken at the following plants: Enceliafarinosa, Prosopis juliflora (flowers),
Nicotiana trigonophylla, Lesquerella gordoni, Lycium exsertum, Melilotus

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 107

alba, "arrow weed," and "alfalfa sweeps."

Distribution records from Cole ( 1 969) indicate that V. isabellina "was
first collected in Ariz., N. Mex., and northern Sonora, Mexico, in desert
areas." It thus appears to be mainly coextensive with areas where saguaro
occurs. However, Stone, et al. (1965) list the species from "Ariz.; Calif, to
Colo., S. to Mexico," thus, it may occur outside the range of saguaro.

The most complete synopsis of insects infesting decaying saguaro is
given by Hubbard and Schwarz (1899). They state that insect infestations
are rare and secondary to other injuries. But where decay had started "the
rotting was constantly advanced by great numbers of huge dipterous
maggots ( Volucella avida O. S. ), aided by several small species ( Ceratopogon,
Limosina, Scatopse, Drosophila) and all parts of the mass overrun with
Coleoptera." Santana (1961) studied ten species of dipteran larvae in
saguaro rot He recognized V. isabellina as "doubtless the most common
and prominent of the cyclorrhaphous dipterous larvae occurring in rotting
saguaros. . .," noting that "the larvae work at the periphery of these lesions
from shortly after initial infection until all healthy tissue has been broken
down." He also recorded V. clarki in later stages of decay. Mann (1969)
lists 11 species of Volucella as "scavengers feeding on cactus." This
information together with the observations of ovipositing suggest that V.
isabellina does not initiate the disease condition but may be very important
in overwhelming the cactus in the early stages of fatal decay. It may be that
diseased plants could recover were it not for the early and heavy myiasis
caused by V. isabellina.

Steenbergh and Lowe (1983) state that adult saguaro suffer relatively
little depredation due to natural enemies. They attribute most mortality to
"mechanical agencies" (freezing, lightning, wind) with bacterial and insect
invasion being secondary events. Freezing almost certainly was the initial
cause of this saguaro's illness considering its high elevation and the
occurrence of snow below this elevation a few times during the previous
winter (C. Lowe, personal communication).

Schuyler ( 1 968) was unable to confirm the conclusion of Boyle ( 1 949)
that the pyralid Cactobrosis fernaldialis vectors the pathogen responsible
for bacterial rot, Erwinia carnegieana. V. isabellina would seem to be a
likely vector candidate, or at any rate, involved in the short range spread of
the sepsis. The relative importance of V. isabellina compared to other
saguaro-infesting insects, and its relationship to mechanical agencies and
plant pathogens in the death of saguaros remain to be determined.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Drs. D.N. Byrne, W.B. Heed, C. H. Lowe Jr., W.L. Nutting. R.L.
Smith, and F.G. Werner for helpful comments on the manuscript.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Boyle, A.M. 1949. Further studies of the bacterial necrosis of the giant cactus. Phytopathology

39(12): 1029-1052.
Cole, F.R. 1969. The Flies of Western North America. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los

Angeles, 693 pp.
Fogleman, J.C., K.R. Hackbarth, and W.B. Heed. 1981. Behavioral differentiation

between two species of cactophilic Drosophila III. Oviposition site preference. Am. Nat.

118(4): 541-548.
Hubbard, H.G. andE.A. Schwarz. 1899. Insect fauna of the giant cactus of Arizona: Letters

from the Southwest.(p.l-S) + Appendix. (p.8- 14). Psyche 8( Supplement I): 1-14.
Mangan, R.L. 1984. Reproductive ecology of three cactophilic Diptera (Diptera:

Drosophilidae, Neriidae, Syrphidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 60(4): 326-331.
Mann, J. 1969. Cactus-feeding insects and mites. Smithsonian Inst. Press. Wash. D.C. 158

pp.
San tan a, F.J. 1961 . The biology of immature Diptera associated with bacterial decay in the

giant saguaro cactus (CereusgiganteusEnge\mann). M.S. Thesis Univ. Ariz., Tucson 60

pp.
Schuyler, M.E. 1968. The isolation and identification of soft rot Erwinia from saguaro

(Carnegia gigantea) flowers. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Arizona, Tucson. 38 pp.
Sellers, W.D., R.H. Hill, and M. Sanderson- Rae. 1985. Arizona Climate: The first

hundred years. Univ. Ariz. Press, Tucson, Arizona, 143 pp.
Steenbergh, W.F. and C.H. Lowe. 1983. Ecology of the saguaro III. Growth and

demography. U.S. Natl. Park Service Monograph Series No. 17: 228 pp.
Stone, A.S., C.W. Sabrosky, W.W. Wirth, R.H. Foote, and J.R. Coulson. 1965. A Catalog

of the Diptera of America North of Mexico. U.S. Gov. Printing Office, Wash. D.C. 1696

pp.
Waldbauer, G.P. 1963. Crepuscular flower visits of adult Volucella vesicularia Curran

(Diptera: Syrphidae). Entomol. News. 74(5): 135-137.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 109

PRIMARY INFESTATION OF SPROUTING

CHESTNUT, RED, AND WHITE OAK ACORNS BY

VALENTINIA GLANDULELLA (LEPIDOPTERA:

BLASTOBASIDAE)1

Jimmy R. Galford^

ABSTRACT: Larvae of the acorn-infesting moth Valentinia glandulella usually are found
in acoms damaged by rodents or other insects. However, data from field studies in Ohio
indicate that female moths oviposit on, and larvae can develop in, sound sprouting acorns.
Impact of the moths on seedling establishment was not significant.

Larvae of the moth Valentinia glandulella (Riley) are considered
secondary insect pests in oak acorns. Murtfeldt (1894) described some of
the habits of the "acorn moth," which was originally called Blastobasis
glandulella by Riley (1872). She called the moth an "inquiline" that
followed primary acorn invaders. Gibson (1972) described the larvae of
this moth as scavengers in white oak, Quercus alba L., acorns and as a
secondary invader of northern red oak, Quercus rubra L., acorns (Gibson
1982).

In the fall of 1984, while conducting studies on techniques to assess
insect impact on acorn viability and seedling establishment, I found that V.
glandulella larvae were primary invaders of sprouting white oak acorns.
Further studies in the spring and fall of 1 985 revealed a heavy infestation of
sprouting red and chestnut oak acorns by larvae of this insect.

METHODS

The white oak and chestnut oak acorn studies were conducted in a 20-
year old, mowed but uncultivated nursery at the Delaware, Ohio laboratory
within two rows of chestnut oak, Q. prinus L., about 60 m long and 9 m
wide. The oaks were in their fourth year of bearing acorns; a heavy crop of
acorns was produced in 1985, previous crops were light. The two rows of
chestnut oak were bordered on the east by pine trees and on the west by
white oaks which bore no acorns. The north and south ends of the nursery
were open fields.

The red oak acorn study was conducted in the Wayne National Forest,
Hocking County, Ohio, a hilly, upland region characteristic of millions of
hectares in the eastern United States. The forest type of the region is

1 Received September 5, 1985. Accepted December 16, 1985.

2Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Forestry Sciences Laboratory, 359 Main Road,
Delaware, OH 4301 5.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 109-1 12, May & June. 1986

1 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

classified as oak-hickory; several oak species contribute 50 to 95 percent of
the merchantable trees in the stands. Average stand age is 50+ years.
Linear study plots were established in 10 areas on sites ranging from poor,
dry ridgetops to good sites on low slopes on the north face. Chestnut oak and
scarlet oak, Q. coccinea Muenchh., dominated the upland, dry sites, while
red oak was common on good sites. White oak and black oak, Q. velutina
Lam., dominated the medium sites.

Acorns of red and white oak were collected in late September and
October near the Forestry Sciences Laboratory at Delaware, Ohio. The
acorns were placed in plastic bags and stored at 5 ± 2°C until used. All
acorns used in this study had begun to sprout while in cold storage. The
acorns were examined carefully before deployment in the field; acorns that
showed signs of prior or current insect activity were discarded. A piece of
hardware cloth (6-mm mesh) 5 cm square was cut in the shape of an equal-
arm cross. An acorn with a sprout 1 to 10 mm long was placed in the center
of the cross and the arms of the cross were folded over the acorn. The caged
acorn was placed on the soil or on an oak leaf, and a 3 7. 5 -cm-long flag wire
was inserted through the wire mesh and pushed about 7 to 10 cm into the
ground. The cage and wire combination prevented rodents from carrying
away the acorns but allowed insect access to the nuts.

Twenty caged white oak acorns were placed in the nursery within the
rows of chestnut oaks on October 16 and were removed on October 25. A
second group of 20 acorns was exposed from October 20 to November 1 3.
The acorns were examined for insect feeding damage and then placed in jars
to rear out the insects.

On March 13, 1985, 152 red oak acorns with sprouts 1 to 10 mm long
were caged and deployed with flag wires as described for the southern Ohio
plots. Four linear plots, one for each cardinal direction, were established in
50- to 80-year-old-oak stands. The caged acorns were spaced 2 m apart
along a line descending from the ridge top.

On March 27, 1 30 additional caged red oak acorns were deployed on 3
plots in a different area. These acorns were linearally spaced 2 m apart on a
ridgetop, near the bottom and along the contour of a southwest face and
along the midslope contour of a south-facing hill.

On April 3, 203 more caged red acorns were deployed on 3 additional
plots in another location. The plots were established along a ridgetop and
along the contour of a northfacing midslope and a south-facing midslope.
On May 8 the acorns were collected from all the plots, brought to the
laboratory, placed on moist paper towels in rearing containers, and checked
daily for insect emergence.

On October 28, 301 sprouting chestnut oak acorns were picked up in
the chestnut oak planting at Delaware, Ohio and inspected for insect

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 111

damage. Ninety-five acorns showing V. glandulella frass where the acorn
radicle emerged but had no other signs of insect damage, were selected for
planting. Seventy-five acorns with no apparent insect damage were planted
for comparison. The acorns were placed individually in 20 ounce (591 ml)
styrofoam cups on top of a 50/50 mixture of sand and peat moss. One
hundred ml of distilled water was added to each cup and the cups covered
with small glass plates. The glass plates were removed when the seedling
shoots appeared. The cups were held at 24 ± 2°C in a laboratory on a 16
hour day. Lighting was provided by ceiling fluorescent lights. On December
4, a tally was made of the number of seedling oaks. Acorns not producing
seedlings were cut open and examined.

RESULTS

Seven V. glandulella larvae were reared from the 20 white oak acorns
exposed from October 16 to October 25. Three more were reared from the
acorns exposed from October 25 to November 13. Eight adult moths were
reared from the 10 larvae by the end of December.

Two hundred and eighty-six V. glandulella larvae, 13 adults, and 1
hymenopterous parasite were reared from 467 red oak acorns (18 of the
original acorns were lost to vandalism). More than 150 adult moths and 3
hymenopterous parasites were reared from the larvae, which were placed
on a moist sand/vermiculite mixture for pupation.

In addition to the V. glandulella larvae from red oak, more than 3,000
nitidulid larvae, tentatively identified as Stelidota sp., were collected. This
nitidulid is being investigated as a primary pest of sprouting acorns. Also
collected were 84 larvae of the weevil Conotrachelus posticatus Boheman
and 3 elaterid larvae.

Only 2 red oak seedlings were established from the original 485 acorns
deployed. The actual impact of V. glandulella on seedling establishment
could not be determined because of dual infestation of the acorns, in most
cases by the nitidulids.

Infestation of red oak acorns by V. glandulella occurred equally on all
sites with the exception of a windblown west slope, which produced only 3
larvae from 3 1 acorns. One hundred and thirty larvae and adult moths were
reared from the 130 acorns deployed on March 27. Since only 1 larva
usually develops per acorn, the rate of infestation for this date probably was
near 100 percent. The heavy infestation of some acorns by nitidulids made
it impossible to determine if all the acorns produced V. glandulella. Eighty-
four larvae and 1 adult moth were reared from the acorns deployed on
March 13,78 larvae and 5 adults were reared from the acorns deployed on
April 3.

1 1 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

One hundred and forty-one (46%) of the 301 chestnut oaks acorns
collected on October 28 were ultimately found to be infested solely by V.
glandulella. This infestation rate, however, could have been affected
because most of the chestnut oak acorns in the nursery had been collected in
early October for other research purposes.

Thirty of the planted "insect-free" acorns were later found to be
infested with V. glandulella and moved to the "infested" group. One
hundred and eleven seedlings were produced from the 125 V. glandulella
infested acorns. Thirteen acorns rooted but produced no top shoot. Only
one acorn was destroyed by a K glandulella larva which severed the
radicle. Forty-one seedlings were produced from the 45 insect-free acorns.
Four acorns in this group rooted but failed to produce tops.

Several V. glandulella infested acorns which produced seedlings were
cut open and examined to determine the extent of damage. The examination
revealed that although extensive feeding damage can occur, usually on the
outer surfaces of the cotyledons, the larvae do not feed on the hypocotyl
which links the developing radicle to the food reserves in the cotyledons.

In conclusion, V. glandulella is a primary invader of sprouting acorns
but the only damage seems to be in reducing the amount of nutrients
available for full seedling development. The only significant impact from
this moth on oak regeneration might be the attraction of nitidulids to V.
glandulella infested acorns. Current laboratory studies indicate that
nitidulids can destroy germinating acorns and preliminary studies show that
the nitidulids show a preference for V. glandulella infested acorns. This
may explain the extensive damage to the red oak acorns in Southern Ohio.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I would like to thank Ann Korte, biological aid, for her assistance in conducting the above
studies.

LITERATURE CITED

c^

Gibson, L.P. 1972. Insects that damage white oak acorns. USDA For. Serv. Res. Pap. NE-

220. 7 p.
Gibson, L.P. 1982. Insects that damage northern red oak acorns. USDA For. Serv. Res. Pap.

NE-492. 6 p.
Murtfeldt, M.E. 1894. Acorn insects, primary and secondary, USDA Div. Entomol. Insect

Life: 318-324.
Riley, C.V. 1872. Fourth annual report on the insects of Missouri. Can. Entomol. 4: 18.

Vol. 97, No. 3. May & June, 1986 113

THE WEEVIL BARYPEITHES PELLUCIDUS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE) FEEDS ON
NORTHERN RED OAK, QUERCUS RUBRA,

SEEDLINGS1

Jimmy R. Galford^

ABSTRACT: The weevil Barypeithes pellucidus was found in association with dying
seedlings of northern red oak, Quercus rubra. Laboratory observations confirmed that adult
weevils readily fed on all parts of young oak seedlings.

The weevil Barypeithes pellucidus (Boheman) is an introduced species
that was reported by Blatchley and Leng (1916) to attack strawberries in
Europe. No other hosts have been reported. Although abundant enough to
be included in a manual of common beetles (Dillon and Dillon 1 96 1 ), the
host of this weevil in the United States was not known.

While studying the impact of insects on oak seedling establishment and
survival, I found B. pellucidus in association with dying seedlings of
northern red oak, Quercus rubra L. Laboratory studies demonstrated that
this weevil feeds on all parts of the seedlings.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

In May 1985, approximately 200 first-year seedlings of red oak were
located and marked with flag wires in the understory of a 20-year-old, 0.5-
hectare red oak plantation in central Ohio. The seedlings were checked
weekly through June for insect damage. Dead and dying seedlings were
removed with root systems intact and examined in the laboratory to
determine the cause of mortality. Some of the insects found on the seedlings
were placed in 1 50X20 mm glass petri dishes; some were placed on potted,
live, red oak seedlings reared in a greenhouse. The petri dishes were lined
with moistened filter paper on which insect- free red oak seedlings 1 2- 1 6 cm
long were placed. The potted seedlings were covered with glass jars to
prevent insect escape. Observations of insect feeding activity were made on
two petri dishes with three adult B. pellucidus per dish and on one pot
containing four seedlings and five adult weevils.

Deceived December 9, 1985. Accepted February 8, 1986.

^Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Forestry Sciences Laboratory, 359 Main Road,
Delaware, OH 4301 5.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 113-114, May & June, 1986

1 1 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

B. pellucidus was found associated with 8 dead or dying red oak
seedlings, the only seedling mortality from causes other than rodent
damage. Rodents destroyed many seedlings by digging them up to obtain
the acorns still attached to the plants. In 6 instances, 2-4 adult weevils were
found near the root collar. The root collar had been girdled on 3 of the
seedlings. In 2 instances, girdling occurred on the stem at the crown, and on
one seedling, the taproot was girdled 10-12 mm below the root collar. One
adult weevil was found associated with a dying seedling that had been root
damaged by beetle larvae, and two weevils were found associated with the
remains of a seedling damaged by rodents.

During examinations of the seedlings in the field, an adult B. pellucidus
was observed on an oak seedling leaf that exhibited chewing damage.
Comparison of the damage with weevil-damaged leaves in laboratory tests
confirmed the feeding damage was from B. pellucidus.

In the laboratory, adult B. pellucidus fed readily on roots, stems, and
leaves of red oak seedlings in the petri dishes and on potted plants. Three of
the four potted seedlings were girdled or the stems chewed so extremely that
the seedlings were almost dead after 3 weeks. The stem on one of the four
potted seedlings was partially girdled but continued to grow.

All of the adult weevils were dead within 3 weeks; most were covered
with a white fungus. Four weeks later, two apparently mature B. pellucidus
larvae were found in one petri dish that contained a complete but damaged
oak seedling still attached to the acorn. Examination revealed that the acorn
cotyledons had been reduced to a reddish-brown powder by the larvae. This
single observation shows that this is one site where the larvae can develop.
Further studies are needed to ascertain larval feeding habits.

Although red oak has definitely been established as a host for B.
pellucidus, we need to learn much more about the biology of this weevil and
its impact on oak seedling establishment and survival.

LITERATURE CITED

Blatchley, W.W. and C.W. Leng. 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of North Eastern
America, Nature Publishing Company, Indianapolis, Indiana. 682 pp.

Dillon, E.S. and L.S. Dillon. 1961. A Manual of Common Beetles of Eastern North
America. Row, Peterson and Company. Elmsford, NY. 884 pp.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 115

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION AND

REDESCRIPTION OF ALEOCHARA VERBERANS

(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)1

Jan Klimaszewski, Francois Genier^

ABSTRACT: The original specimens of Aleochara verberans have been studied, the
lectotype designated, the species redescribed and the habitus and genitalic structures
illustrated by line drawings for the first time. Its relation to some species of the Nearctic region
is briefly discussed.

This is the first paper of a series in which we plan to redescribe species
of Aleochara from Central and South America. We will deal mainly with
species in which the descriptions (e.g., Erichson 1839; Sharp 1883, 1887;
Solier 1849, etc.) are practically useless for the purpose of species
indentification because of a lack of illustrations, especially those of genitalic
structures which are essential in separating species of this genus. After this
preliminary treatment of the species of the genus is achieved, a generic
revision may be undertaken.

Among various specimens of Aleocharinae sent to the first author for
study and identification by Dr. M. Uhlig of the Humboldt University, East
Berlin, were four of Erichson's original specimens of A. verberans bearing
typical green rectangular Erichson's label, and 4 additional specimens of
the same species (2cf, 19, 1 sex?) bearing only collection No. 5571 on white
labels. In the original description Erichson (1839) mentioned only 4
specimens, 2 from Columbia (Icf, 19) and 2 from Brazil (29), so the
remaining specimens are excluded from the syntypic series, although they
may have been seen by Erichson. Because none of the original specimens
was designated as a holotype, we designate the male from Columbia as a
lectotype. It bears the following data: green rectangular label "Columb.
Moritz, 5571;" white label "Zool. Mus. Berlin;" our red lectotype
designation label. The lectotype is housed in the Zoological Museum of
Humboldt University, East Berlin.

Aleochara verberans is assigned here to the subgenus Xenochara
Mulsant and Rey (1874), as redefined by Klimaszewski (1984), on the
grounds of having a completely carinate mesosternum and evenly pubescent
pronotum. In comparison with the Nearctic species of the genus, A.
verberans seems to be closely allied to the species of the Sculptiventris

Deceived July 26, 1985. Accepted February 7, 1986.

^Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory Macdonald College, McGill
University, 21,111 Lakeshore Road, Ste.-Anne de Bellevue, Quebec CANADA H9X 1 CO

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 115-118, May & June, 1986

116

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1.0 mm

Fig. 1. Habitus of Aleochra verberans Erichson.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

117

o.

I

o

3

^^

<u

2

in

I

<u
•0

•

(U

E
E

CO

o

o

•*-•
o

J

I

•8

c

I

•S

(N

§
in

^ 15
§ E

^

e

a
-s:

o

-Si
X

Tt
<N

D.
>^

C

ao o

1 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Group (Klimaszewski, 1984), although unlike the latter the pronotum is
scarcely pubescent. The male aedeagus with structures of its median lobe in
A. verberans, closely resembles those of species of the Sculptiventris
Group.

Aleochara verberans Erichson

Figs. 1-4

Aleochara verberans Erichson, 1839: 164.

Lectotype cf; Colombia, Moritz, No. 5571 (Zoological Museum, Berlin). Specimen
dissected and the genitalia mounted in Canada balsam on a clear plastic microslide
attached to the original pin.

REDESCRIPTION

MALE: Dark brown, with tarsi, basal antennal segments and maxillary palpi paler and
with reddish tint; elytra also with reddish tint in posterior part; upper body surface slightly
shining; pubescence scarce; yellowish-brown in artificial light, with setigerous pores slightly
impressed and with minute punctuation between them.

Length: 5.5-9.0 mm.

Head with capsule slightly elongate and pubescence directed outwards from the midline; antenna
with basal three segments elongate, and IV to X transverse; maxillary palpus with last segment
narrow, at least one third as long as penultimate one. Pronotum transverse, with its posterior
margin slightly sinuate basally ( Fig. 1 ), evenly pubescent with pubescence directed posteriorly
in the midline of the disc and obliquely posteriorly elsewhere. Elytra transverse (Fig. 1 ), with
pubescence directed either straight or obliquely posteriorly and with posterior margin of each
elytron broadly rounded. Abdomen with each of the four basal terga bearing a deep basal
impression; impressions have pores which are deep and coarse, rounded or slightly
longitudinally elongate. Tergum VIII with truncate or slightly medially emarginate posterior
margin, and with stout setae distributed in posterior half, excepting those on posterior margin
which are thinner. Sternum VIII with broadly curved posterior margin and with thin setae
becoming gradually longer towards posterior margin. Aedeagus (Figs. 2,3), with median
lobe having large bulbus and with tubus gradually narrowing anteriorly, with internal sac
bearing two band-shaped subapical structures. Parameres as on Fig. 2.

FEMALE. Tergum and Sternum VIII similar in shape to those of male but both with thin
pubescence and the tergum with a fringe of short apical setae. Spermatheca as in Fig. 4.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We sincerely thank V.R Vickery, Curator of the Lyman Entomological Museum for
reviewing the manuscript of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Erichson, W.F. 1839. Genera et species staphylinorum insectorum familiae. pp. 1-400.

Berlin.
Klimaszewski, J. 1 984. A revision of the genus Aleochara Gravenhorst of America north of

Mexico (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Mem. ent Soc. Can. 129: 211 pp.
Sharp, D. 1883-1887. Biologia Centrali- Americana: Insecta, Coleoptera 1. (pt. 2): 145-

312, pis. 6-7, 673-824, pis. 17-19, London.
Solier, A.J.J. 1849. Ordenlll. Coleopteros. pp. 1 05-380; 41 4-51 1; in: Gay," Historia fisica

y politica de Chile." Insecta, Vol. 4.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June. 1986 119

A REVISION OF THE GENUS ALEOCHARA

COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) OF AMERICA

NORTH OF MEXICO. SUPPLEMENT 3.

NEW DISTRIBUTION DATA1

Jan Klimaszewski^, Valerie J. Cervenka^

ABSTRACT: New distribution data are presented and discussed for four species of
Aleochara.

This is the third supplement since the revision of Nearctic Aleochara
was published (Klimaszewski 1984, 1985, and 1986). It is based
on an examination of additional specimens sent to the senior author for
identification by Dr. R. Baranowski, Lund, Sweden, and some collected by
the junior author in Minnesota. These represent four new state and
provincial records.

The terminology and methods used here are the same as in Klimaszewski
(1984).

The abbreviations of Institutions used here are:

LEM - Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, Macdonald College

Campus, Ste.-Anne de Bellevue, Quebec, Canada

RBC - Dr. R. Baranowski Collection, Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden
UMC • University of Minnesota Collection, St. Paul, Minnesota, United States

Aleochara (Coprochara) suffusa Casey

New distribution data: United States, Washington, Okanogan Co., Okanogan near Buzzard
Lake, August 1, 1982, R. Baranowski (RBC) 1 female.

This Holarctic species ranges from northern Quebec, Alberta and
Alaska south along Rocky Mountains to Arizona and New Mexico
(Klimaszewski 1984). Our present new state record extends its distribution
farther towards the coastal region.

Deceived August 30, 1985. Accepted February 7, 1986.

^Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, and Department of Entomology,
Macdonald College, Campus of McGill University, 21111 Lakeshore Road, Ste.-Anne de
Bellevue, Quebec, Canada H9X ICO.

•'University of Minnesota, Department of Entomology, 219 Hodson Hall, 1980 Folwell
Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, United States.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 119-120, May & June, 1986

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Aleochara (Xenochara) inexspectata Klimaszewski

New distribution data: Canada, Ontario, Nipissing Co., Algonquin Provincial Park, near
Brent, August 21, 1980, R. Baronowski (RBC) 1 female.

This Nearctic species was previously reported from Nova Scotia,
Michigan, and Wisconsin (Klimaszewski 1984). The present new provincial
record indicates that A. inexspectata is continuously distributed in south-
eastern Canada.

Aleochara (Xenochara) quadra ta Sharp

New distribution data: Canada, British Columbia, near Mabel Lake at Squaw Valley, August
5, 1982, R. Baranowski(RBC) 1 female.

Aleochara quadrata is known to occur in California and Nevada
(Klimaszewski 1 984). The present new provincial record markedly extends
the range of this species farther to the north.

Aleochara (Xenochara) tristis Gravenhorst

New distribution data: United States, Minnesota, Washington Co., Dellwood Grant Twp.,
August 1, 1984, V. Cervenka (LEM) 2 sex undet., and (UMC) 1 female.

Aleochra tristis is a Palearctic species introduced to North America
from France by Drea in 1966 (Klimaszewski 1984). It was recorded in
North America from two localities: one in Quebec and the other in
California (Klimaszewski 1984). This interesting new state record from
Minnesota indicates that A. tristis is more widely distributed here than
previously thought, and that it is probably well established. The large
distribution range of this species in our continent is most likely the result of
rapid dispersal of A. tristis, although additional data are needed for
confirmation. The specimens have been collected ex bovine dung.

LITERATURE CITED

Klimaszewski, J. 1984. A revision of the genus A leochara Gravenhorst of America north of

Mexico (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Mem. Ent. Soc. Can. 129: 211 pp.
Klimaszewski, J. 1985. Nomenclatural changes in the genus Aleochara Gravenhorst (Col.:

Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Col. Bull. 39 (4): 376. (This paper is regarded as

Supplement 1 to Klimaszewski 1984).
Klimaszewski, J. and R.R. Blume. 1986. New host records for Aleochara verna Say and

Aleochara notula Erichson (Col.: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Col Bull. 40(1): 32.

(This paper is considered as Supplement 2 to Klimaszewski 1984).

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 121

FIRST RECORD OF PTERODONTIA FLAVIPES
(DIPTERA: ACROCERIDAE) LARVAE IN THE

MITES PODOTHROMBIUM (ACARI:

TROMBIDIIDAE) AND ABROLOPHUS

(ACARI: ERYTHRAEIDAE)12

Nancy J. Sferra^

ABSTRACT: Larvae of Pterodontiaflavipes (Diptera: Acroceridae) were found parasitizing
the mites Podothrombium sp. (Trombidiidae) and Abrolophus sp. (Erythraeidae), in
Michigan.

First instar larvae of Pterodontiaflavipes Gray ( Fig. 1 ) are known to be
parasitoids of certain genera of spiders placed in the family Lycosidae.
These larvae are thought to enter their hosts at the leg articulations (King
1916). This note discusses the first record of any acrocerid larva in a host
other than a true spider, i.e., mites of the Cohort Parasitengona.

Mites were collected in pitfall traps set in a northern hardwood forest
located in Dickinson County, Michigan. The forest was dominated by sugar
maple (Acer saccharum Marsh.) with basswood (Tilia americana L.) as
the subdominant. Leatherwood (Dirca palustris L.) was the most abundant
understory shrub. Pitfall trapping ran from late July 1982 until early
November 1982. All Parasitengona were collected in ethylene glycol and
stored in 97% ETOH; they were cleared in lactic acid, mounted in cmcp-9,
and examined under a phase contrast microscope.

Twenty-seven mites were examined and three (11%) were found to
be parasitized by a first instar larva of P. flavipes: 2 Podothrombium sp.
(Trombidiidae) and 1 Abrolophus sp. (Erythraeidae). All parasitized mites
were collected in September. A single larva was found in each of the
parasitized mites and was located posterior to the articulations of the palp
and anterior to Coxa II ( Fig. 2). It is probable that the mite would have died
before the larva entered its second instar because of the small size of the
mite relative to the known size of P. flavipes adults (pers. comm. E.I.
Schlinger).

Deceived April 4, 1985. Accepted December 23, 1985.

2 Support for this research was provided by the Naval Electronic Systems Command through a
subcontract to IIT Research Institute under contract N00039-81-C-0357.

^Department of Zoology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 121-123, May & June, 1986

122

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 1. First instar larva of Pterodontia flavipes Gray.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

123

Figure 2. Position of the first instar larva of Pterodontia flavipes Gray in Abrolophus sp.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank E.I. Schlinger, University of California-Berkeley, for identification of
P. flavipes and W.C. Welbourn, Ohio State University, for identification of the mites.

LITERATURE CITED

King, D.L. 1916. Observations of the life history of Pterodontia flavipes Gray (Diptera).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 9: 309-321.

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW LACEWING-FLY (NEUROPTERA:

PLANIPENNIA) FROM CANADIAN

CRETACEOUS AMBER, WITH AN ANALYSIS OF

ITS FORE WING CHARACTERS1

J. Klimaszewski, D.K. McE. Kevan^

ABSTRACT: A new genus and species of lacewing-fly, tentatively assigned to the family
Berothidae, preserved in Canadian Upper Cretaceous amber is described and illustrated. This
constitutes the first North American fossil record of berothid-like Neuroptera. The fore wing
venation of this species is analyzed and compared with those of other groups of recent and
fossil Neuroptera.

The principal objective of this paper is to describe a previously
unknown fossil lacewing-fly and to compare its characters, mostly those of
the fore wing, with homologous characters of extant groups. The study is
based on an unique fossil specimen preserved in Canadian amber and
deposited in the Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa. It was
found in July, 1 97 1 , by Dr. J.F. McAlpine in the tailings of an open-pit coal
mine near Medicine Hat, Alberta, where amber-bearing coal deposits are
overlaid by Upper Cretaceous bentonites estimated as being 72-73 million
years old (Richards 1966, McAlpine & Martin 1966). According to
McAlpine and Martin (1966) it is very likely that insect specimens
collected at the same site existed before the close of the Campanian epoch,
some 81 million years ago.

The environmental conditions in Upper Cretaceous times in North
America generally, and in Alberta in particular, have been briefly
summarized by Richards ( 1 966). According to him, "toward the end of the
Cretaceous, the climate in North America was becoming more temperate,
although evidently still mainly tropical . . . , the great inland sea was being
drained by successive uplifts that gave rise to the present Rocky Mountains,
and angiosperms were becoming established as the dominant flora ... In
southern Alberta the climate was probably still mainly tropical." Since the
current climatic conditions in Alberta are drastically different from those
prevailing in Upper Cretaceous times, it is not surprising that this and other
amber species show a rather remote similarity to those now extant in the
region.

1 Received May 13, 1985. Accepted December 16, 1985.

^Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, and Department of Entomology,
Macdonald College, Campus of McGill University, 21111 Lakeshore Road, Ste.-Anne de
Bellevue, Quebec, H9X ICO, Canada.

ENT. NEWS 97(3): 124-132, May & June, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 125

There are two principal kinds of continental North American amber
having insect inclusions. The younger is of Tertiary age, dated as Oligocene
and Miocene (Kurd etal. 1958) and estimated at 30 to 35 million years old;
it is known from Mexico (Chiapas)^, and is slightly younger than Baltic
amber (Petrunkevitch et al. 1 963). The older is of Cretaceous age, 72 to 8 1
million years old (Carpenter et al. 1937, Hurd et al. 1958, McAlpine &
Martin 1966, 1969) and is known mostly from the northern parts of the
continent. It is known from several sites in Canada, from Alaska, and in the
contiguous United States from New Jersey, New York, Tennessee and also
from Colorado (Carpenter et al. 1937). In Canada the following are the
amber sites most explored for insect inclusions: Alberta, near Medicine
Hat: British Columbia, Nanaimo Coalfields, Nechako River, Peace River
and Frances River, Manitoba, Cedar Lake near mouth of the Saskatchewan
River: Saskatchewan, southern part (Carpenter et al 1937). In Alaska,
Cretaceous Arctic amber was discovered on the slopes of the Arctic Ocean
near Point Barrow and has been collected in great quantities in beach drift
along the Kuk River (Hurd et al. 1958). The North American Cretaceous
amber containing fossil insects is of much more interest than either Tertiary
amber from the Baltic, or the even younger samples from Mexico, because
the Cretaceous period was of far greater significance in insect evolution
(Carpenter 1937, Hurd et al. 1956).

It is unfortunate that the specimen herein described constitutes the only
record of a neuropteroid insect from North American amber. There are,
nevertheless, some records of Neuroptera, including Berothidae, Sisyridae
and/or Neurorthidae from Baltic amber to which attention may be drawn
(Hagen 1854, 1856; Handlirsch 1906-1908; Kriiger 1923a, 1923b; Parfin
& Gurney 1956; Martynova 19624; MacLeod 1970; Henning 1981). All
those known and all extant genera, however, appear to differ in certain
significant features from the specimen treated here.

•^Tertiary amber with insect fossil inclusions is also known from the Caribbean region, notably
the Dominican Republic.

^There is an illustration by Martynova ( 1 962: 28 1 ) of a "mysterious" apparently spurious,
allegedly extant European species "Sisyraflavicornis Linnaeus," in which the fore wing is
shown clearly as possessing a humeral vein. This seems to be the only record of such a vein in
a recent sisyrid We have not yet discovered what was meant by Martynova. since
Linnaeus never described any neuropteroid species under the name flavi 'corn is. Based upon
venation and distribution of thyridia it is very likely that the illustration by Martynova ( 1 962)
represents an aberrant Sympherobius. Comstock (1918: 178) also illustrated the wings of
Sisyraflavicornis?, a species occurring in "British India," but did not specify the name of the
original author. On his illustration, the humeral recurrent vein is lacking in the fore wing.

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Plesiorobius, new genus
Figs. 1,2

Type species: Plesiorobius canadensis, new species
Diagnosis

This genus is distinguished by the following combination of characters: dorsum of head,
pronotum and thorax with long, protruding setae; antenna moderately short (28 to 30
segments) approximately as long as half of the fore wing; apical segment of each maxillary and
labial palpus elongate, narrow basally, cylindrical as far as middle, then tapering apically to an
acute point; clypeus and labrum slightly protruding; fore wing with veins unicolorous and
bearing evenly distributed pubescence; humeral recurrent vein (Vr) present; costal veinlets
numerous, forked or single; subcosta (Sc) coalesced with first branch of radius (Rj) at the
apex; subcostal area between Sc and Rj without any apparent cross-vein; Rj and Rs
connected by a single cross-vein located in apical third; Rs with five main branches (R2-R6);
basal piece of anterior media (MA) present and located between RS+MA and base of
posterior media (MP); numerous outer and inner gradate cross- veins present between
branches of Rs and MA 4- MP.

Description

Body: small (ca 3.5 mm long), pubescent, brownish to yellowish. Head: antenna with
about 28 to 30 segments, moderately short, reaching to second abdominal tergum, scape
elongate, robust, three following segments slightly elongate; maxillary palpus 4- or 5-
segmented, with apical segment elongate, narrow basally, cylindrical as far as middle, then
tapering apically to an acute point; labial palpus with apical segment similar in shape to that of
maxillary palpus; clypeus and labrum protruding. Thorax: large, pronotum with lateral lobes
appearing to be triangularly produced. Legs: elongate and pubescent, with 5-segmented
protarsi, basal segment the longest, segments 2 and 3 slightly shorter, segment 4 the shortest,
segment 5 terminating in paired simple claws. Wings: fore wing elongate-oval with rounded,
though slightly pointed apex; veins with long, evenly distributed pubescence; costal area
widest in basal third, narrower elsewhere; humeral recurrent vein ( Vr) present; costal veinlets
numerous, forked or single; subcosta (Sc) sinuate, terminating in first branch of radius (Rj);
latter long, coalesced basally with anterior media and radial sector (MA + Rs); Rj and Rs
connected by a single cross-vein located in apical third: R2 with five branches (R.2 - R6). MA
coalesced basally with Rs; posterior media (MP) with two main branches coalesced basally; a
short basal cross- vein ( basal piece of MA) present between Rs + MA and base of MP; anterior
cubitus (CuA) with four main branches; posterior cubitus (CuP) deeply forked; numerous
outer and inner gradate cross-veins present between branches of Rs, and medial (MA and
MP) and also cubital (CuA and CuP) veins; hind wing not properly known. Abdomen: 10-
segmented with tergal sclerites markedly reduced; terminalia of not clearly determined sex
(Fig. 2) as follows: tergum IX small; tergum X (ectoproct) appearing as a more or less
rounded plate with a large, centrally located trichobothrium; two additional overlapping oval
structures are apparently displaced dorsally (Fig. 2); a single elongate structure with forked
apex is located ventrally, its affinity is not known at present.

Plesiorobius canadensis, new species

Figs. 1,2

Holotype (sex undetermined): Canada, Alberta, near Medicine Hat, in amber collected from
tailings at open pit coal measure, July 8-11, 1971, J.F. McAlpinecoll., Type No. 18446;

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986

127

,>••""

Fig. 1. Plesiorobius canadensis n. gen., n. sp., in Canadian amber (reproduced from a color
slide made by Mr. T. Stovell, formerly of the Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa.

Fig. 2. Outline drawing of Plesiorobius canadensis n. gen., n. sp., with enlargement of
terminal segments of abdomen and maxillary palpus. AA, anal anterior, CuA, cubitus anterior,
CuP, cubitus posterior, g. 1., probably gonapophyses laterales; MA, media anterior, Sc.
subcosta(=subcosta anterior + subcosta posterior); Rs, radial sector; R\ to Rfr, radial veins;
Vr, humeral recurrent vein.

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

deposited in Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa
Description

Body: small, approximately 3.5 mm in length, yellowish-brown with long pubescence.
Head: moderately large, with elongate vertex and protruding clypeus and labrum; maxillary
palpus with only 4 segments clearly visible (though 5 could be present); labial palpus with only
apical segment clearly visible. Thorax: pronotum with triangular lateral lobes bearing
numerous setae; meso- and metanota well developed, with long dorsal pubescence. Wings: fore
wing (Figs. 1, 2) 5.0 mm long, maximum width 1.7 mm, narrowly oval with a rounded but
slightly pointed apex, transparent without maculations, veins unicolorous and bearing long
setae, costal area widest in basal third, narrower elsewhere; first branch of radius (Rj) long,
branching from combined base of radial sector and anterior medial vein ( Rs + MA); Rs with 5
principal branches (R2-R<5); one cross-vein present between Rj and Rs located apically; hind
wing not clearly seen. Abdomen (including terminalia) as given under generic description.

DISCUSSION

The only family to which our fossil insect may provisionally be assigned
is the Berothidae of Handlirsch. It may be distinguished from all previously
known berothids, however, mainly by the fore wing having a more distinct
recurrent humeral vein, by the lack of any cross- vein between Sc and RI ,
and by having but a single cross-vein between RI and RS, regularly
distributed outer and inner gradate cross-veins and more branches to the
radial sector. It also differs in possessing characteristic abdominal terminalia
(presumably female).

It is possible that the vein which we have named MA might eventually
prove to be the last branch (Ry) of RS. Furthermore, the hind wing can be
only very poorly seen, so that it can not be adequately studied until more
advanced computerized X-ray techniques become available. At present,
therefore, it is not possible to state with certainty whether or not the
specimen is indeed a berothid, true Berothidae having the posterior cubital
region of the hind wing highly specialized. The specialization takes the form
of a long series of short veinlets reaching the posterior margin of the wing. In
the absence of such specialization, Plesiorobius would presumably have to
be assigned to a new subfamily or even a family representing an extinct
sister- group of the main berothid stock comprising all presently recognized
subfamilies of Berothidae.

We have associated our Cretaceous insect with the Berothidae on the
basis of the following shared characteristics: presence of a recurrent
humeral vein^; Sc ending on RI; RS with numerous branches and

The recurrent humeral vein of Plesiorobius is better developed than in the majority of
Berothidae except that of Naizema Nava's (for details see MacLeod and Adams 1967).

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June, 1986 129

proximally separated from Rj ; presence of a distinct cross- vein between Rs
and the medial vein, deeply forked CuP, and similarly arranged remaining
principal veins. For the present, however, we refrain from erecting a new
family or subfamily to accommodate it in view of the currently rather
unstable nature of the higher classification of the recent Neuroptera which
does not fully take into account many fossil groups.

It is interesting to note that the fore wing ofPlesiorobius also resembles,
to a certain degree, that of the fossil Palaemerobius proavitus described by
Marty nov (1928) from the Permian beds of European U.S.S.R. Both have
similar radial sectors proximally separated from Kj. Palaemerobius is
distinctive, however, in lacking a recurrent humeral vein, and by having
several cross-veins between Rj and RS and fewer and rather irregularly
distributed outer and inner gradate cross- veins. Tillyard (1932) pointed out
some characters which might serve to link Palaemerobius with the
Berothidae (most of the discussion, however, pertains to a comparison of
Palaemerobius with the Glosselytrodean, Permoberotha).

Plesiorobius also shares certain characteristics with both Neurorthidae
(as defined by Nakahara 1958, Zwick 1967, Riek 1970, Richards and
Davies 1977, Aspbck, etal. 1980), and Sisyridae( as defined by Killington
1936, Carpenter 1940, Parfin andGurney, 1956, Aspbck etal. 1980). All
have RS pectinate and proximally separated from Rj, and MP deeply
forked and reaching the upper level of RS + MA. We are unable, however,
to find in Plesiorbius any sign of nygmata (sensory spots usually occurring
between posterior branches of Rs or between RS and MA) in the fore wing.
This character, according to Riek ( 1 970)6 and Richards and Davies (1977)
is not only characteristic of the family Neurorthidae, but is of major
significance in the higher classification of Neuroptera. Both authorities
cited, mainly on the basis of the presence of nygmata, grouped Neurorthidae,
Osmylidae and Ithonidae in a single superfamily, the Osmyloidea, and
certain other families lacking these structures, namely Berothidae, Sisyridae
and Mantispidae in another, the Mantispoidea. Asp'ock et al (1980),
however, have a somewhat different opinion regarding the relationships,
claiming that the Neurorthidae and Osmylidae combined constitute a
sister-group of the Sisyridae. This conflicts with the superfamily concept of
Riek ( 1 970) and Richards and Davies ( 1977). The Sisyridae cannot, on the
one hand, be placed together with the Berothidae and Mantispidae in one
superfamily (Mantispoidea of Riek 1 970, and Richards and Davies 1977),
while being at the same time a sister group of Neurorthidae- Osmylidae plus
Ithonidae in another (Osmyloidea). Although we have not examined actual

6Riek(1974) slightly re-evaluated his former view (Riek 1970) on the higher classification of
Neuroptera stating that the nygmata represent a plesiomorphic condition and that the
superfamily Osmyloidea requires subdivision.

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

specimens of Neurorthidae, we have thoroughly studied the relevant
literature (Kriiger 1923b, Eben-Petersen 1929, Nakahara 1958, Zwick
1967, Riek 1970, Aspock et al. 1978, Aspock et al. 1980), and are of the
opinion that Plesiorobius is not closely related to the Neurorthidae or
Osmylidae, whatever may be the phylogenetic relationships of the above-
mentioned families. The Ithonidae and Mantispidae are both too remote in
their relationship to be of concern in the present discussion, but the
Sisyridae are not far from the Berothidae.

There are three species of Berothidae known from inclusions in
amber: Proberotha prisca Kriiger ( 1 923 a) from Baltic amber and recently
described Banoberotha enigmatica Whalley and Paraberotha acra Whalley
(1980), from the Lower Cretaceous amber of Lebanon. The above
mentioned fossil berothids bear rather remote resemblance to our fossil
insect and apparently represent different evolutionary lineages. Furthermore, as
far as known, Kriiger's specimens are missing.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to J.F. McAlpine, Biosystematics Research Centre, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa, for his assistance and encouragement and to J.E.H. Martin of the same
institution for his kind cooperation. We thank L. Masner and C.M. Yoshimoto of the above
centre for assistance in some aspects of the literature search. We also thank H. A's'pock of the
Hygiene-Institut der Universital, Wien, and P.C. Barnard of the British Museum (Natural
History), London, for their helpful suggestions, and V.R. Vickery, Curator of the Lyman
Entomological Museum, for reviewing the manuscript of this paper.

LITERATURE CITED AND OTHER REFERENCES

Aspock, H., U. Aspock, and H. Holzel. 1978. Megaloptera et Planipennia. In. J. lilies,

Limnofauna Europea: 329-332.
Aspock, H., U. Aspock, and H. HblzeL 1 9.8.0. Die Neuropteren Europas. Eine zusammenfas-

sende Darstellung der Systematik, Okologie and Chorologie der Neuropteroidea

(Megaloptera, Raphidioptera, Planipennia) Europas. Krefeld; Goecke & Evers, 1: 495

pp; 2: 355 pp.
*Brues, C.T., Melander, A.L., and Carpenter, P.M. 1954. Classification of insects. Keys to

the living and extinct families of insects, and to the living families of other terrestial

arthropods. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 108: 1-917.
""Carpenter, P.M. 1930. A review of our present knowledge of the geological history of the

insects. Psyche, 37: 15-34.
""Carpenter, P.M. 1934. Insects and arachnids from Canadian amber. Univ. Toronto Stud.

(Geol.)40: 7-62.
""Carpenter, P.M. 1939. Lower Permian insects of Kansas. Pt.8. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci.

73: 29-70.
Carpenter, P.M. 1940. A revision of the Nearctic Hemerobiidae, Berothidae, Sisyridae,

PolystoechotidaeandDilaridae(Neuroptera). Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 74: 193-280,

pis. 1-3.

Vol. 97, No. 3, May & June. 1986 131

"Carpenter, P.M. 1943. The lower Permian insects of Kansas. Part 9. The orders

Neuroptera, Raphidioidea, Caloneurodea and Protothoptera (Probnisidae), with addi-
tional Protodonata and Megasecoptera. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 75 (2): 55-84.
Carpenter, P.M., Folsom, J.W., Essign, P.O., Kinsey, A.C., Brues, C.T., Boesel, M.W.

and Ewing, H.E. 1937. Insects and Arachnids from Canadian amber. Univ. Toronto

Stud. (Geol.) 40: 7-62.
Comstock, J.H. 1918. The Wings of Insects. An Exposition of the Uniform Terminology of

the Wing- Veins of Insects and a Discussion of the More General Characteristics of the

Wings of the Several Orders of Insects. Comstock Publ. Comp., Ithaca, N.Y. 430 pp.
Esben-Petersen, P...1929. Australian Neuroptera. VI. Queensl. Nat. 7(2): 31-35.
Hagen, H. 1854. Uber die Neuropteren der Bernstein-fauna. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien,

4: 221-232.
Hagen, H. 1856. Neuropteren mil vollstandiger Verwandlung ( Neuroptera Erichson). In:

Berendt, Die in Bernstein befindlichen organischen Resteder VorzeiL,2(2): 81-122, pis.

5-8.

*Hagen, H. 1866. Hemerobidarum synopsis synonymica. Stettin, ent. Ztg. 27: 369-462.
Handlirsch, A. 1 906- 1 908. Die Fossilen Insekten und die Phylogenie der rezenten Formen;

ein Handbuch fur Palaontologen und Zoologen. Leipsiz. W. Engelmann, 1: X-1430, 2:

XLpp+XLlpls. (1908).
Hennig, W. 1981. Insect Phylogeny. John Wiley & Sons. Chichester. New York. Brisbane,

Toronto. XXll-f-497pp.
Hurd, P.D., Smith, R.F.,andUsinger, R.L. 1958. Cretaceous and Tertiary Insects in Arctic

and Mexican amber. Proc. X. Int. Cong. Ent., Montreal 1956, 1: 851.
*Keilbach, R. 1982. Bibliographic und Liste der Arten tierischer Einschlusse in fossilen

Harzen sowie ihrer Aufbewahrungsorte. Dtsch.entom. Z. (N.F.) 29: 129-286.
Killington, F.J. 1937. A monograph of the British Neuroptera. 11. Monogr. Ray. Soc.

^London, 123 (1936): XII+306pp, pis. XVI- XXX.
Kruger, L. 1923a. Beitrage zu einer Monographic der Neuropteran-Familie der Sisyriden.

Stettin, ent. Ztg. 84: 25-66.
Kruger, L. 1923b. Neuroptera succinica baltica. Die im baltischen Bernstein eingeschJossenen

Neuropteren des Westpreussischen Provinzial- Museums (heute Museum fur Naturkunde

und Vorgeschichte) in Danzig. Stettin, ent. Ztg. 84: 68-92.
* Kukalova- Peck, J. 1 98 3 . Origin of the insect wing and wing articulation from the arthopodan

leg. Can.J.Zool. 61: 1618-1669.
"Langenheim, R.L., Simley, C.J. and Gray, J. 1960. Cretaceous amber from the Arctic

Coastal Plain of Alaska. Bull. geol. Soc. Amer. 71: 1345-1356.
*Larsson, S.G. 1965. Reflections on the Baltic amber inclusions. Entomol. Meddel.

34: 135-142.

*Larsson, S.G. 1978. Baltic amber- a Palaeobiological Study. Entomonograph 1. Scand.

Sci. Press Ltd., Klampenborg, Danmark: 192 pp.
McAlpine, J.F. and J.E.F. Martin. 1966. Systematics of Sciadocendae and Relatives with

Descriptions of Two New Genera and Species from Canadian Amber and Erection of

Family Ironomyiidae (Diptera: Phoridae). Can. Ent. 98: 527-544.
McAlpine, J. F. and J. E. H. Martin. 1 969. Canadian amber, a paleontological treasure-chest.

Can. Ent. 101: 819-938.
*McAlpine, J.F. 1973. A fossil ironomyiid fly from Canadian amber ( Diptera: Ironomyiidae)

Can. Ent. 105: 1618-1669.
MacLeod, E.G. 1967. Studies on the systematics of the Berothidae, 1. The genus

Sphaeroberotha Navas with a critique of the taxonomic characters used in the Berothinae

(Neuroptera). Psyche, 74: 342-352.
MacLeod, E.G. 1970. The Neuroptera of the Baltic Amber. Psyche, 77: 147-180.

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*MacLeod, E.G. and Adams, P. A. 1967. A review of the taxonomy and morphology of the

Berothidae with the description of a new subfamily from Chile. Psyche, 74: 237-265.
*Martynov, A.V. 1928. Permian fossil insects of North- East Europe. Trudy geol. Muz.,

Akad. Nauk SSSR, Leningrad, 4: 1-118, 19 pis.
Martynova, O.M. 1962. Nadotryad Neuropteroidea. Setchatokryloobraznye. pp. 269-282.

7/rRhodendorf, B.B., Chlenistonogie Trakheinye i Khelitserovye [Arthropoda - Tracheata

and Chelicerata], Osnovy Paleontologii. Spravochnik dlya Paleontologov i Geologov

SSSR [Textbook of Palaeontology. A Textbook for the Palaeontologists and Geologists

of the USSR (in Russian)]. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moskva (Acad. Sci. USSR, Moscow),

9: 561 pp.
Nakahara, W. 1958. The Neurorthidae, a new subfamily of the Sisyridae (Neuroptera).

Mushi, 32(2): 19-32, 3 pis.
Parfin, S.I., and Gurney, A.B. The spongilla-flies, with special reference to those of the

Western Hemisphere (Sisyridae, Neuroptera). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 105: 421-599.
Petrunkevitch, A., Campell, J.M. Fennah, R.G., Turk, E. and Wittmar, W. 1963. Studies

of fossiliferous amber arthropods of Chiapas, Mexico. Univ. Cal. Publ. Ent., 3: 1-60, 3

pis.
Richards, W.B. 1966. Systematics of fossil aphids from Canadian amber (Homoptera:

Aphididae). Can. Ent 98: 746-760.
Richards, O.W., and Davies, R.G. 1977. Imms' General Textbook of Entomology (Xed.).

Classification and Biology. A Halsted Press Book, John Wiley & Sons, New York,

2: 1354.
Riek, E.F. 190. Neuroptera (Lacewings), in: The insects of Australia (A textbook for

Students and Research Workers). Melbourne Univ. Press, XIV+1029 pp.
Riek, E.F. 1974. Neuroptera (Lacewings), in: The insects of Australia (A textbook for

Students and Research Workers). Melbourne Univ. Press. (Supplement): VIII+146 pp.
Schluter, T. and W. Sturmer. 1 984. Die Identifikation einer fossilen Rhachiberothine- Art

(Planipennia: Berothidae oder Mantispidae) aus mittelkretazischem Bernstein NW-

Frankreichs mit Hilfe rontgenographischer Methoden: 49-55. In: Gepp, J., H. Aspock

& H. Holzel, Progress in World's Neuropterology, 265 pp., Graz.
Tillyard, R.J. 1932. Kansas Permian Insects. Part 14. The Order Neuroptera. Am. J. Sci.

23: 1-30.
Tjeder, B. 1969. Neuroptera Planipennia, the Lacewings of Southern Africa. S. Afr. Anim.

Life, Stockholm, 6: 256-314.
Whalley, P.E.S. 1980. Neuroptera ( Insecta) in amber from the Lower Cretaeous of Lebanon.

Bull. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist (Geol.) 33 (2): 157-164.
* Whalley, P. 1983. Fera venatrix gen. and sp. n. (Neuroptera, Mantispidae) from Amber in

Britain. Neuroptera International II (4): 229-233.
*Yoshimoto, C.M. 1975. Cretaceous chalcidoid fossil from Canadian amber. Can. Ent.

107: 499-528.
*Zherikin, V.V., and Sukastcheva, I.D. 1971. O melovyk Nasekomonosnykh "Yantaryakh"

(Retinitakh) Severa Sibiri. In Doklady na 24-m Ezhegodn. chtenin pamyati N.A.

Kholodkovskogo. Akad Nauk SSSR, Leningrad (Acad. Sci. USSR, Leningrad): pp. 3-48.
Zwick, P. 1967. Beschreibung der aquatischen Larve von Neurorthusfallax(Rambur) und

Errichtung der neuen Planipennierfamilie Neurorthidae fam. nov. Gewa'ss. Abwass. 44-

45: 65-86, Bagel, Dusseldorf.

*References not cited in text but included as contributing to the bibliography of insect fossil
inclusions in amber.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4h x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of S7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 1 20 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

i .,11 luil-f run ttUU '.. i nM-t ()i muil mc|uiry In
llmverbily MM rolling liiliiriitilinutil. JIN) Nurlh
Ztmb Rouil. Aim Arlxir. Ml 4B106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, an% when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless
steel. Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide
butterflies, moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned
collector. Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Titanus giganteus from French Guyana. List requested to Mr. Lestrade, 53 rue
Legendre, 75017 Paris, France.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Kornberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth, Florida 33463.

FOR SALE: Coleoptera of the world. Rare and common species, foreign and domestic.
Specializing in rarities and varieties of Africa & South America. Large price list free. Send 65<t
in postage. INSECT COLLECTING SUPPLY, 25422 Trabuco Road #105, Suite 294, El
Toro, CA 92630.

NEW ADDRESS for myrmecologists George C. and Jeanette Wheeler: 3358 NE 58 Ave.,
Silver Springs, FL 32688.

WANTED: Specimens of Nearctic Drosophilidae. Will reciprocate. P.P. Saitta, 58 Butler
St., Pittston, PA 18640.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rate at
$5.00 domestic or $10.00 foreign. W.B. Richfield, P.O. Box 1066, Goleta, CA 93116
U.S.A.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: praying mantises, especially species not found in caster U. S.
Live adults, nymphs, or eggcases equally useful. Will purchase or trade. Anxious to
correspond with others interested in mantis biology. David Yager, Neurobiology & Behavior,
W214 Mudd Hall, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY 14853.

FOR SALE. Signed copies of A Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America, with
free errata sheet, available from the author. Paperback, $15; hardbound, $20; includes
shipping costs. Charles V. Covell Jr., Dept. of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville,
KY 40292, U.S.A.

ORIENTAL INSECTS, a journal of insect taxonomy of the Old World tropics, is published
annually as a hard bound volume. Vol. 20 was published in March 1 986. Subscription price is
$46.00 per volume. Subscriptions and manuscripts (research as well as review articles) are
invited. Back volumes of the journal, monographs, and supplements are available. Write to
ORIENTAL INSECTS, P.O. Box 13178, Gainesville, Florida 32604-1 148, U.S.A.

US ISSN 0013-872X

September ft October, 1986

Key to species of psocids of Lachesilla corona group (Psocoptera;
Lachesillidae) in eastern Mexico, with descriptions of two
new species Edward L. Mockford 133

Notes on Cassida relicta, a tortoise beetle endemic to North America,
with key to Nearctic species of Cassida (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

Edward G. Riley 141

New species of Osmia (Hymenoptera; Megachilidae) from southwestern

United States R.W. Rust, G.E. Bohart 147

Presence of an orchid bee (Euglossa sp.) nest and an ant (Crematogaster
limata palans) nest in a cacao pod (Hymenoptera; Apidae,
Formicidae) Allen M. Young 156

Characteristics and role of mite, Phyllocoptes fructiphilus (Acari:
Eriophyidae) in etiology of rose rosette

R.L. Doudrick, W.R. Enns, M.F. Brown. D.F. Millikan 163

Egg capsule morphology of Anisomorpha buprestoides (Phasmatodea:

Pseudophasmatidae) M.L. Allred, B.P. Stark, D.L. Lentz 169

Carcass scavenging by Taeniopoda reticulata (Orthoptera; Acrididae)

in Costa Rica Allen M. Young 175

Records of stoneflies (Plecoptera) in Alabama

B.P. Stark, S.C. Harris 177

Local food plant specialization of southern armyworm, Spodoptera

eridania (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)

J. MarkScriber 183

Fast, simple technique for examining stridulatory file of katydids with

long wings (Orthoptera; Tettigoniidae) John D. Spooner 186

RUDOLF G. SCHMIEDER BEQUEST

FURTHER REDUCTIONS IN PAGE CHARGES AND REDUCTIONS
IN SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO ENT. NEWS

189

SOCIETY MEETINGS OF MARCH 26, 1986 AND APRIL 16, 1986
YOUNG ENTOMOLOGISTS' SOCIETY

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ANNOUNCEMENT

189
190
191
192

146, 162, 182
188

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa.. 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1 985- 1 986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per vear postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOL OGICA L NE WS, The A mencan Entomological Societv, 1 900 Race St. . Philadelphia.
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8V2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 35 79 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp. , Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN. NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 133

A KEY TO SPECIES OF PSOCIDS OF THE

LACHESILLA CORONA GROUP (PSOCOPTERA:

LACHESILLIDAE) IN EASTERN MEXICO, WITH

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES1

Edward L. Mockford2

ABSTRACT: Seven species of the Lachesilla corona species group in eastern Mexico are
keyed using adult characters of both sexes where known. Two species are new and are
described: L. picticeps and L. dispariforceps. L. dividiforceps Garcia Aldrete (name
emended from the original dividtforcepes), closely related to the new species, is redescribed to
allow detailed comparison with its close relatives.

Psocid material collected or received for determination from eastern
Mexico includes two undescribed species in the Lachesilla corona group.
These are described here along with their close relative, L. dividiforceps
Garcia Aldrete. Several species of this group in eastern Mexico also have
been described by Garcia Aldrete (1973, 1974b, c, d, 1982). The present
paper provides a key to the seven known species of the area.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Descriptions are based on examination of 1 5 adult specimens of the two
new species (12 of L. picticeps n.sp. and three of L. dispariforceps n.sp.)
and 1 4 adults of L. dividiforceps. Illustrations were executed with the aid of
a drawing tube or microprojector. Measurements were made on slide-
mounted parts with a filar micrometer. The micrometer unit for wing
measurements was 2. 63 jum and for all other measurements 0.987 jam. Leg
measurements were made condyle to condyle. The desire to keep as many
specimens as possible intact for subsequent investigation has dictated that
only a minimal number be dissected for measurement. Color descriptions
were prepared from observations through a dissecting microscope with
direct light on specimens preserved from their time of capture in 80%
ethanol.

Use of "phallic apodemes" instead of "parameres" in the key and
descriptions is based on Mockford's (1985) interpretation of male external
genitalia in this genus.

Lachesilla corona group Garcia Aldrete 1 974a
Garcia Aldrete ( 1974a) noted the close affinity of the corona and rufa

1 Received March 13, 1986. Accepted May 3, 1986.

^Department of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois 61761
ENT. NEWS 97(4): 133-140, September & October, 1986

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

species groups and listed several characters shared by the two groups.
These include 1 ) a mesal flap on the female subgenital plate, 2) four mesal
macrosetae on the subgenital plate, 3) distal ends of the gonapophyses
conical, 4) the posterior margin of the hypandrium concave and edged in a
sclerotized rim, 5) two mesal macrosetae near the posterior margin of the
hypandrium, and 6) the male paraprocts each with a mesal prong. In
addition to these characters, males of both groups have a transverse
sclerotized region on one or more abdominal sterna anterior to the
hypandrium. Where this character is well developed (as in L. dividiforceps
Garcia Aldrete and the new species described below) it is seen on sterna 3
to 7 with the region of sternum 7 (Figs. 3, 8, 11) somewhat more heavily
sclerotized than those anterior to it.

Separation of the two groups is currently based on only one character:
the flap of the female subgenital plate is entire in the corona group and cleft
distally in the rufa group. Obviously, a thorough review of the species is
necessary in order to establish the phylogenetic relationship between these
two groups.

DESCRIPTIONS

The three species described below, L. dispariforceps n. sp., L. picticeps
n.sp., and L. dividiforceps, share a common color pattern, which is
described only for the first species. The pretarsal claw is developed in the
same way in the three species and is described and figured only for the first
species.

Lachesilla picticeps n. sp.

Male measurements: Table 1.

Male structural features: Pretarsal claw (Fig. 1 ) with pulvillus slender with a slight bend
in basal half, slightly expanded at tip. Forewing ( Fig. 2) with venation typical of the genus; r-m
junction by a short fusion, at a point, or by a short crossvein; ratio of height to length of areola
postica = 0.53 in specimen illustrated. Hypandrium (Fig. 3) broad, quadrate, partially divided
along intersegmental line 8-9, terminating distally in broad-based claspers; the latter tapering
and curved inward distally, each bearing a tooth on its outer margin well before tip. Phallic
apodemes (Fig. 3) completely separate, close together basally, curving laterad in middle then
mesad near tips; tips abruptly pointed; several minute tubercles and denticles present
immediately before tip. Epiproct (Fig. 4) transverse, heavily sclerotized laterally, with a prong
on each side near distal margin. Paraproct (Fig. 4, ventral one-third doubled under in
mounting) well sclerotized basally, bearing a distal prong; sense cushion bearing 8-10
trichobotria with basal florets and usually a simple, empty setal socket in basal area, or this
socket bearing a short seta. Clunium (Fig. 4) with area of unpigmented cuticle bordering
epiproct medially.

Male color ( in alcohol): Compound eyes black. Ground color of head and body creamy
white. Head with reddish brown W-shaped mark centered in front of ocellar interval, following

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

135

Fig. 1-6. Lachesillapicticepsn. sp. Fig. 1. cf, hind pretarsal claw, scale = 0.01 mm. Fig. 2,cf,
Forewing, scale = 0.5 mm. Fig. 3. cf, hypandrium (abdominal sterna 7-9) and phallic
apodemes, scale = 0. 1 mm (scale of insert = 0.0 1 mm). Fig. 4. cf, clunium, epiproct, and right
paraproct, scale = 0.1 mm. Fig. 5. 9, subgenital plate, scale = 0.1 mm. Fig. 6. 9, ovipositor
valvulae and ninth sternum, scale = 0.1 mm.

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

frontal ecdysial arms to clypeus, then passing to compound eye dorsad of antennal base; a
brown bar below each antennal base; a tawny brown bar from posterior margin of each parietal
area forward a short distance but separated from a purplish brown spot to each side of ocellar
interval; a spot of tawny brown paralleling each compound eye dorsomedially; labrum,
postclypeus, and antennae tawny brown; maxillary palpi dark brown. Thorax variegated
ground color and tawny brown, the latter on notal lobes, on pleura below wing bases, and on
legs; a dark reddish-brown line running length of thorax above leg bases. Forewing (Fig. 2)
with a dark brown mark along posterior border of pterostigma in its distal half; a slight tawny
wash over entire surface of forewing slightly darker on pterostigma and at marginal ends of
veins. Hindwing with uniform slight tawny wash over entire surface. Abdomen of ground color
except segments 3-9 each with a transverse dark reddish brown ring, broadly interrupted
ventrally; sclerotized abdominal sterna 3-7 and hypandrium tawny brown; a narrow dark
reddish brown band along dorsal midline from second to tenth tergum.

Female measurements: Table 1.

Female structural features: Pretarsal claws and wing venation as in male. Subgenital
plate (Fig. 5) a weakly sclerotized trapezoidal area with relatively shallow anterior
indentation; four long setae near distal end of plate; flap of subgenital plate moderately wide,
bearing minute denticles on distal margin; ratio of greatest width of plate to width of flap half-
way along its length 9.2 and 14.3 in two specimens measured. Ninth sternum (Fig. 6) with
anterior margin a rounded doubled membrane; a broad region around spermapore lightly
sclerotized and a small ring immediately around spermapore heavily sclerotized. Third
valvulae (Fig. 6) simple, conspicuous, well sclerotized on lateral margins, bearing numerous
setae.

Female color (in alcohol): Same as in male except abdominal sterna weakly sclerotized
and colorless.

Types: Holotype d" allotype 9, 5cf and 59 paratypes, Mexico: Nuevo Leon: Villa de
Santiago 34 km SE Monterrey on Highway 85, VII- 1980; on apple trees, M.I. Trevino collector.
The types are in my collection and will be ultimately deposited in the Florida Collection of
Arthropods, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Gainesville,
Florida. A pair of paratypes will be deposited in the collection of Dr. A.N. Garcia Aldrete,
Mexico City.

Laches ilia dis par (forceps n. sp. (cf)

Male measurements: Table 1.

Male structural features: Forewing (Fig. 7) differing from preceding species in deeper
pterostigma, more curved Cuj, and relatively higher areola postica, height to length ratio of
areola postica = 0.59 in specimen illustrated. Hypandrium (Fig. 8) broad, quadrate, its eighth-
sternum component somewhat broader than that of ninth; terminating distally in broad-based
claspers, the latter bifid near base, the outer ramus shorter and slenderer than inner one.
Phallic apodemes (Fig. 8) as described for previous species except slightly more pointed
distally. Epiproct, paraproct, and clunium (Fig. 9) much as in previous species; epiproct with
prongs shorter, closer together, and relatively slenderer. Paraproct with 10 trichobothria in
sense cushion having basal florets and one short trichobothrium with simple base. Clunium
with area of clear cuticle bordering epiproct shallower than in previous species.

Male color (in alcohol): As described for preceding species including head markings
(Fig. 10).

Types: Holotype cf and two <J paratypes, Mexico: Hidalgo: Highway 85, 38.6 km NE
central square of Rancho Viejo, 22-VI-1962, beating forest vegetation, coll. E.L. Mockford,
J.M. Campbell, and F. Hill. The types are in my collection and will be ultimately deposited in
the Florida Collection of Arthropods, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer
Services, Gainesville, Florida

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

137

Lachesilla dividtforceps Garcia Aldrete

Laches ilia dividiforcepes Garcia Aldrete 1974:79 (name here emended as indicated by
Garcia Aldrete, in litl ).

Male measurements: Table 1.

Male structural features: Forewing as described for previous species, differing from L.
picticeps n. sp. in deeper pterostigma, more curved Cuj, and relatively higher areola postica,
its height to length ratio beingO.59 in single specimen measured. Hypandrium(Fig. 1 1 ) broad,
quadrate, components of the eighth and ninth sternum of about the same width, partially
separated along intersegmental line; terminating distally in pair of broad- based claspers each
bifid near base, both rami slender, the inner longer than outer. Phallic apodemes (Fig. 11)
completely separate, close together basally, directed outward in basal two-thirds, parallel in
distal one-third; tips acuminately pointed. Epiproct (Fig. 12) with prongs developed as in L.

^

1 YV irfS^f •

Fig. 7-10. Lachesilla dispariforceps n. sp. cf. Fig. 7. Forewing, scale = 0.5 mm. Fig. 8.
Hypandrium( abdominal sterna 7-9) and phallic apodemes, scale = 0.1 mm (scale of insert =
0.01 mm). Fig. 9. Clunium, epiproct, and right paraproct, scale = 0.1 mm. Fig. 10. Head in
anterior view, scale = 0.5 mm.

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

dispariforceps n. sp.; each prong surrounded by a field of minute papillae. Paraproct ( Fig. 1 2);
sense cushion bearing 9- 1 0 trichobothria with basal florets and one short basal trichobothrium
with simple base. Paraproctal prong pointed apically. Clunium with no area of clear cuticle
bordering epiproct.

Female measurements: Table 1.

Female structural features: Forewings as described for male. Subgenital plate (Fig. 1 3)
a weakly sclerotized quadrate area with sides slightly indented and anterior indentation deeper
than in L. picticeps n. sp. Flap of subgenital plate extremely slender, ratio of greatest width of
subgenital plate to width of flap half-way along its length 45.0 and 51.5 in two specimens
measured. Ninth sternum (Fig. 14) with anterior margin a doubled membrane broadly
rounded in middle with two rounded lateral lobes; a small sclerotized ring around spermapore.

Third valvulae (Fig. 14) simple, conspicous, well sclerotized on lateral margins, slightly
curved outward at tips, bearing numerous setae.

Material examined: Mexico: Hidalgo: Highway 85, 38.6 km NE central square of
Rancho Viejo, 22-VI-1962, beating forest vegetation, 1 cf, 1 9; coll. E.L. Mockford, J.M.
Campbell, and F. Hill; Nuevo Leon: Chipinque Mesa 1 3 . 7 km SW center of Monterrey, 23-
X-1963, beating asteraceous plants, el. 915 m, 2 cr, 6 9 (holotype, allotype, and paratypes),
coll. E.L. Mockford; Villa de Santiago, Highway 85, 34 km SE Monterrey, VI- VIM 980, on
apple trees, 3 cf, coll. M.I. Trevino; San Luis Potosif Highway 80, 1 2.6 km W. Naranjo, 20-
VI-1962, beating understory plants in oak forest, 1 cf, coll. E.L. Mockford.

Key to Species

Seven described species in the corona group, including the two new species described
here, are now known from eastern Mexico. They may be keyed as follows:

1 . Phallic apodemes either separated their entire length and held close together by a
membrane or fused only at their extreme base; greatest width of flattened female

subgenital plate divided by width of its flap midway along its length > 9 2

Phallic apodemes fused throughout approximately their basal one third; greatest
width of female subgential plate divided by width of its flap midway along its length
<5 6

2. Phallic apodemes fused at extreme base; claspers neither divided nor bearing a
tooth; ninth sternum of female either decidedly tapering anteriorly or slightly

tapering and truncated anteriorly 3

Phallic apodemes separate their entire length, held close together only by
membrane; claspers either divided or with a tooth on their outer margins (Figs. 3, 8,
1 1); ninth sternum of female (where known) wide and curved anteriorly 4

3. Phallic apodemes knobbed and bristly on distal ends; claspers knobbed distally;
female ninth sternum slightly tapering and truncated anteriorly ^

L. hermosa Garcia Aldrete.

Phallic apodemes slender and acuminately pointed distally; claspers acuminately
pointed distally; female ninth sternum decidedly tapering anteriorly, rounded at
anterior extreme L. neoleonensis Garcia Aldrete.

4. Claspers clearly divided (Figs. 8, 1 1); female (where known) with flap of subgenital

plate extremely slender (Fig. 13) 5

Claspers not divided but with a tooth on outer margin (Fig. 3); female with flap of
subgenital plate broader (Fig. 5) L. picticeps n. sp.

5. Median ramus of clasper broader than lateral (Fig. 8); phallic apodemes bearing

minute denticles near their distal end (Fig. 8) L. dispariforceps n. sp.

Median ramus of clasper about same width as lateral (Fig. 1 1); phallic apodemes

lacking minute denticles near their distal end (Fig. 11)

L. dividiforceps Garcia Aldrete.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

139

Claspers curving medially from base to tip; greatest width of flattened female
subgenital plate divided by width of its flap midway along its length < 3.5 ....

L. regiomontana Garcia Aldrete.

Claspers curving in a wide arc medially in basal half then laterally in distal half;
greatest width of female subgenital plate divided by width of its flap midway along

its length > 4.0 .f

L. curviforceps Garcia Aldrete.

Fig. 11-14. Laches ilia dividiforceps Garcia Aldrete. Fig. 11. cf, hypandrium (abdominal
sterna 7-9) and phallic apodemes, scale = 0.1 mm. Fig. 12. cf, clunium, epiproct, and left
paraproct, scale = 0. 1 mm. Fig. 13. 9, subgenital plate, scale = 0.1 mm. Fig. 14. 9, ovipositor
valvulae and ninth sternum, scale of Fig. 12.

140

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Measurements (^m), ctenidial counts, and head- width: eye ratio for three
species of the Lachesilla corona group.

FW1 HW F T t, t2 t]Ct fj f2 f3 f4 lO/d

Species & Sex

L picticeps tf
L. picticeps cf
L picticeps 9
L. picticeps 9
L. dispariforceps cf

L. dispariforceps cf

L. dividiforceps cf
L dividiforceps cf
L. dividiforceps 9
L. dividiforceps 9

Locality

Santiago, N.L. 2304

Santiago, N.L. 2341

Santiago, N.L 2001

Santiago, N.L. 1941

nr. Rancho Viejo, 2178

Hildalgo
nr. Rancho Viejo,

Hidalgo

Santiago, N.L. 2135

nr. Naranjo, SLP 2020

Chipinque, N.L. 2164

nr. Rancho Viejo, 2028

Hildalgo

1744 445 808 284 113 22 258 244 194 152 4.16

1796 445 840 290 106 22 262 248 — — 2.60

1567 441 797 276 112 17 242 230 187 138 3.11

1470 404 750 253 106 17 218 192 167 117 2.77

1654 448 840 301 107 18 275 257 209 172 2.89

1936 1515 407 734 265 99 21 251 229 191 153 2.77

1631 435 792 289 102 21 270 231 - 2.90

1496 392 760 257 93 20 240 225 190 148 2.61

1654 436 826 281 110 19 239 232 189 139 3.25

1549 405 756 259 101 19 230 211 173 126 2.87

= forewing length; HW = hindwing length; F = hind femur length; T = hind tibia length;
tj, t2 = lengths of hind first and second tarsomeres; tjct = number of ctenidia( comb-based
setae) on hind first tarsomere; fj ... f4 = length of first ... fourth flagellomere; lO/d = shortest
distance between eyes divided by transverse diameter of eye in anterior view.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Collecting done by the author was supported by NSF grant G- 1 9263 and publication costs
were supported by NSF grant BSR-82 19659, both to Illinois State University. Material
collected at Villa de Santiago, Nuevo Leon, was sent by the Biosystematics and Beneficial
Insects Institute of the United States Department of Agriculture. An earlier draft of the
manuscript was read critically by Dr. L.E. Brown and Mr. D.M. Sullivan. I thank these and
two unidentified reviewers for their comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1973. A new species of Lachesilla (Insecta: Psocoptera) from

northeast Mexico. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton, Mexico 44, Ser. Zoologi'a(l): 55-

60.
Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1974a. 1974a. A classification above species level of the genus

Lachesilla Westwood ( Psocoptera: Lachesillidae). Folia Ent. Mex. 27:3-88.
Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1974b. Lachesilla curviforceps sp. nov., un nuevo Psocoptero de

Mexico (Psocoptera: Lachesillidae). An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton. Mexico 45, Ser.

Zoologia(l): 65-70.
Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1974c. Una nuevaespeciedeLac/z&s///a( Psocoptera: Lachesillidae),

en el grupo Corona. Folia Ent. Mex. 28: 37-42.
Garcia, Aldrete, A.N. 1974d. Lachesilla dividiforcepes [sic] n. sp., un nuevo Psocoptero

Mexicano (Psocoptera: Lachesillidae). Publ. Biol., Inst. Invet. Cient. Univ. Auto'n.

Nuevo Leon 1: 79-85.
Garcia Aldrete, A.N. 1982. Descriptions of new Lachesilla species and description of the

female L. magnifica Garcia Aldrete (Psocoptera, Lachesillidae). Folia Ent. Mex. 53:

43-65.
Mockford, E.L. 1985. Systematics of the genus Nadleria (Psocoptera: Lachesillidae) with

description of a new species and hypotheses on evolution of male external genitalia in the

family Lachesillidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 78: 94-100.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 141

NOTES ON CASSIDA RELICTA, A TORTOISE

BEETLE ENDEMIC TO NORTH AMERICA, WITH A

KEY TO NEARCTIC SPECIES OF CASSIDA

(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE)1

Edward G. Riley2

ABSTRACT: The original description of Cassida relicta, a species of the genus endemic to
the Nearctic Region, has been until now the only published account of this species. A lectotype
and paralectotypes are designated herein, and the known distribution for C. relicta is extended
from Illinois to include Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Texas. A key to the Nearctic species
of Cassida is given.

Predominately an Old World genus of tortoise beetles, Cassida (s. str. )
is represented in North America by three species. Two other species have
been reported from the region but are probably not established. The best
known North American representative is C. rubiginosa Mliller, the thistle
feeding tortoise beetle of the northeastern United States and adjacent
Canada. It is a widely distributed Palearctic species and a known
introduction to the Western Hemisphere (Brown, 1940). A second
Palearctic species, C. flaveola Thunberg, occurs from the northeastern
United States and Quebec, west to North Dakota and Alberta, and North to
the Northwest Territories (specimens have been seen from AB, MN, ND,
NH, NY, OH, PA, PQ, SK, and WI). This species is listed as an
unintentional introduction to North America by Lindroth ( 1 957); however,
considering its wide range in North America and the fact that its site of
introduction and subsequent spread has not been documented, the possibility
that its natural range includes the Nearctic can not be rejected.

The third species of Cassida occurring in North America, C. relicta
Spaeth, 1927, was described from three specimens with the datakklllinois-
Belfrage." Spaeth noted the similarity between his new species and certain
Palearctic Cassida, and with a well chosen name he emphasized the fact
that his new species was indeed a relict, being the only true species of
Cassida restricted to the Nearctic. Since its description, C. relicta has
remained essentially unknown to American workers, and no additional
information on the species has appeared in the literature.

During the past few years I have had the opportunity to examine many
collections of cassidines. From four of these collections, I accumulated ten
specimens, which upon comparison with the syntypes of C. relicta, proved

Deceived February 10, 1986. Accepted April 14, 1986.

^Department of Entomology, Louisiana Agricultural Experiment Station, Louisiana State
University Agricultural Center, Baton Rouge. LA 70803

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 141-146, September & October. 1986

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to be examples of that species.

In the LeConte Collection at the Museum of Comparative Zoology
there are two specimens. One is simply labeled "111". The second
specimen bears three labels: "111", which is identical to that of the first
specimen; "701" written in pencil and very small; and "Cass. thoracia
Illig." which is handwritten in ink. These two specimens are the basis for the
report of "C. thoracica (III)" (= C. panzeri Weise) from Illinois by Crotch
(1873, p. 78).

The United States National Museum Collection contains four speci-
mens of C. relicta. The first specimen is labeled " Wis" "Charles Schaeffer
Collection" "HSBarber Bequest 1950" "relicta Spaeth". The last label is
handwritten in ink but does appear to be in Barber's handwriting. The
second specimen, a female, is labeled "Wall lake Minn. VIII-30-1 1 Stoner"
"Wickham Collection 1933" "Cassida thoracica 111." The latter label is
folded. Wall Lake, an actual lake, is located 12 mi. W. (town of) Battle
Lake in Otter Tail County. The third specimen has been severely damaged
by museum pests but is still clearly recognizable as C. relicta. This
specimen bears the labels "Galesburg 111 8/3/92" "7099" "ex Coll. 111.
State Lab Nat. Hist. Oct. 1916". The fourth, and final, USNM specimen is
labeled "Victoria, TX V-19-07" "JDMitchell Collector" "Cassida Panzeri?
Weise Sz. 1915" "c.f. Cassida relicta. Spaeth 1927 Koleop Rundschua
XIII p. 1 12-1 14. typ. loc. Illinois-Belfrage". The last USNM specimen is
the basis for Barber's record of "Cassida sp. (possible panzeri?-Schwarz
determ.)" from Victoria, Texas (1916, p. 121). The latter two labels appear
to be in Barber's handwriting.

The Texas A & M University Entomology Collection contains two
examples of C. relicta The first specimen is a male (dissected) labeled
"Dallas Tex. 4-15-1927 RK. Fletcher." The second specimen, and most
recently collected, is a female and bears the only biological information
known for the species. It is labeled "Texas: Leon Co. 7.6 mi. n.
Normangee June 12, 1976 Sweep. Gaillardia S.J. Merritt".

In the University of Arizona Entomology Collection there are two
specimens. The first is labeled "la" "7099" "C.W. Leng Collection
#1614?" "Cassida panzeri?". The second is labeled"La Salle Co., 111. 5-
1-1937 Floyd G. Werner" "Cassida thoracica Illiger of LeConte's coll'n
from 111". Regarding the specific locality of the latter specimen, Dr. Floyd
Werner (personal communication, 1983) writes, "Almost certainly, the
locality involved is either Ottawa or Utica, along the Illinois River."

TYPE SPECIMENS: Two specimens were received for study from
Stockholm. The first labeled "Illinois" "Belfrage" "relicta m typus Spaeth det"
"58, 82" "Riksmuseum Stockholm" is here designated as lectotype (Fig.
1 ), and a red lectotype label has been added to the specimen's pin. It is a male,

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

143

determined by parting the last abdominal sterna and pygidium and
observing the tip of the aedeagus. The second syntype from Stockholm (a
female) and the third syntype from the Spaeth Collection, Manchester
Museum (a male), each bear three labels. The first two labels are identical
to those on the lectotype and the third labels read "relicta m cotyp, Spaeth
det." These two specimens are here designated as paralectotypes, and
yellow paralectotype labels have been added to their pins.

TYPE LOCALITY: Given as "Illinois." The types were probably
collected in 1866 during G.F. Belfrage's residence in Chicago. At this time
he is known to have taken collecting trips to the Swedish Colony at Altona,
Knox County, Illinois (Geiser, 1937). This locality is very near Galesburg,
Illinois, one of the above mentioned collection localities.

DISCUSSION

The ten specimens known from collections in the United States are
conspecific with the types and match the important details given in Spaeth's
original description. The average length is 7.0 mm, but there is a wide range
of variation in size with the Leon County, Texas, specimen being the
largest, 8.5 mm, and the Wall Lake, Minnesota, specimen the smallest, 6.4
mm. The greenish color of the elytra and the pinkish color of the pronotum
are well preserved in these two examples. The extent of the rusty-red
markings of the elytral bases and along the suture vary in intensity and

Figure 1 . Cassida relicta, male, lectotype.

144

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

completeness but are always present. These markings are very faint on the
two specimens from Galesburg, Illinois, and " Wis," but this is likely due to
their apparent old age. The curious small dark spot near the middle of each
elytral disc is present on all the specimens examined. The middle claws of
one male and the hind claws of one female specimen have been examined by
slide preparation and compound microscope. This study revealed that
pectines are absent from both surfaces of the anterior and posterior claws of
each claw-pair.

Cassida relicta is perhaps the rarest of the United States cassidines.
This becomes especially apparent when one considers its broad geographic
range through the central states and the contrasting scarcity of specimens in
collections. Its known distribution broadly follows the eastern edge of the
great plains (Fig. 2). It is quite possible that C. relicta is associated with a
plant species or plant community whose habitat has largely been disrupted
by the activities of modern agriculture. All but two of the specimens were
collected before 1928 (the "Wis" specimen without a date appears to be
very old). The most recently collected example (June, 1976) was swept
from Gaillardia sp., a Compositae, in eastern Texas. Whether or not the
beetle feeds on this plant is not known; however, a composite is a likely host
since known host plants for the closely related Palearctic species are all
Compositae (Mohr, 1966).

Figure 2. Known distribution of Cassida relicta.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 145

Whereas the remaining cassidine genera of North America are clearly
of Neotropical origin, Cassida(s. str.), except for C. relicta and possibly C.
flaveola, is confined to the Palearctic and is well diversified there (Gressitt,
1952). The North American representative is closely related to C. panzeri
Weise, C. ferruginea Goeze, C. pannonica Suffrian, C. vibex L., and
possibly to C. mbiginosa Miiller. The distribution of this species group is
concentrated in the western Palearctic with C. mbiginosa extending
eastward to China, Korea, and Japan. The newly discovered specimens of
C. relicta confirm the natural occurrence of Cassida (s. str.) in the
Nearctic, and this zoogeographic pattern may prove valuable to future
attempts at phylogeny construction for the Cassidinae.

Key to the Nearctic species of Cassida Linnaeus

The key below includes two species hitherto unmentioned in this paper.
Verification is needed to confirm whether these are established. It is
probable that they are not established on the North American continent, but
since both have been reported from North America they are included in the
key. The specimen which forms the basis of Mannerheim's (1853) report of
C. nobilis L. from Sitka, Alaska, is not in the Zoological Institute collection
at Leningrad (I.M. Kerzhner, in lift.). The G.W. Horn collection (MCZ)
contains one specimen of C. nebulosa L. labeled "Santa Anna River, April
23, 79, S. Cal.," "Horn Coll. H. 10470 C. nebulosa Linn." See Barber
(1916) for additional details on these two species.

1. Slope of lateral margin of elytron continuous with slope of disc; elytra smooth with
punctures in regular rows; small, 4-5.5 mm; on Chenopodiaceae and Caryophyllaceae

(western Palearctic, ? Alaska) (subgenus Cassiduella) nobilis Linnaeus

Slope of lateral margin of elytron angled outward, not continuous with slope of disc;
elytral punctation variable (subgenus Cassida).!

2. Elytron with 10 regular rows of punctures

Elytron with confused punctation, rows indistinct and obscured by interstrial
punctation 4

3. Anterior margin of elytron narrowly black, distinctly crenulate; elytron marked with
distinct black reticulation; larger, 6-7 mm; on Chenopodiaceae, Amaranthaceae

(Palearctic, ? California, ? New York) nebulosa Linnaeus

Anterior margin of elytron pale, smooth or indistinctly crenulate; elytron marked with
diffuse clouded pattern or pale; smaller, length 4-6 mm; on Caryophyllaceae (western
Palearctic, central and eastern Canada, north central and northeastern U.S.)

flaveola Thunberg

4. Elytra with common rusty-red basal mark usually extending caudad along suture to
apex; disc of elytron with small dark spot near middle; length, 4.3-8.5 mm; food plants

unknown (eastern Texas north to Minnesota and Wisconsin) relicta Spaeth

Elytra usually without common rusty-red basal mark, but if present, usually faint, and
not extending caudad along suture beyond basal third of elytra; disc of elytron without
small dark spot; length 6-7.5 mm; on Compositae (Palearctic, southeastern Canada
and northeastern U.S.) rubiginosa Miiller

146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The following individuals deserve thanks for loaning specimens and/or providing pertinent
information: H. R. Burke, Texas A & M University, College Station; C. Johnson, Manchester
Museum, Manchester; I.M. Kerzhner, Zoological Institute, Leningrad; Per Lindskog,
Riksmuseum Stockholm; A.F. Newton, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge; H.
Silfverberg, Universitetets Zoologiska Museum, Helsinki; F.G. Werner, University of
Arizona, Tuscon; RE. White, United States National Museum, Washington; and J.A.
Wilcox, Columbus, Ohio. Photographs were taken by J.G. Lenhard; J.B. Chapin and L.H.
Rolston contributed improvements to the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Barber, H.S. 1916. A review of the North American tortoise beetles (Chrysomelidae:
Cassidinae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 18: 113-127.

Brown, W.J. 1940. Notes on the American distribution of some species of Coleoptera

common to the European and North American continents. Canadian Ent. 72: 65-78.
Crotch, G.R. 1873. Materials for the study of the Phytophaga of the United States. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 25: 19-83.
Geiser, S.W. 1937. Naturalists of the Frontier. Univ. Press in Dallas ( Southern Methodist

Univ.), 296 pp.
Gressitt, J.L. 1952. The Tortoise Beetles of China (Chrysomelidae: Cassidinae). Proc.

California Acad Sci. (Ser. 4) 27(17): 433-592.
Lindroth, C.H. 1957. The Fauna! Connections between Europe and North America. John

Wiley & Sons, New York, 344 pp.
Mannerheim, C.G. 1853. Dritter Nachtrag zur Kaefer-Fauna der Nord-Amerikanischen

Laender des Russischen Reiches. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26: 95-273.
Mohr, K.H. 1966. in H. Freude, K.W. Harde, and G.A. Lohsc (eds.) Family: Chrysomelidae.

Die Kafer Mitteleuropas 9: 95-280.
Spaeth, F. 1927. Ueber eine den palaarktischen Arten nache verwandte neue nordamerikanische

Cassida (Cassida relicta). Koleop. Rund. 13: 112-114.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECT LIFE: A Field Entomology Manual for the Amateur Naturalist. 1985. R.H.
Arnett, Jr., R.L. Jacques, Jr. Prentice-Hall. 354 pp. $14.95 pbk.

A well written and very interesting book on simple identification, collecting, preservation,
biology and ecology of insect life, but definitely for the amateur naturalist.

AUSTRALIAN SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY: A Bicentenary perspective. 1983. E.
Highly, R.W. Taylor. CSIRO. 147 pp. $5.00 pbk.

Review of achievements of 200 years of work in scientific entomology. Papers presented at a
symposium, Canberra, May 1982.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 147

NEW SPECIES OF OSMIA (HYMENOPTERA:
MEGACHILIDAE) FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN

UNITED STATES1 2

R.W. Rust3, G.E. Bohart4

ABSTRACT: Three new species of the genus Osmia (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) are
described and illustrated. They are from the southwestern portion of the United States and are
Osmia neocyanopoda, O. crassa, and O. alpestris.

We describe three new species in the genus Osmia (Hymenoptera:
Megachilidae) from the southwestern United States. Two, Osmia
neocyanopoda and O. crassa, are from extensive trap nest-reared specimens
obtained by Frank D. Parker from the Mojave Desert and the third, O.
alpestris, is from high montane areas of the Great Basin. The taxonomy
presented here is to facilitate the details of species nesting biologies to be
presented in anticipated subsequent publications.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Measurements are based on eyepiece micrometer with 200 divisions
for O. neocyanopoda and O. crassa and 1 20 divisions for O. alpestris. The
length of the face is measured from the vertex to the anterior clypeal margin.
Lengths and widths of all other structures represent maximums, except that
the hind basitarsal width does not include the tooth- like projection, where
present, on the inner margin. Greatest interocular distance was measured at
the level of the incurve near the upper end of the inner eye margin.
Flagellomeres were measured along the midline of the outer face, generally
the shortest length.

Holotypes and allotypes will be deposited in the United States National
Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
Paratypes will be deposited in the U.S. National Museum; California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; Snow Entomological
Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas; and U.S.D.A. Bee
Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Logan, Utah.

Deceived September 27, 1985. Accepted April 5, 1986.

^Contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, UMC 48,
Logan, UT 84322, Journal Paper No. 3 1 70, and USDA- ARS-Bee Biology and Systematics
Laboratory, Utah State University, Logan, UT 84322-5310

^Biology Department, University of Nevada, Reno, NV U.S.A. 89557

^Federal Collaborator, USDA Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, Utah State
University, Logan, UT 84322-5310 U.S.A.

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 147-155, September & October, 1986

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Osmia neocyanopoda n. sp.

FEMALE: Length 10 mm, length of fore wing 6.4 mm. Coloration: Antennae, mandibles,
labrum, trophi, anterior clypeal shelf, tibiae, tarsi, abdominal sterna black to dark brown;
remainder of body surface dark (not brilliant) blue. Pubescence: Clypeus, scopa black; frons,
vertex, mesonotum, fore femur, tergum I mostly pale but mixed with black; mesepisternum,
tibiae, mid, hind femora mostly black with few pale hairs; terga II-V black except some pale
hairs along impunctate posterior borders; tergum VI with numerous appressed white hairs
mixed with fewer, nearly erect black hairs; parafacial area white; tarsi, hypostomal area
brown. Punctuation: Clypeus, frons, vertex, gena, mesothorax with large, nearly contiguous
but rather shallow pits; pronotum mostly less than one pit width apart; metepisternum less than
one pit width apart except sparse near anterior border, sides of propodeum with large, nearly
contiguous but very shallow pits above, grading below spiracle into extremely shallow pits
presenting granular appearance; propodeal enclosure with upper half rugostriate, with lower
half finely roughened, dull; pits of terga I-III mostly ranging from one to two pit widths apart,
those of IV- VI progressively closer (nearly contiguous on VI); apical impunctate tergal
borders well defined but short, about three-fourths as long as metanotum. Head: Outer face of
mandible with proportions, carinae, toothed apex as in Fig. 1 ; lengths of labial palpomere I to
II 1.1:1.15 mm; both together to length efface 2.25:2.95 mm; clypeus with anterior shelf
impunctate, sharply edged, slightly emarginate, about equal in width to distance from anterior
margin to upper basal angle of mandible; space between mandibular tufts greater than space
occupied by one tuft; greatest to least interocular distance 2.17:1.83 mm. width of face to
length 3.38:2.95 mm; flagellomeres I, II subequal in width, much narrower than IV, V; width
of gena to eye in lateral view 0.82:0. 78 mm. Thorax: Strigilus as in Fig. 2; anterior basitarsus
with length to width 0.85:0.25 mm; posterior basitarsus with length to width 1.10:0.37 mm;
forewing moderately brownish infumate,. especially along broad apical zone, microtrichia few
(about 50 on upper surface of cell first M.). Abdomen: Erect black hairs of terga II-V long,
nearly uniform in density, those of VI nearly as long, uniform as on preceding terga but mixed
with brown to pale moderately depressed hairs; profile of tergum VI strongly incurved
subapically.

MALE: Length 10 mm, length of forewing 8.4 mm. Coloration: Colored as in female but

metallic areas somewhat lighter (steel blue instead of dark blue); sterna IV, V without metallic
tints. Pubescence: Head, thorax pale, ranging from white on clypeus, mesothorax to
yellowish on vertex to pale brown on mandibles, gena next to eye; legs with dark hair (black to
brown) mixed with pale hair, terga II- VII with successively greater proportion of black hairs,
mostly pale on II, entirely dark on V-VII; longer hairs on sterna I-V black (except hair in
median emargination of III; hair of sterna VI, VIII pale; gonocoxites black. Punctation: Pits
on frons smaller, with more space between pits than on mesoscutum or vertex but pits less than
one pit width apart; sculpturing otherwise as in female. Head: Mandible with apical
emargination forming approximate right angle; length of flagellomere I to II to XI 0.18:1. 25:
0.36 mm; width of cheek to eye in lateral view 0.63:0.84mm; length of flagellum to length of
face to width of face 2.86:2.70:3. 1 6 mm; greatest to least interocular distance 1.87:1.57 mm.
Thorax: Strigilus as in Fig. 3; fore basitarsus with length to width 0.87:0.18 mm; hind
basitarsus with length to width 1.09:0.31 mm with distinct tooth on inner margin two-thirds
distance from base to apex; wings as in female but less infumate, with somewhat fewer large
microtrichia (about 30-40 on upper surface of cell first M). Abdomen: Tergum VI with
shallow median emargination ( about twice as wide as deep); tergum VII with median apical
projection, projection with emargination wider than deep; sternum I practically truncate
medially; sterna II- VI and VIII as in Figs. 4-9; III somewhat thickened, rounded in profile
toward apex (not shown in Fig. 5); genital capsule as in Fig. 10.

TYPE SERIES: Holotype male: Twelve miles south of Palm Springs, Riverside Co.,

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

149

California (F.D. Parker), Rearing No. 16488H. Allotype female: Same data as holotype.
Rearing No. 16488B. Paratypes: Six females, 20 males, same data as holotype; 2 females, 1
male 3 miles northwest of Yucca Valley, San Bernardino Co., California (F.D. Parker). 1
male, White Water, Riverside Co., California. All material reared from trap nests by F.D.
Parker.

DISCUSSION: The type series is uniform except in size (some
specimens are smaller than the holotype and allotype). The species is
related to O. cyanopoda Ckll. to which it runs in Sandhouse's key to the
subgenus Nothosmia(\939). It differs in the female by the slightly longer
posterior impunctate tergal borders and by the finer sculpturing of the lower
half of the sides of the propodeum. It differs in the male by the shallower
median emargination of sternum III, the thickened apical area of IV, and the
emarginate median lobe of VI filled with dense, pale pubescence instead of
short, sparse, black hairs.

The name given to this species refers to its apparent relationship to O.
cyanopoda.

O. neocyanopoda is placed in the subgenus Monilosmia.

10

Figures I to 10 Osmia neocyanopoda. Fig. 1 female mandible; Figs. 2, 3 female and male
strigilus; Figs. 4 to 9 male sterna II to VI and VIII; Fig. 10 male genitalia. Scale lines are 1 .0
mm for mandible, sterna and genitalia and 0.5 mm for strigilus.

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Osmia crassa n. sp.

FEMALE: Length 9 mm, length of fore wing 5.7 mm. Coloration: Mandibles, anterior
clypeal shelf, antennae, abdominal venter, tarsi black; body otherwise dark blue to greenish
blue (but not brilliant). Pubescence: Black or dark coppery, except largely white along inner
eye margins, mixed with white on vertex, posterior margin of gena, at least one-half white or
silvery on thoracic dorsum, first abdominal tergum reflecting silver in lateral view on most of
apical tergum, apices of remaining terga, mesepisternum, along ventral margins of femora;
pubescence pale golden to coppery on basitarsi, dark golden to coppery as tufts on mandibular
margin. Punctation: Head, thorax, strongly, nearly contiguously pitted, pits slightly larger on
mesonotum than on frons or vertex; pits of abdominal terga finer, averaging about one pit width
apart, becoming more dense on terga IV, V and VI; posterior impunctate margins of terga very
short but well defined, less than half as long as median length of metanotum. Propodeum with
upper half finely rugostriate, lower half rather abruptly, finely reticulate, almost polished.
Head Outer face of mandible with proportions, carinae and teeth as in Fig. 1 1 ; upper, lower
inner mandibular margins without projections; clypeal margin gently rounded, strongly
thickened, rounded over apically, its declivity nearly vertical from clypeal face; marginal tufts
long, stiff; length of labial palpomere I to II 0.82: 1 . 1 2 mm; both together compared to length of
face 1.95:2.10 mm; hypostomal carina moderately high, reduced well before angle;
hypostomal hairs curved inward, forward, especially toward angle of hypostomal carina;
width of gena to eye in lateral view 0.82:02.60 mm; greatest to least interocular distance
1.87:1.63 mm; face in anterior view with width to length 2.97:2.70 mm; facial pubescence
dense, generally more than half as long as width of eye, denser, strongly proclinate toward
clypeal margin which is slightly depressed medially but without transverse depression.
Thorax: Strigilus as in Fig. 12; fore basitarsus with length to width 0.79:0.25 mm; hind
basitarsus with length to width 1 .02:0.36 mm; wings slightly, uniformly yellowed, microtrichia
dense, short ( 1 00 to 1 25 on upper surface of cell first M). Abdomen: Pubescence of terga II to
V short, nearly vertical, becoming more dense on III-V, that of apical tergum mostly short,
prostrate, with few slightly longer more erect black hairs; apical flange of apical tergum nearly
horizontal, with well defined sub-basal transverse sulcus.

MALE: Length ( abdomen extended) 1 0 mm; forewing 5 .5 mm. Coloration: Integument
colored as in female except abdominal sterna I to IV at least faintly metallic blue.
Pubescence: White except lightly mixed with dark hairs on ocellar triangle, vertex, mixed with
long black hairs on legs (especially anteriorly), replaced by short golden to coppery hairs on
tarsi, with largely black hairs on abdomen except mostly white on tergum VI , reflecting silvery
on basal portions of sterna III, IV, yellowish near apex of sternum V, dark golden in
emargination of sternum III, mostly dark on gonocoxite. Punctation: Pits of head, thorax
nearly contiguous, moderately strong, about equal on frons, vertex, mesonotum; abodminal
terga pitted as in female; sterna densely pitted on I to IV, very sparsely on V, VI, somewhat
sparsely medially on IV. Head: Mandible with angle of emargination between teeth about
60°; flagellomere I length to II to XI as 0.24:0.28:0.33 mm; clypeus nearly obscured by long
decumbent hair, greatest to least interocular distance 1 .65: 1 .35 mm; in anterior view width of
face to length 2.85:2.55 mm; in lateral view width of gena to eye 0.60:0.70 mm.
Thorax: Strigilus as in Fig. 13; fore basitarsus with length to width 0.63:0.19 mm; hind
basitarsus with length to width 1 .02:0.27 mm, without distinct tooth along inner margin (but
with two minute denticles of equal size). Abdomen: Tergum V with very shallow apical
median emargination; tergum VI with apical median emargination U-shaped, emargination
width greater than depth as 0.15:0.09 mm; sternum I gently emarginate apically; sternum II
essentially truncate medioapically, sides of truncation broadly rounded Fig. 14; sterna III- VI
and VIII as in Figs. 15-19; genital capsule as in Fig. 20.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

151

TYPE SERIES: Holotype female: one mile west Yucca Valley, San Bernadino Co.,
California (F.D. Parker), Rearing No. 14728 A. Allotype male: same data as holotype,
Rearing No. 14728D. Paratypes: Five females, seven males same data as holotype; 27
females, 12 males Joshua Tree, San Bernardino Co., California (F.D. Parker); two females
five miles West Krammer Junction, San Bernadino Co., California (F.D. Parker); two
females 1 1 miles northeast Big Pine, Inyo Co., California (F.D. Parker): one female, one
male, one mile south Morango Valley, San Berandino Co., California (F.D. Parker); two
females, four males 25 miles south Jacob Lake, Coconino Co., Arizona (F.D. Parker); and
one female, one male, 30 miles east Baker, Nevada (F.D. Parker). All type materials reared
from trap nests by F.D. Parker.

ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS: UTAH: five females, one male, four air miles north
Gilson, Emery Co., May 7, 1 98 1 , on Cryptanthaflava; two females, 35 miles southwest Park
Valley, Box Elder Co., June 24, 1973 (P.P. Torchio); one female, Cornish, Cache Co., June
15, 1959; one female, five miles east, dunes, Lynndyle, Millard Co., June 20, 1963 (G.E.
Bohart) on Amsinckia; one female, Avon, Cache Co., June 25, 1959, on Medicago saliva;
one female, Jericho, Juab Co., June 2, 1 959, on Astragalus lentiginosus; two females, Leeds,
Washington Co., May 4, 1963 (G. Bohart & R. Brumley) on Cruciferae; NEVADA: two
females, Winnemucca, Humboldt Co., June 8, 9, 1961 (G.E. Bohart) on Cilia, Oenothera;
one female, 10 miles north Gabbs, Nye Co., June 13, 1972 (P.F. Torchio) on Melitotus;
CALIFORNIA: three females, Westgard Pass Plateau, Inyo Co., May 27-June 3, 1937
(E.G. Van Dyke); MEXICO: one female, 0.5 miles east Hamilton Ranch Airfield, Baja
California Norte, April 28, 1963 (H.B. Leech, P.H. Arnaud).

11

14

Figures 11 to 20 Osmia crassa. Fig. 11 female mandible; Figs. 12, 13 female and male
strigilus; Figs. 1 4 to 1 9 male sterna II to VI and VIII; Fig. 20 male genitalia. Scale lines are 1 .0
mm for mandible, sterna and genitalia and 0.5 mm for strigilus.

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DISCUSSION: The type series is quite uniform but specimens from
Utah and Nevada have less pale hair in the female and little, if any, silvery
reflection from pubescence on the apical tergum. Specimens from Arizona
are nearly as black-haired as those from Utah and Nevada but have at least
a small patch of silvery reflecting pubescence on the apical tergum.

The species is related to O. rawlinsi Sandhouse and keys to the same
couplet with O. rawlinsi and O. indeprensa Sandhouse ( Sandhouse 1939).
Both sexes can be distinguished from the former by smaller size, sparser
pubescence under labial palpomere I and, in the female, by the form of the
thrid apical mandibular tooth, which is more prominent and centrally
located. It can be distinguished from both sexes of O. indeprensa by its
relatively dull metallic color and, in the female, by the bridge between the
third and fourth tooth.

This species is named for the greatly thickened anterior margin of its
clypeus.

O. crassa is placed in the subgenus Monilosmia.

Osmia alpestris n. sp.

FEMALE: Length 9 mm, length of forewing 7 mm. Coloration: Antennae, mandibles,
labrum, trophi, anterio- medial clypeal edge, legs, tegulae, abdominal sterna black; tarsal claws
red brown; abdominal terga green-black; remainder of body surfaces greenish to greenish
black. Pubescence: Clypeus, paraocular, gena, hypostomal area, episternum, metepisternum,
propodeum, coxae, trochanters, femora, abdominal terga II to VI and scopa with black hairs;
episternal hairs finer and longer; tergum VI with dense appressed blackish hairs; mandibles
with orangish-brown and black hairs, black much longer; tarsi with orangish-brown hairs, fore
basitarsus with long pale hairs; supraclypeal, supra-antennal, vertex, pronotum, scutum,
scutellus, abdominal tergum 1 with pale and black hairs intermixed; apical edge of femora,
tibiae with short white fringe hairs. Punctation: Head with fine, contiguous punctures;
thoracic punctures slightly larger, contiguous except medioposterior scutum with shining
spaces between punctures, metanotal punctures separated by one width, dorasal one-half of
propodeal traingle minutely punctate, ventrally impunctate, propodeal pit large, oval,
impunctate; abdominal terga I to V with fine punctures, separated by 2 to 3 widths, apical
impunctate bands wide, one-fourth as wide as punctate area, finely tesselate, tergum VI with
larger almost contiguous punctures. Head: Length of face 3.0 mm, width of face 3.25 mm,
mandible with three teeth, upper shortest, upper tooth lower margin shorter than upper margin
of middle tooth as 0.25:0.30 mm, lower tooth upper margin longer than lower margin of middle
tooth as 0.47:0.30 mm, apical width 2.0 X narrowest medial width 01 0.75:0.37 mm,
uppermost mandibular carina weak, ending before apical impunctate area, middle and lower
carinae parallel, subequal in thickness (Fig. 21), inner ventral margin without tooth; stipes
with posterior patch of long, black hairs, maxillary palpomeres as 0.12:0.17.07:0.05 mm;
labial palmpomeres I and II as 1.1:1.3 mm; apical clypeal margin impunctate, shorter than
lateral margin as 0.67:0.82 mm; clypeus convex medially; flagellomere I half width of X, I
twice as long as II; hypostomal carina slightly raised behind angle, reduced at angle; maximum
eye to gena width (one view) as 0.62:0.87 mm; lateral ocellus closer to vertex than to
compound eye as 0.47:0.60 mm. Thorax: Wings clear, apically beyond cells lightly infumate,
wing veins black to brown-black, posterior wing cells with moderately dense black micro-
trichia, apically with denser, shorter hairs; stndulus as in Fig. 22; tore basitarsus with length to

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 153

width as 1.0:0.25 mm; hind basitarsus with length to width as 1.5:0.45 mm; inner hind tibial
spur straight, long as 1.12:1.5 mm to basitarsal length. Abdomen: Impunctate flange on
tergum VI not preceded by sulcus.

MALE: Length 10 mm, length of forewing 7.3 mm. Coloration: Head, thorax and
abdominal terga olive-green; mandibles, scape, pedicel, coxae, trochanters, femora, tibiae,
basitarsae black; flagellum, tarsal segments II to IV red-brown to black; tarsal segment V red
brown. Pubescence: Head, except central genal area, thorax except propodeum, abdominal
terga I, II, fore femur, tibia, basitarsus, mesotibia, basitarsus, meta tibia with long pale hairs,
bases often tinged yellowish; abdominal terga III to V with intermixed pale and black hairs;
central genal area, lower one- half propodeum, meso-, metafemora with black hairs; abdominal
tergum VI with dense, long ( 1 .0 mm) mixed pale and black hairs; hind basitarsus with dense,
long (1.0 mm) mixed pale and black hairs; hind basitarsus with orange-brown hairs.
Punctation: Head with small, contiguous punctures, clypeal punctures finer (hair must be
removed); thorax with punctures slightly larger, contiguous, pronotum becoming weakly
tesselate apico-laterally, lower two-thirds of metepisternum impunctate, metanotum densely
rugose, dorsal one-half propodeal triangle finely rugose, lower one-half impunctate; abdomninal
terga I to III with fine punctures separated by 2 to 3 widths, terga IV to VI with punctures
becoming denser, those of tergum VII even denser. Head: Length efface 3.0 mm, width of
face 3.6 mm; mandible with upper apical angle oblique, lower tooth triangular, apex acute,
apical width 2 X narrowest median width (Fig. 23); maxillary palpomeres asO. 12:0.27:0. 15:0.07
mm; labial palpomeres I to II as 1.25:1.5 mm; scape width to length 0.37:0.85 mm, lateral
ocellus closer to vertex than to compound eye as 0.37:0.55 mm; hypostomal carina low,
reduced at angle, gena to compound eye width (one view) as 0.62:0.95 mm. Thorax: Forewing
dear, posterior cells with sparse microtrichia, submarginal cell 2 apically with microtrichia
somewhat denser; fore basitarsus length to width as 0.30:0.87 mm, segments II to IV with
expanded anterior and posterior lobes, larger than fore mediotarsal lobes, segment V enlarged;
hind femur length to width as 2.3:1.0 mm, dorsal margin convex, apical ventral impunctate
concavity; hind tibia with ventral surface concave, concavity filled with short, dense white
hairs, dorsal surface convex; hind basitarsus with length to width as 1.4:0.57 mm, greatest
width subapically, apical margin rounded, segments II to V not modified. Abdomen: Terga I
to V with side apical impunctate bands; tergum VI with apical margin produced, smooth, no
median emargination; tergum VII with median apical emargination V-shaped, width of
emargination greater than length of side as 0.22:0.3 mm; sternum I with median apical bifid,
ventral projection; sternum II with median apical lobe, ventrally projecting, median
impunctate strip proceeding from projection to posterior margin, strip laterally bounded by
slightly elevated areas ( Fig. 24), lateral apical patch of long, straight, black hairs, medially and
posteriorly hairs reduced; sternum III with slight median apical emargination, margin only
slightly produced laterally (Fig. 25), median apical patch of dense, pale hairs, apically slightly
extended laterally and merging with lateral patch of long, straight, black hairs; sternum IV with
apical margin acutely triangular, lateral apical patch of dense, hooked, black hairs separated
medially by narrow impunctate area (Fig. 26), apical lateral corner with patch of long, dense,
straight black hairs, two patches separated by apical impunctate area, posteriorly merging with
much shorter, straight, black hairs; sternum V with wide, apical emargination, emargination
width to depth as 1.3:0.12 mm, emargination width to apical width as 1.3:2.75 mm.
emargination area with short, fine pale hairs, hairs not filling emargination (Fig. 27); sternum
VI with median apical produced portion cordate, laterally with slightly elevated ridges, medial
area with short, dense, pale hairs (hairs bounded laterally by elevated ridges) (Fig. 28), lateral
apical margin subtruncate, clear, sterna VII and VIII as in Fig. 29; genitalia as in Figs. 30. 3 1 ;
gonocoxite with subapical margin (margin below gonocoxite process) truncate, apical dorsal
surface with pale (golden) hairs; gonocoxite process slender, apically expanded, apical margin
subtruncate, ventral surface of process with pale hairs; penis value with short, pale hairs on
dorsal surface; volsella with apical margin rounded.

154

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

23

31

29

28

Figures 21 to 31 Osmia alpestris. Fig. 21 female mandible; Fig. 22 female strigilis; Fig. 23
male mandible; Figs. 24 to 29 male sterna II to VIII; Figs. 30, 31 male genitalia. Scale lines
are 1.0 mm for mandibles, sterna and genitalia, and 0.5 mm for strigilus.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 155

TYPE SERIES: Holotype male: Nevada, White Pine Co., Wheeler Peak Camp Ground,
June 9, 1979 (R.W. Rust). Allotype female: same data as holotype with male mounted on
top, pair taken in copula Paratypes: 16 males, same data as holotype; eight males, seven
females Nevada, White Pine Co., Mt. Moriah, June 12, 1979 (R.W. Rust.)

ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS: UTAH: One male and two females, Cedar Breaks,
Iron Co., June 22, 1978(G.A. Levin); one male, Richfield, SevierCo., 14 June 1964(R.W.
Rust); one male, Beaver-Junction Summit, PiuteCo.,23 June 1971 (G. Bohart& P. Torchio).

DISCUSSION: Little variation exists in the type series and additional
specimens. Males will key to Osmia lanei Sandhouse and O. giffardi
Sandhouse in White (1952) but are easily separated from them by the
bidentate projection of sternum I, the weak furrow but well developed
ventrally protruding apical projection of sternum II, the triangular apex of
sternum IV with its apical patches of hooded bristles separating a narrow
oval impunctate area and the cordate process of sternum VI. Females run to
Osmia physariae Ckll. (White 1952) and may be separated from it by the
contiguous punctures of the episternum; in O. physariae, the posterior
portion has shiny interspaces between the pits. Osmia alpestris is slightly
larger than O. physariae (% to 9 mm compared to 7 to 8 mm). It is also close
to O. nifoata Ckll., which has thickened hind tibial spurs, and to O. giffardi,
which has a heavy subapical fringe of white hairs basad of the apical
impunctate tergal bands.

This species was named for its geographical location, the high
mountains of the Great Basin of North America.

O. alpestris is placed in the subgenus Acanthosmioides.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank T.L. Griswold and F.D. Parker, U.S.D.A. Bee Biology and
Systematics Laboratory, Logan, UT for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Sandhouse, G.A. 1939. The North American bees of the genus Osmia (Hymenoptera:

Apoidea). Entomol. Soc. Washington Memoirs 1:1-167.
White, J.R. 1952. A revision of the genus Osmia, subgenera Acanthosmioides (Hymenoptera,

Megachilidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35: 219-307.

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PRESENCE OF AN ORCHID BEE (EUGLOSSA

SR) NEST AND AN ANT (CREMATOGASTER

LJMATA PALANS) NEST IN A CACAO POD

(THEOBROMA CACAO) (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE,

FORMICIDAE, RESP.)1

Allen M. Young^

ABSTRACT: An arboreal rotten cacao pod in Costa Rica contained one nest each of
Crematogaster limata palans ( Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and the orchid bee, Euglossa sp.
(Hymenoptera: Apidae). The bee apparently is an undescribed species. About 2.5 weeks
after the bee nest was discovered, the four blackish, resinous brood cells produced four female
bees over a ten-day period. There was no evidence that Euglossa re-used the nest cavity. No
interactions between the ants and bee nest were noted. A detailed description of the orchid bee
nest is presented, along with information on the ant colony.

Although nest structure is an important taxonomic character for
infrageneric classification of orchid bees of the genus Euglossa (Hymenoptera:
Apidae: Bombinae: Euglossini) (Dressier 1 978), relatively little is known
about the nesting habits of many species (Zucchi et al., 1969; Wilson
1971). The data available on the nests of some Euglossa species indicate
both cavity-nesting in the ground and free-standing arboreal nests attached
to twigs and leaves (e.g., Friese 1899; Bennett 1966; Roberts and Dodson
1967; Zucchi et al., 1969; Dressier 1978; 1982; Young 1985). The co-
occurrence of other organisms within the cavity nests of Euglossa is
virtually unstudied. In this communique, I describe a nest of an apparently
undescribed species of Euglossa (R.L. Dressier, pers. comm. to L.S.
Kimsey) inside an arboreal, rotted pod of cacao (Theobroma cacao L.)
( Sterculiaceae) in northeastern Costa Rica, and the simultaneous occurrence of
a colony of the ant Crematogaster limata palans Forel ( Hymenoptera:
Formicidae, Myrmeciinae), in the same pod. The nest structure, temporal
pattern of bee emergence, sex ratio of Euglossa along with notes on the ant
colony, are reported.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

On 2 August 1 984, forty rotten pods were collected from several cacao
trees at "Finca La Tigra" (10°24'N; 84°60'W), near La Virgen (220 m.
elev.), Sarapiqui District, Heredia Province, Costa Rica Each pod was

Deceived March 28, 1986. Accepted May 5, 1986.

^Invertebrate Zoology Section, Milwaukee Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
U.S.A.

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 156-162, September & October, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 157

gently cut open to collect insects. One pod examined contained a sticky
resinous mass of bee brood cells and an ant colony. The clump of bee brood
cells was gently removed and photographed and returned to its original
position in the pod cavity. The entire pod cavity was briefly checked for the
presence of bees. To observe subsequent bee emergences and ant activity,
the removed pod wall fragment was re- attached with a rubber band to leave
the cavity contents undisturbed for several weeks. The pod was kept on
moistened paper towels in a tightly-closed clear-plastic bag, and checked
several times daily for bee emergences and ant activity. All bees were
retained for sex and taxonomic determinations. Before and after bee
emergences, the next structure was examined. The location and size of the
ant colony were also described.

RESULTS

Description of Bee- Ant Occupied Pod. The appoximately 14 cm
long & 6 cm wide cacao pod containing the bee and ant nests was found
about 2 m above the ground in a densely-shaded cacao tree. Unlike most of
the pods collected, this pod was hard and mummified. The only apparent
opening in the pod was an irregularly-shaped hole, approximately 1 cm
across, where the pod joins the petiole. Internally, about 2/3 of the central
cavity of the pod was filled with rotted, moist cacao seeds, although the
distalmost 1/3 (about 35 x 40 mm) of the cavity, containing the bee nest
(Fig. 1), was free of seed (even though seeds usually fill the entire pod
cavity).

Description of Bee Nest The bee nest consisted of four completely
closed (capped) brood cells (range of 16-20 mm high and 8-10 mm wide)
arranged as a tight cluster and fused basally (Fig. 1). Although seemingly
amorphous at the base, the bottom of each brood cell appeared round and
bulbous when viewed directly from below. Each brood cell had a bulbous
apical cap area (4 mm high) prior to bee emergences ( Fig. 1 ). The cells were
sticky and blackened, and appeared to be resinous. The external texture of
the brood cells was granular. The cluster of cells was positioned freely
(unattached) within the pod cavity. There was no evidence of additional
nest material (resin).

Bee Emergence, Sex Ratio, and Determinations. At the time of
discovery, one dead female bee, in excellent condition, was found along side
the nest. Beginning 20 August 1984, about 2.5 weeks after the nest was
discovered, the first of four bees emerged. Three days later, a second bee
emerged, and two days after that a third bee emerged. The fourth bee
emerged 10 days after the first emergence. All bees were found in the bag
containing the pod before 1 1 00 h, although exact time of emergence was not

158

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

.,

Fig. 1. Above: The rotten cacao pod showing the location of the four-celled Euglossa nest
within the distal portion of the central cavity. A piece of the pod wall has been temporarily
removed to show the position of the nest, but was re- attached for subsequent rearing of bees.
Below: Lateral view of the four brood cells comprising the Euglossa nest. Note the granular
texture of the resinous cells and the bulb-like apical area on each cell. Scale in mm.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

159

determined. All four bees matched the dead bee found in the pod cavity.
Bees emerged just below the bulbous, apical caps of the brood cells (Fig. 2)
and exited the pod through the hole near the petiole, since no other exit holes
were found. In three of the four cells, the apical cap was still attached, atone
side, after bee emergence (Fig. 2); on the fourth, the cap was completely
broken off. The line of perforation of cap lids on all four cells was
immediately below the apical bulbous portion of the brood cell (Fig. 2). The
diameter of each emergence hole was 5 mm. The five reddish-bronze-
colored bees ( 1 4 mm long) were all female Euglossa sp. Structurally, the
bees resemble E. purpurea Friese, but other discrepancies suggest that it
might be a different species ( FL L. Dressier and L. S. Kimsey, pers. comms. ).
Without males, it is very difficult to confirm species determination in
Euglossa, and there are many undescribed species (L.S. Kimsey, pers.
comm.).

Ant Nest and Activity. A colony, consisting of approximately 50
workers, of the 3-mm long black ant, Crematogaster limata palans Forel,
was found inside one of the rotted seeds in the cavity of the cacao pod. A few
pupae (brood) were also present. The colony may have occupied more than
one cacao seed, but the majority of ants were found in one seed, embedded

2 cm

Fig. 2. Scale drawing of the Euglossa brood cells (4) following bee emergences. One bee
emerged from each cell. Note positions of perforated "caps" on three of the cells.

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

in the moist rotted seed tissues. Very little ant activity was observed over the
approximately one-month observation period the pod was confined for
rearing. It was apparent, since all bees emerged successfully, that C. limata
palans did not attack bee pupae. Nor did the ants consume the fresh corpse
of the adult bee found in the pod cavity prior to its discovery (2 August). A
few ants were seen almost daily crawling over the external surface of the
pod, but no definitive diurnal activity pattern was ascertained. Several other
pods collected also contained colonies of C. limata palans but no
additional orchid bee nests were found.

DISCUSSION

Given the little information available to date on nesting habits of
Euglossa species, there are generally two major patterns: (1) concealed
cavity-nesting species which usually construct nests in the ground or in the
debris lodged around the roots of epiphytes, and (2) aerial nesting species
which construct free-standing resin nests attached to twigs and leaves (e.g.,
Dressier 1978; 1982, and included references). Using nest structure and
several other taxonomic characters, Dressier (1978) recognizes several
distinct groupings of Euglossa species. Within Dressler's "Group XI"
there are eight species, including E. purpurea Friese. Species in "Group
XI" are cavity-nesting bees, opportunistically building nests in pre-existing
cavities in the ground and presumably elsewhere (Dressier 1978). Assuming
the Euglossa species examined here is a close relative of E. purpurea, the
data on nest structure might be of interest in increasing our knowledge of
those characters distinguishing Group XI species from others in Dressler's
infrageneric classification (Dressier 1978).

Aerial nests of Euglossa usually consist of several brood cells encased
in an external resinous envelope (e.g., Dodson 1966; Roberts and Dodson
1 967; Young 1985). Brood cells without an external envelope, as described
in this paper, are typical of Euglossa nesting in ground cavities (e.g., Zucchi
etal., 1969). But similar nests of £. ignita chlorosoma Cockerell have been
found in fern fibers at the bases of arboreal orchid plants in Peru (Roberts
and Dodson 1967).

Relative to what has been described for arboreally-nesting E. ignita
(Roberts and Dodson 1967), the nest size in this paper is relatively small
but not unusual. The Euglossa species in the cacao pod nests arboreally in
concealed moist cavities such as cacao pods. Rotted cacao pods have a
woody endocarp and they do not fall off the tree. Such a microhabitat might
be an ideal arboreal nesting site for some Euglossa species.

It could not be ascertained whether the female bee constructing the four
brood cells actively cleared (excavated) the cavity free of cacao seeds, or if

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 161

she made the exit hole in the pod. But Euglossa species nesting in ground
cavities enlarge pre-existing cavities and nest entrances (Roberts and
Dodson 1967; Zucchi et ah, 1969).

Given the fresh condition of the dead female bee in the pod cavity and
the bee emergence schedule, the duration of the pupal stage was probably
between 20-25 days. Because of the moist condition inside the pod cavity
and the presence of an ant species which is known to scavenge (Young
1983), had the dead bee been there much earlier than the date it was
discovered, its body would have been badly decomposed or scavenged. It is
very likely that the dead bee was the mother of the 4 bees emerging from the
nest, and that she died shortly after the final provisioning of the brood cells.

The absence of old, used brood cells, and the successive emergence of
bees from all four new brood cells in the Euglossa nest in the cacao pod is
evidence of a solitary life cycle in this species. Solitary life cycles
characterize many species of Euglossa (Dodson 1 966; Zucchi et ah, 1 969;
Young 1985). Euglossa species require between 60-90 days for egg-to-
adult development for the few species in which such data are available
(Roberts and Dodson 1 967; Zucchi et ah, 1969; Young 1 985). Assuming a
60-day life cycle for the species studied here, nest construction would have
been initiated in late June or early July, corresponding to the rainy season at
this locality. Other species of Euglossa are known to construct nests in the
rainy season (e.g., Friese 1922), even though emergence is suspected
throughout the year (Ackerman 1983).

Crematogaster limata palans nests arboreally in rotten cacao pods in
Costa Rica, even though it scavenges on the ground as well (Young 1 983).
Although bee activity in the pod may have been for two months or more,
there is no apparent deleterious effect of ants on bee development. Given
the location of the exit hole from the pod, at the opposite end from the bee
nest, emerging bees and a provisioning mother would be exposed to some
level of ant activity. Euglossa may posses some chemical or behavioral
defenses against ants, and brood cells may be chemically protected.
Undoubtedly the chance occurrence of an Eugloosa nest in a cacao pod
with ants is very small. Alternatively, the nest of C. limata may have been
sealed off by the mother bee.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This research was funded by a grant from the American Cocoa Research Institute of the
United States of America. I thank J. Robert Hunter for allowing me to conduct field studies at
"Finca La Tigra." Roy R Snelling identified the ant species, and L.S. Kimsey and R.L.
Dressier identified the bee and provided helpful information on Euglossa biology and the
frustrating taxonomic problems existing in the genus.

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Ackerman, J.D. 1983. Specificity and mutual dependency of the orchid-euglossine bee

interaction. Biol. J. Soc. 20: 301-314.
Bennett, F.D. 1966. Notes on the biology of Stelis (Odontostelis) bilineolata (Spinola), a

parasite of Euglossa cordata ( Hymenoptera: Apoidae: Megachilidae). J. New York

Ent. Soc. 74: 72-79.
Dodson, C.H. 1966. Ethology of some bees of the tribe Euglossini. J. Kansas Ent. Soc.

39: 607-629.
Dressier, R.L. 1978. An infrageneric classification of Euglossa, with notes on some features

of special taxonomic importance ( Hymenoptera: Apidae). Rev. Biol. Trop. (Costa Rica)

26: 187-198.
Dressier, R.L. 1982. Biology of the orchid bees (Euglossini). Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst.

13: 373-394.
Friese, H. 1899. Monographic der Bienengattung Euglossa Latr. Termesz. Fuzetek

22: 120-143.
Freise, H. 1922. Ueber den Nestbau der Euglossa viridissima Fr. in Costa Rica (Hym.

Apidae). Arch. Bienenkd. 4: 260-262.
Roberts, R.B. and C.H. Dodson. 1967. Nesting biology of two communal bees, Euglossa

imperialis and Euglossa ignita (Hymenoptera: Apidae), including description of the

larvae. Ann. Entomol. Socl. Amer. 60: 1007-1014.
Wilson, E.O. 1971. The Insect Societies. Belknap Press of Harvard Univ., Cambridge,

Massachusetts, 548 pp.
Young, A. M. 1983. Patterns of distribution and abundance of ants ( Hymenoptera: Formicidae)

in three Costa Rican cocoa farm localities. Sociobiol. 8: 51-76.
Young, A.M. 1985. Notes on the nest structure and emergence of Euglossa turbinifex

Dressier (Hymenoptera: Apidae: Bombinae: Euglossini) in Costa Rica. J. Kansas

Entomol. Soc. 58: 538-543.
Zucchi, R., S.F. Sakagami, and J.M.F. de Carargo. 1969. Biological observations on a

Neotropical parasocial bee, Eulaema nigrita, with a review on the biology of Euglossinae

(Hymenoptera, Apidae). A comparative study. J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ. Ser. VI, Zool.

17: 271-380.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. Vol. 18. 1985. M.J. Berridge, J.E. Treherne,
V.B. Wigglesworth, eds. Academic Press. 445 pp. $79.50.

Six contributions on: ant trail pheromones, walking in insects, Cyclic nucleotide metabolism
of fruit fly, color patterns in Lepidoptera, nonspiking interneurons & motor control, &
regulation of corpus allatum.

ECONOMIC IMPACT & CONTROL OF SOCIAL INSECTS. 1985. S.B. Vinson, ed.
Praeger Pub. 421 pp. $49.95.

Fourteen contributions concerning problems social insects cause man, his structures, food,
and artifacts. Included are chapters on biology, physiology, & ecology of selected social
insects. Current control technologies are also discussed

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 163

CHARACTERISTICS AND ROLE OF THE MITE,

PHYLLOCOPTES FRUCTIPHILUS (ACARI:

ERIOPHYIDAE) IN THE ETIOLOGY

OF ROSE ROSETTE1 2

R.L. Doudrick3, W.R. Enns4, M.F. Brown3, D.F. Millikan3

ABSTRACT: Large numbers of Phyllocoptes fructiphilus (Acari: Eriophyidae) were found
on naturalized multiflora roses, Rosa multiflora, in central Missouri. Although the greater
numbers occurred on plants with symptoms of rose rosette, P. fructiphilus neither induced
symptoms of rose rosette with salivary compounds nor transmitted the infectious agent. The
role of this mite in the etiology of rose rosette, therefore, remains unclear. SEM micrographs
indicate the value of scanning electron microscopy as a tool in the study of mite taxonomy.

Rose rosette was first described on wild roses in the northwestern
United States (Thomas and Scott, 1953) and southwestern Canada
(Conners, 1 94 1 , 1 942). Recently, it has been found on wild and ornamental
roses in central United States (Crowe, 1983; Doudrick and Millikan,
1983). Typical symptoms includes witches' brooming, altered coloration
and development of leaflets (Keifer et al., 1 982), and a phylloid condition of
the flowers (Doudrick, 1984). Symptoms of rose rosette, however, vary
among species and between cultivars of garden roses. Although the etiology
of rose rosette and the identity of the infectious agent have not been
established, the infectious agent has been transmitted by the eriophyid mite,
Phyllocoptes fructiphilus Keifer (Allington et al., 1968). Root grafting,
however, may be involved in the rapid spread within an area after initial
infection. It has been suggested by Keifer (pers. comm.) that the symptoms
of rose rosette may result from a toxicogenic substance associated with mite
feeding. Recently, Gergerich and Kim ( 1 983) described virus-like particles
(VLP) which were associated with rose rosette and suggested that VLP
might be the causal agent.

The purpose of this study was to determine the role of eriophyid mites in
the transmission and etiology of rose rosette, and to characterize morpholog-

1 Received February 3, 1986. Accepted May 5, 1986.

^Journal Paper No. 1 0009, Approved by the Director of the Missouri Agriculture Experiment
Station.

3Former Research Assistant, Professor, and Professor, respectively. Department of Plant
Pathology, 108 Waters Hall, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri 6521 1.

^Emeritus Professor of Entomology, 1-87 Agriculture Building, University of Missouri,
Columbia, Missouri 6521 1.

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 163-168, September & October, 1986

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ical features of the mite by means of scanning electron micrographs.
MATERIALS AND METHODS

A thornless selection of multiflora rose, Rosa multiflora Thunberg,
Clone 1, was used in the study. The possible role of P. fructiphilus in rose
rosette was examined by grafting mite-free internodal shields from a
multiflora rose with symptoms of rose rosette to 10 healthy Clone 1 plants.
These plants were maintained in a separate greenhouse, treated with a
rotation of miticides, and periodically examined for mites. At the end of 14
wks, three plants were critically examined for eriophyid mites.

The resident population of mites on several naturalized multiflora roses
was evaluated in the late spring and early summer of 1983. Shoots of
current season's growth were randomly collected from plants with and
without symptoms of rose rosette and examined for the presence and
identity of mites. Because these mites appeared to be a single eriophyid
species, they were tentatively identified and representative specimens
prepared for scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The mites were
mounted on a foil-backed tape attached to copper stubs and fixed for 2 hrs in
a small droplet of aqueous 1 % osmium tetroxide placed on the surface of the
tape. Fixed specimens were dehydrated by 10 min exposures in a graded
series of ethanol (20, 40, 60, 80, 95, 100, 100, 100%), critical point dried
(Anderson, 1951), and sputter coated with gold prior to examination in the
JEOL^JSM-S1 SEM operated at 10 kV.

Several attempts were made to establish a colony of mites and transmit
the rose rosette agent (RRA) by P. fructiphilus. In one experiment, ten
mites were placed on the tips of each often healthy Clone 1 plants. These
were maintained at 17°-20°C in an isolated dark room and exposed to
fluorescent lighting with a 1 6:8 hr light:dark cycle. Five plants were covered
with glass jars similar to growth chambers of del Rosario and Sill (1958),
and five were left uncovered. Another experiment in a greenhouse involved
the placing of eight adults, 1 nymph and 3 eggs of P. fructiphilus on the tips
of each of 30 healthy Clone 1 plants. In a third experiment in August, 1983,
50 mites from a multiflora rose with symptoms of rose rosette were
transferred to the tips of an inoculated Clone 1 with symptoms of rose
rosette. Two weeks later ten adult mites were transferred to the tips of a
healthy Clone 1 , and 5 adults and 1 nymph were transferred to another
healthy Clone 1 . Unfortunately, before additional mites could be transferred
from this source, this colonized multiflora died. All healthy Cone 1 plants
used in the mite transfer studies were maintained and observed for periods
of time ranging from 20 wks to 1 2 mos.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 165

RESULTS

All 10 of the healthy Clone 1 plants which had been grafted with mite-
free internodes from the rose rosette-infected plant became infected with
rose rosette in 6 - 14 wks after inoculation. After the development of
symptoms, no mites, shed skins, or eggs of P. fructiphilus were found by
microscope examination of buds (2080) and tips (208) of 3 of these plants.

A great number of mites were found associated with the leaf axils and
buds of naturalized multiflora roses, generally around the bud and beneath
the bud scales. Mites were present in these locations on the shoots from
apparently healthy plants, as well as those with symptoms of rose rosette.
The average number of mites, however, was higher on the buds and tips
from shoots of diseased plants (6.0/bud and 29.2/tip) than in the buds and
tips from apparently healthy shoots ( 1 .6/bud and 2.8/tip). Shoots from the
diseased plants had a maximum of 367 mites whereas those from the
apparently healthy plants had a maximum of 74. Occasionally, no mites
were found on the shoots from either the healthy or diseased sources.

Based on SEM micrographs, the adult females are spindle shaped and
140 - 180 fjan in length (Fig. 1). The dorsal shield is nearly triangular with
the anterior lobe broadly pointed and projecting over the rostrum (Fig. 2).
The shield pattern consists of a network of ridges with the medial ridge
present only in the rear. A pair of tubercles project from just anterior of the
rear margin of the dorsal shield and bear long setae which point upward and
toward one another. The featherclaws are five- rayed and further subdivided
into lateral branches (Fig. 3). The microtubercles are spaced close together
and cover the entire abdomen (Fig. 4). These microtubercles are generally
rounded or elliptical in shape with some on the sternites along the rearmost
portion of the abdomen, tending to be more pointed. The female genital
coverflap has 6-8 longitudinal ridges and appears to hinge actively (Fig. 5
and 6).

The adult males, although smaller, closely resemble the females. The
external genitalia of the males consist of a traverse opening (Fig. 7) with
sensory pegs located just around the opening. These micrographs were
examined by Dr. George Oldfield, Boyden Laboratory, University of
California- Riverside, who confirmed the identity of the mites in this study
as P. fructiphilus.

DISCUSSION

The multiflora rose population in central Missouri supports large
numbers of eriophyid mites. These mites are found in and around the buds
and tips of apparently healthy plants, as well as those with symptoms of rose

166

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

rosette. The diseased plants, however, support a much larger number of
mites. These mites appear to be a single species and were identified as
P. fructiphilus.

Our studies demonstrate the usefulness of SEM in mite taxonomy.
SEM permits a more economical use of time with more precision than
drawing. The use of SEM also provides a means of rapid identification of
mites without the problems associated with interstate shipments of mites.

Figs. 1-4. Scanning electron micrographs of Phyllocoptes fructiphilus. 1. An adult female
(x360). 2. Dorsal shield of adult showing the network of ridges and tubercles (arrows) bearing
slender setae (xl,200). 3. Five-rayed featherclaw (x4,500). 4. Dorsal portion of abdomen
bearing round to elliptical microtubercles (x2,700).

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1 986

167

Our efforts to transmit RRA by P. fructiphilus were unsuccessful,
possibly due to the source of mites. In those tests where transmission was
reported (Allington et al., 1968), P. fructiphilus was collected from
infected/?, eglanteria L., R. eglanteria hybrid, R. suffulata Greene, and R.
woodsii Lindl. No transmission was obtained when mites from other rose
species, including multiflora, were used. Our inability to establish colonies

Figs. 5-7. Scanning electron micrographs of Phyllocoptes fructiphilus. 5. Ventral view of
female genitalia showing genital setae (arrow) and longitudinal ridges of the coverflap
(xl,600). 6. Lateral view of female genitalia with anterior hinging (arrow) of the coverflap
(x2,400). 7. External genitalia of male illustrating the transverse opening (white arrows),
sensory pegs (black arrows) and setae (S) (x2,400).

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

of P. fructiphilus on healthy Clone 1 plants prevented more detailed studies
on transmission. Similar results were reported by Allington et al., (1968),
who found that either the mites failed to survive on multiflora or that the host
became so infested with the two spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae
Koch, that the plants had to be destroyed.

The role of P. fructiphilus in the rose rosette disease remains unclear.
However, the transmission of RRA by mite-free internodal shields to
healthy plants maintained in a mite-free environment indicates that a
toxicogenic substance associated with mite feeding is not crucial to the
development of symptoms of rose rosette. This same graft transmission
supports the role of an identified virus-like organism as the etiologic agent of
rose rosette. In spite of these findings and our inability to demonstrate
transmission, the greater numbers of P. fructiphilus on roses with symptoms
of rose rosette indicate that this disease represents an unusual mite: host
association that merits further study.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to express their appreciation to George Oldfield, Professor of
Entomology, University of California-Riverside, Robert Hall, Associate Professor of
Entomology, University of Missouri-Columbia, and V.H. Dropkin, Professor Emeritus,
Department of Plant Pathology, University of Missouri-Columbia. Dr. Oldfield confirmed
our tentative diagnosis of the Eriophyid mite as P. fructiphilus. Drs. Hall and Dropkin
reviewed the manuscript and offered suggestions for improving the manuscript, most of which
are included in the revision.

REFERENCES

Anderson, T.F. 1951. Techniques for preservation of three dimensional structure. Trans.

New York Acad. Sci. 13: 130-134.
Allington, W.B., R. Staples, and G. Viehmeyer. 1968. Transmission of rose rosette by the

eriophyid mite, Phyllocoptes fructiphilus J. Econ. Entomol. 61:1137-1140.
Conners, I.L. 1941. Twentieth Ann. Rep. Canadian Plant Dis. Survey, 1940: 102.
Conners, I.L. 1942. Twenty-first Ann. Rep. Canadian Plant Dis. Survey, 1941: 102.
Crowe, F.J. 1983. Witches' broom of rose: a new outbreak in several states. Plant Dis.

67: 544-546.
del Rosario, M.S. and W.H. Sill, Jr. 1958. A new method of rearing large colonies of an

eriophyid mite, Aceria tulipae Keif., in pure culture from eggs or adults. J. Econ. Entomol.

55: 303-306.
Doudrick, R.L. 1984. Etiological studies of rose rosette. 101 p. Unpublished MS thesis,

University of Missouri-Columbia library.
Dourdrick R.L. and D.F. Millikan. 1983. Rose rosette, a disease of multiflora and garden

roses. Trans. Missouri Acad. Sci. 17 (Abstr): 191.
Gergerich, R.C. and K.S. Kim. 1983. Description of the causal agent of rose rosette.

Arkansas Farm Res. May- June: 7.
Keifer, H.H., E.W. Baker, T. Kono, M. Delfinado, and W.E. Styer. 1982. An illustrated

guide to plant abnormalities caused by the eriophyid mites in North America. U.S.

Department of Agriculture, ARS. Agr. Handbook No. 573, pp. 164-165.
Thomas, H.E. and B.C. Scott 1953 Rosette of rose. Phytopathology 43: 218-219.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 169

EGG CAPSULE MORPHOLOGY OF

ANISOMORPHA BUPRESTOIDES

(PHASMATODEA: PSEUDOPHASMATIDAE)1

Miriam L. Allred2, Bill P. Stark2, David L. Lentz3

ABSTRACT: Egg capsule morphology of the stick insectAnisomorpha buprestoides(Slo\\)
is observed with scanning electron microscopy. The length of the capsule is 2.6 1 mm and the
width is 1 .82 mm. The irregular capsule surface is covered throughout with smooth tubercles
and scattered umbrella-like projections. These projections may represent a unique feature for
this species.

The eggs of many stick insects remain unstudied at both the light
microscopy and scanning electron microscopy ( SEM) levels. Due to lower
resolution capabilities, light microscope studies of stick insect capsules tend
to present surface features less accurately and in less detail. With the use of
SEM, however, the structure of the capsule can be observed closely and in
great detail.

According to Viscuso and Longo( 1 983), morphological characteristics
of the chorion should provide useful data for taxonomic and phylogenetic
purposes, and this viewpoint is supported by recent SEM studies on eggs of
stick insects (Godeke and Pijnacker, 1984; Mazzini et al., 1984; Mazzini
and Scali, 1977, 1980; Scali and Mazzini, 1977, 1982, 1983; Stark and
Lentz, 1986). Using light microscopy, Clark (1976) studied the eggs of
many stick insects, including Anisomorpha buprestoides(Sto\\), a species
common in Mississippi and other southeastern states. In this study we
define the ultrastructure of the egg capsule of A. burprestoides at the SEM
level and add information to Clark's (1976) light microscopy study.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Eggs of the stick insect, A. buprestoides, were obtained from a caged
female collected in Hinds County, Mississippi, during October, 1 985. Eggs
were placed in 70% ethanol and examined under a dissecting stereomicro-
scope. If debris was detected, the eggs were placed in distilled water and
agitated in an ultrasonic cleaner for 30 sec. The eggs were dehydrated in
acetone, air-dried, placed directly on specimen stubs with silver conducting
paint, and coated with a 40 nm layer of gold using a Hummer II Sputter
Coater set for 2 min at 10 mamp. The eggs were studied with an AMRay

1 Received January 24, 1986. Accepted March 22, 1986.

^Department of Biology, Mississippi College, Clinton, Mississippi 39058.

•^School of Dentistry, University of Mississippi, Jackson, Mississippi 39216.

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 169-174, September & October, 1986

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1000 scanning electron microscope with the stage tilted at a 45° angle and
an accelerating voltage of 20 KeV. Micrographs (Figs. 1-12) are listed with
original magnifications; terminology follows Clark (1976).

RESULTS

The overall appearance of the egg capsule of A. buprestoides is shown
in Fig. 1 . The eggs are black with a mean capsule length of 2.6 1 ± 0. 1 mm.
(range = 2. 4-2. 7) and a mean width of 1.82 ±0.04 mm ( range = 1.77-2.0).
The chorionic surface consists of many irregular ridges and valleys covered
with smooth tubercles (Fig. 2) which vary in size and are interconnected by
thin filaments (Fig. 3). Elevated, large, umbrella-like projections resembling
liverwort antheridiophores (Fig. 4) are scattered in groups of two or more
over the surface (Fig. 5). Each projection consists of a smooth stalk and an
irregular, warty anterior surface. Openings or punctations appear to be
present on the anterior portion of these projections (Fig. 6).

The elliptical operculum (op) is convex, consisting of a flat peripheral
rim and a central area with the same surface characteristics as the capsule
(Figs. 7, 8). Capitular structures are absent.

The micropylar plate (mp) is a concave structure 0.9 mm long and 0.4
mm wide, surrounded by an elevated rim on the mid-dorsal surface of the
egg (Figs. 1,9, 10). The mp surface is similar to that of the capsule, except
the umbrella-like projections are absent (Figs. 10, 11). The median line
(ml) extends 0.3 mm from the base of the micropylar plate to the posterior
pole of the capsule (Figs. 1, 10). An irregular median tubercle (mt) lies just
above the indistinct micropylar cup (me) (Fig. 10). Micropylar orifices are
absent.

The porous exochorion (ex) is less than 0.01 mm thick and contains
numerous large spaces (Fig. 12). The endochorion (en) has a thickness of
0.2 mm and consists of a dense meshwork of closely packed fibers without
interstitial spaces (Fig. 12).

DISCUSSION

The information presented here is the first report of egg capsule
morphology of A. burpestoides using SEM. While confirming all the main
structures described by Clark (1976) using light microscopy, more specific
capsule characteristics were revealed with SEM. Clark's (1 976) reference
to a "mottled surface" actually consists of numerous tubercles with
umbrella-like projections. These projections are scattered over the surface
of the egg capsule and operculum but are absent on the micropylar plate.
The umbrella-like projections are presently known to occur only on the egg
of this species. Although their exact function is not known, they may serve

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1 986

171

8

JS

Q.

a

a

E

c

nj

T3

•v

6

X

<N

o

<u

a.

Irt

CO

•3

£2
o
•a

ea — .

£ &

a _o

X
o

00

I

|x

r> O

12

o

t/3 OO 3

_u c M

o "3 i>

i- o •=

a> 4> -j

Hl|

JS O

*3 O£)

8OO 52
C iu

E 'i <u

"0-5

OO-C

|"-§

o S c
•S » o

" T3 "S

8 8.»

88 _Ql O

t: t: h

3 3
(A C/3

a a:

CO CO

o S
.to -;_.

il-j

CJj *U OO

ob ob

uu £

172

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

I

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

173

„> .. '

M «r * ' , ' *' t •

^o
f*^

I

1

o

00

2

D.

1 531

c «
S o

1 1 8 ii

^|S

^ o o §

•SE|-c

o c

«> E

O — 3 '*•

J= E "" o

? .a*

00

.

Ills

ON O — rs

ob QO 00 00
UU £ tU IZ

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

as a means of substrate attachment or for respiration, since they apparently
contain openings. Unfortunately, these data do not permit testing of
Bradley and Gain's (1977) placement of Anisomorpha within
Pseudophasmatidae, since no egg data are available for other members of
the family. However, the operculum structure is more similar to that of the
bacillid genera, Bacillus and Clonopsis ( Scali and Mazzini, 1 977; Mazzini
and Scali, 1 977), than to known heteronemiid, phasmatid or phyllid genera.
This is consistent with current placement of Bacillidae and Pseudophasmatidae
within the suborder Areolatae (Bradley and Galil, 1977).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Special thanks go to Cecilia G. Allred, M.D. for collecting the specimen and to Ruth Bell
for typing the manuscript

LITERATURE CITED

Bradley, J.C. and B.S. GaliL 1977. The taxonomic arrangement Phasmatodea with keys to

the subfamilies and tribes. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 176-208.
Clark, J.T. 1976. The eggs of stick insects (Phasmida): A review of descriptions of the eggs of

eleven species. Syst Entomol. 1: 95-105.
Godeke, J. and L.P. Pijnacker. 1984. Structure of the micropyle in the eggs of the

parthenogenetic stick insect Carausius morosus (Phasmatodea, Phasmatidae). Neth. J.

Zool. 34: 407-413.
Mazzini, M.and V. Scali. 1977. Fine structure of the insect micropyle. VI. Scanning electron

microscope investigations on the egg of the stick insect Bacillus rossius (Insecta,

Cheleutoptera). Monit. Zool. Ital. 11: 71-82.

1980. Infrastructure and amino acids of the eggs of the stick insects Lonchodes

pterodactylus Gray and Carausius morosus Br. (Phasmatodea: Heteronemiidae). Int. J.

Insect Morph. Embryol. 9: 369-382.
Mazzini, M., G. Nascetti, and L. Bullini. 1984. A scanning electron microscopy study on

the egg of the hybrid stick insect (Cheleutoptera, Bacillidae). Int. J. Invertebr. Reprod.

Dev. 7: 43-50.
Scali, V. and M. Mazzini. 1977. Fine morphology and amino acid analysis of the egg capsule

of the stick insect, Clonopsis gallica (Charp.) (Cheleutoptea, Bacillinae). Int. J. Insect

Morph. Embryol. 6: 255-264.

._. 1982. Interpopulation differences in egg sculpturing of the stick insect, Clonopsis

gallica (Charp.) (Phasmatodea: Bacillidae). Int. J. Insect Morph. Embryol. 11: 189-

195.

1983. Egg capsule morphology of the stick insect Burria longixipha Brunner

(Phasmatodea Heteronemiidae) from Somaliland. Monit. Zool. Ital. 17: 303-312.

Stark, B. and D. Lentz. 1986. Morphology of the egg capsule in Megaphasma dentricus
(Phasmatodea: Heteronemiidae) J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. (in press).

Viscuso, R. and G. Longo. 1 983. Morphology and fine structure of the chorion of the eggs of
Anchiale maculata Olivier and Eurycnema herculeana Brunner (Phasmatodea, Phas-
matidae). Arch. Biol. (Bruxelles) 94: 413-439.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 175

CARCASS- SCAVENGING BY TAENIOPODA
RETICULATA (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE)

IN COSTA RICA1

Allen M. Young2

ABSTRACT: A single observation of feeding by a female Taeniopoda reticulata on a
crushed, unidentified acridid( definitely not Taeniopoda) in a Costa Rican cacao plantation is
described.

In the southwestern United States, the acridid grasshopper ("western
horse lubber grasshopper") Taeniopoda eques (Burmeister) feeds on
carrion and "incapacitated grasshoppers" in addition to its usual diet of
foliage (Whitman and Orsak 1985). Aside from field collections and
taxonomic studies (e.g., Hebard 1925), little information has been published
on the natural history of Central American species. Taeniopoda reticulata
(Fabricius) occurs in the tropical wet forest region of the Caribbean
watershed of Costa Rica (Hebard 1925). Herein I report, primarily
pictorially, the feeding by one female T. reticulata on the crushed carcass of
an unidentified acridid in Costa Rica.

On 22 September 1985 (1000 hrs) an adult female T. reticulata was
encountered feeding on the freshly-crushed carcass of an unidentified
acridid in a dirt road within the cacao plantations at "Finca Experimental
La Lola," near Siquirres (10°06'N, 83°30'W; 50 m. elev.), Limon
Province, Costa Rica. Feeding behavior was noted and photographed and
the immediate area (approximately 100 sq. m.) of grassy road side was
examined for additional individuals of T. reticulata.

DISCUSSION

The individual of T. reticulata was perched over the acridid carcass
and at that moment of discovery, the lubber was feeding on the ventral
thoracic area of the carcass (Fig. 1). Within approximately 20 minutes
virtually all of the thoracic and abdominal cavities were devoured. The
carcass appeared fresh and moist, probably recently (same morning)
crushed by wheels of a jeep or truck. The condition of the carcass may have
been similar to that of an "incapacitated" grasshopper cannibalized by T.
eques in the United States (Whitman and Orsak 1985). No ants or other
scavenging insects were present when T. reticulata was feeding on the road-
kill. Several adult male T. reticulata were found on low vegetation along the

Deceived December 23, 1985. Accepted February 26, 1986.

^Invertebrate Zoology Section, Milwaukee Public Museum, Milwaukee, WI 53233
ENT. NEWS 97(4): 175-176, September & October, 1986

176

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

'

Fig. 1 . Taeniopoda reticulata feeding on the carcass of an unidentified acridid in Costa Rica.

roadside. No other individuals were found feeding along the road that
morning. While some orthopterans may be frequent predators of insects
(e.g., Manley 1985), T. reticulata may opportunistically feed on insect
carcasses, but a large portion of the diet of T. eques consists of insects,
including ants (Whitman and Orsak 1985). Although the response of
moving (crawling) quickly when disturbed is typical for T. reticulata, I was
able to approach and observe this individual at very close range (10-15 cm)
without any apparent disturbance.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This study was funded by the American Cocoa Research Institute of The United States of
America.

LITERATURE CITED

Hebard, M. 1925. A revision of the genus Taeniopoda ( Orthoptera, Acrididae, Cyrtacanthacrinae).

Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. (Philadelphia) 50: 253-274.
Manley, G.V. 1985. The predatory status of Conocephalus longipennis (Orthoptera:

Tettigoniidae) in rice fields of West Malaysia. Ent. News 96: 167-170.
Whitman, D. W. and L.J. Orsak. 1 985. Biology of Taeniopoda eques( Orthoptera: Acrididae)

in southwestern Arizona. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 78: 81 1-825.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 177

RECORDS OF STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)

IN ALABAMA1

Bill P. Stark2, Steven C. Harris3

ABSTRACT: Alabama distributional records are given by county for 42 Plecoptera species
collected over a 5 year period primarily in light trap samples. An updated checklist of 71
species is given for the state; sixteen of these are new state species records.

Data on the Alabama stonefly fauna have accumulated slowly since
appearance of the first records in Berner (1948). James (1972) found 52
species in the state including several new names never published; most of
the known records are from various systematic papers (Ricker & Ross,
1968; Ross & Ricker, 1971; James, 1974, 1976; Stark & Gaufin, 1976;
Stark & Baumann, 1978, Stark & Szczytko, 1976, 1981; Surdick, 1981).
From 1981-1985, one of us (SCH) collected extensively in the state
primarily with UV light traps, and several new records were obtained; a few
records were also obtained from the Auburn University Museum. Since a
comprehensive survey is not yet possible, we are providing the following
records to update the current knowledge of Alabama Plecoptera.

Species Collected

Alloperla atlantica Baumann: Cleburne, Fayette, Franklin, Randolph,
and Tuscaloosa Cos. Nine males and 9 females were collected between 26
April and 29 May. The A. imbecilla record in James (1972) is probably
applicable to this species.

A. furcula Surdick: Baldwin, Escambia, and Monroe Cos. One male
and 1 3 females were collected between 1 1 May and 24 June. The epiproct
of the single male specimen is shorter and wider than in South Carolina
specimens.

A. hamata Surdick: Lawrence Co. A single male was collected on 28
May. Surdick (1981) recorded this species from Jackson County.

A. idei (Ricker): Fayette, Jefferson, Lauderdale, Marion, Randolph,
Shelby, Tallapoosa, and Walker Cos. Numerous specimens were collected
between 19 May and 25 June.

1 Received January 22, 1986. Accepted March 20, 1986.

2Dept. of Biology, Mississippi College, Clinton, MS 39058

^ Aquatic Biology Program, Dept. of Biology, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35486

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 177-182, September & October, 1986

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A. usa Ricken Calhoun Co. Three males and 1 female were collected
on 20 June.

Haploperla brevis (Banks): Choctaw Co. Two males were collected
on 1 6 May. James ( 1 972) included records from Calhoun, Lauderdale, and
Tallapoosa Counties.

Sweltsa mediana (Banks): Calhoun Co. A single female was collected
on 20 June. James (1972) gave a record from Lawrence County.

Tallaperla cornelia (Needham & Smith): Tuscaloosa Co. Five males
were collected between 7 May and 16 May.

T. laurie (Ricker): Cleburne Co. Four males were collected on 21
May.

T. maria (Needham & Smith): Cleburne Co. Three males were
collected on 21 May.

Acroneuria abnormis (Newman): Baldwin, Calhoun, Cherokee,
Choctaw, Clay, Cleburne, Covington, DeKalb, Escambia, Fayette,
Franklin, Marion, Shelby, and Tuscaloosa Cos. Numerous specimens were
taken between 7 May and 26 June. James (1972) gives additional records
from Lee, Talladega, and Tallapoosa Counties and Stark & Gaufin ( 1 976)
gave a record from Shelby County.

A. arenosa ( Pictet): Baldwin, Choctaw, Covington, Jefferson, Lamar,
Mobile, Monroe, and Tuscaloosa Cos. Ten males and 25 females were
collected between 16 May and 24 June. Stark & Gaufin (1976) recorded
the species from Jefferson County.

A. filicis Prison: Fayette, Lauderdale, Marion, Shelby, Tuscaloosa,
and Walker Cos. Numerous specimens were collected between 1 8 May and
24 June. Stark & Gaufin (1976) recorded the species from Shelby County.
A. mela Prison: Geneva and Perry Cos. Five female specimens were
taken on 5 June. James (1972) reported the species from Escambia and
Monroe Counties.

A. perlexa Prison: Calhoun Co. Two males were taken on 20 June.
Stark & Gaufin (1976) also recorded the species from Calhoun County.
Beloneuriajamesae Stark & Szczytko: Cleburne Co. Twelve nymphs
were collected by W. D. Shepard on 29 May, near the type locality ( Stark &
Szczytko, 1976). James (1972) reported this species as A. georgiana
Banks from Clay Co.

Eccoptura xanthenes (Newman): Calhoun, Choctaw, Clay, Cleburne,
Franklin, Lauderdale, Monroe, Talladega, Tuscaloosa, and Winston Cos.
Twelve males and 23 females were collected between 1 6 May and 26 June.
James (1972) recorded the species from Calhoun, Randolph, and Shelby
Counties.

Hansonoperla appalachia Nelson: Cleburne Co. A single male of
this rare species was taken on 21 May 1984.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1 986 1 79

Perlesta placida (Hagen): Baldwin, Calhoun, Choctaw, Covington,
Fayette, Geneva, Greene, Jefferson, Lamar, Lauderdale, Marion, Mobile,
Tuscaloosa, Walker, and Washington Cos. Numerous specimens were
collected between 13 May and 23 August. James (1972) recorded this
species in 16 additional counties. This complex is currently being studied
by one of us (BPS) and it seems likely that more than a single species is
present in the state.

Perlinella drymo (Newman): Covington, Mobile, and Tuscaloosa
Cos. Eight males and 8 females were taken between 3 1 March and 1 2 June.
James (1972) recorded the species from Cleburne County.

P. ephyre (Newman): Lauderdale and Mobile Cos. Six males and 33
females were taken between 3 1 March and 1 8 June. James ( 1972) recorded
the species from Escambia County as Atoperla ephyre.

P. fumipennis (Walsh): Baldwin, Covington, Escambia, Marion,
Mobile, Tuscaloosa, and Washington Cos. Three males and 21 females
were taken between 3 May and 28 June.

Neoperla carlsoni Stark & Baumann: Covington, Fayette, Mobile,
Tuscaloosa, and Washington Cos. Fifteen males and 60 females were
taken between 1 1 June and 23 August.

N. clymene (Newman): Baldwin, Choctaw, Covington, Escambia,
Geneva, Houston, Jefferson, Mobile, Monroe, Perry, and Tuscaloosa Cos.
Numerous specimens were taken between 5 June and 25 August. James
(1972) gave additional records from Cleburne and Lee Counties.

N. freytagi Stark & Baumann: Marion and Tuscaloosa Cos. Two
males and 2 females were taken between 24 June and 20 July.

N. steward Stark & Baumann: Choctaw, Monroe, and Walker Cos.
Eight males and 1 8 females were taken between 1 5 May and 2 1 June.

Agnetina annulipes (Hagen): Bibb, Covington, and Tuscaloosa Cos.
Eleven males and 22 females were collected between 7 May and 1 2 June.
The record of Phasganophora capitata (Pictet) from Monroe County in
James (1972) also represents this species.

A. flavescens (Walsh): Cleburne, Lauderdale, and Walker Cos. One
male and 8 females were collected between 25 May and 1 8 June.

Paragnetina jumosa (Banks): Baldwin, Choctaw, Cleburne, Monroe,
and Tuscaloosa Cos. Four males and 9 females were taken between 1 1
May and 26 June. James (1972) gave records from Cleburne and Mobile
Counties.

P. kansensis (Banks): Escambia, Geneva, and Tuscaloosa Cos. Four
males and 4 females were taken between 5 June and 15 June. Stark &
Szczytko (1981) recorded this species from Perry County.

Isoperla bilineata (Say): Marion Co. One male and 5 females were
collected on 24 and 25 June.

180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

/. dicala Prison: Cleburne and Randolph Cos. Four males were
collected between 20 May and 25 May.

Diploperla duplicate (Banks): Cleburne, Franklin, Tallapoosa, and
Tuscaloosa Cos. Twenty eight males were collected between 25 May and
19 June.

Helopicus bogaloosa Stark & Ray: Lee Co. Six mature nymphs
collected 20 February 1971 were among unidentified Auburn University
material.

H. subvarians (Banks): Tallapoosa Co. A single female collected 25
March 1972 was reported as Isogenus crosbyi (Needham & Claassen) in
James (1972).

Pteronarcys dorsata ( Say): Lamar and Tuscaloosa Cos. One female
was taken on 7 May and 8 nymphs were collected on various dates. James
(1972) gave an additional record from Monroe County.

Leuctra alta James: Tuscaloosa Co. A single male was collected on
26 April. James (1974) previously recorded this species from Calhoun
County.

L. cottaquilla James: Calhoun Co. Two males were taken on 16 and
17 September. James (1974) also recorded this species from Calhoun
County.

L. rickeri James: Fayette, Madison, and Tuscaloosa Cos. Ten males
and 5 females were collected between 26 April and 3 June. James (1976)
recorded this species from Calhoun County.

L. tennis (Pictet): Calhoun Co. A single male was taken on 16
September. James ( 1 972) recorded the species from Calhoun, Cleburne,
and DeKalb Counties.

Nemocapnia Carolina Banks: Escambia Co. A single female was
taken on 28 March. James (1972) gave records from Chambers, Coffee,
Coosa, Crenshaw, Dale, Lee, and Tallapoosa Counties.

Amphineumura nigritta (Provancher): Blount, Fayette, Jefferson,
Madison, and Tuscaloosa Cos. Six males and 16 females were collected
between 1 4 April and 28 May. James ( 1 972) gave additional records from
Calhoun, Coffee, Lauderdale, Lee, and Tallapoosa Counties.

Alabama List

Below is a checklist of 7 1 stonefly species known to occur in Alabama.
A few species (Isoperla holochlora and 2 unpublished Isoperla names)
listed by James (1972) have been omitted until specimens can be re-
examined. New state species records are indicated with an asterisk.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

181

Euholognatha

Capniidae

AHocapnia aurora Ricker

A. granulata (Claassen)

A. mystica Prison

A. nivicola (Fitch)

A. polemistis Ross & Ricker

A. recta (Claassen)

A. rickeri Prison

A. smithi Ross & Ricker

A. (ennessa Ross & Ricker

A. virginiana Prison

Nemocapnia Carolina Banks
Leuctridae

Leuctra alabama James

L. alia James

L. biloba Claassen

L. cottaquilla James

L. cross i James

L. ferruginea ( Walker)

L. moha Ricker

L. rickeri James

L. tenuis (Pictet)
Nemouridae

Amphinemura delosa (Ricker)

A. nigritta (Provancher)

Prostoia completa (Walker)

Shipsa rotunda (Claassen)
Taeniopterygidae

Strophopteryx fasciata ( Burmeister)

Taeniopteryx burksi Ricker & Ross

T. lita Prison

T. lonicera Ricker & Ross

T. maura (Pictet)

T. metequi Ricker & Ross

Systellognatha

Chloroperlidae

Alloperla atlantica Baumann
*A. furcula Surdick

A. hamata Surdick
*A. idei ( Ricker)
*A. usa Ricker

Haploperla brevis (Banks)

Sweltsa mediana (Banks)
Peltoperlidae

*Tallaperla cornelia (Needham & Smith)
*T. laurie (Ricker)

T. maria (Needham & Smith)
Perlidae

Acroneuria abnormis (Newman)

A. arenosa (Pictet)

A. filicis Prison

A. me/a Prison

A. perplexa Prison

Attaneuria ruralis (Hagen)

Beloneuria jamesae Stark & Szczytko

Eccoptura xanthenes (Newman)
*Hansonoperla appalachia Nelson

Perlesta placida (Hagen)

Perlinella dry mo (Newman)

P. eph yre (Newman)
*P. fumipennis (Walsh)
*Neoperla carlsoni Stark & Baumann

N. clymene (Newman)
*N. freytagi Stark & Baumann
*N. steward Stark & Baumann

Agnetina annulipes (Hagen)
*A. flavescens (Walsh)

Paragnetina fumosa (Banks)

P. kansensis ( Banks)
Perlodidae

Clioperla clio (Newman)
*Isoperla bilineata ( Say)

/. davisi James
*/. dicala Prison
*Diploperla duplicate (Banks)
*Helopicus bogaloosa Stark & Ray
*H. subvarians (Banks)

Remenus bilobatus (Needham & Claassen)
Pteronarcyidae

Pteronarcys biloba Newman

P. dorsata (Say)

ACKNOWLEGMENTS

The Geological Survey of Alabama provided facilities and support for the junior author
during the study and is gratefully acknowledged. P. O'Neil, P. Lago, D. Woods and L. Smith
assisted in specimen collection and W. Clark provided material from the Auburn University
museum. P. Lago and S.W. Szczytko gave helpful pre-publication reviews.

182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Berner, L. 1948. Records of stoneflies from Florida (Plecoptera). Fla. Entomol. 31: 21-23.
James, A.M. 1972. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Alabama. Unpub. Ph.D. Dissertation,
Auburn Univ., 161 p.

1974. Four new species of stoneflies in North America (Plecoptera). Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Amer. 67: 964-966.

1976. Two new species of Leuctra, with notes on the ferruginea group

(Plecoptera: Leuctridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 69: 882-884.
Ricker, W.E. and H.H. Ross. 1968. North American species of Taeniopteryx ( Plecoptera,

Insecta). Jour. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 25: 1423-1439.
Ross, H.H. and W.E. Ricker. 1971. The classification, evolution and dispersal of the winter

stonefly genus Allocapnia. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 45: 1-166.
Stark, B.P. and R.W. Baumann. 1978. New species of Nearctic Neoperla (Plecoptera:

Perlidae) with notes on the genus. Great Basin Natur. 38: 97-1 14.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1976. The Nearctic species of Acroneuria (Plecoptera:

Perlidae). Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49: 221-253.
Stark, B.P. and S.W. Szczytko. 1976. The genus Beloneuria( Plecoptera: Perlidae). Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Amer. 69: 1120-1124.

1981. Contributions to the systematics of Paragnetina (Plecoptera: Perlidae).

Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 54: 625-648.
Surdick, R.F. 1981. New Nearctic Chloroperlidae (Plecoptera). Great Basin Natur. 41:

349-359.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

NEARCTIC GENERA OF CHLOROPERLINAE (PLECOPTERA: CHLOROPERL-
IDAE). 1985. R.F. Surdick. 111. Biol. Monograph 54, Univ. 111. Press. 146 pp. $14.95 pbk.

The ten Nearctic genera of this subfamily are examined and redescribed, along with an original
description of a new genus, Plumiperla. A thoroughly scholarly contribution to entomological
science.

TAXONOMY, PHYLOGENY, & ZOOGEOGRAPHY OF BEETLES & ANTS. 1985.
G.E. Ball, ed. Dr. W. Junk Pub. 514 pp. $105.00.

Essays, addresses, and lectures on Coleoptera (mainly), Formicidae (Hymenoptera), and
taxonomy in a volume dedicated to the memory of P. J. Darlington, Jr., about whom there are
also five contributed papers.

CALIFORNIA SAND WASPS OF SUBTRIBE STICTIELLINA. 1985. R.M. Bohart,
J.E. Gillaspy. Univ. Calif. Press. 89 pp. $19.00 pbk.

A scholarly & scientific contribution to the taxonomy and systematics of this subtribe.

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF INSECTS. 1986. C. O'Toole, ed Facts on File Pub. 143 -
XVI pp. $24.95.

A well illustrated, introductory, general reference on insects and other arthropods, and on the
biology of insect life. Originally published in England.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 183

LOCAL FOOD PLANT SPECIALIZATION IN

NATURAL FIELD POPULATIONS OF THE

SOUTHERN ARMYWORM, SPODOPTERA

ERIDANIA, (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE1

J. Mark Scriber2

ABSTRACT: The southern armyworm, Spodoptera eridania, is observed feeding on
pokeweed, Phytolacca rigida. The larval feeding behavior suggests this insect may be locally
specialized in its native south Florida habitat.

The southern armyworm, Spodoptera eridania (Cram.) is generally
believed to be one of the most polyphagous species of Lepidoptera known
(Krieger et al., 1971). Individuals of this insect species will accept and
successfully grow on dozens of chemically and taxonomically diverse host
plants belonging to at least 33 different families (Soo Hoo and Fraenkel,
1966a,b; Tietz, 1972; Brattsten et al., 1977; Scriber, 1984).

Little is known, however, about either the actual field biology or the
natural food plants of the larvae. Indeed, the natural foodplant(s) of S.
eridania, to my knowledge, have not been identified. Individual specimens,
especially late instar larvae, have been collected from various garden and
introduced plants in Florida (Dale Habeck, pers. comm.). Among these
records, pigweed, Amaranthus spp. (Amaranthaceae) and pokeweed,
Phytolacca americana L. (Phytolaccacea) are primary candidates as
natural hosts (Crumb, 1927; and Dale Habeck, pers. comm.).

Spodoptera eridania is one of nine species of the genus in the
continental United States, and as many as 8 of these species occur in one
area of southern Florida (Levy and Habeck, 1976).

While collecting on August 8, 1985 in south central Florida (Highlands
County) I discovered several apparently separate groups of southern
armyworms feeding upon pokeweed, Phytolacca rigida (Small). An
extensive search of the literature reveals that this particular plant species
has never been reported as a food for the southern armyworm. The plant
species occurs only from Florida into southeast Texas, southern Georgia and
southwest South Carolina (Duncan and Foote, 1957). The populations I
investigated were in recently disturbed sandy soils adjacent to muck soils
along county route 619 east of Lake Placid, Florida. The habitat in southern
Florida is semi-tropical and presumably allows year-round survival of S.
eridania without a winter diapause. Caterpillars of this insect species have

Deceived November 4, 1985. Accepted April 28, 1986.

^Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI 53706

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 183-185, September & October, 1986

184

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

been reported from Florida, Mississippi, Texas and Georgia, north to
Tenneesee (Crumb, 1927, 1932).

Pokeweed plants, very recently stripped to only leaf midribs, the stalk,
and fruit, harbored numerous larvae under the midribs in what could be
considered to be a typical thermo- regulatory shade-seeking aggregation
(Fig. 1); see Casey 1976) while adjacent pokeweed plants with leaves
contained dozens of actively feeding 2nd-5th instar larvae. This
noon-time feeding activity in 92-95 °F temperatures (35 °C) was typical of
each of the four feeding groups I observed (Fig. 1 ). In spite of a diversity of
grassy and broad- leaved plants throughout the infested regions of the
roadside/woods edge, the only plants with visible signs of armyworm
feeding damage were pokeweeds, although dozens of other foodplant
choices existed in the immediate vicinity. Whether this is a behavioral,
biochemical, physiological, or ecological adaptation is unknown, but
warrants additional research.

In summary, the southern armyworm, known to most insect ecologists
as perhaps the champion generalist in feeding capabilities, appears to be
locally specialized in its foodplant choices. Voucher specimens of insect
larvae were collected of various instars (Fig. 2) and brought back to the
University of Wisconsin at Madison to establish a first generation
laboratory colony for subsequent research. Specimens of P. rigida have
also been retained as vouchers in our laboratory.

Fig. 1. Southern armyworm larvae feeding on Phvtolacca rigida during the noon time heat

(34-35°C).

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1 986

185

Fig. 2. Spodoptera eridania in this final instar.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Travel was supported in part by the Graduate School and College of Agricultural and Life
Sciences (Hatch Project 5 1 34). I am grateful to Dale Habeck of the University of Florida for
his comments and verification of the insect identification and to Drs. David Hogg and May
Berenbaum for reading the text.

LITERATURE CITED

Brattsten, L.B., C.P. Wilkinson, T. Eisner. 1977. Herbivore-plant interactions: mixed-
function oxidases and secondary plant substances. Science 196: 1349-1352.

Casey, T.M. 1976. Activity patterns, body temperature and thermal ecology of two desert
caterpillars (Lepidoptera: Sphinigidae) Ecology 57: 485-497.

Crumb, S.E. 1927. The armyworms. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. .. .: 41-55.

Crumb, S.E. 1932. The more important climbing cutworms. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.
27: 73-100.

Duncan, W.H., L.E. Foote. 1975. Wildflowers of the southeastern United States. Univ.
Georgia Press, Athens, GA, 216 pp.

Krieger, R.I., P.P. Feeny, C.F. Wilkinson. 1971. Detoxication enzymes in the guts of
caterpillars: an evolutionary answer to plant defenses? Science 172: 579-581.

Levy, R., D.H. Habeck. 1976. Descriptions of the larvae of Spodoptera sunia and S.
latifascia with a key to the mature Spodoptera larvae of the eastern United States
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 69: 585-588.

Scriber, J.M. 1984. Host-plant suitability, pp. 159-202. In: Bell, W.J. Carde, R.T. (eds.)
Chemical ecology of insects. Chapman and Hall, London, 524 pp.

Soo Hoo, C.F., G. Fraenkel. 1966a. The selection of foodplants in a polyphagous insect,
Prodenia eridania (Cramer) J. Insect Physiol. 12: 693-709.

. 1966b. The consumption, digestion, and utilization of food plants by a
polyphagus insect, Prodenia eridania (Cramer). J. Insect Physiol. 12: 71 1-730.

Tietz, H.M. 1972. Index to the described, the life histories, early stages and host of the
Macrolepidoptera of the contintental United States and Canada. A.C. Allyn. Sarasota,
FL, 1041. pp.

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A FAST, SIMPLE TECHNIQUE FOR EXAMINING
THE STRIDULATORY FILE OF KATYDIDS WITH
LONG WINGS (ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE)1

John D. Spooner^

ABSTRACT: The stridulatory file of long-winged tettigoniids is easily studied by mounting it
on the side of the tegmen and studying it with a compound microscope illuminated from the
side with a pencil beam illuminator.

Male ensiferan Orthoptera produce species-specific sounds that function
in sexual pair formation. Sound is produced by moving a series of teeth
{stridulatory file] at the anal field of one tegmen against the sclerotized anal
edge (scraper) of the other tegmea In recent years morphological differences of
the stridulatory file have been used in the classification of species or species
groups, or in studies of orthopteran acoustic mechanisms (e.g., Alexander
et al, 1972; Bailey and Broughton, 1970; Emsley et al, 1967; Ragge,
1969; Rakshpal, 1960; Sellier, 1969; Walker, 1975; Rentz & Weissman,
1981. The number of file teeth and length of stridulatory file or file vein have
been most frequently reported. The shape and spacing of the teeth also have
been used.

The stridulatory file has typically been examined by removing it, or the
entire tegmen, and mounting it on a microscope slide in a suitable medium
— e.g., Hoyer's medium, alcohol, or glycerin. File characters are studied
with a compound microscope using transmitted light. After measurements
are made additional labor is required to reassociate the file vein or tegmen
with the proper specimen from which it was removed This often includes
dissolving a coverglass from the slide, drying the wing part, and gluing the
wing part to a card point on the pin with the specimen. Sellier (1969) and
Walker ( 1 975) have made electron micrographic studies of the stridulatory
file. These procedures require considerable time, especially when many
specimens are involved. Ragge (1969) described a technique using a
pyroxylin film to form replicas of the stridulatory file. The film replica was
studied effectively with a microscope.

My technique involves permanently mounting the file vein on the side of
a tegmen (Fig. 1). It provides accurate results in minimum time and is
applicable to any fully winged tettigoniid.

The file vein is chipped off dried specimens with a sharp pin, or cut off
fresh and alcoholic specimens, taking care to remove enough of the wing to

1 Received January 22, 1986. Accepted March 25, 1986.
2University of South Carolina at Aiken, Aiken, SC 29801

ENT. NEWS 97(4): 186-188, September & October, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986

187

get all of the file. A drop of white glue (e.g. Elmer's Glue-All) is placed on
the side of the legmen. Pin holes are made in the tegmen under the glue to
allow the glue to adhere. Not perforating the tegmen may allow the glue to
dislodge when dry. The file vein is mounted in the glue upside down with the
axis of the vein parallel to the wing length. Glue is pressed into the broken
edges of the wing chip to insure it bonding securely. The file vein is ready for
study as soon as the glue sets. It will not have to be handled again. There is
no chance to confuse which file vein to associate with a specimen since
only one specimen is handled at a time while translocating the file vein.

The file vein is studied with a compound microscope equipped with
ocular micrometer or a stereomicroscope. In either case a strong pencil
beam illuminator focused directly on the subject is used. The angle of the
light beam can be changed as needed to help discern structures.

To facilitate observing the specimen with a compound microscope. I
use a 5 cm x 1 2 cm soft-wood board with a 1 5 cm shoulder mounted at right
angles (Fig. 1). The specimen pin is stuck into the shoulder so that the
specimen is flat with the surface of the board. The board is laid on the
mechanical stage apparatus (not held in it) which is then moved around for
observation.

All teeth in the stridulatory file should be used in the tooth count to
insure other researchers being able to duplicate the procedure. The small
teeth at either end of the file vein may be difficult to discern. These teeth are

Fig. 1 . Sketch showing soft-wood board with katydid mounted for study of stridulatory vein
(arrow) which has been translocated to the side of the tegmen.

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

usually spaced wider than other file teeth and are thus easily studied with a
high powered stereomicroscope.

This entire procedure permits obtaining stridulatory file characteristics
in less than five minutes with no follow-up labor. When a series of
specimens is involved several specimens can be prepared in sequence
before examining them. The average time of handling a specimen is then
considerably shorter. The obscurity of detail of the tegminal area covered
by the translocated part presents no problem, since the other tegmen
remains untouched.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Grateful appreciation is extended to T.J. Walker and D.A. Nickle for reviewing the
manuscript and offering suggestions. This research was supported by the University of South
Carolina Research and Productive Scholarship Fund.

LITERATURE CITED

Alexander, R.D., A.E. Pace, and D. Otte. 1972. The singing insects of Michigan. The Great

Lakes Entomologist 5(2): 33-69.
Bailey, W.J. and W.B. Broughton. 1970. The mechanics of stridulation in bush crickets

(Tettigonioidea, Orthoptera). II. Conditions for resonance in the tegminal generator. J.

Exp. Biol. 52: 507-517.
Emsley, M.G., D.A. Nickle, and W.W. Moss. 1967. The value of the stridulatory file and

other characters in tettigoniid taxonomy (Orthoptera). Notulae Naturae 404: 1-7.
Ragge, D.R. 1969. A revision of the African species of Pseudorhynchus Serville

(Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae). Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Entomol.) 23: 167-190.
Rakshpal, R. 1 960. Sound-producing organs and mechanism of song production in field

crickets of the genus Acheta Fabricius (Orthoptera, Gryllidae). Can. J. Zool. 38: 499-

507.
Rentz, D.C.F. and D.B. Weissmann. 1 98 1 . Faunal affinities, systematics, and bionomics of

the Orthoptera of the California Channel Islands. Univ. Calif. Publs. Entomology 94: 1-

240.
Sellier, R. 1969. Etude au microscope electronic a baJayage de la pars stridens des

Orthopteres Ensiferes. C.R Acad. Sci. Paris 268: 3084-3087.
Walker, T.J. 1975. Stridulatory file teeth in crickets: taxonomic and acoustic implications

(Orthoptera: Gryllidae). Int. J. Insect Morphol. & Embryol. 4(2): 151-158.

ANNOUNCEMENT

On the occasion of naming the Museum of Invertebrates, University of Panama, in honor
of Graham Bell Fairchild, a volume of contributions to the systematics of insects of Panama
will be published. Articles on systematics, including well illustrated keys, on insect groups
present in the Isthmus of Panama are solicited. Deadline for submission is December 10,
1986. Dedication ceremonies will be held February 10-1 1, 1987. To submit articles and for
more information, contact Dr. Diomedes Quintero Arias, Museo de Invertebrados, Estafeta
Universitaria, Panama, Republica de Panama.

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 189

RUDOLF G. SCHMIEDER BEQUEST

The American Entomological Society has recently received a substantial bequest from the
estates of Rudolf G. Schmieder, and his late widow, Marion I. Schmieder. Dr. Schmieder was
an active and valued, long time member of the Society from April 23, 1925 until his death
August 23, 1967.

Dr. Schmieder received his Ph.D. from the University of Pennsylvania in 1927. His
teaching career began in 1 923 at that same institution, from which he retired July 1 , 1 967 as
Emeritus Associate Professor of Biology.

During his long membership in our Society, Rudolf Schmieder served as Recording
Secretary from 1931 to 1935 and as President from 1936 to 1938. His greatest contribution to
our Society was in the editorial field. Beginning in 1 928, he served either on the editorial staff
or as associate editor of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. He served as co-editor in 1944 and,
in 1945, took over editorship of this journal, a task he continued to perform with unselfish
devotion for 22 years, with no return except the personal satisfaction of an important task well
done.

It is fitting, therefore, that, in recognition of his many years of outstanding service to the
Society and to the science of entomology through the pages of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS,
the Society's Executive Council has decided to set up the recent bequest as an endowment, to
be known as the Schmieder Fund, the income from which will be used to help support the
continued publication of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS.

H.P.B.

FURTHER REDUCTIONS IN PAGE CHARGES AND

REDUCTIONS IN SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

As a result of three contributing factors: ( 1 ) good, sound, financial management which
has built up a substantial balance in our ENT. NEWS account (2) the relatively recent C.P.
Alexander bequest, one half of which was designated, by his will, to be set up as an endowment
for ENT. NEWS, and (3) the current R.G. Schmieder bequest (see above), the Executive
Council of the American Entomological Society has approved substantial reductions in both
page charges and subscription rates for ENT. NEWS.

Effective immediately, page charges are reduced 25%, from the current $20 a page to$ 15
a page, with the editor having options for reduced charges for amateur, student, and retired
entomologists who are without institutional financial support. (Earlier page charges were
reduced January 1, 1985 from $25 to $22, then again January 1, 1986 from $22 to $20.).

Similarly, subscription rates are reduced 44% from the current $9 to $5 for members and
1 6 2/3% from $ 1 8 to $ 1 5 for non-members and institutions, effective with 1 987 subscriptions.

It is hoped these reductions will make the pages of ENT. NEWS more available for
publication of papers by authors, especially amateur, student and retired entomologists, and
that more individuals and institutions will take advantage of these reduced rates to subscribe to
this journal.

H.PB.

190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOCIETY MEETING — MARCH 26, 1986

Eleven members and two guests attended the fourth regular meeting of the 1985-86 year.
The meeting was held in Townsend Hall at the University of Delaware. The featured speaker
was Mr. Mark Graustein, Delaware Extension Specialist in Entomology. He spoke about his
"Experiences in Extension Entomology."

The job of extension entomologist is to create a bridge between the research community
and the general public including especially the agricultural industry. The small size of
Delaware presents particular challenges to an extension entomologist. While Mr. Graustein's
title includes the term specialist, his activities requires him to be a generalist and he frequently
deals with agricultural and medical problems that have nothing to do with insects. A number of
interesting examples of his activities were presented including the difficulty of persuading
established farmers to change their pest management practices, diagnosing rashes not of insect
origin, dealing with suburbanites with entomophobia (fear of insects), identifying insect
contaminants of food, and cooperating with lawyers and forensic scientists. Among all the
activities of the job, Mr. Graustein still gets his greatest satisfaction from authentic
entomological problems such as the identification of the thrip, Guophothripsfuscus (Morgan),
which has recently entered the state and is attacking Japanese black pine. He ended his
presentation by making a strong case for the need for extension entomology and hoping that
recent extreme budget cutting would not lead to the destruction of an effective educational
program.

While the approach of spring draws the public's attention to the annual return of swallows
to San Capistrano and whether the groundhog sees its shadow on Feburary 2, local
entomologists wait for the morning cloak butterfly, Nymphalis antiopa L. to come out of
hibernation. Sightings were made on 16 March at Iron Hill, Delaware and on 13 March at
Belleplain State Forest, New Jersey. Mark Graustein reported that the tick, Ixodes dammini,
which is the vector of Lyme Disease, is rather common this spring.

Harold B. White,
Corresponding Secretary

SOCIETY MEETING — APRIL 16, 1986

The last regular meeting of the 1985-86 year was held at the University of Delaware.
Twelve members and three guests attended this meeting. The featured speaker was Dr. Robin
L. Vannote, director of the Stroud Water Research Center of the Academy of Natural
Sciences in Avondale, Pennsylvania. He spoke on the "Effect of food quality and temperature
on the size and production of a winter stonefly."

Soyedina carolinensis is a dominant stonefly in many local seep springs, and first and
second order streams. The adults emerge in the early spring, mate, and oviposit after a brief
feeding period. The eggs may diapause through the summer and begin hatching in late August.
The larval density by early autumn in some spring seeps can reach 10,000 per m^.
Immediately prior to emergence densities frequently are between 1000 and 2000 per m^. The
larvae feed on fallen leaves. Hickory and sugar maple leaves are preferred and red oak and
beech leaves tend to be avoided. While growth in the laboratory is related to leaf source and
temperature, slight differences in water temperature among natural habitats often overrides the
effect of variation in food quality on the size of larvae and adults. The mean size of full grown
larvae fed a single leaf type in adjoining seeps differed almost two fold and was highly
correlated with temperature. During the winter, ground water emerging at about 1 1 °C cools on
contact with air at different rates depending on the flow rate and the geometry of the spring

Vol. 97, No. 4, September and October, 1986 191

seeps. This results in quite different thermal environments among apparently similar seeps
which in turn causes dramatic differenes in the growth of stonefly larvae. Optimal growth in S.
carolinensis occurs at 10°C.

In notes of local entomological interest, Roger Fuester reported that some gypsy moth eggs
were hatching on April 1 1 in southern Delaware which was rather early considering most food
plants had not yet leafed out Paul Schaefer reported that Aphidius parasites were also active
early because he had observed many aphid mummies on April 14 in alfalfa fields at the
University of Delaware farm. As part of a survey of ground-dwelling arthropods in the New
Jersey Pine Barrens, Howard Boyd has been using pit traps on the forest floor. He noted that
over 5,000 Collembola had been captured since March 17.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

THE YOUNG ENTOMOLOGISTS' SOCIETY

AN INTERNATIONAL YOUTH AND AMATEUR
ENTOMOLOGY PROGRAM

The Young Entomolgists' Society (Y.E.S.) was formally organized in January 1984 as a
revitalized version of the Teen International Entomology Group (founded in 1 965). The group
has over 450 members representing 42 countries. Y.E.S. is partially supported by the United
States Department of Agriculture, Michigan State University, the Entomological Society of
Canada, and by its members. At its (executive) council meeting on February 19, 1986, the
American Entomological Society agreed to make a generous contribution and also become a
financial supporter of Y.E.S.

The organizational mission is to assist all entomologists, especially youth and amateur
entomologists, in establishing contacts with colleagues in other geographical regions who
share similar entomological interests, so that they may learn from one another by sharing
information, advice, literature, and specimens. Professional entomologists are encouraged to
become involved, as members or otherwise, because they serve as role models to guide the
personal and educational development of other members. Through the generous support of
sponsors and members we are able to offer pro-rated memberships to disadvantaged youth,
funding-starved entomologists in developing nations, and politically or governmentally
restricted persons.

Due to the international scope of the organization, personal correspondence and a Society
journal are the focal points for communications among the members. The journal, Y.E.S.
QUARTERLY, contains Society news, field notes, a trading post (specimens, literature and
information), book reviews, entomological poems, insect illustrations, games and puzzles, and
subject-matter articles (insect identification, rearing notes, project ideas, collecting tips, etc.)
Other activities include writing, photography and illustration competitions and opportunities
for participation in operating the Society and its activities.

Further information on Y.E.S. activities and membership, including details on gratis and
exchange memberships, can be obtained by writing to Gary A. Dunn, Young Entomologists'
Society, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824-1 115 USA.

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD

ITZN 1 1/5 A.N.(S.) 137 14 April 1986

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers in
the following cases, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 43, part 1
of 9 April, 1986, and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested
zoologists.

Correspondence should be addressed to the Executive Secretary at the above address, if
possible within six months of the date of publication of this notice.

Case No.

2485 Cholus Germar, 1 824 (Insecta, Coleoptera): proposed conservation by the
suppression of Archarias Dejean, 1821.

2486 Dryophthorus Germar, 1824 (Insecta, (Coleoptera): proposed conservation by
the suppresssion of Bulbifer DeJean, 1821.

2487 Lachnopus Schoenherr, 1840 (Insecta, Coleoptera): proposed conservation
by the suppression of Menoetius DeJean, 1821 and Ptilopus Schoenherr,
1823.

2488 Nemocestes Van Dyke, 1936, (Insecta: Coleoptera): proposed conservation
and designation of type species.

2489 Zygops Schoenherr, 1825 (Insecta: Coleoptera): proposed conservation
by the suppression of Eccoptus Dejean, 1821.

2468 Pyralis nigricana Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed con-

servation by the suppression of Phalaena rusticella Clerck, 1759.

2506 Apanteles omigis Weed, 1 887 (Insecta, Hymenoptera); proposed conser-

vation by the suppression of Microgaster robiniae Fitch, 1859.

2492 Strongylaspis Spaeth, 1936 (Insecta, Coleoptera) non Strongylaspis

Thomson, 1860: proposed designation of Cassida atripes LeConte, 1859
as type species.

2525 Nomadacris Uvarov, 1923 (Insecta, Orthoptera): proposed conservation

by setting aside the first-reviser action of Jago.

ITZN 59 14 April 1986

The following Opinions have been published by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 43, part 1 on 9
April, 1986.

Opinion No.

1373 (p. 23) Panesthia saussurii Wood-Mason, 1876 designated as type species of

Caeparia Stal, 1877 (Insecta, Dictyoptera).

1378 (p. 35) Phalaena bellatrix Stoll, 1 780 designated as type species of Crinodes

Herrich-Schaffer, 1855 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1379 (p. 37) Gonodontis rectisectaria Herrich-Schaffer, [1855] designated as type

species of Pero Herrich-Schaffer, 1855 (Insecta, Lepidoptera).

1380 (p. 39) Euphaedra Hubner, [1819] (Insecta, Lepidoptera): conserved.

1381 (p. 42) Ourocnemis Baker, 1887 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): conserved.

1382 (p. 45) Zeugophora Kunze, 1818 (Insecta, Coleoptera): conserved.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

P.K. TUBBS

Executive Secretary

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vi x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15. 00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

i nil lull iri-r MI«I 'i. i nM4 Or mull inquiry lo.
University Mil rufilnis liilitrntiliunal, lim Nurlh
Zeeb Road. Ami Arlxjr. Ml 48106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED: Books and papers of Hymenoptera: Formicidae - antennea. Harry Komberg,
6299 Summer Sky Lane, Lake Worth, Florida 33463.

FOR SALE: Coleoptera of the world. Rare and common species, foreign and domestic.
Specializing in rarities and varieties of Africa & South America. Large price list free. Send 65$
in postage. INSECT COLLECTING SUPPLY, 25422 Trabuco Road #105, Suite 294, El
Toro, CA 92630.

NEW ADDRESS for myrmecologists George C. and Jeanette Wheeler 3358 NE 58 Ave.,
Silver Springs, FL 32688.

WANTED: Specimens of Nearctic Drosophilidae. Will reciprocate. P.P. Saitta, 58 Butler
St., Pittston, PA 18640.

QUALITY GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Price list (12 issues) subscription rate at
$5.00 domestic or $10.00 foreign. W.B. Richfield, P.O. Box 1066, Goleta, CA 93116
U.S.A.

NEEDED FOR RESEARCH: praying mantises, especially species not found in caster U. S.
Live adults, nymphs, or eggcases equally useful. Will purchase or trade. Anxious to
correspond with others interested in mantis biology. David Yager, Neurobiology & Behavior,
W214 Mudd Hall, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY 14853.

FOR SALE. Signed copies of A Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America, with
free errata sheet, available from the author. Paperback, $15; hardbound, $20; includes
shipping costs. Charles V. Covell Jr., Dept. of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville,
KY 40292, U.S.A.

ORIENTAL INSECTS, a journal of insect taxonomy of the Old World tropics, is published
annually as a hard bound volume. Vol. 20 was published in March 1986. Subscription price is
$46.00 per volume. Subscriptions and manuscripts (research as well as review articles) are
invited. Back volumes of the journal, monographs, and supplements are available. Write to
ORIENTAL INSECTS, P.O. Box 13178, Gainesville, Florida 32604-1 148, U.S.A.

BACK ISSUES OF ENT. NEWS NEEDED to complete editor's reference set: Vol. 34
(1923) all issues; Vol. 36 (1925) Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4; Vol. 37 (1926) No. 1; Vol. 41 (1930) all
issues; Vol. 47 (1936) Nos. 1,2; Vol. 51 (1940) Nos. 5, 6, 10. Donations solicited, but will
consider reasonable charges. Howard P. Boyd, editor, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle
Twp., Vincentown, NJ 08088.

MYRMECOLOGY: We have too many reprints of most of our papers. We will supply those
available upon request G.C. & J. Wheeler, 3358 NE 58th Ave., Silver Springs, FL 32688.

US ISSN 001 3-872X

EINTO

November & December 1986

No. 5

EWS

Holarctic distributions of three species of Heptageniidae

(Ephemeroptera)

^^^ ""RARIE.S
Curculio striatulus, a North American Pissodes (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae) C. W. O'Brien, R.T. Thompson 198

.

R. W. Flowers 193

First records of marine intertidal collembolan, Xenylla ajjiniformis,
for North America (Collembola: Hypogastruridae)

M. Culik, L. Deharveng 201

Notes on Cicindela nigrocoerulea subtropica in Texas

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) E. V. Gage, W.D. Sumlin, III 203

Notes on distribution & bionomics of dung fly, Scathophaga
tropicalis, in Peru (Diptera; Scathophagidae)

Donald L. Baumgartner 208

Contact behavior of whirligig beetle, Dineutus assimilis

(Coleoptera: Gyrinidae)

Jerome F. Freilich 215

Observations on biology of Neotropical katydid, Haemodiasma

tesselata (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) M.P. Hayes, D.C.F. Rentz 222

Acyrthosiphon pisum (Homoptera: Aphididae), an aphid species

biting man T. W. Culliney, J.R. Ruberson 225

Spiders preying on Dendroctonus frontalis (Coleoptera:

Scolytidae) D. T. Jennings, H.A. Pase, III 227

Preliminary checklist of mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of Alabama

B.C. Kondratieff, S.C. Harris 230

Housing arthropods & other invertebrates stored in alcohol

W.H. Clark, R.E. Gregg 237

ANNOUNCEMENTS

BOOK REVIEWS

BOOKS RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 15, 1986

MAILING DATES, 1986 & PUBLISHER'S STATEMENT

INDEX- VOLUME 97 (1986)

197, 207, 247

241,244, 245

200, 224, 240

246

248

249

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July-A ugust by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November and
February meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October, March and April meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1985- 1986: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice- President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Ronald F. Romig; Corresponding Secretary: Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard
P. Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 84 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 193

HOLARCTIC DISTRIBUTIONS OF THREE TAXA
OF HEPTAGENIIDAE (EPHEMEROPTERA)1

R.W. Flowers2

ABSTRACT: Two closely related Palearctic-Nearctic species pairs in the Heptageniidae
are shown to be conspecific. Cinygma peterseni is a synonym of Cinygma lyriformis and
Ecdyonurus werestschagini is synonomized with Nixe (Akkarion) simplicioides. Ecdyonurus
joernenis is placed in Nixe (Nixe).

Although the Palearctic and Nearctic Heptageniidae have several
genera in common, taxonomic research has tended to concentrate on one
continental fauna or the other with relatively little attention given to
possible trans-oceanic relationships. Indeed, for many years workers in
Europe and North American even used different family names for the
Heptageniidae. The last two decades have been marked by a much more
cosmopolitan approach by workers on all groups of Ephemeroptera and,
with improved communications between New and Old World researchers,
evidence of closer ties between Ephemeroptera of different continents is
emerging. Of particular interest to the study of Northern Hemisphere
Ephemeroptera are the recent investigations of Central Asian and Siberian
mayflies by Soviet and East German workers. Their studies have brought to
light a number of new species which more clearly show the affinities to the
Nearctic mayfly fauna. In this paper I designate new synonyms involving
two previously considered Palearctic-Nearctic heptageniid species pairs
and report for the first time the occurrence of both subgenera of Nixe
Flowers in the Palearctic Region.

Cinygma lyriformis (McDunnough)

Ecdyonurus lyriformis McDunnough 1924: 226; Ecdyurus hyalinus Esben-Petersen
1916:6 [nee Ecdyurus hvalinus Ulmer 1912: 372); Ecdyonurus peterseni Lestage 1930: 199
NEW SYNONYM; Heptagenia abnormis Tshernova 1949: 139 NEW SYNONYM.

Lehmkuhl (1979) noted the similarities between C lyriformis and C.
peterseni, based on published figures of the latter and McCafferty (1985)
suggested that these mayflies are conspecific. I compared a male imago
from Alaska to a reared male imago from Siberia furnished by Dr. Nikita
Yu. Kluge, University of Leningrad. Color patterns and penes of the two
specimens were practically identical; the only difference being a slight one
in the shape of the subgenital plate. In the Alaskan specimen the center of

Deceived April 28, 1986. Accepted August 5. 1986.

2 Agricultural Research Programs, Florida A&M University. Tallahassee. FL 32307.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 193-197. November & December. 1986

194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

this plate is weakly produced while in the specimen from Siberia, it is
produced more strongly. There seems to be some variability in this
character; in our Alaskan specimen, the median hump is larger than in
Lehmkuhl's figure of the paratype genitalia (Lehmkuhl 1979). Nymphs of
Old World C. lyriformis have been described by Tshernova (1949, 1976)
but nymphs of the American population are still unknown. In North
America, this species is known from Alaska, Alberta and Oregon
(Lehmkuhl 1979, McCafferty 1985) while in the Old World it is known
from both Siberia and the northern Urals.

As McCafferty (1985) pointed out, the nymph of Cinygma is poorly
known in the Nearctic. The principal reason is that McDunnough, although
he figured mouthparts of two species of Cinygma (integrum in 1933;
dimicki in 1934), missed the one character that readily distinguishes
Cinygma nymphs from the nymphs of other Nearctic heptageniids: the
extremely small labrum. Cinygma is the only known heptageniid in which
the labrum is narrower at the apex than at the base. Tshernova (1976)
illustrated this character and discussed differences between Cinygma
lyriformis and C. integrum.

Nixe (Akkarion) simplicioides (McDunnough)

Heptagenia simplicioides McDunnough 1924: 120; Ecdvonurus werestschagini
Tshernova 1952: 95 NEW SYNONYM; Rhithrogena imanica Bajkova 1972: 212.

The striking morphological similarity between TV. simplicioides of
western North America and Ecdyonurus werestschagini of eastern Asia
has been previously noted (Flowers 1980, Kluge 1980). We have directly
compared these two forms and find them to be conspecific. The only
morphological difference between the Asian and North American popula-
tions is in the egg: the ridges of the chorion in the central part form
longitudinal lines in Asian simplicioides (Fig. 1) while in American
specimens (Fig. 2) this pattern is not nearly so well defined.

Nixe (Nixe) joernensis (Bengtsson) NEW COMBINATION

Ecdyonurus joernensis Bengtsson 1 909: 1 9; Ecdyonurus flavomaculatus Aro 1 928: 54;
Heptagenia mongolica Bajkova and Varychanova 1978: 114-116.

Examination of all life stages indicates that this species is an Old World
representative of Nixe (subgenus Nixe). Especially significant is the egg
(Fig. 3) which shows the same reticulated pattern that characterizes all
known New World of the subgenus Nixe (Fig. 4). The only difference is in
the nymph: N. joernensis may have a small filamentous tuft on gill 6. This

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

195

Figs. 1-4. Eggs: 1. Nixe (A kkarion) simplicioides from Siberia (Primorye Territory), 242X;
2. Nixe (A kkarion) simplicioides from Wyoming, 240 X; 3. Nixe (Nixe) joernensis, Siberia
(Primorye Territory) 20 IX; Nixe (Nixe) rusticalis. New York, 240X.

character can vary even among specimens from the same locality (Kluge,
pers. comm.). New World Nixe s.s. lack this tuft although specimens of TV.
(N. ) rusticalis from New York have a single filament at the base of the plate
on gill 6.

The generic status of Nixe, as well as other genera of the Ecdyonurus
complex, requires further study. While Nixe in North Ameria is a distinct
entity, easily separated from other genera, this is not the case in northern
Eurasia Recently discovered Asian and Siberian members of the Echyonurus
complex show a large number of apparent links among such genera as Nixe,
Leucrocuta, Ecdyonurus, Afronurus and Afghanurus. As phyletic relation-
ships are finally worked out, extensive revision of generic limits may well be
necessary.

The Alaskan distribution ofdnygma lyriformis reported by Lehmkuhl
(1979) and McCafferty (1985) shows the circumpolar nature of this
species' range. Besides C. lyriformis, circumpolar mayflies also occur in
the Baetiae, Ephemerellidae, Metretopodidae, and Siphlonuridae. On the
other hand, neither Nixe nor any other member of the Ecdyonurus complex
has been reported from Alaska. Moreover, I have had the opportunity to

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

examine collections from Alaska (Fairbanks and Mt McKinley areas) and
from the Yukon near the Alaskan border, all of which also lacked
Ecdyonurus complex species (although other Heptageniidae were well
represented). It is worth noting that all these collections are from areas that
were glaciated during the Wisconsin glaciation but a large part of Alaska
was not glaciated and formed a refugium during this time (Flannagan and
Flannagan 1985). McCafferty's records are from this refugium but from an
extreme northern part. It is reasonable to assume that Nixe simplicioides
occurred in Alaska during the Tertiary and possibly into the Pleistocene,
although the post-glacial climate may have eliminated it. The United States
populations of N. simplicioides are today found in the warmer streams of
their present range (Bednarik and Edmunds 1980); on the other hand, in
Siberia this species occurs in the Kotuy River which reaches higher
latitudes that even the north coast of Alaska (Kluge 1980). Collections
from the southern part of the Alaska refugium may clarify this question as
well as establish whether any other members of the Ecdyonurus complex
survive in Alaska.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I sincerely thank Dr. Nikita Yulevitch Kluge of the University of Leningrad for sending me
specimens of his Siberian material, for much helpful discussion of his concepts of the
taxonomy of these species, and or his helpful comments on this manuscript. I also thank Dr.
Edward Masteller and Dr. Jan Ciborowski for making collections of Alaskan Heptageniidae
available for study and Drs. Michael D. Hubbard and William L. Peters for comments on this
manuscript. This research was funded by a research program (FLAX 85008) of CSRS,
USDA.

LITERATURE CITED

Aro, J.E. 1928. Suomen paivankorennoiset(Ephimerida) Vanamon Kirjoja No. 27. Otavan

hyonteiskirjasia. 3: 1-68.
Bednarik, A.F. and G.F. Edmunds, Jr. 1980. Descriptions of larval Heptagenia from the

Rocky Mountain region (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae). Pan-Pacific Ent. 56: 51-62.
Bajkova, O. Ya. 1972. K poznaniyu podenok (Ephemeroptera) basseina Amura: II.

Imagines (Rhithrogena, Heptagenia). Izv. Tikhookean. Nauchno - Issled. Inst. Rybn.

Khoz. Okeanogr. 77: 207-232.

and K.V. Varychanova. 1978. Podenki Mongolii - Prirodnye uslovii resursi

prichubsugulja. Gydrobiologija. Irkutsk; 111-121.
Bengtsson, S. 1909. Beitrage zur kenntnis der Palaarktischen Ephemeriden. Lunds. Univ.

Arsskr. 5: 1-19.

Esben-Petersen, T. 1916. Ephemerida. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 28: 1-12.
Flannagan, P.M. and J.F. Flannagan. 1984. The post- glacial origin and present distribution

of the mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of Manitoba, Canada Proc. IVth Inl Conf. Ephemeroptera V.

Landa et al. (eds.), 149-169. Inst. of Ent., Czechoslovak Acad. Sci.
Flowers, R.W. 1980. A review of the Nearctic Heptagenia ( Heptageniidae, Ephemeroptera).

In Advances in Ephemeroptera Biology, J.F. Flannagan and K.E. Marshall, eds. Plenum.

93-102.
Kluge, N. Yu. 1980. K poznaniju podenok (Ephemeroptera) Tajmirskogo nacionaljnogo

okruga. Ent. Obozr. 59: 561-579.

Vol. 97, No. 5. November & December, 1986 197

Lehmkuhl, D.M. 1979. The North American species of Cinvgma (Ephemeroptera:

Heptageniidae). Can. EnL 111: 675-680.
Lestage, J.A. 1930. Ecdvonurus peterseni nom. nov. (for E. hvalinus E.P.). Bull, et Ann.

Ent. Soc. Beige. 70: l"99.
McCafferty, W.P. 1985. The Ephemeroptera of Alaska. Proc. EnL Soc. Wash. 87: 381-

386.
McDunnough, J.H . 1924. North American Ephemeridae. Can. EnL 56: 221-226.

1933. The nymph of Cinvgma integrum and descriptions of a new Heptagenine

genus. Can. Ent. 65: 73-76.

_. 1934. New species of North American Ephemeroptera IV. Can. Ent. 66: 154-

164, 181-188.

Tshernova, O.A. 1949. Nymphi podenok pritokov Teletshkogo ozera i r. Bii. Trudi
Zoologitsheskogo Instituta Akademii Nank SSR, VII, 13: 139-158.

1 952. Podenki ( Ephemeroptera) basseina reki Amura: prilejashtchich vod i ich

rol v pitanii amurskich rib. Trudi Amurskoi ichtiologitshiskoi ekspeditsii 1945-1949 gg.,
Ill, 229-360.

. 1976. A nymphal key to the genera of Heptageniidae (Ephemeroptera) from the

Holarctic and Oriental region. Ent. Rev. 55: 332-346.

ERNST MAYR GRANTS

Grants will be awarded to systematists who need to make short visits to museums in order
to undertake research needed for the completion of taxonomic revisions and monographs.
They are particularly designed for scientists who might otherwise have difficulty in obtaining
access to museum specimens that are necessary for their research. Preference will be given to
studies that use the MCS collections, although applications to work at other museums will also
be considered.

Application and correspondence related to these grants should be addressed to the
Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, 26 Oxford Street,
Cambridge, MA 02 138.

BLUE MT. FIELD STA., IRISHTOWN, JAMAICA, WEST INDIES

New, year-round station offers facilities & accommodations for professional and amateur
biologists, geologists, & workers in all areas of terrestrial ecology & entomology. Situated at
2800ft. in foothills of Blue Mts.. it comprises 600 sq. ft. laboratory & study space. 60ft. bench
length, electricity, water. & essential equipment. Adjacent are three separate, self-contained
apartments each accommodating six people. Separate patios & large, outdoor dining area
command magnificent views.

Total fees for accommodation, meals, lab. facilities. & transport to & from airport arc $40
per person per day. with minimum of seven days. Write inquiries to Dr. Brian Freeman. Dep't
Zoology. Univ. of West Indies. Kingston 7. Jamaica.

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CURCULIO STRIATULUS, A NORTH AMERICAN
PISSODES (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)1

Charles W. O'Brien2, Richard T. Thompson3

ABSTRACT: Study of the type of Curculio striatulus Fabricius, 1775 from the Banks
Collection shows that it is conspecific with and thus a senior synonym of Pissodes dubius
Randall, 1838 [NEW SYNONYMY].

Among the many species of weevils described in the genus Curculio in
the early years of modern taxonomy, there are a number of names which
have become nomina dubia. Many of these ceased to be reported in
revisions and catalogs in the mid-1 800's. Schoenherr (1845) recorded
many Curculio, Rhynchaenus and Lixus not known to him, with a list of
citations for these species, and in most cases this was the last citation of
these names. Included among them is Curculio striatulus Fabricius, 1775
which was described from "insula Terre neuve Americae" [Newfoundland].
This species is cited as Rhynchaenus striatus ( Fabricius, 1775), and is not
to be confused with Curculio striatus Fabricius (1787), a species from
Africa. The type of C. striatulus is in the Banks Collection in the British
Museum (Natural History) and has been studied by both authors of this
paper.

In 1 962, the junior author was asked for his opinion on the current name
and status of C. striatulus by the late Miss Avril Lysaght, who was
preparing an account of Sir Joseph Banks' visit to Newfoundland and
Labrador. He recognized the specimen as a Pissodes and later decided that
it was conspecific with P. fraseri Hopkins (1911) from North Carolina,
then considered a valid species. This information was duly published
(Lysaght, 1 97 1 : 405). At that point it seemed that either the specimen had
been changed or the type locality was incorrect. Recently, the senior author
studied the type and independently identified it as a female of P. dubius
Randall (1838), currently recognized as the senior synonym of P. fraseri
and P. piperi Hopkins (1911). Hence the valid name of this species is
Pissodes striatulus (Fabricius). Because this name has been omitted from
catalogs, a list of citations and a complete synonymy is appended here.

1 Received May 3, 1986, Accepted June 2, 1986.

2 Professor, Department of Entomology, Florida A&M University, Tallahassee, FL 32307.

^Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), London, England.
ENT. NEWS 97(5): 198-200, November & December, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 5. November & December. 1986 199

Pissodes striatulus (Fabricius), NEW COMBINATION

Curculio striatulus Fabricius 1775, p. 129; 1781, p. 163; 1787, p. 97; 1792, p. 398 (as
striatus, not Fabricius 1787); 1801, p. 439 (as striatus, not Fabricius 1787).Gmelin 1790,
p. 1746. Herbst 1795, p. 440. Olivier 1790, p. 476.

Rhvnchaenus striatulus ( Fabricius). Fabricius 1803, p. 83. Olivier 1807, p 1 14 Schoenherr
1845, p. 289.

Pissodes dubius Randall 1838, p. 24, New Synonymy

Pissodes fraseri Hopkins 1911, p. 63, New Synonymy

Pissodes piperi Hopkins 1911, p. 62, New Synonymy

The type specimen is a female measuring 8.0 mm in length (excluding
rostrum). It bears a label with: "Cure: striatulus. [ms] / Fab. Entom. p.
[printed] 129. n. 9. [ms]". The "ms" parts of this label are in Banks'
handwriting. Beside the specimen is a small card with "Type" in C.O.
Waterhouse's hand. Banks, who was in his 24th year, spent several months
at St. Johns, Newfoundland, in 1 766. In his diary he makes few references
to specific insects but records "collecting insects" at the beginning of
August, shortly before moving on to Labrador (Lysaght, 1971).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The junior author wishes to thank Ms. Rose Ella Warner- Spilman( formerly of U.S.D.A.,
Washington) and Mrs. Anne T. Howden (Ottawa) for their early help with his investigation.

LITERATURE CITED

Fabricius, J.C. 1775. Systema entomologiae, sistens insectorum classes, ordines, genera,

species, adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, observationibus, [30] + 832 pp.

Flensburgi; Lipsiae.
Fabricius, J.C. 1781. Species insectorum exhibentes eorum differentias specificas, synonyma

auctorum, loca natalia, metamorphosin adiectis observationibus, descriptionibus, vol. 1,

VIII + 552 pp. Hamburgi; Kilonii.
Fabricius, J.C. 1787. Mantissa insectorum sistens eorum species nuper detectas adiectis

characteribus genericis, differentiis specificis, emendationibus, observationibus, vol. 1 .

XX + 348 pp. Hafniae.
Fabricius, J.C. 1792. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta. Secundum classes,

ordines, genera, species adjectis synonimis, locis, observationibus, descriptionibus, vol. 1,

XX + 538 pp. Hafniae.
Fabricius, J.C. 1801. Systema eleutheratorum secundum ordines, genera, species: adiectis

synonymis, locis, observationibus, descriptionibus, vol. 2, 687 pp. Kiliae.
[Fabricius, J.C.] 1803. Index alphabeticus in I.C. Fabricii Systema Eleutheratorum genera

et species continens, IV + 93 pp. Helmstadii.
Gmelin, J.F. 1790. Caroli a Linne Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum

classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio

decima tertia, aucta, reformata, vol. 1, pt. 4 (Coleoptera, Hemiptera), pp. 1517-2224.

Lipsiae.
Herbst, J.F.W. 1795. Natursystem allerbekannten in= und ausla'ndischen Insekten, alseine

Fortsetzung der von Buffonschen Naturgeschichte. Der K'a'fer. VI. Theil, XXIV + 520 pp.,

illus. Berlin.

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hopkins, A.D. 1911. Contributions toward a monograph of the bark- weevils of the genus

Pissodes. U.S. Dep. Agric., Bur. Entomol., Tech. Ser. 20(1): I-X, 1-68, illus.
Lysaght, A.M. 1971. Joseph Banks in Newfoundland and Labrador, 1766. His diary,

manuscripts and collections, 512 pp., illus. London.
Olivier, A.G. 1790. Encyclopedic Me'thodique. Histoire Naturelle. Insectes, vol. 5, pp. 1-

792 [+ p. 793, Glossary.] Paris.
Olivier, A.G. 1807. Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des insectes, avec leurs caracteres

generiques et specifiques, leur description, leur synonymic, et leur figure enluminee.

Colebpteres. Vol. 5, pp. 1-612. Paris.
Randall, J.W. 1838. Descriptions of new species of coleopterous insects inhabiting the state

of Maine. Boston J. Nat. Hist. 2(1): 1-33.
Schoenherr, C.J. 1845. Genera et species Curculionidum, cum synonymia hujus familiae.

Species novae aut hactenus minus cognitae, descriptionibus a Dom. Leonardo Gyllenhal,

C.H. Boheman, et entomologis aliis illustratae. Vol. 8, pt. 2, pp. 1-504. Paris. [342-454 are

Mantissa curculionidum.]

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CATALOGUE OF PALEARCTIC DIPTERA. Vols. 11 and 12. A.
Soos and L. Papp, eds. 1986. Elsevier Pub. 235 pp. (V. 1 1), 312 pp. (V.
12). $101.75 each.

Two additions to 1-4 volume work that catalogues the main taxonomic nomenclatural and
distribution data of 25,000 fly species described from Palaearctic region. Vol. 1 1 covers the
families Scathophagidae to Hypodermatidae. Vol. 12 covers families Calliphoridae to
Sarcophagidae.

COLOUR ATLAS OF INSECT TISSUES via the flea. M. Rothschild,
Y. Schlein, S. Ito. 1986. Wolfe Pub., Ltd. (Metheun, Inc. in U.S.) 184 pp.
$79.95.

This large format volume (94" x 104") is a mixture of insect morphology, histology, and
ultrastructure. It consists chiefly of 275 line illustrations and both black and white and color
plates of light microscope photographs, electron micrographs, and stereo-scan photographs,
all beautifully reproduced on coated stock. Other than figure legends, explanatory material is
minimal.

FIRE ANTS AND LEAF-CUTTING ANTS, Biology and Management.
C.S. Lofgren and R.K. Vander Meer, eds. 1986. Westview Press. 435 pp.

$45.

Thirty-four papers from the 1985 Research Conference on Fire Ants and Leaf-cutting Ants
include discussions on the history and econonics, biology and ecology, behavior, pheromones
and other semiochemicals, physiology, biochemistry, and current and future control strategies
of fire ants and leaf-cutting ants.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 201

FIRST RECORDS OF THE MARINE INTERTIDAL

COLLEMBOLAN XENYLLA AFFINIFORMIS
(HYPOGASTRURIDAE) FOR NORTH AMERICA1

Mark Culik^, Louis Deharveng^

ABSTRACT: Xenylla affiniformis, previously known from Europe, the Azores, and
Australia, is reported from Hancock County, Maine, and Monroe County, Florida,
confirming the Nearctic distribution of this species.

Xenylla affiniformis Stach, 1930, has been found in coastal areas of
France, the Azores, and Australia and exhibits numerous morphological
adaptations which appear to be related to its marine intertidal mode of life
(Gama and Deharveng, 1984).

Twenty-eight specimens of X. affiniformis were found in a sample of
sand and beach litter of approximately 1000 cc collected from the shore of
Penobscot Bay, Hancock County, Castine, Maine, in August 1983.
Specimens of X. affiniformis were also found in a similar sample of sand
and decomposing seaweed collected from the shore of Windley Key,
Monroe County, Florida, in December 1985. This species is not listed in
the key to Collembola of North America by Christiansen and Bellinger
( 1 980-8 1 ) and in so far as is known has not previously been recorded from
North America. Voucher specimens in ethanol have been deposited in the
West Virginia University Collection.

Xenylla affiniformis keys out ioXenyla /zw/m'co/a (Fabricius), 1 780 in
Christiansen and Bellinger (1980-81) but differs from North American
(and most other) Xenylla species in that it lacks anal spines. X. affiniformis
inhabits littoral environments and among its morphological modifications,
this species possesses very distinctive elongate mandibles. The contrast
between the mandibles of X. affiniformis and Xenylla grisea Axelson,
1900 is illustrated in Figures 1 and 2.

Gama and Deharveng (1984) redescribed X. affiniformis and proposed
the new genus Haloxenylla for this species. Murphy (1965) proposed the
subgenus Paraxenylla for Xenylla mangle which he described as a new
species. However, Dr. Gama, in personal communication, states that

1 Received March 29, 1986. Accepted May 27, 1986.

^Division of Plant and Soil Sciences. West Virginia University. Morgantown. WV 26506.
Present address: Stored Product Insects Research and Development Laboratory-. USDA.
ARS. P.O. Box 22909. Savannah, GA 31403.

^L.A. 333 du C.N.R.S., Laboratoire d'Ecobiologie des Arthropodes Edaphiques. U.P.S..
118, route de Narbonne, 31062 Toulouse Cedex, France.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 201-202. November & December. 1986

202

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

X. mangle and X. affmiformis are synonyms thus Haloxenylla and
Paraxenylla are synonyms (Bellinger, Department of Biology, California
State University, Northridge, pers. comm.).

The fact that this species was found for the first time in the United States
in both of two small samples collected at two very distinct locations serves
as an example of a great need for research on soil microarthropods.

Fig. 1. 1. Mandibles of Xenylla affiniformis Stach, 1930. 2. Mandibles of Xenvlla grisea
Axelson, 1900.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to acknowledge the Division of Plant and Soil Sciences, West Virginia
University, and the Laboratoire d'Ecobiologie des Arthropodes Edaphiques, France, for
supporting our studies of soil microarthropods.

LITERATURE CITED

Christiansen, K. and P. Bellinger. 1980-81. The Collembola of North America of the Rio

Grande. Grinnell College. Grinnell, Iowa. 1322 pp.
Gama, M.M. da, and L. Deharveng. 1984. Haloxenylla, nouveau genre halophile de

Collembole Hypogastruridae. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat., Toulouse, 120: 131-136.
Murphy, D.H. 1965. Collembola Poduromorpha from the Gambia (West Africa). J. Zool.

146: 388-411.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 203

NOTES ON CICINDELA NIGROCOERULEA

SUBTROPICA IN TEXAS (COLEOPTERA:

CICINELIDAE)1

Ed V. Gage2, William D. Sumlin, IIj3

ABSTRACT: Cicindela nigrocoerulea subtropica was rediscovered after 33 years and two
new populations were sampled. The known range of the subspecies is extended into Cameron
Co., Texas. The subspecies is partially redescribed and illustrated based upon a recently
collected series.

George B. Vogt( 1 949a) described Cicindela nigrocoerulea subtropica
from a series of 22 specimens (Scfcf, 1499) collected between September
29 and October 27, 1 946 in Hidalgo Co., Texas. He described the preferred
habitat of the subspecies as clearings in the mesquite forestland and along
lonely roadways through second- growth mesquite (Prosopis sp.) and
huisache (Acacia farnesiana) growing in a government-maintained flood-
way of the Rio Grande.

This area of southern Texas has undergone extensive development
since 1946. Hidalgo County has become a major agricultural production
area for Texas. This, and the massive influx of winter residents/tourists, has
resulted in virtually all the native land being converted from it's native
vegetation to intensive agriculture, dwelling sites, RV parks, etc.

Despite efforts by several students of the Cicindelidae to collect and
study C. n. subtropica, it has remained virtually unknown since 1 946. More
recently it was thought to be extinct due to the loss of suitable habitat.

During the fall of 1979 the authors compared the known habitat
preference with similar existing habitat in Hidalgo County to determine if
any populations have been overlooked. A small population was discovered
five miles southwest of Mission at the type locality (Vogt 1949 a&b).
Adults were observed on bare patches of soil among short grasses
comprised predominantly of Bermuda grass ( Cynodon dactylon). The area
had received a heavy rain a few days prior to our arrival.

Subsequent visits to the area during the years 1 980- 1984 have revealed
the population to be secure but extremely small and localized. C. n.
subtropica is apparently active only during the late fall and early winter
months. A measurable rainfall is apparently critical to its emergence.
Following a rain, which triggers emergence, adults are active as long as the

1 Received May 15, 1986. Accepted August 5, 1986.

^Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, P.O. Box 380622, San
Antonio, TX 78280.

^Continuing Education Division, San Antonio College, San Antonio TX 78284.
ENT. NEWS 97(5): 203-207, November & December, 1986

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

soil stays moist. Temperatures are usually high enough (30-35°) during this
time of year to dry out the soil within a few days after a rain, causing the
adult activity period to end for the year. Subsequent visits following rains,
after the initial emergence, have resulted in observations of little or no adult
activity. This behavior pattern is probably responsible for the taxon eluding
so many collectors over the years and explains its absence from collections.

Besides the type locality, the subspecies is also known from two other
locations within the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. Table 1 lists all the
known Texas records for C. n. subtropica since its description. The
Cameron Co. location (La Feria) represents a new county record. The two
1976 records came from the Perry Glick collection with labels indicating
they were collected in a citrus grove. The other Weslaco specimen was
taken along the edge of a plowed field by the senior author. The subspecies
probably occurs elsewhere throughout the Rio Grande Valley. It has
adapted well to disturbed areas and likely places to look would be citrus
groves and along drainage ditches.

The series of 30 specimens taken during the years 1 976- 1 984 represent
all known specimens except the types and has enabled an extensive
examination of taxonomic characters and provided a good indication of the
variation within this subspecies. In the original description, Vogt(1949a)
stated he was not " ... able to base this sub-species (sic) on any single
character." He went on to say that C. n. subtropica is somewhat smaller,
black in color, with a significantly greater tendency to be maculated and the
apical region of the region is somewhat more convex.

The authors feel C. n. subtropica is a valid subspecies, phenotypically
and geographically distinct from C. n. nigrocoerulea LeConte. Table 2
gives two characters not mentioned by Vogt (1949 a) that can be used to
separate the two taxa along with color, size and maculation. Character
expression was found to be constant only within the females.

According to Vogt (1949a), C. n. subtropica has bluish-piceous
antennae; ventrally, it is black with faint bluish reflections; tibiae are
greenish-black with violaceous tarsi. Comparison of series of nominate C.
nigrocoerulea and C. n. subtropica indicates that Vogt's ( 1 949 a) description
actually fits the nominate form closer than it does C. n. subtropica.

An examination of 33 available specimens of C. n. subtropica,
including the holotype and two paratypes, was made. All specimens were
taken at the type locality or from areas near where the paratypes were
collected. The definition of C. n subtropica should include the following
revisions:

antennae black, not bluish-piceous; ventral surfaces black without bluish reflections; tibiae
and tarsi predominantly black with faint testaceous hues; only three percent of specimens
have greenish-black tibiae; none possess violaceous tarsi.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

205

b

Fig.1

d

Fig. la-d. a. Dorsal habitus of holotype female; b. Dorsal view of labrum of holotype female; c.
Dorsal view of labrum of male topotypical specimen; d. Dorsal view of aedeagus.

206

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The subspecies is listed in Boyd et al ( 1 982) as occurring in the state of
Tamaulipas, Mexico. We have little doubt as to the veracity of that
assumption; however, we have seen no specimens of C. n. subtropica
collected in Mexico. Based upon all available data the range of C. n.
subtropica is limited to Hidalgo and Cameron Counties, Texas. The
nearest known population of nominate C. nigrocoerulea is located near
Balmorhea, Reeves Co., Texas which is approximately 748 airline km
northwest of the type locality for C. n. subtropica.

Table 1. Number of specimens and label data of C. n. subtropica taken since 1946 in
southern Texas.

Date

11 -IX- 1976

4-X-1979

4-X-1979

6-X-1979

9-X-1981

24-XI-1982

19-IX-1983

ll-X-1983

13-IX-1984

13-IX-1984

13-IX-1984

14-IX-1984

14-IX-1984

County

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Cameron

Hidalgo

Hidalgo

Locality

Weslaco

5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission

Weslaco

5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission

La Feria

5 mi SW Mission
5 mi SW Mission

Number Sex

2
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
5
6

F
F
M
M

M
F
F
F
F
M
M
F
M

Collector(s)

Unknown

Sumlin & Gage

Sumlin & Gage

E.V. & C.L. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

E.V. Gage

Table 2. Characters used to differentiate C n. subtropica Vogt from C. n. nigrocoerulea
Le Conte.

Character

Setae on lateral
edge of abdominal
sterna

Setae on
proepisternum

Dorsal color
Black
Blue

Blue-green
Green

C. n. subtropica 9
(n= 15)

moderately setose

moderately setose
over entire plate

of Total C. n. nicrocoerulea^ 9 % of Total
(n= 18)

100 glabrous/lightly setose 100

100 glabrous except for 100

anterior edge

100 X 11

X 33

X 22

X 33

Length (x mm)
Range (mm)

10.4
9.2-11.5

11.8
11.4-12.2

1 Specimens collected in southeastern Arizona, southwestern New Mexico and western Texas.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 207

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to extend thanks to Terry Erwin (NMNH) for making it possible
for us to examine the holotype and two paratypes of C. n. subtropica. Thanks are also due
Horace Burke (Texas A&M University), Howard Weems (Florida State Collection of
Arthropods) and John Shetterly (Cambridge, Massachusetts) for their reviews and comments
on the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Boyd, H.P., and Associates. 1982. Checklist of Cicindelidae. The Tiger Beetles. Plexus

Publishing, Marlton, NJ. 31 p.
Vogt, G.B. 1949a. Three New Cicindelidae From South Texas Wtih Collecting Notes On

Other Cicindelidae (Coleoptera). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 44(1): 1-9.
1949b. Notes on Cerambycidae from the lower Rio Grande Valley, Texas

(Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific Ent. 25(3): 137-184.

NEAL A. WEBER SOCIAL INSECT LIBRARY

Dr. Neal A. Weber has donated his extensive collection of books and reprints on social
insects to the University of North Dakota, and the University has designated it as the Neal A.
Weber Social Insect Library. Weber received his bachelor's and master's degrees from the
University of North Dakota and, after completing his Ph.D. at Harvard University, served on
the faculty at North Dakota from 1936 to 1947. From 1947 to 1974 he was Professor of
Zoology at Swarthmore College. Since then he has been Adjunct Professor of Biology at
Florida State University.

Dr. Weber is a long time member of the American Entomological Society. He joined the
society in the late 1940's and during his residency in the Philadelphia area he was an active
member of various society committees. He served as vice-president of the society in 1 954-55
and in 1958-59. He was President of the society in 1960. InFebruary, 1976, he was made, and
still is, an honorary member of the society.

Weber's interest in ants stems from his graduate student days, first under Professor
George C. Wheeler at North Dakota and then under Professor William Morton Wheeler at
Harvard. Research in tropical America led him to undertake studies on the relationships
between leaf-cutting ants and the fungi they cultivate in their nests. The summation of 40 years
of study of this remarkable symbiotic association was the publication of his book "Gardening
Ants: The Attines," published in 1972.

His collection is housed in a room, designated the Neal Weber Room, in Starcher Hall on
the University campus in Grand Forks. Also housed in this room are reprints of most of
Weber's more than 145 publications. Requests for reprints should be directed to Dr. Paul B.
Kannowski, Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202-
8238, USA.

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION AND BIONOMICS OF

THE DUNG FLY, SCATHOPHAGA TROPICALIS

(DIPTERA: SCATHOPHAGIDAE), IN PERU1

Donald L. Baumgartner^

ABSTRACT: Scathophaga tropicalis was collected from 3460 to 5008 m on the eastern
slope of the Andes during an intensive survey for coprophagous and saprophagous flies along a
transect in central Peru. Data and observations are presented on bait attraction, larval
medium, synanthropy, and predatory nature of S. tropicalis. Scanning electron micrographs
of the adult fly proboscis show adaptations for a predaceous feeding habit.

Scathophagidae are typically northern Nearctic, cold-adapted flies.
Many species of the most common and most conspicuous genus,
Scathophaga Meigen, are visually distinguished by a covering of long,
yellow-orange, dense hairs (Cole and Schlinger, 1969). The family is well
represented in the Nearctic by 32 genera and 145 species (Stone et al.,
1965), but is scant in the Neotropics with 3 genera and 7 species
(Albuquerque, 1984; Dr. Vockeroth, pers. comm.). Habits of both larvae
and adults vary greatly; some species are dung feeders throughout their life
cycle, a few larvae are scavengers along seacoasts and leafminers in plants,
others develop in aquatic vegetation, and perhaps all are predatory as adults
(Stone et al., 1965; Cole and Schlinger, 1969). Predatory species may be
important natural controls of medically important Diptera such as houseflies
(Hewitt, 1914), mosquitoes (Service, 1973; Khaliulin and Zainullina,
1978), and blowflies (Cotterell, 1920), while other dung flies may be
medically important themselves as vectors of pathogens among livestock
and man (Markus, 1980; L'vchiev and Zhekov, 1980).

Although much is known of the reproductive behavior(see Parker, 1 974)
and ecology (Coffey, 1966) of Holarctic Scathophaga (=Scopeuma)
stercoraria (L.), little is known of the bionomics of other species (Stone et
al. , 1 965 ), especially those occurring in South America. I now report on the
distribution and bionomics of Scathophaga tropicalis Malloch in Peru, a
species also known from Argentina, Bolivia, and Chile (Cuny, 1983).
Mouthparts of this fly were examined to relate its structure to its predatory
nature and for comparisons with the mouthparts of S. stercoraria.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Scathophagidae were collected concurrently with Calliphoridae during
an intensive investigation of the distribution and medical ecology of the

1 Received April 10, 1986. Accepted September 2, 1986.

2Northwest Mosquito Abatement District, 147 W. Hintz Rd., Wheeling, IL 60090.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 208-214, November & December, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 209

blow flies of Peru. In general, the methods outlined below follow those of
Baumgartner and Greenberg (1985). Collections were made along an
altitudinal transect ( 1 2° S. latitude) from the coastal desert at Lima, across
the Andes, and down into the rain forest on the eastern slope in December
1 977, June and July 1 980, and December 1981, with usually less than 500 m
and no greater than 1000 m between consecutive sites. For syanthropic
index determinations flies were netted at eu-, hemi-, and asynanthropic
sites simultaneously (0900-1600 hrs) at 4000 m on fish, beef liver, aged
fruit, and animal (dog, pig, cow, human) feces. More detailed descriptions
of the study area, collection sites, and methods are given by Baumgartner
(1984), and Baumgartner and Greenberg (1985). Distribution records of
Scathophagidae in Peru are supplemented by a loan from the Universidad
Naciona Agraria, Lima (U.N.A).

A large sample of the Scathophagidae collected was sent to Dr. J.R
Vockeroth, Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada for identi-
fication. All were determined to be a single species, Scathophaga
tropicalis. Voucher specimens have been deposited at the National
Museum of Natural History, Museum Nacional (Rio de Janeiro, Brasil),
and Biosystematics Research Institute. Additional material is housed at the
University of Illinois at Chicago under the care of Dr. B. Greenberg,
Department of Biological Sciences.

Mouth parts were prepared for scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
by mounting an excised proboscis with everted labellar lobes from a male
and female dry, pinned specimens on SEM stubs with double-sided tape.
The material was vacuum sputter-coated with gold/palladium (ca. 20 nm)
and viewed in an International Scientific Instruments (ISI-DS-130)
scanning electron microscope.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Records of Scathophaga tropicalis in Peru

LimaDist.: Matucana, 2440 m, 13-15C, eusynanthropic site (eu), fish(f), 15: XII: 1977,
30, 1 9.

Juni'n Dist.: Anticona, 5008 m, < 7 C, asynanthropic site (as), f, 23: XII: 1981, 1 9;
Morococha, 4500 m, < 7 C, eu, f, 15: XII: 1977, 6 cf, 2 9; Morococha, refuse.
4: XII: 1979, 9 cf, 1 9; Morococha, hemisynanthropic (hemi), refuse, XII: 1977, 7 cf,
5 9; Morococha, eu, f, 23: XII: 1981, 2 9; 5.5 km NW Queropuquio. 4177 m, hemi,
18: VI: 1980, human feces, 1 9, pig feces, 2 9, dog feces, 1 9; 25 km W. Tarma, 3994 m,
7-9 C, hemi, f, 18: VI: 1980,4 9; 3994 m, cow feces, 4 cf; 3994 m, f, 1 1: XII: 198 1,7 of,
7 9; 3994 m, pig pen, 7 cf ; 3994 m, cow pasture, 1 2 cf , 1 9, La Oroya, 3660 m, 9- 1 1 C, eu,
refuse, 5: VII: 1980, 1 cf; La Oroya, f, 26: XII: 1981, 1 cf; Jauja, 3550m, 9-1 1 C, hemi,
f, 12: XII: 1979,1 9; Jauja, dog carrion, 7- 10: XII: 1979, 1 cf,5 9; Huancavelica, 3700
m, II: 1950, 1 cf, F. Blancas leg., U.N.A. loan; Acolla(cerca Jauja). 3460 m. II: 1952. 1
9, Blancas leg, U.N.A. loan; Acolla, 3: I: 1954, 1 cf, Blancas leg, U.N.A. loan.

210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fifty-eight male and 34 female Scathophaga tropicalis were collected,
only in the Peruvian highlands, within an altitudinal range of 3460 to 5008
m on the eastern slope of the Andes and at 2440 m on the western slope. In
Jauja (3550 m), S. tropicalis was active from 0700 to 1 300 hrs. ( sun temp.
16-25 C, shade 15-23 C) on dog carrion and on the altiplano at 4000 m
specimens were captured on baits from 1000 to 1 330 hrs. (mean sun temp.
15 C), with flies on the wing at temperatures as low as 12 C (weather
overcast, no sunshine). This high altitudinal distribution (alpine to nival
biotic zones, see Baumgartner and Greenberg, 1985) and activity at low
temperatures agrees with collection records of S. tropicalis from other
Peruvian localities (Cuny, 1983) and is similar to that of other Scathophaga
species elsewhere. Scathophaga stercoraria has been collected at 4900 m
on the Himalayas (Gregor and Daniel, 1976), and a number of species
occur in the Eurasian tundra and high mountain pastures of the Carpathian
Mountains (Greenberg, 1971).

Scathophaga stercoraria is well known as a symbovine and coprophagous
fly, reported to be attracted to and to breed in the excrement of cattle, swine
(Coffey, 1966), sheep, horses, and humans (Greenberg, 1971). In Peru, S.
tropicalis appears to be coprophagous and saprophagous also for it was
netted on cow, pig, dog, and human feces, and on refuse, dog carrion, and
fish baits.

Indirect evidence suggests that S. tropical is' larval habitat is manure, as
that of many other species of the genus. On a family farm at ca. 4000 m I
observed and collected 15 male and 1 female specimens in and near cattle
and swine holding pens containing a mixture of feces, mud, and straw. In
England, S. stercoraria also aggregates near cow pats where very high
densities of males are prevalent, competing for females (Parker, 1970).
Upon questioning, the farmers reported that S. tropicalis lays its eggs on,
and the larvae live in, swine and cattle excrement, where they may be
predaceous.

Greenberg (1971) describes S. stercoraria as being facultatively
eusynanthropic under rustic conditions, but otherwise hemisynanthropic.
Scathophaga tropicalis appears to be no different. Although the numbers
are low and their relevancy questionable since adults are more symbovine, I
calculated a synanthropic index of + 50 (n=22, at 4000 m) which is
indicative of a hemisynanthropic habit. In fact, the majority of specimens
(69%, n=88) were captured at hemisynanthropic sites, with only 1 netted
at an asynanthropic area.

Both sexes of adult S. stercoraria are well known indiscriminate
predators of other adult Diptera (ref. cit.), and their sponging mouthparts
are modified accordingly (Cotterell, 1920; Hobby, 1934; Bletchly, 1953).
Their fleshy labella, terminal on a flexible, retractile proboscis possess few
pseudotracheae, and well developed prestomal teeth for rasping punctures

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December. 1986 211

in the exoskeleton of its prey. Habits and proboscis morphology of adult S.
tropicalis generally agree with that of S. stercoraria. During bait collections,
S. tropicalis appeared to be drawn upwind to carrion in search of prey,
rather than to feed directly on the carrion. Under the low temperatures of
high altitudes these dung flies remained low to the ground and were airborne
for only momentary periods, finally alighting close to the carrion as if
patrolling for insect prey. On a few occasions adults were observed
capturing smaller Diptera, in one instance an adult captured and fed upon
the flow fly Sarconesia magellanica (LeGuillou) (Fig. IB). Labellar
morphology is also consistent with a predaceous habit (Fig. 2). The labella
are reduced when everted, exposing 2 rows of greatly enlarged prestomal
teeth, each of which consisted of 8 bicuspid teeth fused at their bases into a
plate articulating with the discal sclerite (Figs. 2B and 2C). Figure 2D also
shows detail of the enlarged lateral pseudotracheae, relatively few in
number for flies (8 for labellar lobe), which are ribbed and tubular in
appearance as they lead into the food canal. No sexual differences were
observed among the mouthparts of S. tropicalis. By contrast, S. stercoraria
has been reported to have 9 pseudotracheae and usually 7 fused bicuspid
teeth (Bletchly, 1953).

The aforementioned results indicate that S. tropicalis occupies a niche
in Peru akin to that of Holarctic S. stercoraria. This investigation now
forms a basis for future studies on S. tropicalis' importance as predators of

alpine, disease-vectoring flies.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Dr. W.E. Dale, Departamento de Entomologia, Universidad Nacional
Agraria, Lima, whose cooperation facilitated the field work in Peru. Michael Szyska assisted
in the collection of specimens and contributed the photograph of the act of predation. Ronald
Wibel, Scanning Electron Microscopist, Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Illinois at
Chicago (UIC), contributed the micrographs of mouthparts. Drs. R.J. Gagne and C.W.
Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S.D.A., U.S. National Museum, and Dr.
J.R. Vockeroth, Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, critically reviewed the manuscript
and contributed to its improvement. Field work was supported by N.S.F. Grant No. 79-
05282, Division of International Programs, to Dr. B. Greenberg (UIC).

LITERATURE CITED

Albuquerque, D. de O. 1 984. A catalog of the Diptera of the Americas South of the United

States, Family Scatophagidae. Museu de Zool., Univ. de Sao Paulo 96B: 1-4.
Baumgartner, D.L. 1984. Distribution and bionomics of the blow flies (Diptera, Calliphoridae)of

Peru. M.S. thesis. University of Illinois at Chicago. 151 pp.
Baumgartner, D.L. and B. Greenberg. 1985. Distribution and medical ecology of the blow

flies (Diptera: Calliphoridae) of Peru. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 78: 565-587.
Bletchly, J.D. 1953. The mouth-parts of the yellow dung-fly, Scopeuma (=Scatophaga)

stercoraria (L.) (Diptera, Cordyluridae). Zool. Soc. London Proceed. 123: 143-165.
Coffey, M.D. 1966. Studies on the association of flies (Diptera) with dung in southeastern

Washington. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 207-218.

212

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 1. A) Typical hemisynanthropic habitat (4000 m) of Scathophaga tropicalis and;
(B) a male S. tropicalis preying upon the blow fly Sarconesia magellanica in a field
near Juaja.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

213

3
00

214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Cole, F.R. and E.I. Schlinger. 1969. Flies of Western North Ameria. Univ. Calif. Press.

693 pp.
Cotterell, G.S. 1920. The life-history and habits of the yellow dungfly (Scatophaga

stercoraria); a possible blow-fly check. Proceed. Zool. Soc. London 1920: 629-647.
Cuny, R. 1983. Las moscas escatofagas (Scathophagidae, Diptera) de Latinoame'rica. Rev.

Per. Entomol. 26: 9-19.

Greenberg, B. 1971. Flies and Disease. Vol. 1. Princeton Univ. Press. 856 pp.
Gregor, F. and M. Daniel. 1976. To the knowledge of fauna of synanthropic flies of the

Nepal Himalaya. Folia Parasit. (Praha) 23: 61-68.
Hewitt, C.G. 1914. On the predaceous habits of Scatophaga: a new enemy of Musca

domestica. Can. Entomol. 46: 2-3.
Hobby, B.M. 1934. Notes on the predaceous Anthomyiidae and Cordyluridae (Dipt.)

Entomol. Monthly Mag. 70: 185-190.
Khaliulin, G.L. and F.G. Zainullina. 1978. [Scatophaga stercoraria as a culicidiphage in

the cattle-rearing complex of the Mari ASSR, USSR]. Parasit. 12: 83-84.
L'vchiev, V.I. and 'LG. Zhekov. 1980. [A contribution to a study of flies in united cattle

farms]. Ekologiya, Bulgaria 6: 26-36.
Markus, M.B. 1980. Flies as natural transport hosts of Sarcocvstis and other coccidia. J.

Parasit. 66: 361-362.
Parker, G.A. 1970. The reproductive behaviour and the nature of sexual selection in

Scatophaga stercoraria L. (Diptera: Scatophagidae). I. Diurnal and seasonal changes in

population density around the site of mating and oviposition. J. Anim. Ecol. 39: 185-204.
Parker, G.A. 1974. The reproductive behaviour and the nature of sexual selection in

Scatophaga stercoraria L. (Diptera- Scatophagidae). IX. Spatial distribution of fertilization

rates and evolution of male search strategy within the reproductive area. Evol. 28: 93-108.
Service, M.W. 1973. Study of the natural predators of Aedes cantons (Meigen) using the

precipitin test. J. Med. Entomol. 10: 503-510.
Stone, A., C.W. Sabrosky, W.W. Wirth, R.H. Foote, and J.R. Coulson. 1965. A Catalog

of the Diptera of America North of Mexico. U.S. Dept. Agric., A.R.S., Agric. handbk. #

276. 1696 pp.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 215

CONTACT BEHAVIOR OF THE WHIRLIGIG
BEETLE DINEUTUS ASSIMILIS
(COLEOPTERA: GYRINIDAE)1

Jerome E. Freilich^

ABSTRACT: Touching interactions of individually sexed and numbered gyrinid beetles
(Dineutus assimilis) were observed and recorded in the laboratory. Certain individuals
touched and were touched more than others. Males kept isolated from females were touched
significantly more often immediately after being placed with females than they were when the
sexes were allowed to cohabit for 48 hrs prior to testing. Significantly more touches occurred
on the touched beetle's posterior third than on the middle or anterior thirds of the body.
Because touching is non-random and related to daily activity patterns, a possible communica-
tion function is postulated.

Whirligig beetles (Coleoptera: Gyrinidae) swim on the surface of
freshwater, eating material that falls on the water (Hatch 1925, Smith 1926,
Balduf 1935). They are often numerous where they occur, aggregating
together in large rafts (Heinrich and Vogt 1980).

Gyrinids usually swim circular paths. If disturbed, the beetles escape
with a characteristic "dizzy whirling" but slower circles are the more usual
means of locomotion. Kolmes (1983 a) used the term "close circle" to
describe close-range approaches to prey objects. Similar circles, however,
frequently bring the beetles into proximity with each other and it is during
these close encounters that they frequently touch one another. A touch
consists of the "toucher" beetle bumping its head against the body of a
"touchee." The forelegs may or may not be extended towards the
"touchee" in the instant preceding contact. Typically, a beetle will touch
another, swim several circles, and then return to touch that same individual
again. This repetition of touching is seen despite the fact that all of the
beetles may be moving in seemingly random circles of their own.

This study was undertaken to determine whether there were any
predictable patterns to these physical touches; in particular whether certain
body parts were touched more in these interactions, and whether different
individuals either performed or received a disproportionate share of the
contacts.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Adult Dineutus assimilis Aube were collected from a pond in Ithaca,
NY during April and May 1980. The beetles were kept indoors (in a

1 Received February 3, 1986. Accepted August 5, 1986.

^Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 215-221, November & December. 1986

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

window) at room temperature f ca. 22'' C) in plastic containers measuring 25
x 33 x 15 cm. Pond water was provided in the pans to a depth of 3-4 cm and
was replaced even,- 2 days. A small mat of filamentous algae was added to
each pan to provide resting/hiding places. To prevent escapes the trays
were covered when not being observed.

Beetles were sexed immediately after collection and were maintained
separately thereafter. Each beetle was tagged by applying white typing
correction fluid to the elytra and scratching a number in the white spot with
an insect pin. The marking was done in such a way that the beetles could fly
and stridulate normally and both of these behaviors were observed during
the experiment. Beetles were fed at least twice a week with live, disabled
mosquitos (Aedes aegypti) from a university culture.

Beetles used in experiments were chosen at random from the single sex
groups and placed together in a separate f identical) pan for data recording.
Four trials used mixed-sex groups of 3 males and 3 females. Six single-sex
trials used either 10 males or 10 females.

Two sorts of observations were made: in some trials the focal beetles
were the "touchers" and in other trials the focal beetles were the
"touchees." In head to head contacts it is moot which is "toucher" and
which "touchee." In these cases, the "toucher" got the score if touchers
were being watched and the "touchee" got the score if the touchees were
being watched. Each beetle was watched for a predetermined number of
touches, (either 10 or 15 depending on the trial), before moving on to the
next individual in a randomized rotation.

Touch location and touch sequence were noted by recording a beetle's
number followed by a second digit coded for contact location. Touches were
divided into 3 categories (Fig. 1): #1 anterior, #2 middle, and #3
posterior, thirds of the body. A total of 1242 separate touching contacts
were scored to determine which beetle touched which. Of those. 1099 were
scored to determine the touch location on the beetle being touched.

Touches were not counted if they resulted from one or both beetles
following the walls of the container. Touches were performed at varying
speeds, however they were nearly always slow enough for the beetle
numbers to be plainly visible. At times of great activity (e.g. if the pan was
bumped accidently) it is possible that some touches may have been too
rapid to record.

RESULTS

Touch Location. Table 1 shows the results of 4 single sex trials while
Table 2 shows the results of 2 mixed sex trials. The data from both indicate
that a significantly greater number of couches occurred on the posterior third
of the body. Therefore, the null hypothesis that touches were distributed
equally among the 3 locations must be rejected ( chi-square test, p <0.00 1 ).

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December. 1986

217

V

Figure 1 . The 3 types of touch contacts made by Dineutus beetles while swimming on the
water surface: (A) Type* 1 contact, head to head. (B) Type #2 contact touches on the middle
third of the body, and (C) Type #3 contact, touches on the posterior third of the body.
All contacts are made with the head of the touching beetle and are pan of continuous circular
or elliptical swimming. Note that types #2 and #3 could be made by the 'toucher' beetle
approaching from either clockwise (illustrated) or counter-clockwise direction. In addition,
the 'toucher' beetle could be on either side of the 'touchee.'

218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Touch Sequence. Touch sequences were recorded to see if beetles
touched other available individuals randomly. Tables 3 and 4 show results
of 4 trials in which 1242 contacts were scored in mixed sex interactions.

The first 3 trials, shown in Table 3, involved groups of 3 males and 3
females that had not contacted a member of the opposite sex for at least a
week preceding the trial. The 799 contacts represented by these trials
revealed that males touched males 192 times and females 195 times.
Females touched males considerably more often than they touched other
females, 268 times versus 144 times. The null hypothesis that the six
individuals should receive equal number of touches is not supported (chi-
square test, p < 0.001). In addition, these tests showed a significant sex
difference; males were touched more by males and females than chance
would allow (chi- square test, males touch males p < 0.001 , females touch
males p < 0.05).

An additional trial involving 443 contacts utilized beetles that were
housed together for 48 hrs before the trial. These results, shown in Table 4,
still indicated that touching was non-random (chi-square test, p < 0.001)
but failed to reveal significant sex differences.

In all trials, certain individuals proved to be particularly active;
touching and being touched more often than others. If the data in Tables 3 or
4 are used to form dyads (paired sums of all contacts between, for example,
male Aa and female Bb plus all contacts of female Bb with male Aa), these
clearly indicate that some beetles were the centers of more contact than
others. Yet these individuals were not perceptibly different (e.g. larger or
more centrally located in the group) than the others.

Table 1. Combined results of 4 single sex trials showing touch location. All trials involved 10
beetles of the same sex; 2 trials with males, 2 with females. Each trial involved watching a focal
individual make 10-15 contacts, then selecting another focal individual until all had been
observed.

Trial Number and Composition

Touch 123 4 Total

Location* Males (n=10) Females (n=10) Touches

Anterior 50 36 43 24 153

Middle 39 44 37 48 168

Posterior 61 55 68 48 232

*See Fig. 1

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

219

Table 2. Combined results of 2 mixed sex trials showing touch location. The specific
individuals touched are indicated with the location where thev received touches.

Touch
Location*

Anterior

Middle

Posterior

Number of Touches Received by Focal Individuals

469
Males

1

2

Females

25

13

24

21

40

26

11
11

48

30

33
42

18
29

52

27
42
54

Total

124
160

262

*See Fig. 1

Table 3. Matrix of the combined results of 3 trials in which the individuals touched are scored
according to which individuals touched them irrespective of touch location. Sexes were
maintained separately until just before trials.

Individual
Performed
Touching

Females

Males

Number of Touches Received by Individuals
Females Males

1
2
3

4
6
9

1

31

27

29
19

38

2

17

24

18
17
27

3

19

26

17
11
19

4

34
28
29

36

27

6

25
27
28

34
27

9
42

25
30

39
29

Table 4. Matrix of the results of a single trial of 432 contacts. Individuals touched are scored
according to which individuals touched them irrespective to touch location. Sexes were housed
together for 24 hrs prior to the trial.

Individual that
Performed Touching

Females

Males

Number of Touches Received by Individuals
Females Males

4

6

10

2
9

5

11
13

8
8

6

12

23

18
29
16

10

12
20

19
16

5

2

5

8

16

10
10

9
29

21
12

20
23

5
19

12

12
10

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DISCUSSION

Gyrinids are extremely precise and agile in their movements. Conse-
quently, it seems unlikely that their bumps should be accidental or without
function. Moreover, the same frequent inter-individual contacts may be
seen in rafts of wild whirligigs unconstrained by laboratory container or
enforced crowding. Several authors have mentioned gyrinids touching or
bumping into one another as incidental to some other behavior (e.g. Kolmes
1983b; Hatch 1925). Bendele(1986) details the "chasing behaviour" of 2
Gyrinus species but only mentions that "a beetle pursues another one and
occasionally catches it." I conclude that patterned touching behavior in
whirligigs has not been previously reported. It is apparent in all Dineutus
species I have observed.

Touch sequence data did not demonstrate consistent sex differences but
did show that touching is non-random. Sexual behavior was not observed
either in the laboratory or in the field during the period of this study. My own
observations and notes by Smith ( 1 926) indicate that mating and oviposition
occur later ( in late May and June) in the Ithaca area, so it may have been too
early to detect sexual behaviors. Differences between Tables 3 and 4 thus
might be due to novelty effect rather than sex.

Recent attention has been focused on potential benefits of aggregation
in neustonic insects (Bronmark et al 1984; Deshefy 1980; Foster and
Treherne 1981; Treherne and Foster 1981, 1982). Heinrich and Vogt
( 1 980) studied both the adaptive benefits of rafting and also the temporal
mechanisms of raft construction. I have (personal observation) noted
strongly patterned diel cycles in whirligigs where touching frequency was
correlated with other daily activity levels.

The decided preference for posterior touching may be related to the
presence of exocrine glands in this area (Hatch 1927; Newhart and
Mumma 1979). The defensive function of these glands has received most
attention (Meinwald et al. 1972; Benfield 1972), but the possibility of
intraspecific chemical communication has not been eliminated. Since the
beetles touch with their head (and thus antennae and mouthparts) it is at
least possible that some chemical cues are being detected.

Based on these results, I propose that Dineutus individuals use physical
contacts to mediate their rafting behavior. This mechanism would be a
simple yet effective way of transferring information. Further study will be
needed to test how touching corresponds to overall activity levels and
whether this behavior is used in some self- assessment by beetles in a raft.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Thanks are due to Dr. Robert Matthews and Chris Boake who reviewed this manuscript
and provided encouragement. I thank Alice Turner for the drawings of the beetles.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 221

LITERATURE CITED

Balduf, W.V. 1935. The Bionomics of Entomophagous Coleoptera. St. Louis, MO 220 pp.
Bendele, H. 1986. Mechanosensory cues control chasing behaviour of whirligig beetles

(Coleoptera, Gyrinidae). J. Comp. Physiol. A. 158: 405-411.
Benfield, E.F. 1972. A defensive secretion of Dineutus discolor. Ann. Ent Soc. Am.

65: 1324-1327.
Bronmark, C., B. Malmqvist, and C. Otto. 1984. Anti-predator adaptions in a neustonic

insect ( Velia caprai). Oecologia 61: 1 89-19 1 .
Deshefy, G.A. 1980. Anti-predator behavior in swarms of Rhagovelia obesa (Hemiptera:

Veliidae). Pan. Pac. Ent. 56: 111-112.
Foster, W.A. and J.E. Treherne. 1981. Evidence for the dilution effect in the selfish herd

from fish predation on a marine insect. Nature 293: 466-467.
Hatch, H.M. 1925. An outline of the ecology of the Gyrinidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.

20: 101-114.

1927. The morphology of the Gyrinidae. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts letter Pap.

7: 311-350.
Heinrich,B. and F.D. VogL 1980. Aggregation and foraging behavior of whirligig beetles

(Gyrinidae). Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 7: 179-186
Kolmes, S.A. 1983a. Ecological and sensory aspects of prey capture by the whirligig beetle

Dineutes discolor (Coleoptera: Gyrinidae) J. NY Ent. Soc. 91: 405-412.

. 1983b. Precopulatory behavior of the whirligig beetle Dineutes discolor

(Coleoptera: Gyrinidae). J. NY Ent. Soc. 91: 273-279.
Meinwald, J., K. Opheim, and T. Eisner. 1972. Gyrinidal: A sesquiterpenoid aldehyde

from the defensive glands of gyrinid beetles. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 69: 1208-1210.
Newhart, A.T. and R.O. Mumma 1979. Seasonal quantification and defensive secretions

from Gyrinidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 72: 427-429.

Smith, H.B. 1926. Notes on the behavior of Dineutus americanus. Psyche 33: 156-161.
Treherne, J.E. and W.A. Foster. 1 98 1 . Group transmission of predator avoidance behavior

in a marine insect: The Trafalgar effect. Anim. Behav. 29: 911-917.
Treherne, J.E. and W.A. Foster. 1982. Group size and anti-predator strategies in a marine

insect. Anim. Behav. 32: 536-542.

222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE

NEOTROPICAL KATYDID HAEMODIASMA

TESSELATA (ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE)1

Marc P. Hayes2, D.C.F. Rentz3

ABSTRACT: Ecological observations of activity and the feeding of the arboreal katydid
Haemodiasma tesselata on frog embryos are reported for a montane wet forest site in Costa
Rica.

The large, lichen-patterned Haemodiasma tesselata Brunner, 1895 is
among the more striking pseudophylline katydids. Beier ( 1 963) reported it
from Panama, and it also has been found at Finca Las Cruces, Provincia de
Puntarenas, Costa Rica. It is recognized as a member of the tribe Pleminiini
in having a strongly transverse mesosternum and a produced anterior
margin to the pronotum. Haemodiasma Brunner is distinguished by having
all femora dorsally unarmed, with broadly rounded and unarmed genicular
lobes, and the front femora longer than the pronotum. The genus includes
two species, H. tesselata from Central America and H. pulchra from
Bolivia. The pseudophylline katydids are a group that apparently scavenge
on the particulate "rain" from the canopy of Neotropical forests (Rentz,
1975), but the biology of H. tesselata, until now, has been completely
unknown. We report the following observations.

Observations were made by MPH between 23 April 1 982 and 26 April
1983 along the Rio Guacimal, a small stream which flows through the
highland community of Monteverde in the Cordillera de Tilaran of
northwestern Costa Rica. The site is at ca. 1400 m elevation and is
transitional between tropical pre- montane and lower montane wet forest life
zones of the Holdridge life zone system (Hartshorn, 1983). Most observa-
tions were made at night between 1900 and 0500 hrs (Central Standard
Time).

Haemodiasma tesselata was rarely seen at the study site, which was
used primarily for nocturnal field work on frogs. During 1 3 months, MPH
encountered this katydid only 15 times. DCFR collected only one during
the course of two trips to the same locality. H. tesselata was encountered 1 3
times at night wandering on broadleaf vegetation between 1.5 m and 3 m
above the ground. It may occur higher than this, but few observations were
made above 3 m. No particular effort was made to search for H. tesselata

1 Received May 9, 1986. Accepted August 15, 1986.

Department of Biology, University of Miami, P. O. Box 249 118, Coral Gables, FL 33 1 24.

3CSIRO, Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra ACT 2601, Australia.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 222-224, November & December, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 223

during the day, but two individuals were encountered immobile and resting
on the trunks of large trees. Their mottled green and brown coloration made
them cryptic and initially difficult to distinguish on the lichen-covered bark.

Two observations of feeding of different adult female H. tesselata were
recorded. Both instances occurred at night between 2200 and 2300 hr. In
one case, a katydid was found eating the jelly-encapsulated seeds of an
unidentified plant that was found on the surface of a leaf of a small shrub; in
the other case, an H. tesselata was found eating the jelly-encapsulated
embryos of a glass-frog, Centrolenella fleischmanni (Boettger, 1893)
(Centrolenidae), that had been deposited on the inferior surface of a
vertically oriented leaf of Hedychium coronarium Koenig in Retz., 1783
(Zingiberaceae). Members of the genus Centrolenella are obligately
riparian, depositing eggs on vegetation overhanging freshwater streams
(Starrett and Savage, 1973). Another orthoperan, the gry \\idParoeca nth us
tibialis Saussure, 1897, has been reported to prey upon embryos of C.
fleischmanni at this site (Hayes, 1983).

The female H. tesselata preying on C. fleischmanni embryos consumed
within six minutes an entire clutch containing 23 late-cleavage embryos,
and was little impeded by the presence of a relatively well-hydrated clutch
jelly, 2-4 mm thick. By contrast, P. tibialis was an inefficient predator,
requiring 20 minutes just to break through a single jelly capsule and never
consuming more than 25% of the embryos in each of three clutches ( Hayes,
1983). In each of these cases, the clutch jelly was thin (poorly hydrated), a
condition which may allow easier access to embryos (Hayes, unpubl. data).
Compared to the gryllid, H. tesselata 's larger size (body length
> 60 mm) and mouthparts, and its better-developed, gripping tarsal
pads (characteristic of many pseudo-phyllines; see Morris and Beier,
1982 and Rentz, 1975) are features that seem to make it more efficient at
feeding aboreally on prey found on smooth leaves such as centrolenid
embryos. By contrast, the less specialized tarsal morphology (Hayes, pers.
observ.), and smaller size (body length ca. 30 mm) and mouthparts of P.
tibialis make it less efficient under these same conditions (Hayes, 1983).
The single observation of predation by H. tesselata on the seasonally
abundant embryos of leaf-breeding glass frogs may be a function of this
katydid's rarity in the low, riparian vegetation layer; by contrast, P. tibialis
was encountered by MPH over 20 times as frequently as H. tesselata in this
stratum at Monteverde. That both instances of feeding by H. tesselata
involved jelly-encapsulated food items seem coincidental because nothing
obvious in this katydid's biology suggests that it would specialize on such
food items. However, H. tesselata females may actively seek out protein-
rich food, such as frog embryos (Villa, 1 983), because such foods can make
greater contributions to the development of eggs that females carry.

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Vouchers are deposited in the Entomology Section, Natural History Museum of Los
Angeles County (LACM). Collecting permits were provide by La Direccion de Fauna
Silvestre, San Jose, Costa Rica. Fieldwork was supported by a National Science Foundation
dissertation improvement (DEB-8200275) grant to MPH. Charles Hogue, Chris D. Nagano
(both at Entomology Section, LACM), and two anonymous reviewers improved the
manuscript. This is contribution No. 243 of the Program in Behavior, Ecology, and Tropical
Biology at the University of Miami.

LITERATURE CITED

Beier, M. 1963. Tettigoniidae: subfam. Pseudophyllinae. Orthopterorum Catalogus 5: 1-

246.
Hartshorn, G.S. 1983. Chapter 7: Plants: introduction. In Janzen, D.H., ed. Costa Rican

Natural History. The University of Chicago Press, pp. 118-157.
Hayes, M.P. 1983. Predation on the adults and prehatching stages of glass frogs

(Centrolenidae). Biotropica 15: 74-76.
Morris, G.K. and M. Beier. 1982. Song structure and description of some Costa Rican

katydids (Orthoptera: Tettigonidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 108: 287-314.
Rentz, D.C.F. 1975. Two new katydids of the genus Melanonotus from Costa Rica with

comments on their life history strategies (Tettigoniidae: Pseudophyllinae). Ent. News

86: 129-140.
Starrett, P.H. and J.M. Savage. 1973. The systematic status and distribution of Costa Rican

glass-frogs, genus Centrolenella (Family Centrolenidae), with description of a new species.

Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 72: 57-78.
Villa, J. 1983. Viable frog eggs eaten by phorid fly larvae. J. Herpetol. 17: 278-281.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CLADISTIC ANALYSIS OF NORTH AMERICAN PLATYNINI
AND REVISION OF THE AGONUM EXTENSICOLLE SPECIES
GROUP (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE). J.K. Liebherr. 1986. Univ.
of Calif. Press. 198 pp. $16.95.

Cladistic analysis based on internal male and female reproductive characters and external
characters is used to group exemplar taxa in the carabid tribe Platynini. A classification, key to
genera in North America, and a key to species groups ofAgonum in North America north of
Mexico are presented.

SPIDERS: WEBS, BEHAVIOR, AND EVOLUTION. W.A. Shear,
ed. 1986. Stanford Univ. Press. 492 pp. $55.00.

Thirteen chapters written by sixteen arachnologists present an up-to-date summary of what is
known of the relationships of spiders to their webs, and the light cast by those relationships on
the evolution of spiders. Included is a discussion on whether web-building spiders evolved
from hunting spiders or vice versa.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 225

ACYRTHOSIPHON PISUM (HOMOPTERA:
APHIDIDAE), AN APHID SPECIES

BITING MAN1

Thomas W. Culliney2'3, John R. Ruberson2

ABSTRACT: An account is given of bites received by the authors from the pea aphid,
Acyrthosiphon pisum. The behavior, extremely rare in aphid species, is discussed in the
context of the laboratory conditions under which it occurred.

Homoptera are characterized by a general lack of the predaceous habit
(Cobben, 1978). Published accounts of species biting man are particularly
rare. In an otherwise exhaustive review of the literature, Ryckman (1979)
referred to records in four families of Auchenorrhyncha only. No
sternorrhynchous species were listed. However, a few cases of aphids biting
man have been documented (Docters Van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan and Docters
Van Leeuwen, 1926: 452; Takahashi, 1931: 86, 1934; Aoki etal, 1977).
These have involved oriental gall-making species (Pemphigidae, Eriosomatidae
of authors; referred recently to Aphididae [Hormaphidinae] by Blackman
and Eastop, 1984), and the behavior may be restricted to a particular
defensive morph (Aoki, 1979). In this paper, we report bites received from
the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), a first record for this unusual
behavior in a species of Aphidinae. Banks etal. (1968) previously reported
cannibalism or predation in A. pisum and in other aphidines.

The attacks, by both nymphal and adult apterae, occurred a number of
times in 1985 and early 1986 during inspections of a laboratory colony
reared on broad bean, Viciafaba, in a controlled environment chamber.
Conditions were maintained at ca. 22° C, 50-80% R.H., and a 16L: 8D
hour photoperiod, with fluorescent tubes providing a light intensity of 60 juE srl
rrr2 at plant level. On these occasions, our hands and forearms routinely
accumulated numerous aphids dislodged from the plants. Bites were
received only on the hairless underside of the wrists and, in some cases,
produced small reddish areas and welts. Although aphids parasitic on
herbaceous plants are capable only of relatively shallow stylet penetration,
and do little tissue damage (Pollard, 1973), the watery saliva they inject
may contain a number of toxic compounds (Miles, 1972), including
hemolytic substances (Dewitz, 1915). We often experienced a mild
irritation at the site for as long a two to three hours after receiving bites. This

1 Received April 19, 1986. Accepted May 26, 1986.

2Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853

^Present address: Department of Entomology, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii
96822.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 225-226, November & December, 1986

226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

contrasts with the severe reaction that may result from bites from
phytophagous Heteroptera (Culliney et al, 1 986). A voucher specimen of
one of the offending individuals has been deposited in the Cornell
University Insect Collection under lot #1 147.

Many attacks by phytophagous Hemiptera on humans have been
attributed to behavior influenced by unnatural visual, thermal, tactile
and/ or chemical stimuli (Myers, 1929; Usinger, 1934). In the present case,
conditions under which the incidents occurred were unquestionably artificial.
Also, during examinations of the aphid colony, our hands and forearms
often became stained with sap and other exudates from damaged bean
plants. Bites were always of brief duration and may have represented
exploratory probes into the skin in response to the overlying plant
chemicals.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank A.G. Wheeler, Jr., Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, E.R. Hoebeke,
Cornell University, and two referees for their useful criticisms of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Aoki, S. 1 979. Further observations on Astegopteryx styracicola (Homoptera: Pemphigidae),

an aphid species with soldiers biting man. Kontyu 47(2), 99-104.
Aoki, S., S. Yamane and M. Kiuchi. 1977. On the biters of Astegopteryx styracicola

(Homoptera, Aphidoidea). Kontyu 45(4): 563-570.
Banks, C.J., E.D.M. Macaulay, and J. Holman. 1968. Cannibalism and predation by

aphids. Nature 2 18: 491.
Blackman, R.L. and V.F. Eastop. 1984. Aphids on the world's crops: an identification

guide. New York: John Wiley and Sons. 466 pp.
Cobben, R.H. 1978. Evolutionary trends in Heteroptera. Part II. Mouthpart-structures and

feeding strategies. Meded. Landbouwhogeschool Wageningen 78-5. 407 pp.
Culliney, T.W., D. Pimentel, O.S. NamucoandB.A. Capwell. 1986. New observations of

predation by plant bugs (Hemiptera: Miridae). Can. Ent. 1 18 (7): 729-730.
Dewitz, J. 1915. Uber die Einwirkung der Pflanzenschmarotzer auf die Wirtpflanze.

Naturwiss. Zeitschr. Forst-u. Landwirt. 13(6/7): 288-294.
Docters Van Leeuwen-Reijnvaan, J. and W.M. Docters Van Leeuwen. 1926. The

zoocecidia of the Netherlands East Indies. Batavia: Drukkerij de Unie. 601 pp.
Miles, P.W. 1972. The saliva of Hemiptera. Adv. Insect Physiol. 9: 183-255.
Myers, J.G. 1929. Facultative blood-sucking in phytophagous Hemiptera. Parasitology

21(4): 472-480.
Pollard, D.G. 1973. Plant penetration by feeding aphids (Hemiptera, Aphidoidea): a

review. Bull. Ent. Res. 62(4): 631-714.
Ryckman, R.E. 1979. Host reactions to bug bites (Hemiptera, Homoptera): a literature

review and annotated bibliography. Part I. Calif. Vector Views 26(1/2): 1-24.
Takahashi, R. 1931. Aphididae of Formosa, Part 6. Dept. Agric. Govt. Res. Inst., Formosa

Rept. No. 53. 127 pp.
Takahashi R. 1934. Another aphid producing galls on Stvrax in Formosa (Hemiptera).

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 24(134). 312-314.
Usinger, R.L. 1934. Blood sucking among phytophagous Hemiptera. Can. Ent. 66(5): 97-

100.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

SPIDERS PREYING ON DENDROCTONUS
FRONTALIS (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)1

Daniel T. Jennings^, Herbert Allen Pase,

ABSTRACT: Two species of spiders, Platycn'ptus undatus (Araneae: Salticidae) and
Verrucosaarenata(A.Taneidae), preyed on adults of the southern pine beetle in Texas. These
are the first reported observations of spiders feeding on Dendroctonus frontalis.

Although spiders are among the dominant predatory arthropods in
forest ecosystems, few have been observed preying on destructive bark
beetles of the family Scolytidae. Reid (1963) observed a crab spider,
Coriarache (sic) [ = Coriarachne (Thomisidae)], feeding on newly
emerged adults of the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus ponderosae
Hopkins (= monticolae Hopkins), in British Columbia. An oxyopid spider,
Oxyopes scalaris Hentz (Oxyopidae), and a theridiid spider, Theridion
goodnightorum Levi (Theridiidae), were observed feeding on adults of the
pine engraver beetle, Ips pini (Say), in Arizona (Jennings and Pase III
1975). In Europe, Moor and Nyffeler (1984) reported that a species of
erigonid spider (Erigonidae) fed on species of Hylurgops and Pityogenes.

In this paper, we describe observations and collections of two species of
spiders feeding on adults of the southern pine beetle, Dendroctonus
frontalis Zimmermann in southeastern Texas.

On October 22, 1975, the junior author observed salticid jumping
spiders on bark of a live loblolly pine, Pinus taeda L., at Spurger, Tyler Co.,
TX. The tree was under attack by southern pine beetles. Four spiders, two
with beetle prey, were collected and preserved in vials containing 70%
ethanol. Subsequently the senior author identified the spiders as Metacyrba
undata (De Geer) [now a junior synonym of Platycryptus undatus (De
Geer), see Hill (1979)] (Salticidae), 3 males, 1 female; the prey was D.
frontalis, 1 male, 1 female. After collection and preservation, one male
spider still grasped its beetle prey (female); the cheliceral fangs were
partially embedded in the membranous area between the beetle's pronotum
and elytra. The other beetle prey (male) had a puncture wound on the
pronotum, possibly inflicted by a spider's fang.

On November 6, 1975, the junior author collected two orb- weaving
spiders with southern pine beetle prey in their webs at Spurger, Tyler Co.,
TX. The spiders and beetle prey were: Verrucosa arenata (Walck.)

'Received May 5, 1986. Accepted June 14, 1986.

^Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, USDA Building, University of Maine, Orono,
Maine 04469.

^Texas Forest Service, Lufkin, Texas 75901.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 227-229. November & December, 1986

228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

( Araneidae), 2 females; D. frontalis, 3 males. One beetle had been wrapped
in silk; the remaining two beetles were unwrapped, possibly indicating
recent capture.

Spiders and beetle prey are deposited in the arachnid collection of the
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.

The salticid P. undatus is a common species found throughout the
eastern half of the United States (Barnes 1958); apparently the collections
from Tyler County represent new county records. Kaston (1948, 1981)
noted that Marpissa undata (De Geer) [now a junior synonym of
Metacyrba undata (De Geer), see Barnes (1958) and Platycryptus
undatus (De Geer), see Hill (1979)] had been taken from loose bark of
trees, but the trees were not identified. Howden and Vogt (1951) found this
spider under loose bark of dead and dying Virginia pine, Pinus virginiana
Mill., in Maryland; scolytid pitch tubes were abundant on the trees. In a
survey of the fauna inhabiting the bark of loblolly pine and shortleaf pine, P.
echinata Mill., in North Carolina, Ramsey ( 1 94 1 ) collected 1 6 P. undatus.

This jumping spider frequently is observed on the bark of southern pines
in east Texas. We have not observed P. undatus on the bark of hardwood
trees, but undoubtedly it occurs there also.

The orb weaver V. arenata is found in the eastern United States from
New York State southward to Panama. This species is commonly found in
woods where the spider builds a vertical web and retreat (Levi 1976).
Unlike most orb weavers, females of V. arenata orient with their anterior
ends up in webs ( Kaston 1981). Peck et al. ( 1 97 1 ) collected this spider from
shortleaf and loblolly pines in Arkansas. In late summer and early fall, webs
of V. arenata are common in mixed pine-hardwood forests of east Texas.

Our observations and collections are the first recorded examples of
spiders preying on adults of the southern pine beetle. Spiders were not
included in the lists of known predators of D. frontalis given by Overgaard
(1968), Moore (1972), or Berisford [1980]. The southern pine beetle is
most susceptible to predation by spiders during the beetle's emergence,
dispersal, and attack phases. Hunting spiders most likely kill D. frontalis
beetles when the beetles are emerging from host trees or when they are
attacking new host trees. Because bark beetles fly during dispersal, web-
building spiders are most likely their captors. Deployment of bark-beetle
pheromones near spider webs may attract potential prey, including bark
beetles and their parasites and invertebrate predators. This potential
method of enhancing spider predation needs further investigation.

No doubt forest entomologists have overlooked or ignored spider
predation as a potential source of bark beetle mortality in the past.
Numerous species of hunting spiders are corticolous in habit , e.g., species
of Coriarachne, Orodrassus, Metaphidippus, Philodromus, and others.
Web-building species of A raneus, Theridion, and Dictyna build their aerial

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 229

traps on or suspended from tree foliage. Bark beetles, and perhaps some of
their natural enemies (De Leon 1934), are susceptible to spider predation
during the beetle's flight or dispersal period (Jennings and Pase III 1975;
Moeck and Safranyik 1984). The frequency and impact of spider predation
on bark beetle populations and their natural enemies need further investigation.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We appreciate the review comments of Gene D. Amman, USD A Forest Service,
Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, Ogden; C. Wayne Berisford, University of
Georgia, Athens; Ronald F. Billings, Texas Forest Service, Lufkin; Richard Goyer,
Department of Entomology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge; Henry Moeck,
Canadian Forestry Service, Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.; and our two
anonymous reviewers.

LITERATURE CITED

Barnes, Robert D. 1958. North American jumping spiders of the subfamily Marpissinae

(Araneae, Salticidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates No. 1867. 1-50.
Berisford, C. Wayne. [1980]. Natural enemies and associated organisms, pp. 31-52. In

Robert C. Thatcher, Janet L. Searcy, Jack E. Coster, and Gerald D. Hertel (eds.). The

Southern Pine Beetle. USDA, Forest Service, Science and Education Administration

Tech. Bull. 1631. 267 pp.
De Leon, Donald. 1934. An annotated list of the parasites, predators, and other associated

fauna of the mountain pine beetle in western white pine and lodgepole pine. Can. Entomol.

66: 51-61.

Hill, D.E. 1979. The scales of salticid spiders. Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 65: 193-218.
Howden, Henry F. and George B. Vogt 1951. Insect communities of standing dead pine

(Pinus virginiana Mill.). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 44: 581-595.
Jennings, Daniel T. and Herbert Allen Pase III. 1975. Spiders preying on Ips bark beetles.

Southwestern Nat. 20: 225-229.
Kaston, Benjamin Julian. 1 948. Spiders of Connecticut. Bull. Connecticut State Geol. Nat.

Hist. Surv. 70: 1-874.
Kaston, Benjamin Julian. 1981. Spiders of Connecticut. Rev. ed. Bull. Connecticut State

Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. 70: 1-1020.
Levi, Herbert W. 1976. The orb-weaver genera Verrucosa, Acanthepeira, Wagneriana,

Acacesia, Wixia, Scoloderus and Alpaida north of Mexico. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.

147(8): 351-391.
Moeck, H.A. and L. Safranyik. 1984. Assessment of predator and parasitoid control of bark

beetles. Can. For. Serv., Pacific For. Res. Centre. Info. Rept. BC-X-248, 24 pp.
Moor, Hans and Martin Nyffeler. 1984. A bark beetle-eating spider, Troxochrus nasutus

(Araneae, Erigonidae). Faun-Oekol Mitt. 5(9/10): 193-198.
Moore, Gordon E. 1972. Southern pine beetle mortality in North Carolina caused by

parasites and predators. Environ. Entomol. 1: 58-65.
Overgaard, N.A. 1 968. Insects associated with the southern pine beetle in Texas, Louisiana.

and Mississippi. J. Econ. Entomol. 61: 1197-1201.
Peck, W.B., L.O. Warren and Imon L. Brown. 1971. Spider fauna of shortleaf and loblolly

pines in Arkansas. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 6: 87-94.

Ramsey, Helen. 1941. Fauna of pine bark. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 57: 91-97.
Reid, R.W. 1963. Biology of the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae Hopkins, in

the East Kootenay Region of British Columbia. III. Interaction between the beetle and its

host, with emphasis on brood mortality and survival. Can. Entomol. 95: 225-238.

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PRELIMINARY CHECKLIST OF THE MAYFLIES
(EPHEMEROPTERA) OF ALABAMA1

Boris C. Kondratieff2, Steven C. Harris3

ABSTRACT: One hundred and twelve species of mayflies, including 35 new state records
are identified for Alabama. The richness of fauna is indicative of the physiographic diversity
represented in the state.

The many available records of Alabama mayflies were first assembled
by Berner (1977). Many more state records, as well as additional
distributional data within the state, have been added since the initial
compilation of Berner. Much of this new information has been the result of
an intensive survey of aquatic insects in Alabama begun in 1981 by one of
us (SCH). Additional records have resulted from the research efforts of
other workers in Alabama.

The richness of the mayfly fauna in Alabama is indicative of the range
of physiographic regions represented in the state. These include the East
Gulf Coastal Plain, Piedmont Plateau, Valley and Ridge, and Appalachian
Plateau, including the Highland Rim Plateau and Cumberland Plateau
subregions (Fig. 1).

The following preliminary checklist follows the classification scheme of
McCafferty and Edmunds (1979). A total of 15 families, 45 genera and
112 species are included. These records are the result of light trapping and
aerial netting for adults as well as the collection of nymphs. The 35 new
state records are each indicated by an asterisk. County records (numbers)
referring to figure 1 follow each species.

Siphlonuridae

*Ameletus lineatus Traver. 1, 3, 25.

This species, a possible synonym of the more northern A. ludens Needham, has been

collected only from springs.
*Siphlonurus quebecensis (Provancher). 2, 4, 14.

Three males and six females of this widespread eastern species were collected in light traps

from April to May.

1 Received April 21, 1986. Accepted August 16, 1986.

^Department of Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO 80523.

3 Aquatic Biology Program, Department of Biology, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL
35486.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 230-236, November & December, 1986

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December. 1986

231

HIGHLAND RIM PLATEAU

CUMBERLAND PLATEAU

VALLEY AND RIDGE

PIEDMONT
PLATEAU

EAST GULF
COASTAL

PLAIN

Figure 1 . Counties and physiographic provinces of Alabama.

232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Baetidae

Baetis amplus (Traver). 12, 15, 21, 32, 34, 35, 40, 41, 44, 52, 53, 60, 65-67. This species is

widely distributed in Alabama, with adults emerging from February to May, and apparently

is univoltine.
Baetis ephippiatus Traver. 12, 21, 25, 32, 35, 44, 57, 64, 65, 66, 67. This species and the

following four are most abundant in Coastal Plain streams. Adults were collected

throughout the warm months.

B. frondalis McDunnough. 10, 14, 25, 53, 60, 64-67.

B. intercalaris McDunnough. 1, 14, 18, 26, 32-35, 41, 43, 44, 58-61, 64, 67.
B. propinquus( Walsh). 1,11,25,29,32-34,38,41,43,44,49,52,53,57,59,60,61,64-67.
B. pygmaeus (Hagen). 1, 20, 21, 25, 34, 41, 53, 54, 60, 65-67.

B. tricaudatus Dodds. 3, 14.

Several adults (April to June) assignable to this apparently geographically wide ranging

species were collected from small, cool streams of the Appalachian Plateaus.
Callibaetis floridanus Banks. 35, 53, 58, 60, 65-67.

The recent revision by Check (1982), allows separation of the species of Callibaetis. No

males of this species were collected in light traps.
*C. fluctuant (Walsh). 23.

Two males were collected in a light trap of this more northern and midwestern species.

C. pretiosus Banks. 65-67.

Centroptilum hobbsi Berner. 32, 34, 35, 44, 58, 60.
*C. fragile McDunnough. 4.

Two males apparently of this species were collected in April from a small stream.
C. viridocularis Berner. 34, 43, 44, 66, 67.
*Cloeon alamance ( fraver). 29.

Several mature nymphs of this :pecies were collected from a medium-size tributary of the

Tallapoosa River.

C. rubropictum McDunnough. 5, 26, 41, 44, 64.
*Heterocloeon curiosum (McDunnough). 29.

Two males and three females were collected in June from the Tallapoosa River.
Pseudocloeon bimaculatum Berner. 44, 60, 65-67.
P. Carolina Banks. 1, 14, 21, 23, 32, 34.
P. dubium (Walsh). 1 1, 34, 35, 64.
P. parvulum McDunnough. 1, 25, 32-34, 44.
P. punctiventris McDunnough. 5, 1 1, 14, 21, 32, 38, 44, 60.
Paracloeodes sp. 5, 32, 34, 35.

Metretopodidae

*Siphloplecton basale (Walker). 23.

Fifteen males and three females were collected March 1 3 from Little Yellow Creek and Mill
Creek. Berner ( 1978) previously listed North Carolina as the most southern record for this
transcontinental species.

S. speciosum Traver. 22, 23, 51, 66.

Oligoneuriidae

Homoeoneuria cahabensis Pescador and Peters. 35.

Originally described from a large series of specimens from the Cahaba River, it is also
known from Mississippi. No additional specimens were collected during this study.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 233

Isonvchia arida(Say). 1 1, 12, 18, 21, 24, 25, 34, 35, 40, 41, 44, 52, 53, 55, 58, 60, 64, 65,

67.

This species is most abundant in medium-size streams with shifting sand substrate and is the

most common Isonvchia of Alabama.
/. berneri Kondratieff and Voshell. 65-67.

This is a species of the Coastal Plain, collected frequently from Turkey and Sandy Creek in

Baldwin County from May to June.
/. bicolor( Walker). 14-18, 20-22, 25, 27, 32-35, 44, 45.

This eastern North American species has been collected from the Piedmont Valley and

Ridge and Cumberland Plateau physiographic provinces.
*/. georgiae McDunnough. 6, 13, 25, 31, 33, 42.

This species has been previously reported from Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia

(Kondratieff and Voshell 1984). Adults were collected from cool streams of the plateaus

and Valley and Ridge provinces in May and June.
*/. sayi Burks. 33.
*/. similis Traver. 10.

This species is common in low order mountain streams of Virginia, Tennessee, North

Carolina, and South Carolina. The only Alabama record is from a small, cool stream on the

Highland Rim Plateau in August.

Heptageniidae

*Cinygmula subaequalis (Banks). 2, 4.

This species was collected from several small, cool steams of the Highland Rim Plateau in

April.
*Epeorus rubidus (Traver). 4, 10.

Four males were collected in June from two small, cool streams.
*E. viireus (Walker). 1, 14.

This species emerges in May and June and was represented by six males.
Heptagenia flavescens (Walsh). 5, 41.
H. marginal is Banks. 5, 17, 18, 25.
H. pulla (Clemens). 5, 13.

Leucrocuta aphrodite (McDunnough). 1, 5, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21. 25, 27, 32, 34. 66.
L. hebe (McDunnough). 11, 13, 14.
L. juno (McDunnough). 5. 25.

Two males were collected from Wallace Branch, Tuscaloosa County.
L. maculipennis (Walsh). 9, 17, 20, 34, 35, 38, 41. 53.
L. minerva (McDunnough). 17, 25, 27, 34.
Macdunnoa persimplex (McDunnough). 44.
*M. brunnea Flowers. 8.
*Nixe rusticalis (McDunnough). 8.

Three males apparently of this species was collected from a medium-size stream in June.
Pseudiron centralis McDunnough. 41.
*Rhithrogena arnica Traver. 10.

One male of this species was collected in a light trap in June.
R. pellucida Daggy. 1. 35.
R. uhari Traver. 25. 35.
*Stenacron Carolina (Banks). 1, 2.

This Appalachian species was represented by a few specimens collected in May from

several low order cool streams on the Highland Rim Plateau.
5. interpunctatum(Say). 1,5,8,9, 12. 15. 16. 18-23,25,26,28.31,34.37.41.43.45.52-

55, 65-67.

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

This variable species is common in small to large streams with slow to fast current,

throughout Alabama. Some adults approached 5. floridense (Lewis). No nymphs of the

latter species were available.
Stenonema exiguum Traver. 1, 13-16, 18, 20, 25, 27, 34, 35, 40, 41, 44, 45, 52, 53, 55, 58,

60, 65-67.
S. femoratum (Say). 1, 7, 8, 10-15, 18, 20-22, 25, 27, 34, 38, 49, 51, 55.

This is primarily a species of smaller streams and spring runs throughout Alabama.
5. ithaca (Clemens and Leonard). 1, 2.

Six males and two females of this Appalachian species were collected from several cool

streams on the Highand Rim Plateau.
S. mediopunctatum McDunnough. 5, 14.
*S. meririvulanum Carle and Lewis. 10, 25.

This species was restricted to springs and small spring-fed spring runs of the Cumberland

Plateau.

S. mexicanum integrum (McDunnough). 34, 37, 38, 41, 43, 45, 53, 58, 60, 64-67.
S. modestum (Banks). 1, 2, 10-12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, 21, 25, 27, 33.

This variable species was difficult to separate from S. smithae as adults, but was generally

distributed north of the Fall Line.
S. pudicum (Hagen) 2, 23.
S. smithae Traver. 19, 20, 25, 34, 40, 41, 44, 49, 51, 54, 58, 60, 61, 65, 66, 67.

This species was predominant in the coastal plain region, often collected in large numbers in

light traps from medium to large streams throughout the warm months. The type locality of

this species is Tuscaloosa Co., Alabama.
S. terminatum (Walsh). 8, 13, 21, 34, 35, 41.

Leptophlebiidae

Choroterpes hubbelli Berner. 4, 36, 41.
Habrophlebia vibrans Needham. 25, 51, 65.
Habrophlebiodes americana (Banks). 2, 10, 13,17, 22, 25.

Adults of this species was commonly collected from Tyro Creek (Tuscaloosa County) in

June.
H. brunneipennis Berner. 54, 59, 65, 67.

A total of 12 males of this species were collected from small streams of the Coastal Plain.
Leptophlebia bradleyi Needham. 4, 66.

This early emerging species (December and February) was represented by three males.
*L. cupida (Say). 1, 2, 10, 14, 16.

This apparent variable species was collected in April and May from several localities.
L. intermedia (Traver). 60.
* Paraleptophlebia debilis (Walker). 25.

This record represents the southernmost limit of this species (Berner 1975).
P. jeanae Berner. 38. The type locality of this species is Sumter Co., Alabama.
*P. Ontario (McDunnough). 2.

Paraleptophlebia georgiana Traver, originally described from Dalton Co., Georgia is a

probable synonym of the species.
P. volitans (McDunnough). 5, 41, 43, 53, 54, 64-67.

This is the common Paraleptophlebia of the Coastal Plain. Light trap collections were

usually represented by single imagoes or subimagoes.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December. 1986 235

Potamanthidae

*Potamanthus distinctus Traver. 25.

*P. neglect us Traver. 3, 16.

Adults of Potamanthus are difficult to identify from alcohol preserved material. Males
were usually collected, with only few females available. Paint Rock River (Madison Co.)
produced many males of P. neglectus.

Polymitarcyidae

*Ephoron leukon Williamson. 14, 17, 39, 67.
Tortopus incertus (Traver). 34, 35, 41, 58, 67.

Large numbers of adults were collected from the Alabama and Mobile Rivers in July and

August.

Ephemeridae

*Ephemera guttulata Pictet. 1 , 4.

Three females were collected in early May from a stream in each county.
*E. varia Eaton. 25.

Five males and three females were collected in May from a small, cool stream.
Hexagenia bilineata (Say). 1, 9, 1 1, 25, 33, 51, 52, 66, 67.
H. limbata Serville. 1 , 4, 5, 8, 10-21, 23-27, 33, 35, 36, 39, 43, 44, 52, 53, 55, 57-60, 64, 66,

67.

This species is the most common mayfly found in Alabama, distributed throughout the

state, and has been collected from all types of lentic and lotic habitats. We follow

McCafferty (1984) in placing H. munda Eaton as a synonym.

Palingeniidae

Pentagenia vittigera Walsh. 35, 41, 52, 66, 67.

Many adults were collected from the Little River (Baldwin Co.) and the Mobile River
(Mobile Co.) in July - August. All are situated on the Coastal Plain.

Ephemerellidae

Attenella attenuata (McDunnough). 14, 25, 32, 34, 44, 65.
Dannella simplex (McDunnough). 18.
Drunella conestee CTra\er). 5.
*D. tuberculata (Morgan). 1, 4.

Several nymphs were collected from tributaries of the Tennessee and Elk Rivers.
*Ephemerella catawaba Traver. 5, 25.
*E. dorothea Needham. 2.
*E. inconstans Traver. 18.

Five males and eight females were collected from Blue Springs Creek on 18 April.
E. invaria (Walker). 2, 3, 13, 14, 34, 45.
E. needhami McDunnough. 5, 14, 16.
*Eurylophella funeralis ( McDunnough). 1 3 .

Three mature nymphs were collected from a small stream in April.
E. temporalis (McDunnough). 12, 14, 16, 18, 25, 34, 49. 53, 65-67.
Serratella deficiens (Morgan). 1 , 14. 1 5. 21 , 25, 26, 32, 34, 41, 43, 44, 53, 60. 64, 65, 67.
S. serratoides (McDunnough). 5, 9, 14, 15, 17, 26, 32. 53. 65.
5. sordida (McDunnough). 5, 15. 21, 35.

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Tricorythidae

*Leptohypes dolani Allen. 15.

Two nymphs were collected in August from the Coosa River.
Tricorylhodes albilineatus Berner. 4, 34, 35, 41, 59, 65.
Tricorythodes sp. 1, 5, 21, 29, 32-35, 39, 41, 43, 44, 64, 67.

Neoephemeridae

Neoephemera youngi Berner. 43, 44, 65.

Caenidae

Brack ycercus prudens (McDunnough). 35.

Brachycercus sp. 14, 25.

Caenis anceps Traver. 16.

C. diminuta Walker. 15, 17, 25, 34, 35, 37, 44, 53, 58, 60, 66, 67.

C. hilaris (Say). 5, 15, 16, 21, 25, 32, 34-36, 41, 44, 53, 58, 59, 65.

C. jocosa McDunnough. 1, 21, 34.

*C. simulans McDunnough. 15, 25, 53.

Baetiscidae

Baetisca becki Schneider and Berner. 28, 52.

*B. gibber a Berner. 65.

*B. obesa(Say). 22, 65.

B. rogersi Berner. 25, 58, 64, 65.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors acknowledge the work of Lewis Berner in Alabama and throughout the
southeast. We thank Lewis Bemer and Manual L. Pescador for prepublication reviews. The
Geological Survey of Alabama provided resources and facilities to the junior author during the
course of the study and are gratefully acknowledged. We also thank Laura McGrath for typing
several drafts of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Berner, L. 1975. The mayfly family Leptophlebiidae in the southeastern United States.

Florida Entomol. 58: 137-156.
Berner, L. 1977. Distributional pattern of southeastern mayflies (Ephemeroptera). Bull. Fla.

State Mus., Biol. Sci. 22: 1-55.
Berner, L. 1 978. A review of the mayfly family Metretopodidae. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc.

104: 91-137.
Check, G.R. 1982. Arevision of the North American species of Ca///Z>ae//s( Ephemeroptera:

Baetidae). Ph.D. dissertation. Univ. Minnesota. 157 pp.
Kondratieff, B.C., and J.R. Voshell, Jr. 1984. The North and Central American species of

Isonychia( Ephemeroptera: Oligoneuriidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 110: 129-244.
McCafferty, W.P. 1984. A new synonym in Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeridae).

Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 86: 789.
McCafferty, W.P. and G.F. Edmunds, Jr. 1979. The higher classification of the

Ephemeroptera and its evolutionary basis. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 72: 5-12.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 237

HOUSING ARTHROPODS AND OTHER
INVERTEBRATES STORED IN ALCOHOL1

William H. Clark2, Robert E. Gregg3

ABSTRACT: Storage of arthropods and other invertebrates in alcohol is discussed. A
system that employs glass culture tubes with polyethylene plugs housed in wide-mouth glass
canning jars with polyethylene lids is described. The system is easy to use, inexpensive, and
appears to be excellent for long-term storage of specimens in alcohol.

Storage of arthropod and other invertebrate specimens preserved in
alcohol has long been a problem and has been accomplished by many
different methods (Beirne 1955; Borror et al. 1981; Freeman 1974; Gregg
1968; Knudsen 1966; Levi 1966; and Peterson 1959). Gregg (1968)
discussed the subject in detail. Major problems are rusting and corrosion of
jar lids, shell vial contents becoming mixed or lost in the storage jar, small
arthropods becoming entangled in cotton plugs, vials drying out, stoppers
drying out or even swelling, and difficulty in easily locating and retrieving
specific vials.

A storage system has been developed and is being used at the Orma J.
Smith Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho (CIDA), Caldwell,
which overcomes these problems and is relatively inexpensive.

MATERIALS AND METHODS
Storage Jars

The materials required for this storage system are shown in Table 1 .
Ball™ wide mouth, tapered, pint canningjars were selected since they allow
direct removal of any vial in the jar. This jar is also slightly taller than most
other jars of its type and thus allows use of longer vials (up to 10 cm +
stopper) if needed. Each jar holds 24 ( 12 mm I.D.) vials and has room for
fluid to be added to retard evaporation. Canningjars cost roughly 20-30
percent as much as standard jars sold for museum uses. Because the metal
lids that come with canningjars usually rust or corrode in a very short time,
tend to seal in time and are thus difficult to open, we replaced them with a
low density polyethylene lid. The polyethylene lid material is available
from plastic vendors in 4' x 8' sheets (1/16" thick). It is a flexible, non-

deceived March 6. 1986. Accepted September 2. 1986.

^Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho, Caldwell. Idaho 83605.

•^Department of Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80302.

ENT. NEWS 97(5): 237-240, November & December. 1986

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

brittle form of plastic which forms an airtight seal when secured to the jar
with the metal ring which is supplied with the jars. We encountered
problems finding someone to cut the round lids at a cost effective rate and
cut the lids ourselves using a 3 1/4" arch punch (Osborne #149, C.S.
Osborne & Co., Warren St., Harrison, NJ 07029) purchased as a one time
investment of about $90.

Vials

The individual vial system consists of 12 mm (I.D.) non-sterile glass
culture tubes and polyethylene plug stoppers. The culture tubes (Fisher
Scientific Company, 711 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15219, is one of
many suppliers) are very inexpensive ($0.015) in comparison with normal
specimen vials and bottles. Sometimes they can be recycled from other uses
further reducing expense. Several racks are available for supporting the
tubes while they are being used. It was found that the 80 tube capacity Bel-
Art Products® polypropylene rack (# HI 89 10) (cost $6) works best.
Stoppers are available from several sources in clear polyethylene. However, if
desired, colored stoppers can be used to segregate collections by region,
taxon, or other category. Colored stoppers are available from Elkay®
Products Inc. The stoppers and vials can be retrieved easily from the storage
jar with a pair of forceps eliminating any need to empty the entire jar,
reducing inconvenience, alcohol spillage and mess.

Seventy percent isopropyl and ethyl alcohol were used with good
results. Arthropods used in the trial usage of the system were prepared in a
variety of ways: collected directly into alcohol (70 percent isopropyl or
ethanol); fixed in KAAD or boiled and placed into alcohol; or collected in
ethylene glycol (antifreeze) pitfall traps and later transferred to alcohol.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Storage Jars

The storage system is working well in the Museum. One of us (REG)
has stored his ant collection in regular-sized canning jars with the
polyethylene lids since 1970 with good results. Individual polyethylene
plug stoppers have been in use since 1979 (by WHC) with no obvious
effects from contact with alcohol.

The tapered jar allows for 3" tall dividers constructed of 1/4" masonite
or plywood. These dividers form rows on shelves, cabinets, or in drawers
and do not need to be fastened down to be effective.

The system consists of easily obtained materials and is very inexpensive.
The jar and lid cost a total of $0.50 (1986 prices) (Table 1).

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 239

A disadvantage of the canning jar used is that it has raised design and
letters which might make the application of large labels difficult. Labels
indicating the contents of the jars could be placed inside between the vials
and the jar surface.

Vials

We have had the colored vial stoppers submerged in alcohol for 4 years
with no evident color changes and no subsequent coloring of the alcohol or
labels in the vials.

The vial and stopper cost $0.04 (1986 prices) (Table 1). Our total
system costs approximately $1.46 for storage jar and 24 tubes complete
(January 1986 prices) compared with a cost of approximately $3.50 for
similar storage capacity.

Conversion to this system would not involve a change in a museum's
normal protocol for type of alcohol used, type of labels used in the vials and
type of jar labeling. The vials require no additional preparation for shipment
and can be packaged by normal means (Shepard 1985).

Disadvantages of the system are few. The tubes used have a round
rather than fiat base so they are not free standing. Yet even this may be
beneficial as it eliminates any possibility to leave vials standing and thus
leading to spillage. If this is a major problem one can still use standard vials

TABLE 1 . Materials required for storage system of invertebrates in alcohol. Prices current as
of January 1986 and may vary with source.

DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE

Storage container

Ball™ wide mouth tapered pint canning jars^ $0.43

Polyethylene lids2 .07

Cost per storage container $0.50
Individual tubes (vial)

Borosilicate glass disposable culture tubes, 1 2 mm

(I.D.), various lengths^ .025

Polyethylene plug stoppers^ .015

Cost per individual vial $0.04

TOTAL COST PER JAR W/24 TUBES $ 1 .46

1 Available from many local grocers.

2Cut from 4 x 8' x 1/16" low density polyethylene (ca. 380/sheet).

3 Available from most scientific supply outlets. Cost based on No. 14-962-10B (12x75mm)

from Fisher Scientific Products", 711 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15219.
4 Available as Catalog No. 127-0019-100 (for clear stoppers); -101 (red); -102 (blue); -103

(green); -104 (yellow); and -105 (orange) from Elkay" Products, Inc., P.O. Box 5247,

Turnpike Station, 800 Boston Turnpike, Shrewsbury, MA 01545.

240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

with flat bases with this storage jar system. One obvious disadvantage is
that the diameter of the tube limits the size of arthropod that can be stored
inside; however, this is true of any storage system.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Paul Maslin, curator of Herpetological Collections, University of Colorado Museum,
Boulder (now deceased) gave the initial idea for the plastic covers in the storage jar system.
Paul E. Blom and David M. Ward, Jr., have assisted in the development and trial of the
system. Paul Blom and Eric Yensen reviewed and offered valuable comments on the paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Beirne, B.P. 1955. Collecting, preparing and preserving insects. Publ. 932. Canada Dept.

Agric. 133 pp.
Borror, D.J., D.M. DeLong and C.A. Triplehorn. 1981. An introduction to the study of

insects. Hold, Rinehart, and Winston, New York. 852 pp.
Freeman, P. 1974. Insects, Instructions for Collectors, No. 4a. British Museum (Natural

History). London. 169 pp.

Gregg,R.E. 1968. The preservation of invertebrates in alcohol. Entomol. News 79: 1-12.
Knudsen, J.W. 1966. Biological techniques. Harper & Row, New York, 525 pp.
Levi, H.W. 1966. The care of alcoholic collections of small invertebrates. Sys. Zool.

15: 183-188.

Peterson, A. 1959. Entomological techniques. Edwards Bros., Inc., Ann Arbor, MI. 435 pp.
Shepard, W.D. 1985. Simple, safe packaging for mailing specimens in alcohol. Entomol.

News 96: 156.

BOOK RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ECONOMIC IMPACT AND CONTRACT OF SOCIAL INSECTS.
S.B. Vinson, ed. 1986. Praeger Pub. 421 pp. $49.95.

Fourteen chapters written by seventeen contributors concerning the problems that social
insects cause to man, his structures, food and artifacts. Also included are chapters on biology,
physiology, and ecology of several selected social insects. Current control technologies are
discussed.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 241

BOOK REVIEWS

BUTTERFLIES EAST OF THE GREAT PLAINS: An Illustrated
Natural History. Paul A. Opler and George O. Krizek. 1984. Johns
Hopkins, Baltimore. 294 pp., cloth, $49.50.

A FIELD GUIDE TO WESTERN BUTTERLFIES. J.W. Tilden and
Arthur C. Smith. 1986. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. 370 pp., paper $12. 95.

THE BUTTERFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA: A Natural History and
Field Guide. James A. Scott. 1986. Stanford University Press, Stanford.
583 pp., cloth, $49.95.

After 35 years working with Klots' eastern Field Guide, 1 1 years with Howe's Butterflies
of North America, or more than 50 years with Holland's last edition of the Butterfly Book,
amateur Lepidopterists suddenly have a surfeit of new, copiously-illustrated books from which
to choose. All three of those reviewed here have photographic illustrations: those in the two
hardcover books are superb and those in Tilden and Smith are useable. That's the good news.
The bad news is that the taxonomic problems embodied in these works are enough to drive a
Baptist preacher to drink.

Opler and Krizek treat more or less the same fauna as Klots, updating the biology and
range information. The photos, mostly by Krizek, are all from life and consistently
magnificent; they are also correctly identified. Tilden and Smith cover the part of the continent
not covered by Klots. Given the huge number of taxa encompassed in that ecologically very
diverse area, it is perhaps not surprising that the up-to-dateness and accuracy of biological
information are very variable. There are a few inexcusable lapses (e.g., Lycaena mariposa
reported on p. 186 as feeding on Polygonum douglasii; this had long been a suspicion, but if
the authors have direct knowledge of its using this plant afield they should say so!).

Scott's book is a very ambitious attempt to cover the whole fauna. It is hyped in the jacket
blurb as "without question the most important book on butterflies in several decades, and the
most complete treatment of a major butterfly fauna ever published." (I wonder if E.B. Ford's
Butterflies or the Royal Entomological Society of London symposium. The Biology of
Butterflies, were counted in the first assessment, and how much of the non-North American
literature was reviewed in preparing the second.) Though there are plenty of live-bug photos,
the plates are mostly photos of dead specimens, and they are certainly the most useful for
identification in this country since Holland, even if it is very hard to find what one is looking for
on them. There is at least one misidentification: plate 27, #230b is a Phyciodes campestris
montana, not P. c. campestris. Many other seeming errors are actually expressions of Scott's
interpretation of taxa, as discussed below - e.g., plate 50, #472i, is supposed to be Hesperia
comma yosemite but looks quite unlike anything anyone ever called yosemite before. (The
reason is that it is from outside the geographic range of yosemite as hitherto interpreted. ) Scott
pointed out to me that there is also an erroneous dot over Washington, D.C. on the range map
of Colias interior. That's all right — it looks more like a printing smudge. And Scott has the
right host for Lycaena mariposa ( Vaccinium).

But on to taxonomy, alas. Amateurs who try to keep up with the literature know that our
butterfly nomenclature has been deteriorating for some time. When there is a standard
reference, nearly everyone follows it. But changes of familiar names invariably accumulate
piecemeal as specialists examine original descriptions and type material critically, often
finding that the conventional interpretation had been wrong for decades. An example was the
displacement of the familiar name thoe for our Bronze Copper by the name hyllus, which is
execrable but seems necessary under the International Code. In 1981 Lee Miller and P.M.

242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Brown published a Catalogue/Checklist of the Butterflies of North America - soon to be
christened the "Blue Bomb" after the color of its cover- in which they arbitrarily raised nearly
every butterfly subgenus to generic rank (ironically, they rejected Field's generic splitting in
Vanessal), in the process changing the generic names of a large proportion of our butterflies.
They resurrected many old generic names, out of use since Holland's day, and coined new
ones of their own. This was in accord with the trend among influential amateurs in Europe,
such as Lionel Higgins, but was immediately attacked by Ehrlich, Murphy, and others as being
biologically unjustified and leading to unsound, unbalanced classifications. Ehrlich etai, with
the uneasy endorsement of many prominent professionals and amateurs, proposed using as a
standard the nomenclature in Howe's flawed, uneven Butterflies of North America, at least
until something better came along. Shortly thereafter Hodges and Dominick, in their 1983
Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico, took the national preoccupation
with gender as a mandate to bring all specific epithets into sexual agreement with their genera,
as provided by the Code. This resulted in numerous changes of suffix (Satyrium sylvinus
became svlvinum, for example). The number of classical grammarians is declining faster than
the number of taxonomists, but no matter: on such stuff are pedants fed. When the genus had
changed as a result of recent splitting, there were local epidemics of sex-change surgery.

Now, taxonomic decisions are "enforceable" only by journal editors, and we can see the
fruits of this anarchy by comparing the three books under review, as in Table 1 . Opler and
Krizek adopt the Code-mandated species-level changes but not the optional generic ones,
which are a matter of judgment and not law. They also leave the gender alone. Their names are
thus generally quite similar to Howe, and indeed to Klots usage. Tilden and Smith adopt most
of the generic splits from Miller and Brown and. along with them, the sexual transmogrifications;
but they are still more conservative than the "Blue Bomb" or the Ferris and Brown book on
Rocky Mountain butterflies that came out at about the same time, as shown by their refusal to
split Papilio into three genera (Pterourus, Heraclides). They also accept as valid the very
controverial "species" erected by Kurt Johnson in Mitoura and "Chalceria," as Scott does
not. They give traditional treatments of subspeciation in Hesperia, Coenonympha, and
similar complexes.

Scott, by contrast, is a congenital lumper. He adopts the mandatory species-level changes
but implicitly rejects Miller and Brown's use of pratensis as the species usually called
Phvciodes campestris, a fine point subject to several interpretations. (Tilden and Smith ignore
pratensis too.) He also ignores the gender adjustments, re-lumps nearly all of the things split at
the generic level by Miller and Brown (thereby generally restoring the Klots-Howe
combinations), and lumps some species together into very large polytypic complexes (for
example, he puts all the Cupressacaea-feeding Mitoura -- or is it Callophrys? • - as
subspecies of the eastern gryneus, except hesseli, which he can't lump because it occurs
sympatically with gryneus and doesn't hybridize. But how can we know that the western
entities are all conspecific with each other, let alone gryneusl But the worst innovation is the
lumping of subspecies; many simply disappear without a mention, having been submerged in
others whose ranges are redrawn to incorporate the "lost" entities. Thus we get Hesperia
comma manitoba ranging into California instead of northern Washington, the intervening
subspecies oregonia having somehow disappeared. Are you still with me?

As a glance at Table 1 shows, by and large Tilden and Smith is the most deviant of the
books, nomenclatorially. But it also agrees better with what was published between Howe and
Opler and Krizek, much of which took its cue from the" Blue Bomb." Opler and Krizek and
Scott seem to represent a reaction setting in to oversplitting, with the result that a "generation
gap" in butterfly nomenclature becomes painfully obvious. Anyone trying to articulate a
regional work with one of the big books is in trouble.

Actually, anyone trying to arrange and curate a North American butterfly collection is in
trouble. This may be good news to those who oppose collecting on conservation grounds.
Although taxonomists had a reputation as anal-retentive personalities who fiddle obsessively
with dead animals in musty garrets, the field of taxonomy has probably never sunk lower in

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

243

SO

oo
o

o
o

GO

Limenitis archippus

Precis coenia

Boloria selene

Nymphalis milberti

Euphydryas editha

Celastrina argiolus

Brephidium exilis

tO

"S.

01

S

.3

'C

1

Callophrys sheridanii
sp. lemberti

Callophrys gryneus ssp.

nelsoni

Callophrys augustinus
ssp. iroides

Lvcaena hyllus

Lvcaena rubidus

Lvcaena nivalis

Lvcaena xanthoides

o

vo

•;?

00

3

EM

e

u

u
l~

O

~

£

•5

0
o

c
u

2
P

Basilarchia archipp

Junonia coenia

Clossiana selene

Agio is milberti

Occidryas editha

Celastrina ladon

Brephidium exile

3
.C

1-

E

.3

C

1

Callophrys lemberti

Mitoura nelsoni

Incisalia augustinm
ssp. iroides

Hyllolycaena hyllm

Chalceria rubida

Epidemia nivalis

Gaeides xanthoides

O

^— s

-

^^

oo

U

ON

0]

••^

G5

• M

3

^*

"T"t

CJ

>«^

Cl,

^

• 2

h*

k^

.g

-C.

•2

o

a*
-*_•

(U

-S

.a

<u

^:

-Q

S

-s

•—

'C

S

c

5

\

_a

\

\

\

\

\

\

\

c

X)

^

a

o

-~

.g

a

.£•

Q

c

rt

<

•~

.a

01

.a

"a

-s:

.c

§

i

u

u-

"a
O

1
.5

5

0
K

•2
o
05

^

0?

O

1

!

o

<u

V)

S

01

0

!/>

V

1

z

d>

Howe (197
Limenitis archippm

Precis coenia

Boloria selene

Nyphalis milberti

Euphydryas editha

Celastrina argiolus

Brephidium exilis

to
.C

I"

S

.3
I

Callophrys lembert

Callophrys nelsoni

Callophrys augusti
ssp. iroides

01

_3

•*:'
a

1

Lvcaena rubidus

Lvcaena nivalis

Lvcaena xanthoide

a

o

T3
aj

de

o
ry

B

a

<l> C. —

^ <u ~

CJ _> .—

OQ c/5 £

i

t/3

'5

<a

<u

<u

•

UJ

<u

-—

a ^

oo

c
•c

D.

5

Jii <D

& ^J

O W5

-3 '3

c/l TO

PC

a

ert

E ^ -e

o

7!

S E %

Z 3 z

UJ

c

.

^

1

OQ

c

u

a.
a.
o

U
o

LM

a.

a.
o
U

D.
D.
O
U

t/5

0

U

V

4-*
t/1

OJ

^•^

N
O

-a'

T3

1

D

OQ

z a

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

collector esteem than today. Unfortunately, splitting and lumping have broader implications.
We see this in the legal jockeying over protection of endangered subspecies of Speyeria
callippe, Euphydryas editha, and various Blues. Since there neither is nor will ever be a
biological subspecies concept, one worker's subspecies is another's nothing. If it happens to be
under review as endangered or threatened, preservationists immediately become splitters and
developers become lumpers. Ideas have consequences in this world. I suppose we must await
the verdict of history (and the sales figures of these three books?) to decide which of the
contending philosphies has won the moment. The butterflies themselves do not care. The
Swiss cantons of Appenzell and St. Gall once fought over the sexes of their respective heraldic
bears, but I doubt the Pygmy Blue has any ego invested in whether its specific epithet is of
masculine or feminine gender. (But neuter might be another story ... )

Arthur M. Shapiro, Department of Zoology,
University of California, Davis, CA 95616

A SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE ATLAS OF THE HONEY
BEE. Eric H. Erickson, Jr., Stanley D. Carlson and Martin B. Garment.
Iowa State University Press. 1986. 292 p. $49.95

This is a remarkable collection of extremely high quality SEM photomicrographs of the
queen, worker and drone honey bee. There are approximatey 140 of each adult bee (and 5 of
the egg and 5 of the sperm) organized by body region of head-thorax-abdomen for each bee.
Magnifications vary widely from 30X (in some of the photomontages) to 16,OOOX. All are
remarkably clear and sharp in detail.

The photomicrographs are interestingly grouped on the left side of each page with text
explanations on the right side. White borders clearly delineate each photograph, necessary
since their size and shape vary widely. This layout helps keep reader interest. Some
photomicrographs are even a collection (photomontages) which are extremely well done. One
minor annoyance is the lack of uniform pattern in the text explanation where the bottom
photograph might be first explained (plate 3.22), a middle photograph might be described first
(plate 3.14) or, as might be expected, the top photograph is first described (plate 3.19).
Treatment of left and right photomicrographs are likewise non-uniform. The descriptions are
clear however, not wordy, and magnifications are clearly indicated.

There are 10 pages of high quality line drawings of standard form in the appendix and a
5 1/2 page glossary. Eighteen references are included at the end of the glossary that should
enable interested individuals to pursue any aspects further. The index is complete, although
terms in the glossary are not so indicated in the index.

There is a 5 page introductory chapter on honey bee biology to help orient the student who
knows little about honey bees. The photomicrographs heavily emphasize sensory structures
and features important in the social organization of the honey bee. Many of the structures have
never before been available in a publication as SEM photomicrographs.

The authors state in the preface that they wished to both supplement earlier texts on honey
bee anatomy (Snodgrass and Dade primarily) and to inform and entertain. The book is highly
informative and it should be a reference text for all entomology courses where anatomy is
included. The format and content is also interesting and examination and reexamination helps
better define the intricate structures of the honey bee exoskeleton. Entomological readers will
find this book of interest and a good reference source.

Dewey M. Caron,
University of Delaware

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 245

INSECTS OF SOUTHERN AFRICA. C.H. Scholtz & E. Holm, eds.
1986. Butterworth Pub. (Pty) Ltd. 502 pp. $59.95.

This is the first attempt to include in one volume a systematic treatment of all major groups
of southern African insects. The volume is the work of forty-eight contributors, most of them
experts on the groups they discuss. The various chapters are systematically arranged by orders
to emphasize their presumed evolutionary relationships.

Given the size of the fauna and the relative paucity of information available for most
groups, the effort appears to be very successful. The book is intended for both laymen and
entomologists. The major value of the work, it seems to me, is to give interested readers the
preliminary means to identify the families of insects, but perhaps even more important, it gives
students and researchers a clear picture of where future systematic work is needed.

In introductory sections general terms relating to the morphology of the insects is
discussed and externally visible features which are necessary for identification of groups are
illustrated.

The emphasis of the book is on the identification and general biology of the major groups.
No attempt was made to treat the many disciplines of entomology and its related fields. In my
own field of gryllid systematics, I found the section on crickets to be very general and to contain
very little about the various subgroups. But this is quite understandable given that almost
nothing on this group had been done at the time this book was being assembled, beyond the
usual superficial treatment by taxonomists in Europe.

The book contains several thousand illustrations; these are without question the most
valuable part of the book. Even so, many groups could not be illustrated in a book of this size.
Most of the illustrations consist of shaded pen or line drawings, but twelve excellent color
plates are included. The editors have adopted a rather novel way to show size and that is by
showing the silhouette of a common dog flea (2 mm in length) next to a figure. Use of this
device is inconsistent however, and it is not always clear to what figure the flea refers.

Atypical family account includes the following kinds of information: general characteris-
tics by which the family is recognized; some remarks about outstanding biological characteristics
of the group — including habitat, ecology, and behavior, and finally a statement on the size and
composition of the group along with introductory references to the group.

The reference section does not include every reference on the group in question but it does
contain the major ones which provide an entry into the important literature on each section.

To entomologists and students of insects in southern Africa, this is a most important
reference work. To the editors, this is an important beginning and a framework upon which to
build a fuller treatice on this immense fauna. Most countries have nothing of this nature and the
editors are to be commended on a very fine effort.

Daniel Otte, Curator of Entomology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 15, 1986

Dr. Douglas R. Miller of the USDA - Systematic Entomology Laboratory in Beltsville,
MD, was the speaker at the first membership meeting of the 1986-87 season. Although his
topic, "Are Scale Insects Extra-terrestrials?", may not have been considered to be a serious
question, the eleven members who attended the meeting in Newark, DE, left convinced that
scale insects, if not "extra-terrestrials", are at least "out of this world".

Among the bizarre features of the group that were illustrated by Dr. Miller were the
extremes in sexual dimorphism. Females are neotenic. They lack wings and sclerotized body
parts. The adult males, though appearing more typically insect-like, lack mouth parts and live
from a few hours to a couple of days. While the sperm of animals and those plants that have
sperm are rather uniform in having a head region containing DNA connected to a flagellum via
a middle region containing mitochondria, the sperm of scale insects are unique. They lack
mitochondria, have DNA distributed throughout their length, and are produced in elongated
bundles of up to 64 sperm which move together as a unit. Instead of the typical 9+2
arrangement of microtubules inflagella, the sperm have many different arrays of microtubules
which often are genus specific. Within the super-family Coccoidea( scale insects) there are at
least nine different sex determining systems, the only insect examples of hermaphrodism, and
many examples of parthenogenesis. Some species have an umbilical type structure in which
male larvae grow to virtual maturity nourished solely by the female. Many of these unusual
features were documented with color slides including a cartoon version of the arrival of these
"extra-terrestrials" on planet Earth. The question session that followed the talk highlighted
other unusual features of scale insects and confirmed Dr. Miller's contention that this group of
insects is very interesting and deserves more attention.

There were many notes of local entomological interest. President Fuester noted that
Coccygomimus disparis, an introduced pupal parasite of the gypsy moth, Porthetria dispar,
had become established in Maryland, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania. Bill Day reported that
Thomas Say's classic three volume work, "American Entomology, or Descriptions of the
Insects of North America", published between 1817 and 1 828 is among the "Treasures of the
University of Delaware Library" on display at the library through 1987. Douglas Tallamy
reported that this year he had observed a single periodic cicada, Magicicada septendecim, a
year in advance of the scheduled emergence of Brood X in this area. Frank Boys observed
large numbers of dead ladybeetles, Coccinella septempunctata, and Mexican bean beetles,
Epilachna varivestis, washed up on the beach at Fenwick Island on September 4. Perhaps the
most significant observation was the discovery by Bill Estes, reported by Howard Boyd, that
the Ailanthus silk moth, Samia cvnthia, is not extinct in the Philadelphia area as had been
feared. (See Frank, 1986. ENT. NEWS 97(2): 41-51). On January 1, 1983, Bill and his
father collected eight live cvnthia cocoons on Ailanthus trees within the city limits of
Philadelphia.

Harold B. White,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986 247

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY)
CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, SW7 5BD

ITZN11/5 14 July 1986

The following applications have been received by the Commission and have been
published in volume 43, part 2, of the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature (9 July, 1986).
Comment or advice on them is welcomed and should be sent c/o The British Museum (Natural
History), London, England. Comments will be published in the Bulletin.

Case No.
2463 Antispila Hubner, (1825) (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed validation of

Antipila stadtm'u'llerella [Hubner], 1825 as type species.
2495 Napomyza Westwood, 1 840 (Insecta, Diptera): proposed conservation by the

suppression of Napomyza Curtis, 1837.
2397 Microgaster Latreille, 1804 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): proposed designation of

Microgaster australis Thomson, 1895 as type species.
2494 Sigara scholtzi Fieber, [1860] (Insecta, Heteroptera): proposed conservation

by the suppression of Sigara scholtzii Scholtz, 1846.
25 1 9 Micronecta griseola Horvath, 1 899 ( Insecta, Heteroptera, Corixidae): proposed

conservation by the suppression of Sigara minuta Fabricius, 1794 and Sigara

lemana Fieber, 1860.
2395 Agromyza Fallen, 1810 (Insecta, Diptera): proposed validation ofAgromyza

reptans Fallen, 1823 as type species.
2537 Tropiphorus Schonherr, 1842 (Insecta, Coleoptera): proposed conservation by

suppression of Bruis Dejean, 1821.

2534 Tetropium Kirby, 1837 (Insecta, Coleoptera, Cerambycidae): proposed con-
servation by the suppression of Isarthron Dejean, 1835.
251 1 Cyclaxyra Broun, 1893 (Insecta, Coleoptera): proposed conservation by the

suppression of Melanochroa Broun, 1882.

ITZN59 14 July 1986

The following Opinions, rulings of the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-
clature, have been published in volume 43, part 2, of the Bulletin ofZoological Nomenclature
(9 July 1986).

Opinion No.

1383 (p. 121) Apis pilipes Fabricius, 1775 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): designated as type
species of Megilla Fabricius, 1805.

1 386 (p. 1 28) Papilio erato Linnaeus, 1 758 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): neotype designated.

1387 (p. 130) Curculio picirostris Fabricius, 1787 and Tychius Stephens! Schonherr,

1836 (Insecta, Coleoptera, Curculionidae): conserved.
1391 (p. 138) Zygaena anthyllidis Boisduval, |1828| (Insecta, Lepidopta): conserved.

1396 (p. 148) Byrrhus murinus Fabricius, 1794 (Insecta, Coleoptera, Byrrhidae):

conserved.

1397 (p. 150) Rhopalocerus W. Redtenbacher, 1842 (Insecta, Coleoptera, Colydidae):

conserved.

1398 (p. 152) Capys Hewitson, [1865| (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae): conserved.

1399 (p. 154) Cochliomyia Townsend, 1915 (Diptera, Calliphoridae): conserved.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

P.K. TUBES

Executive Secretary

248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 97, 1986

No. Date of Issue Pages Mailing Date

1

Jan. & Feb.

1 - 40

Feb. 27, 1986

2

Mar. & Apr.

41 - 80

Apr. 10, 1986

3

May & June

81 - 132

June 13, 1986

4

Sept. & Oct.

133 - 192

Sept. 17, 1986

5

Nov. & Dec.

193 -252

Dec. 10, 1986

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT & CIRCULATION

1. Title of oublication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2. Date of filing: October 30. 1986

3. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August

4. Location of known office of publication: 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088

5 . Location of the headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1 900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19103

6. Name and addresses of publisher, editor and managing editor:

Publisher American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
PA, 19103. Editor: Howard P. Boyd,232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey, 08088

7. Owner: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103

8. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one
percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None

9. For optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed

10. For completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates: The
purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for
Federal income tax purposes:

Have not changed during preceding 12 months (checked)

Average No. Actual Number of
Copies Each Copies of Single
Issue During Issue Published
Preceding 12 Nearest to
Months Filing Date

1 1 . EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION

A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED 800 800

B. PAID CIRCULATION

1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CARRIERS, 0 0
STREET VENDORS AND COUNTER SALES

2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 680 676

C. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION 680 676

D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR 0 0
OTHER MEANS, SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY,

AND OTHER FREE COPIES

E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION 680 676

F. OFFICE USE, LEFT-OVER, UNACCOUNTED, 120 124
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING

G. TOTAL 800 800

12. I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. Signed:
Howard P. Boyd, editor.

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

249

INDEX: VOLUME 97

Acari, 52, 121, 163
Acrididae, 175
Acroceridae, 121

Acvrthosiphon pisum, aphid biting man,
'225

A.E.S meeting reports, 55, 65, 98, 190. 246

Agathymus estelleae, variation in egg
color, 71

Ailanthus silk moth in Phila., history of,
41

Aleochara of Amer. n. of Mex., rev. of
genus, suppl. 3, new distrib. data, 1 19

Aleochara verberans, lectotype desig. &
redescrip., 115

Allred, M.L., B.P. Stark, D.L. Lentz, 169
Egg capsule morphology of A. buprestoi-
des

Anisomorpha buprestoides egg capsule
morphology, 169

Announcements, 188, 197, 207. 247

Antillocladius pluspilalus & A. arcuatus
in eastern Kansas, 66

Aphididae, 225
Apidae, 73, 156

Apis mellifera, unusual prey for paper
wasp, Polistes major castaneicolor, 73

Appel, A.G., 61

Smoky-brown cockroaches displaced
from harborages by red imported fire
ants

Barypeithes pellucidus weevil feeds on red
oak seedlings, 1 13

Baumgartner, D.L., 208

Distrib. & bionomics of dung fly,
Scathophaga tropicalis in Peru

Berytidae, 63
Blastobasidae, 109

Blattidae, 61
Bloodgood, D.W., 57

Bohart, G.E., 147

Book reviews, 75, 241, 244, 245

Books rec'd & briefly noted, 20, 68, 72,

146, 162. 182. 200. 224. 240
Brown, M.F., 163

Callan, E.M.C., 69

Nesting biology ofEctemnius bastflavus
in Trinidad

Calosoma sayi, rate of food passage &
fecal production, 2 1

Carabidae, 21

Cassida relicta, tortoise beetle endemic to
No. Amer., with key to Nearctic sp.
Cassida, 141

Ceratosmicro meteori & C. paya in No.
Amer., 99

Cervenka, V.J., 119

Chalcididae, 99

Chironomidae, 1 , 66

Chrsomelidae, 11,41

Cicadellidae. 81

Cicindela nigrocoendea subtropica, 203

Clark, W.H., RE. Gregg, 237

Housing arthropods & other inverte-
brates stored in alcohol

Climaciella brunnea in coastal marsh hab-
itat, 7

Cloutier, L., P.P. Harper, 1

New sp. Rheotanytarsus from subarctic
Quebec

Coleoptera, 11, 21. 77. 113. 115. 119.
141. 198. 203.215.227

Collembola, 201

Copromyzinae species described by Costa
& Rondani. lectotype designations for.

33

Cremastogaster nest & orchid bee nest in
cacao pod. 156

Culik. M.. L. Deharveng, 201

First records of marine intertidal
collembolan Xenylla ajfiniformis for
No. Amer.

250

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Culliney, T.W., J.R Ruberson, 225

Acrythosiphon pisum, an aphid biting
man

Curculio striatulus, a No. Amer. Pissodes,
198

Curculionidae, 113, 198
Deharveng, L., 201

Dendroctonus frontalis, preyed on by
spiders, 227

Diabrotica cristata, host relationships of, 1 1
Dictyoptera, 61

Dineutus assimilis, contact behavior of, 215
Diptera, 1, 28, 33, 66, 104, 121, 208

Doudrick, RL., W.R Enns, M.F. Brown,
DF. Millikan, 163

Characteristics & role of mite P. fruit-
iphilus in etiology of rose rosette

Ectemnius basiflavus, nesting biology of in
Trinidad, 69

Elmidae, 77
Enns, W.R, 163
Ephemeroptera, 57, 193, 230
Eriophyidae, 163

Euglossa sp. nest & ant nest in cacao pod,
156

Eurosta solidaginis, soil effects in golden-
rod galls formed by, 28

Ferrington, L.C., Jr., L.P. Ruse, 66

Antillocladius pluspilalus & A. arcuatus
in eastern Kansas

Flowers, RW., 193

Holarctic distrib. of three taxa of
Heptageniidae

Formicidae, 61, 156

Frank, K.D., 41

History of Ailantus silk moth in Phila.

Freilich, I.E., 215

Contact behavior of whirligig beetle,
Dineutus assimilis

Freytag, P.H., 81

Add's. & corrections to genera Unerus
& Mattogrossus

Gage, E.V., W.D. Sumin, III, 203

, Cicindela nigrooerulea subtropica in
Texas

Galford, J.R

Infestation of sprouting oak acorns by
Valentinia glandulella, 109

Weevil Barypeithes pellicidus feeds on
red oak seedlings, 1 1 3

Genier, F., 115

Gilbert, G.S., F.E. Kurczewski, 28

Soil nutrient effects on goldenrod galls
formed by Eurosta solidaginis

Goddard J., 52

Seasonal activity & relative abundance
of black legged ticks in Miss.

Gregg, RE., 237

Gynandromorphism & differential molting
in a mayfly, 57

Gyrinidae, 215

Haemodiasma tesselata, obs. on biology
of, 222

Halstead, J.A.

Distrib. of Ceratosmicra meteori&. C.
pay a in No. Amer., 99

Distrib. & seasonality of Megischus
spp. in Calif., 101

Hamm, J.J., 21

Hargrove, W.W., 36

Annotated species list of insect her-
bivores assoc'd. with black locust

Harper, P.P., 1

Harris, S.C., 177,230

Hayes, M.P., D.C.F. Rentz, 222

Obs. on biology of Neotropical katydid
Haemodiasma tesselata

Hemiptera, 87

Heptogeniidae, 193
Heteroptera, 63
Homoptera, 81, 225

Housing arthropods & other invertebrates
stored in alcohol, 237

Hymenoptera, 61, 69, 73, 99, 101, 147, 156

Vol. 97, No. 5, November & December, 1986

251

Hypogastruridae, 201

I.C.Z.N. announcements, 76, 79, 80, 192,

247
Ixodes scapularis in Miss., 52

Jalvsus spinosus, new host assoc. for, 63

Javahery, . 87

Biol. & ecol. of Picromerus bidens in
so. east Canada

Jennings, D.T., H.A. Pase, III, 227

Spiders preying on Dendroctonusfron-
talis

Kevan, D.K.McE., 124
Kim, K.C., 33

Klimaszewski, J., V.J. Cervenka, 119
Rev. genus Aleochara of Amer. no. of
Mexico. Suppl. 3. New distrib. data

Klimaszewski, J., F. Genier, 115

Lectotype desig. & redescrip. of Aleo-
chara verberans

Klimaszewski, J. & D.KMcE. Kevan, 124
New lace wing fly from Canadian Creta-
ceous amber

Kondratieff, B.C., S.C. Harris, 230

Prelim, checklist mayflies of Alabama

Kondratieff, B.C., W.B. Painter, 17

Two new records of stoneflies from So.
Carolina

Krysan, J.L., 11

Kurczewski, F.E., 28

Lacewing fly from Canadian Cretaceous
amber, 124

Lachesilla corona group in eastern Mexico,
133

Lara, status of genus & homonymy of sub-
family name Larinae, 77

LaSalle, M., 7

Mantispid Climaciella brunnea in
coastal marsh habitat

Lentz, D.L., 169
Lepidoptera, 41, 71, 109, 183

Locust, black: annotated species list of
insect herbivores assoc'd. with, 36

Mantispidae, 7

Mattogrossus, add's. & corrections to, 81
Mayflies of Alabama, prelim, checklist, 230

McCafferty, W.P., D.W. Bloodgood, 57
Gynandromorphism & differential
molting in a mayfly

Megachilidae, 147

Megathymidae, 71

Megischus spp., distrib. & seasonality of in
Calif., 101

Millikan. D.F., 163

Mockford, E.L., 133

Key to sp. of psocids of Lachesilla
group in east. Mexico, & descrip's. of
two n. sp.

Myles, T.G., 104

Oviposition & develop, of Volucella
isabellina on saguaro cactus

Neuroptera, 7, 124

Noctuidae, 183

Norrbom, A.L., K.C. Kim, 33

Lectotype designations for Copromyzinae
species described by Costa & Rondani

O'Brien, C.W., R.T. Thompson, 198
Curculio striatulus, a No. Amer.
Pissodes

Orthoptera, 175, 186, 222

Osmia, n. sp. from so. west U.S., 147

Painter, W.B., 17

Pase, III, H.A., 227

Pentatomidae, 87

Periplaneta fuliginosa displaced from
harborages by red imported fire ant, 6 1

Perlodidae, 17
Phasmatodea, 169

Ph yllocoptes fruitiphilus, role of in etiology
of rose rosette, 163

Picromerus bidens, biol. & ecol. of in so.
east Canada, 87

Planipennia, 124
Plecoptera, 17, 177

Polistes major caslaneicolor predation on
Apis mellifera, 73

252

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pseudophasmatidae, 169

Psocoptera, 133

Pterodontia flavipes, 1 st record of in two

mites, 121
Reductions in pg. chgs. & subs, rates, 189

Rentz, D.C.F., 222

Rheotanytarsus, n. sp. from subarctic
Quebec, 1

Riley, E.G., 141

Notes on Cassida relicta, tortoise beetle
endemic to No. Amer., & key to Nearctic
sp. Cassida

Robinia pseudoacacia, annotated species
list of insect herbivores assoc'd with, 36

Ruberson, J.R., 225

Ruse, L.P., 66

Rust, R.W., G.E. Bohart, 147

N. sp. Osmia from so. west U.S.

Saturniidae, 41

Scathophaga tropicalis, distrib. & bio-
nomics in Peru, 208

Schmidt, P.J. & J.O., 73

Apis mellifera, unusual prey for paper
wasp, Polistes major castaneicolor

Schmieder bequest, 1 89

Scolytidae, 227

Scriber, J.M., 183

Food plant specialization by southern
armyworm

Sferra, N.J., 121

1 st record of Pterodontia flavipes larvae
in two mites

Society meeting reports, 56, 65, 98, 190, 246

Solenopsis invicta displace smokybrown
cockroaches from harborages, 61

Spangler, P.J., 77

Status of riffle beetle genus Lara &
homonymy of subfamily name Larinae

Sphaeroceridae, 33
Sphecidae, 69

Spodoptera eridanea, food plant speicaliz-
ation by, 183

Spooner, J.D., 186

Technique to examine stridulatory file
of long winged katydids

Stallings, D.B. & V.N., 71

Variation in egg color in Agathymus
estelleae

Staphylinidae, 115, 119

Stark, B.P., 169

Stark, B.P., S.C. Harris, 177

Records of stoneflies in Alabama

Stephanidae, 101

Stoneflies, two new records from So.
Carolina, 17

Sumlin, W.D., III, 203
Syrphidae, 104

Taeniopoda reticulata, carcass scavenger
in Costa Rica, 175
Tephritidae, 28

Tettigoniidae, 186, 222
Thompson, R.T., 198

Ticks, black-legged in Miss., 52
Unerus, add's & corrections to, 8 1

Valentino glandulella, infestation in
sprouting red acorns

Volucella isabellina, oviposition & develop,
of on saguaro cactus, 104

Wheeler, A.G., Jr., 63

New host association for stilt bug,
Jalysus spinosus

Xenvlla ajjiniformis, 1 st records for No.
Amer., 201

Yaro, N., J.L. Krysan, 11

Host relationships ofDiabrotica cristata

Young, A.M.

Orchid bee, Euglossa sp., & ant, C.
limata palens nest in a cacao pod, 1 56

Carcass scavenging by Taeniopoda
reticulata in Costa Rica, 1 75

Young Entomologists' Society, 1 9 1

Young, O.P., J.J. Hamm, 21

Rate of food passage & fecal production
in Calosoma savi

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements
shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent
metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the
margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying
figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4!4 x dVi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15. 00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

i ...II lull fr.-,< mm ',. i ii I.H Or muil inquiry lo.
University Mil rofilms Inltiriiuliunal. 3OO Nurlh
Ztjub Rood. Ann A 1 1. ii Ml 48106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

ORIENTAL INSECTS, ajournal of insect taxonomy of the Old World tropics, is published
annually as a hard bound volume. Vol. 20 was published in March 1 986. Subscription price is
$46.00 per volume. Subscriptions and manuscripts (research as well as review articles) are
invited. Back volumes of the journal, monographs, and supplements are available. Write to
ORIENTAL INSECTS, P.O. Box 13148, Gainesville, Florida 32604-1 148, U.S.A.

MYRMECOLOGY: We have too many reprints of most of our papers. We will supply those
available upon request G.C. & J. Wheeler, 3358 NE 58th Ave., Silver Springs, FL 32688.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality mounting pins including std. black, elephant, stainless steel.
Best prices available. Also offering most popular books & supplies. Worldwide butterflies,
moths & beetles at all price ranges. Personalized service to beginning or seasoned collector.
Featuring The Illustrated Encyclopedia of the Butterfly World in Color. Specializing in
Papilio, Morpho & Heliconius. Send $5.00 for one year price list subscription to lanni
Butterfly Enterprises, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio 44181. Phone: (216) 888-2310.

WANTED: Gressitt, J.L. 1954. Insects of Micronesia. Volume 1: Introduction, ix + 257
pp. Please write beforehand, stating condition and price. Richard G. Robbins, Dept. of
Entomology, Smithsonian InsL, MSC, Washington, D.C. 20560.

NOTICE: I am 14 and eager to correspond and trade, especially with those along the coast,
or outside of the U.S. Jason Gibbs, R.R. 2, Box 107, Dundee, IA 52038.

GLOBAL INSECTS FOR SALE. Quality specimens from all orders and families. Price list
subscriptions ( 1 2 issues) available: $5 ( U. S. ), $ 1 0 ( Foreign). W. Bryce Richfield, P. O. Box
1066, Goleta, CA 93116, U.S.A.

FOR SALE: 32 page Y.E.S. International Entomology Resource Guide; 130 companies/
individuals offering entomology equipment, supplies, services, preserved specimens, live
arthropods, books, audio-visuals educational materials, and gift and novelty items. US $3.00
to Y.E.S. International Headquarters, Dept. of Entomology, Michigan State Univ., East
Lansing, MI 48824-1 115 USA.

FOR SALE AND EXCHANGE: Insects from around the world, especially European
butterflies. New discount list for $1 (U.S.). Jochen Hering, Bahnhofstr. 66, 6109 Muhltal 1,
West Germany.

WANTED: Neotropical Bidessonotus (Dytiscidae-Hydroporinae) for revision. Will sort
small Neotropical Dytiscidae to genus for some duplicates. F.N. Young, Biology, Indiana
University, Bloomington, IN 47405 U.S.A.

o

2

O

2

ws S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

~ r- Z 2

<£Tsov>\
QJ /j\. *tm^A\ r-

INSTITUTION

NoiinuiSNi NVINOSHJ.IIMS ssiavaan LIBRARIES SMIT

z co z ..„.,. to

z> ^ >

LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION^NOIifUliSNI NVIN

2 -I 2

AN INSTITUTION NOUniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS

8 11

LIBRARIES SMIT

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOUniliSNI NVIN

v CO Z

•=» • •** f£

AN "INSTITUTION "'NoiiniiiSNi^NViNOSHiiwssa i y vy a n"ti B RAR i ES"SMITI

fe^

-A — I

^%^s^^g ys^|^^

ssiavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NoiiniusNi NVIN

z
o

CO

z

to

m X^DC^X ^ ^^^^ — x^/uo^ix m

AN INSTITUTION NOUniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3 I avaa n"~LI B RAR I ES^SMIT

Z .v- W Z ^-^ W Z .^- W

< Xo^so'J/X ,. < ,vVv ... 2

a o »X 5 •-

°^

z

"^82^ ^^_^>^ j> ^p- •»• >

CO Z CO * 2

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinilJLSNI NVIN
co — _ co

jX*rl f ,-x .^"^.

CO

c v^, v^^/ ^ y^^ \y^ c

.tX41^^ H v^w^iww/ "• '''s/'tfi'Mb -i V,WaiWW/ \-tVUiWr-o

^UllSji, ^ ^_^-

IAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI^NVINOSHlllMS S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMIT

CQ

o

z

-S3

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS
z r- 3» r-

m x-^os^ ^i^u^X m ^

00 ± CO ?

S3INVHan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

Z CO 2

^ ^^\ <

LIBRARI ES"SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS'
~ c/> ^ oo —

Z ^<7c,\n — . 1 1 1 ^ ,x<t7Z77T"\ t • i * — rrrr. — ^ Z

CO

LU

or
<
o:

O X-VD^X- - -w o — — m ^°^^^ - ^' a

ITUTION2NOIinillSNI~JNVINOSHlllMS S3 I H Vii 8 H ""t I B R AR I ESZ SMITHSONIAN"

oo »

co ^—^ Z oo ^^M^^ = X^^X w ^

"LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION^NOIinillSNI "NVINOSHIIWS^

Z gj . . 2 , 00 2 C/

< ^ ^ X^'^X <

5* ° ^r% i 1^^ § %% ^ °

i i»i/**8 --•-''

io '*• z i^ ^ ^ ^ — -

TUTION NOIinillSNI_NVINOSHll^S S3IMVd8n LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
oo -z \ v* ^ oo —

ES_SM!THSONIAN__INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1WS
^ . oo - ^__^ oo - </

3™$^ w . oo x^S^X ^ /^mJ\ | >v$ -

o ^i^s^ - ^£$£/ a ^ -

Z _J Z _J 2

ITIITION NQIinillSNI NVIFslQSHimS S3ldVd9ll UBRARIFR SMITHSONIAN

MTHSONANNSprUTONUBRAR"

3 9088 00844 5736